SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THOMAS WAYLAND VAUGHAN Custodian of Madreporaria, United States National Museum, Geologist in Charge of Coastal Plain Investigation, United States Geological Survey WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1919 ADVERTISEMENT. The scientific publications of the United States National Museum consist of two series, the Proceedings and the Bulletins. The Proceedings, the first volume of which was issued in 1878, are intended primarily as a medium for the publication of original, and usually brief, papers based on the collections of the National Mu- seum, presenting newly acquired facts in zoology, geology, and anthropology, including descriptions of new forms of animals and revisions of limited groups. One or two volumes are issued annually and distributed to libraries and scientific organizations. A limited number of copies of each paper, in pamphlet form, is distributed to specialists and others interested in the different subjects as soon as printed. The dates of publication are recorded in the table of con- tents of the volume. The Bulletins, the first of which was issued in 1S75, consist of a series of separate publications comprising chiefly monographs of large zoological groups and other general systematic treatises (occa- sionally in several volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions, and catalogues of type-specimens, special collections, etc. The ma- jority of the volumes are octavos, but a quarto size has been adopted in a few instances in which large plates were regarded as indis- pensable. Since 1902 a series of octavo volumes containing papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum, and known as the Con- tributions from the National Herbarium, has been published as bulletins. The present work forms No. 103 of the Bulletin series. William deC. Ravenel, Administrative Assistant to the Secretary, In charge of the United States National Museum. Washington, D. C, September 15, 1919. PREFACE. Geologists generally recognize that knowledge of the geology of Central America is essential to solving the problems of the geologic history of the Americas, and many of them have devoted as much thought and study to the region as their rather occasional oppor- tunities for investigation permitted. Among the previous investiga- tors T. A. Conrad, W. M. Gabb, J. W. Gregory, W. H. Dall, H. Dou- ville, P. Lemoine and R. Douville. M. Bertrand and Ph. Ziircher, R. T. Hill, and Ernest Howe should be mentioned. Since work on the Panama Canal was initiated by the United States Government, excluding the investigations associated with official duties, contribu- tions have been made by Franz Toula, A. P. Brown and H. A. Pilsbry, and W. B. Scott. In 1911 the Isthmian Canal Commission attached to its staff Dr. Donald F. MacDonald as commission geologist. In October and November, in 1911, I had the privilege of spending a full month in field work along the canal, largely as a guest of the Canal Commis- sion, and I here wish to express to Maj. Gen. Goethals, then Col. Goethals, my very hearty thanks for the facilities afforded me. Doctor MacDonald and I, of course, worked together, and he left nothing undone in making our efforts successful. Doctor MacDonald and I both recognized the extraordinary oppor- tunity for making a highly valuable contribution, not only to the geology of Central America, but also to the geologic history of the continents to the north and south. As a result of our conferences, I suggested to the Director of the United States Geological Survey a plan for cooperation between the United States Geological Survey, the Smithsonian Institution, and the Canal Commission. He ap- proved the suggestion and submitted it to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, who also gave his approval. As a result of these preliminaries the following letter was prepared and sent to the chairman of the Canal Commission: February 26, 1912. Col. George W. Goethals. Chairman Isthmian Canal Commission, Washington Office, Washington, D. C. Sir: As a thorough knowledge of the geology of the Panamic Isthmian region is essential to a solution of fundamental problems of the geologic history of both North and South America and of the adjacent oceanic basins; as the excavations for the Panama Canal and along the line of the relocated Panama Bailroad offer opportunities during the next few years never before realized and probably never again to be realized IV PREFACE. for a geologic study of this region; as there is a scientific need for the extension of the geologic investigations beyond the Canal Zone to adjacent areas, and as these extended investigations, although they may not always bear directly on the problems of build" ing the canal, will, by furnishing a basis for a wider knowledge of the geology of the area than can be obtained on the Canal Zone, be helpful in deciphering the local stratigraphy and structure of the rock formations cut by the canal, and will afford infor- mation on whether there are fuels, notably fuel oil, or other geologic products of eco- nomic value within reach' of the canal: The Smithsonian Institution and the United States Geological Survey desire to enter into cooperation with the Isthmian Canal Commission in making a study of the geology of the Canal Zone and extending the studies to adjacent regions so far as is feasible. . The following is submitted to the Isthmian Canal Commission for its consideration: It is hoped and urged that the Canal Commission will continue in its service a com- mission geologist, and will provide facilities for his field work within the Canal Zone until the excavations for the canal for the Panama Pailroad, and for any other projects that may require excavations have been completed and carefully studied. The Canal Commission is especially requested to permit the commission geologist to extend his examinations of the geologic formations and mineral resources beyond the Canal Zone, the salary of the geologist to be paid by the Canal Commission, and funds for his field expenses to be provided by the Smithsonian Institution. The commission geologist will, of course, submit to the Canal Commission a report of such nature and scope as the commission may direct. The United States Geological Survey will, without charge, cut rock sections for microscopic study, make chemical analyses, and furnish special reports on fossils and other collections made and submitted by the commission. The advice of the different specialists on the survey will be at the service of the commission whenever their advice may be desired. After the completion of the field work and after the commission geologist has sub- mitted his report to the Canal Commission, the Smithsonian Institution desires to pub" lish comprehensive and detailed monographic accounts of the physiography, strati- graphic and structural geology, geologic history, geologic correlation, mineral resources (including coal, oil, and other fuels), petrography, and paleontology of the Canal Zone and of as much of the adjacent areas in the isthmian region as is feasible. The service8 of the most eminent authorities will be enlisted in the preparation of special memoirs on the various collections made and submitted. The endeavor will be, by full presen- tation of all obtainable information, to make the Canal Zone the geologic standard of comparison for Central America as well as for portions of North and South America. In these reports due credit will be given to the Isthmian Canal Commission for its par- ticipation in the investigations. We hope that this plan will meet with your approval and support. Very respectfully, (Signed) Charles D. Walcott, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. (Signed) Geo. Otis Smith, Director, U. S. Geological Survey. The proposed cooperation was approved by the chairman of the Canal Commission. Doctor MacDonald remained with the commis- sion until the excavations in connection with the canal were completed and he made explorations outside the Canal Zone, especially along Banana River in Costa Rica, and in the Province of Los Santos (Azuero Peninsula) and from David northward to the volcano of Chiriqui, in Panama. He was also geologist for the Costa Rica- Panama Boundary Commission. PREFACE. V Doctor MacDonald's reports to the Canal Commission have been published in the annual reports of the chairman of the Canal Com- mission; and he is the author of a more lengthy paper entitled ''Some engineering problems of the Canal Zone in their relation to geology and topography," published as Bulletin 86 of the United States Bureau of Mines. x Since the termination of his services for the Canal Commission he has completed a large report on the physiography, stratigraphic and structural geology, petrography, and economic geology of the Canal Zone. The transmission of this memoir for publication has been delayed because some of the paleon- tologic determinations were needed for interpreting the geologic history. After the agreement to the proposed plan of cooperation, I took charge for the United States Geological Survey of the preparation of the special paleontologic reports, of the problems of geologic correlation, and of the coordination of the investigations with other work on the physiography, stratigraphy, paleontology, and geologic history in the southeastern United States and the West Indies. The paleontologic material was sorted according to groups, and the following specialists undertook monographic reports: Dr. Marshall A. Howe, calcareous algae. Prof. Edward W. Berry, higher plants. Dr. Joseph A. Cushman, foraminifera. Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan, madreporarian corals. Dr. Robert T. Jackson, echinoids. Dr. C. Wythe Cooke, mollusca. Mr. F. Canu and Dr. R. S. Bassler, bryozoa. Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, decapod Crustacea. Prof. H. A. Pilsbry, cirrepedia. The few vertebrates obtained were identified by Mr. J. W. Gidley. All of the paleontologic reports are now complete except that on the mollusks. It was at first hoped that Dr. W. H. Dall would prepare the one on this group, but pressure of other work prevented him. Later Dr. C. Wythe Cooke, paleontologist of the United States Geological Survey, began a study of the collection of mollusks, but other duties have interfered with his prosecution of it. The recent papers by Toula 2 and by Brown and Pilsbry 3 have been used, and they are valuable, but they do not meet the needs of the present in- vestigation, for the material described in them mostly represents one geologic formation, the Gatun formation, and the stratigraphic i U. S. Bureau Mines Bull. 86, pp. 88, 29 pis., 9 text figs., 1915. 2 Toula, Franz, Eine jungtertiiire Fauna von Gatun am Panama-Kanal, Geolog. Reichsanstalt Wien Jahrb., vol. 58, pp. 673-760, pis. 25-28,15 text figs., 1909; Die jungtertiare Fauna von Gatun am Panama- Kanal, Ibid., vol. 61, pp. 487-530, pis. 30,31,1911. « Brown, Amos P., and Pilsbry, Henry A., Fauna of the Gatun formation, Isthmus of Panama, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proci for 1911, pp. 336-373, pis. 22-29, 3 text figs., 1911; Fauna of the Gatun formation, Isthmus of Panama, II, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc.for 1912, pp. 500-519, pis. 22-26, 5 texts figs., 1913. VI PREFACE. data are not sufficient. It is probable that three and perhaps four horizons will be discriminated within the Gatun formation. Other groups of organisms are adequate for correlation purposes in most or all of the other geologic formations, but for the Gatun formation the principal reliance must be placed on the mollusks. The collec- tions of mollusks made by Doctor MacDonald and myself is very extensive, and the greatest possible care was taken in obtaining full information on the stratigraphic relations of the material. It is hoped that a report commensurate with the size and importance of the collection may not be much longer delayed. The series of papers here presented comprises all of the pale- ontologic memoirs that have been completed. These are immedi- ately followed by descriptions of the geologic exposures where collections of fossils were made, with summaries of the fossils ac- cording to their stratigraphic occurrence, and a chapter on the geologic correlation of the fossiliferous formations, both with other American and with European formations. It is intended that Doctor MacDonald's comprehensive general report will be published soon after this series of memoirs has been issued. The names of the geologic formations used in the paleontologic reports are the same as those employed by Doctor MacDonald in Bulletin 86 of the United States Bureau of Mines, to which reference is made on page v of this preface. I wish to thank the officials of the Canal Commission, particularly Maj. Gen. Goethals, Director George Otis Smith, and Chief Geologist. David White of the United States Geological Survey, and Dr. Charles D. Walcott, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, for the sup- port they have given these investigations. To my colleagues out- side the Geological Survey and United States National Museum, Dr. Marshall A. Howe, Prof. E. W. Berry, Dr. Robert T. Jackson, Mr. F. Canu, and Prof. H. A. Pilsbry, who has collaborated in this work, I am under deep obligations; and it is a pleasure to record my appreciation of the efforts of my official colleagues, Dr. D. F. Mao Donald, Dr. Joseph A. Cushman, Dr. C.Wythe Cooke, Dr. R. S. Bassler, Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, and Mr. J. W. Gidley, all of whom have labored harmoniously to bring a large undertaking to a successful conclusion. Thomas Wayland Vaughan. September 15, 1919. CONTENTS. 1 Page. On some fossil and recent Lithothamnieae of the Panama Canal Zone. By Marshall A. Howe 1 Introduction 1 Descriptions of species 2 Archaeolithothamnium episporum 2 Lithothamnium vaughanii 6 isthmi 8 Lithoporella melobesoides 11 Explanation of plates 11 Index i The fossil higher plants from the Canal Zone. By Edward W. Berry. . . 15 Introduction 15 Correlation 16 Botanical character 18 Tertiary ecology 21 Flora of the Canal Zone 22 Systematic paleobotany 23 Descriptions of species 23 Fern fragments of Acrostichum 23 Palm rays 24 Palmoxylon palmacites 24 Ficus culebrensis 26 Guatteria culebrensis 27 Myristicophyllum panamense 29 Taenioxylon multiradiatum 30 Inga oligocaenica 32 Cassi culebrensis 34 Hiraea oligocaenica 35 Banisteria praenuntia 35 Hieronymia lehmanni 36 Schmidelia bejucensis : . . . 37 Mespilodaphne culebrensis 38 Calyptranthe3 gatunensis 39 Melastomites miconioides 40 Diospyros macdonaldi 41 Rondeletia goldmani 42 Rubiacites ixoreoides 43 Explanation of plates 44 Index i The smaller fossil Foraminifera of the Panama Canal Zone. By Joseph Augustine Cushman 45 Introduction 45 List of material 45 'For the most part the papers in this volume have individual indexes following the plates at the end of thejaaper, and the Explanation of plates at the end of each paper gives a full description of the plates. VII VIII CONTENTS. The smaller fossil Foraminifera of the Panama Canal Zone—Con. Page. Descriptions of species 51 Textulaiia abbreviata 51 sagittula j 51 agglutinans 52 laminata 52 subagglutinans 52 carinata 53 panamensis 53 Chrysalidina pulchella . 54 Bolivina cf . B. punctata .' 54 aenariensis .*. . . 54 robusta 55 species 55 Bigenerina nodosaria 56 Gaudryina fiintii 56 triangularis : 56 Clavulina parisiensis , 57 communis 57 Virgulina squamosa 58 Lagena striata, var . strumosa 58 Nodosaria communis 59 insecta 59 raphanistrum , 59 species 60 Cristellaria rotulata 60 italica 61 protuberans 61 vaugliani 61 Uvigerina canariensis 62 canariensis, variety 63 pygmaea 63 tenuistriata 63 Siphogenerina raphanus, var. transvereus 64 Globigerina builoides 64 inflata 65 dubia 65 conglobata 66 sacculifera 66 aequilateralis. 67 Orbulina universa 67 Discorbis obtusa 68 Truncatulina americana 68 pygmea 68 ungeriana 69 wuellerstorfi 69 culebrensis 70 Pulvinulina sagra 70 concentrica 71 menardii 71 Siphonia reticulata 72 Nonionina depressula 72 scapha 73 panamensis 74 anomalina 74 CONTENTS. IX The smaller fossil Foraminifera of the Panama Canal Zone—Con. Description of species—continued. Page. Polystomella striato-punctata 74 sagra 75 macella 76 crispa 76 craticulata 77 species 77 Amphistegina lessonii 77 Quinqueloculina seminulum 78 contorta 79 auberiana 79 undosa 79 bicornis 80 panamensis 80 Sigmoilina tenuis 81 asperula 81 Triloculina trigonula 82 tricarinata 82 bulbosa 83 projecta 83 Biloculina bulloides 84 Spiroloculina excavata : 84 Orbiculina adunca 84 Explanation of plates 85 Index i The larger fossil Foraminifera of the Panama Canal Zone. By Joseph Augustine Cushman 89 Introduction 89 List of species and their geologic occurrence 90 Description of species 91 Lepidocyclina canellei 91 chaperi 92 vaughani 93 macdonaldi 94 panamensis 94 duplicata 96 Heterosteginoides panamensis 97 Orthophragmina minima 97 Nummulites panamensis 98 davidensis 98 Orbitolites americana 99 Explanation of plates 99 Index i Fossil Echini of the Panama Canal Zone and Costa Rica. By Robert Tracy Jackson 103 Introduction. 103 List of species and their geologic occurrence 103 Description of species 104 Clypeaster lanceolatus 104 gatuni ? 105 Encope annectans 106 platytata 108 megatrema 110 Echinolampas semiorbis. ". 112 X CONTENTS. Fossil Echini of the Panama Canal Zone and Costa Rica—Continued. Description of species—continued. Page. Schizaster armiger 113 cristatus 113 panamensis 114 Description of plates 115 Index i Bryozoa of the Canal Zone and related areas. By Ferdinand Canu and Ray S. Bassler 117 Descriptions of species 117 Ogivalina mutabilis „ 117 Cupularia umbellata 118 canariensis 119 Holoporella albirostris 120 Stichoporina tuberosa 121 Explanation of plate 121 Index i Decapod Crustaceans from the Panama Region. By Mary J. Rathbun. 123 Introduction 123 Literature on Tertiary Decapods of Panama 124 List of stations from which material has been examined, arranged from the earliest to the latest, with the species found at each 124 Descriptions of species 131 Family, genus, and species indeterminable 131 Macrobrachium, species 131 Macrobrachium (?), species 132 Nephrops costatus 132 Nephrops, species 133 Pachycheles latus 134 Petrolisthes avitus 134 Axius reticulatus 135 Axius (?), species 136 Callianassa ovalis 137 lacunosa 138 elongata 139 scotti 140 crassimana 141 moinensis 142 spinulosa 143 tenuis 144 quadrata 145 toulai 146 abbreviata • 147 hilli 148 vaughani 148 stridens 151 magna 151 crassa 152 Callianassa, species 152 Callianassa (?), species 153 Petrochirus bouvieri 153 Goniochele (?) armata 154 Hepatus chiliensis 155 Hepatus, species 155 CONTENTS. XI Decapod Crustaceans from the Panama Region—Continued. Descriptions of Species—Continued. Page. Caiappa costaricana 156 fiammea 157 zurcheri 157 Calappella quadrispina 157 Mursia macdonaldi 158 obscura 159 Mursilia ecristata 160 Leucosilia jurinei 161 bananensis 161 Leucosiidae, genus and species indeterminable 162 Callinectes declivis 162 reticulatus 163 species 164 Arenaeus, species 165 Euphylax caliinectias 165 fortis 167 Gatunia proavita 168 Carpilius, species 171 Heteractaea lunata 171 Panopeus antepurpureus 172 tridentatus 172 species 173 Eurytium crenulatum 174 Euryplax culebrensis 174 Thaumastoplax prima 176 Cardisoma guanhumi 177 Uca macrodactylus 177 Brachyrhyncha, family, genus, and species indeterminable 177 Brachyrhyncha, family, genus, and species indeterminable 178 Parthenope panamensis 178 pleistocenica 179 Explanation of plates 179 Index i Cirripedia from the Panama Canal Zone. By Henry A. Pilsbry 185 Balanus eburneus 185 glyptopoma 185 concavus rariseptatus 186 (Hesperibalanus?), species 187 Lepas injudicata 188 Explanation of plate 188 Fossil Corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, with an Account of the American Tertiary, Pleistocene, and Recent Coral Reefs. By Thomas Wayland Vaughan 189 Introduction 189 Geologic correlation by means of fossil corals 190 Geologic history of the upper Eocene and later coral faunas of Central America, the West Indies, and the eastern United States 193 Eocene 193 Brito formation, Nicaragua 193 St. Bartholomew limestone 193 Jackson formation and Ocala limestone 195 Concluding; remarks on the Eocene 198 XII CONTENTS. Fossil Corals prom Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, etc.—Con. Geologic history of the upper Eocene and later coral faunas of Central America, the West Indies, and the eastern United States—Continued. Page. Oligocene 198 Lower Oligocene 198 Middle Oligocene 199 Antigua formation 199 Pepino formation of Porto Rico. . . : 203 Limestone above conglomerate near Guantanamo, Cuba 204 Basal part of Chattahoochee formation in Georgia 205 ' ' Coral limestone " of Salt Mountain, Alabama 206 San Rafael formation of eastern Mexico 206 Tonosi, Panama 207 Serro Colorado, Arube 207 Concluding remarks on the middle Oligocene 207 Upper Oligocene 208 Culebra formation 208 Emperador limestone 208 Anguilla formation 209 Cuban localities 210 Tampa formation of Florida 211 Concluding remarks on the upper Oligocene 211 Miocene 212 Bowden marl 212 Santo Domingo 213 Cuba 218 Baracoa and Matanzas 218 La Cruz marl 218 Florida 219 Alum Bluff formation 219 Middle and South Atlantic States 220 Costa Rica 221 Panama 221 Colombia 221 Concluding remarks on the Miocene 221 Pliocene 222 Caloosahatchee marl, Florida 222 Limon, Costa Rica 223 Carrizo Creek, California 223 Pleistocene 225 Summary of the stratigraphic and geographic distribution of the Ter- tiary and Pleistocene coral-faunas of Central America and the West Indies. 226 Table of stratigraphic and geographic distribution of species 228 Conditions under which the West Indian, Central American, and Floridian coral reefs have formed, and their bearing on theories of coral-reef forma- tion 238 Definition of the term "coral reef" 238 Ecology of reef-forming corals 240 Hypotheses of the formation of coral reefs 241 Tests of coral-reef hypotheses 246 Criteria for recognizing shift in position of strand line 246 CONTENTS. XIII Fossil Corals prom Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, etc.— Continued. Conditions under which the West Indian, Central American, and Flori- dian coral reefs have formed, and their bearing on theories of coral-reef formation.—Continued. Page. Criteria for measuring the amount of vertical shift in strand line, and for determining the relative ages of terraces and the physio- graphic stage attained by a shore line 247 Criteria for ascertaining the role of corals as constructional agents . 248 Solubility of calcium carbonate in sea water 250 Effects of wind-induced and other currents in shaping coral reefs. 251 Criteria for determining the effect of glaciation and deglaciation on the development of living reefs 252 Amount of vertical displacement of strand line by glaciation and deglaciation 252 Rate of growth of corals and length of post-Glacial time 253 Effect of lowering of marine temperature on reef corals during glaciation 254 Valley-in-valley arrangement and cliffed spurs 256 American Tertiary and Pleistocene reef corals and coral reefs 258 Eocene reef corals of St. Bartholomew 259 West Indian middle Oligocene reefs 259 Antigua 259 Porto Rico 260 Cuba .- 261 West Indian and Panamanian upper Oligocene reefs 262 Anguilla 262 Canal Zone 262 West Indian Miocene reef corals : 263 West Indian Pleistocene reefs 263 Tertiary and Pleistocene reef corals and coral reefs of the United States 265 Southeastern United States 265 Pliocene reef corals from Carrizo Creek, California 271 Living coral reefs of the West Indies, Florida, and Central America... 271 Antigua-Barbuda Bank 273 St. Martin Plateau 275 St. Croix Island 278 Virgin Bank 279 Cuba 280 Bahamas 291 Bermudas 293 Florida 297 Campeche Bank 299 Honduran reefs 300 Mosquito Bank 300 Some other West Indian Islands 301 Brazil and Argentina 301 Atlantic coast of the United States north of Florida 303 Types of West Indian and Central American littoral and sub- littoral profiles and their relations to coral reefs 303 Submerged banks north of the coral reef zone in the western Atlan- tic Ocean 305 Summary of the conditions under which the American fossils and living reefs formed 305 XIV CONTEND. Fossil Corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, etc.— Continued Conditions under which the West Indian, Central American, and Flori- dian coral reefs have formed, and their bearing on theories of coral-reef formation.—Continued. Page. Coral reefs of the Pacific Ocean 306 Great Barrier Reef of Australia 306 New Caledonia 308 Fiji Islands 309 Society Islands 311 Tahiti 311 Smaller islands of the Society group 312 Atolls 313 Conclusions 319 Bearing of these conclusions on hypotheses of the formation of coral reefs 325 Suggestions as to future investigations 329 Systematic account of the faunas 333 Class Anthozoa 333 Madreporaria Imperforata 333 Family Seriatoporidae 333 Genus Stylophora 333 Pocillopora 342 Madracis 345 Family Astrocoenidae 345 Genus Astrocoenia 345 Stylocenia 351 Family Oculinidae 352 Genus Oculina 352 Archohelia 352 Family Eusmiliidae 354 Genus Asterosmilia 354 Stephanocoenia 356 Dichocoenia 360 Eusmilia 361 Family Astrangiidae 361 Genus Cladocora 361 Family Orbicellidae 362 Genus Orbicella 362 Solenastrea 395 Antiguastrea , 401 Sty langia 410 Se,pastrea 411 Family Faviidae 412 Genus Favia 412 Favites 414 Goniastrea 416 Maeandra 417 Leptoria 421 Manicina 421 Thysanus 423 Family Mussidae 424 Genus Syzygophyllia 424 CONTENTS. XV Fossil Corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, etc.—Continued. Systematic account of the faunas—Continued. Class Anthozoa—Continued . Page.. Madreporaria Fungida 425 Family Agariciidae 425 Genus Troclioseris 425 Agaricia 426 Pavona 430 Leptoseris 431 Pironastraea. 432 Siderastrea 435 Family Oulastreidae 453 Genus Cyathomorpha 454 Diploastrea , 469 Madreporaria Perforata 479 Family Eupsammiidae 479 Genus Balanophyllia 479 Family Acroporidae 479 Genus Acropora 479 Astreopora 48$ Actinacis 486 Family Poritidae 488 Genus Goniopora 488 Pontes 498 Class Hydrozoa 507 Order Hydrocorallinae 507 Family Milleporidae 507 Genus Millepora 507 Explanation of plates 507 Index i The sedimentary formations of the Panama Canal Zone, with special reference to the stratigraphic relations of the fossiliferous beds. By Donald Francis MacDonald 525 Introduction 525 Sedimentary formations 526 Eocene (?) , 526 Bas Obispo formation 526 Las Cascadas agglomerate 526 Oligocene 526 Bohio conglomerate 526 Culebra formation 527 Cucuracha formation 527 Emperador limestone 531 Caimito formation 531 Miocene 531 Gatun formation 531 Panama formation 532 Pliocene 532 Toro limestone 532 Chagres sandstone 532 Pleistocene 532 Descriptions of local sections across the Isthmus of Panama 532 Section in canal cut 600 feet south of Miraflores Locks 533 Section at Canal Commission station 2089 south of Miraflores Locks . . . 533 8370—19——ii XVI CONTENTS. The sedimentary formations of the Panama Canal Zone—Continued. Descriptions of local sections across the Isthmus of Panama—Continued. Page. Section, north end of Miraflores Locks 534 Section, Pedro Miguel Locks to Paraiso Bridge 534 Section at Bald Hill near Miraflores Locks. 534 Section along east side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1843 to 1850 535 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1775 to 1756 535 Section on west side of Canal Commission station 1720, near Empire, to 1740, near Culebra 536 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascadas, Canal Commis- sion stations 1617 to 1597 537 Sections in cuttings of Panama E-ailroad near Caimito Junction 539 Railroad cut near stream about midway between Rio Frijol and Rio Frijolito 539 Section in railway cuts near New Frijoles 540 Section showing chief railway cuttings and outcrops along the Panama Railroad between Bohio and Monte Lirio 540 Exposure a quarter of a mile northwest of old Bohio railroad station . . 541 Exposure opposite old Bohio railroad station, north side of the railroad track 541 Section at Pena Blanca, about one mile below Bohio, on the west side of Chagres River 541 Section at Vamos a Vamos, 2-| miles below Bohio, west side of Chagres River 542 Section on Panama Railroad from Monte Lirio to outcrop of Gatun formation on south side of Big Swamp 542 Section showing Gatun formation, one-quarter to one-half mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio, at big curve on railroad 542 Large railway cutting a quarter of a mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio . 543 In the next two exposures going toward Camp Cotton 543 Section in cut one-half mile west of Camp Cotton toward Gatun 543 Generalized sections of the bluffs .exposed along the Panama Railroad, relocated line, about 3,500 feet south of Gatun railroad station 543 Section from top of hill at western end of Gatun dam to bottom of the spillway 543 Section at west end of the spillway 543 Exposures in the vicinity of Mindi Hill 544 Monkey Hill, Mount Hope station 544 Section of bluff at end of Toro Point 544 Section one-third mile south of southern end of Toro Point Breakwater, in quarry 545 The biologic character and geologic correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama in their relation to the geologic history of Central America and the West Indies. By Thomas Wayland Vaughan . . 547 Introduction 547 Biologic character of the sedimentary formations in Panama 547 Eocene 547 Oligocene 549 Bohio conglomerate 549 Limestone on Haut Chagres 549 Limestone at David 549 Large Foraminifera from David 549 CONTENTS. XVII The biologic character and geologic correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama, etc.—Continued. Biologic character of the sedimentary formations in Panama—Con. Oligocene—Continued. Page. Culebra formation 550 Fossils from the Culebra formation. 551 Deposits of the age of the Culebra formation near Tonosi 554 Larger Foraminifera from near Tonosi 555 Fossil corals from station 6587, Tonosi 555 Cucuracha formation 555 Emperador limestone 556 Fossils from the Emperador limestone 557 Caimito formation 558 Miocene 558 Gatun formation 558 Fossils, except Mollusca, from the Gatun formation 559 Mollusca from the Gatun formation, according to Brown and Pilsbry 560 Pliocene 562 Toro limestone 562 Pleistocene 563 Fossils from the Pleistocene of the Canal Zone 563 Correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama 565 Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States 565 A provisional correlation table of the Tertiary formations of the South Atlantic and eastern Gulf Coastal Plain of the United States 569 Correlation of the Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States with European subdivisions of the Tertiary 569 Eocene 569 Oligocene 570 Miocene 572 Alum Bluff formation 572 Marks Head marl and the Calvert formation 574 Choptank and St. Marys formations 575 Yorktown formation and Duplin marl 575 Choctawhatchee marl 576 Pliocene 576 Age of the sedimentary formations of Panama, and the distribution of their age-equivalents in Central America and the West Indies 577 Eocene 577 Oligocene 578 Lower Oligocene 578 Middle Oligocene 582 Upper Oligocene 585 Miocene 586 Pliocene 593 Tentative correlation table of the Tertiary marine sedimentary formations of Panama 595 Pre-Tertiary formations in Central America and the West Indies 595 CONTENTS. XVni The biologic character and geologic correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama, etc.—Continued. Outline of the geologic history of the perimeters of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea 596 Geographic relations of the three Americas 597 General relations 598 Tectonic Provinces 599 Bahamas 599 Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain 600 Mexican Plateau 600 Oaxaca-Guerrero 600 Yucatan 601 Guatemala-Chiapas 601 Cuba 601 Haiti, northern part 601 Honduras and the Jamaican Ridge 602 Haiti, southern part, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. . 602 Saint Croix 603 Costa Rica-Panama 603 Andes 603 Maritime Andes 604 Caribbean Islands 604 Barbadian Ridge 604 Caribbean Arc 604 Aves Ridge 604 Paleogeographic summary 604 Late Paleozoic 605 Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous 606 Eocene and Oligocene 607 Miocene 607 Pliocene and later 609 Tabular summary of some of the important events in the geologic history of the West Indies and Central America 611 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CA^AL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES ON SOME FOSSIL AND RECENT LITHOTHAMNIEAE OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE By MARSHALL A. HOWE Of the New York Botanical Garden J&UREAU OF Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 1-13, with Plates 1—11 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA,, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES ON SOME FOSSIL AND RECENT LITHOTHAMNIEAE OF THf PANAMA CANAL ZONE By MARSHALL A. HOWE Of the New York Botanical Garden Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 1-13, with Plates 1-11 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 ON SOME FOSSIL AND KECENT LITHOTHAMNIEAE OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. By Marshall A. Howe, Of The New York Botanical Garden. INTRODUCTION. The following report is based chiefly upon a number of specimens of fossil calcareous algae, of the group known to geologists as " Nulli- pores," from Oligocene and Pleistocene strata in the Panama Canal Zone, collected in 1911 by D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, of the United States Geological Survey. In this material the Pleistocene period is represented by a single collection (MacDonald, 6039), consisting of numerous excellent free specimens, " from flats near Mount Hope, five feet above tide level." These Pleistocene specimens appear to the writer to belong to a species found by him a year or two earlier to be living in the Colon region, only a few kilometers distant. This species, so far as the writer can determine, has been hitherto undescribed ; in framing its diagnosis, as published below, the fossil as well as the recent mate- rial has been considered, but a recent specimen, being more complete and satisfactory for detailed study, has been named as the technical type of the species. So far as the present writer has been able to discover, the fossil coralline algae of America, in their taxonomic aspects at least, offer a practically untouched field for research. It is, of course, possible that geological and paleontological papers in which calcareous algae have been described have escaped the attention of phycologists, but inquiry among American geologists and paleontologists and a search of accessible literature have thus far revealed to the writer but a single x hitherto described species of fossil Lithothamnieae from the Western Hemisphere, namely, Lithothamnium curasavicum K. Mar- tin, from the Island of Curacao, a species to which further allusion is made below in the discussion of Archaeolithothamnium episporum. 1 Stromatopora compacta Billings (Palaeozoic Fossils, vol. 1, p. 55, 1S62) from the Island of Montreal, etc., has sometimes been considered by geologists to be of corallina- ceous affinities (the species has been referred to Solenopora by Nicholson and Etheridge, Geol. Mag., vol. 3, p. 529, 1885), but, if we may judge from published figures, the organ- ism seems to the writer hardly a coralline alga, if indeed it is an alga at all. 2 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The fossil Lithothamnieae of Europe have been described and fig- ured in considerable number and with various degrees of care and detail. Most of these European descriptions and figures the writer has been able to see; some of them offer a reasonable basis for the future recognition of the forms concerned, without a reexamination of the original materials, but many of them do not. The present writer has had access to a good representation of the living Litho- thamnieae of North America, the West Indies, Europe, and the East Indies, but so far as the fossil forms are concerned, he has had to depend upon descriptions and figures alone, which, as stated above, are often very unsatisfactory. In venturing to propose as new, two species of Lithothamnieae from Oligocene strata of the Panama Canal Zone, he doubtless risks the possibility that some future investigator, working with better materials or even with the same, may be able to convince himself or even to prove conclusively, that one or both of said species should be considered identical with species previously described from Europe. The diagnostic charac- ters, the limits of variation, and the geographic range of even the living species are still very imperfectly understood. Some of the species are evidently widely distributed within certain temperature limits ; others are at present known from single localities. So far as may be inferred from our present knowledge, very few, if any, of the forms of Lithothamnieae now living in tropical America occur also in European waters. List of Species and Theie Geologic Occurrence. Arehaeolithothamnnim epispomm, new species. Recent, Toro Point; and Pleistocene, Mount Hope ; both in the Canal Zone. Lithothamnium vaughami, new species, Oligocene, Culebra formation at station 6026, about half way between Monte Lirio and Bohio Ridge. Lithothamnium isthmi, new species, Oligocene, Emperador limestone at stations 6021, about 4 miles north of Gamboa Bridge, and 6024-7), Rio Agua Salud, Panama Railroad (relocated line). Lithoporella melobesioides (Foslie) Foslie, Oligocene, Emperador lime- stone at station 6024-c, Rio Agua Salud, Panama Railroad (relocated line). ARCHAEOLITHOTHAMNIUM * EPISPORUM, new species. Plates 1 to 6. Brownish red when living, the thallus forming at first widely ex- panded crusts 0.25-1.0 mm. thick, these in many cases repeatedly overgrown, the resulting crusts becoming 5 mm. or more thick, some- times remaining nearly smooth or exhibiting the irregularities of the 1 We follow Rothpletz's original spelling of the final syllable of this unfortunately long name, a spelling that, happily, agreer with Phillppi's spelling of the final syllable of Lithothamnium. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 3 substratum alone, but more often developing coarse, irregular rounded excrescences 5-12 mm. in diameter, or short rounded ver- rucae or nodules 2-5 mm. in diameter, the surface in sterile parts mostly smooth, indurated, and occasionally subnitent; hypothallia varying from weakly to strongly developed, 30-170 pt, thick, their cells 17-28 pi by 8-11 \k ; cells of the perithallium in distinct and regu- lar layers except in oldest and youngest parts, the layers in more or less distinct zones, layers of short and of long cells occasionally al- ternating, cells mostly 8-15 [x by 5-8 ix, in decalcified condition sub- moniliate, sphaeroidal to ellipsoidal, 1-2^ times as high as broad, in calcined condition mostly subquadrate or oblong in vertical sec- tion; sporangia superficial, their apicula even with the surface, or slightly protruding, their cavities becoming only imperfectly and irregularly embedded, the sori slightly elevated, very irregular in outline, mostly 0.1-1.0 mm. broad, often widely confluent and anas- tomosing and becoming 5 mm. or more broad, the surface at length whitish and scarious, the ostioles mostly 16-22 \i in diameter, sporan- gia 65-96 [x high (including apiculum), 27-50 \l broad, 4-partite (oc- casionally 2-partite?), the spores irregularly paired or rarely sub- zonate. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Covering dead corals, etc., and often forming concretionary pebbles with coral cores, from low- water mark to a depth of several meters, Point Toro, near Colon, Panama Canal Zone, Howe 6832 (type, in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.), January 7, 1910 ; Colon, Howe 6840 (this covers continuously a mass of old coral 32 cm. long and 14 cm. in greatest width) ; also, as a Pleistocene fossil, " from flats near Mount Hope, five feet above tide level," D. F. MacDonald, station 6039,1 1911. Paratopes.—Cat. No. 35298, U.S.N.M. In outward form and in its habit of overgrowing old corals, Archaeolithothamniunb episporum resembles A. erythraeum (Eoth- pletz) Foslie, f. durum (Heydrich) Foslie, from the Red Sea and the East Indies, especially as illustrated by Weber-van Bosse and Foslie (Corallinaceae of the Siboga Expedition, pi. 5). Of this species we have seen only one specimen (from near Makassar), communicated by Mme. Weber-van Bosse, but from this and from the descriptions and figures of A. er-ythraeum published by Foslie, Heydrich, and Lemoine, we infer that the Panamanian specimens represent a differ- ent species. Perhaps the most important distinctive character of A. episporwm is to be found in its more superficial sporangia, as may be seen by comparing our photographs (pi. 2, fig. 1; pi. 3) with Hey- drich's figure 2 of a vertical section through a sporangial sorus of his 1 This is associated with minor amounts of other crustaeeous corallines, including Lithophyllum, species, and Goniolithon, species. 2 Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges., vol. 15, p. 68, fig. 2. 1897. 4 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. SporoMthon ptychoides, which Foslie 1 and Lemoine 2 consider to be synonymous with A. erythraeum. The sori or the emptied sporangial cavities appear also to be much less regularly embedded or overgrown by new tissue than is the case in A. erythraeum, if one may judge from Rothpletz's original description,3 Heydrich's figure 3,4 Le- moine's figure 29, 2 and the descriptions given by the last-named writ- ers; however, Foslie 5 remarks of A. erythraeum that "the sori are partly to be found overgrown in great numbers by new formed tissue, partly, however, they are not to be seen in section." In A. episporum, the sporangia themselves have never been seen except close to the surface ; the emptied sporangial cavities do not show in a rough frac- ture or in an ordinary ground section, but irregular traces of them are often to be found in thin microtome sections of decalcified ma- terial. The sori of A. episporum are so superficial that their cover- ing, after the discharge of the spores, appears to die and is flaked off together with more or less of the intersporangial parts, and the new tissue growing up from the base of the sorus shows only occasionally and imperfectly the outline of the former sporangial cavities. Kothpletz's original description of his Lithothamnium erythraeum leaves one in some doubt as to whether he found the contents of the sporangium divided or undivided ; he uses the term " Tetrasporen," but the measurements that he gives for these " Tetrasporen " are such as commonly belong to the whole sporangium in this group. In Heydrich's first description ,J of his SporoMthon ptychoides, the " Tetrasporangien " are said to be " meist ungetheilt, selten zwei- theilig," but a little later 7 he figures four tetraspores in a sporangium, arranged in the " cruciate " manner. But this mode of division being at variance with the prevailing ideas as to the arrangement of the spores in the Corallinacese, Foslie,8 a little later in writing a diag- nosis of the genus ArchaeoMthothamnium inserted a question mark after "sporangia * * * imparted or cruciate?" and this sign of doubt as to the cruciate division has been repeated by later writers.9 In A. episporwm the mature sporangia are commonly and normally 4-parted in an irregularly " cruciate " fashion, but often the division axes of the two pairs of spores are at right angles to each other, so that only three spores are- visible in a lateral view, and occasionally 1 giboya Exped. Monog., No. 61, p. 38. 1904. 2 Ann. Inst. Oc<5anog., vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 67. 1911. 3 Rothpletz, A. Bot. Centralb., vol. 54, p. 5. 1893. * Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges., vol. 15, p. 68. 1897. 5 Siboga Exped. Monog., No. 61, p. 41. 1904. °Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges.. vol. 15. p. 69. 1897. 7 Idem, pi. 18, fig. 3. s Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 1900, pt. 5, p. 8. 1900. 9 De Toni, Syll. Alg., vol. 4, p. 1721, 1905; Svedelius, in Eng. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- fam., vol. 1, pt. 2 ; Nachtsage, p. 267. 1911. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 5 the second divisions seem to be omitted and the sporangium is appar- ently mature with onty two spores. Very irregular types of division also occur, and rarely one finds an approach to the zonate x arrange- ment characteristic of most of the Corallinaceae. The perithallic cells of A. episporum- appear to be, in the decal- cified state, more rounded and in more moniliform filaments than is the case in A. erythraeum, as may be seen by comparing our photo- micrograph 2 with the photomicograph of a presumably decalcified section of A. erythraeum—published by Lemoine. ;: The distinct strat- ification of the perithallium of A. episporum is due, in part, to the alternation of layers of long and short cells, but we have never seen in the Panamanian species any such striking alternation of long and short cells as is shown in this photograph published by Mme. Le- moine and as is shown still more emphatically in Heydrich's figure 3 * of a vertical section of his Sporolithon ptyehoides. From Archaeolithothamnium dimotum Foslie and Howe,5 the only living species of this genus previously described from the West Indian region, A. episporum' differs widely in its thicker crusts, in its more superficial sporangial sori, which are for the most part ex- foliated after maturity of the sporangia and are only obscurely and imperfectly overgrown, in the usually larger, more rounded, and more moniliately arranged cells of the perithallium, the larger and rather less widely separated sporangial ostioles, etc. Archaeolithothamnium curasavicum (K. Martin) Foslie,6 a Creta- ceous fossil from the island of Curacao, is described and figured as showing distinctly rows of embedded sporangial cavities, such as would not be seen even in a thin decalcified section of A. episporum. A Pleistocene fossil, collected by MacDonald at station 6039, from flats near Mount Hope, came from a few kilometers from the locali- ties where we found the plant living, and we can entertain no serious doubt as to the specific identity of the recent and the fossil forms. The living and fossil are similar in external habit, as may be seen bj comparing plates 1 and 4. They are similar also in their rela- tions to old corals, and in structure (compare fig. 1, pi. 2, and fig. 4, pi. 5) they appear to exhibit on\j such differences as may be ascribed to individual variation or as may be expected in comparing the recent or living with the long dead. But little remains of the fossil speci- 1 Zonately 4-parted sporangia have been described by Foslie for the Californian ArcJiaeolitliothamnium zonatosporum (Foslie, Algologiske Notiser. II. Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 1906, pt. 2, p. 14), so that it would appear that this genus exhibits a wide variety in the matter of division of its sporangia. 2 Plate 3, fig. 2. 3 Ann. Inst. Oceanog.. vol. 2. pt. 2, pi. 1. fig. 1. 1911. * Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges., vol. 15. 1S97. 5 Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard., vol. 4, p. 128, pi. 80, fig. 1 ; pt. 87, 1906. 6 Litliotliamnium. curasavicum K. Martin, Bericht fiber eine Reise nach Niederlandisch West-Indien und darauf gegriindete Studien. II. Geologie, p. 26, pi. 2, figs. 22-25, 1S88. 6 BULLETIN 103/ UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. mens after decalcification, though the outlines of the cells may be recognized here and there. As microtome sections of the decalcified fossil material are out of the question, comparisons of structure of the recent and fossil must naturally be based upon calcareous ground sections. And in comparing the cell structure in sections of the re- cent decalcified specimens (pi. 3) with that shown in ground sections of the calcareous fossils, it is necessary, of course, to bear in mind that cells in calcareous ground sections of the Corallinaceae com- monly appear much more rectangular than in decalcified sections of the same material. 1 In the sections of the fossil material thus far made there are no certainly recognizable traces of sporangial cavi- ties, but this is true in almost an equal degree of calcareous ground sections of the recent specimens except as to the surface of the plant (fig. 1, pi. 2), where the sori are, in fact, so decidedly superficial or even exserted that they could, perhaps, hardly be expected to persist in the fossil state. In the same locality with the type-specimens (Howe 6832) there occurs an outwardly somewhat similar plant (Howe 6837) that we at first suspected to be the antheridial form of A. episporum,, but certain recognizable, though possibly unimportant, differences in the form, size, and zonation of the perithallic cells have restrained us from so considering it. The antheridial conceptacle (cavities) in this 6837 are 64-95 tx broad and 60-72 [x high ; they become copiously embedded by the continued upward or outward growth of the thallus. LITHOTHAMNIUM - VAUGHANII, new species. Plate 7, iigs. 1 avid 2, and plate 8. Thallus forming at first expanded crusts 1-2 mm. thick, these be- coming overgrown, irregularly stratified, and 10 mm. or more thick, developing finally numerous, rather coarse, crowded anastomosing branches, and forming masses 2-4 cm. or more high ; branches mostly 3-12 mm. in diameter, usually much flattened, occasionally subterete, often reduced to anastomosing ridges, or sometimes appearing as dome-shaped elevations 2 cm. or more broad; primary hypothallia somewhat reduced, their cells 14-33 \x by 8-14 ix, rather irregularly arranged (i. e., not distinctly "coaxial"), cells of medullary hypo- thallia mostly 15-30 [x by 5-13 \>., secondary hypothallia numerous and thin ; branches showing in section numerous narrow irregularly flexuous, often subelliptic-lenticular or subcrescentic zones caused by 1 For illustrations of these differences, see Lemoine, Ann. Inst. Ocganog., vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 45, figs. 19-21, 1911. 2 The writer believes, with Mme. Paul Lemoine, that the current rules of nomenclature require that Philippi's original spelling of this generic name should be respected, even though prevailing usage has modified the final syllable. Whether the rules of nomencla- ture justify the use of this generic name for any of the species now bearing it is a more complicated question. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 7 the alternation of layers of short and long perithallic cells, or by the interpolation of reduced secondary hypothallia ; the larger perithallic cells mostly 13-Q2 {/, by 11-14 pi., usually higher than broad, the smaller subquadrate, about 8 p. square, or sometimes much compressed (7 \l high, 14 p. broad) ; conceptacles becoming embedded; tetrasporic conceptacles much flattened, oblong or elliptic-oblong in radio-ver- tical section, the cavity 500-740 p. in maximum width, 130-230 p. in height ; roof of the tetrasporic conceptacle rather sharply defined, its cells in regular vertical rows of 1-4 cells, often elongate vertically, becoming sometimes 25-30 p. high. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Oligocene, Culebra formation, "about half way between Monte Lirio and Bohio Ridge, on the relo- cated line of the Panama Railroad," collected by D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, 1911 (station No. 6026). Holotype and paratopes.—Oat. Nos. 35299, 35300, U.S.N.M. The specimens obtained are more or less embedded in a hard rock matrix, so that our photograph (fig. 1, pi. 7) can give only an imper- fect idea of the outward form of the plant. With a little mental clearing away of the matrix, it seems probable that in size and ex- ternal appearance, the species may be compared with rather coarse eroded conditions of the living Lithothamnium glaciale Kjellman, but there is little similarity in structure; the perithallic cells of L«. vaughanii average considerably larger than those of L. glaciale and they are arranged in more distinct layers; the embedded tetrasporic conceptacles of L. vaughanii are more flattened than those of L. glaciale, their cavities have about twice the maximum width of those of L. glaciale and the specialized character of the conceptacle roof is not noticeable in L. glaciale. In external habit Lithothamnium vaughanii may perhaps be com- pared also with the living Lithophyllum racemus (Lamarck) Foslie forma crassum (Philippi) Foslie 1 of the Mediterranean and Ad- riatic seas, especially as shown in Hauck's figure 2 2 under the name Lithothamnium crassum Philippi, though the Panamanian fossil sometimes develops longer and perhaps more flattened branches than this form. Of the living Lithothamnieae now known to the present writer as occurring in the West Indian region, Lithothamnium vaughanii per- ^Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 1898, pt. 3, p. 9, 1898. Foslie's identification of Lithothamnium crassum Philippi as a form of Lithophyllum racemus (Lamarck) Foslie was accepted by Heydrich (Bot. Jahrb., vol. 23, p. 536, 1901), but Mme. Lemoine quotes Lithothamnium crassum Philippi as a synonym of Lithothamnium calcareum (Pallas) Areschoug. It is not, however, apparent that any of these writers examined authentic material of Philippi's Lithothamnium crassum, if such exists. It is of some interest, also, to note that less than six months before Heydrich accepted Lithothamnium crassum Philippi as a form of Lithophyllum racemus he named it a« the type of a proposed new- genus Stichospora (Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges., vol. 18, p. 316, 1900). 2 Hauck, F. Die Meeresalgen Deutschlands und Oesterreichs. In Rabenhorst, L.„ Kryptogamen-Flora von Deutschland, Oesterreich und der Schweiz, vol. 2, pi. 1, 1885. 8 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. haps most resembles Lithophyttum daedaleum Foslie and Howe 1 as to general habit, but differs from it much in structure. In the best section, No. 35299 U.S.N.M., the one from which the photographs (fig. 2, pi. 7 and pi. 8) were made, the coarse inter- sporangial sterile tissue of the tetrasporic conceptacles is scarcely shown, yet- the roofs of the conceptacles show unmistakable canals and none of the conceptacles in section exhibits a single orifice, so that we consider ourselves justified in inferring that the specimen in question is tetrasporic and that it belongs in the genus Lithotham- nium in the sense in which that name is currently applied to living plants. In a section from another specimen under the same collec- tion number, traces of the sporangia and of the intersporangial sterile tissue are evident. It is to be observed also that the zonate arrangement of tissues, as observed in a section, is essentially of the character assumed by Mme. Lemoine 2 as being peculiar to the genus Lithothamnium. The rather distinctly specialized nature of the cells of the conceptacle roof is evidently a character of importance, in whieh respect it differs markedly from the plant we are de- scribing as Lithothamnium isthmi, as also in the distinctly zonate structure of the thallus, the reduced hypothallium, the larger tetra- sporic conceptacles, larger perithallic cells, etc. Among the more fully described fossil Lithothamnieae, L. vaugh- anii may perhaps be compared with Lithothamnium suganum Roth- pletz 3 from the Tertiary (" Scio-Schichten") of Val Sugana, near Borgo in the Austrian Tyrol, but the conceptacles of the Panamanian fossil are much larger (500-740 pi wide and 130-230 pi high vs. 250 pi wide and 100 pi high) and the perithallic cells appear to average con- siderably larger, being sometimes 13-22 pi high, while those of L. suganum are described as 9-12 pi long. LITHOTHAMNIUM ISTHMI. new species. Plate 7, fig. 3; plates 9, 10, and 11. Thallus forming at first stratified crusts 3-12 mm. thick, but at length developing tortuous anastomosing branches and forming large rather solid, concrescent, fruticose masses ; branches mostly 2-12 mm. in diameter, much flattened or subterete, often subconic-cylindric,, flexed-digitiform, or molariform; hypothallia showing regular con- centric layers of cells (" coaxial ") ; hypothallium of the crustaceous parts 160-480 pi thick, its cells 17-28 pi by 8-13 pi, transition to the 1 Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard., vol. 4, p. 133, pis. 83, 84, 93, 1906. Lemoine, Mme. Paul. Structure anatomique des Melobesiees. Application a la classi- fication. Ann. Inst. Oceanog., vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 27, 28, 1911. "Zeits. Deuts. Geol. Ges., vol. 43, p. 319, pi. 17, fig. 4, 1891. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 9 perithallium abrupt; medullary hypothallium of the branches mostly 0.6-2.0 mm. in diameter, often turning yellow and more or less disin- tegrated, its cells 17-44 \>. by 8-13 |x, transition to the perithallium abrupt or gradual: cells of the perithallium in distinct layers, the layers in rather indistinct zones; perithallic cells of the crustaceous parts subquadrate, 8-11 \k in diameter, sometimes only 6 \l broad; perithallic cells of the branches usually a little higher than broad, 8-19 p. by 8-12 ^ ; conceptacles becoming embedded ; tetrasporic con- ceptacles appearing much flattened in a vertical section, the cavity 240-550 \l in maximum width, 130-165 [>. in height. Localities and geologic occurrence.—In Emperador limestone of Oligocene age (and often constituting the dominant element in its composition) on relocated line of the Panama Kailroad, opposite San Pablo, Panama Canal Zone (" first limestone outcrop just north of Caimito Station, about four miles north of Gamboa Bridge"), col- lected by D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, 1911, Station No. 6021 (No. 35301, type); and "above foraminiferous marl at Agua Salud Bridge about | mile north of New Frijoles on relocated line, Panama Railroad," by the same collectors, Station No. 6024?>. Holotype and paratypes.—Cat. Nos. 35301 to 35303, U.S.N.M. The material upon which the above description is based shows much variation in form and structure and it was our first impression that two or more species were represented in it. However, if this is true, the two or more species are so intergrown and entangled and are so similar in structure that it is difficult to determine where one begins and the other ends. As regards the vegetative structure, we believe that we have been able to trace the continuous organic con- nection of the two types shown in our photomicrographs (pi. 9 and fig. 2, pi. 11), yet it is notoriously easy in the case of overgrowing and overgrown fossil Lithothamnieae to mistake the close contact of independent plants for structural continuity. In the tetrasporangial specimen (No. 35301—fig. 3, pi. 7 and pi. 9) that we have named as the type, the thallus presents itself in the form of irregularly superposed crusts, more or less overlaid by crusts showing a somewhat different structure and conceptacles of a different sort, these outer layers probably representing a crustace- ous species of LithophyUum. The hypothallium of this No. 35301 is suggestive of that figured by Foslie 1 for his living Lithothamnium fragilissimum from Borneo (which, however, has a much thinner thallus). It suggests also the hypothallium of Lithothamnium lich- 1 Foslie, M. Lithothamnioneae, Melobesieae, Mastophoreae. In Weber-van Bosse, A., and Foslie, M. The Corallinaceae of the Siboga Expedition, Siboga Exped. Monog. No. 61, fig. 5, 1904. 10 BULLETIN 103., UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. enoides, as figured by Kosanoff x and by Lemoine,2 but the crusts are evidently more massive than in that species. Although the outward form of Lithothamnium isthnii is more or less obscured by being embedded in rock, it seems probable that in its typical condition (No. 35301) the external appearance of the plant may be compared with the recent plant from the Adriatic Sea figured by Hauck 3 as " Lithophyllum decussatum Solms," which Foslie * afterwards referred to his Lithothamnhim philippii—a species that he maintained even after conceding 5 its specific identity with the earlier-published Lithophyllum crispatum Hauck. The typical form of Foslie's Lithothamnium philippii is said by him 6 " to have its hypothallium distinctly marked and vigorously developed, form- ing a coaxilate layer," but the "coaxial" character is essentially denied by Mme. Lemoine 7 to what she considers the same species under the name Lithothamnium crispatum Hauck. The perithallic cells of the crustaceous parts of Lithothamnium isthmi appear to average considerably smaller than those of L. crispatum (L. phi- lippii) according to the measurements given by Lemoine and by Foslie. The tetrasporangial conceptacles of the Lithophyllum de- cussatum of Hauck {Lithothamnium philippii Foslie) are stated by Hauck to be "SOOjjl bis 1 mm." in diameter, while in Lithothamniwnt, isthmi they are only 240-550 y. in maximum width. Moreover, unless we are mistaken in connecting the fruticulose parts of the Panamanian fossil with the crusts, Lithothamnium isthmi develops numerous solid anastomosing branches, while in L. crispatum the short branchlike excrescences are mostly hollow, infundibuliform, or scjrphiform. These fruticulose conditions, which comprise a large part of the material collected by MacDonald and Vaughan, suggest in external form certain states of the living West Indian Lithophyllum daedaleum Foslie and Howe, which also presents itself in both crustaceous and fruticulose conditions. Occasionally an unusually long subterete branch may resemble in form a frag- iMem. Soc. Imp. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg, vol. 12, pi. 6, fig. 14, 1866. 2 Ann. Inst. Oceanog., vol. 2, pt. 2, fig. 60, 1911. It is of interest to note that Mme. Lemoine, basing her system of classification primarily upon the vegetative structure of the thallus, leaves Lithothamnium lichenoides in the genus Lithophyllum, notwithstand- ing the fact that its tetrasporangia are borne as in the genus Lithothamnium of modern writers. In the same way she would doubtless place Lithothamnium isthmi in the genus Lithophyllum, even though this species (or its type at least) clearly has the tetrasporan- gial conceptacles of the conventional Lithothamnium. 3 Hauck, F. Die Meeresalgen Deutschlands und Oesterreichs, pi. 1, fig- . 7. See also- pl. 1, fig. 1, of Foslie's Die Lithothamnien des Adriatischen Meeres und Marokkos (Wiss. Meeresuntersuch, Helgoland, vol. 7, pt. 1, 1904). * Foslie, M. On some Lithothamnia. Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 1897, pt. 1„. p. 7, 1897. 5 Wiss. Meeresuntersuch, Helgoland, vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 13, 14, 1904. Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 1900, pt. 1, p. 5, 1900. 7 Ann. Inst. Oceanog., vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 80, flg. 38, 1911. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 11 ment of the living East Indian Lithothamnium pulchrum A. Weber and Foslie. 1 Lithothamnium fosliei (Trabucco) De Toni (Syll. Alg., vol. 4, p. 1761, 1905), a Miocene fossil from Italy, is figured 2 as having a " coaxial " hypothallium, but from the illustrations given of the con- ceptacles, there is no sufficient ground for considering this plant to be a Lithothamnium rather than a Lithophyllum. In the original place of publication nothing but a figure (section) is given, from which, according to the scale of magnification given, it would appear that the conceptacles are only 140-160 pt by 80-90 jjl and the perithallic cells about 16 y. high, making the cells rather larger and the con- ceptacles much smaller than in L. isthmi. If we are correct in including with Lithothamnium isthmi the more ramified forms collected by MacDonald and Vaughan, the species, though commonly coarser, appears to be sometimes suggestive of plants figured as Nullipora ramosissima Reuss or Lithothamnium ramosissimu?n (Reuss) Schimper, from the Tertiary " Leithakalk " of the vicinity of Vienna, but Reuss's original figures and descrip- tion 3 relate to external form only, and give no adequate basis for referring the plant to a modern genus. Unger 4 adds good figures of the vegetative structure, but shows no conceptacles. Rothpletz 5 describes the conceptacles of L. ramosissimum as 280 y, high, while the height of the conceptacles of L. isthmi is 130-165 [x and the width 240-550 [x. Rothpletz has no doubt that there are two species of Lithothamnieae in the " Leithakalk," which may have been confused. LITHOPORELLA MELOBESOIBES (Foslie) Foslie. Lithoporella melo'besioides (Foslie) Foslie, Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk., 1909, pi. 2, p. 50. Mastopliora melobcsioiclcs Foslie, Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Aarsber., 1902, p. 24, 1903. Locality and geologic occurrence.—This species occurs in small quantity with Lithothamnium isthmi in Emperador limestone of the Oligocene age, " above foraminiferous marl at Agua Salud Bridge about \ mile north of New Frijoles on relocated line, Panama Rail- road," D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, 1911, Station No. 60246. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate 1. ArchaeolWwthamnium episporum M. A. Howe. Photograph, natural size, of the type-specimens, collected at Point Toro, near Colon, Panama Canal Zone, January 10, 1910 (Howe 6832). The technical 1 Compare pi. 4, Siboga Exped. Monog. 61. 2 Eulithothamnium fosliei, Trab. Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. 19, pi. 11, fig. 10, 1900. •Haidinger, Naturw. Abh., vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 29, pi. 3, figs. 10, 11, 1848. Type from " Neudorfl," Hungary. * Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 14, p. 23, pi. 5, figs. 18-22, 1858. 3 Zeits. Deuts. Geol. Ges., vol. 43, p. 320, 1891. 8370°—18h—Bull. 103 2 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. type in a narrower sense is the specimen shown at the lower right-hand corner of the plate—the specimen from which figure 1 of plate 5 was obtained. Plate 2. ArchaeolithotJioninium episporum M. A. Howe. Photographs of radio-vertical ground (calciferous) sections of type material (Point Toro, Howe 6882). Fig. 1. Lithothammtim vauyhanii M. A. Howe. Photograph of the type- portion of a sporangial sorus, enlarged 42 diameters. 2. Section, enlarged 200 diameters. Plate 3. ArcluieoUtlwtliamnium episporum M. A. Howe. Photographs of radio-vertical sections of decalcified material (Point Toro, Howe 6832), enlarged 200 diameters. Fig. 1. Section showing sporangia and tetraspores. 2. Section showing emptied sporangia, form and arrangement of peri- thallic cells, a weakly developed hypothallium, etc. Plate 4. Arcliaeolithotliamnium, episporum M. A. Howe. A Pleistocene fossil, " from flats near Mount Hope, five feet above tide level," D. F. MacDonald 6039, 1911, natural size. Plate 5. ArchaeoKtliotliamnvum episporum M. A. Howe. Figs. 1 and 2. Photographs of the type material (Point Toro, Howe 6832). Fig. 1. Portion of the surface, showing the more or less confluent sporangial sori, enlarged 4 diameters. 2. A smaller part of the same surface, showing the sporangial ostioles, etc., enlarged 25 diameters. Figs. 3 and 4. Photographs' of Pleistocene specimen from Mount Hope (Mac- Donald, Oat. No. 35298, U.S.N.M.) Fig. 3. Radiovertical section showing several superposed crusts and three well- developed hypothallia, enlarged 42 diameters. 4. A part of a cross section of one of the excrescences or branches, showing a single weakly developed hypothallium, enlarged 42 diameters. Com- pare structure of living specimen as shown in fig. 1, plate 2. Plate 6. Archaeolithothamnium episporum M. A. Howe. Photograph of section of the Pleistocene fossil from near Mount Hope (Cat. No. 35298, U.S.N.M.). A section magnified 73 diameters. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 13 Plate 7. Fig. 1. Lithothamnium vaughanii M. A. Howe. Photograph of the type- speciinens (between Monte Lirio and Bohio Pudge. MacDonald and Yaughan, Cat. No. 35290. U.S.N.M.), natural size. 2. Lithothamnium vaughanii. A section showing irregular zonation, tetra- sporic conceptacles. etc., enlarged 42 diameters. 3. Lithothamnium isthmi M. A. Howe. A section, slightly enlarged (11/8 of the natural dimensions), showing the type-specimen embedded in the matrix (from about 4 miles north of Gamboa Bridge, MacDonald and Yaughan, station 6021). The type material (Cat. No. 35301. U.S.N.M.), from which the section shown in plate 9 was obtained, occupies the central portion (if the light area and is overgrown by crusts of what appears to be a different plant, probably a species of Lithophyllum. Plate 8. LithotJiamnium vaughanii M. A. Howe. An enlargement of a part of the section shown in figure 2. plate 7, illus- trating form of perithallic cells, the reduced secondary hypothallia, the some- what specialized roof of the tetrasporic conceptacles. etc. Magnification 100 diameters. Plate 9. Lithothamnium isthmi M. A. Howe. A section of the type material (MacDonald and Yaughan, station 6021, Cat. No. 35301, U.S.N.M.), enlarged 100 diameters. The section shows the well- developed " coaxial ' : hypothallium, the smaller-celled perithallium, and the conceptacles with the coarse intersporangial tissue characteristic of the genus Lithothamnium. Plate 10. Lithothamnium isthmi M. A. Howe. A specimen from about one-third mile north of New Frijoles (MacDonald and Yaughan, station 6024-&, Cat. No. 35305, U.S.N.M.), natural size, showing fossil embedded in matrix, in both weathered and freshly broken surfaces. Plate 11. Lithothamnium isthmi M. A. Howe. A somewhat obliquely transverse section of a branch (specimen from about 4 miles north of Gamboa Bridge, MacDonald and Vaughan, station 6021. Cat. No. 35302, U.S.N.M.), enlarged 106 diameters. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. I Archaeolithothamnium episporum M. A. Howe. For explanation of plate see pages 1 1. 12. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 2 Archaeolithothamnium episporum M. A. Howe. For explanation of plate see page 12. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 3 <£* M *^pW&f^f0^^^^^ %' A ,#'.*'" 5 -H .w>* L j,. « * * • y*j,-,.'>-.v i j.-'."tf'y>ft,«! Archaeolithothamnium episporum M. A. Howe. For explanation of plate see page 12 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 4 Archaeolithothamnium episporum M. A. Howe. For explanation of plate see page 12. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 5 2 4 Archaeolithothamnium episporum M. A. Howe. For explanation of plate see page 12. I^MU. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 6 Archaeolithothamnium episporum M. A. Howe. For explanation of plate see page 12. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 7 I, 2. LlTHOTHAMNIUM VAUGHANII M. A. HOWE. 3. LlTHOTHAMNIUM ISTHMI M. A. Howe. For explanation of plate see page 13. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 8 LlTHOTHAMNIUM VAUGHAN1I M. A. HOWE. For explanation of plate see page 13. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 9 LlTHOTHAMNIUM ISTHUl M. A. HOWE. For explanation of plate see page 13. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 10 LlTHOTHAMNIUM ISTHMI M. A. HOWE. For explanation of plate see paqe 13. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. I I LlTHOTHAMNIUM ISTHMI M. A. HOWE. For explanation of plate see page 13. INDEX Page. Archaeolitbothainniuni 4 dimotum 5 episporurn— 1-6, 12 erythraeum— 3-5 zonatosporum 5 Eulithothamnium fosliei 11 Goniolithon 3 Lithophyllum 3, 9-dl, 13 crispatum W)| daedaleuni 8, 10 decussation 10 racemus 7 Lithoporella melobesioides 2, 11 Lithothamnium 2, 8, 10, 11, 13 crassum 7 curasavicum 1, 5 Page. Lithothamnium fosliei 11 fragilissimum glaciale 7 isthmi 2, 8, 10, 11, 13 lichenoides 9, 10 philippii 10 pulchrum 11 ramoissimum 11 suganum vaughanii 2, 6—8, 13 Mastophora melobesioides 11 Nullipora ramosissima 31 Sporolithon ptychoides 4, 5 Stichospora 7 Stromatopora compacta 1 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE FOSSIL HIGHER PLANTS FROM THE CANAL ZONE By EDWARD W. BERRY Of the "Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 15-44, with Plates 12-18 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE FOSSIL HIGHER PLANTSIFROM THE CANAL ZONE By EDWARD W. BERRY Of the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 15-44, with Plates 12-18 IIperV WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 THE FOSSIL HIGHER PLANTS FROM THE CANAL ZONE. By Edward W. Berry, Of the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore. INTRODUCTION. It is a truism that the present floras and faunas of Central America are the result of a long series of antecedent geologic changes which might be amplified as geographic, climatic, and biologic. As the past can only be understood by means of our knowledge of the present, so, too, the present can only be understood by means of our knowledge of the past. Moreover, this can never be a local prob- lem, and this is particularly true of the Isthmus of Panama marking as it does at times the highway of communication between the ter- restrial life, both animal and plant, of North and South America; at other times marking one of the paths of communication between the marine life of the Atlantic and Pacific. Thus the history of the Central American region is of the utmost importance in any con- sideration of the extinct terrestrial faunas and floras of North Amer- ica or the marine faunas that formerly flourished on the east and west coasts. Our knowledge of the present flora of the isthmian region is based upon Seemann's flora 2 and Hemsley's flora of Central America, sup- plemented by the scattered papers by numerous authors on special topics relating to this flora. As the results of the recent Biological Survey of the Canal Zone become available, we will doubtless have a secure basis for comparisons with antecedant floras both in this region and the areas north and south of it. The present distribution of plant associations is in its broader outlines governed almost entirely by the interrelations between 1 R. T. Hill, who did some geological work on the Isthmus in 1895 for Alexander Agassiz, mentions lignite and fragments of fossil plants in the Culebra clays at the base of the canal cutting at Culebra station (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 28, No. 5, 1898), and the lignitic coal at Chiriqui Lagoon was studied by Dr. John Evans in 1857, who reported " that the fossil plants associated with the coal were endogenous and allied to or identical with those at present growing in the vicinity." (Repts. of Expl. & Surv. for the Loca- tion of Inter-oceanic ship canals, etc., by the U. S. Naval Exped., 1875, E. P. Lull, U. S. N., commanding, Washington, 1879.) 2 Seemann, Flora Panainensis, Botany of the voyage of H. M. S. Herald, pp. 57-346, 3 852-1857. 15 16 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. topography and the prevailing winds and the resulting variations in rainfall. The climate is now moist tropical, modified by the nearness of the two oceans, and there is therefore but slight diurnal or annual variations in temperature. So far as information is available re- garding the conditions during the Tertiary, there is no evidence that can be deduced from the fossil flora or the geographical history of the region to indicate that the climate was very different from what it is now at any time during the Tertiary, unless we are prepared to assent to enormous changes in the altitude of the land, for which the data does not seem to be adequate. The prevailing winds now come from the northeast, and as the divide is near the Pacific Coast the major part of the Isthmus north of this low divide has a heavy rainfall, as, for instance, 1T0 inches sit Porto Bello and 129 at Colon, as compared with 90 inches at Culebra or 71 inches at Ancon. There are two seasons—a short relatively dry season extending from January to April and a long and relatively wet season the balance of the year with the maximum of precipitation from September to December. Before the clearing of the French Canal Company forests covered six-tenths of the Isthmus, the remainder being broken forests and savannas. Ever- green tropical rain-forests of mixed angiosperms covered the entire northern watershed and part of the Darien region on the south side. Some of the forests of the southern watershed are what are known as monsoon forests, with many deciduous species, and at high alti- tudes there may be more gregarious types of forest as, for example, the oak forests which are so striking a feature in the uplands of Central America as you proceed to the northwest. The shores are skirted with dunes abounding in Leguminosae and Euphorbiaceae with Coco palms and Hippomane. Low shores and tidal inlets are covered with mangrove swamps with Ehizophora, Avicennia, Conocarpus, etc. Less saline coastal marshes are covered with Acrostichum, Crescentia, or Paritium thickets. The evergreen forest is composed chiefly of species of Sterculiaceae, Tiliaceae, and Mimosaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Anacardiaceae, Rubiaceae, Myrtaceae, and Melastomataceae, with small palms like Chamaedorea, Trithri- nax, and Bactris. CORRELATION. The fossil flora described in the present report is too limited for purposes of exact correlation, which may be expected to be settled by the marine faunas present at most horizons in the Isthmian region. Regarding the plants in the various formational units recognized in the Canal Zone by MacDonald a glance at the accompanying table of distribution will show that from the oldest (Bohio) to the young- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 17 est (Gatun) plant-bearing formations there is no observable dif- ference in floral facies, and while the plants are entirely too few for positive conclusions, and while not much variation can be expected in fossil floras of the Tropics unless after the lapse of long intervals of time or the intervention of marked changes in physical conditions, I am disposed to think that this so-called Oligocene series of forma- tions does not represent any great interval of time. Nearly all of the fossil plants are new, the only outside occurrences being the Hieronymia which is common to the Tertian of Ecuador and the Palmoxylon and Taenioxylon both of which occur in the Oligocene of the island of Antigua, and both have related types in the Oligocene (Catahoula and Vicksburg) of our Southern States In addition to the Hieronymia common to Ecuador there are several other elements in the Tertiary flora of the latter region that are similar to Panama forms, and it is not improbable that the coals of Loja in the Ecuadorian Andes are the same age as the so-called Oligocene series of Panama. Only one pre-Oligocene plant is re- corded from Panama and the age (Eocene) rests on the stratigraphic observations of Doctor MacDonald and paleontologic determinations by C. W. Cooke. The form itself offers no intrinsic evidence of its age and might well be early Oligocene but for the fact that Doctor MacDonald collected the type stratigraphically below a bed con- taining a varietal form of the mollusk, Venericardia planicosta. The chief question of interest in the correlation of these Panama beds is their equivalence in terms of the European section. The present flora offers no evidence on this point which must hence be determined by the accompanying marine faunas. However, in view of the traditional unscientific assumption that all of the fossiliferous beds of the Carribbean region are Oligocene in age, it is of interest to note that Douville 1 from a study of the foraminifera, pointed out as early as 1898, that a considerable part of the so-called Oligo- cene of the Isthmus was Aquitanian and Burdigalian in age ; that is to say, lower Miocene according to the present conceptions of Euro- pean geologists and palentologists. In my preliminary announcement 2 of the discovery of fossil plants in the Canal Zone I stated that none of the plants recognized indi- cated Eocene and that they were all probably Oligocene in age. This statement was perhaps overemphasized in a desire to offset the extreme views of certain foreign paleontologists who have held that these faunas were young Miocene or even Pliocene. The question of the exact time in the Tertiary at which connections between North and South America were replaced by marine condi- tions is of the utmost importance in all studies of distribution of both 1 Douvill<5, H. Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, ser. 3, vol. 26, pp. 587-600, 1898. 2 Berry, E. W. Science, new ser., vol. 39, p. 357, 1914. 18 BULLETIN 103. UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. the marine faunas and the terrestrial faunas and floras. The floral evidence as previously stated is inconclusive. I should not, however, be inclined to consider any of the fossil plants, except one Eocene species, described in the present report as younger than Burdigalian nor older than Sannoisian (Lattorfian). d "8 a a § "5 ap a o o a o 1 5 9 I t-3 | a u .2 eS ft a a 1 3O o '§ a a C5 u •g 3 o i C3 a o 1 m § O "5 < "3 i 8 2* O Palmozylon palmacitts 6845 X x Fieus culebrensis 6837 X X X X 6837 X 6837 X X 6840 X Myristocophyllum panamense Taenioxvlon multiradiatum 6523 X 6845 X X x Inga oligoeaenica Cassia culebrensis 6840 XHiraea oligoeaenica Banisteria praenuntia X Hieronymia lehmanni X 6840 XSehmidelia bejucensis X XMespilodaphne culebrensis Calyptranthcs gatunensis X Melastomites miconioides .* . . . X Diospyros macdonaldi 6586b X Mondeletia goldmani X XEubiacites ixoreoides 6839 Palm rays X i mile S. of Empire 6837 Bridge. Fern fragments 6837 cf. Acrostichum. BOTANICAL CHARACTER. The fossil flora at present known from the Canal Zone is extremely limited and entirely too small for either purposes of adequate cor- relation or for deductions concerning the true botanical facies or the environmental conditions. Seventeen species are determined and two or three additional forms are tentatively recognized. This paucity is especially to be regretted since it is improbable that under the existing climatic conditions as favorable opportunities for the discovery and collection of fossil plants will ever be presented as during the digging of the canal. While fossil plants were nowhere found to be abundant in the shales, nevertheless, it is very probable that an experienced collector by working over a large amount of GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 19 material could have gotten together a much more representative col- lection. The plants collected include ill-defined fragments of one fern, two undertermined species of palm, represented by fragments of foliage, and a third represented by petrified stems, and 16 dicotyle- dons, of which two are represented by fruits and the balance by leaves. Among the Dicotyledonae there are representatives of the orders Urticales, Ranales, Rosales, Geraniales, Sapindales, Thymeleales, Myrtales, Ebenales, and Rubiales. Orders conspicuous in the exist- ing flora of the Isthmian region unrepresented among the fossils are the Arales, PoaUs, Cyperales, and Orchidales among the Monocoty- ledonae, and the Campanulales and Personates among the Dicoty- ledonae. The following 14 families are represented by fossils in Panama: Moraceae, Anonaceae, Myristicaceae, Mimosaceae, Caesalpiniaceae, Papilionaceae, Malpighiaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Sapindaceae, Laura- ceae, Myrtaceae, Melastomataceae, Ebenaceae, and Rubiaceae. Only the last, with two species, is represented by more than a single species. When so sparse and evenly distributed a representation of the families is present in a fossil flora, it is an indication that after allow- ing for some accidents of preservation, those families represented may be regarded as the most abundantly represented in the Tertiary flora of the region, and in this respect there is a very great similarity to the existing flora of the Isthmian region. The present forests of Panama are made up principally of species of Arecaceae, Moraceae, Mimo- saceae, Papilionaceae, Sterculiaceae, Tiliaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Ana- cardiaceae, Myrtaceae, Melastomataceae, and Rubiaceae. The only ones of this list not found fossil are the Sterculiaceae, Tiliaceae, and Anacardiaceae, and as these three families are all abundant in the much more complete floras from the Tertiary of the southeastern United States, it is safe to assume that they were also present in the Tertiary flora of Panama. The mainly herbaceous families abundant in the Recent flora, which are hardly to be expected in the fossil flora, are the Poaceae, Cyperaceae, Orchidaceae, Araceae, and Compositae. The bowers of wild figs of the existing flora are represented by a small-leafed species of Ficus from two localities in the Culebra formation. The family Anonaceae, which has numerous species of Anona and Guatteria in the Recent flora of Central America, is rep- resented by a fine large species of the latter genus which is not un- common in the Gatun, Caimito, and Culebra formations. Guatteria contains about 50 existing species of tropical shrubs and trees of varying habitats and exclusively American, and has not been previ- ously recognized with certainty in fossil floras. Anona is abundant 20 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. in the Eocene and Oligocene of our Southern States, but Guatteria has not been recognized. The Myristicaceae is represented by an infrequent species of MyristicophyUum in the Culebra formation, and in this connection it is of interest to note the presence of fruits and seeds of Myristica in the uppermost Eocene of Texas suggestive of the subgenera Virola and Compsoneura, both of which occur in the Recent flora of Central America. The Leguminosae have three fossil species. The Mimosa- ceae, which are very abundant in the existing forests of Panama, are represented by a fossil species of Inga, a large genus of tropical trees with upward of two-score species in Central America, nearly half of which are recorded from Panama. Inga is well represented in the abundant Eocene floras of our Southern States, and it is of in- terest to note the resemblance between the fossil species from Panama and a species described by Engelhardt from an unknown Tertiary horizon in Ecuador. The Caesalpiniaceae is represented by a single species of Cassia, a large genus not only in the Recent equatorial floras but well repre- sented in most fossil floras from the Upper Cretaceous to the present. The Papilionaceae, very abundant in the existing flora of Panama, is supposed to be represented by the petrified wood of a large tree referred to the genus Taenioxylon and found in the Cucuracha, Culebra, and Bohio formations. The family of Malpighiaceae is represented by the genera Hiraea and Banisteria. The former has about 30 recent species, exclusively American, ranging from Mexico and the Antilles to tropical Brazil and Peru, and it is represented by a fossil species in the Eocene of the Mississippi embayment. Banisteria contains about 80 existing species, mostly climbing shrubs. It is at present confined to the American tropics, but appears to have been present in Europe as well as in the southern United States during the Tertiary. The Euphorbiaceae, abundantly represented in the present forests of Panama, is represented in the Caimito formation by a species of Hieronymia apparently identical with one described by Engelhardt from the Tertiary of Ecuador. Hieronymia, not otherwise known in the fossil state, contains about a dozen existing species which are confined to tropical America, where they range from Mexico and the West Indies to Brazil. The Sapindaceae, abundant in all fossil floras from the Upper Cretaceous onward, and exceedingly abundant in the Tertiary floras of the Mississippi embayment, is represented in the fossil flora of Panama by a species of Schmidelia found in the Caimito and Culebra formations. Schmidelia has a large number of existing species in the equatorial regions of both hemispheres and, except for petrified GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 21 material from the island of Antigua, it has not previously been recog- nized in the fossil state. The family Lauraceae, so extensively represented in the Tertiary floras of the Mississippi embayment and in the Recent tropical flora of South America, is represented at Panama by a single fragmentary species which is referred to Mespilodaphne. The latter has numer- ous modern species in the tropics of America and Africa. The Myrtaceae, one of the abundant families in the existing for- ests of tropical America, has a fossil species of CalyptrantJies at Panama. This genus has about 70 exclusively American existing species ranging from Mexico and the West Indies to southern Brazil. Hemsley records 7 recent species from Central America, of which 2 are found on the Isthmus. It is also represented in the lower Eocene of the Mississippi embayment. The abundant, both Recent and fossil, representatives of the allied genera Eugenia and Myrcia have not been recognized in the fossil flora of the Isthmus. The Melastomataceae, an immense tropical family in the existing flora and very abundant throughout Central America, has a single fossil species in the Culebra formation. The family Ebenaceae, usually abundant in fossil floras from the Upper Cretaceous onward, and with a large number of species in tropical America, is represented on the Isthmus by the petrified fruits of a species of ebony (Diospyros) known to be from an older horizon (Eocene) than the balance of the known fossil flora. The Rubiaceae, a prominent family in the existing flora of Central America, where according to Wallace (1911) it ranks fourth in size with 146 species, is represented by two fossil species, both found in the Gatun formation. These are referred to Rondeletia and Rubi- acites. The former has not heretofore been found fossil. It includes about 70 existing species of a variety of habitats, confined to the American tropics and chiefly massed in the Antilles and Central America. Rubiacites is represented by a fruit which is apparently referable to the tribe Ixoreae, now confined to the tropics of both hemispheres. TERTIARY ECOLOGY. The restricted variety and fragmentary condition of the fossil plants thus far collected inhibits a detailed discussion of the prob- able ecology of the Tertiary flora. In so far as climatic conditions are concerned the Tertiary plants indicate an abundant rainfall and relatively high equable temperatures such as prevail at the present time in the Hill country and Coastal Plain of the Isthmus. There is no indication of upland vegetation. None of the fossil plants indicate 22 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. mountains sufficiently high to harbor that mixture of temperate types such as is seen at the present time in the mountains of Central America, as, for example, above 6,000 feet in Costa Rica. There was plenty of opportunity for the introduction of such types had the climate been propitious, so that I would infer that the Tertiary relief was slight, that is under 5,000 feet and probably much less than this, although there is no evidence to warrant precision of statement. On the other hand, the collected floras do not furnish an}' traces of the characteristic vegetations of low muddy shores, although types like Rhizophora, Avicennia, Conocarpus, Laguncularia, etc., were already in existence in Eocene times as we know from their presence in the Mississippi embayment of that time, where they were undoubt- edly derived from the south. I do not infer that these costal types were absent in the Tertiary flora of the Isthmus. On the contrary they must have been present; but no traces of them have been dis- covered except the traces of Acrostichum in the Culebra formation. The bulk of the fossil plants clearly belong to the evergreen rain forests and they have the appearance of having been washed into the basins of sedimentation by streams. None of the lithologic speci- mens that I have seen from the Isthmus indicate autochonous swamp deposits either of coastal or valley situations and I picture the flora as one of a humid tropical character covering a country of low hills. This is of necessity a tentative conclusion and perhaps even such general deductions are unwarranted because of the very limited data with which I have had to deal. FLORA OF THE CANAL ZONE. Arecales : Arecaceae — Palmoxylon palmacites (Sprengel) Stenzel. Urticales : Moraceae Ficus culebrensis, new species. Ranales : Anonaceae Guatteria culebrensis, new species. Myristicaceae — Myristicophyllum panamense, new species. Rosales : Leguminosae Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix. Inga oligocaenica, new species. Cassia culebrensis, new species. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONK. 23 Geraniales : Malpigliiaceae — Hiroea oligocaenica, new species. Banisteria praenuntia, new species. Euphorbiaceae Hieronymia lehmanni Engelhardt? Sapindales : Sapindaceae — Schmidelia bejucensis, new species. Thymeleales : Lauraceae — Mespilodaphne culeorensis, new species. Myrtales : Myrtaceae Calyptranthes gatunensis, new species. Melastomataceae — Melastomites miconioides, new species. Ebenales Ebenaceae Diospyros macdonaldi. new species. Rubiales : Rubiaceae Rondeletia goldmani, new species. Rubiacites ixoreoides, new species. Fern fragments of Acrostichum. Palm rays. SYSTEMATIC PALEOBOTANY. PTERIDOPHYTA. Order FILICALES. FERN FRAGMENTS OF ACROSTICHUM. The material from the Culebra formation, one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridge, contains several obscure fragments of large simple fern pinnules with reticulate venation strongly suggestive of Acros- tichum, but too incomplete for identification. The genus now prin- cipally represented by the cosmopolitan tropical tidal marsh species Acrostichum aur&um is abundant in the Eocene and Oligocene of both America and Europe, and is especially characteristic in the Jackson, Catahoula, and Vicksburg of our Gulf States. 24 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. SPERMATOPHYTA. Order ARECALES. Family ARECACEAE. PALM RAYS. The broken rays of apparently two species of palms occur spar- ingly in the Culebra formation at the locality one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridge. These are too incomplete for even tentative generic determination. Genus PALMOXYLON Schenk. Group LUNARIA. PALMOXYLON PALMACITES (Sprengel) Stenzel. Plate 12, fig. 1. Endoyenites palmacites Spkengel, Commentatio, p. 39, figs. 6, 6a, 1828. Fasciculites palmacites Cotta, Dendrol., pp. 49, 89, pi. 9, figs. 1, 2, 1832.— Ungeb in Martius, p. 59, tab. geol. 3, fig. 6, 1845. Palmacites dubius Coeda, Beitrage, p. 42, pi. 22, 1845. — Schimpee, Pal. Vgget., vol. 2, p. 513, 1870 ; Hanclbuch, Abst. 2, p. 887, 1892. Palmacylon tenerum Felix, Foss. Holzer Westindiens, p. 26, pi. 4, fig. 1, 1883.—Schenk in Zittel. Palmoxylon palmacites Sten gee, Foss. Palmenholzer, p. 245, pi. 20, fig. 253, 1904. Description.—Fibro-vascular bundles small, very numerous, closely spaced, orbicular or ovate in cross section, uniformily distributed as a rule, 0.60 mm. to 0.75 mm. in diameter, and rarely, if ever, that distance from one another. Auxiliary bundles absent. Sclerenchyma portion excavated more or less deeply to receive the vascular portion, which is often nearly equal to it in size. Occa- sionally a thin zone of sclerenchyma entirely surrounds the vascular portion. Sclerenchyma fibres small, isodiametric, greatly thickened, of nearly uniform size, about 0.035 mm. in diameter. Vessels vari- able in size, ranging from 0.072 mm. to 0.18 mm. in diameter, usually two large vessels and either none or several small vessels on the side away from the bast in each bundle. The phloem portion in general destroyed and represented by a disorganized cavity between the ves- sels and the bast. The ground mass of the stem consists of thin walled parenchyma without intercellular spaces. The cells are small, isodiametric, rounded pentagonal or hexagonal except where there are but one or two rows between closely adjacent bundles, in which case they are GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 25 narrowly compressed and elongated parallel to the sides of the bundles. Their diameter varies from 0.035 mm. to 0.10 mm. Scat- tered through the stem parenchyma are darker cells which in polar- ized light appear to be gum cells. They are slightly larger than the parenchyma cells, being from 0.072 mm. to 0.108 mm. in diameter. Occasional bundles are seen to be branching. These are the fas- ciculi fibroductores or Kreuzungsbiindel. This species was first recognized by Sprengel in 1828, who referred it to Endogenites; Cotta four years later transferred it to Fasciculites, and Corda in 1845 referred it to Palmacites. When Felix came to publish on the Antigua woods in 1883 he recognized this species, but in describing it under the genus Pdlmoxylon which had been proposed by Schenk only a year or two before he took the liberty of giving it the new name of teneimm, which under the rules of nomenclature has no standing as Stenzel recognized in print in 1904. The specimen from Panama is small and may be from near the periphery of a stem, although in the group Lunaria there is little difference between the central and peripheral regions. In the size, outline, and crowding of the fibrovascular bundles as well as in the character of the parenchyma of the groundmass the present species greatly resembles Pdlmoxylon integrum described by Felix 1 from Cuba and considered by Stenzel 2 as merely a variety of the Antiguan species Pdlmoxylon antigu&nse (Unger) Felix. 3 It differs from that species in altogether lacking the numerous auxiliary sclerenchyma bundles which are so well marked in Pdlmoxylon integimm. A fur- ther difference is the presence of gum or mucilage cells which are fairly numerous in the Panama specimen of Pdlmoxylon palmacites and which might upon a merely superficial examination be mistaken for auxiliary sclerenchyma bundles. Among the Oligocene species of Pdlmoxylon from the southern United States Pdlmoxylon missis- sippense Stenzel * is very similar to the present species. Other described fossil species which show more or less resem- blances are Pdlmoxylon stellatum, asckersoni, variabile, and ceylani- cum. The nearest affinity among recent palms is not determinable in the present state of our knowledge of the anatomy of the latter. The present type of structure is commonly known as the Cocos- like type. For some unknown reason the upper Eocene and lower Oligocene in southeastern North xlmerica abounds in silicified palm wood. Palm leaves are often very abundant in the Wilcox and Claiborne Eocene and in the Apalachicola Oligocene; but all of the petrified * Felix, Foss. Holz. Westindiens, p. 24, pi. 5, fig. 2, 1883. 2 Stenzel, Foss. Palmenholzer, p. 154, pi. 1, figs. 1-10, 1904. 3 Felix, Foss. Holz. Westindiens, p. 22, pi. 4, fig. 5. * Stenzel, Foss. Palmenholzer, p. 248, pi. 21, figs. 254-265. 26 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. palm wood in our Gulf region is confined to the Jackson or Vieks- burg groups. The island of Antigua, celebrated for at least a century for its petrified woods, has furnished at least seven species of petrified palms, five of which were known to Unger as early as 1850, and one was figured by Witham in 1833. These also are of Oligocene age. There are two additional Oligocene species described from the West Indies without definite information as to exact locality, and there is also a species from Trinidad and another from Cuba. The Oligo- cene species at present known from the southern United States are seven in number, four of which have not been found outside of that region, while one or possibly two are common to Antigua, and a third has been reported by Felix from Southern Mexico. Occurrence.—Cucuracha formation, green clays, Gaillard Cut (loc. 6586). Collected by D. F. MacDonald. Collection.—U. S. National Museum. Cat. No. 35310. Order URTICALES. Family MORACEAE. Genus FICUS Linnaeus. FICUS CULEBRENSIS, new species. Plate 13, fig. 1. Description.—Leaves of relatively small size, broadly oblong- Janceolate in general outline, apex acute but not extended or cuspi- date. Base bluntly pointed. Margins evenly rounded. Texture coriaceous. Length about 8 cm. Maximum width, in the middle part of the leaf, about 2.15 cm. Petiole short, stout, and curved. Midrib stout and prominent on the under surface of the leaf. Sec- ondaries thin, very numerous, evenly spaced, subparallel; they di- verge from the midrib at wide angles averaging about 75 degrees, pursue an almost straight outward course, their ends being con- nected well within the margins by regular flat arches formed by their abrupt camptodrome endings. Tertiaries obsolete. This is an especially well-marked species of the lanceolate leafed section of Ficus, and it may be matched by a number of still exist- ing species found in the American tropics. Among such a large number of both existing and fossil forms detailed comparisons are not especially pertinent. Two comparisons that seem significant are the resemblance of the present form to Ficus newtonensis Berry of the Upper Claiborne of the Mississippi embayment and to the forms from the Sarmoisian of Haering in the Tyrol which Ettingshausen x refers 1 Ettingshausen, Tert. Fl. von Haering, p. 41, pi. 10, figs. 6, 8, 1853. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 27 to Ficus jynx Unger, but which appear to me to be decidedly differ- ent from Unger's type. Occurrence.—Culebra formation, upper part. East wall of the Gaillard cut just north of Canal Commission station 1760 (collected by M. I. Goldman) . Order RANALES. Family ANONACEAE. Genus GUATTERIA Ruiz and Pavon. GUATTERIA CULEBEENSIS, new species. Plate 13, fig. 2. Description.—Leaves of large size, broadly ovate in general out- line, with a narrowed slightly decurrent base and a narrowed and extended acuminate tip. Length about 20 cm. Maximum width, approximately midway between the apex and the base, between 6 cm. and 7 cm. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Petiole short and stout, enlarged proximad, about 2.25 cm. in length. Midrib stout and promient. Secondaries mediumly stout and prominent, about ten opposite to alternate pairs diverge from the midrib at angles ranging from 45° to 60°, sweeping upward in regular ascending subparallel curves, camptodrome in the marginal region. Tertiaries, where visible, percurrent. The present is one of the more abundant and better preserved forms from the Canal Zone, but the large size of the leaves usually results in fragmentary specimens, the tip being almost invariably missing. The species shows great similarity with various existing forms of Anonaceae. It is very close to Anona marcgravii Martius of Venezuela, French and Dutch Guiana, and Brazil (Bahia and Per- nambuco). It is, however, among the various species of Guatteria that the closest homologies are found. The latter genus contains about fifty species of shrubs and trees, exclusively American 1 and found in Mexico, Central America, tropical South America, and in the northern Andes. The fossil may be compared with a large num- ber of the existing species, as for example Guatteria ouregon Dunal, a large tree of the Carribbean islands and equatorial South America, Guatteria dolichopoda De Candolle or G. grandiflora De Candolle of Central America. The family Anonaceae contains about 700 existing species, dis- tributed among about 48 genera, only two of which are present in North America. The family is practically confined to the Tropics, 1 The Asiatic species of various authors are referred to the genus Polyalthia. 8370°—18g—Bull. 103 3 28 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. a single Australian species, and the North American genus Asimina, with 6 or 7 species being the only conspicuously extratropical forms. The area of maximum representation is southeastern Asia and the ad- joining region of Malaysia, for while only 16 genera are confined to this region it contains over 350 species, and six additional genera (Miliusa, Uvaria, Polyalthia, Oxymitra, Melodorum, and Poporvia) , with a total of over 250 species have the bulk of their species in this area. Only a single genus is confined to Australia, and the bulk of the Australian species are to be regarded as migrants from the pre- ceding area. There are upwards of 100 species and 6 peculiar genera in tropical Africa; and America has about 200 species and 10 peculiar genera. These are all confined to the Tropics, except for a species of Anona, which reaches the coast of peninsular Florida, and for the genus Asimina, with six or seven species of shrubs and small trees of the south Atlantic and Gulf States. One of these, Asimina triloba Dunal, is hardy as far north as New York, and has the distinction of growing the farthest distance from the Equator of any existing member of the family. The fossil record of the Anonaceae is very incomplete, only the genera Anona Linneaus and Asimina Adanson, being known with certainty. Both of these genera are present in the flora of the Wilcox group of the Mississippi embayment. The genus Guatteria has not, so far as I know, been heretofore found fossil, except for a doubtful species described by Hollick from the Upper Gretaceous of Marthas Vineyard and Long Island. The genus Uvaria Linnaeus has a Pliocene and three Pleistocene species on the Island of Java, and the genera Melodorum Dunal and Mitre- phora Blume are both represented in the Pleistocene of that island. The genus Anona has from fifteen to twenty fossil species, five of which are also represented by seeds. The oldest is a species described from the Dakota sandstone. There is a second species in the late Cretaceous or Early Eocene of the Rocky Mountain province. The flora of the Wilcox affords a glimpse into the true stage of evolution of Tertiary floras in that expanded belt of the American equatorial region which was the center of radiation of so many recent types. There were three exceedingly well-marked species of Anona along- the Wilcox coast and their leaves are very common at some localities, although no seeds have as yet been discovered. I assume that these Wilcox forms had habits similar to those of the majority of the ex- isting species, exemplified by our Florida Anona glabra Linnaeus, or pond apple, which frequents shallow fresh-water swamps, low shady hammocks, or stream borders near the coast. Other species occur in the low coppice association or on edges of brackish swamps on the Bahamas. The cultivated species, as, for example, the Ameri can Anona reticulata, Linnaeus, which is planted in Guam, often GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 29 spreads naturally along the inner beaches, while attempts to intro- duce others of the most highly esteemed American species in the Orient have failed. From its prevalence among the existing species the habit of growing in wet, shaded soils is evidently an old one, and since the Wilcox Anonas are associated with a strand flora the as- sumption that they grew on the inner beaches or the shaded and more swampy edges of lagoons possesses every degree of probability. In the pipe clays of Alum Bay which were contemporaneous with the Wilcox there are two species of Anona, and Engelhardt has de- scribed two species from the Eocene or Oligocene of Chili. The Oligocene record shows a species in France and a second in Saxony. In the Miocene there are two species each in England, Styria, and Croatia, and one each in Bohemia, Colorado, and Transylvania. There is one each in the Pliocene of France and Italy, showing how modern was their extinction in the south of Europe. The genus Asimina has only four or five recorded fossil species. These are all American except for a form from the Pliocene of Italy which has been referred to this genus, although I suspect that it represents Anona, since Asimina appears to have originated and been confined to the Western Hemisphere. The oldest known species is based on foliage which is found in the basal Eocene of the Rocky Mountains (Denver formation) and of the embayment (Midway Group). There is a single species based on a seed from the basal Wilcox and no other records except a form close to the modern from the late Miocene of New Jersey (Bridgeton sandstone) and the occurrence of the existing Asimina triloba Dimal in the interglacial beds of the Don valley in Ontario. There are 17 existing species of Anona recorded from Central America, six of which are known from Panama. Hemsley records 11 species of Guatteria from Central America, at least two of which occur in Panama. Occurrence.—Culebra formation, upper part. East wall of Gail- lard Cut just north of Canal Commission station 1760 (collected by M. I. Goldman). Gatun formation. Gatun borrow pits (collected by M. I. Goldman). 7 miles northeast of Bejuca near Chame (=Caimito formation) (collected by MacDonald). Family MYRISTICACEAE. Genus MYRISTICOPHYLLUM Geyler. MYRISTSCOPHYLLUM PANAMENSE, new species. Plate 13, fig. 3. Description.—Leaves ovate or ovate lanceolate in outline with pointed apex and base, entire, evenly rounded margins, subcoriaceous in texture. Length about 9 cm. Maximum width, midway between the apex and the base, about 3.3 cm. Petiole slender, about 8 mm. long. Midrib slender. Secondaries thin, about 8 subopposite ascend- 30 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ing subparallel pairs; they diverge from the midrib at acute angles and are subparallel with the lower lateral margins, eventually camp- todrome. Tertiaries obsolete. This species is unfortunately represented by fragmentary remains inadequate for conclusive identification. The genus Myristica Lin- naeus contains about two score existing species, rather more than half being American tropical forms, now often segregated into several genera. Many are insular and coastal forms, Schimper recording 4 species in the Indomalayan strand flora and several species ranging eastward in the Pacific to the Fiji, Tonga, and Samoan Islands, and their fruits are recorded by both Gaudichaud and Guppy in the sea drift, although the oriental species are normally distributed by fruit pigeons (Mosley. TIemsley, Guppy). De Candolle and Miquel both considered the foliage, especially the venation, as offering the best criteria for differentiation, but in the absence of comparative material and the incomplete character of the Panama fossil it is not possible to apply these criteria. The xVmerican Eecent species number about 25, and these are mainly South Ameri- can in their distribution, although the sections or genera Virola Aublet and Compsoneura De Candolle both occur in Central America. The distribution of the Recent species in tropical America, Asia, and Africa is conclusive evidence of a Tertiary history, although this evidence is practically unknown. Geyer 1 described two forms of leaf fragments from the Miocene of Labuan (Borneo) and Engelhardt 2 . a third from the Tertiary of Ecuador and Chile. The most conclusive evidence of their Tertiary radiation is furnished by the characteristic fruits described recently by the writer 3 and preserved in the wind- blown sands of the uppermost Eocene of Texas. Occurrence.—Culebra formation (upper part). East wall of Gail- lard Cut just north of Canal Commission station 1760 (collected by M. I. Goldman). Order ROSALES. Superfamily LEGUMINOSAE. Genus TAENIOXYLON Felix. TAENIOXYLON MULTIRADIATUM Felix. Plates 14 and 15. Taenioxylon miiltiradiatum Felix, Die fossilen Holzer Westindiens. Sammi. palaeont Abh.. ser. 1, Heft 1, p. 11, pi. 1. figs. 10, 11; pi. 2. fig. 10, 1883. Transverse section.—In a radial distance of 5 cm. there are no definite annual or seasonal rings. In certain zones the vessels are 1 Geyler, H. T., Vega Expedition, vol. 4, p. 498, pi. 33, figs. 3-6, 1887. 2 Engelhardt, H., Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesellsch., vol. 16, p. 663, pi. 6, fig. 9 ; pi. fig. 12, 1S91 ; vol. 19, p. 13, pi. 1, fig. 21, 1895. 3 Berry, E. W., Amor. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 42, pp. 241-245, figs. 1-6, 1916. GEOLOGY AXD PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 31 larger, more generally compound, and closer together, and in other zones they are more distant, slightly smaller, and prevailingly single. No changes are observable in the other elements and there is no regular alteration of vessel rich and vessel poor areas nor any change from so-called summer to spring wood such as characterizes the trees of the temperate zone. Vessels single or two, three, or four together in radial rows (an anomalous group of five vessels in juxtaposition is shown in the de- tailed drawing) . Outline of single vessels elliptical, those in groups flattened on one or both sides by mutual compression ; their tangen- tial diameter ranging from 0.10 mm. to 0.14 mm.; their radial diam- eter ranging from 0.12 mm. to 0.16 mm., exceptionally large ones up to 0.22 mm. ; their walls thick, 0.0067 mm. to 0.01 mm. in thickness, clearly showing the numerous small pits in section. Vessels fre- quently filled with gum. Vessels usually surrounded by one to three layers of rounded or more or less compressed thin-walled wood paren- chyma, somewhat variable in amount in different parts of the stem and tending to form tangential bands. Prosenchyma very abundant, the elements polygonal, small, somewhat smaller than those of the wood parenchyma, and thick walled. Rays very numerous, one or two cells wide as seen in transverse sections, flexuous in their courses since they are bowed out around the large vessels and approach more or less in the radial intervals between vessels; from 0.10 mm. to 0.20 mm. apart, averaging nearer the former than the latter figure. The ray cells toward the ends of the rays which appear to be those usually seen in the several sections examined are not elongated radi- ally but are nearfy isodiametric and about 0.02 mm. in diameter. Radial section.—The radial section shows the close set, fine, trans- versely elongated pits of the vessels which have simple perforations. The wood parenchyma is septate, the cells being about 3-| times as long as wide with large simple pits. The rays are of variable height, from 9 to 17 cells. They are seen in radial view to consist of a central series of radially elongated cells with numerous fine simple pits, above and below which is a series of longitudinally elongated cells, beyond which are one or two rows of isodiametric cells which are regularly hexagonal in this view. Tangential section.—The tangential section shows the uniform close set fine pitting on all the walls of the vessels, the relative short length and the large simple pits of the adjoining septate wood paren- chyma. The rays are seen to be very numerous, and separated by but few rows of flexuous prosenchyma ; they are lenticular in outline and of variable height, one or two rays of terminal cells (those which are hexagonal in outline in the radial view) are single; then come one to three biseriate rows (those longitudinally elongated in the 32 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. radial view) ; toward the median region the rays are three or four cells broad (the radially elongated cells in the radial view). Felix states that in the Antigua material the rays were usually biseriate, while uniseriate and triseriate rays were rare. I do not know the extent of his material, but in the case of that from Panama I had but few radial sections cut. Ray cells frequently filled to a greater or less degree with gum. Remarks.—Fragments of the wood of this species are very com- mon in the collections from Panama, but a good deal was rather badly decayed before petrification. That which has formed the chief basis for the foregoing description and all of the photographs and draw- ings is beautifully preserved. The species is clearly identical with the type, as very insufficiently described and illustrated by Felix. One highly ferruginized and fairly well preserved quadrant of a trunk indicates a large tree, with a diameter of at least 25 cm. The genus Taenioxylon was established by Felix in 1882 with T. varians from Antigua as the type. He has since described 7 addi- tional species including 2 additional from Antigua, 1 from southern Brazil, 1 from East Indies, 1 from Philippines, 1 from Caucasus, and 1 from the Swabian Alps. All are of Tertiary age and show resemblances to various members of the 3 Leguminous families, Caesalpiniaceae, Miomosaceae, and Papilionaceae. Felix considers the present species to be a member of the Papilionaceae, and it agrees entirely with Solereders account of the anatoiny of this family. The two kinds of ray cells described have, according to Saupe, been shown to occur in the following tribes in this family, namely the Podalyrieae, Genisteae, Galegeae, Hedysareae, and Sophoreae. With- out much recent comparative material, which is unavailable, it is impossible to allocate the present species more definitely within this extensive family. Occurrences.—Bohio formation, middle Bohio Ridge (poorly pre- served) quadrant of a large trunk indicating a tree with trunk at least 25 cm. in diameter. Cucuracha formation, upper part. Green clays of Gaillard Cut (locality 6845) Oligocene limestone. Orbi- toidal limestone, 2 miles north of David (locality 6523) (all above collected by D. F. MacDonald). Culebra formation, upper part. Near top of big slide, just north of Culebra. Collected by M. I. Goldman (figured material). Collections.—U. S. National Museum, Johns Hopkins University. Family MIMOSACEAE. Genus INGA Willdenow. INGA OLIGOCAENICA, new species. Plate 16, fig. 2. Deselection.—Leaflets rather above medium size, elliptical-ovate and very inequilateral in general outline. Apex abruptly acute, not GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 33 extended. Base very inequilateral, truncate or ascending on one side and wide and cordate on the other. Margins entire, full. Tex- ture subcoriaceous. Length about 8 cm. or 9 cm. Maximum width, at or slightly above the middle, about 4 cm. Petiolule curved, short and stout, about 3 mm. long. Midrib stout, greatly curved. Sec- ondaries thin, five or six pairs, angles of divergence and courses various, all ultimately camptodrome ; lower pair opposite, from the top of petiolule ; they diverge from the midrib at angles of about 45 degrees, curving slightly outward and then ascending, parallel with the respective margins; the one in the narrow side of the lamina arches along the margin in a brochiodrome manner; the one in the wide side of the lamina sends off on the outside a series of regularly spaced camptodrome tertiaries. Tertiary venation for the most part obsolete. This characteristic species may be compared with Inga densiflora Bentham,1 Inga edulis Martius,2 Inga marginata Willdenow,3 or Inga speciosa Spruce * and with various other of the larger-leafed species of Inga in the American Tropics to which region the 212 of its existing species of shrubs and trees are confined. It may also be compared with a number of tropical American species of Cassia, as, for example, Cassia ruseifolia Jacquin. About fiften fossil species have been referred to Inga. These include three from the Upper Cretaceous, two European, and one North American. There are also two or three species in the Oligo- cene of Europe, one in the Pliocene of Bolivia, two in the Tertiary of Ecuador, and one in the Tertiary of Colombia, four well-marked species in the Lower Eocene of the Mississippi embayment (Wilcox Group) and one in the middle Eocene of that region (Claiborne Group). The Panama species is not especially close to any of the foregoing. It is nearest, however, to Inga latifolia, described by Engelhardt 5 from the Tertiary of Ecuador, differing in its broader form and more inequilateral base. Pittier records 14 existing species of Inga, from Panama. 6 Hems- ley lists 35 species in his flora of Central America, or which number 18 are recorded from Panama. Occurrence.—Lower part of Culebra beds one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridge. (Collected by D. F. MacDonald.) U.S.G.S. 6837. Type.—Cat. No. 35311, U.S.N.M. 1 Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, p. 617, 1875 (Peru). 2 Martius, Flora, vol. 20, Beibl., p. 113. 1837 (Brazil). 3 Willdenow, Sp. PI., vol. 4, p. 1015, 1806 (Venezuela). * Spruce, in Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, p. 620 (Brazil). 5 Engelhardt, H., Abh. Senck. Naturfor. Gesell., vol. 19, 1895, p. 20, pi. 2, figs. 11, 12. « Pittier, H., Cont. U. S. Natl. Herb., vol. 18, pt. 5, pp. 218-223, 1916. 34 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Family CAESALPINIACEAE. Genus CASSIA Linnaeus. CASSIA CULEBRENSIS, new species. Plate 16, fig. 1. Description.—Leaves obviously pinnately compound. Leaflets ovate, slightly inequilateral and falcate, with an obliquely acumi- nate, practically equilateral tip, and an acuminate markedly inequi- lateral base. Length about 6.25 cm. Maximum width, about mid- way between the apex and the base, 2.75 cm. ; one side of the lamina 15 mm. wide, the other 12.5 mm. wide. Texture mediumly coriace- ous. Petiolule reduced to a thickened proximal part of the midrib extending but 1 mm. below the point of junction of one margin and about 2.5 mm. below the point of junction of the opposite margin. Margins entire, evenly rounded and full. Midrib relatively thin, not prominent, curved. Secondaries thin, numerous, about 10 suboppo- site to alternate pairs; they diverge from the midrib at wide angles, about 70° in the middle part of the leaflet, are nearly straight regu- larly spaced and subparallel in their outward course for two-thirdi of the distance to the margin where the principal ones fork to join in rounded arches the similar branches of adjacent secondaries; the secondaries in the apical and basal portions of the leaflet are regu- larly camptodrome; those toward the tip of the leaflet more closely spaced. Marginal tertiaries camptodrome, internal tertiaries mostly obsolete. This type in its general form and the character of its base and petiolule indicates that it is a leaflet of a pinnate leguminous leaf. Its general appearance suggests comparisons with the genera Sweetia, Myrocarpus, Toluifera, Cassia, and Sophora—the first three confined to tropical South America and the last two cosmopolitan in the existing flora. While the evidence is not conclusive, I prefer to consider it more closely allied to Cassia than to the other genera mentioned, particularly as the venation characters are such as I have considered referable to Cassia in my studies of the fossil floras of the southern United States. No species related to the Panama form is known from the Oligocene of the United States. The modern species of Cassia are very numerous, upwards of 400 having been described. They comprise herbs, shrubs, and trees of varied habitats in the warmer parts of both hemispheres, particularly tropical America. The fossil species are also numerous and the generic history goes back to near the base of the Upper Cretaceous. The genus has been continuously represented in the warmer parts of GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 35 America from the time of deposition of the Tuscaloosa sediments of Alabama to the present. Occurrence.—Culebra formation, lower part, one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridge (collected by D. F. MacDonald) U.S.G.S. 6837: Type.—Cab. No. 35312, U.S.KM. Order GERANIALES. Family MALPIGHIACEAE. Genus HIRAEA Jacquin. HIRAEA OLIGOCAENICA, new species. Plate 17, fig. 1. Description.—Leaves relatively large, ovate-lanceolate in outline, falcate, with an equally cuneatly pointed apex and base. Margins entire, evenly curved. Texture subcoriaceous. Length about 9.5 cm. Maximum width, at or somewhat below the middle, about 3.5 cm. Petiole short, stout, about 3 mm. in length. Midrib stout, flex- uous. Secondaries thin, regularly spaced, about 9 pairs, prevailingly alternate; they diverge from the midrib at angles of about 45° and sweep upward in regular subparallel slight curves, and are campto- drome in the marginal region. Tertiaries obsolete. This genus, which has well characterized leaves, has seldom been recognized in the fossil state. One species 1 is not uncommon in the lower Eocene of the Mississippi embayment, and Ettingshausen * has recorded, but not described, a second species from the Ypresian of Alum Bay, England. The existing species number between 25 and 30 and are exclusively American, ranging from Mexico and the Antilles throughout Central and northern South America to the Peruvian tropics. The present fossil species is not unlike Hiraea wilcoxiana Berry 3 from the lower Eocene of Tennessee and is closely comparable with the existing Hiraea chrysophylla Jussieu of the northern coastal re- gion of South America. Occurrence.—Caimito formation 7 miles northeast of Bejuca (U.S.G.S. station 6840). Collected by D. F. MacDonald. Type.—Cat. No. 35313, U.S.N.M. Genus BANISTERIA Linnaeus. BANISTERIA PRAEN'UNTIA, new species. Plate 17, fig. 2. Description.—Leaves of medium size, broadly ovate in general out- line, with an abruptly acuminate tip and a broad rounded or cuneate base. Length about 8 cm. Maximum width, at or slightly above the 1 Berry, E. W., U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 91, p. 257, pi. 57, fig. 8 ; pi. 109, fig. 6, 1916. 3 Ettingshausen, C. von, Roy. Soc. London Proc, vol. 30, p. 235, 1880. 3 U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 91, p. 257. 36 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. middle, about 5 cm. Margins entire, full and rather evenly rounded. Petiolar character unknown. Midrib of medium size, uncharacteris- tic. Secondaries thin, seven or eight opposite to alternate pairs di- verge from the midrib at regular intervals at angles varying from 45° in the upper part of the leaf to 55° in the basal part; they ascend in slight but subparallel curves increasing in intensity as they pro- ceed toward the margins with which they become subparallel and eventually camptodrome. Tertiaries thin, mostly obsolete. Leaf substance thin but apparently of a somewhat coriaceous texture. The present species receives its name from its supposed praenuntial relationship to the existing Banisteria sinemariensis De Candolle, a form ranging from the West Indies to Brazil and whose somewhat variable leaves may be exactly matched by the fossil. The genus contains upward of eighty existing species, mostly climbing shrubs, confined to the American tropics and largely de- veloped in northern South America. Its geological history goes back to the Lower Eocene, a species having been described by Watelet from the Ypresian of the Paris basin and four homotaxial species, one based on seeds, having been described by the writer from the Wilcox group of the Mississippi embayment in Western Tennessee and Ken- tucky. Several additional fossil species have been described from the European Tertiary, from all of which the Panama fossil is conspicuously different, its major differential character being its relatively short and broad outline. A species based upon fruits has been described by Engelhardt 1 from the Tertiary of Ecuador. There are 5 species of Banisteria recorded by Hemsley from Cen- tral America, 3 of these in Panama, B. billbergiana Beurling on the seashore of the island of Manzafiillo. Two additional Panama spe- cies of Banisterm are referred to the allied genus Heteropterys Kunth by Hemsley. Occurrence.—Culebra formation. West wall of Gaillard Cut be- low Miraflores locks (collected by M. I. Goldman). Culebra forma- tion (lower). West wall of Canal opposite Culebra Railroad station. (Collected by D. F. MacDonald). Family EUPHORBIACEAE. Genus HIERONYMIA Allem. HIERONYMIA LEHMANNI Engelhardt (7). Plate 16, fig. 3. Hieronymia lehmamii Engelhardt, Uber neue Tertiarpflanzen Siid-Ameri- kas, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesell., vol. 19, p. 11, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2, 1895. Description.—Leaves broadly elliptical or somewhat deltoid and inequilateral in outline, with a shortly acuminate tip and broadly 1 Engelhardt, H., Uber neue Tertiarpflanzen Siid-Amerikas, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ge- sellsch., vol. 19, p. 14, pi. 2, figs. 18, 19, 1895. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 37 rounded full lower lateral margins and a very wide, somewhat ob- liquely truncated base. Length about 12 cm. Maximum width, in the lower half of the leaf, about 10 cm. Margins entire, full, and rounded. Texture thin but coriaceous. Midrib stout, curved, prominent on the lower surface of the leaf. Secondaries stout, 10 or 11 irregularly spaced pairs, prominent on the lower surface of the leaf ; they diverge from the midrib at wide angles which become more acute in the apical part of the leaf, those on the narrower side are more ascending and somewhat straighter than those on the wide side, all are conspicu- ously camptodrome at some distance from the margin. Tertiaries thin, mostly percurrent. Areolation of small, isodiametric polygonal meshes, well marked on the under side of the leaf. This large leaf is unfortunately represented by fragmentary mate- rial from a single locality in the Caimito formation. In some respects its characters suggest a broad Ficus> but it seems clearly identical with the species described by Engelhardt 1 in 1895 from the Tertiary of Ecuador. I have, however, queried the determina- tion because of the broken character of the Panama material. In the illustration I have reconstructed a leaf from a combination of the Panama material with the more complete specimens figured by Engelhardt from Ecuador. The two largest fragments from Panama are indicated on the drawing by tinting. It is unfortunate for purposes of correlation that the present determination can not be conclusive, although in view of other similarities shown between the Oligocene plants of Panama and those from the Tertiary of Ecuador, I am disposed to regard the present determination as fairly satisfactory. The genus Hieronymia comprises about a dozen existing species of shrubs and trees confined to tropical America and rather widely distributed from Mexico to Brazil as well as in the West Indies. Occurrence.—Caimito formation, 7 miles northeast of Bejuca (U.S.G.S. station No. 6840). (Collected by D. F. MacDonald.) Collection.—U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 35314. Order SAPINDALES. Family SAPINDACEAE. Genus SCHMIDELIA Linnaeus. SCHMIDELIA BEJUCENSIS, new species. Plate 17, fig. 4. Description.—Leaf or leaflet elongate elliptic in outline, inequi- lateral. Apex and tip equally and bluntly pointed inequilateral. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Length about 11 cm. Maxi- 1 tiber neue Tertiarpflanzen Siid-Amerikas, vol. 19, p. 11, 1895. 38 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. mum width, midway between the apex and the base, about 4.5 cm. Width on one side of the midrib 21.5 mm., on opposite side 24 mm. Petiole missing. Midrib flexuous, stout, and prominent. Secondaries stout, regularly spaced, mostly immersed, about 7 alternate pairs diverge from the midrib at angles of about 50°, curving upward subparallel and camptodrome in the marginal region. Tertiaries mostly obsolete, a few percurrent ones seen. This large and striking leaf is referred to the sapindaceous genus /Schmidelia, which comprises about 100 existing species of the equa- torial regions of both hemispheres with unifoliate or palmately com- pound leaves. About half of the species are American where they are confined to the Antilles, Central, and tropical South America. They are sometimes referred to the genus Allophylus Linnaeus (as by Radlkofer) and with the exception of this genus all of the mem- bers of the tribe Thouinieae are confined to America. Fossil repre- sentatives have been unknown except for the petrified wood from the Oligocene of the island of Antigua which Felix described as Schmideliopsis. 1 Occurrence.—Culebra formation. East wall of Gaillard Cut just north of station 1760 (collected by M. I. Goldman). Caimito formation, 7 miles northeast of Bejuca (U.S.G.S. 6840). Collected by D. F. MacDonald.) Type.—Cat. No. 35315, U.S.N.M. Order THYMELEALES. Family LAURACEAE. Genus MESPILODAPHNE Nees. MESPILODAPHNE CULEBRENSIS, new species. Plate 17, fig. 3. Description.—Leaves lanceolate-falcate in general outline, with acuminate apex and base. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length about 10 cm. Maximum width, in the middle part of the leaf, about 2.5 cm. Petiole missing. Midrib stout, curved, prominent on the under surface of the leaf. Secondaries stout, remote, regu- larly spaced, nine or ten subopposite to alternate pairs, they diverge from the midrib at angles of about 65 degrees and are conspicuously camptodrome close to the margins. Tertiaries obscured by the poor preservation of the material. The present species resembles numerous existing and fossil species of Lauraceae, from all of which, however, it appears distinct. It is similar to Mespilodaphne columbiana Berry of the Upper Claiborne of the Mississippi embayment, but is a stouter, more falcate, shorter, and less acuminate form. 1 Felix, J., Die fossile Holzer Westindiens, p. 16, pi. 2, figs. 6, 8, 1883. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 39 The modern species of Mespilodaphne are numerous, inhabiting Africa and tropical America, and are often united with Oreodaphne and Strychnodaphne to form the composite genus Ocotea of Aublet. Their fossil history is almost entirely lost in the multitude of species that have been referred to the form genera Laurus and Laurophyl- lum. Mespilodaphne is abundant and varied throughout the Eocene and Oligocene of the Mississippi embayment area. Occurrence.—Culebra formation, upper part. East wall of the Gaillard Cut just north of Canal Zone station 1760. (Collected by M. I. Goldman.) Order MYRTALES. » Family MYRTACEAE. Genus CALYPTRANTHES Swartz. CALYPTRANTHES GATUNENSIS, new species. Plate 18, fig. 1. Description.—leaves broadly oblong-elliptic in general outline, widest in the middle and tapering equally in both directions to the abruptly acute apex and base. Margins entire. Texture subcoria- ceous. Length between 7 cm. and 8 cm. Maximum width between 3.5 cm. and 4 cm. Petiole missing. Midrib stout, somewhat curved, prominent on the lower surface of the leaf. Secondaries thin, very numerous, and close set, often inosculating by forking; they diverge from the midrib at angles averaging about 70 degrees, at intervals of 1 mm. to 3 mm., pursue a but slightly curved outwardly ascending course and have their ends united by an aerodrome vein on each edge of the lamina parallel with and from 1 mm. to 2 mm. within the margin. Tertiaries forming open isodiametric polygonal meshes. The present well-marked species closely resembles the only other named fossil form Calyptranthes eocenica Berry from the lower Eocene of the Mississippi embayment (Wilcox Group). It may also be compared with the slightly smaller Myrtus rectinervis described by Saporta1 from the Sannoisian of southeastern France. The genus Calyptranthes, which is exclusively American in the existing flora, has about seventy species ranging from Mexico and the West Indies to southern Brazil. There is a strong generic like- ness between the leaves of all of the species. Calyptranthes zyzygium De Candolle may be mentioned, among others, as a form with leaves almost exactly like the fossil. There is also a marked family resem- blance to some of the existing tropical American species of Eugenia, and more especially Myrcia, Myrcia multiflora De Candolle from the Guianas being very similar to the present species. 1 Saporta, Etudes, vol. 1, p. 251, pi. 11, fig. 5, 1863. 40 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Hemsley records 7 existing species of Calyptranthes from Central America, two of which occur in Panama. Occurrence.—Gatun formation, Gatun Borrow Pits. (Collected by M. I. Goldman.) Family MELASTOMATACEAE. Genus MELASTOMITES Unger. MELASTOMITES MICONIOIDES, new species. Plate 18, fig. 2. Description.—Leaf oblong-elliptic in outline, of relatively small size, with an equally and bluntly pointed apex and base. Length about 6 cm. Maximum width, in the middle part, about 2.25 cm. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Petiole short and stout. Midrib stout and prominent. Lateral primaries stout, prominent, diverging from the midrib at an acute angle just above the base and aerodrome. From the disposition of the outwardly directed nervilles from the primaries it is probable that subordinate aero- drome primaries constitute an infra marginal vein on each side, but these can not be made out. Close-set subparallel nervilles run trans- versely between the midrib and the primaries. This species is represented by a small amount of fragmentary material, too poor to permit definite generic determination. It is, therefore, referred to the form-genus Malastomites proposed by Un- ger for generically undeterminable leaves of the Melastomataceae. While the fossil somewhat suggests the leaves of various Lauraceous genera, such as Cinnamomum, Camphoromaea, Goeppertia, and Oryptocarya, its characters are clearly those of the Melastomataceae. It particularly suggests the genus Tibouchina Aublet, which has up- ward of 200 species of shrubs and undershrubs in tropical America. The family Melastomataceae is a relatively large one, with about 150 genera and over three thousand species. It is almost strictly tropical, although some members range southward to 40° south lati- tude. This great family is typically American, seven of the fifteen tribes into which it is divided being confined to tropical America, and about 2,500 of the existing species being also endemic in this region. While the geologic history of this vast assemblage of forms is practically unknown, there is no evidence to disprove the theory that it, like the allied families Combretaceae and Myrtaceae, had its origin in that most prolific region—the American tropics. The few fossil forms that have been found, including leaves, flow- ers, and calices, have been referred to the form-genus Melastomites first proposed by Unger. A doubtfully determined species, which probably belongs to the Lauraceae, has been recorded from the Up- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 41 per Cretaceous of Westphalia. The only known Eocene species is the well-marked form present in the lower Eocene of the Mississippi embayment region (Wilcox Group.) Four Oligocene species have been described from Bohemia, Styria, and Egypt; four Miocene species from Switzerland, Prussia, and Croatia; and a Pliocene species from Italy. Occurrence.—Culebra formation, upper part. East wall of Gail- lard Cut just north of Canal Zone station 1760. (Collected by M. I. Goldman.) Order EBENALES. Family EBENACEAE. Genus DISOPYROS Linnaeus. DIOSPYROS MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 18, figs. 4-8. Description.—Globose berry-like fruits of small size and consider- able consistency, possibly preserved in an unripe state since the flesh is stringy and with a great many tannin cells. The great abundance of these fruits in the andesitic tuffs makes it seem more probable, however, that they are mature, particularly as some are greatly flat- tened. The numerous elongated pendulous seeds and the amount of vascular fibers in the flesh would tend to prevent much compression in a certain number of cases. Diameter 12 to 15 mm. Flesh hard, very tanniferous, and with numerous fibers. Seeds 8 to 10 in number, oblong, elliptical, compressed, with a hard seed coat. The interior of the seeds is filled with amorphous silica and fails to show any structure. Seeds about 7.5 mm. long, averaging 3 mm. high and 1 mm. to 2 mm. thick, very unequally developed, one to three usually more or less abortive. Peduncle not preserved, nor do any of the specimens show the calyx. These seeds are exceedingly abundant and more or less perfectly silicified, the flesh being dark brown and the seeds white, making very striking objects. They are clearly referable to Diospyros and so far as I know represent the only known petrified fruits of this genus, although the persistent calices are not uncommon as impres- sions from the Upper Cretaceous onward. The modern species have from 4 to 12 compressed seeds which tend to become less numerous with the increase in the fleshy part of the fruit, so that possibly these more consistent and prevailingly 10-seeded fossil fruits may represent an earlier stage in their evolution, although this seems doubtful since the calyx of a very large fruited form is known from the Upper Eocene of southwestern Texas. 42 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Diospyros is cosmopolitan in the existing flora with about 180 species in the warmer regions of both hemispheres. Mostly Oriental, but not uncommon in the southern United States, Antilles, and from Mexico through tropical South America. Upward of 100 fossil spe- cies are known ranging in age from the Upper Cretaceous to the present. Occurrence.—Section near mouth of Tonosi River, in deposits of Eocene age (MacDonald). Type.—Cat. No. 35316, U.S.N.M. Order RUBIALES. Family RUBIACEAE. Genus RONDELETIA Plumier. RONDELETIA GOLDMANI, new species. Plate 18, fig. 3. Description.—Leaves lanceolate in outline, somewhat falcate and inequilateral, with an equally acuminate apex and base. Length be- tween 12 cm. and 13 cm. Maximum width, midway between the apex and the base, about 3 cm., 13.5 mm. on the concave side and 15.5 mm. on the convex side. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Petiole short and stout, expanded proximad, about 5 mm. long. Midrib curved, stout, and prominent. Secondaries thin, numerous, suboppo- site to alternate, rather regularly spaced ; about 15 pairs diverge from the midrib at angles of about 45° and ascend in rather flat but regular and subparallel curves and are camptodrome in the marginal region. Tertiaries obsolete. This well-marked species is referred to the subfamily Cinchonoideae and tribe Rondeletieae and seems to indicate an Oligocene species of 'Rondeletia, a genus of shrubs and trees confined to tropical America and not heretofore found fossil. Rondeletia has about 70 existing spe- cies, a few of which occur in northern South America, but the ma- jority are confined to the Antilles (45 species) and Central America (24 species). 1 The present species may be compared with the exist- ing Rondeletia racemosa Swartz of Jamaica, and with other Antillean and Central American forms. More remote comparisons may be made with certain species of Psychotria, as, for example, Psychotria barbiflora De Candolle of Brazil, and with the genus TapiHa Jus- sieu of the Anacardiaceae, a fossil species of which, Tapiria lanceo- lata, has been described by Engelhardt 2 from the Tertiary of Ecua- 1 Britton records 35 species from Cuba. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, vol. 44, pp. 20-30, 1917. 2 Engelhardt, H., tJber neue Tertiarpflanzen Sud-Amerikas, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesell., vol. 19, p. 15, pi. 9, fig. 4, 1895. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 43 dor. Another fossil species somewhat resembling the Panama form as Cinchonidium multinerve described by Ettingshausen 1 from the Tertiary of Priesen, Bohemia. Named in honor of Dr. Marcus I. Goldman, who collected it while a Fellow at the Johns Hopkins University. Occurrence.—Gatun formation, Gatim Borrow Pits. (Collected by M. I. Goldman.) Genus RUBIACITES Weber. RUBIACITES IXOREOIDES, new species. Plate 18, figs. 9-12. Description.—Fruit bilocular, indehiscent or tardily dehiscent, ligneous, capsular-like. Form a prolate spheroid 2.7 cm. long and 2 cm. in diameter. The surface roughened by small tuberculations and pits. Walls about 2 mm. thick. Median partition thin. Seeds one in each cell, suspended, elliptical in both transverse and longitudinal sections, compressed along the central partition. Surface striate. Endosperm not ruminating. One seed is more fully developed than the other. The larger is about 2 cm. long, 1.4 cm. wide and 9 mm. thick. This well marked form is unfortunately represented by but a single specimen which however shows most of the cavity occupied by the fruit, the two contained seeds partially petrified and the lignified wall and part of the partition. The accompanying illustrations show the external appearance of the fruit (fig. 9) and a side view showing the relative development of the two seeds (fig. 10). Figure 12 shoAvs a lignified end of the fruit with the median partition and figure 11 is a side view with the smaller seed in front and the larger forming the background. So far as I know nothing like it has previously been found fossil. There seems to be no question but that the present fruit represents some Oligocene species of Rubiaceae and it is consequently referred to the form-genus Rubiacites proposed by Weber, although probably not congeneric with the previously described fossil species of Rubia- cites. The fruits of this large family exhibit considerable variety being either capsular, achene-like or drupaceous. Without a much larger amount of recent comparative material than is available it is not possible to definitely fix the botanical relation of the present species which, however, appears to be referable to the tribe Ixoreae or the Psj^chotrieae. The specific name chosen suggests a resemblance to the fruits of Ixora Linnaeus, a genus with over 100 species of 1 Ettingshausen, C. von, Die Fossile Flora des Tertiar-Beckens von Bilin, Theil 2, p. 208, pi. 36, fig. 5, 1868. 8370°—18g—Bull. 103 4 44 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. shrubs and small trees found in the tropics of both hemispheres but chiefly Asiatic. Occurrence.—Gatun formation. Gatun Borrow Pits. (Collected by M. I. Goldman.) EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate 12. Palmoxylon palmacites (Sprengel) Stenzel. Cucuracba formation. Fig. 1. Showing abundance of fibrovascular bundles and gum cells. X20. Plate 13. Fig. 1. Ficus culebrensis Berry. Culebra formation. 2. Ouatteria culebrensis Berry. Culebra formation. 3. Myristicophyllum panamense Berry. Culebra formation. Plate 14. Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix. Culebra formation. Fig. 1. Transverse section. X25. 2. Same. X200. Plate 15. Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix. Culebra formation. Fig. 1. Radial section. X200. 2. Tangential section. X200. Plate 16. Fig. 1. Cassia culebrensis Berry. Culebra formation. 2. Inga oligocaenica Berry. Culebra formation. 3. Hieronymia lehmanni Engelhardt (?). Caimito formation. Plate 17. Fig. 1. Hiraea oligocaenica Berry. Caimito formation. 2. Banisteria praenuntia Berry. Culebra formation. 3. Mespilodaphne culebrensis Berry. Culebra formation. 4. Schmidelia bejucensis Berry. Caimito formation. Plate 18. Fig. 1. Calyptranthes gatunensis Berry. Gatun formation. 2. Melastomites miconioides Berry. Culebra formation. 3. Rondeletia goldmani Berry. Gatun formation. 4-8. Diosypros macdonaldi Berry. Eocene (?). 4. Showing abundance of fruits in tuffs. 5, 7, 8. Transverse median sections of fruits. 6. Longitudinal median section of fruit. 9-12. Rubiacites ixoreoides Berry. Gatun formation. 9. External appearance. 10. Median longitudinal section showing unequally developed seeds. 11. Side view of seeds. 12. Lignified fragment showing end walls and partition. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 12 PALMOXYLON PALMACITES (SPRENGEL) STENZEL. For explanation of plate see page 44. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 13 Fossil Dicotyledonous Leaves. For explanation of plate see page 44. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 14 Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix. For explanation of plate see page 44. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 15 Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix. For explanation of plate see page 44. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 16 ^y Fossil Dicotyledonous Leaves. For explanation of plate see page 44. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 17 Fossil Dicotyledonous Leaves. For explanat.on of plate see page 44. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 18 Fossil Leaves, Fruits, and Seeds. For explanation of plate see page 44. INDEX Page. Acxostichum 16. 18, 22, 23 aureum _ 23 Allophylus .._____, 88 Anona 19, 28, 29 glabra , 28 marcgravii 27 reticulata 28 Asimina 28, 29 triloba 28, 29 Avicennia 16, 22 Bactris 16 Banisteria 20, 85, 36 billbergiana 36 praenuntia 18, 23, 35, 44 sinemariensis 36 Calyptrantb.es 21, 39, 40 eocenica 39 gatunensis 18, 23, 89, 44 zyzygium 39 Campboromaea 40 Cassia 20, 84 culebrensis 18, 22, 84, 44 ruseifolia 33 Chamaedorea 16 Cicbonidium multinerve 43 Cinnamomum 40 Compsoneura 30 Conocarpus 16, 22 Crescentia 16 Cryptocarya 40 Diospyros 21, 41 macdonaldi 18, 23 41, 44 Endogenites palmacites 24 Eugenia 21 Pasciculites palmacitea 24 Ficus 19, 26 culebrensis 18, 22, 26, 44 jynx 27 newtonensis 26 Goeppertia 40 Guatteria 19, 20, 27, 29 culebrensis 18, 22, 27, 44 dolichopoda 27 grandiflora 27 ouregon — 27 Heteropterys 36 Hippomane 16 Hiraea 20, 85 chrysophylla 35 oligocaenica 18, 23, 85,44 wilcoxiana 35 Hieronymia 17, 20, 36, 37 lebmanni 18, 23, 36, 44 Inga 20, 32,33 densiflora 33 edulis 33 Pago. Inga latifolia 33 oligocaenica 18, 22, 82, 44 Ixora 43 Laguncularia 22 Lauras 39 Lauropbyllum ;>.<) Melastomites 40 miconioides 18, 23, 40, 14 Melodorum 28 Mespilodapbne 38, 39 columbiana 38 culebrensis 18, 23, 38, 44 Mitrepbora 28 Myrcia 21, 39 multiflora 39 Myristica 20, 30 Myristicophyllum 20, 29 panamense 18, 22, 29, 44 Myrocarpus 34 Myrtus rectinervis 39 Ocotea 39 Oreodapbne 39 Palmacites dubius 24 tenerum 24 Palmoxylon 17, 24, 25 antiguense 25 aschersoni 25 ceylanicum 25 integrum 25 mississippiensis 25 palmacites 18,22,24,44 stellatum 25 tenerum 25 variabile 25 Palms 16, 18, 23, 24 Paritium 16 Psycbotria barbiflora 42 Rhizopbora 16, 22 Rondeletia 21, 42 goldmanni 18, 23, 42, 44 racemosa 42 Rubiacites 21, 43 ixoreoides 18, 23, 43, 44 Schmidelia 20, 37, 38 bejucensis 18, 23, 37, 44 Sopbora 34 Sweetia 34 Taenioxylon 17, 20, 30, 32 multiradiatum ___ 18, 22, 30, 44 varians 31 Tapiria lanceolata 42 Tiboucbina 40 Toluifera 34 Tritbrinax 16 Venericardia planicosta 17 Virola 30 I SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE SMALLER FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE By JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN Of the United States Geological Survey Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 45-87, with Plates 19-33 SS8 $£*&£ \pi iper\ WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE ; 1918 'SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE SMALLER FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE By JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN Of the United States Geological Survey Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 45-87, with Plates 19-33 issued FEB 18 V WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 THE SMALLEE FOSSIL FOEAMINIFEEA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. By Joseph Augustine Cushman, Of the United States Geological Survey. INTRODUCTION. The collection of fossil foraminifera included in this report were sent to the writer by the United States Geological Survey. It con- sists almost entirely of material collected by Messrs. D. F. Mac- Donald and T. Wayland Vaughan in 1911, to whom I am indebted for data as to the geological correlation. The names applied to the geologic formations are those used in MacDonald's " Sedimentary formations of the Panama Canal Zone, with special reference to the stratigraphic relations of the fossiliferous beds," which appears in the latter part of this volume. Where former correlation has seemed not to apply to the foraminifera, especially those of three stations, 6033> las 2 SOa air its HI2 SeoX S-5 «o o a§ illtli llllll i£ l| 1 1 1 ! ! §>§ § .I'll •§ cq<3 b ^tej o • a, , . . i'3 b ! ! .' .»«[>, , . ft'o a • ' P fee ?§!.!ss§-i !©.§!§! B s I : : :gg« e o es -S &> g a g.O-~T3 o oo e s\2 S3 50 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. :++ : : : : + :++ : + + : : :+ : •: :++ : + + + : : + : : : : + + + : + : + + :+ :++ :+ : : + :+ : : + :+ : : + :+ : : + : + + : + + s,® : : - s :%% : .& :.£?£ M^d d"Ote> ^P'£g SSh SI* "3 g g o.s? ® i si c0 'k>-' i te- a * 2 « is Its'© H ' a O © 0313 s. -£3 ? — •&103 <; ' 0JI5( ' S>.S : OS—.* aj ^sd-SfC. Sis* 1 SV~ O0 00 (a d i : MX2 ; S >£- S 03 3§a-2 s-S^f g 8 S sis K £ |s S-.S s s g : s g m & 8 s £g & iso^-Sg S^ g a a 3 fc 3 O'a £S a£ sag 8 g s S •<*• P. *• S. cqcoOO GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 51 DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. Family TEXTULARIIDAE. Genus TEXTULARIA Defrance, 1824. TEXTULARIA ABBREVIATA d'Orbigny. Plate 19, fig. 1. Textularia abbreviata d'Oebigny, Forarn. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 249, pi. 15, figs. 9-12 (7-12). Description.—Test broad and short, somewhat compressed, cham- bers comparatively few in number, broad near the center and taper- ing to the periphery, sutures in these specimens indistinct, aperture an arched slit extending nearly across the test, wall comparatively smooth. Length 0.65 mm., breadth about 1 mm. Cat. No. 324608, TJ.S.N.M. Specimens from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, from the Culebra formation, dark clay north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Apparently the material is rather metamorphosed and more or less giauconitic so that little of the original test is preserved. This is a rather common Tertiary species. TEXTULARIA SAGITTULA Defrance. Plate 19, fig. 2. Textularia sagittula Defrance, Diet. Sci. Nat., vol. 32, 1S24, p. 177 ; vol. 53, 1828, p. 344 ; Atlas, Conch., pi. 13, fig. 5. Description.—Test elongate, tapering, much compressed especially at sides, chambers numerous, sutures indistinct, aperture a curved slit occupying about one-half the width of the base of the chamber. Length about 1.5 mm., breadth 1 mm. Cat. No. 324609, TJ.S.N.M. A few poorly preserved specimens from U.S.G.S. No. 6025, from the Culebra formation, foraminiferal marl and coarse sandstone about 200 yards south of southern end of switch at Bohio Ridge station, relocated line, Panama Sailroad. Although this material is more or less giauconitic and poorly pre- served the three specimens, one of which is here figured, are referred with a reasonable degree of certainty to this species. A single fragmentary specimen from U.S.G.S. No. 6026, from the Culebra formation, coarse, sandy foraminiferal marl about half way between Monte Lirio and Bohio Ridge, relocated line, Panama Rail- road, seems also to be this species. 52 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TEXTULARIA AGGLUTINANS d'Orbigny. Plate 19, fig. 3. Textularia agglutinins d'Okbigny, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, " ForaminifSres," p. 136, pi. 1, figs. 17, 18, 32-34. Description.—Test elongate, tapering, but slightly compressed lat- erally, chambers high, sutures deep, outline sinuous, end view broadly elliptical, wall composed of rather coarse agglutinated material, aperture a narrow slit a little more than half the width of the base of the chamber. Length 1.23 mm., breadth 0.65 mm. Cat. No. 324610, U.S.N.M. A single specimen here figured seems referable to this species. It is from U.S.G.S. No. 6019-/, from the uppermost bed of the Culebra formation, the lower limestone of the Las Cascadas section, opposite Las Cascadas, Gaillard Cut. Although not so rounded in end view as this species usually is in recent specimens, the general characters, wall structure, high rotund chambers and lobulated outline seem to place it here. TEXTULARIA LAMXNATA, new species. Plate 19, fig. 4. Description.—Test elongate, cuneate, tapering from the widest part near the apertural end, gradually and evenly to the initial end which is subacute, median line raised thence tapering rapidly toward the periphery which is thin and extends out into a lamella-like border, chambers numerous, wide and low, sutural lines raised, some- what curved backward; border irregular, wall finely arenaceous; aperture indistinct. Length 2 mm., breadth 1.2 mm. Specimen figured from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, from lower part of the Culebra formation, dark clay north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Speci- men rather better preserved than most from this station. The end view of this specimen is mainly rhomboidal with the bordering carina extending outward in a thin carina. It is in some ways sug- gestive of Textularia carinata but differs in many respects from that species which is also figured on plate 19, fig. 6. Type-specimen.-—Oat. No. 324611, U.S.N.M. TEXTULARIA SUBAGGLUTINANS, new species. Plate 19, fig. 5. Description.—Test subrhomboidal in front view tapering from the middle toward either end, in end view oblong, sides truncated ; cham- bers comparatively few, somewhat inflated, sutures conspicuously de- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 53 pressed, wall composed of rather coarse arenaceous material, aper- ture extending into the base of the chamber in a narrow rounded opening deeper than wide. Length 1.3 mm., breadth 0.85 mm. This species was fairly common from U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, the Gatun formation, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line Panama Railroad. This species may be distinguished from TextuZa/ria agglutinins by the truncated sides, the oblong end view and especially by the deep, narrow aperture. Type specimen.—-Cat, No. 324812, U.S.N.M. TEXTULARIA CARINATA d'Orbigny. Plate 19, fig. 6. Textularm carinata d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826. p. 268, No. 23 : Poram Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 247, pi. 14, figs. 32-34. Description.—Test much compressed, rather abruptly tapering toward the initial end, sutures strongly limbate, in well-preserved specimens extending out from the periphery in angular spine-like projections, aperture narrow, elongate. Length 1 mm., breadth 0.65 mm. Cat. No. 324613, U.S.N.M. The only material of this species is from U.S.G.S. No. 6036, from the Gatun formation, a dark-colored, fine-grained, sandy clay marl from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. It is very evidently this species and is well preserved. TEXTULARIA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 20, fig. 1. Description.—Test rhomboid in front view, very much compressed, in end view long and narrow, the faces nearly parallel, sides rounded ; composed of comparatively few chambers but variable; long and low, sutures somewhat depressed, wall rather coarsely arenaceous; aperture indistinct. Length 0.85 mm., breadth 0.65 mm. The figured specimen is from U.S.G.S. No. 6036, from the Gatun formation, a dark-colored, fine-grained sandy clay marl from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. Specimens were common from U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated Panama Railroad. . This is a rather striking species, with its very flat, broad front view and very compressed character of the test. Type-specimen.—Cob. No. 324614, U.S.N.M. 54 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus CHRYSALIDINA d'Orbigny, 1846. CHRYSALIDINA PULCHELLA, new species. Plate 20, fig. 2. Description.—Test elongate, gently tapering, broadest at the apical end ; in end view triangular ; early chambers triserial, later ones uni- serial ; chambers in uniserial portion triangular, the sutures distinct, gently curved backward at the angles, outline more or less irregular, apertural face gently convex, with indications of numerous circular apertural openings, wall smooth. Length 0.5 mm., breadth 0.2 mm. This species occurred at U.S.G.S. No. 6036, the Gatun formation, in dark-colored, fine-grained, sandjr clay marl, from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. The species differs from the only known recent species, Ghrysa- lidina dimorpha, in the more tapering and elongate test, the greater irregularity of the contour and test in general and its generally less trim and neat appearance. The specimen figured is well preserved in its general characters, except those of the apertural face, which are somewhat obscured. Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 324615, U.S.N.M. Genus BOLIVINA d'Orbigny, 1826. BOLIVINA ef. B. PUNCTATA d'Orbigny. Plate 21, fig. 3. Bolivina punctata d'Okbigny, Voyage Amer. Merid., vol. 5, pt. 5, " Forarui- niferes," 1839, p. 63, pi. 8, figs. 10-12.—H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Chal- lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 417,- pi. 52, figs. 18, 19.—Flint, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 292, pi. 38, fig. 1. Description.—Test much elongate, sides nearly parallel, abruptly tapering at the initial end, chambers numerous, usually higher than broad, inflated, sutures distinct but slightly depressed; wall finely punctate, occasionally becoming slightly striate. Length 0.60 mm., breadth 0.15 mm. Cat. No. 324616a, b, U.S.N.M. Specimens which seem referable to this species were obtained at U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, Gatun formation, marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line Panama Railroad and 6035, Gatun formation, from gray green, fine grained, sandy shell marl, vicinity of Mindi Hill. There is a tendency for the specimens to take on a semi-striate appearance, an extreme form both in shape and striation shown in plate 21, figure 3. BOLIVINA AENARIENSIS (Costa). Plate 21, fig. 2. Brisalina aenariensis Costa, Atti Acad. Pontaniana, vol. 7, 1856, p. 297, pi. 15, fig. 1, A. B. Bolivina aenariensis H. B. Brady, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 711; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 423, pi. 53, figs. 10, 11. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 55 Description.—Test much compressed, composed of numerous cham- bers about twice as broad as high, sutures distinct, slightly curved backward, chambers slightly inflated, especially in the center, test bordered by a narrow but distinct carina ; surface smooth except for several longitudinal raised costae radiating from the initial end which carries also a short spine. Length 0.65 mnL, breadth 0.35 mm. Cat. No. 324617a, b, U.S.N.M. A few specimens were obtained from U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, Gatun formation, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line, Panama Railroad. While these specimens are not absolutely typical they undoubtedly belong to this species. Very tj^pical specimens occur at U.S.G.S. No. 6036, Gatun forma- tion, in dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl, from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. BOLIVINA ROBUSTA H. B. Brady. Plate 21, fig. 4. Bolivina robusta H. B. Beady, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 57; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 421, pi. 53, figs. 7-9. Description.—Test compressed, gradually tapering toward the apical end; chambers comparatively few; about twice as broad as high; sutures limbate, gently curved backward, often slightly lobu- lated or occasionally showing traces of reticulation on the surface, wall otherwise smooth but punctate, not spinose at the apical end. Length 0.45 mm., breadth 0.25 mm. Cat. No. 324618, U.S.N.M. These specimens, an extreme form of which is figured, are many of them very close to typical B. robusta which is at best either a variable species or one including more than one form. The sutures are usually limbate, as shown in some of Brady's figures, but no apical spine is apparently in any of the specimens in this material. They were from U.S.G.S. No. 6035, Gatun formation, from gray green, fine grained, sandy shell marl, vicinity of Mindi Hill. BOLIVINA, species? Plate 21, fig. 1. This specimen is rather ill-defined and cannot be definitely deter- mined from the single example, the sutures are limbate as in Bo- livina robusta Brady, but have apparently no secondary extensions as in that species. The whole specimen seems to be replaced. The specimen is from U.S.G.S. 6010, lower part of the Culebra formation, from dark clav north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Cat. No. 324619, U.S.N.M. 56 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus BIGENERINA d'Orbigny, 1826. BIGENERINA NODOSARIA d'Orbigny. Plat* 21, fig. 5. Bigenerina nodosaria d'Oebigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 261, pi. 11, figs. 9-11.—H. B. Beady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 369, pi. 44, figs. 14-18. Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical, early portion consist- ing of a few chambers arranged as in Textularia, later ones uniserial, early portion tapering abruptly toward the apical end, wall coarsely arenaceous, sutures rather indistinct, aperture circular and central. Length 2 mm., breadth 0.8 mm. Cat. No. 324620, U.S.N.M. Several specimens in excellent condition were obtained from U.S.G.S. No. 6036, Gatun formation, in dark-colored, fine-grained, sandy clay marl from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. These specimens, as in the one figured, have but a slight indication of the biserial chambers from the exterior, but otherwise seem to be typical. At first glance they might be taken for a species of Glavulina. Genus GAUDRYIMA d'Orbigny, 1839. GAUDRYINA FLINTII Cushman. Plate 20, fig. 4. Gaudryina subrotundata Flint (not G. subrotundata Schwager, 1866), Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 287, pi. 33, fig. 1. Gaudryina flintii Cushman, Bull. 71, U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 2, 1911, p. 63, fig. 102a-c. Description.—Test subconical, early portion rounded conical, trise- rial, later portion subcylindrical, biserial chambers of later portion nearly semicircular in transverse section, sutures distinct; wall are- naceous ; aperture subcircular, at the base of the inner margin of the chamber. Length 1.20 mm., breadth 0.72 mm. Cat. No. 324621. A single specimen which seems to be close to recent specimens of this species was obtained from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of the Culebra formation, in dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. The specimen is somewhat glauconitic and certain of the details are more or less obscured. GAUDRYINA TRIANGULARIS Cushman. Plate 20, fig. 3. Gaudryina triangularis Cushman, Bull. 71, U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 2, 1911, p. 65, figs. 104a-c. Description.—Test somewhat longer than broad, early portion tri- angular, the faces somewhat concave, triserial ; later portion biserial, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 57 rounded in transverse section; wall coarsely arenaceous, chambers comparatively few, sutures indistinct, aperture a narrow slit at the base of the inner margin of the last formed chamber. Length 1.7 mm., breadth 1.0 mm. Cat. No. 324622, U.S.N.M. A single specimen which seems to belong to this species was found in material from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of the Culebra forma- tion, in dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. The specimen, like many others from this station, is glauconitic and not well preserved in all its details. Genus CLAVULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. CLAVULINA PARISIENSIS d'Orbigny. Plate 20, fig. 5. Clavulina parisiensis d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826.. p. 268.—H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 18S4, p. 395, pi. 48, figs. 14-18. Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical, early portion conical, later portion gradually increasing in diameter toward the apertural end, chambers comparatively few, those of the uniserial portion cir- cular in cross section, wall coarsely arenaceous, somewhat rough; aperture circular, terminal. Length nearly 2 mm., diameter 0.7 mm. Cat. No. 324623, U.S.N.M. A single specimen representing this species was obtained in mate- rial from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of the Culebra formation, in dark clay north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Both this and the fol- lowing are common Tertiary species. CLAVULINA COMMUNIS d'Orbigny. Plate 20, fig. 6. Clavulina communis d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 268 ; Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 196, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2. Descrijition.—Test very elongate, subcylindrical, circular in trans- verse section, early portion triserial, later portion uniserial, of rather uniform diameter, sutures more or less indistinct, wall smooth ; aper- ture terminal. Length 2 mm., breadth 0.45 mm. Cat. No. 324624, U.S.N.M. A single specimen of this species occurred with the preceding, U.S.G.S. No. 6010, in the lower part of the Culebra formation. It is fragmentary but probably represents this species. 58 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus VIRGULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. VIRGULINA SQUAMOSA d'Orbigny. Plate 21, fig. 6. Virgulina squamosa d'Oebigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 267.—Cush- man, Bull. 71, U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 2, 1911, p. 91, fig. 145a, h. Description.—Test elongate, tapering gradually to the apical end and again toward the apertural end, chambers comparatively few, inflated, sutures distinct, wall smooth, aperture a comma-like slit at the base of the last formed chamber. Length 0.7 mm., breadth 0.25 mm. Cat. No. 324625a, b, c, U.S.N.M. Specimens of this species occurred in the Gatun formation at the following three stations, U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun Section, relocated line Panama Kailroad; U.S.G.S. No. 6035, in gray-green, fine-grained, sandy shell marl vicinity of Mindi Hill, and U.S.G.S. No. 6036, in dark-colored fine-grained, sandy clay marl, at Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. At none of these stations were more than a few specimens found but all seem referable to this species. Family LAGENIDAE. Genus LAGENA Walker and Boys, 1784. LAGENA STRIATA (d'Orbigny), var. STRUMOSA Reuss. Plate 21, fig. 7. Lagena strumosa Reuss, Zeitschr, geol. Ges., 1858, p. 434 ; Sitz, Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1S63), p. 328, pi. 4, fig. 49. Lagena striata (d'Oebigny), var. strumosa Cushman, Bull. 71, U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 3, 1913, p. 20, pi. 7. figs. 7-10. Description.—Test clavate or subglobular, the body portion orna- mented with numerous longitudinal raised costae, apical end with a single stout spine ; neck short and stout, typically with a phialine lip and transverse costae. Diameter 0.5 mm. Cat. No. 324626, U.S.N.M. A single specimen of this variety was obtained in material from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, from the lower part of the Gatun formation, dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. This is the only representative of the genus in the whole series of samples examined. The speci- men lacks the neck except the base and the tip of the apical spine. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 59 Genus NODOSARIA Lamarck, 1812. NODOSARIA COMMUNIS d'Orbigny. Plate 21, fig. 8. Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1S26, p. 254, No. 35. Nodosaria communis Reuss, Verst. Bohm. Kreid., pt. 1, 1845. p. 28, pi. 12, fig. 21.—H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9. 1884, p. 504, pi. 62, figs. 19-22. Description.—Test elongated, slender, gradually tapering, slightly curved, chambers slightly inflated in the middle, sutures distinct, slightly depressed, somewhat oblique ; wall smooth. Length 2 mm. ? Cat. No. 324627. A single fragment showing four chambers was obtained in material from U.S.G.S. No. 6036, Gatun formation, from dark-colored fine- grained, sandy clay marl at Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. The fragment with its general characters, its smooth surface, slightly inflated chambers and oblique sutures seem to clearly indicate this species. NODOSARIA INSECTA Schwager? Plate 21, fig. 9. Nodosaria insecta Schwager, Norara Exped. Geol. Thiel., pt. 2, 1866, p. 224, pi. 5, figs. 52, 58. Description.—Test elongate, gradually tapering from the nearly acute slender base to a broad apical end, which is the greatest in diameter of any of the chambers of the test; chambers numerous, inflated, nearly spherical, sutures much depressed; wall smooth, apertures with a slight neck and circular opening. Length 2.3 mm. Cat. No. 324628a, b, U.S.N.M. Specimens were found in the lower part of Culebra formation both at U.S.G.S. No. 6010, in dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks, and 6012. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 152, pi. 10, figs. 7-11. Sigmoilina tenuis Sidebottom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc, vol. 48, No. 5, 1904, p. 6. Description.—Test about twice as long as wide, narrow, compressed, visible chambers 5 or 6 on either side, chambers, narrow, rounded, sutures depressed, distinct; wall smooth, aperture exserted, rounded. Length 0.65 nim. Cat. Nos. 324721-3, U.S.N.M. Specimens of this species were obtained in the Gatun formation at the following three stations: U.S.G.S. 6033c, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line of the Panama Eailroad; 6035, in gray green, fine grained, sandy shell marl, vicinity of Mindi Hill; and 6036, in dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl, from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. These three stations have several species in common as will be seen by a glance at the accompanying chart of distribution. SIGMOILINA ASPERULA (Karrer). Plate 31, figs. 3 a, &. Spirolucina asperula Kaeeeb, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 57, 1868, p. 136, pi. 1, fig. 10.—H. B. Beady, Rep. Vol. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 152, pi. 8, figs. 13, 14, and 11. Description.—Test but slightly longer than wide, very much com- pressed, sutures somewhat indistinct, several chambers visible from each of the flattened sides; wall covered with fine arenaceous parti- cles; aperture exserted, nearly circular. Length, 0.8 mm. Cat. Nos. 324724-5, U.S.N.M. 82 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Specimens were not uncommon in the Gatun formation at two stations, U.S.G.S. 6035, in gray green, fine grained, sandy shell marl, vicinity of Mindi Hill, and 6036, in dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl, from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. * Genus TRILOCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. TRILOCULINA TRIGONULA (Lamarck). Plate 32, fig. 1. Miliolites trigonula Lamarck, Ann. Mus., vol. 5, 1804, p. 351, No. 3. Triloculina trigonula d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 299, No. 1, pi. 16, figs. 5-9. Miliolina trigonula Williamson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 83, pi. 7, figs. 180-182.—H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 164, pi. 3, figs. 14-16. Description.—Test in apertural view triangular, angles rounded, chambers rapidly increasing in size as added, but three visible in* adult test; outer wall broadly rounded, in front view oval, sutures distinct, aperture not produced, lip and tooth indistinct. Length, 0.75 mm. Cat. No. 324726, U.S.N.M. A single specimen referable to this species occurred at U.S.G.S. 5850, in Pleistocene marly material from near Mount Hope, one- fourth mile from present sea beach and about 6 to 8 feet above high tide. This is a common species in shallow water of recent oceans. TRILOCULINA TRICARINATA d'Orbigny. Plate 32, fig. 2. Triloculina tricarinata d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 299, No. 7 ; Modeles, No. 94.—H. B. Brady, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 446, pi. 48, fig. 3. Miliolina tricarinata H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 165, pi. 3, figs. 17a, 6. Description.—Test differing from T. trigonula largely in the an- gles, which are acute, the sides concave, at least toward the borders, center of the side either flat or slightly convex, in end view rather sharply triangular, in front view oval ; neck slightly produced, aper- ture rounded, tooth wanting in this specimen. Length, 0.60-0.70 mm. Four specimens were collected in the Culebra formation at U.S.G.S. No. 6025, foraminiferal marl about 200 yards south of southern end of switch at Bohio Ridge Station, relocated line, Panama Railroad. Two of the four specimens had the neck somewhat elongated, the others were more nearly normal in this respect. The specimens were GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 83 somewhat altered and showed traces of apparently a glauconitic interior. TRILOCULINA BULBOSA, new species. Plate 32, fig. 3. Description.—Test from exterior composed of three visible cham- bers, the last formed one making the largest part of the test. The next to the last about half the size of the last and the first formed one very small in comparison, test in end view nearly biloculine, with the last formed chamber nearly as wide as the whole test in its great- est width, in front view breadth and height about equal, chambers very rotund, sutures deep, aperture without a neck, rounded, tooth .indistinct or wanting. Length, about 0.65 mm. Type-specimen.— (Cat. No. 324728, U.S.N.M.) from the Gatun formation, U.S.G.S. Station 6029a, lowest horizon, one-fourth to one- half mile north of Camp Cotton on relocated line Panama Railroad. Another specimen was obtained, also in the Gatun formation, at No. 6030, from fossiliferous marl, from cut on north side of swamp 1| miles north of Monte Lirio, relocated line of the Panama Railroad. In each case a single somewhat glauconitic specimen was obtained. The species has the last two chambers developed greatly, the third one very small, the whole test appearing almost biloculine. The specimens from the two stations were practically identical. TRILOCULINA PROJECTA, new species. Plate 33, fig. 1. Description.—Test in end view composed of three radially pro- jecting portions, the intervening portions deeply concave, in side view about as long as wide, sutures somewhat indistinct, periphery broadly rounded; wall covered with a thick encrustation of sand grains giving the whole exterior a decidedly arenaceous appearance ; aperture with a slightly projecting neck and phialine lip ; apertural opening circular, in the specimen figured without a distinct tooth. Length 0.75 mm. Type-specimen.— (Cat. No. 324729, U.S.N.M.) From gray green, fine grained, sandy shell marl from vicinity of Mindi Hill, U.S.G.S. No. 6035, Gatun formation. This is an interesting modification of this genus, comparable in the structure of the test to Quinqueloculina agglutinans d'Orbigny and others of the same character. 84 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus BILOCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. BILOCULINA BULLOIDES d'Orbigny. Plate 33, fig. 2. Biloculina hulloides d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 297, No. 1, pi. 16, figs. 1-4; Modeles, No. 90.—H. B. Beady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 142, pi. 2, figs. 5, 6. Description.—Test with but two visible chambers in the adult, in end view, each semicircular, in front view elliptical, very rotund, inflated, suture distinct; aperture usually nearly circular, somewhat produced. Length 0.60 mm. Cat. No. 324730, U.S.N.M. The only specimen of this species is from the Gatun formation, U.S.G.S. 6036, from dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. Genus SPIROLQCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. SPIROLOCULINA EXCAVATA d'Orbigny. Plate 31, fig. 2. Spiroloculina esccavata d'Orbigny, Forarn. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 271, pi. 16, figs. 19-21.—H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 151, pi. 9, figs. 5, 6. Description.—Test planospiral, chambers much elongated, thickest at the basal end, apertural end slightly produced, central portions much excavated, due to the gradual increase in the width of the chambers as added; periphery somewhat convex, angles rounded; sutures distinct except toward the center; apertural end produced, aperture rounded ; tooth wanting in our specimen. Length 1.4 mm. Cat. No. 324731, U.S.N.M. Specimens were obtained at Station No. 5850, in marl of Pleisto- cene, Mount Hope, Canal Zone, by D. F. MacDonald. Genus ORBICULINA Lamarck, 1816. ORBICULINA ADUNCA (Fichtel and Moll). Plate 33, fig. 3. Nautilus orbiculus Fichtel and Moll, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 112, pi. 21. OrMculina adunca Lamarck, Tabl. Encyel. et M6th., 1816, pi. 468, figs. 2a-c.—H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 209, pi. 14, figs. 1-13. Description.—Test planospiral, chambers very long, divided into simple chamberlets, sides with alar projections extending nearly to the umbilicus, sutures distinct; apertures numerous, peripheral. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 85 Diameter 1.6 mm. Cat. No. 324732, U.S.N.M. A few specimens were obtained from U.S.G.S. 5850, from Pleisto- cene marl near Mount Hope, about one-fourth mile from present sea beach and about 6 to 8 feet above high tide. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate 19. Fig. 1. Textularia abbreviate d'Orbigny. X 50. a, apertural view; b, front view. 2. Textularia sagittula Defrance. X 30. a, apertural view ; 6, front view. 3. Textularia agglutinans d'Orbigny. X 50. a, apertural view; b, front view. 4. Textularia lemmata, new species. X 30. a, apertural view ; b, front view. 5. Textularia subagglutinans, new species. X 35. a, apertural view; b, front view. 6. Textularia carinata d'Orbigny. X 50. a, apertural view ; &, front view. Plate 20. Fig. 1. Textularia panamensis, new species. X 65. a, aperture view ; b, front view. 2. Chrysalidine pulchella, new species. X 110. a, apertural view; b, viewed from flat side ; c, viewed from angle. 3. Gaudryina triangularis Cushman. X 35. a, apertural view ; b, front view. 4. Gaudryina flintii Cushman. X 50. 5. Clavulina parisiensis d'Orbigny. X 85. 6. Clavulina communis d'Orbigny. X 35. Plate 21. Fig. 1. Bolivina, species. X 65. 2. Bolivine eeneriensis (Costa). X 65. 3. Bolivina cf. B. punctata d'Orbigny. X 65. 4. Bolivina robuste H. B. Brady. X 135. 5. Bigenerina nodosaria d'Orbigny. X 27. a, apertural view ; b, front view. 6. Virgulme squemose d'Orbigny. X 65. 7. Legene striete (d'Orbigny), var. strumose Reuss. X 65. 8. Nodosaria communis d'Orbigny. X 65. 9. Nodosaria cf. N. insecta Schwager. X 35. 10. Nodosaria raphanistrum (Linnaeus). X 35. 11. Nodosaria, species ? X 35. Plate 22. Fig. 1. Cristellarie rotulete (Lamarck). X 35. 2. Cristellaria protuberans, new species. X 65. 3. Cristellarie veugheni, new species. X 65. 4. Vvigerina pygmaea d'Orbigny. X 65. 5. Vvigerina canariensis d'Orbigny. X 65. 6. Vvigerina canariensis d'Orbigny var. X 65. 7. Vvigerina tenuistriata Reuss. X 65. 8. Siphogenerine raphanus (Parker and Jones) var. trensversus. new variety. X 35. 86 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 23. Fig. 1. Discorbis obtusa (d'Orbigny). a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, pe- ripheral view. X 65. 2. Truncatulina americana, new species, a, dorsal view ; b, ventral view ; c, peripheral view. X 65. 3. Truncatulina pygmea Hantken. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, pe- ripheral view. X 65. Plate 24. Fig. 1. Truncatulina ungeriana (d'Orbigny.) X 65. 2. Truncatulina cf. T. pygmea Hantken. X 33. 3. Truncatulina wuellerstorfi (Schwager). X 50. 4. Truncatulina culebrensis, new species. X 33. a, dorsal view ; b, pe- ripheral view. 5. Siphonina reticulata (Czjzek). X 65. 6. Pulvinulina sagra (d'Orbigny). X 65. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view. Plate 25. Fig. 1. Pulvinulina concentrica Parker and Jones. X 35. 2. Pulvinulina, menardii (d'Orbigny). X 65. 3. Pulvinulina menardii (d'Orbigny). X 65. 4. Pulvinulina, species ? X 65. 5. Nonionina depressula (Walker and Jacob). X 65. a, side view; b, apertural view. 6. Nonionina scapha (Fichtel and Moll). X 65. a, side view; 5, aper- tural view. Plate 26. Fig. 1. Nonionina panamensis, new species. X 65. a, side view; b, apertural view. 2. Nonionina anomalina, new species. X 65. a, side view ; b, apertural view. 3. Polystomella striato-punctata, (Fichtel and Moll). X 65. a, side view; b, apertural view. 4. Polystomella striato-punctata (Fichtel and Moll). X 65. a, side view; b, apertural view. 5. Polystomella sagra d'Orbigny. X 65. a, side view ; b, apertural view. Plate 27. Fig. 1. Polystomella macella (Fichtel and Moll). X 65. a, side view; b, aper * tural view. 2. Polystomella crispa (Linnaeus). X 35. a, side view; b, apertural view, 3. Polystomella craticulata (Fichtel and Moll). X 50. a, side view; &, apertural view. 4. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus). X 65. a, rear view; b, aper- tural view. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 87 Plate 28. Fig. 1. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus). X 65. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. 2. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus). X 130. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. 3. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus) var. X 65. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. Plate 29. Fig. 1. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus) var. X 80. a, front view; 6, rear view; c, apertural view. 2. Quinqueloculina contorta d'Orbigny. X 65. a, front view ; b, rear view ; c, apertural view. 3. Quinqueloculina auberiana d'Orbigny. X 65. a, front view ; b, rear view ; c, apertural view. Plate 30. Fig. 1. Quinqueloculina undosa Karrer. X 50. a, front view ; b, rear view ; c, apertural view. 2. Quinqueloculina bicornis (Walker and Jacob). X 65. a, front view; &, rear view ; c, apertural view. 3. Quinqueloculina bicornis (Walker and Jacob)?. X 50. a, front view; 6, rear view. Plate 31. Fig. 1. Quinqueloculina panamensis, new species. X 65. a, front view ; b, rear view; c, apertural view. 2. Spiroloculina excavata d'Orbigny. X 40. a, front view ; b, apertural view. 3. Sigmoilina asperula (Karrer). X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view. 4. Sigmoilina tenius (Czjzek). X 65. a, front view; b, rear view; c, aper- tural view. Plate 32. Fig. 1. Triloculina trigonula (Lamarck). X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view. 2. Triloculina tricarinata d'Orbigny. X 65. a, rear view ; b, side view ; c, apertural view. 3. Triloculina bulbosa, new species. X 65. a, rear view; b, side view; c, apertural view. Plate 33. Fig. 1. Triloculina projecta, new species. X 65. a, front view ; b, rear view ; c, apertural view. 2. Biloculina bulloides d'Orbigny. X 65. a, front view ; b, side view c, apertural view. 3. Orbiculina adunca (Fichtel and Moll). X 30. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 19 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 20 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 85. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 21 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 85. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 22 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 85. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 23 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 24 ¥ W 6" 4^ Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 25 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 26 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 27 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For exp-anation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 28 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 29 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 30 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 31 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 32 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 33 2* Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. INDEX Page. abbreviata, Textularia 51 adunca, Orbiculina 84 aenariensis, Bolivina 54 aequilateralis, Globigerina 67 agglutinans, Textularia 52 americana, Truncatulina 68 Amphisteginia 77 lessonii 11 anomalina, Nonionina 74 asperula, Sigmoilina 81 auberiana, Quinqueloculina 79 bicornis, Quinqueloculina 80 Bigenerina 56 nodosaria 56 Bilocuiina 84 bulloides 84 Bolivina 54 aenariensis 54 cf. B. punctata 54 robusta 54. bulbosa, Triloculina 83 bulloides, Bilocuiina 84 bulloides, Globigerina 64 canariensis, TJvigerina 62 carinata, Textularia 53 Chrysalidina 54 pulchella 54 Clavulina 57 communis 57 pafisiensis 57 communis, Clavulina 57 communis, Nodosaria 59 concentrica, Pulvinulina 1 71 conglobata, Globigerina 66 contorta, Quinqueloculina 79 craticulata, Polystomella 77 crispa, Polystomella 76 Cristellaria 60 italica 61 protuberans 61 rotulata 60 vaughani 61 culebrensis, Truncatulina 70 depressula, Nonionina 72 Discorbeis 68 obtusa 68 dubia, Globigerina 65 excavata, Spiroloculina 84 flintii, Gaudryina 56 Gaudryina 56 flintii 56 triangularis 56 Globigerina 64 aequilateralis 67 bulloides 64 conglobata 66 Page. Globigerina dubia 65 inflata 65 sacculifera 66 inflata, Globigerina 65 inseeta, Nodosaria 59 italica, Cristellaria 61 Lagena : 58 striata, var. strumosa 58 laminata, Textularia 52 lessonii, Amphistegina 77 macella, Polystomella 76 menardii, Pulvinulina 71 Nodosaria 59 communis 59 inseeta , 59 raphanistrum 59 nodosaria, Bigenerina 56 Nonionina 72 anomalina 74 depressula . 72 panamensis 74 scapha 73 obtusa, Discorbis 68 Orbiculina 84 adunca 84 Orbulina 67 universa 67 panamensis, Nonionina 74 Quinqueloculina 80 Textularia 53 parisiensis, Clavulina 57 Polystomella 74 craticulata 77 crispa 76 macella 76 sagra 75 striato-punctata 74 projecta, Triloculina 83 protuberans, Cristellaria 61 pulchella, Chrysalidina 54 Pulvinulina 70 concentrica 71 menardii 71 sagra 70 pygmea, Truncatulina 68 pygmaea, Uvigerina 63 Quinqueloculina 78 auberiana 79 bicornis 80 contorta 79 panamensis 80 seminulum 78 undosa 79 raphanistrum, Nodosaria 59 raphanus, var. transversus, Siphoge- nerina 64 I n INDEX. Page. reticulata, Siphonina 72 robusta, Bolivina 55 rotulata, Cristellaria 60 sacculifera, Globigerina 66 sagittula, Textularia 51 sagra, Polystomella 75 Pulvinulina 70 scapha, Nonionina 73 seniinulum, .Quinqueloculina 78 Sigmoilina 81 asperula 81 tenuis 81 Siphogenerina 64 raphanus, var. trans- versus 64 Siphonina 72 reticulata 72 Spiroloculina 84 excavata 84 squamosa, Virgulina 58 striata, var. strumosa, Lagena 58 striato-punctata, Polystomella 74 strumosa, Lagena striata, var 58 subagglutinans, Textularia 52 tenuis, Sigmoilina 81 tenuistriata, Uvigerina 63 Textularia 51 abbreviata 51 agglutinans 52 carinata 53 laminata 52 Pag«. Textularia panamensis 53 sagittula 51 subagglutinans 52 transversus, Siphogenerina raphanus, var 64 triangularis, Gaudryina 56 tricarinata, Triloculina 82 trigonula, Triloculina 82 Triloculina 82 bulbosa 83 projecta 83 tricarinata 82 trigonula 82 Truncatulina 68 americana 68 culebrensis 70 pygmea 6S ungeriana 69 wuellerstorfl 69 undosa, Quinqueloculina 79 ungeriana, Truncatulina 69 universa, Orbulina 67 Uvigerina 62 canariensis 62 pygmaea 63 tenuistriata 63 vaughani, Cristellaria 61 Virgulina 58 squamosa 58 wuellerstorfl, Truncatulina 69 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE LARGER FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE By JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN Of the United States Geological Survey Extract from Bulletin 103, page* 89-102, with Plates 34-45 I AM WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE LARGER FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE By JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN Of the United States Geological Survey Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 89-102, with Plates 34-45 iv&d JAN 17 1919 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFF7C 1918 THE LARGER FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. By Joseph Augustine Cushman. Of the United States Geological Survey. INTRODUCTION. The foraminifera, especially the larger forms of the orbitoids, have been little used in America as critical index fossils, except in the Vicksburg group; but in Europe, Asia, and the East Indies they have long been used to distinguish horizons. In many geologic papers one finds Orbitoides mentioned, probably Orbitoides mantelli Morton, and occasionally O. dispansus, 0. forbesi, etc. From a crit- ical study of the group it soon becomes evident that such identifica- tions as have been made of American orbitoids, except those of Lemoine and Douville, have been largely superficial, and are there- fore of little value. Since the earlier work of Giimbel the orbitoid foraminifera have with further study been divided largely into the four genera Orbitoides, Orthophragmina, Lepidocyclina, and Mio- gypsina, in general respectively characterizing Cretaceous, Eocene, Oligocene, and Miocene formations, but with important exceptions. The American forms, with the exception of the work of Lemoine and Douville, have not been properly referred to their respective genera, although our American Orbitoides mantelli, described by Morton as Nummulites mantelli in 1833, is the type-species of Lepidocyclina: In their work on Lepidocyclina Lemoine and Douville x describe two new American species, L. canellei and L. chaperi, from the Panama Canal Zone, figuring also for the first time the critical chambers of L. mantelli (Morton). These are all the American species that are given, although they call attention to the apparently superficial char- acter of the references to Orbitoides in American geologic papers. Schlumberger, in his classic works on the genera Orbitoides and Orthophragmina, did not have American material. The American 1 Sur le Genre Lepidocyclina Giimbel, M6m. Soc. Geol. France, Paleontologie, Mem. 32, 1904. 89 90 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. field is therefore practically unworked, and the description of our species with accurate stratigraphic information is of prime impor- tance, as they have been proved elsewhere to be of great use as index fossils. The collections now in my hands represent the Canal Zone, the West Indies, and Coastal Plain Province of the eastern and south- ern United States. Excellent material was collected in the Panama Canal Zone by T. Wayland Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald, and is here presented as a beginning in the determination and figuring of the American species. This "will be followed by papers on the West Indian and Coastal Plain species which now, owing to the care- ful collecting by Doctor Vaughan and his associates, are represented by excellent suites of specimens covering broad ranges, both geo- graphically and stratigraphically. As these are gradually worked up there will be a mass of data which should be of excellent service in the correlation of horizons where these groups are represented, even in the absence of Mollusca and other groups of fossils. The systematic descriptions of the species of Lepidocyclina, Num- mulites, and Orbitolites follow, together with that of a genus and species believed to be new. LIST OF SPECIES AND THEIR GEOLOGIC OCCURRENCE. Lepidocyclina canellei Lemoine and Douville. Oligocene, Culebra formation, stations 6019a, Gaillard Cut; 6023, Rio Frijol; 6027, Bohio (old station) ; 6891 ; Bailamons; 6892, 450 feet south of switch at Mamei. Also Oligocene of Trinidad. Lepidocyclina chaperi Lemoine and Douville. Oligocene, Culebra formation, stations 6019/, Las Cascadas; 6025, Bohio Ridge switch. Lepidocyclina vaughani, new species. Oligocene, Emperador lime- stone, stations 6021 and 6673, near Caimito Junction; 6255, half mile south of Miraflores Station. Lepidocyclina macdonaldi, new species. Oligocene, station 6523, 2 miles north of David. Lepidocyclina panamensis, new species. Oligocene?, stations 6512, river bed, David; Oligocene, 65866 and 6587, near mouth of Tonosi River; probably at 6010, near Miraflores Locks, and 6012a and 6012e in Gaillard Cut, in the Culebra formation; doubtfully in the Emperador limestone, at station 6015, Empire. Lepidocyclina duplicata, new species. Oligocene, stations 6523, 2 miles north of David; and 6586e, near mouth of Tonosi River. Heterosteginoides panamensis, new species. Oligocene, Culebra for- mation, stations 6011, Gaillard Cut; 6024a, Rio Agua Salud; 6025, Bohio Ridge switch. Emperador limestone, stations 6015, 6016, quarries at Empire. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 91 Orthophragmina minima, new species. Oligocene ?, station 6512, river bed, David. Nummulites panamensis, new species. Oligocene, Culebra forma- tion, stations 6024a, Rio Agua Salud ; 6025, Bohio Ridge switch ; doubtfully at 6026, 2 miles south of Monte Lirio. Nummulites davidensis, new species. Oligocene?, stations 6512, river bed, David; 6526, Chiriqui. OrMtolites americana, new species. Oligocene, Culebra formation, Gaillard Cut at stations 6013, 60196, and 6020a. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. Family NUMMULITIDAE. Genus LEPIDOCYCLINA. LEPIDCCYCLINA CANELLEI Lemoine and DouviHe. Plate 34, figs. 1-6. Lepidocyclina canellei Lemoine and Dottvjxle,. Mem. Soc. Geol. Prance, Paleontologies Mem. 32, p. 20, pi. 1, fig. 1 ; pi. 3, fig. 5, 1904. Test comparatively small, diameter of largest specimens slightly less than four millimeters, thickness a little more than one-fourth the diameter; circular in outline, central portion somewhat raised and evenly rounded, near the periphery flattened or even slightly con- cave; surface in well preserved specimens finely granular or even finely papillate, but not strongly so, often appearing smooth to the unaided eye. In worn specimens the surface appears as a series of regular hexagonal, honeycomb-like reticulations due to the edges of the lateral chambers. In vertical section the lateral chambers are seen to be arranged in vertical columns, one directly above the other, from the equatorial chambers to the surface, about twelve chambers in each vertical col- umn in the central region, the lateral walls hardly thicker than the upper or lower surfaces. Chambers of adjacent columns arranged alternately, no distinct columns present. Equatorial chambers grad- ually increasing in size toward the periphery, single throughout, ex- tending peripherally beyond the lateral chambers and in surface view in well-preserved specimens appearing as a hexagonal reticulation. Embryonic chambers nearly equal in size, nearly semicircular in sec- tion, their common wall straight. Horizontal section showing the equatorial chambers regularly hexagonal, those toward the periphery largest. Embryonic cham- bers similar to those shown in the vertical view. Occurrence.—Lemoine and Douville described and figured this species from Panama, from Penablanca, also noting it from Mar- 8370&—18—Bull. 103 7 92 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tinique and Angola. The species from Panama was recorded by Dall and by Bagg as Orbitoides forbesi Carpenter. 1 Cat. No. 135216, U.S.N.M., is Lepidocyclina canellei Lemoine and Douville. Figures 1, 4-6, on plate 34 are from this material, col- lected by Hill at Bohio, Panama, where it is very abundant. This is the same locality as station 6027 of Vaughan and MacDonald, orbitoidal marl, a quarter of a mile northwest of Bohio railroad station. In this material L. canellei is very abundant and makes up a considerable proportion of the marl. Parts of five specimens, close to one another, are visible in a small part of a section from this station. Specimens in the collection of the United States National Mu- seum, Catalogue No. 107158, from the Oligocene of Trinidad ("Leda bed," Naparima) collected by Guppy, are also very evidently Lepido- cyclina canellei. Specimens of L. canellei were also very abundant at station 6891, foraminiferal limestone from Bailamonas, Canal Zone, collected by D. F. MacDonald. There is a limestone from station 6892, 450 feet south of switch at Mamei, Canal Zone, also collected by MacDonald, which contains numerous specimens of a Lepidocyclina in general shape in section resembling L. canellei, but the material is very cherty and the finer structure is not well preserved. A few small weathered specimens from 6019<2, Gaillard Cut, oppo- site Las Cascadas, seem to belong to this species also ; and specimens were also obtained at station 6023, along the relocated line of the Panama Railroad, at Rio Frijol. The geologic occurrence is in the Culebra formation. Cat. Nos. 324733-5, U.S.N.M. LEPIDOCYCLINA CHAPERI Lemoine and Douville. Plate 35, figs. 1-3 ; plate 36. Lepidocyclina chaperi Lemoine and Douville, Mem. Soc. Geol. France. Paleontologie, Mem. 32, p. 14, pi. 2, fig. 5, 1904. Test of medium size, diameter from 8 to 20 millimeters, circular in outline, somewhat saddle-shaped, central portion slightly thickened, thence gradually and evenly thinning toward the periphery ; surface where well preserved slightly papillate, usually roughened by ero- sion, toward the periphery often somewhat reticulately depressed above the equatorial chambers. Vertical section usually curved, lateral chambers numerous, breadth much greater than height, columns separated by distinct pillars, comparatively few except in the central region where there iHill, Geology of Panama, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 28, pp. 272, 275, 1897. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 93 are a few larger than the others; embryonic chambers of the double type, the two chambers nearly equal in size and separated by a straight common wall. Horizontal section shows similar conditions of the embryonic chambers and distinctly hexagonal equatorial chambers. Occurence.—Lemoine and Douville described this species from Panama (Haut-chagres, San Juan). The figured specimens are from United States Geological Survey station 6025, Culebra formation, from marl, south end of Bohio Ridge switch, relocated line, Panama Railroad, collected by Vaughan and MacDonald. Specimens from station 6019-/, Culebra formation, on the west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascadas, seem to represent the micro- spheric form of this species. The sections are shown in plate 35, figure 3, and plate 36. A specimen from station 6526, Chiriqui, Canal Zone, shows a sec- tion which from its general proportions strongly suggests L. chaperi. Cat. Nos. 324736-8, U.S.N.M. LEPIDOCYCLINA VAUGHANI, new species. Plate 37. figs. 1-5 ; plate 38. Test of medium size, 10 millimeters or more in diameter, flat, sur- face somewhat umbonate in the central portion, gradually sloping to the peripheral portion, the outer half of which is nearly flat. Wall smooth except for fine papillae. Horizontal section shows the peculiarity of the chambers, many of which, especialty those of the outer peripheral portion are rhomboid, those of the inner portion being more typical and hexagonal. These are shoAvn especially well on the sections of the larger specimens, those of the smaller specimens showing only the regular hexagonal character of the earlier chambers. No very good vertical sections were obtained in the thin sections but several accidental sections show the characters well. The em- bryonic chambers are rather large, of the usual American type, of two nearly equal chambers, lateral chambers in vertical columns with a very few, rather well developed pillars. Occurrence.—Type-specimen from station 6021, from the Empera- dor Limestone in cuttings of the Panama Railroad near Caimito Junction, Panama, United States National Museum Catalogue No. 324739, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. Mac Donald. Speci- mens were abundant in this light gray to cream-colored sandy lime- stone. Specimens were also abundant in the collection from the same locality collected later by MacDonald under station No. 6673. Speci- mens which are apparently the same species are abundant in a fos- 94 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. siliferous limy sandstone collected by MacDonald at station No. 6255 from half a mile south of Miraflores Station on the wagon road to Panama. LEPIDOCYCLINA MACDQNALDI, new species. Plate 40, figs. 1-6. Test circular, rather small, about 5 to 7 millimeters in diameter, thickest in the central region, thence gradually sloping to the periphery which for a short distance in from the edge is nearly flat ; wall rather smooth except the central portion of the umbonal region, which has a few pustule-like raised spots at the surface end of the vertical pillars. Vertical section shows the test widest in the middle, gently sloping to near the periphery where the edges are nearly parallel for a short distance to the peripheral edge or even slightly increasing in thick- ness. Lateral chambers in the central portion in definite vertical columns, occasionally slightly overlapping. Equatorial chambers not increasing very rapidly in height in megalospheric specimens, those at the periphery hardly more than double the height of those near the center of the test ; embryonic chambers in the megalospheric form, large, usually of two nearly equal chambers, but in oblique cut- ting these may appear somewhat unequal, plate 40, figures 2 and 3. Horizontal sections show chambers somewhat similar to L. vaughani but with the inner half of two walls at nearly right angles, the outer wall broadly rounded. The oblique section (pi. 40, fig. 6) shows the pillars. Occurrence.—Type-specimens from station 6523, from orbitoidal limestone, 2 miles north of David, Panama, collected by D. F. Mac- Donald, U. S. National Museum Catalogue No. 324740. Specimens were abundant at this station, occurring with L. panamensis and L. duplicata. The species were also collected by MacDonald at station 6512, in the river bed at David. LEPIDOCYCLINA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 39, figs. 1-6 ; plate 42. Test circular, small, central portion very strongly umbonate, thick, rapidly decreasing in thickness peripherally, the peripheral portion thin and flattened, the raised central portion only one-third to one- fifth the entire diameter, which ranges from three to six millimeters ; occasional specimens, perhaps representing the microspheric form, up to 10 or 12 millimeters in diameter; surface smooth except for the unbonal portion which has a few large pustule-like projections marking the ends of the internal pillars. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 95 The vertical section shows very peculiar embryonic chambers in that they do not exhibit the usual characters of American species, but have a broad and much flattened central chamber two to four times as broad as high with a compressed, partially encircling chamber, which in section is usually cut on the opposite sides of the central chamber. In some cases there seems to be an irregular mass of three or four more or less nearly spherical chambers. In the former case these central chambers in section are nearly as wide as the whole umbonal portion of the test. Lateral chambers, usually about twice as wide as high, the outer wall often somewhat arched toward the exterior of the test, arranged in vertical columns. Pillars not dis- tinct except in the central portion where there are a few strong ones increasing rather rapidly in diameter toward the periphery, usually about 9 or 10 chambers in a vertical column in the center of the umbilical region. The peripheral region has only a thin coating of lateral chambers, the last formed layer present only on the outer half of the periphery and often none at all present on the last quar- ter of the test toward the periphery, the surface being made up by upper and lower walls of the equatorial chambers. Equatorial cham- bers numerous, comparatively broad, the peripheral wall convex out- wardly toward the peripheiy, the chambers at least as wide as high. In horizontal section the equatorial chambers are usually some- what irregularly hexagonal near the center, toward the periphery more or less rhomboid with the outer peripheral wall curved. As far as described material is concerned this is an unusual form for American species of Lepidocydina, especially in its embryonic chambers. Occurrence.—Type-specimen, vertical sections, U. S. National Museum Catalogue No. 324741. The species is fairly abundant at stations 6586e and 6587 from near the mouth of Tonosi River, Panama, D. F. MacDonald, collector. It was also collected by Mac- Donald at station 6512, river bed, David. At stations 6010, 600 or 700 feet south of the Miraflores Locks, and 6012a and 6012c, south of Empire Bridge, in the Culebra formation, specimens of small orbitoids occur, but they are not sufficiently well preserved for positive identification. Although those from the latter station seem somewhat like L. panamanensis in their thin borders and raised center with papillae, they can not be specifically identified with certainty. At other stations poorly preserved orbitoid fo- raminifera occur, but their specific identity can not be accurately determined. Specimens doubtfully referable to L. panamensis were obtained in the Emperador limestone, at station 6015, Empire. 96 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. MULTICYCLINA, new subgenus. Subgenus differing from typical Lepidocyclma in the equatorial chambers which instead of being in a single series become complex toward the periphery and may consist of several series. Type of the subgenus.—Lepidocyclma duplicates, Cushman. LEPIDOCYLINA DUPLICATA, new species. Plate 41, figs. 2-4. Test of medium size, 10 to 14 millimeters in diameter, very much thickened in the umbonal region, usually the thickness about one-half the diameter; without the flattened periphery the central portion is subspherical, thinning rapidty toward the periphery, then thick- ening again at the margin, which is often doubly plicate in the best preserved specimens. Surface of the umbonal portion studded with numerous fine papillae marking the surface terminations of the pil- lars, peripheral portion nearly smooth. Vertical section showing the embryonic chambers as very small, apparently microsphere in the specimens sectioned, appearing spiral as is usual in the microspheric form. Lateral chambers numerous, flattened or lenticular, the numerous pillars as wide as or wider than the intermediate columns of chambers, especially in the central por- tion, rapidly increasing in size toward the surface. Equatorial chambers very small near the center, gradually increasing in size toward the periphery where they become multiple instead of single as is usually the case, and make three or four vertical series, each with numerous fine apertural pores on the outer convex wall. Horizontal section shows the increase in size of the equatorial chambers which toward the center seem hexagonal and toward the periphery almost rhomboid with the outer half convex. Of somewhat similar character as far as the duplication of equa- toral chambers is the species described by Martin from Java, L. multipartita (Martin), and the form described by Jones and Parker from Christmas Island, L. insulae natalis, var. inequalis (Jones and Parker) . Occurrence.—Type-specimen, U. S. National Museum, Catalogue No. 324742. Specimens were very abundant, weathered out of an or- bitoid limestone, at Station 6523, 2 miles north of David, Panama, D. F. MacDonald, collector. They also occur with other species of Lepidocyclina at Station 6586e from near the mouth of Tonosi River, D. F. MacDonald, collector. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 97 HETEROSTEGINOIDES, new genus. Test generally lenticular, somewhat excentric, one side extended peripherally more than the other, chambers rather coarsely per- forate, embryonic chambers, often two, of nearly equal size, thick Availed, chambers added as in Heterostegina, in a revolving series ex- tending from the umbonal region on both sides to the periphery, chambers hemispherical, the outer side strongly convex and all coarsely perforate, the equatorial chambers larger than the lateral •ones and nearly spherical. Type of the genus.—Heterosteginoides panamensis, new species. HETEROSTEGINOIDES PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 43, figs. 1-8. Test biconvex, somewhat more strongly convex on one side than on the other, revolving edge indistinct, surface unevenly rugose, or ir- regularly pustulate, thickest in the umbonal region. Vertical section showing the embryonic chambers as an equal pair of nearly spherical, thick-walled chambers, equatorial chambers also nearly spherical, lateral chambers hemispherical with the curved side outermost, ir- regularly piled above the equatorial chambers. Horizontal section showing the central chambers with the equatorial chambers arranged in an irregular semi-spiral manner about them. Test small, between 1 and 2 millimeters in diameter. Cat. Nos. 324743-4, U.S.N.M. Occurrence.—This species was abundant in the Culebra formation at station 6025, from marl, south end of Bohio Ridge switch, relo- cated line, Panama Railroad, collected by Vaughan and MacDonald. There are also numerous specimens at station 6011, Culebra forma- tion, along east side of Gaillard Cut, collected by Vaughan and Mac- Donald. It was also collected in the Culebra formation at station •6024-«., Rio Agua Salud, and is doubtfully present in the Emperador limestone at stations 6015 and 6016, in Empire. This species, which in external appearance somewhat resembles a small orbitoid or nummulite, may be distinguished from most species of either group hj its comparatively coarse pustulate exterior. In section it can easily be recognized by its peculiar structure. Genus ORTHOPHRAGMINA. ORTHOPHRAGMINA MINIMA, new species. Plate 41, fig. 1. Test circular, very small, slightly more than 2 millimeters in diameter, thickness somewhat less than half the diameter, central portion very strongly umbonate, evenly rounded to a point about 98 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. two-thirds of the distance from the center to the periphery, from which point to the periphery the surface is nearly flat; surface of the test comparatively smooth. Horizontal section through the equatorial chambers shows very fine rectangular chambers and the embryonic chambers nearly equal in size. Vertical section (fig. 1) shows well the contour of the test in this section, the strongly curved central umbonate portion making up two-thirds or more of the width and the peripheral flange with its nearly parallel sides. The chambers are very small, except the embryonic central chambers, which are nearly equal and have a straight division line between them. The lateral chambers are in vertical columns, but the test is without pillars. In the central region there may be more than 20 chambers in a vertical column, and even on the peripheral flange there are usually three or four in a column on each side of the equatorial chambers. Occurrence.—Type-specimen—the vertical section here figured. Collection of the U. S. National Museum Catalogue No. 324745. The species is abundant at United States Geological Survey sta- tion 6512 in the white limestone, in the river bed above the ice plant near David, Panama, collected by D. F. MacDonald. This is a very small species yet it has an abundance of very fine chambers. There is an exceptional development of lateral chambers in the region of the periphery. Genus NUMMULITES. NUMMULITES PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 43, figs. 9, 10. Test small, about 14 millimeters in diameter, much compressed, chambers very numerous, about 22 in the last formed coil, each *in section two to three times as high as long, test of about four whorls, walls comparatively thick, whole test lenticular, peripheral margin broadly rounded, central portion nearly flat. Occurrence.—Specimens occur with some frequency in the Culebra formation at station 6025, in marl, south end of Bohio Ridge switch, relocated line, Panama Railroad, collected by Vaughan and Mac- Donald. Type-specimen, U. S. National Museum Catalogue No. 324746. The species was also collected in the Culebra formation at station 6024-#, Rio Agua Salud, and doubtfully at station 6026, 2 miles south of Monte Lirio, on the relocated line of the Panama Railroad. NUMMULITES DAVIDENSIS, new species. Plate 43, fig. 11. Test comparatively small, about 3^ millimeters in diameter, some- what compressed, chambers about twice as high as long in median GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 99 sections, test of three or four whorls, walls of medium thickness, the upright wall rather strongly recurved backward in the central portion, 15 or 16 chambers in the last formed whorl. Occurrence.—Specimens were not common at station 6512 from white limestone in river bed above ice plant near David, Panama, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 324751, U.S.N.M. In material from station 6526 from Chiriqui, Canal Zone, col- lected by MacDonald, numerous specimens occur which in section seem identical with this species. Family MILIOLIDAE. Genus ORBITOLITES. OEBITOLITES AMERICANA, new species. Plate 43, figs. 12-14 ; plate 44, figs. 1, 2 ; plate 45. Test flat, of medium size, larger specimens about 10 millimeters in diameter, chambers with the outer wall strongly convex, the inner wall running backward and bluntly pointed, side walls parallel, chambers in two or more tiers; tests mostly microspheric, one (pi. 43, fig. 14) apparently megalospheric, and one (pi. 44, fig. 2) seemingly originating from a fragment of an older test. Numerous specimens, especially plate 45, figure 1, show evidence of breakage and repair. The apertures between the chambers are not evident, as the material largely consists of internal casts of the chambers. Some of the specimens suggest the genus Presorites of the Cretaceous described by Douville, but this is probably due to the condition of fossilization. Occurrence.—Specimens which seem referable to this species are from the following stations at Panama, collected by Vaughan and MacDonald: Culebra formation, 6013, east side of Gaillard Cut; 60195, 6019-6-/, west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascadas; and Q020a-c of the same section. Also collected in the Emperador lime- stone at station 6015, in Empire. Type-specimen.—-Cat. No. 324748, U.S.N.M., from station 6020a. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate 34. Lepidocyclina canellei Lemoine and Douvill6. Fig. 1. View of exterior of specimen X 10, a portion of a second specimen show- ing above the first, from Bohio, Panama. (U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 135216.) 100 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2. Horizontal section X 10, showing embryonic chambers and hexagonal equatorial chambers, from west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cas- cadas (U.S.G.S. station 6019a). 3. Horizontal section showing hexagonal equatorial chambers and irregu- larities in the annuli due to repairs of breakage, a X 10 ; b X 20. Same locality as No. 2 above. 4. Slightly oblique section X 20, showing narrow zone of equatorial cham- bers and two broader zones of lateral chambers, the latter with a very evident lack of pillars. Same locality as No. 1 above. 5. Vertical section at one side of embryonic chambers showing general characters of equatorial and lateral chambers X 20. Same locality as No. 1 above. 6. Vertical section through the embryonic chambers showing the two nearly equal chambers with the straight wall dividing the two, X 20. Same locality as No. 1 above. Plate 35. LepidocycHna chaperi Lemoine and Douville. Fig. 1. Exterior view of specimen X 5. Specimen broken. From upper part of Culebra formation, from Panama Railroad, southern switch, Bohio Ridge, in light-colored limy sandstone (U.S.G.S. station 6025). 2. Exterior view of small, more complete specimen from same locality as the preceding, X 5. 3. Horizontal section showing early chambers of the microspheric form of the species, X 20. From west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascadas (U.S.G.S. station 6019f). Plate 36. LepidocycHna chaperi Lemoine and Douville. Horizontal section X 10, showing early central chambers and hexagonal chambers of the equatorial region (U.S.G.S. station 6019/). Plate 37. LepidocycHna vaughani, new species. Fig. 1. View of exterior of specimen X 5, with flat periphery and umbonate center, from limy sandstone half a mile south of Mirafiores Station, on wagon road to Panama (station 6255). 2. Horizontal section of young specimen with regularly hexagonal equa- torial chambers X 20 (same locality as No. 1). 3. Oblique section X 20, with narrow zone of regularly hexagonal equa- torial chambers and broader zones of lateral chambers and a straight division wall (same locality as No. 1). 4. Specimen showing zone of equatorial chambers about peripheral por- tion, lateral chambers covering them in the center X 10. From lime- stone in cut of relocated line of Panama Railroad opposite San Pablo and about 4 miles north of Gamboa bridge (station 6673). 5. Portion of vertical section (slightly oblique) through the embryonic chambers, X 20 (same locality as No. 1). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 101 Plate 38. Lepidocyclina vaughani, new species. Specimen X 20, showing peripheral zone cut through the equatorial chambers and central portion covered by lateral chambers. From limestone in cut of re- located line of Panama Railroad opposite San Pablo and about 4 miles north of Gamboa bridge (station 6673). Plate 39. Lepidocyclina panamensis, new species. Fig. 1. Very young specimen in vertical section consisting of embryonic cham- bers and one or two following chambers, X 20. 2-4. Vertical sections with broad embryonic cha*mbers and showing the rela- tion of equatorial and lateral chambers, vertical columns of lateral chambers with intermediate pillars, X 20. 5. Oblique section with zone of hexagonal equatorial chambers, X 20. 6. Section of rock with six specimens lying closely adjacent, four of these cut through the embryonic chambers, X 20. All specimens from near the mouth of Tonosi River, Panama (station 65S6e). Plate 40. Lepidocyclina macdonaldi, new species. Fig. 1. Exterior view of specimen, X 10, showing pillars appearing at the surface as raised area. 2-5. Vertical sections (slightly oblique) through the embryonic chambers, which when cut in plane at right angles to division wall show nearly equal chambers with the division wall straight or very slightly curved. Pillars evident, especially in Nos. 2 and 5. X 20. 6. Oblique section, X 20, showing zone of " lozenge-shaped " equatorial chambers with lateral chambers on each side. The upper series showing the cut sections of pillars. All specimens from limestone 2 miles north of David, Panama (station 6523). Plate 41. Orthophragmina minima, new species. Fig. 1. Vertical section, X 20, showing general outline and numerous very fine chambers. From white limestone in river bed above ice plant, David, Panama (U.S.G.S. station 6512). Lepidocyclina duplicata, new species. 2. Exterior view of type, X 5. showing raised center and depressed area inside the raised periphery. 3. Portions of vertical section showing great increase in width of equa- torial zone, multiplication of chambers toward the periphery, heavy pillars and wide lateral chambers. X 20. 102 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 4. Portion of oblique section showing narrow zone of " lozenge-shaped " equatorial chambers, perforations of peripheral wall of outer equa- torial chambers and perforated pillars among the lateral chambers. X 20. All specimens of L. duplicata from limestone, 2 miles north of David, Panama (station 6523). Plate 42. Section of limestone from station 6523, 2 miles north of David, showing nu- merous specimens of Lepidocyclina, X 20. Left center, L. panamensis with broad embryonic chambers ; lower middle L. macdonaldi with subspherical em- bryonic chambers ; at right a portion of L. duplicata. Plate 43. ft Seterosteginoides panamensis, new genus and new species. Fig. 1, 2. External view of specimens, X 10, from limy sandstone, east side of Gaillard Cut (station 6011). 3-6. "Vertical portions, X 20, showing irregular piling of lateral chambers ; fig. 6 with two embryonic chambers with thick walls. Specimens from limy sandstone near southern switch, Bohio Ridge (station 6025). 7, 8. Horizontal sections, X 20, from same locality at Bohio. Nummulites panamensis, new species. 9. Horizontal section, X 20, from limy sandstone near southern switch, Bohio Ridge (station 6025). 10. Vertical section from same rock specimen, X 10. Nummulites davidensis, new species. 11. Horizontal section, X 20, from white limestone in river bed above ice plant, David, Panama (station 6512). Orbitolites americana, new species. 12-14. Horizontal sections, X 10, specimens from west side of Gaillard Cut, near Las Cascadas (station 6020a). Plate 44. Orbitolites americana, new species. Pig. 1. Horizontal section of large specimen, X 10, from Gaillard Cut, near Las Cascadas (station 6019-6). 2. Horizontal section, broken, showing two layers of chambers and inside cast of outer surface, X 20 (station 6020a). Plate 45. Orbitolites americana, new species. Specimen in horizontal section, X 20, showing several areas of breakage and subsequent repair, shown by the angular reentrants of the annuli in various places. From Gaillard Cut, near Las Cascadas (station 6020a). U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 34 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see pages 99-100 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 35 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 100, U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 36 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 100. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 37 Larger Fossil; Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 100' U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 38 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page |0i U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 39 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page ioi U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 40 /- ,V "V "<£a> Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 101, U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 41 **"* ^r**^^* Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see pages 101, 102. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 42 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page I or. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 43 10 13 14 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 102 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 44 istfluO BBffclf-ii i T-*. -">**. Tiff" 'i&tffit^/fiHSf'7 T2 SJBpBfililJf < ' *J(P n .1- 1 . .,•• ... 99p§3 • wIR* L* ' i/X? 1 PJBFV ' ' •,'.** _•:. *,..« ^ c£fi3Ev# 4 ^ . ^ *i T if ft fj 2 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 102. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 45 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 102. INDEX Page. americana, Orbitolites 99 canellei, Lepidocyclina 91 chaperi, Lepidocyclina 92 davidensis, Nummulites 98 duplicata, Lepidocyclina 96 Heterosteginoides 97 panamensis 97 Lepidocyclina 91 canellei 91 chaperi 92 duplicata 96 macdonaldi 94 panamensis 94 vaughani 93 Page. macdonaldi, Lepidocyclina 94 minima, Orthophragmina 97 Multicyclina 96 Nummulites 98 davidensis 98 panamensis 98 Orbitolites 99 americana 99 Orthophragmina 97 minima 99 panamensis, Heterosteginoides 97 panamensis, Lepidocyclina 94 panamensis, Nummulites 98 yaughani, Lepidocyclina 93 I SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- ' TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES FOSSIL ECHINI OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE AND COSTA RICA By ROBERT TRACY JACKSON Of Peterborough, New Hampshire Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 103-116, with Plates 46-52 ^•INC^g »TvV£g$r* WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES FOSSIL ECHINI OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE AND COSTA RICA By ROBERT TRACY JACKSON Of Peterborough, New Hampshire Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 103-116, with Plates 46-52 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 .FOSSIL ECHINI OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE AND COSTA RICA. By Robert Tracy Jackson, Of Peterborough, Neio Hampshire. INTRODUCTION. The following is essentially a reprint of my paper bearing the same title published in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum, volume 53, pages 489-501, plates 62-68, September 24, 1917: The fossil echini of the Panama Canal Zone were submitted to me for study and description by Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan as part of the studies he is making in that region in connection with his investiga- tions of the geology of the Costal Plain of the United States and of the West Indies. The material contains some very interesting species, particularly in the genus Encope, of which there are three new forms. Some of the material is well preserved, and parts are fragmentary. A number of specimens too poorly preserved, or too fragmentary for specific determination, indicate that a more ex- tensive echinoid fauna may be found by further search. I wish to express my heartiest thanks to my friend, Dr. Hubert Lyman Clark, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, who, with his great knowledge of Clypeastroids and Spatangoids, helped me materially in preparing this report. LIST OF SPECIES AND THEIR GEOLOGIC OCCURRENCE. Clypeaster lanceolatus Cotteau. Upper Oligocene, Emperador lime- stone, Gaillard Cut, stations 58665, 6671. Clypeaster gatuni Jackson. Miocene,1 Gatun formation, station 5662, near Gatun Dam site ; and at station 6237, north of Ancon Hill, about 4 miles south of Diablo ridge. Encope annectans Jackson. 1 Miocene, Gatun formation, station 5846, Spillway, Gatun Dam. Encope platytata Jackson. Miocene,1 Gatun formation, station 6029a, one-quarter to one-half mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio. 1 This formation is more appropriately referable to the lower Miocene, i. e., Burdigalian, than to the upper Oligocene.—T. W. V. 103 104 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Encope megatrema Jackson. Miocene,1 Gatun formation, station 6030, about one and one-half miles from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio. Echinolampas semiorbis Guppy. Upper Oligocene, Emperador lime- stone, Gaillard Cut, stations 58665 and 6019^. Schizaster armiger W. B. Clark. Miocene ( ? ) ,a Bonilla, Costa Eica. Schizaster cristatus Jackson. Miocene ( ? ) / Brazil, Costa Rica, sta- tion 5505. Schizaster panamensis Jackson. Miocene,1 Gatun formation, near Gatun, at stations 6008 and 7294. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. CLYPEASTER LANCEOLATUS Cotteau. Plate 46, figs. 1, 2. Clypeaster lanceolatus, Cotteau, Descripcion de los Equinoides Fossiles de la Isla de Cuba, Bol. Com. del. Mapa Geologico de Espana, vol. 22, 1897, p. 39, pi. 9, figs. 1, 2, 3.—Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 490, pi. 62, figs. 1, 2. This species is one of the few in the series from the Panama Canal Zone that seems referable to an already published species. There are seven specimens, all in good condition of preservation and repre- senting two localities which, however, from the character of the material may be nearly associated. I give measurements of the largest specimen of the set. Length, 95 mm. ; width, 77mm. ; height, 21 mm. Test elongate, wider behind than in front, moderately ele- vated, deeply concave in ventral view. Ambulacra! petals elevated, distally acuminate, nearly closed and pinched up as if squeezed between the thumb and finger. Anterior petal III equal in length to petals I and V and a few millimeters longer than are the anterior pair II and IV. The anterior petal III is more widely separated from petals II and IV than are those latter from I and V. Interporiferous areas of petals are elevated, wide, being about equal to both porif- erous areas. Interambulacra are narrow, extremely so near the apical disk. Tubercles are small and of about the same size dorsally and ventrally. Apical disk is central, mouth centr L deeply sunken, periproct ventral, about four mm. from the poster ^or border of the test. The original material described by Cotteau is from the " Mio- cene " of Matanzas, Cuba, where he says it is very rare. It is appar- ently more or less common in the Canal Zone, as there are seven speci- mens from that region. 1 This formation is more appropriately referable to the lower Miocene, i. e., Burdigalian, than to the Upper Oligocene.—T. W. V. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 105 Localities and geologic occurence.—Upper Oligocene ; Emperador limestone. Upper Limestone, Las Cascadas, Panama, D. F. Mac- Donald, collector, U. S. National Museum station No. 6671, two specimens, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324452 ; also Panama Canal Zone, upper Limestone bed, near Tower " N " (opposite Las Cascadas, Gail- lard Cut) D. F. MacDonald, collector, 1911, U. S. National Museum station No. 5866 5, five specimens, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324451. CLYPEASTER GATUNI Jackson. Plate 47, fig. 1 ; plate 48, fig. 1. Clypeaster gatuni Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 491, pi. 63, fig. 1; pi. 64, fig. 1. This species is represented by a fine, large specimen in perfect con- dition of preservation. Two additional specimens much worn and incomplete are also referred to it. The type measures 146 mm. in length, 122 mm. in width, and 35 mm. in height. The test is elongate, moderately pentagonal in out- line, -with slight incurving of the borders in interambulacral areas 1, 2, 3, and 4. Its greatest width is across ambulacra II and IV. Ventrally the test is deeply concave, being flat only on the border. The ambulacral petal III is equal in length to petals I and V and a few millimeters longer than are petals II and IV. The petals are equidistant, highly elevated, and open at their distal ends. Ventrally, five deep ambulacral grooves extend to the mouth. Interambu- lacra are broad on the border of the test, narrowing up dorsally and very narrow near the apical disk. Each of the interambulacra between the petals are strongly elevated as if pinched up. The apical disk is slightly anterior to the middle of the test and is very small The mouth is central, deeply sunken. The periproct is ventral, slightty elliptical, its posterior border 5 mm. from' the posterior limits of the test. Tubercles are small, covering the dorsal surface of the test, ventrally the same, but slightly larger. Clypeaster ^a^n^approaches nearest, perhaps, to C. boioersi Weaver, but differs in the shape of the test, the deeply concave base, the shape and proportionate size of the petals and interambulacra dor- sally, and the fact that the periproct is ventral instead of terminal. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Gatun formation, Miocene. Panama Canal i ne, near Gatun Dam site, D. F. MacDonald, col- lector, 1911, holotype, U. S. National Museum, station No. 5662, one specimen. Limestone in swamp, north of Ancon Hill, about 4 miles south of Diablo Ridge in the upper Oligocene Emperador limestone, U. S. National Museum, station No. 6237, two specimens. Holotype.—Cat. No. 324453, U.S.N.M. This species is present on both the Atlantic and Pacific sides of the Isthmus. 106 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ENCOPE ANNECTANS Jackson. Plate 49, figs. 1, 2 ; plate 50, fig. 1. Encope annectans Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 491, text fig. 1 ; pi. 65, figs. 1, 2 ; pi. 66, fig. 1. This interesting species is represented by three specimens which include two tests free from matrix and more or less complete, and a sandstone mould of the exterior of the ventral side of a specimen, which is the largest of the three. Fig. 1. — Encope annectans. Drawing of the type-specimen, natural size. Restored' parts are indicated by dotted lines. In shape, the specimens are thin, flattened, and nearly circular in outline, excepting for the reentrant marginal ambulacral notches. The edges are thin, exceptionally so for the genus, and the whole test superficially is scutelliform. In the anterior ambulacrum III there is a shallow rounded notch, and in the lateral ambulacra are deeper and narrower notches, the deepest being in the posterior pair of ambulacra, IV and V. The apical disk is central. The peristome is small and also central. Continuing posteriorly from the peri- stome on the ventral side is a quite deep groove, and on the dorsal side is a shorter and shallower groove. These grooves do not form a hole through the test, but represent the incipient beginnings of the GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 107 lunule which is characteristic in Encope of the posterior interambula- crum 5. This is most interesting and is discussed later at length. The type-specimen measures 86 mm. in length, 89 mm. in width, and 8 mm. in height. The highest point is distinctly anterior to the middle of the test. The specimen represented by a mould of the ventral side is somewhat larger than the type. It measures about 98 mm. in length by about 96 mm. in width. In the type, the ambulacral petals are broad, about equal in length in the several areas, the posterior pair extending back to a line with the anterior limit of the lunule in interambulacrum 5. Ventrally, the ambulacral furrows are deep, slightly curved outward from the median line of each ambulacrum, forking near the border of the test, each furrow giving off a forked branch at nearly a Tight angle to the main furrow. The apical disk is central, but details are obscured owing to local imperfections in both specimens showing the dorsal side. Interambulacral areas are narrow in the petaloid areas, wide near the margin of the test. The whole dorsal surface of the test is covered with small tubercles; on the ventral side of the test the tubercles are somewhat larger, but they are reduced in size or want- ing along the lines of the ambulacral furrows. The mouth is small and central in position. The periproct is small, oval in outline, and situated at nearly one-third the distance from the mouth to posterior border of the test. The lunule of interambulacrum 5 is the remarkable and most in- teresting feature of this species. Ventrally, it consists of an im- pressed area 15 mm. long by 2 mm. wide, extending to and being confluent with the opening of the periproct. Dorsally, the lunule also consists of an impressed area lying above the middle of the ven- tral lunular depression and measuring 10 mm. in length by 2 mm. in width. This is the only species in the genus recorded in which the lunule fails to make an opening through the test. Structually, it is most interesting, as it closely resembles the condition in a young specimen of Mellita sexiesperforata (Leske) from the west coast of Florida, 30 fathoms, No. 2900, Museum of Comparative Zoology. This young Mellita, which measures 9 mm. in length, has no notches or lunules as yet developed in the ambulacral areas, but in interam- bulacrum 5, as viewed ventrally, there is a distinct impressed area marking the initial beginnings of a lunule as in our specimen of adult Encope annectans. It should be stated that this specimen of Mellita is probably exceptional in holding this youthful character so late, as in a small series of younger specimens of M. sexiesperforata measur- ing from 4 to 7 mm. in length, all have a perforate lunule in interam- bulacrum 5. This latter set is from Salt Key, Bahamas, *No. 2439, Museum of Comparative Zoology. As pointed out by Mr. Agassiz (Revision of the Echini, pp. 320-324) in Mellita sexiesperforata, the 8370c—18—Bull. 103 8 108 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ambulacral and interambulacral lunules develop by resorption through the test, whereas in the other species of Mellita, as far as known, the ambulacral lunules are developed by the inclusion of marginal notches and the interambulacral lunule alone is formed by invagina- tion through the test. Encope annectans is primitive like the other fossil species of Encope in that the ambulacral notches are not inclosed to form lunules but are still shallow and open. It is undoubtedly the most primitive of the genus in that the lunule in interambulacrum 5 is still imper- forate. It makes an approach to the Recent Encope michelini Agassiz of the Gulf of Mexico and E. grandis Agassiz of the Gulf of California which are the only living species characterized by open marginal notches* On the other hand, E. annectans resembles En- cope micropora Agassiz of the West Coast in the form of the test and the position of the interambulacral lunule. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Gatun formation, Miocene, Panama Canal Zone, Spillway at Gatun Dam site, D. F. MacDonald, collector, U. S. National Museum station No. 5846, three specimens. Type.—Cat. No. 324454, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—Cat. No. 324466, U.S.N.M. ENCOPE PLATYTATA Jackson. Plate 51, figs. 1, 2. Encope platytaia Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 494, text fig. 2 ; pi. 67, figs. 1, 2. There is only a single specimen representing this species, and while it is imperfect, it yet has the essential parts preserved that are necessary for a description. As in the last described species, E. an- nectans, this species, E. platytata, is thin, flattened, and if complete, apparently would be nearly circular in outline excepting for the am- bulacral notches. If complete, the specimen would measure as esti- mated about 100 mm. in length and 100 mm. in width. The greatest height of the test is in the apical region, where it measures 10 mm. As the ventral side of the test is somewhat concave instead of being flat, the thickness of the test at the center, as measured by calipers, is somewhat less than the height and measures only 8 mm. The anterior ambulacral notch of area III is very shallow and rounded. The notches of the lateral anterior ambulacra II and IV are also rounded but deeper than the notch of area III. Presumably the notches of the posterior ambulacra I and V, if preserved, would be similar but somewhat deeper, as this is the usual character in associated species. The lunule in interambulacrum 5 is small, but passes directly through the test instead of being imperforate as in Encope annectans. This lunule is only preserved for the anterior part of its extent as shown in the figures. The mouth is small and GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 109 central in position, the periproct is elongate oval, its anterior border is 13 mm. posterior to the border of the mouth opening. Poste- riorly the periproct is confluent with the infolded depression of the interambulacral lunule. The ambulacral petals are rather narrow in this specimen, measur- ing 13 mm. in width. The odd anterior ambulacral petal is longer than the others, and measures 36 mm. in length, whereas the pos- terior petals of the trivium measure 28 mm. in length. The petals of the bivium, or I and V, are longer than the posterior pair of the v Fig. 2. — Bncope platxtata. Drawing op the type-specimen, natural size. RESTORA- TIONS ARE INDICATED BY DOTTED LINES. trivium, but as they are incomplete posteriorly, a measurement can not be given. On the ventral side, the ambulacral furrows are strongly marked and each gives off a few weakly impressed branches. The apical disk is quite well preserved, shows clearly the ocular pores and four of the five genital pores, which are a characteristic feature of Encope. The only genital pore wanting is that occurring in area 1, which is destroyed by a local fracture of the test. Minute tubercles cover the dorsal side of the test. Ventrally the tubercles are larger except near the ambulacral furrows where they are minute.. 110 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Encope platytata is a near ally of Encope tenuis Kew x of the Miocene of California, but differs from that species in that the great- est height of the test is central, and the periproct is confluent with the lunule. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Gatun formation, Miocene, Panama Canal Zone, from lowest horizon in big cut, one-fourth to one-half mile beyond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio, D. F. Mac- Donald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors, 1911, U. S. National Museum station No. 6029#, one specimen. Type.—Cat. No. 324455, U.S.N.M. ENCOPE MEGATREMA Jackson. Plate 52, fig. 1. Encope megatrema Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 496, text figs. 3, 4 ; pi. 68, fig. 1. This species is represented by one fairly good test with its counter- part, v and in addition some 12 fragments which yield helpful facts on close study. From the incompleteness, measurements and some details will have to be given in general terms or omitted. As a whole, the test is low, elongated, thin on the borders and with shallow ambulacra! notches and an enormous lunule in interambulacrum 5. From the best specimen, which is figured, the length probably was about 120 mm. and the width about 106 mm.; thickness of the test at its center is 10 mm. Ambulacral notches are shallow and quite wide in areas II and V, indicating that this is the character in the two posterior ambulacra I and V and also in the paired anterior am- bulacra II and IV. This evidence is supported by several of the frag- ments which show shallow lobes like the type, but it can not be definitely stated which areas they represent. The notch of the ante- rior odd ambulacrum III is not known, but it was probably shallower than the others, as is characteristic of species of the genus. The most striking feature of this species is the lunule in interambulacrum 5, which is enormous. It is situated about midway between the apical disk and posterior limits of the test, and is roughly triangular in shape, the apex of the triangle pointing anteriorly. It measures at the surface of the opening 27 mm. in length and 27 mm. in width at the widest part posteriorly. The walls of the lunule slope outward from the center, as seen looking from above, as is well shown in two of the fragmentary specimens. From this sloping character of the walls, it results that the width of the lunule would be greater by about 6 to 10 millimeters on the ventral side than it is on the dorsal. The height of the wall of the lunule is 12 mm., which is doubtless the highest 'point of the test. The lunule in this species is, relatively to the size of the specimens, the largest known in any species of the 1 Kew, W. S. W. Tertiary echinoids of the Carrizo Creek Region in the Colorado Desert. University of California Bull., Dept. Geology, vol. S, No. 5, pp. 39-60, pis. 1-3, 1914. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. Ill genus, fossil or living. It is striking that this great size of the lunule, a progressive character, should be associated with small and shallow ambulacral notches which, for the genus, is a relatively primitive character. The ambulacral petals are beautifully distinct and well preserved for part of their extent in the type and one other specimen. The Pig. 3. — a, Encope megatrema. Holotype, natuhal size. The area showing part op ambulacrum ii is drawn from a feagment. restorations are indicated by dotted lines. 1), Section of lunule to show the inclined faces, drawn from two fragments. posterior pair, I and V, are long and narrow with a relatively wide poriferous area and narrow median interporiferous area. The width of the petal of ambulacrum V is 11 mm. and its length is 50 mm. It extends posteriorly in a wide curve around the lunule of interambu- lacrum 5 and reaches a line coincident with the posterior end of the 112 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. lunule. It also extends to within 5.5 of the ambulacral notch of the area in which it lies. Ambulacrum IV is much shorter than ambula- crum V, measuring 30 mm. in length and 12 mm. in width at its widest part. This ambulacrum extends to within 3.5 mm. of its marginal notch. The features of the ambulacra V and IV, as de- scribed, indicate the character of ambulacra I and II, which are only preserved in part in the holotype, though one of the fragments has ambulacrum II quite perfectly preserved. Ambulacrum III is repre- sented only in part (for a length of 25 mm.) by the left side of its petaloicl area; it probably had about the length and width of the petal of ambulacrum IV, as in the allied species Encope macrophora Kavenel. Ambulacral furrows on the ventral side are deep, strongly marked, with some forking near the periphery of the test. The inter- ambulacra are very wide, not narrowing markedly near the apical disk. Minute tubercles cover the dorsal surface of the test, and ven- trally the tubercles are larger excepting on the lines of ambulacral furrows, where they are minute or wanting. Details of the apical disk, peristome and periproct are entirely wanting. This species does not make a close approach to any other known species, but its nearest ally is Encope macropliora Kavenel from the upper Miocene of South Carolina and the Pliocene^of Florida. 1 Locality and geologic occiurrence.—Gatun formation, Miocene, Panama Canal Zone. From 85-foot cut north side of big swamp on relocated line, Panama R-. E., about one and one-half to two miles beyond Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors, 1911. Fourteen specimens, including fragments, U. S. National Museum station No. 6030. Type.—C^t. Mo. 324456, U.S.N-.M. ECHINOLAMPAS SEMIOSBIS Guppy. EcMnolampas semiorb is Guppy, On Tertiary Echinoderms from the. West Indies, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 22, 1S66, p. 299, pi. 19, fig. 7. — Cotteau, Echinides Tertiares des lies St. Barthelemy et An- guilla, Kongl. Svensk. Vetenskaps. Akad, vol. 13, 1S75, p. 24, pi. 5, figs. 1-2 ; pi. 6, fig. 1.—Jackson, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 49S. This species is abundant in the Oligocene Tertiary of the West Indies, material from Anguilla having been described by Guppy, and Cotteau erroneously records it from St. Bartholomew. Dr. T. Way- land Vaughan in 1914 collected abundant, fine specimens in the Island of Anguilla. From the Panama Canal Zone a number of specimens were col- lected from a hard gray limestone. The specimens are for the most part uncompressed and in very good condition of preservation. One 1 Clark, William Bullock, and Twitchell, May ville W. Mesozoic and Cenozoic Echino- dermata of the United States. Monograph, U. S. Geol. Survey, vol. 54, 1915, p. 206, pi. 93, tigs. 2«-e; pi. 94, figs, la—f. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 113 of the largest specimens measures 107 mm. in length, 103 mm. in width, and 53 mm. in height. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Upper Oligocene. Emperador limestone, Panama Canal Zone. Upper Limestone bed near Tower "N" (opposite Las Cascadas, Gaillard cut), D. F. MacDonald, coir lector, 1911, U. S. National Museum station No. 58666, one specimen, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324457. Also Panama Canal Zone, from 5th or topmost limestone, Gaillard cut, opposite Las Cascadas, U. S. National Museum station No. 6019^, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors, 1911, 4 specimens. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324458. SCHIZASTER ARMIGER W. B. Clark. Schizaster armiger Clark and Twitcheix, Mesozoic and Cenozoic Echino- dermata of the United States, Monograph U. S. Geol. Survey, vol. 54, 1915, p. 152, pi. 70, figs. la-d.—Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 498. In this species the test is rather large, cordiform; upper surface slopes at first rapidly, then more slowly from the anterior margin to the apical system beyond which an elevated sharp ridge continues to the truncated posterior margin. Length, 59 mm. ; width, 50 mm. ; height, 25 mm. The ambulacra are broad and the odd anterior ambulacra! petal III is situated in a deep groove that indents the anterior margin. The two lateral anterior ambulacra II and IV are in deep, broad grooves, with petals 18 mm. long. The posterior ambulacra I and V, similar but shorter, are 9 mm. long. Peripetalous fasciole is broad and distinct. Interambulacra gibbous, the posterior No. 5 being built up into an elevated keel. The peristome is indis- tinct in our specimen, but as shown in W. B. Clark's excellent figures, is wide and near the anterior margin. The periproct is high on the truncated posterior end. The type material described by Clark is ascribed to the upper (Jackson) Eocene of Choctaw County, Alabama. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Miocene (?),x Bonilla, Costa Rica, Hill collection, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 135214, one specimen. SCHIZASTER CRISTATUS Jackson. Plate 52, figs. 2-A. Schizaster cristatus Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1917, p. 499, pi. 68, figs. 2-4. The material of this species consists of two internal moulds ; as the plates are entirely wanting, of course external characters can not be given. The more perfect of the two specimens measures 40 mm. in length, 36 mm. in width, and 22 mm. in height. Test is moderate 1 According to Hill and Dall the rocks exposed at this locality are of the same age as those at Gatun, Canal Zone. For a further discussion see the last chapter (by Vaughan) in this volume. 114 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. sized, cordiform, sloping gradually from the anterior border up to the median crest, the widest portion being through the middle of the test. The most striking feature of this species is the median keel-like crest that rises sharply from the summit of interambulacrum 5 at the pos- terior border of the test. The petal of ambulacrum III is sunken in a deep, wide groove, ex- tending to the anterior border of the test and measuring 23 mm. in length. The petals of the lateral anterior ambulacra II and IV are in deep grooves measuring 13 mm. in length and having about 22 plates in each half ambulacrum, as is indicated by the casts of the pores. The petals of the posterior ambulacra I and V are widely divergent from the anterior pair, nearly parallel and directed back- ward in deep, sunken grooves. The grooves are 7 mm. long, and there are about 14 plates in each half ambulacrum at this point, as indicated by casts of the pores. The periproct is situated on the posterior face and coincides with the base of the crest in interam- bulacrum 5. The peristome is wide and situated far forward, the tip which almost closes the mouth being 10 mm. from the anterior border of the test. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Miocene(?), Brazil, Costa Rica, A. Alfaro, collector, U. S. National Museum station No. 5505, two specimens. Type.—Cat, No. 324460, U.S.N.M. SCHIZASTER PANAMENSIS Jackson. Plate 50, figs. 2-3. ScMzaster panamensis Jackson, Proc. TJ. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 500 P pi. 66, figs. 2, 3. The material consists of an internal mould free from matrix, and three specimens more or less complete, embedded in porous, dark- colored Volcanic tuff which also bears some fragments of lignite. The specimen, free from matrix, is the most completely preserved, although somewhat compressed dorso-ventrally, and is selected as the type. The specimen measures 48 mm. in length, 40 mm. in width, and 25 mm. in height. The petals of the ambulacra are situated in broad, deep furrows. The anterior petal III extends to the anterior limit of the test and measures 23 mm. in length. The paired anterior ambulacra II and IV are in grooves 13 mm. long and diverge widely from the anterior petal. The posterior petals I and V are shorter than the anterior pair, measuring 5 mm. in length, and are directed almost straight backward. The position of the periproct is not clearly indicated on the mould, but apparently it is near the upper part of the posterior face. The peristome is wide and rounded, and is situated 16 mm. from the anterior border of the test. The peri- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 115 petalous fasciole is quite wide and is fairly well shown in areas II and IV on the type-specimen and still better in one of the fragments, which is a counterpart of the dorsal side of the same. One of the specimens, which is an external mould, shows the im- press of the outline of the plates of part of a test, and gives measure- ments of considerable interest. It measures about 50 mm. in length, about 45 mm. in width, and about 38 mm. in height. From incom- pleteness of the specimen no exact measurements can be given, yet those available indicate a very high test. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Gatun formation, Miocene, Panama Canal Zone. Second cut, south of Gatun R. R. Station, Goldman Coll., U. S. National Museum station No. 7294, four speci- mens. Holotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324461. Another speci- men, imperfect and much worn, with a very high test, and appar- ently referable to this species, is from Panama Canal Zone, Gatun, section A, from middle of Bed " E," D. F. MacDonald, collector, U. S. National Museum station No. 6008, one specimen. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324462. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Plate 46. Fig. 1. Clypeaster lanceolatus Cotteau, dorsal view, natural size. The dark spot in interambulacrum 5 is a yellow label that took black in the photograph. : U. S. Nat. Mus., Oat. No. 324451, Station 58666. 2. Another specimen of the same, ventral view, natural size, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324451, Station 58666. Plate 47. Fig. 1. Clypeaster gatuni Jackson, dorsal view. Holotype, slightly reduced, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324453, Station 5662. Plate 48. Fig. 1. Clypeaster gatuni Jackson, ventral view ; same specimen as Plate 47. Holotype, slightly reduced, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324452, Station 5662. Plate 49. Fig. 1. Encope annectans Jackson, dorsal view, natural size. Holotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324454, Station 5846. 2. The same, ventral view. Plate 50. Fig. 1. Encope annectans Jackson, another specimen, external mould of ven- tral side seen from above. Natural size, Paratype, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324466, Station 5846. 2. Schisaster panamensis Jackson, dorsal view, natural size. Holotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324461, Station 7294. 3. The same, ventral view. The dark spot in interambulacrum 5 is a yel- low ticket that took black in the photograph. 116 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 51. Fig. 1. Encope platytata Jackson, dorsal view, natural size. Holotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324455, Station 6029a. 2. The same, ventral view. The dark spot in interambulacrum 4 of fig. 1 and in interambulacrum 2 of fig. 2 are yellow tickets that took black in the photographs. Plate 52. Fig. 1. Encope megatrema Jackson, dorsal view, natural size. Holotype, natu- ral size, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324456, Station 6030. 2. Schizaster cristatus Jackson, dorsal view, natural size. Holotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324460, Station 5505. 3. The same, ventral view. 4. The same, side view. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 46 i I / I. Dorsal View of Encope megatrema. Dorsal (2), Ventral (3), and Side (4) Views of Schizaster cristatus. For explanation of plate see page lie. INDEX. Page. annectans, Encope 103, 106 armiger, Schizaster 104, 113 bowersi, Clypeaster 105 Clypeaster bowersi 105 gatuni 103, 105 lanceolatus 103, 104 cristatus, Schizaster 104, 113 Echinolanipas semiorbis 104, 112 Encope annectans 103, 106 granclis 108 macrophora 112 megatrema 104, 110 michelini 108 micropora 108 platytata 103, 108 tenuis 110 Page. gatuni, Clypeaster 103, 105 grandis, Encope 108 lanceolatus, Clypeaster 103, 104 macrophora, Encope 112 megatrema, Encope 104, 110 Mellita sexiesperforata 107 michelini, Encope 108 micropora, Encope 108 panamensis, Schizaster 104, 114 platytata, Encope 103, 108 Schizaster armiger 104, 113 cristatus 104, 113 panamensis 104, 114 semiorbis, Echinolampas 104, 112 sexiesperforata, Mellita 107 tenuis, Encope 110 I o SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES BRYOZOA OF THE CANAL ZONE AND RELATED AREAS By FERDINAND CANU Of Versailles, France AND RAY S.^ASSLER Of Washington, District of Columbia Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 117-122, with Plate 53 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 rr~ s\ — » SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES BRYOZOA OF THE CANAL ZONE AND RELATED AREAS By FERDINAND CANU Of Versailles, France AND RAY S. BASSLER Of Washington, District of Columbia Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 117-122, with Plate 53 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 BRYOZOA OF THE CANAL ZONE AND RELATED AREAS. By Ferdinand Canu Of Versailles, France AND Bay S. Bassler Of Washington, District of Columbia. The following pages contain the descriptions of the few bryozoa that have so far been found in the rocks, of the Canal Zone and related areas. These bryozoa consist of two species from the Em- perador limestone of the Canal Zone collected by Messrs. T. Way- land Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald and three species from the Miocene of Costa Rica collected by D. F. MacDonald. The list of species described is as follows : Ogivalina mutabilis, new species, Emperador limestone, Panama Canal Zone. Holoporella albirostris (Smitt), Emperador limestone, Panama Canal Zone. Gupularia umbellata Defrance, Miocene, Costa Rica. Gupularia canariensis Busk, Miocene, Costa Rica. Stichoporina tuberosa, new species, Miocene, Costa Rica. Order CHEILOSTOMATA. Group MEMBRANIPORAE. Genus OGIVALINA Canu and Bassler. OGIVALINA MUTABILIS, new species. Plate 53, fig. 1. The zoarium is incrusting. The zocecia are elongated, oval, dis- tinct, separated by a deep furrow; the mural rim is thin, smooth, rounded; there is often a small gymnocyst. The opesium is very large, irregular, more often oval. The ovicell is endozocecial, small, 8370d—18 117 118 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. little convex. Sometimes there is a small interzooecial fusiform avicularium ( ? ) . ~ ". f/w>=0.60-0.70mm Measurements.—Upesmm { . A OA „ . Kr Uo= 0.30-0.45 mm fZs=0.75-0.95mm Zocecium \ n -n n ta ™ [ Is= 0.oO-O. i mm The great irregularity of form and zooecial dimensions of this species justifies its name. There are some variations which recall those of Membranipora irregularis Manzoni, 1875 1 which possesses a mural rim enlarged at the base and also some large interzooecial avicularia. The present species differs from the splendid Ogivalina eximipora Canu and Bassler from the Middle Jacksonian of North and South Carolina in its smailer dimensions, in the absence of cryptocyst, and in the presence of a gymnocyst. The avicularium (?) is identical in form and position. Occurrence.—Emperador limestone, old quarcy, one-third mile north of west of Empire, Panama Canal Zone. D. F. MacDonald and T. Wayland Vaughan, collectors, 1914, Station No. 6016. Southwest side Crocus Bay Hill, Anguilla, Leeward Islands. T. Wayland Vaughan, collector, 1914, Loc. No. 6893. Holotype.—Cat. No. 65039, U.S.N.M. Family OPESIULIDAE Jullien. Genus CUPULARIA Lamouroux. CUPULARIA UMBELLATA Defrance, 1823. Plate 53, figs. '2-4. 1908. Cupularia umbellata Canu, Iconographie des Bryozoaires fossiles de l'Argentine, Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, vol. 17, p. 275, pi. 5, figs. 4, 5. (See for complete bibliography.) 1909. Cupularia umbellata Canu, Bryozoaires fossiles du Sud-Ouest de la France, Bulletin de la Socigte Ceologique de France ser. 4, vol. 9, pp. 448, 454, pi. 16, figs. 16, 17. (Regional bibliography.) 1909. Cupularia lowei Norman, On the Polyzoa of Madeira, Journ. Lin- nean Soc, vol. 30, p. 290, pi. 37, figs. 7-12. 1913. Cupularia umbellata Canu, Etude comparee des Bryozoaires Hel- vetiens de l'Egypte avec les Bryozoaires vivants de la Mediterranee et de la Mer Rouge, Mem. a l'institut Egyptien, vol. 6, fasc. 3, p. 205. 1913. Cupularia umbellata Canu, Cont. a l'etude des Bryozoaires fossiles, pt. 5, p. 125; pt. 7, p. 126; pt. 12, p. 127; Bulletin Soc. Geol. France (IV, XIII). 1914. Cupularia lowei Osbuen, The Bryozoa of the. Tortugas. Islands, Florida. Publication No. 182, of the Carnegie Institution of Washing- ton, p. 194. 1 Briozoi del pliocene antico di Castroearo, Bologna, 1875, p. 10, pi. 1, figs. 5, 8. . . . GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 119 The fossils which are identified as above are rather well preserved and their determination is easy. The pores of the hydrostatic zocecia are not radicular. We are ignorant as to why Norman, who is a great lover of archaic names, has not preserved the name of Defranee. The figures published by this author and by d'Orbigny are excellent and leave no doubt as to the identity of the two species. Occurrence.—Miocene. Banana River, Costa Rica. D. F. Mac- Donald, collector, 1911. Bowden marl, BowTden, Jamaica. This species is almost always associated with C . canariensis Busk. Like the latter, it commences in the Alum Bluff formation and con- tinues in the higher Miocene and Pliocene deposits of the United States. Geological distribution-.—Aquitanian of Italy (Seguenza, Nevi- ani), of Bordeaux (Canu). Burdigalian of Italy (Seguenza, Canu), of Bordeaux (Canu). Helvetian of Italy (Seguenza), of Touraine (Canu), of Bordeaux (Canu), of Maryland (Ulrich), of Egypt (Canu). Tortonian of Provence (Canu), of Italy (Seguenza). Plaisancian of England (Busk), of Italy (Manzoni). Astian of Italy (Neviani, Canu), of Provence (Canu). Sicilian of Italy (Neviani). Quaternary of Italy (Seguenza), of England (Canu). Habitat.—Mediterranean. Atlantic to the Canary Islands, and Florida. It is common in the Gulf of Gascony in the Miocene; it has now disappeared from it. It has been dredged at a depth of 11 to 48 meters in America and from 81 to 113 meters in Madeira. CUPULARIA CANARIENSIS Busk. Plate 53, figs. 5-7. 1908. Cupularia canariensis Canu, Iconographie des Bryozoaires fossiles de l'Argentine, Anales del Musee Nacional de Buenos Aires, vol. 17 (ser. 3, vol. 10). pt. 1. p. 275, pi. 5, figs. 8, 9, 10. (See for complete bibliography. ) 1909. Cupularia guineensis Norman, The Polyzoa of Madeira and neighbor- ing islands, Linnean Society's Journal, Zool., vol. 30 (July), p. 289, pi. 37, figs. 2-6. 1914. Cupularia guineensis Osbtjrn, The Bryozoa of the Tortugas Islands, Florida, Publication No. 182, of the Carnegie Institute of Washington, p. 194. The beautiful figure published by Busk in 1859, has led all paleon- tologists to use the specific term canariensis, especially since the same author distinguished this species from Cupularia guineensis Busk, 1854. For a half century, it was therefore employed by Busk, Waters, Manzoni, Van den Brock, Neviani, Seguenza, De Angelis, and Canu. Now it appears established that Busk's two species are identical (Norman, Osburn). We do not believe it necessary to change the 120 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. names of these species as the latter authors have done since the author of each is the same. A simple question of date ought not alter all the literature of this species which although it has never been entirely published is nevertheless quite important. Our American specimens are well preserved. Occurrence.—Miocene, Banana River, Costa Rica. D. F. MacDon- ald, collector, 1911. Bowden marl at Bowden, Jamaica. The earliest occurrence of this species in the United States is in the Alum Bluff formation, but it is found also at many other horizons of the Miocene and Pliocene. Geological distribution.—Burdigalian of Bordeaux (Collection Canu). Helvetian of France (Canu) of Spain (De Angelis). Tor- tonian of Austria-Hungary (Reuss), of Italy (Seguenza). Plais- ancian of Italy (Manzoni), of England (Busk), of Spain (De An- gelis), of Algeria (Canu). Astian of Italy (Neviani, Canu). Sicil- ian of Rhodes (Manzoni), of Italy (Neviani). Quaternary of Italy (Neviani), of Argentina (Canu). Miocene of Australia? (Waters). Family CELLEPORIDAE Busk. Genus HOLOPORELLA Waters. HOLOPOKELLA ALBIROSTRIS (Smitt). Plate 53, fig. 8. 1873. Discopora alMrostris Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, pt. 2, Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, vol. 11, No. 4, p. 70, pi. 12, figs. 233-239. 1889. Cellepora alMrostris Jelly, A Synonymic Catalogue of the Recent Marine Bryozoa, p. 45. (See for complete bibliography.) 1914. Eoloporella alMrostris Osbtjrn, Bryozoa of Tortugas Islands, Pub. 182, Carnegie Institution, p. 215. Of the two specimens of this species which have been collected at Panama and at Anguilla one corresponds to Smitt's figure 237 and the other to figure 238. Occurrence.—Rare in the Emperador limestone at the old quarry one-third mile north of west of Empire, Panama Canal Zone, D. F. MacDonald and T. Wayland Vaughan, collectors, 1911 (Station No. 6106). Also rare along the southwest side of Crocus Bay, An- guilla, Leeward Islands, Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan, collector, 1914, Loc. No. 6894. Geological distribution.—Miocene of Australia and New Zealand (Waters). Habitat. Atlantic off Florida. Pacific off Australia. Specimens have been dredged off Australia to a depth of 121 meters. Smitt in Florida has discovered them between 40 and 56 meters, but Osburn states that it abounds at a depth of 24 meters. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 121 Family CONESCHARELLINIDAE Levinsen. Genus STICHOPORINA Stoliczka. STICHOPORINA TUBEROSA, new species. Plate 53, figs. 9-12. The zoarium is free, conical, hollow with very thick walls. The peristome is salient, ornamented with small tuberosities ; it bears one or two small elliptical avicularia with bar or denticles. The ovicell is large, somewhat salient, convex; it is hyperstomial and always closed by the operculum. On the lower face, there are large pores surrounded by very small ones. „ ' A fha=0.15 mm.Measurements.—Apertura 1 7 „ __^ [7a=0.09 mm. This is a very elegant species characterized by its peristomial tuber- osities. The ancestrula is visible only in the interior of the zoarium ; it is covered exteriorly b}^ the first zocecia. All the zooecia are sepa- rated from each other by small canals which appear to end in the large, inferior pores. This species must not be confounded with Marrvillopora cupula Smitt, 1872. It differs from it in its ovicell which is not bilobate and in its ovarian zooecia which are not larger than the others. Occurrence.—Miocene, Banana River, Costa Rica, D. F. McDonald, collector, 1911. Gotypes.—Cat. No. 65040, U.S.N.M. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 53. Ogivalina mutaMHs, new species. Fig. 1. The type-specimen, X 20, with large irregular opesia, small ovicell, small gymnocyst and one zoecium with a fusiform avicularium. Emperador limestone, Crocus Bay Hill, Anguilla. Cupularia umbellata Defrance. Fig. 2. Two zoaria, natural size. 3. Celluliferous convex surface, X 20. 4. Concave surface, X 20. Miocene, Banana River, Costa Rica. Cupularia canariensis B\;sk. Fig. 5. Two zoaria, natural size. 6. Celluliferous convex surface, X 20. 7. Concave surface, X 20. Miocene, Banana River, Costa Rica. 122 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Holoporella albirostris (Smitt). Fig. 8. Several zooecia inueh enlarged (after Smitt). Recent, Gulf of Mexico. Stichoporina tuberosa, new species. Fig. 9. Two zoaria, natural size. 10, 11. Two views X 20, of the convex, celluliferous side. 12. Photograph of the concave side, X 20. Miocene, Banana River, Costa Rica. . . ,q i . • ' i U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 53 • '• * 1 .4 ^ 9 Bryozoa of the Panama Canal Zone and Related Areas. For explanation of plate see pages 121. 122. INDEX. I Synonyms are in italics.] Page. aloirostris, Cellepora 120 Discopora 120 albirostris, Holoporella 117, 120, 122 cauariensis, Cupularia 117, 119, 121 Cellepora albirostris 120 Cupularia canariensis 117, 119, 121 Cupularia guineensis 119 lowei 118 Cupularia umbellata 117, 118, 121 Page. Discopora albirostris 120 guineensis, Cupularia 119 Holoporella albirostris 117, 120, 122 lowei, Cupularia 118 rnutabilis, Ogivalina 117, 121 Ogivalina rnutabilis 117, 121 Stichoporina tuberosa 117, 121, 122 tuberosa, Sticboporina 117, 121, 122 umbellata, Cupularia 117,118,121 I SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS FROM THE PANAMA REGION By MARY J. RATHBUN Associate in Zoology, United States National Museum Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 123-184, with Plates 54-6 Jk frjjj P^' !F> WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS FROM THE PANAMA REGION By MARY J. RATHBUN Associate in Zoology, United States National Museum Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 123-184, with Plates 54-66 ISSUED : 919 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS FROM THE PANAMA REGION. By Mart J. Rathbun, Associate in Zoology, United States National Museum. INTRODUCTION. Fifty-eight species of Decapods are enumerated from the collec- tions examined by the author. Three species described by other authors are inserted in systematic order, thus making the list com- plete to date for the Panama region. All the available material in the United States National Museum from Panama and Costa Rica is included; it ranges in age from the Oligocene (Culebra formation) to the Pleistocene. In the list of stations and the table of distribution the data relat- ing to Cirripedia from Dr. H. A. Pilsbry's report are included for convenience of reference. The literature on Panama Tertiary Decapods is so scanty that it is not surprising that nearly all of the forms now examined prove to be new. Six species previously described from living forms are here recorded from the Pleistocene (4 species) or the Pliocene (2 spe- cies). Thirty-nine species are described as new, three are types of new genera, and one of these is the type of a new family, the Ga- tuniidae. This is an extremely large and massive crab and combines the characters of the well-known Recent families, the Cancridae and the Portunidae. The most remarkable occurrence is that of a mem- ber of the Hexapodinae, that subfamily of the Goneplacidae in which the legs of the last pair are wanting. This is a small group of Recent crabs containing 5 genera and 8 species and is strictly Indo-Pacific. The species from the Oligocene of Panama is the first one observed in a fossil state. Many other genera dealt with in this report have never before been found fossil. Such are Pachycheles, Petrolisthes, Aosius, Hepatus, Mursia, Leucosilia, Euphylax, Heteractaea, Eury- tium, Euryplax, and Cardisoma. As in all large collections of fossil crustaceans there are a number of fragments whose position is problematic. Some of these can be determined as to genera, others as to family only. 83700—18—Bull. 103 9 123 124 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. LITERATURE ON TERTIARY DECAPODS OF PANAMA. Bouvier, E. L. Calappa Zurcheri, Crabe nouveau des terrains mio- cenes de Panama. Bull. Mns. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 5, 1899, pp. 189-192, 1 text-fig. Calappa zurcheri is not represented in the United States Geological Survey collections. Toula, Franz. Die jungtertiare Fauna von Gatun am Panama- kanal. II. Teil. Jahrbuch der k. k. Geolog. Reichsanstalt. Wien, vol. 61, 1911, pp. 487-530 (1-44), pis. 30, 31 (1, 2). The hermit-crab (Petrochirus) noted and figured by Toula (p. 511, pi. 30, fig. 13) I have ventured to describe as a new species, combining as it does the char- acters of the two nearly related Recent species which inhabit opposite sides of the continent. The " Krabbenscheren " of Toula (p. 512, pi. 30, fig. 14) are de- scribed below as a species of Callianassa, C. toulai. Brown, Amos P., and Pilsbry, Henry A. Fauna of the Gatun For- mation, Isthmus of Panama. II. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, vol. 64, Dec. 1912 (publ. Jan. 30, 1913), pp. 500-519, pis. 22-26. The author is indebted to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry for the loan of the specimens of Callianassa in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences which were described by Brown and Pilsbry. They have been critically com- pared with those collected by the United States Geological Survey. LIST OP STATIONS FROM WHICH MATERIAL HAS BEEN EXAMINED, ARRANGED FROM THE EARLIEST TO THE LATEST, WITH THE SPECIES FOUND AT EACH. /Station 6012a.1—Panama Canal Zone. One-quarter mile south of Empire Bridge. From lower dark clay beneath lower conglomerate. Culebra formation (lower part). Oligocene series. Collectors., D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Balanus (Hesperi- balanusf), species. Callianassa lacunosa Rathbun. Station 6010.—Panama Canal Zone. Near Panama Canal Station "1910," north of Pedro Miguel locks. From dark clay. Culebra formation (lower part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. Mac- Donald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Muvsia obscura Eathbun. Specimens in Museum, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadel- phia.—Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gaillard Cut. Lignitic layers about 65 feet below the base of Pecten bed at Tower N. Culebra formation (central part). Oligocene series. Collector y Prof. William B. Scott; 1911. Callianassa scotti Brown and Pils- bry. Callianassa spinulosa Rathbun. Callianassa quadrata Rath- bun. 1 The station numbers refer to the station book of Cenozoic Invertebrate fossils of the United States National Museum. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 125 Station 6019b.—Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- lard Cut. Four feet of dark, stratified tuff and clay immediately overlying the lower limestone bed. Culebra formation (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan ; 1911. Callianassa scotti Brown and Pilsbry. Callinectes, species, Panopeus, species. Specimen in Museum, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadel- phia.—Costa Kica. Probably Culebra formation. Oligocene series; labeled " Miocene." Collector, W. M. Gabb. Callianassa scotti Brown and Pilsbry. Station 6019c.—Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- lard Cut. Lower part of lime-cemented soft gray to olive-colored limestone, with central parting of dark clay. The first hard, limy sandstone bed above the lower limestone and just above 60195. Culebra formation (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan ; 1911. Callianassa vaugliani Rathbun (probably). Callianassa f, species. Hepatus, species. Station 6019e.—Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- lard Cut. Third hard sandstone bed from bottom. Culebra forma- tion (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan ; 1911. Callianassa stridens Rathbun. Station 6012c.—Panama Canal Zone. Gaillard Cut. Top part of limy sandstone below upper conglomerate, near foot of stairs. Culebra formation (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Natantia, family, genus, and species indeterminable. Callianassa, species. Callinectes, species. Euryplax culebrensis Rathbun. Station 6020a.—Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gaillard Cut. Lowest fossiliferous bed. Third bed below lowest limestone beds separated by rows of nodules. Culebra formation (lower part of upper half). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Balanus (Hesperiba- lanusf), sp. Axius reticulatus Rathbun. Callianassa ovalis Rath- bun. Callianassa elongata Rathbun. Callianassa crassimana Rath- bun. Callianassa spinulosa Rathbun. Callianassa quadrata Rath- bun. Callianassa abbreviata Rathbun. Callianassa magna Rath- bun. Goniochele f arinata Rathbun. Calappella quadrispina Rath- bun. Callinectes reticulatus Rathbun. Thaumastoplax prima Rath- bun. Brachyrhyncha, family, genus, and two species indeterminable. Station 6025.—Panama Canal Zone. About 200 yards south of southern end of switch at Bohio Ridge station, relocated line Panama Railroad. Foraminiferal marl and coarse sandstone. Culebra for- mation (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. Mac- Donald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Carpilius, species. 126 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Station 6019g.—Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- lard Cut. Fifth or topmost limestone. Emperador limestone. Oli- gocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Macrobrachium, species. Callianassa tenuis Rathbun. Mur- sia macdonaldi Rathbun. Pa/rthenope panamensis Rathbun. Station 6003.—Panama Canal Zone. Gatun section A, bed A (bot- tom of section). Gatun formation (lower part). Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald. Callianassa erassa Rathbun. Station 6029a,—Panama Canal Zone. One-fourth to one-half mile beyond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio. From lowest horizon in big cut. Gatun formation (lower part). Miocene series. Col- lectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Callianassa vaughani Rathbun. Station 6033b.—Panama Canal Zone. Gatun section. Upper part of lowest bed. Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Lepas injudicata Pilsbry. f Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Station 6030.—Panama Canal Zone. One and one-half to 2 miles beyond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio. From 85-foot cut on north side of big swamp on relocated line, P. R. R. Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan: 1911. Balanus concavus rariseptatus Pilsbry. Callianassa vaughani Rathbun Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Station 5900.—Panama Canal Zone. Gatun Locks. Gatun forma- tion. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; May, 1911. Gatunia proavita Rathbun. . Catalogue No. 113706, U.S.N\M.—Panama Canal Zone. Near Ga- tun. Gatun formation ( % ) . Miocene series. Labeled "Miocene." Collector, Rev. J. Rowell. Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Station 5659.—Panama Canal Zone. Near Gatun Dam. Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, one of the workmen ; shipped by D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Catalogue No. 135218, U.S.NM—Panama Canal Zone. Gatun beds. Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, R. T. Hill. Callianassa Mlli Rathbun. Catalogue No. 135219, U.S.N.M—Panama Canal Zone. Gatun beds. Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, R. T. Hill. Mursilia ecristata Rathbun. Station 5882k.—Costa Rica. Banana River; tenth fossiliferous zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Euphylax fortis Rathbun. Station 5882j.—Costa Rica. Banana River; ninth fossiliferous zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Euphylax callinectias Rathbun. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 127 Station 58821.—Costa Rica. Banana River; eighth fossiliferous- zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Gallinectes decllvis Rathbun. Station 5882h.—Costa Rica. Banana River; seventh fossiliferous zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Leucosilia bananensis Rathbun. Station 5882g.—Costa Rica. Banana River; sixth fossiliferous zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Leucosilia. baiumensis Rathbun. Statio7i 5882f.—Costa Rica. Banana River; fifth fossiliferous zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Leucosilia bananensis Rathbun. Catalogue No. 324287, U.S.NJI.—Costa Rica. Moin Hill, near Limon. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, H. Pittier. Oallianassa moinensis Rathbun. Station 588.!f.d.—Costa Rica. Moin Hill; third fossiliferous zone below the uppermost; just above level of the rails in railway cut. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Col- lector, D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Callianassa moinensis Rathbun. Station 5906a.—Panama Canal Zone. Chagres River, 50 to 75 feet below those of (17c) "5905" in lighter colored limestone according to incomplete evidence. Pliocene series. Collector, D. F. Mac- Donald ; May, 1911. Balanus glyptopoma Pilsbry. Station 5903.—Panama Canal Zone. From across Chagres River and probably 220 to 225 feet above level of river, top of hill opposite Alhajuela. Gray tufaceous limestone. Pliocene series. Collector^ D. F. MacDonald; May, 1911. Balanus glyptopoma Pilsbry. Station 4269.—Costa Rica. City of Port Limon. Port Limon formation. Pliocene series. Collector, Dr. L. A. Wailes. Pa- chycheles lotus Rathbun. Petrolisthes awitus Rathbun. Galappa costaricana Rathbun. Heteractaea lunata (Milne Edwards and Lucas). Cardisoma guanhumi Latreille. Station 5886.—Mexico. From the Sayula District of Chiapas. On the Arroyo Chapapoapam. Pliocene series. Collectors, Dr. C. W. Hayes and others, 1911. Balanus glyptopoma Pilsbry. Station 6038.—Panama Canal Zone. From black mud from lower end of Gatun Locks. Pleistocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDon- ald; 1911. Balanus eburneus Gould. 128 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Station 5867.—Panama Canal Zone. From dark mud formation, about 10 feet above present sea level, near lower end of Gatun Locks. Pleistocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; April, 1911. Ba- lanus ebumeus Gould. Station 5868.—Panama Canal Zone. From Mount Hope. Swamp ditch. Black mud formation. Pleistocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; April, 1911. Balanus ebumeus Gould. Station 5850.—Panama Canal Zone. Near Mount Hope in ditch through swampy ground. About one-fourth mile from present sea beach and about 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Pleistocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; April, 1911. M'acrobrachium?', species. Nephrops costatus Rathbun. Nephrops, species. Axiusf, species. Hepatus chiliensis Milne Edwards. Galappa ftammea (Herbst). Leucosilia jurinei (Saussure). Leucosiidae, genus and species inde- terminable. Arenaeus, species. Panopeus antepurpureus Rathbun. Panopeus indebitatus Rathbun. Eurytiurn crenulatum Rathbun. Uca macrodactylus (Milne Edwards and Lucas). Parthenope pleis- tocenica Rathbun. In the following table the Cirripedia (see pp. 185-188) are in- cluded with the Decapoda. The letter " n " after a name in the first column indicates a new species or a new genus. The numerical head- ings refer to the same stations as in the above list but are arranged serially instead of chronologically. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 129 •papjooaj jCisr.oTAOjj •qq«o "h -AS. '&m\a -h 'woog -g \M X -X :X 'soisn 'or -%vo •IlIH "x -a '81 •S;:09 ;qs809 "0809 Vl\T.i:'J 'QZM «0S09 :X ;X : x -x -x -x -x •36X09 •36109 :X • • -X qeiog •QgT09 "B?,T09 '0109 •£065 "osse "P?8SS "3Z889 •fE88S •tfSsC •UZS8S 2388S 'K88S "8989 7985 •0S8S •XXX "6999 - 69Z* ,slcs 3 :;::::;::: ig :• : asgi^s •' • •' • •' •' 'J i' 9 - o a ._ so _ y< _ . p >- . w < . Rm if '— - " ~ ,o8.J : s- 8 ^ i£j -jg " g ,»' e « S "3 fe; 0,0,-^ t> 8§ o a S _ Ofsi y :-. c s jo j; o.SeH -S-S- .5 s 5 130 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. •pap.iooei jtjsnoiAajj X f-'WO "W "A\. '&miz "i-i •»oog -a -av. "90/SII "ON '^0 ;>• "IITH ' J, 'H '8X X 'SE09 qesog ':> - -- -- '0E09 •x "B6S09 'SS09 X "G0209 X x : X XX ; •36X09 X X 96109 "06109 qeioo X X •OSI09 < X 'BgTOQ •0T09 X 'g "B906S "£06S "006S •X '988S 'P?88S 'Jirase X - - ?S88S > "fc88S X RSS'SS X -32889 _ - - - - X X - -:-f 'JS88S '898? — *Z98S '0S8S -- X - X X -; •x >:x X X X '6S9S ':> '69ST- X •x X o o 3 O . a^ 11 M O o o o "5 5 5= e < t IE • il a, J. 5 s :• 'PC j > c e P ? f p ._ it 5 „E f| p e ! : s I I c ; I P "a s- jj s ^ h .% : < 5^ p • i s f 1 J p j P ,8 < = o 1 J ~ | re • I ? ,5 J ; is fie \^ > 5 ? '1 3 c 5 C ' c •? : p :~ > :§ ^1 i gt ill I .2 ' s e r C I S iiS i g : s ] 5. S j s ; s . t ft p | > 1 ;i -.- a 'J + : < oO , U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 56 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 57 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see page 180. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 113 PL. 58 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see page 180 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 59 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see page 181 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 60 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see page 181 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 61 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see page 182 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 62 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see page 182 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 63 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see pages 182. 183. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 64 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see page 183. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 65 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see page 183. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 66 Panama Decapod Crustaceans. For explanation of plate see paqes 183. 184 INDEX. Page. abbreviata, Callianassa 125, 129, 137, 147, 1S2, 183 acanthums panamense, Macrobra- chium 131 affine, Eurytiuin 174 affinis, Panopeus 174 Amorphopus 175 angulata, Goniochele 155 Anomura 134 antepurpureus, Panopeus 128, 130, 172, ISO, 181 Arenaeus niexicanus 165 species 128, 130, 165, 183 armata, Goniochele? 125, 129, 154, 180 Mursia 159 Porcellana 135 armatus, Petrolisthes 135 Astacura 132 avitus, Petrolisthes 127,129,134,180 Axiidae 135 Axius 123, 136 retlculatus 125, 129,135, 180 species 128, 129, 130, 180 bahamensis, Cancer 153 Petrochirus 153 Balanus concavus rariseptatus 126, 129 eburneus 127, 128, 129 glyptopoma 127, 129 (Hesperibalanus ?) , spe- cies 124.125,129 bananensis, Leucosilia 127, 130, 161, 180 bocourti, Callinectes 166 bouvieri, Petrochirus 129, 153 Brachygnatha , 162 Brachyrhyncha 162 family, genus and species indetermin- able 125, 130, 177, 178, 183 Brachyura 154 Calappa 160 costaricana 127, 130, 156, 180 flammea 128, 130, 157, 182 gallus 156 zurcheri 124, 130, 157 Calappella 130, 157 quadrispina 125, 130, 157, 180 Calappidae _ 155 californiensis, Petrochirus 153 Callianassa 124, 136 abbreviata 125, 129, 137, 147, 182, 183 Page. Callianassa crassa__126, 129, 137, 152, 182 crassiniana 125, 129, 137, 141, 182 elongata 125, 129, 136, 139, 146, 181 hilli 126, 129, 137, 148, 181 lacunosa 124, 129, 136, 138, 1S1 magna__ 125, 129, 137, 151, 182 moinensis 126, 129, 136, 142, 181 ovalis __ 125, 129, 136, 137, 181 pellucida l 151 quadrata 124, 125, 129, 137, 145, 182 scotti— 124, 125, 129, 136, 140, 142, 143, 145, 146, 181 species 129, 152, 181 species 125, 129, 153, 183 spinulosa 124, 125, 129, 136, 143, 182 stimpsoni 148 stridens 125, 129, 137, 151, 182 tenuis__ 126, 129, 136, 144, 181 toulai 124, 129, 137, 146 vaughani 125, 126, 129, 137, 148, 183 Callianassidae 136 Callinectes 163, 166, 169 bocourti 166 declivis 127, 130, 162, 164, 183 exasperatus 166 reticulatus 125, 130, 163, 164, 183 sapidus 163 species 125, 130, 164, 183 toxotes 165 callinectias, Euphylax 127, 130, 165, 167, 183 Cancer (Astacus) jamaicensis 131 bahamensis 153 ftammeus 15T gallus 156 Cancridae 123 Cardisoma 123 guanhiimi 127, 130, 177, 183 Carpilius '. 171 corallinus 171 species 125, 130, 177, 181 II INDEX. Page. chilensis, Panopeus 174 chiliensis, Hepatus 128, 129, 155, 183 concavus rariseptatus, Balanus 126, 129 corallinus, Carpilius 171 oostaricana, Calappa 127, 130, 156, 180 costatus, Nephrops- 128, 129, 132, 133, 180 crassa, Callianassa _ 126, 129, 137, 152, 182 crassimana, Callianassa 125, 129, 137, 141, 182 crcmilatum, Eurytium 128, 130, 174, 183 eulebrensis, Euryplax 125, 130, 174, 184 Becapoda 131 declivis, Callinectes- 127, 130, 162, 164, 183 dovii, Euphylax 166 Dromiacea 154 Droniiidae 154 eburneus, Balanus 127, 128, 129 ecristata, Mursilia 126, 130, 160, 180 elongata, Callianassa 125, 129, 136, 139, 146, 181 Euctenota mexicana 165 Euphylax 123, 166, 167 callinectias 127, 130,165, 167,183 dovii 166 fortis 127, 130, 167, 183 Euryplax 123 eulebrensis 125, 130, 174, 184 nitida 175 polita 175 Eurytium 123, 174 affine 174 crenulatum 128, 130, 174, 183 tristani 174 exasperatus, Callinectes 166 excavata, Parthenope 179 excavatus, Lainbrus 179 flamniea, Calappa 128, 130, 157, 182 flammeus, Cancer 157 fortis, Euphylax 127, 130, 167, 183 Galatheidea 134 galathina, Porcellana 135 galathinus, Petrolisth.es 135 gallus, Calappa 156 Cancer 156 Gatunia , 130, 168 proavita 126, 130, 16S, 179, 180, 18.1 Gatuniidae 168 Gecarcinidae 177 Gelasimus macrodactylus 177 glyptopoma, Balanus 127, 129 Goneplacidae 123, 174 Goniochele 154 angulata 155 armata 125. 129, 154, ISO granulatus, Petrochirus 153 grossimanus, Pachycheles 134 guanhumi, Cardisoma 127, 130, 177, 1S3 Hepatus 123 chiliensis 12S, 129, 155, 183 species 125, 155, 184 Hesperibalanus, species 124, 125, 129 Page. Heteractaea 123 lunata 127, 130, 171, 183 Hexaplax 175 Hexapodinae 123, 175 Hexapus 175 hilli, Callianassa 126, 129, 137, 148, 181 Homaridae 132 injudicata, Lepas 126, 129 jamaicense, Macrobraehium 131 jamaicensis, Cancer (Astacus) 131 jurinei, Leucosilia 128, 130, 161 lacunosa, Callianassa 124 129, 136, 13S, 181 Lambdophallus 175 Lainbrus excavatus 179 latus, Pachycheles 127, 129, 134, 180 Lepas injudicata 126, 129 Leucosiidae 161 genus and species inde- terminable 128, 130, 162, 181 Leucosilia 123 bananensis 127, 130, 161, 180 jurinei 128, 130, 161 lunata, Heteractaea 127, 130, 171,183 lunatus, Pilumnus 171 macdonaldi, Mursia 126, 130, 158, 181 Macrobraehium 131 acanthurus p a n a - mense 131 jamaicense 131 mexicanumi 131 species— 126, 129, 130, 180 species. 128, 129, 132, 180 macrodactylus, Gelasimus 177 Uca ____ 128, 130, 177, 1S3 magna, Callianassa- 125, 129, 137, 151, 182 Malacostraca 131 mexicana, Euctenota 165 mexicanum, Macrobraehium 131 mexicanus, Arenaeus 165 Palaemon 131 michelini, Scylla •— 171 moinensis, Callianassa 126, 129, 136, 142, 181 Mursia 123, 160 armata 159 macdonaldi 126, 130, 158, 181 obscura 124, 130,159, 182 Mursilia 160 ecristata 126, 130, 160, 180 Natantia 131 family, genus, and species indeterminable 129, 131, 180 Nephrops 133 costatus 128, 129, 132, 180 species 128, 129, 133, 180 Neptunus 163 nitida, Euryplax 175 obscura, Mursia 124, 130, 159, 182 Ocypodidae 177 ovalis, Callianassa 125, 129, 136, 137, 181 Oxyrhyneha 178 INDEX. Ill Oxystornata 155 Pachycheles 123 grossimanus 134 latus T_ 127, 129, 134, 180 Paeduma 175 Pagruridae 153 Palaemon lnexieanus 131 Palaemonidae 131 panainense, Macrobrachium acan- thurus__ 131 panamensis, Parthenope. 126, 130, 178, 184 Panopeus 173, 174 affinis 174 antepurpureus 128, 130, 172, 180, 181 chilensis 174 purpureus ,_ 172 species 125, 130, 173,184 tridentatus 128, 130, 172, 181 Parthenope excavata 179 panamensis- 126, 130, 178, 184 pleistocenica 128, 130, 179, 182 Parthenopidae 178 Pecten 124, 141 pellueida, Callianassa 151 Persephona 162 Petroehirus , 124 bahamensis 153 bouvieri 129, 153 californiensis 153 granulatus 153 Peti-olistb.es 123 armatus • 135 avitus 127, 129, 134,180 galathinus 135 Pilumnus lunatus 171 pleistocenica, Parthenope 128, 130, 179, 182 polita, Euryplax 175 Porcellana arinata 135 galathina 135 Page. Porcellanidae 134 Poi-tunidae 123, 162 Portunus 163 sanguinolentus 163 prima, Thaumastoplax 125, 130, 175, 184 Prionoplacinae 174 proavita, Gatunia 126, 130, 168, 179, 180, 181 purpureus, Panopeus 172 quadrata, Callianassa 124 125, 129, 137, 145, 182 quadrispina, Calappella 125, 130, 157, 180 rariseptatus, Balanus concavus 126, 129 Reptantia 132 reticulatus, Axius „__ 125, 129, 135, 180 Callinectes , 125, 130, 163, 164, 183 sanguinolentus, Portunus 163 sapidus, Callinectes 163 scotti, Callianassa 124, 125, 129, 136, 140, 142, 143, 145, 146, 181 Scylla 167, 168, 169, 170 michelini 171 spinulosa, Callianassa 124, 125, 129, 136, 143, 182 stimpsonl, Callianassa 148 stridens, Callianassa 125, 129, 137, 151, 182 tenuis, Callianassa _ 126, 129, 136, 144, 181 Thalassinidea 135 Thaumastoplax 175 prima __ 125, 130, 175, 184 toulai, Callianassa 124, 129, 137, 146 toxotes, Callinectes 165 tridentatus, Panopeus 128, 130, 172, 181 tristani, Eurytium 174 Uca macrodactylus 12S, 130, 177, 183 vaughani, Callianassa 125, 126, 129, 137, 148, 1S3 Xanthidae 171 zurcheri, Calappa 124, 130, 157 o SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE V&AB. 33. RUSSBR Vt§, NATIONAL MUSEUJK By HENRY A. PILSBRY _ A „ . ubBU* Washington. & a Of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 185-188, with Plate 67 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OPFICE 1918 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PANAMA By HENRY A. PILSBRY Of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 185-188, with Plate 67 issuei i 3 1919 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 CIEEIPEDIA FROM THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. By Henry A. Pilsbry, Of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. The small number of barnacles collected show the following rela- tions. The Pleistocene and Pliocene species are identical with recent Atlantic coast and Caloosahatchie Pliocene species, respectively, and are distinctively Atlantic forms. Of the Oligocene and Miocene species, one has relatives in both oceans, another only in the Pacific ; the affinities of the third being doubtful. BALANUS EBURNEUS Gould. Balanus ebumeus Pilsbky, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 93, 1916, p. 80, pi. 24, figs. 1-le, 2, text-figs. 14 and 15, and synonymy. This recent species is represented by four individuals from Station 6867, the wall being preserved complete, but without opercular plates. The smooth surface and the closely, regularly septate parietal tubes are characteristic, the septa forming cells about equal in length and breadth, throughout the tubes. Locality^ and geologic occurrence.—They are from a dark mud formation about 10 feet above the present sea level, near lower end of Gatun Locks. Pleistocene series. D. F. MacDonald, collector. April, 1911. Cat. No. 324297, TJ.S.N.M. Five specimens, from Sta- tion 5868, from Mount Hope, in swamp ditch, in black mud forma- tion; Pleistocene; D. F. MacDonald, 1911. Cat. No. 324290, U.S.N.M. Ten specimens of the same were taken at Station 6038, also from black mud fromlower end of Gatun Locks. Pleistocene series. D. F. MacDonald, collector, 1911. Cat, No. 324293, U.S.N.M. BALANUS GLYPTOPOMA Pilsbry. Plate 67, figs. 1-3. Balanus concavus glyptopoma Pilsbry, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 93, p. 102, pi. 21, fig. 2 ; pi. 22, figs. 2-2c. The walls only of several groups growing on oysters and scallops were collected. They agree with the above species described from the Pliocene of the Caloosahatchie River, and show some additional characters, notably the color. The radii are broad. The parietes are weakly ribbed longitudinally, the intervals in the best preserved in- dividuals being of a deep livid brown color, the low ribs white. The parietal tubes are crossed by many septa, down to the base; these are a little less regular than in B. ebumeus, most of the cells being longer 8370/—18 185 186 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. than wide, exactly as in the type of B. glyptopoma. There are 16 tubes in the rostrum of one of the specimens figured (fig. 2). The basis is profusely porous, the pores septate (fig. 3, left hand and midd]e individuals of group shown in fig. 1). The middle specimen of this group is 31 mm. high, the rostro-carnial diameter about 22 mm. B. glyptopoma was described as a subspecies of B. concavus Bronn, but it differs from that by the closely septate parietal tubes, and is evidently a distinct species. In B. concavus the tubes are filled up near the summits, and are open, with very few septa below, or none in the American subspecies. The Miocene form formerly referred to B. glyptopoma is a distinct subspecies of B. concavus. Location and geologic occurrence.—The specimens are from Sta- tion 5903, across Chagres River and about 200 to 225 feet above it, top of hill opposite Alhahuela, in a gray tufaceous limestone, Cat. No. 324298, U.S.N.M. and Station 5906a, 50 to 75 feet below 5905, Cat. No. 324299, U.S.N.M. Both collected by D. F. MacDonald. Upon mentioning to Dr. William H. Dall that I had identified a Pliocene barnacle from these Stations, he kindly informed me that " both are above the Oligocene strata and separated from the latter by an unconformity. They are doubtless Pliocene. 5906a is the lower of the two horizons." Mexico. From the Sayula District of Chiapas, on the Arroyo Chapapoapam. Pliocene series. Dr. C. W. Hayes and others, col- lectors; 1911. Station 5886. One specimen, without opercular valves. Cat. No. 324291, U.S.N.M. BALANUS CONCAVUS RARISEPTATUS, new subspecies. Plate 67, fig. 4. In form this barnacle is somewhat cylindric with contracted sum- mit in the adult stage, convexly conic when young. The orifice is ovate. The walls are only slightly roughened longitudinally. The carinolateral compartments are narrow, the parietes about one-third as wide as the lateral compartments. The radii are wide with oblique summits, without pores; the articulating edges being crenu- lated. The parietal tubes have very few, irregularly scattered, trans- verse septa. There are 29 tubes in the rostrum of the type-specimen. Another, of equal size, has 17 tubes in the lateral, 6 in the carino- lateral compartment. Length, 27 mm. ; carino-rostral diameter, 22.5 mm. ; lateral diame- ter, 21 mm. In the largest individual exposed the rostrum is 35 mm. long. This form is represented by a group of about 16 individuals grow- ing upon and largely concealing a single old one of about 37 mm. basal diameter. Probably three generations are present. They were GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 187 in a tufaceous limestone. The tubes of the walls are solidly filled with calcite. This was at first thought to be a smooth form of Balanus concavus Bronn, but on cutting it the parietal tubes were found to be much more numerous. In a specimen of B. concavus from the British Bed Crag (Pliocene), No. 12058, U.S.N.M., there are 19 tubes in the rostrum, which is 65 mm. long. Most of these tubes have transverse septa at long, irregular intervals, but in some places near the edges the septa are rather close, though irregular. The relation of this form to B. concavus can not be exactly esti- mated until the opercular plates are found. It may be an ancestral form of concavus or a distinct species. Meantime, it is readily recog- nizable by the characters of the compartments. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Panama Canal Zone. From 85 foot cut, just on north side of big swamp, on relocated line Panama Bailroad, 1£ to 2 miles beyond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio. Gatun formation. Miocene series. D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan collectors, 1911. 1 cluster; Cat. No. 324292, U.S.N.M. BALANUS (HESPERIBALANUS?), species. A small, conic barnacle having a basal diameter of about 7 or 8 mm. is represented by several compartments and one incomplete specimen, without opercular valves. The walls are smooth except for slight ripples parallel to the base. They are solid, having no parietal tubes. The compartments are rather thick for so small a barnacle, and when parted the articulating edges of the radii and the opposed sutural surfaces are seen to be conspicuously crenulated. The basis is calcareous, thin, and seems to have radial threads on its inner face. These characters indicate a species of the subgenus Hesperibalanus, or possibly Solidooalanus. Neither group has been recognized hitherto in American tertiary deposits, or in the recent faunas of the Panamic region or western Atlantic. The specimens do not seem characteristic enough to serve as the basis of a new species, though they can not, I think, be referred to any described form. Locality and geologic occurrence.—They were collected by Mac- Donald and Vaughan in the " lowest fossiliferous bed, the third below the lowest limestone bed, Las Cascadas section, Gaillard Cut. Lower part of upper half of Culebra formation. Oligocene." Station 6020t- T. arguta Duncan, not Reuss. Protethmos (?) new species 1 t new species 2 I pi. 19, fig. 1, not Reuss. new species 3 i pi. 19, fig. lo, not Reuss. new species 4 ! Metethmos (?) new species Dendracis cantabrigiensis Vaughan XA ctinacis new species X X X Astraeopora panicea Duncan, not Pictet. Multicolumnastraea cyathiformis (Dun- X can) Goniopora new species 1 new species 2 1 Reuss. Catullo. The following names in Duncan's list of St. Bartholomew corals are dropped, because the specimens on which he based his deter- minations could not be found: 1 Duncan, P. M., and Wall, G. P., A notice of the geology of Jamaica, especially with reference^ the district of Clarendon; with descriptions of the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Miocene corals of the island, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 21, pp. 1-15, pis. 1,2, 1S65 (the descriptions of the corals are by Duncan), Duncan, P. M., On the fossil corals (Madreporaria) of the West Indian Islands, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24. pp. 9-33, pis. 1-2, 18fi7. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 195 Stylophora distans (Leymerie). conferia Reuss. tuberosa Reuss. granulata Duncan. StepJianocoenia elegans (Leymerie). Astrocoenia muliigranosa Reuss. ramosa (Sowerby). PlocopJiyllia caliculaia (Catulio). Solenastraea columnaris Reuss. The revised list of the St. Bartholomew coral-fauna contains 33 species, two of which may be referred to the synonymy, but a few species may be added from the collection I made, the study of which is not quite complete. I have described and have had figures made of all the species in the Cleve collection. I hope soon to add descrip- tions of the specimens I obtained and then to publish a full account of the fauna. I seriously doubt the Catadupa corals being Eocene; it seems more probable that they are Cretaceous. The species I described as TrocJiosmilia Jiilli is probably a fungid coral. The Richmond " beds " of Jamaica contain two species, one of which is found in the St. Bar- tholomew limestone. The Cambridge "beds" contain three species, two of which also occur in the St. Bartholomew limestone. The correlation of the Richmond and Cambridge formations of Jamaica with the St. Bartholomew limestone, seems to be well founded. JACKSON FORMATION AND OCALA LIMESTONE. The corals of the upper Eocene Jackson formation in the Gulf States are described in monograph cited below. 1 The species are as follows : Flabellum cuneiforme var. wailesi Conrad. Aldrichiella 2 elegans (Vaughan) . Turbinolia pharetra Lea. Trochocyathus lunulitiformis (Conrad). var. montgomeriensis Vaughan. CaryopJiyllia dalli Vaughan. Parasmilia ludoviciana Vaughan. Archohelia burnsi (Vaughan). 3 Astrangia expansa Vaughan. ludoviciana Vaughan. Jiarrisi Vaughan.4 Platycoenia jacksonensis Vaughan. BalanophyUia irrorata (Conrad). 1 Vaughan, T. W., The Eocene and lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, pp. 263, 24 pis., 1900. See especially p. 30. 2 Changed from Aldrichia. s Changed from Astrohelia. * Name added. 196 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Endopachys maclurii (Lea). var. triangulare Conrad. shaleri Vaughan. 1 minutum Vaughan. A comparison of this list with the one of the St. Bartholomew and Jamaican corals reveals nothing in common; but I believe it can be made clear that the two faunas are of nearly the same age. That the Jackson formation in Mississippi and Louisiana is a shallow-water deposit is indicated by the nature of the sediments, the growth of specimens of Astrangia on rounded, somewhat indurated balls of sand, such as are common along some beaches, the presence of oyster shells, etc. The striking difference between the Jackson and St. Bartholomew coral faunas is due neither to great difference in geologic age nor to difference in the depth of water in which the faunas lived, but it is due to difference in the temperature of the water. The St. Bartholomew is a tropical fauna; the Jackson is a temperate fauna. The correlation of the St. Bartholomew limestone, the Kichmond and Cambridge formations of Jamaica, and the Brito formation of Nicaragua with the Jackson formation of the Gulf States has been made possible by the work of C. W. Cooke and J. A. Cusftman. Cooke shows in the paper cited in the footnote 2 that the Ocala limestone of southern Georgia and Florida is of Jackson age ; and in more recent papers he 3 describes the stratigraphic occurrence, and J. A. Cushman 4 describes the species of the orbitoid genus of foram- inifera Orthophragmina from the Ocala limestone in southern Georgia and Florida. The following is a list of the species: Orthophragmina fiintensis Cushman. floridana Cushman. . americana Cushman, st. mariannensis Cushman, st. mariannensis var. papillata Cushman, st. georgiana Cushman, st. vaughani Cushman, st. Those species whose names are followed by "st. ,, are stellately marked or a,re stellate in form. The Ocala limestone is a shoal-water deposit, laid down in a sea having a tropical temperature.5 One of the results of my collecting in St. Bartholomew was to find in the St. Bartholomew limestone a stellate species of Orthophragmina, 1 Name added. _ 2 Cooke, C W., The age of the Ocala limestone, IT. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 95-1, pp. 107-117, 1915. 3 Cooke, C. W., The stratigraphic position and faunal associates of the orbitoid foraminifers of the genu s Orthophragmina from Georgia and Florida, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 108-G, pp. 109-113, 1917. * Cushman, J. A., Orbitoid foraminifera of the genus Orthophragmina from Georgia and Florida, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 108-G, pp. 115-124, pis. 40-44. 6 Vaughan, T. W., A contribution to the geologic history of the FloridiaJi Plateau, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington Pub. 133, pp. 150-153, 1910. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 197 nearly related to 0. mariannensis Cushman, and a second species of Orthophragmina that is of lenticular form. I also collected two species cf Nummulites and one species of Lepidocyclina in St. Bar- tholomew. Lepidocyclina occurs in Georgia as far down strati- graphically as a horizon about the middle of the Jackson formation, and apparently as low as the base of the formation. The presence of a species of Orthophragmina so similar to 0. mariannensis seems to wanant the correlation of the St. Bartholomew limestone with the upper part of the Ocala limestone of Florida and Georgia, and there- fore with the Jackson formation in Mississippi and in the States farther westward. Regarding the Brito formation of Nicaragua, it must be recognized that a single poor specimen of coral furnishes slim evidence on which to base a correlation. Doctor Cushman submits the following state- ment regarding the foraminifera from the Brito formation: As to the Brito material, two lots especially are of interest. No. 6411 "•coast about 2 m. s. e. of Brito Harbor" marked "Ool. fos. 1. s." has abundant orbitoids with a beautifully ornamented exterior which without the confirmatory evidence of sections seem to be clearly Orthophragmina of a group not so far represented in the material studied. From No. 6408 two miles n. w. of Brito Harbor, however, there is more evidence. The material is very different and contains specimens which in accidental section show definite chambers of Orthophragmina of a different group. This does not however suggest either of the species from St. Bartholomew. Associated with it is a species of the flattened, broadly spiral form- of nummulites. In the St. Bartholomew material there is such a form but of a species very much larger. Now there is on the other hand a closer resemblance, that is to the lowest material of the Flint River collections. The Brito species of Orthophragmina is similar so far as I have made out to the one I have called 0. fiintensis. Moreover it is associated at Brito as along the Flint River with this broadly spiral, flattened form of nummu- lite. The specimens of nummulite from the two localities are very close in form and size and only differ in minute details. They may not be specifically identical in final analysis but are very close. The statement by Doctor Cushman seems conclusive. A horizon very nearly the same is recognizable in Colombia as the following quotation from Doctor Cushman shows : Now, as to the specimen from one league west of Arroyo Hondo, Bolivar, Republic of Colombia. There is an association of Nummulites and stellate orbitoids which very decidedly suggests Eocene. While I can not definitely make out the equatorial chambers, the stellate form is very apparent in several specimens, and I should say specifically different from any of the species of Orthophragmina described in my paper from Georgia and Florida; in fact, they represent a very different group, I think, but are undoubtedly Orthophragmina. Eocene deposits of the same or nearly same horizon as the St. Bartholomew limestone are widely distributed in Cuba, as is indi- cated by species of Orthophragmina and a number of echinoid species that also occur in St. Bartholomew. 198 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE EOCENE. From the foregoing discussion it is clear that marine upper Eocene formations are widely distributed in the southern United States, the West Indies, Central America, and northern South America, and that the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans were connected at that time. One of the areas in which there was such a connection was across the present site of eastern Nicaragua. Haug, I believe, correctly correlated the Jackson of Mississippi and other Gulf States with the Bartonian-Ludian (Priabonian) of Europe. 1 Attention should be directed to a statement by Oppenheim 2 in which he suggests that the St. Bartholomew coral-fauna might be the equivalent of the Priabona formation. The sequence I am giving three of the important American horizons precisely paral- lels Oppenheim's order, as expressed on page 13 of his work cited. It is as follows: Oligocene : Middle (Stampian = Rupelian = Antiguan) . Lower (Sannoisian = Lattorfian = Vicksburgian) . Eocene: Upper (Priabonian = Ludian = Jacksonian == horizon of St. Bartholomew limestone, etc.). Oligocene. LOWER OLIGOCENE. The lower Oligocene corals of the United States have been de- scribed by me. 3 Dr. C. W. Cooke, in a paper recently published, subdivides the Vicksburg group in Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida as follows: Subdivisions of the Vicksburg group in Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida. 2s Mississippi. Alabama. Bryam calcareous marl. Glendon limestone member. Mint Spring calcareous marl member. "Chimney Rock" facies Forest Hill sand (Western Mississippi). Red Bluff clay (Eastern Mississippi). Florida. 1 Haug, Emile, Traite de geolegie, vol. 2, p. 1523, 1911. 2 Oppenheim, P., Die Priabonaschichten und ihre Fauna, Palacontographica, vol. 47, pp. 348, 21 pis, 1901. 3 Vaughan, T. W., The Eocene and lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, pp. 263, pis. 24, 1900. See especially p. 30. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 199 The " coral limestone," formerly referred to the top of the Vicks- burg group, as will be shown on subsequent pages, is, in my opinion, equivalent to the basal part of the Chattahoochee formation. The following is a list of the species of corals at present known from the Vicksburg group: Fossil corals from the Vicksburg group. Name. Flabellum magnocostatum Vaughan rhornboideum Vaughan Turbinolia insignifica Vaughan ." Steriphonotrochus pulcher Vaughan A rchohelia neglecta (Vaughan) vicksburgensis (Conrad) mississippiensis (Conrad) harrisi (Vaughan) aldrichi (Vaughan) A ntiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan) Balanophyllia elongata Vaughan caulifera (Conrad) caulifera var. multigranosa Vaughan. Dendrophyllia new species Byram calcareous marl. Marianna limestone. Glendon limestone member. Mint Spring calcareous marl member Red Bluff clay. This fauna is different from any now known in the West Indies or Central America. It lived under conditions closely similar to those under which the Jackson fauna of the same area lived. It is impor- tant to note that Antiguastrea cellulosa, a species very abundant in the middle and sparingly present in the upper Oligocene, occurs in the uppermost beds of the Vicksburg group. The Oligocene coral reef represented by the "coral limestone" at Salt Mountain, Alabama, and at Bainbridge, Georgia, overlies the Vicksburg group, which can with considerable assurance be correlated with the lower Oligocene (Lattorfian) of Veneto and elsewhere in Europe. The greatly- developed Oligocene coral reefs of Antigua are to be correlated with the reefs of Bainbridge. They are therefore stratigraphically higher than the Vicksburg group and are of middle Oligocene (Rupelian = Stampian) age. MIDDLE OLIGOCENE. ANTIGUA FORMATION.1 The following list of species is based on a revision of Duncan's work on the Antigua corals, 2 after a study of his types in the collec- 1 Name proposed by J. W. Spencer in his paper entitled On the geological and physical development of Antigua, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 57, pp. 496^98, 1901. See also, Brown, Amos P., Notes on the geology of the Island of Antigua, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. for 1913, pp. 584-616, pis. 18-20, 1913. Vaughan, T. W., papers referred to in footnote on page 193; and Memorandum on the geology and groundwaters of Antigua, B. W. I., Imperial Dep 't of Agriculture West India Bull., vol. 14, No. 4, 5 pp., 1915. 2 Duncan, P. M., On the fossil corals of the West Indian Islands, Part 1, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ- vol. 19, pp. 408-458, pis. 13-16, 1863; Part 4, Idem., vol. 24, pp. 9-33, pis. 1, 2, 1867. 37149—19—Bull. 103 2 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tions of Geological Society of London and the British Museum (Natural History), and principally the collection made by myself which contains 60 species. It seems that I failed to find 7 of the species reported by Duncan; and apparently Mr. Robert T. Hill and Dr. J. W. Spencer each obtained one species that I did not collect. I feel a little doubtful about two or three of Duncan's types having really come from Antigua. Each species whose name is preceded by an asterisk * is considered in the systematic part of this paper. Fossil corals from the Antigua formation. Name. Distribution outside Antigua. Nomenclatorial notes. *Stylop1iora ponderosa Vaughan new species 1 new species 2 Pocillopora tenuis Duncan new species Madrepora new species *Stylocoenia pumpellyi (Vaughan) . Salt Mt., Ala new species *Astrocoenia guantanamensis Vaughan. *decaturensis Vaughan *portorkensis Vaughan . new species Asterosmilia exarata Duncan var Genus indet. new species Euphyllia new species Antillia new species Leptomussa new species Genus indet. new species Cladocora recrescens Lonsdale *Orbicella antillarum (Duncan). *costata (Duncan) Hnsignis (Duncan) . . . Hntermedia (Duncan). *Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). *var. curvata (Duncan). . . *var. silecensis Vaughan . Diplothecastraea monitor (Duncan) Dun- can. * Favia macdonaldi Vaughan *Favites polygonalis (Duncan) new species Lamellastraea smythi Duncan Genus indet. new species Ooniastrea reussi (Duncan) * Maeandra antiguensis Vaughan dens-elephantis (Duncan) . . . *Leptoria spenceri Vaughan * Mankind willoughbiensis Vaughan *Pironastraea antiguensis Vaughan . Pavona new species Leptoseris new species 1 new species 2 Haloseris new species *Siderastrea conferta (Duncan) * Cydthomorphd hilli Vaughan *browni Vaughan *belli Vaughan *splendens Vaughan . . . *antiguensis (Duncan) Henuis (Duncan). Bainbridgb, Ga. Cuba, Panama Cuba, Bainbndge, Ga. Porto Rico Santo Domingo. Chattahoochee formation, up- per part, Ga. Montserrat Porto Rico, Canal Zone, An- guilla Arube Porto Rico, Cuba, Fla., Ga., Miss., Mex., Anguilla, Arube. Ga., Fla., Mex. Panama , Bainbridge, Ga. Panama. Cuba. Cuba. Porto Rico, Canal Zone, An- guilla. Porto Rico, Cuba, Mex. Porto Rico, Cuba. Stylocoenid lobato-rotundata Duncan, not M. Edwards and Haime. A strocoenia ornata Duncan, not M. Edwards and Haime. Helidstraea antillarum Duncan. Heliastraea costata (Duncan) Duncan. Heliastraea insignis Duncan. Heliastraea radiata var. inter- media (Duncan). Heliastraea cellulosa (Duncan) Duncan + Isastraea turbindta Duncan. Stephanocoenia reussi Duncan. Coeloria denselephantis Duncan. Maeandrina species Duncan. Coeloria labyrinthiformis Dun- can, not Linnaeus. Isastraea conferta Duncan. Heliastraea antiguensis (Dun- can) Duncan + Aslroria afflnis Duncan + Astroria antiguensis Duncan. Heliastraea tenuis (Duncan) Duncan. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 201 Fossil coralsfrom the Antigua formation—Continued. Name. Distribution outside Antigua. Nomenelatorial notes. *Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan). *var. magnified (Duncan) . . . *var. nugenti (Duncan) Dendrophyllia new species *Acropora panamensis Vaughan new species 1 *saludensis Vaughan new species 2 *Astreopora antiguensis Vaughan *Actinacis alabamiensis Vaughan new species 1 new species 2 Goniopora new species 1 new species 2 *regularis (Duncan) Porto Rico, Cuba, Ga., Canal Zone. Porto Rico, Cuba, Ga. Canal Zone Canal Zone. Canal Zone Salt Mt., Ala.: Bainbridge, Ga, Bainbridge, Ga *var. microscopica (Duncan). new species 3 *clevei Vaughan *portoricensis Vaughan *cascadensis Vaughan new species 4 new species 5 Goniopora (?) tenuis (Duncan) Anguilla, Canal Zone. Porto Rico Anguilla, Canal Zone. Alveopora new speciesl ., . new species 2 . Heliasiraea crassolamellata (Duncan) Duncan + vars. magnetica, pulchella, and no- bilis. + var. minor Duncan. Alveopora daedalaea var. regu- laris Duncan. Stephanocoenia tenuis (Dun- can) + Rhodaraea irregularis Duncan. Three of the species recorded by Duncan from Antigua, in my opinion, are incorrectly identified and their names are dropped from the list. They are as follows: Favoidea jungJiuhni Reuss, according to Duncan. Heliastraea barbadensis Duncan. Solenastraea luronensis (Michelin), according to Duncan. Another species, Astraea megalaxoria Duncan, is based on uniden- tifiable material, and its name is also dropped. The total number of recorded species from Antigua, therefore, is 69, and 5 varieties are recognized. Of the 33 species indicated as new, descriptions of 8 have been written and descriptions of 26 remain to be written at the time of making out the preceding table. The number of species, 69, recognized is interesting for compari- son with the number recorded for areas in which living reefs occur. Von Marenzeller 1 records 71 species from the Red Sea in his report on the Pola expedition corals Bedot 2 records a total of 74 species + 5 varieties from Amboina—a number that should be reduced by about 4, because of the reference of some names to the synonymy of other species listed, leaving the number of valid species at about 70. In my paper on the shoal-water corals from Murray Island, Austra- lia, I list 63 species from Murray Island and its vicinity in water not exceeding 18 fathoms deep, and report 51 species from Cocos- i Von Marenzeller, E., Rifllrorallen, Exped. S. M. Schiff Pola in das Rote Meer, Zool. Ergeb. 26, K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Mat.-Naturwiss CI., vol. 80, pp. 28-97, pis. 1-29, 1906. 5 Bedot, M., Madreporaries d' Amboine, Rev. Suisse de Zool., vol. 15, pp. 143-292, pis. 5-50, 1907. 202 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Keeling Islands. 1 It is known that at least a few more than 51 species occur in these islands. Outside the main coral-reef zone the number of species is smaller. For instance, there are only 43 supposedly valid species recorded from water between and 25 fathoms deep in the Hawaiian Islands and Laysan. 2 It is not cer- tain that 3 of the species included in the number 43 were obtained in the Hawaiian Islands. The usual number of species obtained in Florida or the West Indies, in water less than 25 fathoms deep, where conditions are favorable for coral growth is about 35. There were on the Antiguan reef as many species of corals as are at present usual for one island or a small group of islands in the Indo-Pacific, and about twice as many species as are usual on a living West Indian reef. The reason for referring the Antigua reefs to a horizon above the lower (Lattorfian) Oligocene is given on page 199. The following list of middle (Kupelian) Oligocene genera is taken from Fabiani, 3 but it is considerably revised and needs further revision: Middle Oligocene (Rupelian) genera of corals in Veneto. *Stylophora. *Stylocoenia. *Aslrocoenia. Trochosmilia. Coelosmilia. Epismilia? Phyllosmilial Parasmilia. *Euphyllia. Dichocoenia. Stylina? Grumia. Montlivaxdtial Leptaxis. Astrangia. Holangia. Gombertangia. *Orbicella. Solenastrea. *Antiguastrea. Aplophyllia? Rhabdophyllia. Calamophyllia *Goniastrea. *Hydnophora. *Leptornussa. Mycetophyllia. * Trochoseris . Cyathoseris. *Mesomorpha. Comoserisl Mycetoseris. Leptophyllia? Stephanosmilia . Tha?nnasteria? Dimorphastrea? Cyathomorpha. Hydnophyllia. Astraeomorphal Acropora. Dendracis. *Astreopora. *Actinacis. *Goniopora. *~Porites. *Alveo])ora. * Indicates that the genus is also found in the middle Oligocene of the West Indies or the southeastern United States. The generic characters of a number of the corals listed by Fabiani can not be ascertained without a restudy of authentically identified specimens in the light of modern systematic technique, which require that besides having an adequate knowledge of the morphology of the coral skeleton, the investigation shall proceed from a critical study of the type-species of the genera to be recog- nized to a similar critical study of the species to be generically iden- tified, and that due attention shall be paid to the rules of zoologic nomenclature as expressed in the International Code. I will point out in passing that there are in the United States National Museum 10 specimens of the coral to which Keuss applied the name CyatJiophyMia annulata. It would be too great a diversion to give in this place a discussion of the literature on this species. This is a fungid coral, 1 Vaughan, T. W., Some shoal-water corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling Islands, and Fanning Island, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, see especially pp. 67-72, 1918. 2 Vaughan, T. W., Recent Madreporaria of the Hawaiian Islands and Laysan, U. S.'Nat. Mus, Bull. No. 59, pp. 32-34, 1907. [The list referred to has been slightly revised and the number reduced by 2 names.] s Fabiani, R., II paleogene del Veneto, R. Univ. Padova Inst. Geol. Mem., vol. 3, pp. 229-231. 1915. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 203 with a synapticulate and perforata wall at and just below the calicu- lar margin, the wall at lower levels usually, but not invariably, becoming solid. In Fabiani's list this species, under the generic name StepJianosmilia (name proposed by Reuss in 1874, not Sie- phanosmilia De Fromentel, 1862), comes between Parasmilia and Plocophyllia (a synonym of Euphyllia). I do not know what the systematic relations of Leptaxis Reuss are. Reuss based the genus and the type-species, L. elliptica Reuss, on a single specimen from Monte Grumi and seems not to have obtained another from any- where. Until additional specimens of L. elliptica have been critically studied, Leptaxis is not an identifiable genus. Although Duncan considered Leptaxis a subgenus of Antillia, I think that it may be one of the simple fungid genera. The species referred to 10 genera, whose names are followed by a question mark," ?," should all be critically restudied. The names of the genera preceded by an asterisk, "*", in the foregoing table are also found in the middle Oligocene of the West Indies or the southeastern United States. The following genera have closely related species: Stylophora Euphyllia Leptomussa Actinacis Stylocoenia Orbicella Cyathomorpha Goniopora Astrocoenia Antiguastrea Astreopora Alveopora I am not at all sure that some of the American middle Oligocene and the European Rupelian species are not identical. Dr. Joseph A. Cushman has described the following species of Lepidocyclina from the collection I made in Antigua (not yet pub- lished) : Lepidocyclina gigas Cushman undulata Cushman undosa Cushman favosa Cushman L. undulata seems to be the largest known species of Lepicocyclina , some specimens attaining a diameter of 100 mm. The calcareous algae, echinoids, Mollusca, and Bryozoa, as well as the Foraminifera of the Antigua formation will be described in a forth- coming volume to be published by the Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington. The Antigua formation must, in my opinion, be the type of the American middle Oligocene. PEPINO FORMATION OF PORTO RICO. 1 The corals here listed were almost all collected by Mr. R. T. Hill. I have added the names of a few additional species collected by members of the New York Academy Porto Rico Survey. 1 For accounts of the geologic relations of this formation, see Hill, R. T., Notes on the forest conditions of Porto Rico, U. S. Dept. Agriculture Div. of Forestry Bull. No. 25, pp. 14, 15, 1889. Vaughan, T. W. , see references in footnote on pp. 193,205. 204 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Fossil coralsfrom the Pepino formation. Astrocoenia portoricensis Vaughan, Antigua, and Canal Zone. Orbicella costata (Duncan), Antigua, Anguilla, Canal Zone. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua, Florida, Georgia., etc. Maeandra portoricensis Vaughan. Leptoseris portoricensis Vaughan. Pironastraea anguillensis Vaughan, Anguilla. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan), Antigua, Canal Zone, Anguilla. Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Duncan), Antigua, Cuba, Mexico. tenuis (Duncan), Antigua, Cuba. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan), Antigua, Cuba, Georgia. Astreopora portoricensis Vaughan. Goniopora portoricensis Vaughan, Antigua. Of the 12 species from the Pepino formation, 8 are known in the Antigua formation of Antigua. LIMESTONE ABOVE CONGLOMERATE NEAR GUANTANAMO, CUBA. The geologic relations of the corals from the vicinity of Guanta- namo will be described by Mr. O. E. Meinzer in a forthcoming report. The following is a list of the species: Fossil corals from the middle Oligocene, Guantanamo, Cuba. Pocillopora guantanamensis Vaughan. Astrocoenia guantanamensis Vaughan, Antigua, Panama. decaturensis Vaughan, Antigua, Georgia. meinzeri Vaughan. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua, Porto Rico, etc. Trochoseris meinzeri Vaughan, Panama. Pironastraea antiguensis Vaughan, Antigua. Cyathomorpha anguillensis Vaughan, Anguilla. antiguensis (Duncan), Antigua, Porto Rico, etc. tenuis (Duncan), Antigua, Porto Rico, etc. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan), Antigua, etc. Goniopora decaturensis Vaughan, Georgia. Of the 12 species here listed 7 are also found in Antigua; of the 5 remaining species 2 are at present known from only one locality, 2 occur elsewhere in association with a fauna of the same facies as that of Antigua, while 1 occurs in the base of the Anguilla formation. Limestone, Rio Canapu, Manasasas trail, Cuba. The following species were collected by Dr. Arthur C. Spencer: Leptoria spenceri Vaughan, Antigua. Cyathomorpha tenuis (Duncan), Antigua. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan) Antigua. The first and second species of the above list were obtained at sta- tion No. 3473 of the U. S. N. M. record of localities for Cenozoic in- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 205 vertebrate collections. Specimens of Orthophragmina were obtained at the same station and indicate upper Eocene or lower Oligocene as the age of the rock. This matter will be further discussed in the forthcoming report on West Indian paleontology. BASAL PART OF CHATTAHOOCHEE FORMATION IN GEORGIA. 1 The localities at which the specimens of fossil corals were obtained are at Blue or Russell Springs on Flint River about 4 miles below Bainbridge, and at other localities along Flint River to Hale's Land- ing, about 7 miles below Bainbridge. The corals are most embedded in or weathered out of chert which was once a coral-reef limestone that was formed on the subaerially eroded surface of the Eocene Ocala limestone after submergence. Dr. W. H. Dall in a recently published paper 2 appears to correlate this bed with the Orthaulax pugnax zone of Tampa, Florida, and states that I concur in that opinion. Although the chert forming the base of the Chattahoochee formation in the vicinity of Bainbridge is faunally nearly related to the "silex" bed of the Tampa formation, in my opinion they are not of the same age, the "silex" bed being geologically younger. The coral faunas are not the same, and there is at least a species of one genus at Tampa of stratigraphically later affinities than any species in the vicinity of Bainbridge. The following are the species from near Bainbridge mentioned in this paper: Fossil coralsfrom basal part of Chattahoochee formation near Bainbridge, Georgia. Stylophora minutissima Vaughan. Stylocoenia pumpeUyi (Vaughan) Vaughan, Antigua. Astrocoenia decaturensis Vaughan, Antigua, Cuba. Orbicella bainbridgensis Vaughan, Santo Domingo ?, Porto Rico. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua, etc., Tampa. var. silecensis Vaughan, Antigua, etc. Favites polygonalis (Duncan) var., Antigua. Siderastrea silecensis Vaughan, Tampa; Alum Bluff formation. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan), Antigua, etc. var. magnified (Duncan), iYntigua, etc. Astreopora anliguensis Vaughan, Antigua. Actinacis alabamiensis (Vaughan), Antigua; Salt Mountain, Ala. Goniopora decaturensis Vaughan, Cuba. 1 The more important references to the literature are as follows: Vaughan, T. W., A Tertiary coral reef near Bainbridge, Georgia, Science, n. s., vol. 12, pp. 873-875, 1900; Bainbridge and vicinity in Preliminary report on the Coastal Plain of Georgia by O. Veateh and L. W. Stephenson, prepared under the direction of T. W. Vaughan, Geol. Survey of Ga. Bull. 26, pp. 328-333, 1911; The reef coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, and its significance, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T, pp. 363-364, 1917. Cooke, C W., Age of the Ocala limestone, TJ. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 95-1, pp. 107-117, 1915. 2 A contribution to the invertebrate fauna of the Oligocene beds of Flint River, Georgia, Proc. U. S. Nat- Ms., vol. 51, pp. 487-524, plates 83-88, 1910. 206 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Of the 13 species and varieties listed above, 9 are common to Antigua, and Goniopora decaturensis occurs in Cuba in association with species of corals abundant in Antigua; of the 3 remaining species, StylopJiora minutissima has so far been positively identified only at Bainbridge, but it is very near a species common in Antigua; 2 of the 13 forms are known from the "silex" bed of Tampa. The coral fauna near Bainbridge is a moderately rich one. In addition to those listed there are species of StylopJiora, Astrocoenia, Antilliaf, Astrangia or RJiizangia, Mesomorplia, Astreopora, Actinacis, Gonio- pora, and Alveopora, and of a few genera not yet positively identified. There are between 25 and 30 species, of which only 4 or 5 are com- mon to the Tampa coral fauna. It should be stated here that casts of a species of Pecten, which appears to P. suwaneensis Dall, occur at station 3381 in the matrix with Diploastrea crassolamellata, which may therefore be of upper Eocene as well as of Oligocene age, or I may not have discriminated closely enough between species. "CORAL LIMESTONE" OF SALT MOUNTAIN, ALABAMA.1 I described in the monograph referred to in the footnote two species, as follows: StylopJiora ponderosa Vaughan, Antigua. Actinacis alabamiensis (Vaughan), Antigua; Flint River, Georgia. I long surmised that the "coral limestone" of Salt Mountain really represented the basal part of the Chattahoochee formation, but only recently did I obtain evidence that this limestone is the stratigraphic correlative of the Antigua formation and of the coral reef horizon near Bainbridge. SAN KAFAEL FORMATION OF EASTERN MEXICO.2 The formation from which the fossil corals were obtained was first designated by Mr. Durable "San Fernando beds," a name long in use for a Tertiary formation in the Island of Trinidad. He has recently changed the name to San Rafael. It is an important forma- tion in eastern Tamaulipas, Mexico. Several of the corals are not well enough preserved for purposes of identification. The following is a list: Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua, etc. var. silecensis Vaughan, Antigua, etc. Favites mexicana Vaughan. Maeandra dumolei Vaughan. 1 For a description of the geologic relations, see Vaughan, T. W., Eocene and lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States, U. S. Geological Survey Mon. 39, pp. 30, 31, 1900. 2 The principal literature is as follows: Dumble, E. T., Some events in the Eocene history of the present Coastal area of the Gulf of Mexico in Texas and Mexico, Journ. Geol., vol. 23, pp. 481-498, 1915 (see especially pp. 495-497); Tertiary deposits of northeastern Mexico, California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, vol. 5, pp. 163-193, pis. 16-19, 1915 (see espe- cially pp. 189-192). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 207 CyathormorpJia antiguensis (Duncan), Antigua, etc. Goniopora species. Similar to Antiguan species. Although the identifiable species are few, it appears safe to cor- relate the San Rafael formation with the Antigua formation. TONOSI, PANAMA. Doctor MacDonald obtained at this locality, station 6587, the fol- lowing species of corals: Astrocoenia guantanamensis Vaughan, Antigua, Cuba. Favia macdonaldi Vaughan, Antigua. Maeandra antiguensis Vaughan, Antigua. Trochoseris meinzeri Vaughan, Cuba. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan), Antigua, Cuba, etc. There can be no reasonable doubt that this is the same as the coral fauna found in the Antigua formation. As the locality at which the specimens were obtained is on the Pacific coast of Panama, the evidence is conclusive that there was middle Oligocene connection between the Atlantic and the Pacific in that area. SERRO COLORADO, ARUBE. Three species were obtained at this locality, 1 as follows: Orbicella insignis (Duncan), Antigua. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua. Gonio'pora species (the kind of casts to which Duncan applied the name Alvepora daedalea var. regularis). This fauna is evidently the same as that of the Antigua formation. CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE OLIGOCENE. The foregoing lists show that Antiguan middle Oligocene coral fauna is known in Porto Rico, Cuba, southern Georgia, southern Alabama, eastern Mexico, Panama, and Arube. That it also occurs in Santo Domingo is known from some of the specimens, Siderastrea conferta (Duncan) typical and a peculiar variety of Asterosmilia exarata (Duncan), both brought from Santo Domingo by Gabb. It is a key horizon in the American Oligocene. The Byram calcareous marl of Mississippi occurs either at its base or just below its base. It therefore overlies all the Vicksburgian lower Oligocene, with the possible exception of the uppermost member, and is stratigraphi- cally just below the "silex bed" of the Tampa formation. The correlation of the deposits containing this fauna with the Rupelian of Veneto has been made on page 202. That there was middle Oligocene connection between the Atlantic and the Pacific was pointed out on this page in discussing the species from Tonosi, Panama. 1 Vaughan, T. W., Some fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curacao, Arube, and Bonaire, Geolog. Reichs-Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. pp. 1-91, 1901 (especially pp. 11, 12). 208 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. UPPER OLIGOCENE. CULEBRA FORMATION. The Culebra formation and the base of the Emperador limestone in the Canal Zone contain a few species that indicate close relation- ship with the Antiguan horizon, but on the whole the affinities are rather with the next higher fauna. Fossil corals were obtained in the Culebra formation at three stations, as follows : Station 5863, west side of Gaillard Cut, at station 1863 of the Canal Commission, between points opposite Curacha and Paraiso. Station 6020c, Las Cascadas, Gaillard Cut, third bed from the bottom of the section. Station 6026, one and one-half miles south of Monte Lirio, on Panama Railroad (relocated line). The list of species is as follows: Species of corals from the Culebra formation. Name. Station 5863. Station 6020c. Station 6026. Empera- dor Is. Antigua. Anguilla. X X X X X X Orbicella costata (Duncan) X X X X X X X X X X X Of the 6 species in the Culebra formation, 2 also occur in the Emperador limestone; 4 also occur in the Antigua formation; and 4 also occur in the Anguilla formation. There is only one species, Astreopora antiguensis, that is elsewhere known only from the Antigua horizon; while 2 species are at present known elsewhere only from the Anguilla horizon. These relations indicate, but do not prove, that the upper part of the Culebra formation, the part of the formation in which the corals were collected, is stratigraphicaUy higher than the Antigua formation, and is, therefore, referable to the upper Oligocene. The foraminiferal fauna, to be discussed on pages 554, 555, 585, supplies stronger evidence in favor of considering the upper part of the Culebra as of upper Oligocene age. EMPERADOR LIMESTONE. The principal collections from the Emperador limestone were made by Doctor MacDonald and me at Station 6015 and 6016, in Empire village. Dr. Ralph Arnold subsequently made a small collection in Empire and obtained one species, Pocillopora arnoldi Vaughan, not collected by Doctor MacDonald and me. Doctor MacDonald and I also made a small collection at Station 6024&, the upper bed at the lower end of the culvert where the Panama Railroad (relocated line) crosses Rio Agua Salud; and he subsequently obtained some GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 209 very interesting specimens at station 6256, which is 1J miles south of Miraflores. The following is a list of the species: $ Species of coralsfrom the Emperador limestone. Empire quarries. Station 60246. Station 6256. Anguilla. Antigua. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Of 26 species from the Emperador limestone, 6 have been identified in the Antigua formation and 9 in the Anguilla formation, but it is probable that the number of species common to the Emperador limestone and the Anguilla formation will be somewhat increased. The Emperador limestone is of nearly the same horizon as the An- guilla formation. Additional evidence favoring this opinion will be adduced on subsequent pages. ANGUILLA FORMATION.! This name is proposed for the coralliferous limestone and argilla- ceous marls of Anguilla. The type-locality is on the south and west sides of Crocus Bay, where it is exposed to a thickness of about 200 feet. The fauna has been monographically described, and the account of it will be published in a forthcoming volume of the Carnegie Institu- tion of Washington. The following species of corals from it are considered in the present paper: 1 The principal literature is as follows: Cleve, P. T., On the geology of the northeastern West India Islands, K. svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 9, No. 12, p. 22, 1872. Vaughan, T. W., see references in footnote, p. 193. 210 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Species of coralsfrom the Anguillaformation. Name. Stylophora imperatoris Vaughan Orbicella imperatoris Vaughan costata (Duncan) canalis Vaughan Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan) Agaricia anguillensis Vaughan Pironastraea anguillensis Vaughan Siderastrea conferta (Duncan) Cyalhomorpha anguillensis Vaughan roxboroughi Vaughan Goniopora panamensis Vaughan imperatoris Vaughan canalis Vaughan clevei Vaughan cascadensis Vaughan Porites anguillensis Vaughan , (Synaraea) macdonaldi Vaughan. Cu'ebra forma- tion. Empera- dor lime- stone. Antigua. Other localities. Cuba. P. R.; Cuba; etc. P. R. P. R. P. R.= Porto Rico. Of the 17 species listed above, 4 are also found in the Culebra formation, 9 in the Emperador limestone, and 12 of the 17 in the combined Culebra and Emperador of the Canal Zone. In. addition to the species here considered there are other species of Stylophora, Stylocoenia, Antillia, Cladocora, Maeandra, Goniopora, and Porites. There are 9 or 10 species of Goniopora. The total coral fauna in the collections available to me comprises about 28 species. The Anguilla formation is correlated with the Emperador limestone for the following reasons: Heterosteginoides, a new genus of orbitoidal foraminifera described by Doctor Cushman, is represented in the Anguilla formation by a species, also found in Antigua, but very near a species that occurs in the Emperador limestone. Although Heterosteginoides occurs in both Antigua and Anguilla, Lepidocyclina, which is so abundant in Antigua, was not collected by me in Anguilla and is only sparingly present in the Emperador limestone. The identity of certain species of corals in the two formations has been shown. Echinolampas semiorbis Guppy is abundant in Anguilla (on the west side of Crocus Bay between 25 and 70 feet above sea level) and in the base of the Emperador limestone, Canal Zone. Orthaulax pugnax (Heilprin) was collected in the base of the Crocus Bay ex- posures. CUBAN LOCALITIES. Orbicella imperatoris Vaughan has been collected at the following localities in Cuba: Station 3450, 4 miles north of Pinar del Rio; station 3451, one-half mile west of Cienaga railroad station, near Habana; station 3566, Bejucal; station 7544, Rio Yateras, near Guantanamo. That the Anguilla horizon is widely extended in Cuba is shown by the distribution of the echinoids which will be considered in another place. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 211 TAMPA FORMATION OF FLORIDA. The corals from the "silex" bed of the Tampa formation considered in this paper are as follows : Orbicella tampaensis Vaughan. var. silecensis Vaughan. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). Siderastrea silecensis Vaughan. Siderastrea Mllsboroensis Vaughan occurs at about the same horizon as the "silex" bed. The Tampa coral fauna has not been described in print, but I furnished Doctor Dall a list of my manuscript names of the species and it appeared in his monograph of the molluscan fauna of the Orthaulax pugnax zone of the Oligocene of Tampa, Florida. 1 I have pointed out that Orbicella tampaensis var. silecensis (see p. 391 of this paper) closely resembles some of the variants of 0. costata from An- guiUa and that the specimens identified as Siderastrea silecensis in which there are over 60 septa perhaps should be referred to S. con- ferta (see p. 449). Besides the species mentioned, there are species representing the following genera: Stylophora, AntiUia%, Galaxea, Solenastrea, Maeandra, Syzygophyllial, Endopachys, Acropora, Gonio- pora, Porites, and Alveopora. Two and perhaps three of the "silex" bed species of corals also occur at Bainbridge, but the faunas otherwise are not the same. Two of the species from Tampa are near living West Indian and Floridian species. These are Solenastrea tampaensis Vaughan, nomen nudum, which is near S. liyades (Dana) ; and Porites wiUcoxi Vaughan, nomen nudum-, which has the septal arrangement of Porites astreoides. The presence of such species with modern affinities seems to me to indi- cate a considerably younger age than that of the reefs near Bain- bridge. Furthermore Lepidocyclina is abundant in the reefs near Bainbridge, but has not yet been found at Tampa. Orinaulax pugnax occurs in the "silex" bed at Tampa, but it has not been found in the overlying limestone; the same species Occurs in the base of the An- guilla formation, but I did not find it at higher levels. Dr. C. W. Cooke, who has monographically described the mollusca of the Anguilla formation, correlates it with the Tampa formation on the basis of similarity in their molluscan faunas. The correlation of the Tampa formation is further discussed on pages 570, 571. CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE UPPER OLIGOCENE. That there was connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans during upper Oligocene time is shown by the continuity of both the Culebra formation and the Emperador limestone from the Atlantic to the Pacific slopes of the Isthmus. On the geologic map, plate 153, » U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 90, p. 18, 1915. 212 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. the Emperador limestone is represented as dipping below the Gatun formation on the north side of the Isthmus, and it is exposed almost down to the sea level on the south side. The Culebra formation underlies the Emperador limestone on both slopes, but it is not indi- cated on the map on the north slope of the Isthmus. Miocene. BOWDEN MARL.i The point of departure in the consideration of the Miocene is the fauna of the Bowden marl of Jamaica. The following is a revised list of the species: Placotrochus costatus Duncan. Sphenotrochus new species. Placocyathus barretii Duncan. alveolus (Duncan.) StylopJiora granulata Duncan. Asterosmilia profunda (Duncan). Jiitli Vaughan. StepJianocoenia intersepta (Esper), also living. Antillia walli Duncan. Thysanus excenlricus Duncan. elegans Duncan, new species. Syzygopliyllia gregorii (Vaughan). Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), also living. Goniopora new species. Pontes baracodensis Vaughan. Acropora new species. This fauna indicates somewhat deeper water than that in which the species mentioned on preceding pages lived; but the presence of StepJianocoenia intersepta, Siderastrea siderea, Acropora new species, a massive species of Goniopora, and Poriies baracodensis, furnish evi- dence in favor of the conclusion that the 'depth probably was not so much as 20 fathoms. The most striking feature of this list is that it contains the names of two species still living in the Caribbean region, in this respect differing from all the other faunas previously consid- ered in this paper. The Bowden not only marks the introduction of species that persist in the West Indian region, but as neither in Jamaica, Santo Domingo, nor Cuba, have species of Astrocoenia, Siylocoenia, Leptomussa, Antiguastrea, Favites, Leptoria, Troclioseris, Leptoseris, Haloseris, Pironastraea, MesomorpTia, CyathomorpTia, Diploastrea, Astreopora, Aciinacis, or Poriies (Synaraea) been found in beds of the same age as or younger than the Bowden, these 1 For an account of the stratigraphic relations of the Bowden mar], see Hiil, R. T., The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 226, with 35 plates, lS9f (especially pp. 82-86, 145-152). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 21E 15 genera and one subgenus of middle and upper Oligocene corals apparently had become extinct in this region. The genus Thysanus is present in the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl of Florida ;'and in Santo Domingo Placocyathus, Stylophora, AntiUia, and Syzygophyllia occur at horizons above that of the Bowden marl,'while the number of species now living increases. The Bowden marl marks an important change in the character of the coral faunas, a change from an older to a more recent facies. It therefore seems to me that the Bowden marl can not be considered of Oligocene age, and that it must be referred to the lower Miocene. SANTO DOMINGO. With regard to the species reported by Duncan from Santo Do- mingo, it will be said that Duncan does not describe the stratigraphy of Santo Domingo, but refers the specimens to the Nivaje shale, the superficial or tufaceous limestone, Posterero shale, Cerro Gordo shales, Esperanza shale, and "the silt of the sandstone plain." The following is a list of the species recorded by him, the geologic forma- tion in which they were reported to be found, and the revised names with annotations: Fossil corals reported by Duncanfrom Santo Domingo. Name used by Duncan. "3 .a "3 > 3 § ' +3 O as fto3 o "3 o s> o "3 m 03N PI 03 Stephanocoenia intersepta (Es- J per). \Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan.+ + + 214 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Fossil corals reported by Duncanfrom Santo Domingo—Continued. Name used by Duncan. xi o > a § T3 en OS !- in CD H &s a a> 03 O 6 "3 .a o CD O CM "3 id w 03 « S> ft w w a . o3 aM '3 a ftW 0> o| Revised names and annota- tions. + + + + + \A ntillia dubia (Duncan).A ntillia lonsdaleia Duncan bilobata Duncan The type of this is from Bar- Phyllocoenia sculpta M. Edwards and buda and is a precise syno- nym of Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander); but the Santo Domingan specimen is a species of Solenastrea. |Haime var. tegula Duncan. [Orbicella limbata (Duncan); also I reported from "yellow shale." + + + + \Varietal forms of Orbicella cav- endothecata (Duncan) Duncan + + 1 Varietal forms of Solenastrea > bournoni M. Edwards and Solenastraea verhelsti M. Edwards and + ) Haime. A highly fossilized specimen; name discarded for the Santo Domingan coral. Locality not given; probably a species of Astrocoenia. Haime. Stephanocoenia dendroidea M. Edwards and Haime. + + + + Thysanus grandis (Duncan). Thysanus navicula (Duncan). Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus) . "Shale," no other data on geo- logic relations; name dropped from list. The name proposed by Milnesinuosissima M. Edwards + and Haime. Lithophyllia afflnis (Duncan) Duncan + Edwards and Haime is a synonym of Maeandra stri- gosa (Dana); name dropped from list. Mussa afflnis (Duncan); may be the young of Mussa angulosa (Pallas). Syzygophyllia gregorii (Vaughan)Antillia ponderosa (M. Edwards and + + Haime) Duncan. type from Bowden, Jamaica. Syzygophyllia dentata (Dun- can). \Material poor; names dropped+ + Siderastraea grandis Duncan + Type from Jamaica is Sideras- trea siderea (Ellis and So- lander). This seems to be a synonym of S. siderea (Ellis and Solan- der). Name dropped from list. Name dropped from list. + + + tillarum Duncan. Pontes collegniana Michelin , i A Iveopora fenestrata Dana It has appeared that perhaps two distinct geologic horizons were represented by these collections, one of which is the Nivaje shale and another which is represented by the superficial and tufaceous lime- stones and the silt of the sandstone plain. The revised list for the Nivaje shale is as follows: Revised list of species reported by Duncanfrom the Nivaje shale. Placotrochus lonsddlei Duncan. Paracyathus Tienekeni (Duncan). Placocyathus variabilis Duncan. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 215 Placocyathus costatus Duncan. new species. Pocillopora crassoramosa Duncan. Stylophora affinis Duncan. minor Duncan, new species. Asterosmilia abnormalis (Duncan). exarata Duncan. Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan. Antillia dubia (Duncan). biZobata Duncan. Orbicella limbata (Duncan). brevls (Duncan). cavernosa (Linnaeus). Thysanus corbicula Duncan. grandis Duncan. navicula Duncan. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus). Syzygophyllia gregorii (Vaughan). dentata (Duncan). A total of 23 species. The species from the superficial and tufaceous limestones and the silt of the sandstone plain are as follows: Revised list of species reported by Duncanfrom the superficial and tufaceous limestones and the silt of the sandstone plain. ^Placocyathus variabilis Duncan. Stephanocoenia intersepta (Esper) . *Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan. Orbicella limbata (Duncan). *Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus). Solenastrea bournoni M. Edwards and Haime. Mussa affinis (Duncan). Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) . A total of 8 species, of which 3, those preceded by an asterisk *, are also reported from the Nivaje shale; 6 of these species are either at present living in the West Indies or the fossil specimens are so similar to those of living species that specific discrimination is uncertain (see table on pp. 213, 214 for notes). One species, Orbicella limbata, is very- similar to one of the growth forms of Orbicella annularis. This leaves only one species, Placocyathus variabilis, that seems clearly to indicate an older Tertiary age. But it should be added that the species of Stylophora, to which Duncan attached the name raristella, also inci- cates a rather old Tertiary formation. Might these two species have been mixed with specimens from a younger formation ? Having in 37149—19—Bull. 103 3 216 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. mind the information above stated, I published the suggestion that some of the Santo Domingan fossil corals are perhaps of Pliocene age. 1 Recently Miss Carlotta J. Maury has submitted to me for study the fossil corals she collected during an expedition to Santo Domingo. She informs me that the zones on Rio Gurabo are lettered in strati- graphically descending series, "A" being at the top and "G" at the base of the section; zone H on Rio Cana is considered to be the same as zone G on Rio Gurabo. Bluff 1 on Cercado de Mao is correlated by Miss Maury with a part of the Rio Gurabo section above zone G, and bluff 3 on Cercado de Mao is correlated with that part of the Rio Gurabo section below zone F. As regards the corals, the definite stratigraphic tie-point is found in zone H on Rio Cana, where three species which also occur in the Bowden marl of Jamaica were collected. It has been stated on pp. 212, 213 of this paper that the Bowden coral fauna is stratigraphically above the Oligocene faunas of Antigua, Bainbridge (Georgia), Lares (Porto Rico), Empire (Panama), and Tampa (Florida). These Santo Domingan corals, except those from zone G-H, therefore belong stratigraphically above the horizon of the Bowden marl. In a manu- script now almost ready for press I am describing as new six addi- tional species of Placocyathus from Miss Maury's collection. These are not entered in the table following. 1 Washington Acad. Sci.- Jour., vol. 5, p. 489, 1915. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 217 I o Rio Gurabo, zone not stated. Do. Do. Do. Los Que- mados lime- stone. ++ The Morro. + Samba Hills 540+ ft. : + + ::::::::::;:::::+::::::: Cercado de Mao— Bluff. CO ::::::::::::+:::::::::::::+ - ::::::::+:::+:::::::::::::: •2P *5£ M ::::+::::::: : + + + j+ j |+ | j \+ [ \ a N 1 £1 03 H a O s ::+::::::::::::::::::+::::: rM ::+::::::: : + + j j i j | ::::: 1 : :• « ^ :::>•:+::+::::::::+::+::: : Q ::::,.: : + + : + + \ \ \+ \+ \ \ + j j \ j j j j O : : ! + 1 :::::: \ :::::::::::::: : m :::::::::::::::::::::::+:+: :::: i ::+::: ! :: i ::::::: : + :: : cavernosa var. cylindrica (Duncan) 218 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. An inspection of the foregoing table shows that at zone H Orbicella cavernosa and Solenastrea bournoni, both now living, were collected, bringing the total of living species from the Bowden horizon up to four. The following are my conclusions on the geologic age of the coral- liferous beds of Santo Domingo : 1. The oldest fauna represented by Miss Maury's collection, zone H on Rio Cana, is that of the Bowden marl. It is somewhat younger than the Chipola marl of Florida and is of Burdigalian age according to European nomenclature. 2. Zone F is closely related to G and H. It is also probably of Burdigalian age, and corresponds to a part of the Alum Bluff forma- tion of Florida lying above the Chipola marl member. 3. Zone E and D are faunally near the underlying beds and are probably of uppermost Burdigalian or Helvetian age. 4. Zones C to A, inclusive, are probably of Helvetian age. 5. The Santo Domingan coral faunas are younger than the exten- sively developed Oligocene coral reefs of Georgia, Florida, Cuba, Porto Rico, Anguilla, Antigua, and Central America. 6. The presence in Santo Domingo of Asterosmilia exarata variety, which is also found in the Antigua formation, of a species of Lepto- mussa, and of Siderastrea conferta (Duncan) typical, indicates that there are deposits of middle and upper Oligocene age in Santo Domingo, but Miss Maury did not make collections of corals from those horizons. CUBA. BARACAO AND MATANZAS. Fossil corals of Bowden age were collected at two localities— - namely, station 3476, in a yellow marl at Baracao; and station 3461, also in a yellow marl in the gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas. The species are as follows : Fossil coralsfrom Baracoa and Matanzas, Cuba. Name. Baracoa. Matanzas Bowden. Stylophora granulata Duncan Pocillopora baracoaensis Vaughan Madracis mirabilis (Duchassaing and Michelotti) . Thysanus hayesi Vaughan Pontes baracoaensis Vaughan var .matanzasensis Vaughan X X x x X X LA CRUZ MARL. This name is proposed for the bedded, yellow, argillaceous, and calcareous marl particularly well exposed on the east side of Santiago Harbor between Santiago and the Morro. The type exposures are along the railroad eastward from the La Cruz to the crossing of the highway from Santiago to the Morro. The corals collected in this GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 219 formation are listed below. Descriptions of the mollusca by C. W. Cooke will appear in a forthcoming publication of the Carnegie In- stitution of Washington. The corals are as follows: Fossil coralsfrom the La Cruz marl, Cuba. Name. Stylophora affinis Duncan Pocillopora species Stephanocoenia intersepta (Esper) Orbicella limbata (Duncan) Sglenastrea hyades (Dana) bournoni M. Edwards and Haime . Thysanus aff. T. excentricus Duncan Siderasirea siderea (Ellis and Solander) Goniopora jacobiana Vaughan Pontes pontes (Pallas) astreoides (Lamuck) Santo Domingo above zone H. Santo Domingo zone H Bowden. Recent. Of 11 species listed above, 5 are now living in the Antillean re- gion; but of the 8 genera represented, 4, i. e. 50 per cent, are now un- known in the Atlantic Ocean. The horizon appears to be above that of the Bowden marl, and to be near zones D and E of the table on page 217. I obtained numbers of poor prints and casts of corals near or at the base of the formation in the vicinity of Santiago. Although they are too poor for determination, they resemble in form the "species of Placocyathus, Asterosniilia, Antillia, Thysanus, and Syzygophyllia, of the Santo Domingan deposits. Similar poor casts and imprints suggest that this is a widely distributed formation in Cuba. FLORIDA. ALUM BLUFF FORMATION. The coral fauna of the Chipola marl, member of Alum Bluff forma- tion is small, comprising four species representing as many genera, namely, Stylophora, Antillia, a new genus that resembles a Thysanus with a commensal sipunculid worm in its base, and Goniopora. The coral fauna of the Alum Bluff formation is meager. Exclud- ing the Chipola marl member it comprises the following species: Fossil corals from the Alum Bluffformation? Name. OakGrove. White Springs. 1 Tampa brick- yard. Astrhelia new species Siderastrea Mllsboroensis Vaughan. silecensis Vaughan Goniopora jacobiana Vaughan 1 For description of the stratigraphic relations of beds at White Springs see Vaughan, T.W., and Cooke, C. W., Correlation of the Hawthorne formation, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 4, pp. 250-253, 1914.^ Although, in my opinion, the formation in which these corals occur shouldbe referred to the Miocene, I believe it is very low Miocene, 220 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. below the Bowden horizon. A recent discovery by Sellards is of importance in determining the age of the Alum Bluff formation. 1 The following is a list of the vertebrates: Parahippus leonensis Sellards. Merychippus species. Mesocyonf leonensis Sellards. Oxydactylus f Leptomeryx ? . Sellards says: It would seem, therefore, as a- whole, that the vertebrate fossils indicate that the Alum Bluff formation is to be referred to the Miocene. The presence of protohippine hoi'ses in particular would seem to be decisive as to the age of the formation, exclud- ing its reference to the Oligocene. The opinion of Prof. J. C. Merriam on the age indicated by the Merychippus is quoted. He says that he would judge the horizon to near the lower portion of the middle Miocene. Later Professor Merriam informed me that he considers the Merychippus as of lower Miocene (Burdigalian) age. The evidence in favor of considering the Alum Bluff as of lower Miocene age might be greatly multiplied. The presence at Oak Grove, Yellow River, Florida, of a species of Astrhelia closely related to A. pahnata (Goldfuss) of the Maryland Choptank and Calvert formations suggests Miocene. Pecten sayanus Dall indicates Mio- cene. Canu and Bassler are positive that the Bryozoa are of Miocene age. Berry's opinion based on his study of the fossil flora 2 is not incompatible with this interpretation. MIDDLE AND SOUTH ATLANTIC STATES. The following is a list of the Miocene species, as far as at present known : 3 Miocene corals from the Middle and South Atlantic States. Name. Paracyathus vaughani Gane Astrhelia palmata (Goldfuss) Astrangia lineata (Conrad) .* conradi Vaughan Septastrea marylandica (Conrad) crassa (Tuome3r and Holmes). Favites vaughani (Gregory) Geologic formation. Calvert. Chop- tank. St. Marys. York- town. Duplin. Choctaw- hatchee. i Sellards, E. H., Fossil vertebrates from Florida, A new Miocene fauna, Florida Geol. Surv., 8th Ann. Rept., pp. 83-92, 1916. 2 Berry, E. W., The physical conditions and age indicated by the flora of the Alum Bluff formation, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-E, pp. 41-59, pis. 7-10, 1916. 3 Vaughan, T. W., Anthozoa: Maryland Geol. Survey Miocene, pp. 438-448, pis. 122-129, 1904; The reef coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, and its significance, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T., p. 366, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 221 Berry has recently reviewed the Miocene Calvert flora of Maryland and Virginia, and expressed the following opinion •} Seven of the Calvert plants, or 26.9 per cent, are common to the Tortonian of Europe, and 10 others, or 38 per cent, are represented in the Tortonian by very similar forms. In view of the fact that these floras spread into both regions from a common and equally accessible source, as I have just stated, the evidence that the Calvert flora indicates a Tortonian age is as conclusive as intercontinental correlations can ever be. Com- pared with other American floras of Miocene age, that of the Calvert has little in com- mon with the described Miocene floras from Colorado, Idaho, Oregon, or California, which are all lake or river valley floras of moist upland forest types. Should Berry be correct in his correlation of the Calvert with the European Tortonian, there is at present no definitely recognized Helvetian Miocene in the Coastal Plain of the United States ; and con- sequently no Helvetian coral-fauna. COSTA RICA. Corals representing the Bowden horizon or one very near it were obtained in Costa Rica at two localities, viz: "Limon, Colline en demolition," No. 618 of the H. Pittier collection; and at station 6249, Hospital Point, Bocas del Toro. The species from the former of these localities are as follows : Asterosmilia hilli Vaughan. Stephanocoenia intersepta (Esper). DicJiocoenia tuberosa Duncan. Balanophyllia pittieri Vaughan. Balanophyllia pittieri was obtained at Hospital Point as well as at Port Limon. PANAMA. The type of Stylophora portobellensis Vaughan, from Portobello, was probably collected in the Gatun formation. COLOMBIA. Mr. George C. Matson collected at a locality 0.5 kilometer east of Usiacuri in association with a fauna representing the Gatun forma- tion specimens of Septastrea matsoni Vaughan, which is very nearly related to Septastrea marylandica (Conrad)—a species common in the St. Marys and Yorktown Miocene of Virginia. The available evidence leads to the opinion that the Gatun formation is of Miocene age, and that part of it is of upper Miocene age. CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE MIOCENE. The Gatun formation, the formation next above the Emperador limestone, according to the geologic map, plate 153, occurs only on the north flank of the Isthmus and does not extend from ocean to ocean. There is in the Canal Zone no evidence to indicate inter- i U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-F., p. 66, 1916. 222 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. oceanic connection during Miocene time, although there was such connection in other areas not far away, in Nicaragua for instance. During the Miocene there was a very weak development of reef- corals in Central America, the Antilles, and the southeastern United States, as the foregoing lists show. The Miocene is characterized by the disappearance of many genera of corals that were abundant in the middle and upper Oligocene and by the introduction of the modern coral-fauna. However, a number of genera at present known living only in the Indo-Pacific persisted. These genera are as follows: Placotrochus. Pocillopora. Syzygopliyllia. Placocyathus. Antillia. Pavona. Siylophora. Favites. Goniopora. Of the Miocene genera, AsirJulia, Septasirea,, and Thysanus are not known living. Pliocene. CALOOSAHATCHEE MARL, FLORIDA. The following species of corals have been recognized in the Caloosa- hatchee marl: *Archohelia limonensis Vaughan. Dichocoenia new species 1. new species 2. Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus). Cladocora johnsoni Gane. Phyllangia floridana Gane. *Solenastrea hyades (Dana). *bournoni M. Edwards and Haime. Septasirea crassa (Tuomey and Holmes). Thysanus species. Maeandra pliocenica (Gane). aft*. M. strigosa (Dana), aft. M. clivosa (Ellis and Solander). *Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan. *dalli Vaughan. *Porites porites (Pallas). *furcata Lamarck. divaricata Le Sueur. Those species whose names are preceded by an asterisk are con- sidered in the descriptive part of this paper. The foregoing list is complete for the Caloosahatchee corals from Caloosahatchee River and Shell Creek, Florida, except one species of whose genus I am not sure. There are in the United States National Museum 19 species from the Caloosahatchee marl. Of these 19 species, 6 and perhaps 8 are also living in the Floridian region, while the other species, except those belonging to Septasirea GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 223 and Thysanus, have close relatives in the present Floridian fauna. I have previously pointed out 1 that this fauna contains no genera at present confined to the Indo-Pacific, such as Placoiroclius, Placo- cyathus, StylopJiora, Pocillopora, AntUlia, Syzygopliyllia, and Gonio- pora, all of which occur in the West Indian Miocene, and all except the first two also occur in the West Indian Oligocene or Eocene. LIMON, COSTA RICA. Certain corals collected in the vicinity of Limon are reputed to come from a bed of Pliocene age. They are as follows: Madracis mirabilis (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Archolielia limonensis Vaughan. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander) var. cavernosa var. endoihecata (Duncan). var. cylindrica (Duncan). Except Archohelia limonensis, it appears that these corals might represent the Santo Domingan Miocene above the Bowden horizon. The material is not adequate for a positive opinion. CARRIZO CREEK, CALIFORNIA. Recently I have described in detail an interesting small reef- coral fauna from Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California. 2 The following table, taken from the paper mentioned, contains the names of the species composing this fauna and of the most nearly related species in Florida and the West Indies. Coralsfrom Carrizo Creek, Cal. Name. Most nearly related species in Florida or West Indies. Eusmilia carrizensis Vaughan Dichocoenia merriami (Vaughan) var . crassisepta Vaughan Solenastrea fairbanksi (Vaughan), typical var. columnaris (Vaughan) var. normalis Vaughan var. minor Vaughan Maeandra bowersi Vaughan Siderastrea mendenhalli Vaughan var. minor Vaughan Siderastrea californica Vaughan Porites carrizensis Vaughan Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), PI, R. \Dichocoenia species, P; D. stokesi Milne Edwards / and Haime, PI, R. [Solenastrea hyades (Dana)fand N , 19\^\^ , .BARBUDA. -:^W5%.- 16V (British,) 53 ' 15 h'- n •-."'" K^-'i' , 14 I 24 15 / 8 6/V.7"|12 / 15 1-4 C«.Sfe.B\s\?>'i5 " 13 /W6 17 19 lo } 15 40/0 18 / J7'\ 19. 16 \ gV-0 \ 20 14 \ 14 16 16 17 15 ^ 21 \ j ,„ 18 i"- T^v^ :-.!•<.,:" t , 14 S„„ J ., / , .,.>.^ -:•: €ef=3S 3.\J*;..r\ .„«> V16 ' A^ 1-2 225\ \.t ^%^^\ W^^^' v^&^ 15i^sh) -197 , 1 ^v^agE^griSgT'fe/ 22 17 7V *1 V ; \ * " J 3 '6 '*^„34 338 * ^ --10 17 c 62° Fig. 9.—Chart of antigua—bakbuda bank. From U. S. hydrographic chart no. 2318. Scale, 1 INCH=ABOUT 12.8 NAUTICAL MILES. The shore line of Antigua is deeply indented by numerous bays and harbors, as St. John, Five Islands, and Falmouth harbors, and Willoughby, Nonsuch, and Belfast bays (pi. G8, figs. A, B, and text fig. 10). The absence of terraces and elevated wave-cut cliffs is especially noteworthy. The discovery in St. John Harbor, at a depth of 20 feet below sea level, of a 4-foot bed of peat, which 274 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is not composed of marine plants (according to Mr. C. A. Davis), adds confirmation to the inference from the indented shore line and the absence of elevated terraces and wave-cut cliffs that the last important movement of the strand line was one of submergence. Present sea-level relations have persisted long enough for the develop- ment of sea cliffs, in places 100 feet or more high, for the alluvial fillings at the heads of the bays, and for the extension inland of alluvial deposits along the streamways. There is some evidence of a slight upward movement of the land, a few feet, less than 10, since the submergence. UUgjjTCS CO, kv. Fig. 10.—Chart or part of east coast of antigua. From U. S. hydrographic chart no. 1004. Barbuda, which is composed of limestone and has a maximum height of about 200 feet, has no marked indentations of its shore line; but Dr. H. A. Tempany informs me that fresh-water springs emerge below sea level in the lagoon about one-half mile south of Codrington village, a fact of significance in probably indicating submergence. The similarity of the land mollusca of Antigua and Barbuda lend support to the inference from physiographic data that these islands were part of one land mass in Pleistocene time and have been severed by submergence, and as the water between the islands is 18 fathoms deep, the sea level must have risen at least that amount. A sub- merged steep slope off the southeast side of Antigua at depths be- tween 100 and 150 feet accords with submergence to a depth of at least GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 275 18 fathoms, and indicates submergence of about 120 feet or 20 fathoms. (See fig. 11 below.) Barrier coral reefs occur around Antigua off the mouth of Nonsuch Bay, off the southwest angle of the island, and there is a discon- tinuous barrier off the west side of the island. There are other reef patches, some of which are almost barriers. Barbuda has barrier reefs, Cobb and Goat reefs, off its northern end. These reefs of Antigua and Barbuda occur on a platform which has been submerged. That the platform or flat lying between Antigua and surrounding Antigua is in origin independent of the corals growing on itsjsurface is shown not alone by its continuity irrespective of the presence of corals. That a land area existed between Antigua and Barbuda in Pleistocene time is clearly shown by the land mol- lusca; while the submerged steep slope or scarp shows that the flat SOUTHEAST COAST OF ANTIGUA ~6^ /77/\ >• NORTH COAST OF ST. THOMAS HAVANA HARBOR showing depth of filled channel in harbor MOSQUITO BANK FlG. 11.—SUBMARINE PROFILES OFF WEST INDIAN ISLANDS AND ACROSS MOSQUITO BANK. existed and was marginally cut by the sea while it stood about 120 feet higher than at present. ST. MARTIN PLATEAU. J. W. Spencer has applied this designation to the plateau on which St. Bartholomew, St. Martin, and Anguiila stand. This plateau, as bounded by the 100-fathom curve, is irregular in shape and is 75 miles long by 45 miles wide. The maximum depth of water between St. Bartholomew and St. Martin is 16 fathoms and between St. Martin and Anguiila 14 fathoms. (See text fig. 12.) The shore fine of St. Bartholomew is indented, the indentations are usually divided by beaches into an inner or lagoon part and an outer bay or harbor part (pi. 68, figs. C, D). The beaches may have been elevated between 3 and 5 feet. The lagoons behind the beaches 276 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. are the salt ponds of the island. There is an entire absence of ele- vated terraces, unless some apparent shoulders on outlying islets, not actually visited by me, should be slightly elevated sea-out benches. Wave-cut cliffs margin the rocky shores, and alluvial flats occur around the heads of the bays. The shore line of St. Martin is indented. Each reentrant into the land is usually divided by a transverse beach into an inner lagoon or 63° 18 301 2-48 168 295 132/ 190'33-x. 179/25 26 39, ,' Co. 26 <»>.\ lAnguil >a\ ttff ^ ,4 2&Bank ^ ' 19 26 2G .'4.19 \l25_-''31 25 40 ~r 25 23 .27..,, 27 .110 ~ y is ,?%* 17 1 fcjaK 4 * 15i>>14 M 27 ,.,, 28 *-m 4.--i;V r.;- *::t,^.<-•••jo iw.iv!...-* Mg 14 (50) 16 27 , 40 V 31 34" wh.S. 140-''86 ^4 18 11 16 22 lo'AJNGUILLA IPglS u 11 20 23 12 13, M3 18 W ' .^/TintamaixeX Cgtt) rfe 14 is 24 26 ST.MARTIN I. 22 28 13 18 £ Chickens 23 31 30 33 3 56 ^ _>-'' 41110438" 32 An\ 29 32 36 37 /238 38/ 36.--' 23 30 27 29 " 26 fne gy^Sifil 26 26 / m 29 22 23-i. 29 \ 22 27\146, 18° i&?3* 20 *> 23 2i ^\ ^M'^M^^^" U 22 88 25 s8 N A \h^P-^ 21 36 34 34\ 21 ^:;&V^3' ST-BARTHOLOMEWil. 63° Fig. 12.—Ohaet of si. mabtin plateau. From U. S. hydeogeaphic chabt no. 2318. Scale, owe INCH=ABOUT 12.8 NAUTICAL MILES. salt pond and an outer bay portion; and alluvial flats margin the heads of the reentrants and project inland between the hills. The spurs along the shore are truncated by wave-cut cliffs (see pi. 69, fig. A) and exhibit no definite terracing. Older beach rock was seen at the northeast end of Blanche Point, perhaps indicating slight differential uplift for that locality. The shore line of Anguilla (see pi. 69, figs. B, D), although not so conspicuously indented as that of St. Bartholomew and St. Martin, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 277 is indented, and a number of instances, Road Bay, for example, of the separation by beaches of an inner lagoon from an outer bay are present. Three instances of inclosed basins having underground communication with the sea were noted (pi. 69, fig. C). No definite terraces are present and wave-cut cliffs are greatly developed. That the last important change of sea level was by submergence of the land is evident from the character of the shore line in St. Bar- tholomew, St. Martin, and Anguilla; and in Anguilla additional evidence is afforded by the underground communication between inclosed basins in the limestone and the sea. Stable condition of the shore line for a considerable time is attested by the wave-cut cliffs, the development of the beaches, the alluvial fillings at the heads of reentrants into the landmass, and in St. Martin by the presence of unterraced flood plains along the streamways. In my paper on the littoral and sublittoral physiographic features of the Virgin and northern Leeward Islands, referred to in the foot- note on page 272, 1 have shown that on the windward side of the St. Martin plateau there is an outer deeper flat, 26 to 36 fathoms below sea level, with a maximum length east and west of over 30 miles, and that this fiat may be subdivisible into two subordinate terrace flats. The scarp on the landward side of the deeper flat in places is about 50 feet high, in depths between 20 and 28 fathoms; above the deeper fiat is a shallower one, whose outer edge is about 20 fathoms under the sea (see text-fig. 11, p. 275). Other submarine evidence of sub- mergence in this area is given in my paper cited. At the time the shore line around the St. Martin Plateau was about 20 fathoms lower than at present, Anguilla, St. Martin, and St. Bartholomew must have been united. The biologic evidence at present available is not sufficient to be decisive, but all that is known accords with this interpretation. Notches on the outer edge of the plateau sim- ulate hanging valleys and may represent the outer ends of valleys cut while the sea stood about 40 fathoms lower than now; but the information on these is too scant to justify more than a suggestion. The hydrographic chart does not show well the reefs of these islands, nor does the^Biitish Admiralty West India Pilot give a good descrip- tion of them. Because of rough weather most of my own observa- tions were made from the shore. Coral reefs occur across the en- trances to most of the bays on the northeast and southeast sides of St. Bartholomew; reefs are well developed on the east side of St Martin, off North Point, and on the southeast side of Tintamarre Island; and there are dangerous reefs off the southeast coast of Anguilla and on the north coast of the east end of the island. Seal Island reefs occur on a ridge extending westward from the northeast end of Anguilla. Some of these reefs are of the barrier type, as navigable channels lie between them and the shore, one at Forest Point is an instance. 278 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The reefs of the St. Martin Plateau are superposed on an ante- cedent platform that was brought into its present relations to sea level by geologically Recent submergence to an amount of about 20 fathoms. Fig. 13.—Chart of virgin islands and st. croix. From U. S. hydrogramiic chart no. 2318. Scale, ONE INCH^AEOUT 12.8 NAUTICAL MILES. ST. CROIX ISLAND. This island rises above a bank about 30 miles long and 10 miles wide. The distance from the shore to the 100-fathom curve is usually GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 279 less than three-quarters of a mile on the west end; and on the north side west of Sugar Bay the distance ranges from one-quarter to one- half mile. Off the south shore the distance to the 100-fathom curve in places slightly exceeds 3 miles; off the east end for 7 miles the water is less than 40 fathoms deep, while off the north coast the platform gradually narrows westward until near Salt River Point its width is less than one-half mile. There is a long, disconnected barrier reef off most of the south coast, and barrier reefs are present off the north coast to a short dis- tance west of Christiansted. The indented, ragged coast line and the depth of water on the platform so clearly point to the same con- clusion as that already drawn from a study of Antigua, St. Bar- tholomew, etc., that reiteration is not necessary. VIRGIN BANK. The Virgin group of islands consists of about 100 small islands and keys (text fig. 13). The bank above which they rise is an eastward prolongation of that on which Porto Rico stands. The chart shows the indented coast line and the extensive, relatively shoal platform above the surface of which the islands project. The maximum depth of water between the islands is about 17 fathoms. St. Thomas well exhibits the coastal phenomena to which attention has already been so often directed—reentrants with alluvial fillings at their heads, unterraced alluvial bottoms along streamways, and wave-cut cliffs on the unterraced promontories (pi. 70, figs. A, B, C). In my paper on some littoral and sublittoral physiographic features of the Virgin and northern Leeward Islands, already referred to, it has been pointed out that there are three terrace flats under the sea off St. Thomas, St. John, Tortola, and Virgin Gorda (see text fig. 11, p. 275). On the leeward side the deepest lies between 26 and 30 fathoms in depth and is separated by a scarp or steep slope on its landward side from a flat ranging from 14 to 20 fathoms in depth, which in turn is separated by a steep slope from a flat ranging from 6 to 10 fathoms in depth. On the windward side the respective depths are 26 to 34 for the deepest flat, 14 to 20 fathoms for the intermediate flat, and 7 to 10 fathoms for the shallowest one. The intermediate flat is narrow or absent on the promontory tips on the windward side, while it is preserved on the leeward side, strongly suggesting, if not actually proving, that the intermediate flat is older than the deeper one and was cut away in exposed places while the deeper one was forming. This evidence necessitates the deduction that in recent geologic time the Virgin Islands, except minor differ- ential crustal movement in the vicinity of Anegada, have been sub- merged to a depth of about 20 fathoms, and that they were previously joined to Porto Rico, a deduction completely corroborated by bio- 37149—19—Bull. 103 7 280 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. logic evidence, for Dr. L. Stejneger says in his herpetology of Porto Rico that "St. Thomas and St. John form only a herpetological ap- pendix to Porto Rico," and Dr. P. Bartsch informs me that the testimony of the land mollusca is the same as that of the reptiles and batrachians. Indentations at depths of about 40 fathoms in the outer edge of the submarine bank simulate hanging valleys that may have been formed while the sea level was 40 fathoms lower than at present. In the Virgin Islands there are three tiers of coral reefs, namely, (1) on the outer edge of the deepest flat, (2) on the outer edge of the intermediate flat, (3) within depths of 10 fathoms or less. The reefs could not have been formed on the deepest flat while the scarp on the landward side of the flat was being cut, and the other reefs are clearly younger than the basements above which they rise, for their basements existed and had had a complicated history prior to the formation of the living reefs. In fact, the basements were dry- land surfaces during at least a part of Pleistocene time. CUBA. The principal contributors to the literature on the shore-line phe- nomena of Cuba are W. O. Crosby, 1 Alexander Agassiz, 2 R. T. Hill,3 Vaughan and Spencer,4 and Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer. 5 I have in papers cited on pages 271, 272 referred to some of the features of the Cuban shore line as bearing on the conditions under which the liv- ing coral reefs off the shores of the island have formed. W. M. Davis has recently alluded to the origin of the pouch-shaped harbors, 6 and here it may be well to direct attention to a criticism made by him in his article cited in the foot note. He says: It is, however, worth noting that the embayments here considered have a quite different relation to the adjacent coral reefs from that found, according to Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer, in the pouched-reef 7 harbors of Cuba; All the embayments [ saw inside of sea-level barrier reefs in the Pacific islands occupy valleys older than the reefs; but in Cuba the valleys, and still more the subsidence which drowned them in producing the pouched harbors, are described by the above-named authors as younger than the elevated reefs which inclose them; and such valleys do not bear on the origin of the reefs, as appears from the following extract: * * * The extract is followed by comment, then by a quotation from Crosby and one from Hill, after which he says : " Without additional i Crosby, W. O., On the elevated reefs of Cuba, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc, vol. 22, pp. 124-130, 1883. 2 Agassiz, A., A reconnaissance of the Bahamas and of the elevated reefs of Cuba in the steam yacht Wild Buck, January to April, 1893, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 108-136, 1894. 3 Hill, R. T., Notes on the geology of the island of Cuba, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 16, pp. 278-281, 1895. 4 Vaughan, T. W., and Spencer, A. C, The geography of Cuba, Amer. Geog. Soc. Bull., vol. 34, pp. 105- 116, 1902. 6 Hayes, C W., Vaughan, T. W., Spencer, A. C, Report on a geological reconnaissance of Cuba, pp. 123, 1902. « Davis, W. M., A Shaler Memorial study of coral reefs, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 4Q, pp. 227-228 1915. i "Pouched-reef harbors" are words not used in the publication under discussion by Professor Davis. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 281 field study it is impossible to say which one of these views is correct,, but the features of the Pacific reefs that I have seen support Hill's explanation." I have twice published the statement that "Hayes, Vaughan, and Spencer have shown, as is evidenced by the pouch- shaped harbors of the Cuban coast and filled channels, such as the submerged filled channel in Habana Harbor, that the last movement of the Cuban coast has been downward with reference to sea level," and that " the platform on which the Cuban reefs grow y has been brought to its present position by subsidence." These remarks apply to the present living coral reefs and not to the elevated reefs, and the conditions presented by the pouch-shaped harbor is only a part of the evidence showing recent submergence of the Cuban shore line. Professor Davis's remark that " all the embayments I saw inside the sea-level barriers in the Pacific occupy valleys older than the reefs" has no application whatever to the protecting effect a fringing reef may have on the shore of a land during elevation subsequent to the formation of a fringing reef, thereby permitting erosional agencies to operate more rapidly on the softer rocks lying back from the shore. The words in the Cuba report are: "Wherever the conditions are favorable for the growth of corals a fringing reef is built * * *." On preceding pages of this paper I have shown that there were coral reefs in Cuba in middle Oligocene time; that there were reef corals in both upper Oligocene and Miocene time (this Miocene is called upper Oligocene in the Cuba report); and that there are Pleistocene as well as living reefs. In the Miocene La Cruz marl in the vicinity of Santiago the greatest abundance of reef corals is not at the present head of Santiago Harbor, but it is seaward of the town of Santiago, east of La Cruz. (For a view seaward through the mouth of Santiago Harbor, see pi. 71, fig. B.) Whether the coral heads are sufficiently abundant to have retarded erosion toward the mouth of the harbor, while it was more rapid on the landward side, I am not prepared to say. This, however, was not a fringing reef, should it be appropriately considered a reef. As to whether the elevated Pleistocene fringing reefs extended up to the sides of the outflowing water at the harbor mouths, thereby maintaining restricted outlets, or whether channels have been cut across the reefs after uplift, either of the alternatives is possible. Off the mouths of bays in Antigua, channels are maintained across living barrier reefs, which are tied to the shore at one end; while off Virgin Gorda, a barrier reef extends perpendicularly across the axis of the mouth of a submerged valley. These are living reefs, which have grown up during or after submergence and are younger 1 Not italicized in the original. Note use of present tense, "grow." 282 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. than the valleys landward of them. However, as the elevated Cuban reefs under consideration are fringing reefs, it seems to me more probable that they never extended across the harbor mouths; and I will add that the harbor basins had been formed, at least in large part, before the development of the now elevated fringing Pleistocene reefs. Crosby, in 1883, seems to have been the first one to recognize the significance of the pouch-shaped harbors of Cuba. He says i 1 * * * During this period of elevation, Cuba, like most rising lands, had few harbors, but when subsidence began the sea occupied the channels and basins which had been excavated and cleared out by the rivers, and thus a large number of harbors came into existence. * * * They are half-drowned valleys filled to a consider- able depth with land detritus, conditions which could not exist if the land was rising or had risen. There are very many pouch-shaped along the Cuban coast, following table presents information on 15 of them: Principal Cuban harbors. The Name. Shape. Maxi- mum width, sea- miles. 1 Maxi- mum known depth to chan- nel or harbor. Chan- nel length, sea- miles. Chan- nel within narrow- est part. Height of adja- cent land. East side. West side. NOETII COAST. Bahia Honda Cabanas Mariel , Habana Nuevitas Padre Banes Nipe Livisa and Cabonico. Tanamo Palmately digitate . . Trilobate Irregularly digitate.. Trilobate Bilobate Irregularly bilobate . Palmately digitate . Unequally bilobate. do Irregularly bilobate 3.00 6.00 1.50 4 2.00 7.00 7.50 3.25 SOUTH COAST. Baitiqueri Guantanamo. Santiago Ensenada de Mora. Cienfuegos Trilobate head Irregularly dumb-bell shaped. Unilateral Unilateral. 8.00 5.38 .60 5.00 1.00 "i'25 Feet. 2 59 79 372 6 60 «137 75 85 10 234 H168 156 12 33 59 58 "139 1.50 .50 .60 .75 4.38 1.75 1.50 5 2.00 .50 .63 .18 3.75 Feet. 2,180 1,825 900 470 1,400 900 450 2,900 1,300 600 300 6,530 675 "i'266 Feet. 30-40 160 Feet. 60 160 200 Flat. Flat. 8 100 6 200 50-75 120-176 590 436 230 "l36' ±10 Flat. i Flat. 9 150 »200 75-100 120 600 310 220 "l57 1 1 sea-mile=6,081 feet. 2 110 feet outside at channel mouth. 3 90 feet in channel mouth. 4 About. 5 Submerged channel 100. s 100 feet frequent. 7 Coral rock according to A. Agassiz. s South. 9 North. io 180 feet and over frequent, n 150 feet frequent. 12 78 feet at mouth, is 214 feet off Pta. Pasa Caballos. It is important to note that where the harbors are digitate in shape, Bahia Honda for instance, one or more streams enter each digitation, and that the mouths of the streams are either embayed or, in places, swamps and delta plains have formed. The pouch- shaped harbors are not the only indentations of the shore fine, for the lower courses of all the larger streams are more or less embayed. i Crosby, W. O., On the elevated reefs of Cuba, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc, vol. 24, pp. 124-130, 1883. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 283 284 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. How are the harbors to be explained? Doctor Hayes and I believed we found the answer in the conditions at present existing along Yumuri River, near Matanzas. The river here empties into the sea through a narrow gorge cut through Miocene limestone and marls (see pi. 71, fig. C). The top of the gorge is 200 feet above sea level, while farther back from the stream altitudes of 400 feet or slightly more are attained. Above the gorge, the Yumuri and its tributary, Rio Caico, have sunk their courses through the lime- stone, have removed it, and have developed wide, almost base-level valleys (see pi. 71, fig. D), on the underlying softer sandstone and shale. If this basin were depressed sufficiently to let the sea into it through Yumuri gorge a pouch-shaped harbor would result. Additional evidence bearing on the problem of the origin of these harbors was obtained from records of borings. Mr. C. A. Knowlton, an engineer at Santiago, reported to us that in boring wells in the valley of San Juan River, 3 miles southeast of Santiago, he found at a depth of 70 feet below sea level what appeared to be stream gravel. Even more convincing evidence was obtained in Habana Harbor. In the preparation of plans for a sewerage system the Military Governor had a series of borings made across the harbor. This harbor occurs in a rather wide valley surrounded by sides which slope upward from sea level to an altitude of about 200 feet. The borings revealed a submerged terraced valley within the wider valley and in the middle of the inner valley a channel reaching a depth of more than 30 meters (about 100 feet) below sea level (see text-fig. 14). The depth of the first flat above the sides of the channel is about 13 meters (about 42 feet) below sea level. This flat is now covered with sand and the submerged channel is filled with sand and clay. There are at present no known processes whereby such a channel and terrace could be developed and then buried, except by a higher stand of the land enabling a stream to cut a trench and develop a terrace, followed by a lower stand of the land which submerged both the channel and the terrace and resulted in their burial by sediment deposited over them. It appears to me that there is no escape from the interpretation, made first by Crosby, that the pouch-shaped harbors are drowned drainage basins. Before the accumulation of the data by Hayes, Spencer, and me, Hill endeavored to explain them without a shift in height of strand-line, but after the additional information was presented to him he abandoned his interpretation and accepted ours. There is a statement to this effect in a manuscript by him now in my possession, and this citation is made with his authority. The factors producing the peculiar form of the harbors will now be briefly considered. According to Crosby, Hill, and the account in our report on Cuba, fringing reefs are supposed to have restricted GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 285 the mouths of the streams, either by growing up to the edges of the outflowing water, a channel thereby being maintained, or because of their greater hardness they offered greater resistance to erosion than did the softer rocks on their landward side. It is my present opinion that the hypothesis of the reefs having more than a secondary importance in the development of these features must be discarded for the following reasons: First, that such physiographic forms are in no wise dependent on the presence of coral reefs is shown by their frequency in areas underlain by Cretaceous limestones in Texas. Hillcoat Valley in the southwest quarter of the Nueces quadrangle, Texas, is such a basin, with a narrow outlet into Nueces River. This is only one of a number of instances that might be given. In phy- siographic form this basin and its outlet resemble the pouch-shaped harbors of Cuba. Second, there is no evidence that corals had any more influence in Cuba than in Texas, for instance, Yumuri gorge at Matanzas is about 200 feet deep. The highest important elevated coral reef rocks occur at an altitude of about 35 feet above sea level off the sides of the stream mouth. The stream has cut and maintained a gorge through about 165 feet of limestone and marl which are topographi- cally above the reef and which are not coral reef rocks, but which are bedded and were formed by other agencies. Other instances of these relations might be given. The conditions around the Habana Harbor are interesting in this connection. Limestone of upper Oligocene or Miocene age occurs at the Moito and forms the higher land along the shore east of the city, and it outcrops at lower altitudes in the western part of the city; but the drainage at the south end of the harbor has cut through the limestone and exposed the underlying rocks, serpentine, rotten diorite, etc. ; and that underground solution is active is indicated by the presence of springs along the serpentine contact. The condi- tions are here favorable for erosion by both mechanical cutting and solution in the area lying behind, while a channel has been main- tained across the limestone on the sea front. This basin after it was outlined was submerged. It is intended to give a much fuller discussion of the Cuban harbors in a paper now almost ready for press. The differences in form, and the causes to which the differences are due, are worthy of far more detailed treatment than is practicable in this place. I will end this part of the present discussion by saying that corals have in certain instances played a subordinate role by narrowing the mouth of a harbor and by preserving a constricted outlet. That the outlets of the basins here considered were constricted by reef rocks, now ele- vated, is shown by the conditions in Habana and Santiago harbors, and that similar constriction is now taking place by similar agencies 286 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is exemplified in many of the West -Indian Islands. As the coral rock is usually harder than the rocks on which it rests, after its emergence it protects the narrow exit behind which erosion is more rapid and enlarges the basin. From the remarks already made it appears unnecessary to discuss specially which are the older—the drainage basins occupied by the harbors or the coral reefs now elevated about 30 feet. However, that the Santiago basin is older than the coastal soborruco is shown by finding the soborruco within the harbor mouth; and as I found recent species of reef corals, apparently in place, on the east side of Habana Harbor, south of the Morro, at a height of 30 feet above sea level, the 30-foot reef seems to extend into the mouth of Habana Harbor. The valleys are clearly older. On page 264 of this paper a special point was made of the unconformity between the elevated Pleistocene reefs and the underlying Miocene material and the in- ference was drawn that the reefs were formed during subsidence after erosion of the basement under them. This is precisely the interpreta- tion Professor Davis had made of the relations in the elevated reefs of the New Hebrides, but it seems such relations may develop in the same cycle, and, in my opinion, they are of slight importance in their bearing on the general theory of coral-reef formation. The Isle of Pines furnishes important information on changes in sea level around Cuba. This island is nearly opposite Habana, 60 miles south of the south coast of Cuba, from which it is separated by water less than 10 fathoms deep. It comprises two parts, a southern which is mostly swamp, and a northern which is topographically higher. The surface of the northern division is mostly a plain, really a peneplain (see pi. 72, fig. A), above whose surface stand monadnocks of harder rocks (pi. 72, fig. B). This island is very different from the main island for, as no Tertiary or Cretaceous marine deposits are known to occur on it, it appears to have remained above sea level during these periods, but it has experienced the later changes of sea level which affected the larger island and during Pleistocene time it was joined to Cuba. The peneplain was formed at a lower level than that at which it now stands, it was then sufficiently uplifted to permit streams to cut into it, and has then been depressed, thereby drowning the mouths of the streams, but not bringing the plain surface so low as it formerly stood (pi. 72, fig. C). The coast line of the Isle of Pines and that of Cuba immediately north of it both are indented by the embayment of stream mouths through geologically recent submergence. That the Isle of Pines was joined to Cuba during Pleistocene time is shown convincingly by its land fauna. Every species of reptile, except one, found on it, Dr. L. Stejneger informs me, is known to occur in Cuba, and two species of the mammalian genus Capromys GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 287 are common to both. Dr. Paul Bartsch tells me that the Isle of Pines is only "a chunk of Cuba" and that its land Mollusca represent a faunal area as closely related to the faunal areas of Ofba as are the different faunal areas in Cuba to one another; that is, faunally, the Isle of Pines is simply a portion (a faunal area) of Cuba. There- fore, it is clear that the Isle of Pines has been severed from Cuba in the latest Pleistocene or Recent geologic time. Practically all the Cuban shore line has now been considered except that on the north side of the Province of Pinar del Rio, within the Colorados Reefs. Guadiana Bay is a nearly typical estuarine em- bayment, while slighter embayment of other stream mouths is indicated, and lines of islands extend seaward from some headlands. The shore line clearly indicates submergence. Mr. J. B. Henderson and Doctor Bartsch, however, tell me that there is positive evidence of minor uplift west of Guadiana Bay. x The Cuban shore line as a whole shows evidence of Recent or latest Pleistocene submergence, and this submergence has influenced the modern coral-reef development. Regarding the amount of Recent submergence of the Cuban shore line, reference to the table on page 282 shows that there is close ac- cordance in the depths of the channels or harbors, except certain ones that will be discussed later. These indicate that prior to the last submergence the land stood about 100 feet or slightly more, about 20 fathoms, higher than at present. The amount of emergence would establish a broad land connection with the Isle of Pines. The discrepant harbors are Nuevitas Bay, which shows an excess of only about 27 feet, Nipe and Tanamo bays, and the channel leading from Livisa and Cabonico bays, on the north coast, and Cienfuegos on the south coast. The harbors with the discrepant depths on the north coast all occur on the north side of the Province of Oriente and at the eastern end of the Province of Camaguey. They seem to indicate deeper submergence than at other places and that the submergence has not been uniform in amount for the entire coast. However, the depths do not contradict a Recent rise of sea level to an amount of about 20 fathoms. The harbor of Cienfuegos would be expected to be abnormal, for the fault line which runs northward from Cape Cruz intersects the shore line at its mouth (see text-fig. 15). It is possible that structural relations have also influenced the depths in the other harbors and channels that are discrepant. Regarding these it will be said that except Nuevitas Harbor they occur within a linear distance of 31 miles. Nipe Harbor, the westernmost of the group, lies on the north side of Loma de Mulas, while it, Livisa, Cabonico, and Tanamo harbors all are on the north side of Sierra Cristal. 1 Henderson, J. B., Cruise of the Tomas Barrtra, pp. 161-164, New York, 1916. 288 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The great extent and relatively uniform height of a coral-reef terrace between 30 and 40 feet above sea level favors the interpreta- tion that fhe geologically Recent shift in position of strand line has been without pronounced crustal deformation. The relations of the off-shore reefs to the platforms on which they grow will now be briefly considered. A detailed description of the reefs is unnecessary here, as it would be only a repetition of that already given by A. Agassiz 1 and the accounts contained in the West Indies Pilot. 2 It need only be stated that the best developed off-shore reefs on the north coast are the Colorados Reefs, between Bahia Honda and Cape San Antonio'; and that off the south coast the best are those between Trinidad and Cape Cruz and those east and west of the Isle of Pines. Mr. John B. Henderson has devoted attention to the Colorados Reefs in his "Cruise of the Tomas Barrera." Have the reefs off the south coast grown up on the surface of preexistent platforms or are the platforms due to infilling behind a reef during subsidence ? The area between Trinidad and Cape Cruz will be considered first. The fact that the reefs form disconnected hillocks or mounds, sometimes of mushroom shape, above a plain surface, which in places is 50 miles wide along a line perpendicular to the shore, while on the seaward side of the reefs there are large areas of shallow platforms, without any margining reefs, seems conclusive evidence against the platform having been caused by infilling behind reefs. The following, in my opinion, is the correct explanation: The lit- toral geologic formations from Cape Cruz to Trinidad are mostly upper Oligocene or Miocene marls and limestones which dip under the sea at relatively low angles. They dip into the Cauto Valley, which is a gently pitching syncline, and into its seaward continua- tion, the Gulf of Guacanayabo. The embayment northeast of Boca Grande passage is probably also synclinal in structure. The abrupt undersea termination of the platform is most reasonably explained by a submarine fault which runs from Punta Sabanilla, at the mouth of Cienfuegos Harbor, to Cape Cruz. The coral reefs have grown up on the surface of a plain underlain by geologic formations that were gently tilted seaward and faulted along the line indicated. That the Isle of Pines was joined to Cuba during Pleistocene time has, I believe, been shown in a convincing manner. As the Miocene and upper Oligocene formations from Batabano to Pinar del Rio dip under the sea at low angles they must underlie the flat bottom of the Gulf of Batabano. That the submarine slope from East Guano Key to off Cape San Antonio is determined either by a fault or by a very steep flexure is clearly indicated, as off the south shore of the i Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 26, pp. 133-136, 1894. 2 West Indies Pilot, vol. 1, pp. 199-332, 1913 (U. S. Hydrographic Office). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 289 290 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Isle of Pines the descent from the shore in 9 sea-miles is 13,080 feet, a slope of about 1 in 4. The Gulf of Cazones appears to have been outlined by faulting. This shelf differs from the one considered in the preceding paragraph, in that the Isle of Pines, whose area is about 1,200 square miles, stands on its outer margin, and apparently has affected the course of the fault. However, there was here also an undersea flat, which was produced by the gentle seaward tilt of low-lying geologic formations, and its outer margin was also deter- Fig. 16.—Chart of colorados reefs, cuba. From U. S. hydrographic chart no. 966. mined by faulting. The living reefs are growing on its submerged unfaulted part, above which they rise as disconnected patches or as a broken barrier. The Colorados reefs (text-fig. 16) grow as patches of barrier reefs or upon a shelf, which, according to Henderson, largely consists of coral rock that had been uplifted above the sea and then depressed. 1 The conditions under which the Cuban offshore reefs are growing can be very easily summarized, as follows: (1) They are superposed 1 Henderson, John B., Cruise of the Tomas Barrera, pp. 62-64, 126-130, 1916. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 291 on fiats submerged in geologically Recent time; (2) the amount of the submergence of Cuba was about 100 feet. BAHAMAS. Alexander Agassiz has in his reconnaisance of the Bahamas 1 the following very significant statement: May we not to a great extent measure the amount of subsidence which must have taken place at certain points of the Bahamas by the depth attained in some of the so-called ocean holes, as marked on the charts? Of course we assume that they were due in the aeolian strata to the same process which has on the shores of many islands formed potholes, boiling holes, banana holes, sea holes, caverns, caves, sinks, cavities, blowholes, and other openings in the aeolian rocks. They are all due more or less to the action of rain percolating through the aeolian rocks and becoming charged with carbonic acid, or rendered acid by the fermentation of decomposed vegetable or ani- mal matter or by the action upon the limestone of sea water or spray under the most varying conditions of elevation and of exposure. None of them have their upper openings below low-water mark, though some of them may reach many feet below low-water level. Ocean holes were formed in a similar way at a time when that part of the bank where they exist was above high-water mark, and at a sufficient height above that point to include its deepest part. The subsidence of the bank has carried the level of the mouth and of the bottom of the hole below high-water mark. From the description of the strata which crop out upon the banks in the vicinity of some of_the ocean holes at Blue Hole Point, there seems to be little doubt that the stratification characteristic of the aeolian rocks has been observed. The deepest of the holes mentioned by Agassiz has a depth of 38 fathoms, "in the extension of the line of Blossom Channel leading from the Tongue of the Ocean up on the bank." I have had opportunities to study such "holes" or solution wells, above sea level in Florida and have examined many of them, both above and below sea level, in the Bahamas. Mr. E. W. Forsyth sounded other "holes " and reported the results to me. 2 The depths of the holes range from about 2 fathoms to as much as 33 fathoms, the deepest hole in Fat Turtle Sound, North Bight, Andros Island, sounded by Mr. Forsyth. As in my opinion Agassiz ;s deduction as to the origin of these holes is incontrovertible, they indicate a stand of the land during Pleistocene time at least 228 feet higher than at present. Shattuck 3 and Miller accept a higher stand of 300 feet, followed by submergence of 300 feet, and conclude that this move- ment in strand-line position was followed by emergence, to an amount between 15 and 20 feet. From my own experience in the Bahamas the last change in the position of strand line was accompanied by minor differential crustal movement. For instance, at Nicollstown Light, Andros Island, a sea cave stands at such a height above the sea as to show conclusively an elevation of 18 feet above the position i Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 41-42, 1894. 2 Vaughan, T. W., Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 13, p. 229, 1915. 3 Shattuck, G. B., and Miller, B. L., Physiography and geology of the Bahama Islands, The Bahama Islands, pp. 19, 20, 1905. 292 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. at which it was formed; but 4,000 feet southeast of the cave the elevation is only about 4 feet in amount. I have given more infor- mation on this minor uplift in the paper referred to in the footnote. 1 Agassiz, Shattuck, and Miller, and I agree as to the geologi- cally Recent submergence of the Bahamas. The accompanying diagram (text-fig. 17) indicates the relations of the barrier reef off the west side of Andros Island to the platform on the edge of which it is growing. This reef is growing on the edge of a platform that had stood above sea level at least as much as 192 feet. It was perforated by solution wells and then submerged. The perforations in the platform show that it antedates the barrier reef, and that its formation is not dependent on agencies associated with the presence of the reef. There is here another instance of a reef formed during or after submergence, and superposed on the surface of an antecedent platform. .~~2h 2O0l 400l 6001 eoo: 3^?|g^^^Wl^S^5^f3=^_Submerged Terrace |?fms Solution wells 6-7/Efa{homs -^ ^ *~ Ia - deep through oolite Solution well 31-33 fathoms deep .100 fms. Horizontal scale o z.ooo 4,000 6,000 Feet Fig. 17.—Diagkammatic section across the barrier reef, Andros Island, Bahamas. The relative importance of the constructional r61e of the living reef will be briefly mentioned. The Pleistocene oolite of the Bahamas is not coral-reef rock, as was contended by A. Agassiz. It is composed of calcium carbonate chemically precipitated on extensive submarine flats. 2 I have several times published the estimate "that on Andros Island, Bahamas, the ratio of the constructive work of the present reef to that of agencies that previously resulted in the formation of the Pleistocene oolite is approximately as 1 to several thousand, or, as a constructive agent, chemical precipitation has been several thousand times more effective in forming limestone than corals." 3 Before passing to the discussion of the next area it should be pointed out that the amount of submergence of the Bahamas, 228 1 Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 13, p. 229, 1915. 2 For the most recent discussions of this subject, see Vaughan, T. W., Some shoal-water bottom samples from Murray Island, etc., Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, pp. 277-280, 1918; Chemical and organic deposits of the sea, Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 28, pp. 933-944, 1918. s Wash. Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 4, pp. 26, 27, 1914; Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 279, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 293 feet, is greater than that, about 120 feet, indicated for the areas already considered, unless the notches in the outer edges of the St. Martin Plateau and the Virgin Bank really indicate a position of sea level 40 fathoms lower than present sea level. BERMUDAS. Alexander Agassiz has given a good account of proto-Bermuda, that is of the extent and general physical character of the Bermudas pre- vious to the submergence that has left the group in very nearly the form in which we now know it. 1 Recently Prof. L. V. Pirsson has con- tributed two highly valuable articles to the literature on the geology of the islands, basing his interpretations largely upon a study, of samples from a well bored in Southampton Parish, on the slope of a hill about a mile west of the lighthouse on Gibbs Hill, from a height of 135 feet above sea level to a depth of 1,413 feet below the surface, or to a depth of 1,278 feet below sea level. 2 There were penetrated in the well mentioned three major classes of material, as follows: (1) From the surface to a depth 383 feet below it, limestone; (2) from 383 feet to 600 feet, oxidized volcanic material; (3) below 600 feet to 1,413 feet, with one slight exception, basaltic, usually black lava. Pirsson concludes the first of his two articles with the following statement: It appears to the writer that what has been learned regarding the history of the Bermuda volcano has an important bearing on the question of the way in which the platforms on which coral islands, barrier reefs and atolls are situated, have been formed. There is of course nothing new in the idea that these may be volcanic in origin, only in Bermuda we have once more a positive demonstration of the fact. We have also seen that, provided the volcanic masses are of sufficient antiquity, they may, even though of great size, have been reduced to sea level, furnishing platforms of wide extent. As mentioned above, such masses reduced to sea level would con- tinue to project from the ocean abysses indefinitely and many of them may be of great geologic age. There is nothing in the mere size of any of the atolls of the Pacific which would preclude their being placed on the stumps of former volcanic masses; it is not intended to assert by this that the foundation in every case is necessarily a volcanic one. If such masses have once been brought down to sea level and continue to exist and that level changes within limits from time to time by warpings in different places of the sea floor, or by an accumulation of ice on the lands and its melting, as suggested by Daly, then conditions of shallow water over them may be established suitable for their colonization by those organisms concerned in the production of the so-called coral reefs, which may be formed under the conditions postulated by Vaughan. It was the understanding between Professor Pirsson and me that I should prepare a report on the calcium-carbonate samples. The following is a preliminary statement, accompanied by determinations of the Foraminifera by Dr. Joseph A. Cushman. 1 Agassiz, Alexander, A visit to the Bermudas in March, 1894, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 273- 277, pi. 2, 1895. 2 Pirsson, L. V., Geology of Bermuda Island, I. The igneous platform, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 38, pp. 189-206; II. Petrology of the lavas, Idem., pp. 331-344, 1914. 294 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Preliminary description of the limestone samples and list of species of Foraminifera from the Bermuda well. No. of specimen and depth below surface. (0-6 feet) 2 (61-110 feet) 3 (110-216 feet) 4 (216-241 feet) 5 (241-286 feet) 6 (286-331 feet) 7 (331-341 feet) 8 (341-383 feet) Description. Light cream-colored limestone; mixture of cal- cite and aragonite; most of the constituent particles angular; largely or mostly broken remains of organisms; occasional small round grains 0.10 mm. or less in diameter, may be aggregates of chemically precipitated calcium carbonate. Largely or mostly an organic limestone. Light cream-colored limestone; mixture of cal- cite and aragonite; constituent particles most- ly angular, Foraminifera and broken tests of other organisms present; a few rounded grains 0.04 mm. or less in diameter, may be aggre- gates of chemically precipitated material. Largely or mostly an organic limestone. Light cream-colored limestone; mixture of cal- cite and aragonite, apparently but little ara- gonite; largely a recrystallized limestone, without conspicuous grains; some small pock- ets contain pulverulent calcium carbonate; some pieces granular. A few grains 0.05 to 0.8 mm. in diameter resemble small oolite grains. The rock is mostly a foraminiferal limestone, the Foraminifera embedded in a cryptocrystalline matrix. Whitish limestone, very slight yellowish tinge, some blackish particles; mixture of aragonite and calcite ; specimen consists mostly of broken rock fragments; an occasional small pebble, one 2.5 mm. as maximum diameter; constit- uent material largely organic, Foraminifera, fragments of mollusks, shells, etc. Most small particles angular; a few less than 0.12 mm. appear oolitic. One 0.09 by 0.17 mm. in size had form of an oolitic ellipsoid. Mostly an organic limestone. Whitish, faintly yellowish, pulverulent lime- stone ; mixture of calcite and aragonite . Com- paratively few tests of organisms, some Fora- minifera, many small rounded grains and cryptocrystalline material. Some of the round grains appear oolitic; one of these is 0.11 by 0.15 mm. in size. It appears that a consider- able proportion of this bed is a chemical pre- cipitate. White, pulverulent limestone; mixture of cal- cite and aragonite. No organic tests were ob- served. Round grains up to 0.1 or 0.2 mm. appear to be oolite; small round grains 0.04 mm. in diameter. Much cryptocrystalline material. This bed appears to be largely a chemical precipitate. White, friable limestone; mixture of calcite and aragonite. Round grains which range in di- ameter from 0.22 to 0.45 mm., may be oolitic. Small grains, 0.09 mm. in diameter seem defi- nitely oolitic. Besides the rounded, there are broken angular grains and much cryptocrys- talline material. Few or no organic tests. This appears to be largely a chemical precip- itate. Light-colored, earthy, yellowish-gray, impure limestone; some iron pyrites; mostly calcite, if aragonite is present the proportion is small. Many Foraminifera, Nummulites, fragments of coral, Bryozoa, etc.; many rounded grains which may be detrital; no definitely oolitic grains were observed. A thin section shows many Foraminifera embedded in a cryptocrys- talline matrix. This bed is an impure, forami- niferal, shoal water limestone. It may con- tain some chemically precipitated material. Species of Foraminifera. Textularia agglutinans d'Orbigny. Polystomella striatapunctata Fichtel & Moll. Polystomella species. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orbigny. Quinqueloculina reticulata d'Orbigny. Q. oblonga Montagu. Q. auberiana d'Orbigny. Peneroplis pertusus Forskal. Orbiculina adunca Fichtel & Moll. Textularia agglutinans d'Orbigny. Polystomella striatopunctata Fichtel & Moll. Polystomella species. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orbigny. Quinqueloculina reticulata d'Orbigny Q. auberiana d'Orbigny. Orbiculina adunca Fichtel & Moll. Clavulina angularis d'Orbigny. Planorbulina larvata Parker & Jones. Truncatulina species. Polystomella striatopunctata Fichtel & Moll. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orbigny. Triloculina cf. T. circularis Borne- mann. Orbiculina adunca Fichtel & Moll. Truncatulina species. Pulvinulina canariensis d'Orbigny. Polystomella striatopunctata Fichtel & Moll. Polystomella species. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orbigny. Triloculina linneana d'Orbigny. Orbiculina adunca Fichtel & Moll. Bolivina species. Truncatulina species. Discorbis vilardeboana d'Orbigny. Amphistegina species. Quinqueloculina reticulata d'Orbigny • Biloculina species. None reported. Amphistegina species. Nummulites species. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. - 295 This examination reveals three kinds of limestone, the uppermost of which subsequently may be subdivided. The three divisions are as follows: Specimens 1-4 (0-241 feet) represent a limestone which is largely or mostly of organic origin, but which may contain a few grains of chemically precipitated material. This corresponds to the upper faunal division recognized by Cushman. Specimens 5-7 (241-341 feet) represent a pulverulent limestone, composed of rounded grains imbedded in finely crystalline material. The grains in their size and shape resemble oolite, and some grains showed with greater or less distinctness suggestions of oolitic struc- ture. The foraminiferal fauna is meager, but it differs from that of specimens 1-4 and the underlying bed represented by specimen 8. It seems safe to draw the inference that this division of the lime- stone is in part, at least, a chemical precipitate. Specimen 8 (341-383 feet) represents an impure, foraminiferal, earthy limestone, or a calcareous marl, in which there may be some chemically precipitated material. This bed is the uppermost in which the Nummulites reported by Cushman occur. It was also found in the underlying bed No. 9, 383-393 feet. Probable geologic age of the limestone in the Bermuda well. [Height of well mouth above sea level, 135 feet.] Samples. Probable geologic age. From 1-241 feet Recent and Pleistocene. From 241-286 feet Pliocene or Miocene. From 331-341 feet Nothing determinable. From 341-393 feet Oligocene or Eocene (Nummulites). From 393-485 feet Eocene? (no Nummulites). An outline of the geologic history of the Bermudas subsequent to the volcanic activity seems to be as follows : Doctor Cushman's identification of the Foraminifera from the Bermuda well shows the presence of an undetermined species of Polystomella between 393 and 480 and between 480 and 485 feet. These depths are well down in the oxidized zone and indicate marine conditions which persisted throughout the deposition of the super- incumbent material. Other Foraminifera occur between 383 and 393, one of them being a species of Nummulites, which was also obtained from the basal bed of limestone at a depth of 341 feet. As the genus Nummulites is, according to our present knowledge, confined to the upper Eocene and Oligocene formations in the southeastern United States and the West Indies, the inference may be drawn that the Bermuda samples between 341 and 393 feet probably represent a geologic formation of either Eocene or Oligocene age, and that those from 393-485 feet represent a formation of probably Eocene age. 37149—19—Bull. 103 8 296 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Until the specimens of Nummulites from the Bermuda well have been identified with species of known stratigraphic position a more definite statement can not be made. It appears safe to assign an Eocene or pre-Eocene age to the Bermudian volcanic activity. The calcareous sediments, therefore, began to accumulate on a submerged volcanic basement in Eocene or lower Oligocene time, and the submergence progressed until the basement, in probably- Miocene time, was entirely blanketed by calcareous deposits 100 feet thick, which differ in their physical aspect both from the under- lying nummulitic rock and the overlying organic limestone. This rock is probably in considerable part a chemical precipitate. The well samples indicate no stratigraphic break at either its to p or it base. The limestone from a depth of 241 feet to the surface is a shoal- water, organic deposit, in which living species of Foraminifera are abundant. Its age is probably Pleistocene, although the lower part may prove to be Pliocene. The shoal-water nature of the limestone indicates continued slow subsidence. The subsidence which apparently had been interrupted by no period of emergence since Oligocene time was succeeded in Pleisto- cene time by uplift to an amount of probably more than 100 feet. All the surface rock of the Bermudas except some in areas of low elevation is considered by the geologists who have visited the islands to be eolian deposits. However, certain of the published illustra- tions suggest that in some exposures there are in the bedding hori- zontal planes intersecting the inclined layers. Cross-bedding between horizontal planes is a structure characteristic of shoal-water or beach deposits but not of eolian deposits. A more critical study of the bedding of the Bermudian rocks may discriminate elevated cross- bedded water-laid and eolian deposits. However this may be, the period of uplift under consideration was the time of the Greater Ber- muda, which has been admirably described by William North Rice, A. Agassiz, and A. E. Verrill. According to the latter, the area of Greater Bermuda was somewhat more than 230 square miles, or about 1 1 times that of the present land surface, which is estimated as hav- ing an area of 19J square miles. 1 The evidence indicates that the elliptical area inclosed by the outer reefs was entirely above sea level, as perhaps also were the surfaces of Challenger and Argus banks. The last important change in the relations of sea level was, as Verrill has so ably shown, submergence to an amount of about 100 feet, reducing the land area from that of 230 square miles during the period of Greater Bermuda to that of 19 3 square miles, the present 1 Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 12, p. 52, 1905. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 297 area. The evidence is not decisive as to there having been a slight emergence, of 6 to 10 feet, since the great submergence. As Verrill has shown, the Bermuda limestone is composed not of coral debris, except in a subordinate proportion, but is made up of broken, more or less triturated, calcareous tests, largely of mollusks. He designates the material as "shell sands." The Bermudas are, therefore, inappropriately called "coral islands." The recent corals are growing on a foundation of older lime rock, brought into its present relation to sea level by submergence. In that the last dominant change in the position of its strand line was by submergence, Bermuda accords with the Florida coast, the Bahamas, Cuba, and most of the smaller West Indian islands. FLORIDA. Strand-line oscillation in Florida has attracted the attention of many geologists, among whom may be mentioned Shaler, Heilprin, and Dall of the earlier investigators, and Matson, Sanford, Sellards, Shaw, and myself of the later ones. . Shaw and I have recently reviewed the subject. 1 That subsequent to formation of the Pleis- tocene barrier reef of Florida, the reef tract was elevated to a height about 50 feet above its previous stand and that this elevation was followed by submergence to an amount of about 30 feet is shown by (1) a submerged cave at Miami; (2) submerged solution well below sea level, near East Bahia Honda Key; 2 (3) submerged peat bed at Key West; (4) submerged indurated, cemented, recrystallized oolite under the Marquesas; (5) submerged wave-cut terrace front at Tortugas. In addition to this evidence Shaw and I say in the paper cited : Additional deductions of importance may be made from the submarine physiography at depths beyond 10 fathoms. Although the investigations are at presept only in a preliminary stage, it may be said that along the sides of the Gulf Stream from opposite Miami to Satan and Vestal Shoals, just west of Sand Key, the Coast and Geodetic Survey charts indicate fairly uniform slopes from 10 to 100 fathoms, but there may be narrow terraces which are not brought out by the soundings. West of Vestal Shoal the sea bottom drops suddenly from 10 to 20 fathoms, with a flat or gently sloping surface between 21 and 28 fathoms. South of Goalbin Rock there is an escarpment between 10 and 30 fathoms, a flat or gentle slope between 30 and 40 fathoms, and another flat or gently sloping area between 40 and 50 fathoms. The soundings are not sufficiently numerous to trace surfaces with a feeling of confidence, but the scarp from 10 to between 25 and 30 fathoms is clear cut and can be followed for 25 miles to the west end of the Quicksands. Westward in the vicinity of Tortugas there are, besides, the bottom of Tortugas lagoon and the surface of the shoal 7 to 10 miles west of Loggerhead Key, two undersea terrace plains, one at a depth of 15 to 17 fathoms, the other, which is a large plain west of Tortugas, ranges in depth from 28 fathoms on its landward to 36 fathoms on its seaward edge, and has an east and west width of 10 miles. The 15 to 18 fathom flat is especially well developed south and southwest of Tortugas. It is 1 Vailghan, T. W., and Shaw, E. W., Geologic investigations of the Florida coral-reef tract, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, pp. 232-238, 1916. 2 Oral communication of Mr. Samuel Sanford. 298 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. separated by a scarp from the 28 to 36 fathom flat, and by another scarp from the shallower levels in Tortugas. The presence of the continuous scarp from Coalbin Rock to off the west end of the Quicksands, with a depth of 25 to 30 fathoms at its foot, and the presence of a terrace 28 to 36 fathoms deep, 10 miles wide, and bounded on its land- Fig. 18.—Chart of northern end of floridian barrier reef. From United States coast and geodetic survey chart no. 165. ward margin by a similar scarp, suggest that the portion of the Florida reef tract west of Key West at one time stood some 20 fathoms higher than now, while the 15 to 18 fathom terraces suggest another, shallower stand of sea level. Although the tracing of the oscillations of the Florida reef tract can not now be made in detail, it seems probable that it at one time stood more than 120 feet higher GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 299 than at present (and has been submerged to a similar amount). Besides the suggested larger swing there have been intermediate stands of sea level and numerous minor oscillations. The last movement of importance was one of submergence, but subse- quent to it there has been a minor uplift of some 10 feet or slightly more in the vicinity of Miami. The accompanying figure (fig. 18) shows that the fiat that the living barrier-reef margins or above which coral-reef patches rise extends beyond the northern reef limits, near Fowey Rocks. The living bar- rier reef has developed seaward of the Pleistocene barrier near the edge of a previously prepared platform, for the continuity of the platform irrespective of the presence of the reefs shows that its origin is inde- pendent of them. CAMPECHE BANK. The best known reef on the Campeche Bank is Alacran Reef, which was described by A. Agassiz in considerable detail in 1888. 1 (See pi. 73, photograph of model.) Heilprin in 1891 2 said regarding Yucatan, "the evidence is all but conclusive that there has been recent subsidence"; but I am unable to discover in his article the basis of this opinion. Dr. C. W. Hayes orally informed me shortly before his deeply lamented death that there is clear evidence of recent submergence around Terminos Lake at the base of the penin- sula on its west side. The lagoons between Progreso and Holbox Island are strongly suggestive of submergence. There is a steeper slope between about 20 and 28 on the outer edge of the bank, indi- cating change in position of sea level by submergence, similar to the change already recorded for St. Thomas and other West Indian islands. In this connection the following quotation from Alexander Agassiz will be introduced :3 In fact, what I have seen so far in my exploration of the coral reefs of the a West Indies would show that wherever coral reefs occur, and of whatever shape, they form only a comparatively thin growth upon the underlying base, and are not of great thickness. In Florida they rest upon the limestones which form the basis of the great peninsula. On the Yucatan Bank they are underlain by a marine limestone. In Cuba they abut upon the Tertiary limestones of its shore. Along Honduras, the Mosquito Coast, and •the north shore of South America they grow upon extensive banks or shoals, parts of the shore plateau of the adjoining continent, where they find the proper depth. I doubt if there is any one bold enough to claim that Campeche Bank has been formed by infilling behind a barrier reef, for it is too' obviously due to a large gentle flexure of the earth crust or some other kind of broad structural uplift, and that in suitable places coral grows on the surface of the submarine plateau formed in the manner indicated. E. W. Shaw 4 collected a few bottom samples 6 to 1 Agassiz, A., Three cruises of the Blake, vol. 1, p. 71, 1888. 2 Heilprin, A., Geological researches in Yucatan, Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. for 1891, p. 148. 3 Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, p. 172, 1894. * Shaw, E. W., Oral communication. 300 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 8 miles off shore at Progreso, and in these he found only two fragments of coral, the main mass of the samples being shell fiagments. HONDURAN REEFS. Although this is an important barrier reef, its length being 125 sea-miles, I know of no adequate published description ol it, nor oi any published account of the shore line or of the oscillations of the strand line behind it. The configuration ol Honduras Bay and of the Gulf of Dulce, which lies inland from it and is connected with it by a waterway, as well as that of Chetumal Bay, points clearly to submergence. The reef occupies the outer edge of a platform 10 to 22 miles wide and is separated from the shore by a channel from 11 to 33 fathoms deep. This is a remarkably continuous barrier reef, but it shows discontinuity at its southern end and therefore evidence of superposition. MOSQUITO BANK. Hayes, although he was not giving particular attention to coral reefs, has made one of the finest studies of a shore line in a coral- reef area as yet published. 1 The following is quoted from his article: 2 7. In middle Tertiary time the region was elevated and subjected to long-continued subaerial degradation, and the narrower portion of the isthmus was reduced to a pene- plain, with monadnocks at the divide near the axis. There is no evidence that open communication has existed between the two oceans across this portion of the isthmus since the middle Tertiary uplift. 8. In post-Tertiary time the region was again elevated and the previously developed peneplain deeply trenched. 9. A recent slight subsidence has drowned the lower courses of the river valleys, and the estuaries thus formed have subsequently been filled with alluvial deposits. J. E. Spurr furnished me a note 3 confirming Hayes's deduction regarding the submergence of the lower courses of the streams on the east coast of Nicaragua. Subsequently I had profiles drawn across Mosquito Bank (see text fig. 11, page 275). 4 These indicate submergence to an amount of about 20 fathoms. As on Mosquito Bank there is a submerged terrace front between about 20 and 25 fathoms in depth, the bank had to exist previous to formation of that feature, and as the living reefs grow on the shallower flats, which according to available evidence was out of water during at least a part of Pleistocene time, they are necessarily superposed on an antecedent basement. Furthermore, the enormous area of the fiat and the relatively small areas occupied by living reefs, lead to the same conclusion—that is, the living reefs are merely growing on parts of a submarine plateau where conditions favor their life. 1 Hayes, C. W., Physiography and geology of region adjacent to the Nicaragua Canal route, Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 10, pp. 285-348, pis. 30-32, 1899. 2 Idem, p. 318. 3 Amer. Geog. Soc. Bull., vol. 46, p. 429, 1914. < Wash. Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 6, pp. 57, 62, 1916. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 301 The shore-line phenomena of Panama and Costa Rica have been carefully described by D. F. MacDonald in his forthcoming report on the physiography and geology of the Canal Zone and adjacent areas. His conclusions in general accord with those I have expressed for other areas. SOME OTHER WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. R. T. Hill in 1899 * pointed out "that Jamaica was once a more extensive land than now, with benched and terraced margins which were submerged by subsidence/' and that "similar submerged plains are now occupied by the growing reefs around the island." Hill appears to hold the view that the reefs were formed during uplift, after submergence, and as regards the elevated fringing reefs I believe he is correct. In fact, Mr. Meinzer and I make a similar interpretation of the conditions under which the coral-reef terraces of Cuba were formed. But, it seems to me that the barrier reef off Morant Point, Jamaica, has been formed after an episode of sub- mergence. The pouch-shaped harbors of Jamaica suggest that considerable stretches of the Jamaica shore line have undergone recent submergence. I have compiled information on the shore lines of other West Indian islands, but to present more seems unnecessary. Possibly except a reef off the southeast side of Barbados, all the off-shore West Indian reefs on which I have obtained information have formed on preexisting flats or plateaus during or after an episode of submergence. BRAZIL AND ARGENTINA. Herbert M. Smith, 2 it seems, was the first to recognize evidence of submergence on the east coast of South America, and Rich 3 has made a pertinent application of Smith's observations and deductions to the coral-reef problem. Smith says: Such an estuary as I have described could only have been formed by the subsidence of the land over a great area, and the encroachment of the sea on some former Amazons and its tributaries. During late geologic time there is in the region of the Amazon evidence of a higher followed by a lower stand on the land. Branner has made the most careful study of the shore line of Brazil, and summarizes his conclusions as follows : 4 8. Although no changes of level are known to have taken place within the historic period, there are evidences of both elevation and depression of the Brazilian coast in late Geologic times. » Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 36, pp. 99. 100. 2 Smith, Herbert M., Notes on the physical geography of the Amazon Valley, Amer. Naturalist, vol. 19, pp. 27-37, 1885. 3 Rich, John L., The physiography of the lower Amazon Valley as evidence bearing on the coral-reef problem, Science, new ser., vol. 45, pp. 589-590, June 8, 1917. 4 Branner, John Casper, The stone reefs of Brazil, their geological and geographical relations, with a chapter on the coral reefs, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 44, pp. 168, 169, 1904. 302 BULLETIN 103,. UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 9. The evidences of depression consist of: (a) The open bays: Rio de Janeiro and Bahia. (6) The partly choked-up bays, such as Santos and Victoria. (c) The coast lakes formed by the closing of the mouths of estuaries such as Lagoa Manguaba, Lagoa do Norte, Jiquia, Sinimbu, etc. (d) Embayments altogether filled up. (e) The islands along the coast are nearly all close in shore and have the appearrance of having been formed by depression of the land. (/) The buried rock channels at Parahyba, now filled with mangrove swamps and mud, show a depression of at least twelve metres since those channels were cut. (g) Wind-bedded sand below tide level on Fernando de Noronba. 10. The evidences of elevation consist of: (a) Elevated sea beaches especially well shown about the Bay of Bahia, and along the coast of the State of Bahia. (6) Marine terraces about Ilheos in the State of Bahia. These are about eight metres above tide level. (c) Horizontal lines of disintegration about one metre above high tide in granites and gneisses at and about Victoria, State of Espirito Santo. (d) Burrows of sea urchins so far above low tide that sea urchins can not now live in them. These are well shown at Pedras Pretas on the coast of Pernambuco. 11. Of the two movements the depression has been much the greater and was the earlier. 12. The great depression probably took place in early Pliocene times. Additional evidence in support of the submergence of the Brazilian coast is given by O. P. Jenkins. 1 That the last dominant shift in the position of the strand line in eastern Brazil was by submergence, it seems to me, is incontrovertible, and that the Brazilian reefs are merely growing on the surface of a submerged continental shelf is too obvious to need defense. In these relations the Brazilian reefs accord with all other American offshore reefs, perhaps with the exception of the Barbadian reef specially mentioned on page 301. Professor Branner dates the submergence whereby the Brazilian harbors were brought into being, as Pliocene ; whereas the submergence in the other areas discussed is clearly Recent. Without definite evidence I should not be justified in giving the drowning a later date than that assigned to it by Professor Branner but I now know that I assigned' too great antiquity to some physio- graphic features I considered about the same time that he was engaged on his work on the Brazilian stone reefs; for instance, the higher Cuban terraces are Pleistocene and not Pliocene, as I said in the Cuba report previously cited. May not the antiquity of the submergence of the Brazilian coast be less than Professor Branner inferred? May not both the submergence and the minor uplift following it be post- Pleistocene in age ? Should the two events mentioned be geologically Recent,- the shore-fine history of Brazil would parallel that of eastern Central America. 1 Jenkins, O. P., Geology of the region about Natal, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil, Amer. Philos. Soc. Proc, vol. 52, pp. 431-465, 1913. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 303 Willis has directed attention to two areas of submergence by down- warping along the Argentine coast, namely, the embayment of the Rio de la Plata and Bahia Blanca; 1 but Barrell is of the opinion, from the character of the submarine profiles, that there has been sub- mergence of the coast subsequent to the warping.2 That there has been in late geologic time a rising of ocean level on the Argentine coast seems a justified deduction. ATLANTIC COAST OF THE UNITED STATES NORTH OF FLORIDA. That the last shift in position of strand line from the Georgia- Florida line at least to Narraganset Bay has been by submergence is so clearly shown by drowned stream mouths, resulting in estuaries and harbors, is so well known to geologists that no detailed presenta- tion of evidence is necessary. Northward from near Boston there has been subsequent to submergence, emergence, probably due to crustal rebound after deglaciation and relief of the pressure exerted by the superincumbent continental glaciers. TYPES OF WEST INDIAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN LITTORAL AND SUBLITTORAL PROFILES AND THEIR RELATIONS TO CORAL REEFS. In my paper on littoral and sublittoral physiographic features of the Virgin and northern Leeward islands, 3 I pointed out that there are four types of sublittoral profiles in the West Indies (see fig. 19) as follows: (1) That found off volcanic islands, such as Saba, into the sides of which the sea has cut relatively narrow platforms; (2) fault plane profiles, such as the north side of St. Croix; (3) wide yndersea flats, where planation agencies have long been active, as off Anguilla and north of St. Thomas; (4) submarine banks, such as Saba, Pedro, and Rosalind, which have no bordering land, and whose upper sur- faces lie between 9 and 30 fathoms below sea level. All of these areas have undergone geologically Recent submergence. Where do the offshore reefs occur ? There is no barrier reef on the fault slope on the north side of St. Croix. No reef started as a fringing reef, then increased in thick- ness and grew seaward so as to form a prism of coral-reef rock and material caught behind the reef, so as to become converted according to the Darwinian hypothesis into a barrier reef; but tuere is a barrier off the south side of the island, where gently dipping lime- stones pass below the sea and produce a platform on the surface of which at the proper depth a barrier reef has formed. Off the fault shore of the south side of Oriente province, Cuba, there is no barrier reef, but farther west, between Cape Cruz and Trinidad where there 1 Willis, Bailey, Geologic notes, in Hrdlicka, A., Early man in South. America, Bur. Amer. Ethn. Bull. 52, pp. 16-18, 1912. 2 Barrell, Joseph, Factors in movements of the strand line and their results in the Pleistocene and post- Pleistocene, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 40, p. 6, 1915. s Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., Vol. 6, pp. 53-66, 1916. 304 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is a submerged flat underlain by gently dipping limestones there are offshore reefs, some of which have the barrier form. Where there are extensive offshore flats at the proper depths, if the other ecologic conditions are favorable, reef corals grow upon the surface of the flats and form either patches, stacks, or barriers. Nd.l Sea level, No,2 Sea level SABA ISLAND "B-B \ Sea level ^M^m^%%mm>%m^. 0- 1,000- A Sea level- "^^^MMM^^M^M^^t^ B NORTH SIDE OF ST THOMAS. 2 4 6 8 Nautical'miles NORTH SIDE OF ST. CROIX. Nautical miles- EAST COAST OF AN6UILLA Sea level:. /32/Z miles - PEDRO BANK 1,000 2,000 3,000 Sea /eve/ jgwpwm < 6S mi/es — > ROSALIND BANK FUNAFUTI ATOLL FIG. 19.—TYPES OF WEST INDIAN SUBLITTORAL PROFILES AND PROFILE OF FUNAFUTI ATOLL. It seems that no one- would try to explain Saba, Rosalind, or Pedro Bank as the result of infilling behind barrier reefs. They are subma- rine plateaus, leveled by planation agencies, which almost certainly were both subaerial and submarine, and they have been submerged in Recent geologic time. There is a rather meagre growth of reef corals on their windward sides; but these banks are scientifically of great importance, for, except that the coral growth is not so luxuriant, they essentially duplicate the great atolls in the Pacific. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 305 SUBMERGED BANKS NORTH OF THE CORAL REEF ZONE IN THE WESTERN ATLANTIC OCEAN. That there are on" the Atlantic coast of Central and North America, north of the temperature zone in which coral reefs now exist, sub- marine banks at suitable depth below sea level for the growth of reef- forming corals, has been stated in several of my papers. 1 There are six submarine banks projecting seaward from the eastern part of Central and North America. Named in order from the south north- ward these banks are, first, three on which there are coral reefs, namely, Mosquito Bank off Nicaragua and Honduras, Campeche Bank off Yucatan, and the Floridian Plateau; and, second, three on which there are no coral reefs, namely, Georges Bank, the banks off the coast of Nova Scotia, and the Grand Banks of Newfoundland. The presence of such banks is entirely independent of corals, but corals will grow on the surface of such banks where the necessary ecologic conditions prevail. SUMMARY OF THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE AMERICAN FOSSIL AND LP7ING CORAL REEFS FORMED. 1 . The elevated Pleistocene fringing reefs of the West Indies are separated by erosion unconformities at their bases from the geologic formations that they overlie, but they were usually, if not invariably, formed during intermittent uplift following considerable depression. 2. The offshore reefs, whether forming parts of more or less bedded formations or forming patches, stacks, or barriers of living reef, were formed during or after submergence, as is shown in the case of the fossil reefs by unconformable basal contacts wherever basal contacts could be studied, and in the case of the living reefs by a great variety of evidence indicating geologically Recent submergence. 3. The offshore reefs grew upon or are growing upon antecedent flats, only a small part of the surface of which was or is covered by reefs. The flats existed prior to the submergence during or after which the reefs developed. Corals are constructional geologic agents and help build up the sea bottom, but the large flats on which they grow would exist were there no corals. Such flats are not confined to the temperature zone in which corals live. 4. The submergence of the basements of the fossil reefs seems more reasonably explained as the result of differential crustal movement; but the development of the living reefs seems in large part a result of geologically Recent rise in the stand of ocean level, for nearly the entire eastern shore of the Americas from Argentina on the south to Cape Cod on the north exhibits evidence of Recent submergence, after which there has been in some places minor emergence by differential crustal movement. The amount of the submergence usually seems i Science, new ser., vol. 41, pp. 508, 509, April 2, 1915; Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 58-60, 1915; Amer Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 41, p. 134, 1916; Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 238, 1916. 306 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. to be about 20 fathoms, but in places some facts indicate that the maximum is between 30 and 40 fathoms. Although more accurate investigations of the amount of the submergence are needed, the available evidence accords with the hypothesis that glacial control is one of the important factors in bringing about the formation of living coral reefs. Coral reefs of the Pacific Ocean.' It is manifestly impracticable to consider in this chapter more than a few of the important reefs of the Pacific Ocean. Those selected for discussion are the Great Barrier of Australia, the barrier reef off New Caledonia, and those off the Fiji and Society islands. Finally a few paragraphs will be devoted to atolls. GREAT BARRIER REEF OF AUSTRALIA. The literature on the Great Barrier Reef is very extensive, and includes contributions from numbers of investigators, among whom Jukes, Saville-Kent, H. B. Guppy, Alexander Agassiz, A. C. Haddon, Wood Jones, E. C. Andrews, C. Hedley and Griffith Taylor, Edge- worth David, W. M. Davis, and A. G. Mayer may be mentioned. R. A. Daly and I have based statements regarding it upon carto- graphic studies. No attempt will here be made to review all the literature, and attention will be mostly confined to those papers that, in my opinion, correctly interpret the relations of the reef. Andrews in 1902 published a remarkable paper * on the shore line of Queensland and the platform on which the Great Barrier Reef stands. This paper contains an excellent account of the physiog- raphy of the Queensland coast, applying the deductions based upon the physiographic study to the conditions under which the reef developed, and in it is recognized the significance of a continuous platform and an interrupted reef. Because of the embayed shore line Andrews correctly inferred submergence of the Australian con- tinental shelf, and he makes the important statement: * * * the continuance in width of the shelf southwards of the limits of reefs (coralline), and the great shoals thereon, points to a minor part only of the shelf being formed of coral growth. 2 A few years later Hedley and Griffith Taylor published a valuable paper on the same subject. 3 They accepted Andrews's deduction i Andrews, E. C, Prelininary note on the geology of the Queensland coast with references to the geography of the Queensland and N. S. Wales Plateau, Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, Proc. for 1902, pt. 2, pp. 146-185, 1902. 2 Idem, p. 177. 8 Hedley, C, and Taylor, T. Griffith, Coral reefs of the Great Barrier, Queensland: A study of their structure, life distribution, and relation to mainland physiography, Australasian Assoc. Adv. Sci., Ade- laide Meeting, Jan. 1907, pp. 394-413, 3 pis. 1908. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 307 regarding submergence and devoted particular attention to the effects of wind-induced currents in shaping atolls. They also say: It may be allowed, though Darwin deprecated the idea, that the continental shelf was ready prepared with numerous banks representing eroded islands, just reaching to within the required distance of the surface, when the first coral builders came. 1 On a subsequent page they add: Whatever the history of the Great Barrier Reef was, the reefs of the Coral Sea, such as Lihou Reefs, Flinders Reefs, and Herald Cays, shared in it. 2 I have stated in one of my papers : 3 An inspection of the admiralty charts for the eastern coast of Australia shows con- clusively that the platform on which the Great Barrier Reef of Australia stands has 300 56/2 m//es • Fig. 20.—Profiles across continental shelf, east side of Australia. The latitude at the inter- section OF each profile with the shore line is followed by a statement of the direction of the profile from the shore. South of the southern end of the Great Barrier Reef: 1. From shore east of Leading Hill, S. Lat. 25° 26' 15", South 82° East. 2. From base of Sandy Cape, S. Lat. 24°, 53' 40", North 68° East. 3. From Toowong Hill, S. Lat. 24° 22' 4", North 45° East, passing between Lady Elliot and Lady Musgrove Islands. Across the Great Barrier Reef: 4. From Rodd Peninsula, S. Lat. 24° 0' 0", North 50° East. 5. From Georges Point, Hinchinbrook Island, S. Lat. 18° 25' 40", North 72° 30' East. an existence independent of the Great Barrier Reef, and that corals have established themselves on this platform where the conditions favorable for their life are realized. Daly has given cross-sections of the Australian shelf both south of and across the Great Barrier Reef in two of his papers, 4 and I have presented a series of cross-sections in one of mine,5 both of us basing our profiles on the British Admiralty charts. There is one important fact shown by both Daly's and my profiles, but which Daly seems not to have emphasized. It is that the platform not only continues 1 Coral leefs of the Great Barrier, Queensland, p. 406. 2 Idem., p. 413. 3 Washington Acad. Sci., Journ., vol. 4, p. 32, 1914. 4 Daly, R. A., The glacial-control theory of coral reefs, Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 51, p. 197, figs. 21-24, 1915; Problems of the Pacific Islands, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 41, p. 179, figs. 26-29, Feb. 1916. 5 Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 6, p. 64, profiles Nos. 1-5, 8-14, 1916. 308 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. southward from the reef limits, but in many places the barrier reef stands not on the margin of the shelf but miles landward from the edge. (See text-fig. 20.) There is also a significant terrace front at depths somewhat deeper than 120 feet. These profiles should be compared with those for the West Indies (fig. 11, p. 275). They tell essentially the same story. The platform can not be due to the presence of the Great Barrier Reef, for in many places it projects beyond the reef. I state in my paper cited : The evidence in favor of a shore line between 25 and 30 fathoms below present sea level is strong, if not conclusive, and supports the deduction that the living barrier reef is growing on what was a land surface in Pleistocene time, an interpretation essentially that proposed by E. C. Andrews in 1902. 1 NEW CALEDONIA. I have seen no good account of the coast of New Caledonia, off whose shores is one of the most important barriers known. According to P. Marshall, 2" the northeast coast is practically straight, but many inlets that form excellent harbours penetrate the southwest coast." The chart shows indentations in the north coast, although they are not so deep as those on the south. I find references to the shore-line features in two of Professor Davis's papers,3 and from them certain information may be obtained. The shore line is embayed, there are deltas mostly contained in the embayments between headlands that are strongly cliffed on the sea front. The present barrier reef has developed subsequent to the truncation of the headlands and subsequent to the submergence that has caused the embayment of the coast. Just how much of the platform surmounted by the i W. M. Davis has published since the manuscript of this paper went to press an article entitled: The Great Barrier Reef of Australia (Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 44, pp. 339-350, Nov., 1917), in which he criticizes me and others because we have not "satisfactorily explained" the origin of the form of "the continental mass." Among the statements of Professor Davis is "Vaughan's view is based on the physiographic investigations of parts of the eastern coast of Australia by Andrews (1903); * * *", after he had intro- duced two quotations from my paper on the littoral and sublittoral physiographic features of the Virgin Islands, etc., as given in abstract (Amer. Geolog. Soc. Bull., vol. 27, pp. 41-45, 1916). Professor Davis has drawn an erroneous deduction regarding my cartographic studies of the Great Barrier Reef. They could not have been based on Andrew's work, because Andrews neither published nor made comment on a series of profiles across the Australian platform, such as those I had prepared. Furthermore, my emphasis of the fact, which it seems I was the first to point out—namely, that the present Great Barrier Reef in places stands some miles landward from the margin of the continental shelf—and my deduction therefrom, that the platform can not be attributed to infilling behind the reef, do not warrant the inference that "Vaughan * * * has excluded coral-reef agencies from any part in forming the platform itself * * *." I not only do not know how the Australian continental shelf was formed, but I do not know how any one of a number of hypothesis can be tested. I, therefore, endeavored to confine my discussion to matters on which evidence is procurable, and said nothing regarding the origin of the platform. Professor Davis advances the hypothesis that the platform on which the present Great Barrier is growing is a "mature reef-plain", formed in a previous physiographic cycle, and that it has been recently sub- merged. Whether reefs in past geologic time formed a rampart on the edge of the Australian continenta l shelf and a plain resulted from infilling behind the barrier can at present be neither proved nor disproved and on this subject I have expressed no opinion. 2 " Oceania," Handb. regionalen Geologie, vol. 7, Abt. 2, p. 23, 1912. 3 Davis, W. M., Shaler Memorial study of coral reefs, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol 40, pp. 232, 233, 240 243,245, 270, 1915; Problems associated with the study of corals, The Scientific Monthly, vol. 2, fig. 15 on p 25, p. 27, 1916. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 309 Caledonian barrier is due to the cut and fill process of marine planation at and below sea level during the cliffing of the promontories and to the sediment deposited in the sea, derived through the erosion of mature valleys, I can not say with cer- tainty, but that so much material deposited in the sea would under the influence of waves and currents form a submarine plain is a warranted deduction; and as the barrier reef is crossed by gaps and is discontinuous at both the southeast and northwest ends, the deduction seems safe that it is superposed on a submerged plat- form of antecedent existence. FIJI ISLANDS. That the barrier reefs off the Fiji Islands have developed during or after submergence of their basements is obvious from an inspec- tion of the charts to anyone familiar with the physiography of shore lines. The numerous reproductions of British Admiralty charts in A. Agassiz's volume on the Fiji Islands 1 is valuable and convenient for such a cartographic study. That the indentations of the shore line in the Fijis are due to the drowning of the lower parts of subaerially formed valleys has been pointed out by many geologists, the first of whom appears to have been Dana, who says:2 There is, further, not merely probable but positive evidence of subsidence in the deep coast indentations of the high islands within the great barriers. The long points and deep fiordlike bays are such as exist only where a land, after having been deeply gouged by erosion, has become half submerged. The author was led to appreciate this evidence when on the ascent of Mount Aoraion Tahiti, in September of 1839. Sunk to any level above that of five hundred feet the erosion valleys of Tahiti would become deep bays, and above that of one thousand feet, fiordlike bays, with the ridges spreading in the water like spider's legs; and this is a common feature of the islands and islets within the lagoons of barrier islands. The evidence of subsidence admits of no doubt. It makes the conclusion from the Gambier group positive; and equally so that for Raiatea and Bolabola represented on the charts in Darwin's "' Coral Islands; ' ' the Exploring Isles and others of the Fiji group ; and that for islands, great and small, in the Louisade Archipelago and in other similar groups over the ocean. This statement was misinterpreted by Davis as being confirmation of Darwin's theory of coral reefs,3 which, as is more than once pointed out in the present paper (see especially p. 249), carries with sub- mergence an hypothesis of platform building. Evidence of sub- sidence does not prove that the flat lying between a barrier reef and the shore has been formed by infilling behind the barrier. Daly made a definite statement in 1.910 in a list of "maximum depths recorded for the drowned portion of these valleys," in which i Agassiz, Alexander, The Islands and Coral Reefs of Fiji, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 33, pp. 167, 112 plates, 1899. 2 Dana, J. D., Corals and coral islands, ed. 3, pp. 273, 274, 1890. 3 Davis, W. M., Dana's confirmation of Darwin's theory of coral reefs, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 35, pp. 173-188, Feb. 1913. 310 BULLETIN 1Q3, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. lie includes Mbengha and Moala of the Fiji group. 1 Subsequently Davis, in several of his papers, cited and others have similarly inter- preted the estuarine character of the lower ends of the valleys. Were the platforms on which the Fijian reefs stand, or which they margin, formed by infilling behind barriers or are the reefs merely superposed on antecedent platforms? In 1914 I published the following statement: Having presented criteria for recognizing the relations of continental and large insular platforms supporting barrier reefs to the presence of the reefs, islands such as those in the Society and Fiji groups may be considered. * * * A study of the charts of barrier reef islands, as Viti Levu, Fijis, and Tahiti, Society Islands, shows that the platforms are independent of the presence of reefs, and therefore the rela- tions in these islands are similar to those indicated for barriers off continental shores, for here the reefs are also superimposed on platforms antedating their presence. Plate 7 of Agassiz's work on the Fiji Islands, already cited, shows the continuity of the platform northward and westward from Ovalau without any margining barrier reef. In my opinion these relations clearly show that the reef, where it is present, is merely superposed on an antecedent platform, and that the suggestion of Davis, that tho. entire platform is due to infilling behind a reef which in places has ceased to grow, is farfetched. Recently E. C. Andrews and W. G. Foye have published impor- tant papers on the Fijis. Andrews in his paper says: The Viti Levu salt water arms, therefore, with their contained deltas, suggest the submergence of the Viti Levu coastal lowland in recent time, with the consequent drowning of the lower portions of the river courses. The island is girt with a Great Barrier Reef, several hundreds of miles in length, broken here and there by passages. The present Great Barrier Reef, which rises to the level of the sea, has thus, in all probability, been built up by coral-reef organisms upon the submerged lowlands of Viti Levu. 2 Andrews similarly interprets the conditions of development of the barrier reef off Vanua Levu. The interpretations advanced by Andrews essentially accords with mine; that is, the reefs are super- posed on a depressed platform that was previous to its submergence a coastal lowland. Foye 3 makes the following statement regarding Viti Levu : In general the present coral reefs are developing on platforms which originated during the deposition of the coastal series. 4 Regarding Vanua Levu he says: I visited only the eastern and central portions of Vanua Levu. The modern fringing reefs are here developing either along the shore bine of recently submerged volcanic rocks or on coastal flats formed of the fine ash swept from the elevated hills of sub- 1 Daly, R. A ., Pleistocene glaciation and the coral reel problem, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 30, p. 306, November, 1910. 2 Andrews, E. C, Relations of coral reefs to crust movements in the Fiji Islands, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 41, p. 138, 1916. 3 Foye, W. G., The geology of the Fiji Islands, Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc, vol. 3, pp. 305-310, April, 1917. 4 Idem. p. 303. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 311 marine tuffs. The most recent movements have been differential, and while uplift has taken place at the southeastern side of the island, subsidence has occurred to the east and north. The modern barrier reef occurs where subsidence has taken place either due to tilting or faulting during uplift. 1 Concerning the Lau Islands, he states: Within quite recent times the islands have subsided 50 to 90 feet and the modern coral reefs are developing on the eroded and submerged platforms. 2 One paragraph of Foye's conclusions is as follows: The data assembled by Daly and Vaughan convince the writer that Pleistocene platforms exist very generally throughout the coral seas. Yet while this is true, the platforms in Fiji are post-Pleistocene in their development. The writer was unable to discover any evidence of Pleistocene wave-cut platforms. 3 The second one of Foye's papers 4 contains the following signifi- cant statement: There is another method by which atolls develop. The limestone islands are rapidly eroded to sea level by atmospheric solution. Evidence of this process may be seen in the diminishing limestone masses within the lagoons of many of the Lau islands. By tidal scour and wave action platforms are developed slightly below sea level. Examples of such platforms may be seen about Fulanga and Ongea. It is significant, however, that most of these islands have lagoons 10 to 15 fathoms in depth. Such depths can not be ascribed to erosion, but must be the result of recent submer- gence. * * * The information bearing on the Fijis may be summarized as fol- lows: 1. The fringing reefs have unconformable basal contacts, as do those of the West Indies. 2. The barrier reefs are superposed on antecedent platforms of diverse origin during or after submergence. 3. The submergence is concomitant with, if not actually due to, differential crustal movement. 4. In that they were formed during or after submergence and are superposed on antecedent platforms, the offshore reefs of the Fijis accord with all others, perhaps except a Barbadian reef, so far considered. SOCIETY ISLANDS. TAHITI. That Tahiti had undergone subsidence is implied in statements by Dana, 5 the occasional harbors being mentioned in two places in his book. W. M. Davis says:6 The cliff-rimmed island of Tahiti, the largest and youngest of the group, has suffered moderate subsidence after its cliffs were cut, but its bays are now nearly all filled with delta plains; hence a pause or stillstand has followed its latest sinking. 1 The geology of the Fiji Islands, Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc, p. 308, April, 1917. 2 Idem, p. 309. 3 Idem, p. 309, 310. 1 Foye, W. Q., The geology of the Lau Islands, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 43, pp. 343-350, May, 1917. s Corals and coral islands, ed. 3, pp. 149, 158, 246, 247, 1890. 6 Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 40, p. 271, 1915. 37149—19—Bull. 103 9 312 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The condition of the reef between Taunoa Pass and Point Venus is interesting in this connection. Alexander Agassiz has given a good description of this part of the reef and reef platform and has reproduced the British Admiralty chart of it. 1 Agassiz says: Reef patches, the remnants of a former barrier reef, extend westward from Venus Point parallel with the shore of Matavai Bay, forming the chain of Toa Tea reefs, but they are merely patches of Nullipores, with here and there diminutive coral heads which have taken no part in the building of these reefs. There is along the Toa Tea Reefs a great break in the continuity of the reef, but the platform continues, irrespective of the presence or absence of a margining barrier. The depths in Matavai Bay, 16 to 17 fathoms, seem to be the maximum, are about the same as in Papiete Harbor, outside which there is a well-developed reef crossed by Papiete Pass. These reefs, also, seem to me to have grown up dis- connectedly on a submerged coastal flat. SMALLER ISLANDS OF THE SOCIETY GROUP. Alexander Agassiz has described each of these islands in his coral reefs of the Tropical Pacific,2 and P. Marshall has made the observa- tions and deductions recorded in the following quotation: 3 This reef marks the edge of the platform of marine erosion as described by Agassiz, but the original margin of the land before depression as described by Darwin and Dana. * * * It is evident that if the coral reef rises on the edge of a platform of marine erosion this very erosion would have worn the spurs back in such a way that they would terminate in steep cliffs. In no instance at Huaheine, Raiatea, or Tahiti that the author observed, did the spurs have an abrupt termination. The lower slopes of the islands are in all cases notably less steep than the upper slopes. The deep inlets that intersect the coast line of Huaheine, Tahaa, and Raiatea are clearly due to stream erosion. Prolonged marine action would have shallowed or filled them up or at least would have built up bars of coastal debris across the entrances. The author is therefore strongly of opinion that the absence of cliffs at the termina- tion of radiating spurs, the presence of deep water in the lagoon, and of far-reaching inlets, prove that marine erosion has not had any influence on the form of these islands at the present sea level. * * * Finally the deep inlets appear to be drowned stream valleys and their nature strongly supports the belief that they have been subjected to an important movement of subsidence. Mehetia is interesting in that it is a young volcanic island, with a strongly cliffed shore, a very narrow or no platform, and no coral reefs around it, only a few coral patches. That the other islands, Murea, Huaheine, Raiatea, Tahaa, Bora-Bora, and Maupiti have undergone geologically Recent submergence and that the barrier reefs have developed during or after submergence, can not be controverted. Is the reef flat due to marine planation and to terrigenous sediments 1 Agassiz, Alexander, The coral reefs of the Tropical Pacific, Mus. Comp. Zool. Hem., vol. 28, pp. 152- 154, pi. 209, 1903. 2 Idem, pp. 140, 141, 156-167. 3 Marshall, P., Oceania, Handb. regionalen Geologie, vol. 7, Abt. 2, p. 13, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 313 carried by the streams to the sea prior to the submergence after which the living reefs have formed ? Unless sediment was delivered to the sea so rapidly that a coastal plain pushed forward beyond the interstream divides as to protect them from attack by the sea, their seaward ends should have been cliffed, should the flat have been formed in the manner suggested. What are the submarine profiles off the spur ends? Are there submerged cliffs at the divide tips? One of Agassiz's illustrations 1 represents a cliff of considerable height at one place on the shore of Maupiti. In my opinion sufficient evi- dence is not available to establish how the reef flats of these islands were formed, and they may be made to accord with whatever theory of reef-flat formation an author may prefer. Should it ultimately be proved that these barrier reefs accord with the Darwinian hypothe- Fig. 21.—Diagram to show how a linear reef lying across the wind is formed into a horseshoe. (After hedley and Griffith taylor.) sis, a few instances in which that hypothesis applies will have been discovered. Atolls. There are two kinds of atolls: Those of the first kind rise above relatively shoal-water platforms, and are represented by the atolls of the Great Barrier Reef of Australia, those of the Floridian reef-tract, and thefaros of the Maldives. That there was never any central land area for these atolls is perfectly obvious. Hedley and Griffith Taylor, in their paper, cited on pages 245, 251, have shown how the atolls along the Great Barrier have been shaped by the prevalent, mostly wind-induced, currents; and I have shown in my papers on the Mar- quesas and Tortugas atolls that precisely the same principles apply to them. The principles involved are illustrated by the aCCOmpany- one C-oral Reefs of the Tropical Pacific, pi. 10-1, fig. 4. 314 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ing diagram (fig. 21) ; which is copied from Hedley and Griffith Taylor. Stanley Gardiner has given good descriptions of the faros of the Mal- dives. 1 He says in a footnote on the page referred to: The technical term atoll is derlv.-d from the Maldivan atolu, signifying a province for governmental purposes. There are 13 of these in the Maldives, and many consist of the islands on separate banks, most of which have distinct encircling series of reef reaching the surface. Many of the individual reefs are themselves ring-shaped with pools of water several fathoms deep in their centers. There are obvious disadvantages in using diminutives of the terms atoll and lagoon as applying to such. They are situated on shallow banks, and many are actually larger than some of the isolated ring- shaped reefs of the Pacific, which arise separately in the deep basin of that ocean. I therefore propose to borrow further the Maldivan terms, faro and velu, the former signifying such a small ring-shaped reef of an atoll or bank and the latter its central basin. I, further, following the Maldivan use of the term velu, apply it to deep pools even in the long, linear, circumscribing reefs of many of the banks, as I conceive that such pools have in all these reefs on banks the same mode of origin. On page 171 of the same work, Gardiner says: Each large reef on the bank is a separate entity that has grown up and pursued its history by itself, influenced it is true by the reefs in its vicinity but never directly connected with them. It is only now that the bank is at all approaching the condi- tion J. the perfect atoll. Having seen how small faro may be formed from their earliest beginnings, we now see in North Mahlos the further fortune of such atolls, their joining together where possible to form long linear reefs with the loss perhaps of the whole inner part of their own reefs. The second kind of atolls more or less margin and more or less completely, encircle the flat summits of eminences rising from oceanic depths. The Darwinian explanation of the formation of such atoll rings is illustrated by figure 5, page 242, of this paper. Have these atolls formed in accordance with the postulates of the Darwinian hypothesis, or have more or less perfect rings developed on the edges of submarine flats, with or without submergence ? The origin of the first kind of atolls has been ascertained with so high degree of probability that it amounts to certainty. They have been formed on relatively shoal submarine flats, during or following submergence, and have been shaped by the prevalent currents. But a basement platform for the second kind of atolls can not be traced beyond the atoll limits, at least in our present state of knowl- edge. However, in case of atolls of an area so large as Rangiroa, in the Paumotus, for instance, the presumption is against their deriva- tion from barrier reefs according to the Darwinian hypothesis. They are too large, and, as Wharton long ago pointed out, their bottoms are too nearly level. If the Darwinian explanation were true, lagoon floors should be concave, more or less bowl shaped. That small, flat, summit areas may result from subaerial degradation and marine planation is known in many instances. That volcanic 1 Gardiner, J. Stanley, The fauna and geography of the Maldive and Loccadlve Archipelagoes, vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 155, 1901-1903. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 315 ~* CO o CI cm ro CD c* hS . -$ *£ ->-' ^ '.^"-^ c'"'-. ,© co „ #'. i fv»s •-5-- j^w c-j ; $ J>>- Jo .-" * %', to --a c-. <= £ l- ' to — :-. °o / 00 :: .-•o w oo i ' w ^ t_ i>- . CO : ^ ti •3 ; S O ...-•' ' -* CD~ 3 ....•"icS n' CO . CO" 00: « ..--•in ^"t-^V-3- ?'" °o Sj ' c^' «53 .- CD.iS'i «» 'co tD l~ •*" a ^ ; ..— C) o o ..••"""CO *' ! 1- CD ^ "= - * CD '^ °° t- / -' \i& "" x\ s ...-• .-* 1. "* * fr* M9 § —n oo § i> 10 ** -*-, ^1% CO "^ <=»/' K Hi* t^ ^ w »0 - 1 Qiff "" to 1 c5'|-r « - > 2; •' e3 « Vio <- t» CO l ~" "" -'•'«-" cd |«S Tl" ^^-10 00 o CD ^ "5 t- g o, } -i:i ^ * rs 3*&r m "» 1-K5 CD ? •» M 4 o /S !? ^=' ^ ' g -is ^ . •- tD ©': OO'i' " QJ '~ ^ ^ "" * * "lO\ «^. ; rf ^ W « cq ^s [» a V* OS •^ - CD ti . % ** ''•. C 1 .»> to a ^ •&• oo / ? >> -v.; so ; J 03 » W eo to • i •g b ~ r -k.-* • 3 1 £o " £ " /VrfJ i- °S ^ 4§; CN •&>,7 r> ~ ^ —t O dfl, CD »$ « =|C% l>/ > s o v^"^, ^ t to ""-•-,2^, - „, •..<]) :^ *o_ „ * 4>r ..,.)g o ) 2 == S 3 '~l ^ 316 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. piles may be cut to wave base is known, and on page 311 of this paper Foye is quoted on a process by means of which reduction of limestone masses to sea level* or slightly below sea level is accomplished. In this connection Salt Key Bank, which lies between the Straits of Florida, Santaren Channel, and Nicholas Channel (text-fig. 22), is interesting, as it is 61 nautical miles long by 37 nautical miles wide. Except a few marginal islets and elongate keys, it ranges between 3^ and 8 fathoms in depth. Alexander Agassiz visited and described this bank 1 and says that it is composed of eolian rock similar to the Fig. 23.—Chaet of san saba bank. Feom U. S. hydeogeaphic chaet No. 2318. Bahamas. The bank looks as if it were once a part of the Bahamas and was dissevered by faulting between it and the Bahamas. Whether that suggestion is or is not true, there is here a large level bank, obviously not formed according to the Darwinian hypothesis, that might serve an atoll foundation. Saba, Pedro, and Rosalind banks in the Caribbean Sea have been mentioned on pages 303, 304. Figures 23-25 illustrate them. It is not practicable to work out the geology of the foundations of the Paumotuan and the Maldive and Laccadive stolls, but the lA reconnaissance of the Bahamas, etc., Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, p. 81, pis. 1 and 31, 1894. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 317 probability seems distinctly in favor of their being submerged pla- teau surfaces, upon which coral reefs, mostly marginal, have estab- lished themselves during and subsequent to moderate submergence. I will revert to Admiral Wharton's emphasis of the levelness of the floors of atoll lagoons (depth 24 to 26 fathoms), to his statement, "inside the low rim of growing coral which encircles their edges in various degrees," and to his question "What causes this remarkable similarity of depth and this extraordinarily even surface over these large banks?" As I believe this short article by Admiral Wharton is one of the truly great contributions to our knowledge of coral reefs, 80 7 3.60 439 _ 297 16 A 13/ /s\y 679 /18 "\140 236 (21 15 Ql> 447 230 70 462 \ULj4 12 300 v ~SlL 610 \ 445 584 12 11" >,XI J M^T'> ? J- 19 15 ^ \ 17 Pedro 1" )l6 16 12 B^r9^8 ;:o»;: 675 V7 / 240 K0 vef » ^ i12 cc. 1 \l4 12JM S^40 Rosalind Ba nh \17 609 187 Uh /< >A582 18 &>i V 15 Knoll <5,"i5:'%\ i2?, 2w^9v 121 15 m /no,- K r\\ JT: lin IT/1 '< ct.a.erl.t. *a ' 29? 28.1 \"L ' \ 20;122 '.'.'33 145 45 ^ 07 ''135._ 120 /*• *? 30 21 27 ,V--.. 119 JO 30 27 2, „ ffi 18 110 175 420 \ 19 19 ^ - 22 21 .*. r *• \ 5 1 22 1\' 13 J 218 1 28 . 24"21" " " " "" 252° "lT 2? 18 '• „ i5 13 is 20 18 Sik. 15 16 '7 15 1« 23 '' "° 20 15 H 15 16 16 ' 17 15 f 201_5 U1320 11 17, 11 ? "l5. 13 I8.l612 X150 '5'8lo" 10; 190 ROSALIND 13.' 13 11 12 12 '3 12 12 !•> n 12 u'-.l - 13100 232 10 13 I2, ill,/ 1,38, .11 13 _28_21_ 80M10 13 1S 17 17' 20 18.109 13 " '8 H j, i6\ -18- 15 13 13 18 15 15 - - 18 ,7 « 15 \ S M 20 18 W 15 11 18 ' 22 17 25 • ' 23 19 !_L73__J 15 crl.. 32 17 15 29 1716 I4 13 14 23' 21 19 16 32" 20'U 13 i4a " 10 i 12 12H0 12 H 13 12 12 11 13 ,,-"*•'*£,'»'»' 12 U 12 U 13 , 12 16 12 11 13 ,,, 1 13 ' 3 « » I2*ri"37. .'• 12 ., ..12 n ,,12.1.0 iV.18.23: lOi-i) 14150 fflVT 16 H '19 '1 Oi-V " ,2>; 10^ . \ I3'",: i, 13i3 1312 13 -'12 ^I2' Ripple \1.1 W >2 I3 12 ',? *"/ ,.32_0^ .17 i2 l °, 1 7? 275 - 210 42 '50 SO"' 240 iTT« . • 12 io„ ii V ">io V-ia:.1?5 VI '-.-'^V^-'f22^^ «Y'11 N 9 .i»I2-V°144130.16-.?-.-->.9 7<5'' a-.v^l3i ° c'M ^ " 106^.^v# - 138 ^>Y, 138 ;iJl010-U%„ "° (*, SERRANILLA BANK. 14 15 11 11 15 '5 16 2 Fig. 25.—Chart of Rosalind and Saebanilla banks. From U. S. hydrographic chaet No. 364. The possibility of the formation of atoll lagoons by submarine solution was eliminated in the discussion on page 250 of this paper. Atoll rims are formed by constructional processes. That the greater abundance and luxuriance of reef-forming organisms on the periphe- ries of atolls is due mostly, if not solely, to the intolerance of such organisms to sediment, is shown by certain of my experiments. If the colonies are protected from sediment, the growth of corals within a lagoon may exceed that of corals on the outside. It is my belief that the coral reefs forming atoll rims are superposed on platforms that antedate the formation of the living reefs, and which have undergone a moderate submergence in Recent geologic i Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 51, pp. 178-199, 1915- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 319 time. It is reasonable to ascribe this submergence to rise in ocean level because of deglaciation, because the order of magnitude of the submergence is the same as the order of magnitude expected from deglaciation. Marginal wave-cut benches should exist, or should have existed around the atoll banks. Perhaps more accurate hydro- graphic surveys and more detailed studies of the submarine profiles will discover them. Conclusions. The results of an examination of the Tertiary, Pleistocene, and living coral reefs and reef corals of the West Indies, Central America, and the Southeastern United States are as follows: 1 . The fringing reefs have formed usually, if not invariably, during periods of intermittent uplift, following considerable submergence. 2. All the important offshore reefs, both fossil and living, possibly except the reefs off the southeast coast of Barbados, have devel- oped during or following submergence after the subaerial erosion of their basements. 3. Most of the fossil offshore reefs, all of those on which informa- tion has been obtained, and all of these living reefs are superposed on antecedent flatfish basements or platforms. Where there are no platforms, as off fault shore lines and young volcanic islands, there are no offshore reefs. 4. Although corals are constructional geologic agents, they are subordinate to other limestone forming agencies, and none of the American platforms were formed by infilling behind a barrier. 5. Submarine flats and plateaus at proper depths below sea level to have furnished basements for offshore reefs are not confined to the temperature zone suitable for coral growth. Such extralimital banks are Georges Bank, the banks off the coast of Nova Scotia, and the Grand Banks of Newfoundland. Reefs form on such banks where the proper ecologic conditions for the life of reef building corals prevail. 6. The submergences during and after which the fossil reefs were formed were almost certainly due to differential crustal movement; the submergence of the basement of the living reefs is probably due to complex causes, for there was differential crustal movement in the area under consideration during Pleistocene time, also at some places within it during Recent time, and, in addition to these more or less local movements, there seems to have been during Recent time a general submergence of the eastern coast of America from Argentina to New England. The amount of the general Recent sub- mergence lies between 40 and slightly more than 20 fathoms; an amount of the order of magnitude that would be expected to result from the effect of deglaciation in raising sea level. The principal wave-formed Pleistocene plain now lies between 26 and 36 fathoms 320 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. in depth, and is separated by an escarpment from a shallower plain that now ranges between 17 and 20 fathoms in depth. What appear to be marginal hanging valleys north of St. Thomas and on the St. Martin Plateau, and solution wells, in the Bahamas, 33 to 38 fathoms deep, suggest that there may have been a short stand of sea level about 40 fathoms below its present stand. 7. The fact that the terrace flat between 17 and 20 fathoms in depth is cut away on promontory, tips on the windward side of St. Thomas, while it is preserved in protected areas, indicates that the higher flat is older than the lower, and that it has been resubmerged after the development of the lower flat. The general similarity of the submarine profiles off Antigua, on the St.- Martin Plateau, and on Mosquito Bank favors the inference that there was in those areas a similar lowering and subsequent rise of sea level. The submerged channel within the channel at the mouth of Habana Harbor, and similar phenomena at other localities around the Cuban coast, show that during later Pleistocene time Cuba stood more than 100 feet higher than immediately previous to the cutting of these valleys within older valle}^s, and that after the valle3^s-within-valleys were formed there was submergence to an amount of about 100 feet. Fall of sea level during Pleistocene time and rise duiing Recent time is indicated for the Bermudas, the Bahamas, Florida, Central America, and the mouth of the Amazon, as well as for the areas just mentioned. These phenomena are in essential accord with- the demands of the Glacial-control hypothesis. 8. The principal living West Indian and Central American reefs are superposed on submarine flats or plateaus of pre-Pleistocenc age, that were dry-land areas during at least a part of Pleistocene time, and while they were dry land they were wave cut and remodeled around their margins by submarine planation. 9. There are two kinds of atolls, namely, (a) those that rise above relatively shoal-water platforms and were shaped by the prevalent currents, which are largely wind induced; (b) those that more or less completely encircle the flat summits of eminences that rise from ocean depths. These rings are formed by constructional geologic agencies, because, as submarine solution by sea water in such areas and at such depths is chemically impossible, a lower, flat area, sur- rounded by a higher rim can not be formed by submarine solution or by any other known destructional agencies. The depths on such banks as Saba, Pedro, Rosalind, etc., indicate that they were in large part, at least, above water during part of Pleistocene time, and that the flat summits are largely due to processes operative in pre-Pleistocene time. What the processes were that caused the leveling of the summits is a matter of pure speculation, but it seems probable that they were subaerial erosion and submarine planation. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 321 The living coral rims on the banks enumerated have formed during and subsequent to Recent submergence. A review of the conditions under which the principal barrier reefs in the Pacific Ocean were formed leads to essentially identical con- clusions. Those of the Australian Great Barrier, of New Cale- donia, the Fiji Islands, and Tahiti are superposed on antecedent platforms that have been submerged in Recent geologic time. The submergence of the Australian continental shelf apparently can be assigned to Recent rise of sea level because of deglaciation, as it seems that most of the surface of the platform was exposed as a dry- land area by withdrawal of water from the ocean during at least a part of Pleistocene time. The submergence of the Fijian platforms is concomitant with, if not entirely due to, differential crustal move- ment. The superposition of the barrier reefs off the shores of the smaller Society Islands on antecedent platforms is not proved. Evidence sufficient for the basis of an opinion is not available. The absence of reefs around Mehetia, where there is no shore platform, is significant. That the barriers off the other smaller islands were formed after the submergence of their basements is clear. The small cliffs at the spurs ends, in my opinion, do not constitute evidence against the presence of shore platforms, flats, or lowlands, ante- cedent to submergence. That ocean level in the Indo-Pacific, because of deglaciation, in Recent time has risen to an amount of about 60 meters (about 33 fathoms) as postulated by Humphreys and Daly, and that this rise of ocean level had influenced the development of living coral reefs, is, I believe, so well established as to be almost if not quite incontrovertible. The rims of the large atolls, and perhaps of the smaller ones also, are growing, in my opinion, on the surfaces of, mostly the edges of, flat summit areas that have undergone geologically Recent submerg- ence. These flats, I believe, were mostly formed in pre-Pleisto- cene time, and it is my opinion that they were largely out of water, or were very near the surface of the water, during Pleistocene time. If they projected above the water for an appreciable time, they should have been wave cut around their edges by the lowered Pleistocene sea, and evidence of such benching should be sought. I believe the evidence will not be found on the hydrographic charts at present available, for the object of the published charts is to guide navigators rather than to serve as a basis for physiographic studies of the sea bottom in depths where navigation is safe. From what precedes I believe it is clear that I consider that there are two factors that determine the vigorous development of offshore reefs, which under the most favorable conditions form barriers or atoll rims, the other proper ecologic conditions also being present. The first factor is the existence of an offshore flat, which may have 322 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. a land area on one side and open ocean on the other or which may be the top of an oceanic eminence. The second factor is gradual sub- mergence. The vigor of offshore reefs where these conditions pre- vail can be correlated with certain ecologic demands of reef-forming corals. Reef corals thrive on offshore flats, near or against ocean water, because they are there removed from the deleterious effects of both land-derived and other sediment. Some of these rela- tions are well exemplified in the barrier reef off the east side of Andros Island, Bahamas. This reef grows on the outer, windward, edge of a small shallow flat, against the deep water of the Tongue of the Ocean. As the winds set landward across the reef no oceanic or land-derived sediment is deposited on the reef, it is bathed by the purest ocean water, and receives the largest amount of animal plankton that that part of the sea can supply. On the great shoals of the Bahama Banks and in the shoal waters of Florida behind the reefs the winds stir up the mud on the bottom; the sediment while in suspension kills the plankton ; when it settles it kills those bottom- living organisms that can not endure being covered by mud. On such flats reef-forming corals can not live. On shallow banks coral reefs therefore thrive best on the windward sides. However, if the flat extends far enough offshore for land-derived sediment not to reach the reef and if the depth is sufficient for waves under ordinary conditions not to stir up the mud on the bottom, but not too deep for the growth of reef corals, barriers may develop on the leeward sides of islands. A land area to the windward may actually favor coral growth, as it breaks the force of the winds. A position on an offshore flat, particularly on the windward edge of a flat, insures a supply of the purest ocean water and an abundance of animal plankton. The gradual submergence of an offshore flat perpetuates the favor- able conditions for the life of reef-building corals, and gives an opportunity for continual growth upward. With upward growth during slow submergence of the basement the ecologic conditions for the life of reef-forming corals are made better, for the deleterious effects of sediment are minimized. As regards the life of corals, the method of bringing about these conditions is of no importance. Whether the flat was formed by marine planation, by alluviation and the building of a coastal flat, by base-leveling through subaerial erosion, by the formation of a submarine plain of deposition, or by any other special process, is unimportant, provided the flat be formed. Whether the submerg- ence be caused by differential crustal movement, local or remote, or by rise hi ocean level due to the melting of glaciers, is unim- portant, provided there be gradual submergence of the basement. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 323 The manner of producing the result is subordinate to the result. However the conditions may be brought about, preexistent flats and gradual submergence are two factors needed to supply continu- ously favorable conditions for the growth of reef-forming corals. The importance of deglaciation on modern coral-reef development consists in its having caused a gradual and moderate increase in the depth of the ocean, thereby producing submergence both in rate and amount favorable for the growth of reef-forming corals. The general conclusions here expressed are similar to those pre- viously published in a number of my papers. Before discussing the bearing of my conclusions regarding the formation of coral reefs on the theories advanced by others, I will give brief attention to some remarks by Prof. W. M. Davis. The following paragraph is copied from a paper by him entitled: The origin of coral reefs. 1 Similar remarks occur in others of his papers. Reefs and Reef-Platforms. A modification of Darwin's theory has lately been proposed by Vaughan, who regards recent submergence proved by the embayments of the central islands as the determining cause for the upgrowth of existing barrier reefs but who interprets the deeper and larger part of the entire reef mass as an independent "platform" of earlier origin. As this investigator has not yet published his views regarding the origin of the reef-platforms his modification of Darwin's theory will not be here discussed further than to note that it seems inapplicable to many barrier reefs in the Fiji and Society groups; that the discontinuity of certain barrier reefs seems to be explicable on the assumption of imperfect upgrowth during and after a recent and rapid subsidence as well as on the assumption of independent origins for the reefs and their platforms; and that, while the extension of reef-platforms outside of the coral zone as in the case of the Great Barrier reef of Australia, truly suggests a dual origin of reef masses, this does not exclude the contemporaneous growth of plat- form and reef within the coral zone during long-continued but irregular or intermittent subsidence. Most of the objections raised by Professor Davis have been an- swered on preceding pages of this paper. It will be obvious to those who have read what I have said that my inferences as to submergence are by no means confined to the evidence of embayments in shore lines. In fact, many submerged areas show no clear-cut shore-lice embayments. It will also be obvious that the interpretation I am making did not originate with me. E. C. Andrews, in 1902, after his work on the Great Barrier reef of Australia, put forward in essential principles the same explanation. In answer to Professor Davis's statement '"'regarding the origin of the reef platform," I will say that the recognition of the fact of super- position does not require knowledge of the constitution or origin of the basement on which an object or structure has been superposed. We may recognize the fact that a book lies on a table without knowing the kind of material of which the table is composed or the process of its 1 Nat. Acad. Sci. Proa, vol. 1, pp. 146-152, March, 1915. 324 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. manufacture; there is controversy as to the origin of the Sunderland terrace in Maryland and Virginia, but no geologist will deny that certain houses have been built on the surface of the Sunderland terrace flat; although the geologic history of the pre-Cambrian formations in Michigan and in other areas adjacent to the Great Lakes may be inadequately known, no one is justified in denying for such a reason that glacial deposits overlie the geologically old rocks, as it is obvious that the overlying material has in some way been placed on the underlying. The superposition of a geologic formation on another may be recognized without knowing the complete history of either the upper or the lower. The oligocene coral reef along Flint River near Bainbridge, Georgia, rests on the eroded surface of an upper Eocene limestone now designated the Ocala limestone. That knowledge of the Ocala limestone may not be adequate does not invalidate the recognition of the facts that the fossil reef overlies it and that an erosion period intervened between its deposition and the growth of the reef, which obviously formed during or after the sub- mergence of its basement. To ascertain the origin of the submarine flats on which offshore reefs stand is important in the advancement of our knowledge of geologic history, and I have acquired as much information on the subject as I could. I am completely convinced that there is no one explanation that can be applied to all of them. The following kinds have already been recognized: (1) Slightly tilted bedded tuff, as in the fossil reefs of Antigua; (2) slightly tilted bed of limestone, as off the south coast of St. Croix and Cuba; (3) submerged coastal flats, as in the Fiji Islands; (4) submerged peneplained surfaces, as in the fossil reefs of Porto Rico; (5) submarine plains due to uplift of con- siderable areas of the ocean bottom and to the deposition of organic deposits on such a surface, as the Floridian Plateau previous to the formation of the middle and upper Oligocene reefs of Florida and southern Georgia ; (6) flats of complex and not definitely known origin, such as those of the Antigua-Barbuda Bank, the Virgin Bank, and the continental shelves of tropical America and Australia. Plains suitable for the growth of corals have been formed by subaerial and submarine deposition, and by both subaerial base-leveling and sub- marine plantation. Nearly every, if not every, plain-producing process operative in tropical and subtropical regions has taken part in the formation of plains on which corals have grown or are growing where the plains have been brought below sea level and where the other ecologic conditions for offshore reef formation obtain. I will revert to this subject in discussing the Glacial-control theory and in making suggestions as to future research. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 325 Bearing of these Conclusions on Hypotheses of the Formation of Coral Reefs. How do my results compare with the theories and hypotheses advanced by others? Before considering my conclusions in their relation to those reached by other investigators, I wish to make a few general remarks on the literature appertaining to coral reefs. It is a subject that, in order to be properly treated, requires a considerable diversity of knowledge, as biologic, oceanographic, and geologic problems are involved. Very rarely has it been practicable for a man to be a specialist in all of these fields. Usually, as any investigator has been specialty qualified in only one or two of them, he has paid particular attention to those subjects with which he was familiar, and nearly always did good work in those subjects; but in those fields in which he has been only casually engaged, his work is nearly always amateurish, and his conclusions are in many instances erroneous. Should we expect a man who is primarily a biologist to be an expert in geology, especially when he attempts geologic work after he arrives at the place where he expects to conduct his investigations, without having had previous experience ? Should we expect a man who has riveted his attention on dry-land physiography, and who has not thought of biologic problems or of the physiography of the sea bottom to take information from those branches of science? In reading the many publications on coral reefs, I am impressed with the particular, personal interests of the investigators, but what strikes me more forcibly is the excellence of nearly all the papers. I know no paper by a serious scientific man on a coral-reef area that does not contain records of valuable observations and correct conclusions. I have had the wish to write an account of the very gradual growth of the knowledge we now have of coral reefs, and point out how each of the successive workers has contributed toward making that knowl- edge what it now is. It would be a record of honorable achievement. In the short review to follow I trust I may point out some of the substantial additions to be credited to those whose opinions I shall discuss. 1. The Darwin-Dana hypothesis, in my opinion, is correct as regards the formation of offshore reefs during and after submergence; but as regards the formation of a prism of reef material, the upper surface of which forms a flat behind the barrier, their theory is wrong for every area on which we have definite information. Although the theoretic possibility of the conversion of a fringing reef into a barrier and a barrier into an atoll may not be denied, no instance of such conversion has yet been discovered. The inferences of Darwin as to areas of subsidence and of elevation, as shown on plate 3 of his work, are largely in error, for barrier reefs are present where there is not general crustal subsidence, as Foye points out in his paper on the 326 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. geology of the Fiji Islands, where "since the Pleistocene period the algebraic sum of the movements has been positive and uplift has resulted." 1 Very many similar instances, the Bermudas, the Bahamas, Florida, and Cuba among them, can be given. The criticisms of the Darwin-Dana hypothesis apply to the recent publications of W. M. Davis. 2. Semper, Alexander Agassiz, and others, who have maintained that barrier coral reefs have formed in areas of uplift, are correct, if the sum total of the movements since some date back in Tertiary time be considered, and their observations and deductions are valu- able in that they emphasize these facts ; but they are in error in that fchey failed to take into account that in many areas there is incon- trovertible evidence showing submergence of the basements of the now-living reefs. Semper made astute observations on currents, but his deductions as to the formation of lagoons by destructional proc- esses are not warranted. 3. Sir John Murray invented a very stimulating hypothesis, and correctly emphasized the necessity of taking submarine planation into account in studies of the basements of coral reefs. He, however, overlooked important facts clearly proving Recent submergence in coral-reef areas, and his theory of the formation of atoll lagoons and lagoon channels through submarine solution by sea water is entirely disproved, and there are no other known destructional processes whereby lagoons may be formed, for lagoons are areas of sedimentation in which filling predominates over removal of material. 4. Guppy is correct in his interpretation of offshore reefs being superposed on submarine platforms or " ledges," and he made nu- merous valuable contributions to our knowledge of coral reefs, but he failed to take into account evidence showing Recent submergence. 5. Admiral Sir W. J. L. Wharton made one of the greatest con- tributions to our knowledge of atolls when he discovered the flatness of the floors and the uniformity of depth in atoll lagoons, and he pointed out the inadequacy of the Darwinian hypothesis to explain these phenomena. He emphasized the importance of submarine planation in leveling the top of peaks that reach or almost reach sea level, and definitely suggested the superposition of coral patches and atoll rims on flats produced in that wray. He not only did not oppose the subsidence of such flats, but he thought that they frequently do " subside and that some of the deeper lagoons may owe their depths of 50 fathoms or so to such a movement, quite apart from subsidence of large areas which we know occurs." The only emendations of these statements that I can suggest is that the probable effects of glacia- tion and deglaciation might have been considered. i Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 3, p. 309, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 327 6. Alexander Agassiz correctly observed the superposition of the living coral reefs of the Bermudas and the Bahamas on older lime- stone foundations that stood above sea level previous to the sub- mergence which made possible the formation of reefs in the places where they now grow. He also pointed out the superposition of the Floridian, Cuban, and Central American living reefs on antecedent platforms or older limestone. He showed that in several areas in the Pacific the sum total of local crustal movements since some time in the Tertiary period had been upward. But he failed to take account of Recent submergence in Florida, the West Indies, and Central America, and he advanced the hypothesis that the living offshore reefs of the Pacific are superposed on wave-cut platforms without change of sea level by submergence of the land. I believe Agassiz correct in his emphasis of the need of an antecedent platform for the vigorous growth of offshore reefs ; but he did not recognize the clear evidence of Recent submergence of the shores of the reef-encircled islands, and unfortunately tried to explain the formation of lagoons by submarine solution and scour. 7. E. C. Andrews, I believe, is incontrovertibly correct in the essentials of his interpretation of the conditions under which the Great Barrier Reef of Australia has formed; that is, it is superposed on that part of the recently submerged Continental Shelf of Australia that lies within the temperature zone favorable for the life of reef- forming corals. 8. Stanley Gardiner, who has made great contributions to our knowledge of Indo-Pacific corals and coral reefs and whose work on the oceanography of the Indian Ocean is justly rated as classic, com- mitted the same errors in interpreting the geologic relations of coral reefs as did Murray and Agassiz. He failed to infer submergence from shore line characters and advocated the formation of lagoons through submarine solution by sea water. 9. Hedley and Griffith Taylor agreed in all the essentials of Andrews's interpretation of the conditions under which the Australian Great Barrier formed ; they opposed Murray's solution hypothesis for the formation of lagoons, and correctly emphasized the importance of currents, largely wind induced, in the shaping of the atolls along the Great Barrier. 10. Daly, did not originate the Glacial-control theory of coral reefs, but he is its principal exponent. The following ascertained relations of living offshore coral reefs conform to the demands of this hypothesis: (a) They are superposed on antecedent basement flats; (&) the amount of recent submergence, between 30 and slightly more than 20 fathoms, without deducting the amount of Recent up-build- ing of the sea bottom, which probably is as much as a few fathoms, is of the order of magnitude expected from deglaciation; (c) the 37149—19—Bull. 103—10 328 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. rate of growth of corals is known to be of such an order of magnitude as to account for the thickness of any known living coral reef by the growth of coral-reef organism since the disappearance of the last great continental glaciers. As Daly is not a specialist on corals, he has made some errors in his discussions of the geologic history and ecology of corals, but these errors do not affect the validity of glacial control being one of the dominant factors in modern coral-reef development. The only important point on which I am not in agree- ment with him is the evaluation of Pleistocene marine planation. I have shown that the Floridian Plateau has existed as a plateau at least since late Eocene time, and there have been extensive submarine flats in certain West Indian areas since late Eocene or Oligocene time. The submarine profiles that I have drawn for the West Indies, Central America, and Australia indicate Pleistocene benching in depths between 26 and 36 fathoms, without deducting anything for Recent upbuilding of the sea bottom. Certain West Indian and Central American reefs and the Australian Great Barrier, I, therefore, believe are growing on what were dry-land areas during at least a part of Pleistocene time. It, therefore, seems to me that many of the flats discussed by Daly are of fre-Pleistocene age, and that he has over-evaluated Pleistocene marine planation. Daly admits that there has been local crustal movement in some coral-reef areas. 11. Wood Jones is undoubtedly correct in attaching great im- portance to the effects of sediment on the formation of coral reefs. No one who has had actual experience with coral reefs can for a moment doubt it. He also correctly accepts the interpretations of Andrews and of Hedley and Griffith Taylor for the Great Barrier of Australia, joining with the latter two in their opposition to the solution hypothesis and in their emphasis of the effects of wind- induced currents in shaping the segments of a reef. He, however, appears not to have appreciated the importance that, in my opinion, should be attached to submergence as factor in coral-reef formation. 12. My own opinions can be very simply stated : (a) Fringing reefs seem always to have unconformable basal contacts ; theymay be formed after submergence that is not followed by uplift or during intermittent uplift that follows submergence ; that is, they may form during periods of either emergence or submergence of land areas. Are the basal con- tacts really significant ? Must not these contacts in the very nature of the case be unconformable ? If the basement has moved up with reference to sea level and a reef begins along the strand line, the basement of the reef will certainly be different from the reef itself and there will be an obvious unconformity. If the land mass sub- sides and a fringing forms along shore, the base of the reef will surely exhibit unconformable relations. I am unable to imagine a fringing without an unconformable basal contact. I never saw one that did GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 329 not have such a contact, (b) Offshore coral reefs, barriers, and atolls, form on antecedent flattish basements during and after sub- mergence in areas where the general ecologic conditions are suitable for coral growth, as stated on page 240. This generalization applies to fossil as well as to living reefs, (c) Recent rise of sea level because of deglaciation has made conditions favorable for coral-reef formation over enormous areas, and it is one of the important factors in causing the great development of coral reefs at the present time. But in some areas, as in the Fijis, the flats on which the reefs are growing are coastal flats that have been brought below sea level by tilting, as described by Andrews and Foye. (d) The theoretic possibility of the progressive change of a fringing reef into a barrier and later into an atoll, according to the Darwin-Dana hypothesis, may not be denied, but no instance of such a transformation has as yet been discovered. (e) The coral-reef investigation is of value to geology, not so much because of what has been discovered regarding corals as it is that it has led to the study of a great complex of geologic phenomena among which corals and coral reefs are only incident. Further inves- tigations of the phenomena associated with coral reefs are among the great desiderata of geologic research. Suggestions as to Future Investigations. Before closing this discussion I will present a few suggestions that to me appear pertinent. 1. It is my belief that, although ecologic notes are of much value in systematic work, not a great deal more advantage will result from such ecologic investigations in areas where corals are luxuriant as those conducted by Gardiner, Wood Jones, and others, including myself. We neec[ to know more of the physiology of corals, but such researches must be conducted by expert physiologists. There is great need for ecologic work in the waters northward and southward from the coral-reef zone. Within the coral-reef zone there are three faunas delimited by depth and temperature. What happens outside the coral-reef zone ? Do the deeper-water forms live in shallower water as the high latitudes are attained ? Is it depth or temperature that causes the vertical faunal distribution within the Tropics ? More knowledge of the ecologic relations of the deeper-water faunas in the Tropics and of the faunas in both shoal and deep water in the temperate zones of the ocean is of great importance to geologists, for such knowledge would furnish a basis for interpreting the physical conditions under which some of the fossil faunas lived. For some years I have wished to make an investigation of the kind outlined, but other duties have prevented the fulfilment of my desire. There is a large amount of morphologic work needed, both on the skeletons and on the soft parts of corals, but particular consideration of this subject is scarcely in place here. 330 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2. The study of sediments in coral-reef areas has scarcely been initi- ated. Accurate determination of the source of the constituents of calcium-carbonate bottom-deposits should be made, the deposits should be classified according to their constituents, at least the area occupied by each kind of deposit should be ascertained as nearly as is practi- cable, and an endeavor should be made to ascertain the rates at which the different kinds of sediments accumulate. The results from investigations of this kind are of vital importance to geology, for only by firmly basing our inductions on wide and accurate knowledge of what is now happening in the ocean can we hope to make reliable deductions concerning the origin of and the conditions under which older sediments were formed. The quantitative evaluation of the work done by the different agents cooperative in the production of the different kinds of sediments should be an object constantly in mind. Although this is essentially a new field of research, during the past few years a number of investigators have notable achieve- ments to their credit. 3. Detailed studies of the general geology of tropical islands and con- tinental areas adjacent to tropical and subtropical waters should be undertaken wherever possible. These investigations should include consideration of the stratigraphic and structural geology, the petrog- raphy of both the igneous and sedimentary rocks, very detailed work on the stratigraphic paleontology, and the physiography of the land areas. We now know that, by combining knowledge gleaned from the study of many relations, it is possible not only to recognize for an area the succession of rocks, their age equivalents in other areas, and their deformational history, but that it is also possible to ascertain the successive physiographic stages and other physical conditions throughout at least a considerable part of the history. The structural relations of the successive formations, the nature of the contacts of formations, and the character of the sediments, are among the criteria to be used in making the latter kind of deductions. Of how many tropical areas are there topographic maps on a scale of 1 : 62,500 or of 1 : 125,000? Many areas, where the geology is very complicated, should be mapped on a scale of at least 1 : 20,000. The very detailed studies of a few carefully selected areas would supply keys for other areas and thereby accelerate work in other areas. Detailed work of the kind suggested should be done in Antigua, St. Bartholomew, St. Martin, and Anguilla, in the West Indies, for each of these islands typifies certain phenomena that are critical in elucidating the history of the West Indies, Central America, the southern United States, and northern South America. 4. Biogeographic investigations supply a basis for deductions regard- ing former laid connections and the dates of the separation of islands that may have be.m parts of large land masses. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 331 5. Shore-line history is obviously an essential part of the study of coral reefs. But the entire story can not be deduced fr<> ? t Lie infor- mation furnished by all of the lines of investigation above sug^teJ The configuration of the sea bottom needs to be studied, both in plan and profile. Notwithstanding the great amount of work that has been done on oceanic hydrography, close attention to the minor configuration of the sea bottom and attempts to draw inferences from such studies are of very recent date. Since most hydrographic charts were not intended to serve as a basis for such researches, we are fortunate that we can extract so much information from them. Although it is probable that a much larger amount of data is on the charts than has as yet been utilized, that additional hydrographic research is needed is obvious. What are submarine slopes off the divide ends in reef-encircled islands? What is the character of the slopes off both the reefs and the breaks in the reefs ? The problem of submerged terraces, fiats and fronts, has barely been touched. How extensive^ are such features present, and what is their signifi- cance ? These considerations lead to inquiries regarding wave base, the rate of motion of the water, the erosional and transporting power of the water while in motion at different rates, and the relations of erosion and transportation to depth. Although the factors men- tioned are among those that determine the profile of subaqueous equilibrium and must be considered in their relation to it, there are other factors, among which are the initial slope of the bottom, the hardness and degree of consolidation of the material forming the bottom, and the attitude, height, and hardness of the rocks at the shore. More information on this complex of problems is urgently needed. Sea level rises or falls with reference to the land, or the land rises or falls with reference to the sea level. That there have been many shifts in the position of the strand line since the beginning of Pleisto- cene time is^known to every geologist. He also knows that in many areas shifts have been caused by tilting or flexing of parts of the earth's crust, and that there must have been lowering of sea level while there were great continental ice sheets, followed by rise of sea level when'the ice sheets melted. How much of the geologically Recent change in the position of strand line is to be attributed to climatic causes and how much to differential crustal movement? More accurate and areally more extensive studies of shore-line his- tory should enable a more precise evaluation of the effects due to each than is now possible. Such investigations must not be confined to tropical and subtropical areas—they must be world wide. Then there is the problem of Pleistocene wave cutting. I believe, for reasons stated elsewhere, that Daly has overevaluated the effects of Pleistoceme marine planation. Has either of us really enough 332 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. information to be convincing? Should answers to the questions raised in the preceding two paragraphs be forthcoming, and if we can make reliable estimates of the duration of the Pleistocene, the amount of marine planation while sea level was lowered in the Pleis- tocene might be more nearly approximated. In conclusion, I wish to say that the questions and suggestions con- tained in the foregoing remarks have grown out of a study of corals and coral reefs and the phenomena associated with them; and al- though it may have been shown, that corals are not so important as they were once considered to be, geolgists should be grateful for the romantic interest inspired by these lowly animals, for this interest has led us into the presence of some of the profoundest problems of geology. Perhaps the interest will endure and it may lead us to a better understanding of the world of which we form a part. ^GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 333 SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE FAUNAS. Class ANTHOZOA. MADREPORARIA IMPERFORATA. Family SERIATOPORIDAE Milne Edwards and Haime. 1849. Seriatoporidae Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 262. 1869. Pocilloporidae Verrill, Essex Inst. Proc, vol. 6, p. 90. 1870. Stylophoridae Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 1, p. 514. In a recent publication x I have stated that while I seriously doubted the propriety of placing Stylophora and Pocillopora in separate families, the traditional usage was followed. Additional study since that statement was written has convinced me that Stylo- phora, Seriatopora, and Pocillopora all belong to the same family. In fact, it seems that both Seriatopora and Pocillopora are derived from Stylophora, mostly through retrogression in the development of the septa. It is hoped to present in a future paper the evidence on which this suggestion is based. Genus STYLOPHORA Schweigger (emend. Milne Edwards and Haime). 1819. Stylophora Schweigger (part), Beobacht. auf Naturf., pi. 5. 1820. Stylophora Schweigger, Hand. Naturg., p. 413. 1830. Stylophora and Sideropora de Blainville, Diet. Sci. nat., vol. 60, pp.319, 351.. 1835. Anthopora Gray, Zool. Soc. London Proc. for 1835, pt. 3, p. 86. 1846. Sideropora Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 517. 1850. Stylophora Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 13, p. 102. 1857. Stylophora Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 133. 1861. Stylophora de Fromentel, Intr. Polyp, foss., p. 179. 1884. Stylophora Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ., Zool., vol. 18, p. 45. Type-species.— Madrepora pistillata Esper. Duncan in his papers on the Fossil Corals of the West Indies either describes as new or lists the following species: From the Eocene of Jamaica: Stylophora contorta (Leymerie) + 1 var. From the Eocene of St. Bartholomew, Cleve collection: Stylophora compressa 2 Duncan. distans (Leymerie). 1 Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 73, 1918. 2 Although I have studied the collection rom St. Bartholomew submitted to Duncan, I could recognize -only one species which I have divided into our varieties. 334 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Stylophora conferta Reuss. tuberosa Reuss. affinis Duncan (described from Santo Domingo). granulata Duncan (described from Bowden, Ja- maica). From Santo Domingo: Stylophora affinis Duncan. var. minor Duncan (a valid species). raristella (Defranee). From Bowden, Jamaica: Stylophora granulata Duncan. From St. Croix, Trinidad : Stylophora minuta Duncan. raristella (Defranee). mirabilis Duncan (not Duchassaing and Michelotti). I described in 1900 * Stylophora ponderosa from the Oligocene of Salt Mountain, near Jackson, Alabama, and Stylophora minutissima from the Oligocene of Blue or Russell Spring, near Bainbridge, Georgia. I recognize as valid the six species described as new by Duncan and the two later described by myself. Duncan's identifications of West Indian specimens with European species are all discarded as they are probably erroneous. In addition to the six species here described as new, I have de- scribed six other species in manuscript not yet published, making a total of at least 20 species of Stylophora known to me from the American Tertiary formations. The stratigraphic range of the genus in America is from the upper Eocene to Miocene. STYLOPHORA IMPERATORIS, new species. Plate 74, figs. 1, la, 2, 3, 4, 4a, 5. Corallum attaining a rather large size, the basal part of some colonies as thick as a man's wrist. The cross-section of branches ranges in form from subelliptical to curved lamellate. The following are the diameters of the broken ends of the specimen, which is 62.5 mm. long, represented by plate 74, figure 1. Diameters in millimeter s of branches of Stylophora imperatoris. Lesser diameter. Greater diameter. Basal end 14.5 13.0 9. 5 to 16 27.0 Smaller branch 17.5 Wider branch 34 1 U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 132, 1900. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 335 The branch terminals are compressed and often form sinuous plates. Thickness just below the summits about 3 mm.; width very variable, ranges from 6 or 7 up to 25 mm. Nodule-like growths are frequent on the sides of older branches. Calices on older parts of the corallum from 1 to 1.3 mm. in diameter, therefore rather large and conspicuous; intervening walls from 0.75 to 2 mm. across, usually about 1.25 mm. Near and on the branch summits the calices are usually crowded and slightly less than 1 mm. in diameter. Upper margin of the calices usually more prominent than the lower, sloping slightly downward, externally finely costulate. Septa, 6 primaries distinct, well developed, extending to the col- umella, the directives more prominent than the other primaries; secondaiies are small or obsolete, if they were present they usually have been destroyed in the type and paratypes of the species. Columella, a small, only slightly prominent style. Coenenchyma dense; its surface beset with pointed granulations. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone stations 6016, in the Emperador limestone, quarry, Empire, where some hundreds of specimens were obtained; 60246, lower end of culvert, Panama Railroad (relocated line), on Rio Agua Salud, in the upper bed, col- lected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F MacDonald. Station 6026, in the Culebra formation, 2\ miles south of Monte Lirio, Panama Railroad (relocated line), collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Anguilla, station 6894, bluff, south side of Crocus Bay, in the lower 50 feet of the exposure, collected by T. W. Vaughan. (See pi. 74, figs. 4, 4a.) Doctor MacDonald obtained the specimen represented by plate 74, figure 5, at station 1863 of the canal commission, on the west side of Gaillard Cut, between points opposite Cucaracha and Paraiso, station 5853 of the United States National Museum locality register. The specimen came from a layer, about 2\ feet thick, consisting of pebbles, gravel, and tuffs cemented with calcareous material; below the layer is gray, flaggy sandstone and tuff beds; above it is gray, flaggy sandstone, in thin layers separated by partings of carbonaceous black shale. The geologic horizon therefore seems to be in the Culebra formation, probably near its top. The specimen appears to be a form of Stylopliora imperatoris in which the calices are more crowded than usual, as it agrees with that species in all other characters. Type.—No. 324752, U.S.N.M. Paratypes.—Nos. 324753, 324754, U.S.N.M. STYLOPHORA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 75, figs. 1, la. Corallum, branches more or less contorted plates (see pi. 75, fig. 1). The thickness of the lower end of the type is 12.5 mm.; width, exceeds 28 mm.; length from base to summit, 38 mm. ;336 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices small, apertures from 0.5 to 0.75 mm. in diameter; crowded, maximum distance apart 1 mm., usually less than 0.5 mm.—that is, less than a calicular diameter apart. Margins very slightly or not at all elevated; upper wall in places forms an obscure upper lip. Septa, the six primaries distinct, fuse in the calicular axis, directive plane well marked; secondaries not recognizable in the type-speci- mens and appear to be absent, but it is possible that they were present and have been destroyed by fossilization. Columella a compressed style, not prominent. Coenenchyma, surface badly worn in the type, but some granula- tions may be distinguished. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, in the Emperador limestone, quarry, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Type.—No. 324763, U.S.N.M. S. panamensis has smaller and more crowded calices than S. imperatoris . STYLOPHORA AFFINIS Duncan. 1863. Stylophora affinis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 436, pi. 16, fig. 4. ' 1866. Reussia affinis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Corall. Antilles, p. 70 (of reprint). 1867. Stylophora affinis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 25. 1870. Reussia affinis Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 26. Original description.—"Corallum branched, large; branches nearly cylindrical, leaving the stem at an acute angle, slightly flattened on one side. The largest stem is four-fifths inch in diameter. Blunt, aborted, branchlike swellings exist on some of the larger stems. Corallites radiating from the center of the stem and branches, sepa- rated by about their own width of dense coenenchyma, which is seen, in the larger specimens, to be very slightly cellular. Walls not distin- guishable from the coenenchyma in the substance of the mass, but slightly raised into a very shallow crateriform edge on the surface. Calices circular, a very little raised as crateriform elevations, very numerous, disposed irregularly, but very nearly equidistant in some places and less so in others; margins "sharp. Diameter one-thirtieth inch [0.83 mm.], rarely larger. The calicular margin, when well pre- served, looks like a little ring placed on the intercalicular space, and the small styliform columella renders the appearance very distinct. Intercalicular spaces marked by a continuous and rigid line, which, being in the part of the spaces at the base of the calicular eleva- tions, and being continued round each calice, is, from its general straightness, formed into irregular polygons. The line is sensibly raised, convex, and now and then dentated. Between the line and the calicular margin there are distinct papillae, one row at the very GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 337 marginal edge, the other corresponding to it a little lower down the calicular wall; a third is sometimes seen; and in places where there is an unusual distance between the calices, and when the 'line' is wanting, the papillae are numerous, distinct, and a little smaller. The line and the papillae form a very marked distinction. Between some calices there are faint elevations. Septa whole, not exsert, but little visible in perfect calices, but very distinct when the coral is worn. Upper margin perfect and concave upward, the septa ap- pearing festooned to the columella; they are delicate, very little thicker at the wall than elsewhere, and join the columella high up near its point. The papillae at the calicular edge extend a little on the wall, and may be considered as rudimentary septa and costae; if so, there is a second cycle, and also a third in half of each system. The persistence of six septa, nearly all of the same size, is very re- markable. Columella styliform, large and dense in the corallite, and forming a rounded-off cylinder with a sharpish rounded tip, which is very distinct halfway down the calice. Calicular fossa shallow, about half as deep as broad. Endothecal dissepiments stout, trans- verse, numerous. The walls and columella do not fill up the lower parts of the corallites. Increase by extracalicular gemmation. "From the Nivaje shale. Coll. Geol. Soc." Duncan reports the species from the Nivaje and Cerro Gordo shales, Santo Domingo. I have received 22 specimens labeled Stylophora affinis from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and 6 from the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. I have separated four of the specimens be- longing to the former institution and have described them as a new species. Six specimens are S. affinis, 9 are worn but probably are S. affinis, 2 seem to be different and possibly belong to a different species, 1 I refer to Duncan's S. granulata. I think that two of Philadelphia Academy are referable to S. affinis, the four others are probably worn specimens of the same species. In the specimens that I have referred to S. affinis the upper margin of the calice is more prominent than the lower forming a small, pro- jecting lip. Duncan's description in other respects is satisfactory. As the surface of specimens is easily worn by rolling, the upper lip of the calice and the surface ornamentation being destroyed, the positive identification of many specimens is rendered impossible. On the tips of the branches, which are blunt and rounded, the calices are crowded, with no development of intervening coenenchyma. Miss Maury obtained in Santo Domingo a single specimen, a piece of a small branch, of this species, on Kio Gurabo, zone D, associated with Madracis decaciis (Lyman), Pocillopora crassoramosa Duncan, Stephanocoenia intersepta (Esper), Orbicella limbata (Duncan), Orbicella cavernosa var. cylindrica (Duncan), and Syzygophyllia dentata (Duncan), 338 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. I collected at station 3446, in the La Cruz marl, first deep cutting east of La Cruz, near Santiago, Cuba, casts of the surface of a species of StylopTiora. Squeezes of the surfaces of these casts agree com- pletely with specimens from Santo Domingo identified by me as S. affinis. I am therefore attaching that name to the specimens. It is probable that similar casts from other localities in Cuba repre- sent the same species. STYLOPHORA PORTOBELLENSIS, new species. Plate 76, figs. 1, la. Corallum ramose, branches compressed, more or less contorted flabellate at the terminals. Growth form, therefore, similar to that of StylopTiora imperatoris. The type is 37.5 mm. long; smaller diameter of basal end 10 mm., width of base about 13 mm. ; maximum width of branch in horizontal plane about 22 mm., thickness at same level 10 mm. Calices shallow, diameter averages about 0.75 mm. or slightly less; distance apart approximately equals the calicular diameter, in places less, 0.25 to 0.5 mm.; margins flush with the coenenchymal surface, in places slightly elevated on the upper side, but not enough to form a distinct upper lip. Septa, six primaries distinct, rather thin, extend to the columella; no vestige of secondaries was observed. Columella, a pointed style, moderately prominent, thickened below the bottom of the calice. Coenenchyma dense or costulate with an intercalicular ridge and cells on its sides. The surface is worn, but vestiges of small granu- lations may be recognized. Axis of the corallum spong}^. Locality and geologic occurrence.—-Panama, probably from near Porto Bello, collected by D. St. Clair; geologic horizon unknown. Type.—No. 324762, U.S.N.M. This coral has considerable resemblance to StytopTiora goeihalsi, but its calices are distinctly larger, and their upper margins are in some- places slightly raised. StylopTiora imperatoris has larger calices with distinct upper lips. StylopTiora portobellensis appears most closely related to StylopTiora afinis Duncan, from the Nivaje shale of Santo Domingo. STYLOPHORA GOETHALSI, new species. Plate 75, figs. 2, 3, 4. Corallum ramose, with branches subelliptical or much compressed in cross-section, in this character resembling S. imperatoris. Branch summits frequently or usually with digitiform protuberances (see pj. 75, fig. 2). Calices shallow, decidedly small, 0.5 to 0.75 mm. in diameter; and relatively distant, from a calicular diameter up to 1.5 mm. apart. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 339 Calicular margins obscurely or not at all elevated; without a pro- tuberant upper lip. Septa, six distinct primaries, about equal in size, extend to the columella; secondaries much smaller, but can be distinguished in the better preserved caiices. Columella a small, slightly compressed, fairly prominent style. Coenenchymal surface closely set with pointed granulations. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, at stations 6016, quarry in the Emperador limestone, Empire, Canal Zone, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald; 6026, in the Culebra formation, 2J miles south of Monte Lirio, Panama Railroad (relocated line), collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Cotypes.—No. 324767, U.S.N.M. (3 specimens) . Stylophora goethalsi resembles the Santo Domingan species, S. minor Duncan, which is ramose and has small caiices, from 0.5 to 0.75 mm. in diameter. The end of the branches in S. goethalsi are more com- pressed than in S. minor, its caiices are slightly larger, and its secondary septa arc better developed. Although closely related, they appear to belong to distinct species. STYLOPHORA MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 75, figs. 5, 5a, 6, 6a, 7, 7a. Corallum composed of elongate, slender, curved branches and branchlets, with bluntish, rounded summits. The only branch terminal that is perfect is represented by plate 75, figure 5. The following are measurements of four broken branches: Measurements in millimeters of branches of Stylophora macdonaldi Branch No. Length. Diameter of smaller end. Diameter of larger end. 1 15.5 19.0 21.5 3. 5 by 5.0 4.0 by 6.5 4. 5 bv 5. 5. by 5. 3 2 5. 5 by 7.5 3 5.0 by 6. 5 4 28. 4. bv 4. 4. 5 by 5. 5 Just below the place of bifurcation the parent branch is consider- ably compressed; in one branch the greater diameter below a fork is 12 mm., while the lesser diameter is only 6.5 mm. Caiices rather shallow, but distinctly excavated; diameter, 1 mm.; distance apart from 0.5 to 1.5 mm., usually less than the calicular diameter; margins usually slightly or not at all raised, but knots correspond to the outer ends of the septa. There is no upper lip to the caiices. Septa, six well-developed, strong, subequal primaries extend to the columella; secondaries small but usually distinct. Subequal knots correspond to the outer ends of th^ two cycles of septa, and a 310 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. smaller knot with no corresponding septum usually occurs between each pair of larger knots. Columella, a distinct, round, moderately prominent style, very slightly compressed in the directive plane. Coenenchymal surface roughly granulated, from 1 to 4 rows of granules between calices, depending on their distance apart. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, in the Emperador limestone at stations, 6016, quarry, Empire; 6024&, lower end of cul- vert, Panama Railroad (relocated line), on Rio Agua Salud in the upper bed, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Ootypes.—No. 324769, 324770, U.S.N.M. (7 specimens). Of other species of Stylophora with which I am acquainted S. mac- donaldi seems to resemble most S. granulata Duncan from Bowden, Jamaica. S. granulata has deeper calices, less developed secondary septa, and in some specimens the upper lip of the calices is more prominent than the lower. STYLOPHORA GRANULATA Duncan. 1864. Stylophora granulata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Jour., vol. 21, p. 10, pi. 2, fig. 3. 1867. Stylophora granulata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Jour., vol. 24,. p. 25. 1873. Stylophora granulata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Jour., vol. 29, p. 551. Original description.—"The corallum is ramose; the branches are nearly cylindrical, often flattened on one side, and leave the stem at an acute angle. The calices are placed irregularly, and are separated by a coenenchyma, which is sharply granular, and which has very rarely any grooves or continuous ridges on its surface. The calices are circular, not inclined, very deep, and are surrounded by a raised ring formed by the septa and costae. The columella is situated deeply; it is cylindrical below, and sharp where free, but it does not reach the level of the calicular margin; it is delicate, and six large septa are attached to it low down. The septa are in two sets. The superficial septa are from eighteen to twenty in number; six are con- tinuous with the large septa, and the rest taper finely internally and externally, the spindle-shaped process being one-naif septum and the rest costa. The processes are close, radiate, and horizontal. Diam- eter of calices, one-thirtieth inch [0.8 mm.]. "Localities: Bowden and Vere, Jamaica." Duacan, in 1873, cites this species from St. Bartholomew, but this, I am convinced, is an erroneous identification. There are two small broken branches of this species in the collec- tion of Mr. T. H. Aldrich, obtained at Bowden, Jamaica, and pre- sented to the United States National Museum. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 341 Specimen No. 1.—Small branch, 16 mm. long, diameter of lower end 4 mm.; upper end flattened, bifurcating, greater diameter 5.5 mm., lesser 3 mm. Diameter of calices very slightly less than 1 mm., separated by about the same width of coenenchyma. The margin is usually a very slightly elevated rim without an elevated lip around which are 12 to 18 small costae. In a few instances the costae continue from one calice to the next, but usually the intercalicular coenenchymal sur face is merely granulate. There are from two to six indefinite zones or wavy lines of granulations between two calices. The granula- tions are subcorneal, round-pointed. Limits of zooids sometimes faintly indicated by a slightly raised granulated line. Calices mod- erately deep. Six principal septa, the second cycle represented by small short septa, variable number of rudimentary members of the third. The upper margins are slightly exsert. Columella does not reach to level of calicular margin, sharp- pointed. Specimen No. 2.—A small somewhat compressed, broken branch, 16 mm. long; greater diameter of lower end, 6.5 mm., lesser, 5 mm.; greater diameter of upper end, 6 mm., of lesser, 4 mm. Diameter of calices very slightly more than 1 mm. Width of intervening coenen- chyma averages about' the same as the diameter of the calices. Calicular rim a little elevated, and slightly swollen around the base. Costae longer than in No. 1. Granulations about the same in both specimens. Elevated line between zooids usually distinct. There is in this collection a third specimen which is probably only a variation of the same species. It is a fragment of a branch 14 mm. long. The diameter of the calices is about 0.75 mm. ; the calicular rims are not elevated but usually tend to be depressed. The coenen- chymal surface is very densely and minutely granulate. The limits of adjoining zooids are indicated either by a very faint raised or by an impressed line. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Besides occurring in the Bowderi marl of Jamaica, Stylophora granulata is also found in Cuba at sta- tions 3476, Baracoa, and 3461, gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas y collected by T. W. Vaughan. Santo Domingo, station 7781, Rio Cana, zone H, collected by Miss C. J. Maury. STYLOPHORA CANALIS. new species. Plate 76, figs. 2, 2a. Corallum of type, a small, nodular mass, 42 mm. long, 23 mm. tall, and from 10 to 14 mm. thick (see pi. 76, fig. 2, for view, natural size, of the upper surface). 342 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices shallow, fairly large, 1 mm. in diameter; usually 1 mm. apart. Margins not elevated; the walls barely distinguishable from the surrounding coenenchyma. Septa in two distinct cycles; only the six primaries reach the columella, but the secondaries are well developed. Columella, a pointed style. Coenenchymal surface crossed by costules, along which are rela- tively coarse granulations. In places the coenenchyma appears cel- lular, as the costules are not solidly fused but have cellules developed between them. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, in the Emperador limestone, quarry, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. Macdonald. Type.—No. 324775, U.S.N.M. This species most closely resembles a species from the base of the Chattahoochee formation, on Flint River, 4J miles below Bainbridge, Georgia, but it differs from the latter species in two characters, namely, the outer ends of the principal septa are not produced into prominent teeth, and in places the coenenchyma is distinctly cellular. STYLOPHORA PONDEROSA Vaughan. 1900. Stylophora ponderosa Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 132, pi. 13, fig. 16; pi. 14, figs. 1, la, 16. One of the specimens obtained by me in Antigua seems referable to this species. The upper surface has four nipple-shaped elevations on it; the largest is about 15 mm. in diameter at the base, about 5 mm. tall, and about 5 mm. in diameter just below the rounded summit. Except such protuberances, the surface is nattish, with some undulations. The size of the calices and the septal characters are as in the cotypes of S. ponderosa. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Alabama, Salt Mountain, 6 miles south of Jackson, just above the top of the Vicksburg group, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, in the Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Genus POCILLOPORA Lamarck. 1816. Pocillopora Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 273. 1918. Pocillopora Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 75. Type species.—Pocillopora acuta Lamarck. Duncan described two fossil species of Pocillopora from the West Indies, P. crassoramosa i from the Nivaje shale of Santo Domingo, and Pocillopora tenuis 2 from Antigua. I have seen good suites of 1 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 40, pi. 5, figs. 2a, 26, 1864. Idem, vol. 24, p. 21, pi. 1, figs. 5a, 5&, 5c, 1SR7. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 343 specimens of P. crassoramosa, but have seen none of P. tenuis. P. crassoramosa has thickish branches on which verrucae may be well developed or obsolete; P. tenuis appears to be of more or less massive growth-form and has across the corallite cavities thin tabulae, the spaces between which are not filled by steroplasinic deposit. I have specimens representing four additional American fossil species of the genus. They are all branching forms. I collected one of the species at Willoughby Bay, Antigua, in the Antigua forma- tion; and another in the upper Oligocene marl at Baracoa, Cuba. The specimen at the latter locality was obtained in association with Stylophora granulata Duncan, which was originally described from the Bowden marl of Jamaica. Miss Carlotta J. Maury obtained P. crassoramosa in Santo Domingo in what she designates zone D, which is above the horizon of the Bowden marl. The geographic range of the genus in the West Indies is, therefore, from the Antiguan Oligocene to a horizon appreciably above that of the Bowden marl. POCILLOPORA ARNOLDI, new species. Plate*76, figs. 3, 3a, 36. The type, which is a fragment of a branch, is 28 mm. long, diameter of lower end 6.5 by 12 mm., diameter of upper end 5.5 by 9 mm. The cross section of the branch is strongly compressed, and one side near and at a place of bifurcation is concave instead of being convex. There are no verrucae. Calices slightly oblong, lesser diameter about 0.75 mm., longer diameter, parallel to the axis of the branch, from 1 to 1.25 mm. Cavities rather deep, about 0.5 mm., and steep-walled. Intercorallite areas flattish, arched, or slightly crested in profile, of unequal width, from 0.3 mm. to 1 mm. across. Coenenchymal surface granulo- costulate, granulations fairly coarse. Septa rudimentary, occur as low, blunt-topped, perpendicular ridges on the inside of the calicular walls. In some calices 12 of these ridges may be distinguished. The bottom of the calice is flat or very gently concave; no vestige of a columella could be found. Coenenchyma solid; corallite cavities solidly filled except a few in the axis of the branch. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6444, quarry in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by Dr. Ralph Arnold, whose name I take pleasure in attaching to this well-marked species. Type—No. 324782, U.S.N.M. Of the other five fossil species of Pocillopora known from the Tertiary formation of the West Indies and Central America, the unnamed. species from Antigua, previously mentioned, is the most similar. The latter species is composed of small, more or less com- 37149—19—Bull. 103 11 344 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. pressed branches, it has no verrucae, the calices are rather deep, the septa are perpendicular ridges down the inside of the calicular walls, and there is no trace of a columella. In these characters the two are similar. The species from Antigua differs from P. arnoldi by having larger calices, lesser diameter 1 mm. or more, usually more than 1 mm., and the calicular margin is rather persistently marked by a slightly raised acute rim. A description of the species from Baracoa, Cuba, follows. POCILLOPORA BARACOXENSIS, new species. Plate 77, figs. 1, la. This species may be characterized as follows: The corallum is branching; it has no verrucae and no columellar tubercle. The branch is regularly subcircular or broadly elliptical in cross section, 10.5 mm. in diameter at lower end. The calices are very shallow and are subcircular in outline, about 0.75 mm. in diameter, distance apart usually slightly more than the calicular diameter. Thick short septa join the columellar plug to the wall. Coenenchyma very dense. These characters are different from those of any of the other known American species. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Cuba, station 3476, in yellow, argillaceous marl, Baracoa, associated with Stylophora granulata Duncan, collected by T. W. Vaughan. The geologic horizon of this species is that of the Bowden marl. Type.—No. 324783, U.S.N.M. POCILLOPORA GUANTANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 77, figs. 2, 2a. Corallum composed of irregularly shaped, more or less compressed and contorted branches, among which there is considerable anas- tomosis. The branches may be as much as 27 mm. wide, 7.5 mm. thick near the summit, and 12 mm. thick at the base. The branch on which these measurements were made is 41 mm. long. Verrucae entirely absent on the type. Calices from 0.75 to 1.25 mm. in diameter; usually less than or about their diameter apart. They are deep pits without any trace of septa, except that in a few calices what appear to be thick direc- tives are recognizable on the plug forming the calicular floor. Calicu- lar margins usually even with the coenenchymal surface; in some calices they are somewhat tumid and slightly elevated. The columella is only a plug. Stout, horizontal tabulae present. Coenenchyma very dense. Surface in type worn, but apparently beset with spines or granulations and not costulate. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Cuba, station 7514/ about 5 miles nearly due east of Monument H4 on the east boundary of the GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 345 U. S. Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, altitude about 400 feet a. t., in beds of the age of the Antigua formation, collected by O. E. Meinzer. Type—No. 324784. U.S.N.M. This species differs so markedly from the other West Indian species of P.ocillopora that comparisons with the other species seem unnecessary. Genus MADRACIS Milne Edwards and Haime. 1849. Axhelia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 69. 1849. Madracis Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 70\ 1861. Reussia Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Ant., p. 63 (of reprint). 1871. Pentalophora Saville-Kent, Proe. Zool. Soc. London for 1871, p. 283. 1884. Madracis Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ., Zool., vol. 18, p. 45. 1900. Madracis Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 128. 1901. Axhelia Vaughan, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 29"4. 1902. Madracis Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 108. Type-species.—Madracis asperula Milne Edwards and Haime. MADRACIS MIRABILIS (Duchassaing and Michelotti). 1861. Stylophora mirabilis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Ant., p. 62 (of reprint), pi. 9, figs. 6, 7. 1901. Axhelia mirabilis Vaughan, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 295, pi. 1, figs. 3, 3a. A single fragment of a branch from Limon, Costa Rica, is 23 mm. long, 2 mm. in diameter at the lower end, and 3 mm. in diameter just below trifurcation at the upper end. The fragment is slightly arcuate in form, not quite straight, and is not so crooked as is usual in the specimens of M. mirabilis with which I have compared it. The septa are less exsert around the calicular margins then is usual in the species. Although there are the differences indicated, they are of the kind that may be produced by vegetative causes. Locality and geologic occurrence,—Costa Rica, hills of Port Limon, No. 669 of H. Pittier collection; geologic horizon not known. Cuba, station 3461, gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas, 19 frag- ments collected by T. W. Vaughan in a marl of lower Miocene (Bowden) age. These fragments perhaps should be referred to a new species,' but they appear more probably to be only a variant of M. mirabilis. Family ASTROCOENIIDAE Koby. Genus ASTROCOENIA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1848. Astrocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 469. 1900. Astrocoenia Gregory, Palaeontol. Indica, ser. 9, vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 59. (Syn- onymy and elaborate discussion.) Type-species.—Astrea numisma Defranee. Besides the five species of Astrocoenia recognized in the present- paper, I have described one under the name of Stylocoenia duerdeni 346 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. from the Eocene of Jamaica, 1 which also occurs in the upper Eocene of St. Bartholomew. I describe as new the species from Antigua (A. decaturensis) , to which Duncan applied the name Astrocoenia ornata. 2 This species is also found in the coral reef at the base of the Chattahoochee formation on Flint River, near Bainbridge, Georgia, and near Guantanamo, Cuba. More critical study may lead to the recognition of one or two additional species. The names of all European species applied by Duncan and others to West Indian forms probably should be dropped from the literature. ASTROCOENIA D'ACHIARDII Duncan. Plate 78, figs. 2, 2a. 1873. Astrocoenia d'achiardii Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Journ., vol. 29, p. 554, pi. 20, figs. 7,7a. 1899. Astrocoenia d'achiardii Vatjghan, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 229. Dr. C. W. Hayes obtained in Nicaragua, "on or near the Pacific coast," a specimen of Astrocoenia (pi. 78, figs. 2, 2a) that seems referable to A. d'achiardii. The corallum is ramose; branch somewhat compressed, lesser diameter of lower end 10.5 mm., greater diameter only slightly more than the lesser. Calices from 2 to 3 mm. in diameter, measured between thecal summits; the diameter of the largest calice is 3 mm. Maximum thickness of walls between adjoining calicular cavities, 1 mm. Depth of calices about 1 mm. Eight prominent septa reach the columella, with a small septum between each pair of the larger. The large septa are narrow above the bottom of the calice, where they widen and fuse to the columella, around which they show decided thickening. The calicular cavity, therefore, is steep-sided and relatively flat-bottomed. The columella is a slightly prominent, compressed style. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Nicaragua, on or near the Pacific coast, in the Brito formation, collected by C. W. Hayes. Dr. Hayes says regarding the Brito formation. 3 The greater part of the Brito formation is apparently barren of organic remains. The only location at which fossils have been found are on or near the Pacific coast. This, however, may be due to the fact that the rock exposures are not elsewhere of such a character as to facilitate the discovery of fossils, and the latter may possibly be more generally distributed than present knowledge would indicate. The fossils are confined almost wholly to the limestones and marly beds. They consist of corals, molluscan, and foraminiferal remains. The Foraminifera, according to Dr. Joseph A. Cushman, indicate an Eocene age. i Mus. Gomp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 235, pi. 37, figs. 1-4, 1899. s Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 425, pi. 14, fig. 7, 1863; Idem., vol. 24, p. 23, 1867. s Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 10, p. 312, 1899. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 347 Astrocoenia d'achiardii was described from the upper Eocene of St. Bartholomew. Finding it on the Pacific coast of Nicaragua is addi- tional evidence in favor of connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans across Central America during upper Eocene time. ASTROCOENIA GUANTANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 79, figs. 1, la, 2. Corallum massive, with a rather uniformly romided or more or less tuberose surface. Type 55 mm. long, maximum width about 31 mm., height 38 mm. The corallum may be much larger. Calices polygonal, shallow, almost superficial, small; maximum size about 1.75 mm. in diameter, 1.5 mm. usual, smallest calices about 1 mm. in diameter, measured between thecal summits. Inter- corallite walls acute or flattish, usually less than 0.25 mm. wide, maximum width 0.5 mm.; crossed by subequal costae corresponding to all septa unless very narrow, when the edge of the wall is dentate instead of costate. Septa 16 in number, 8 reach the columella; 8 small, about half the length of the principals; in most instances they are thicker in the wall than at their inner ends. Margins of the longer with about three dentations on each. Septal faces with sharp granulations. Columella, a small, erect, central style. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Cuba, station 7522, Mogote Peak, 0.5 mile east of east boundary of United States Naval Reser- vation, Guantanamo, south side of peak, altitude about 375 feet a. t., collected by O. E. Meinzer (type) . Antigua, station 6865, Jackass Point, St. John, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Panama, station 6587, Tonosi, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Type—No. 324794, U.S.N.M. • Astrocoenia guantanamensis is most nearly related to Astrocoenia incrustans (Duncan) which is from the upper Eocene St. Bartholo- mew limestone, and is the next species here described. The calices of A. incrustans, a description of which follows, are rather deep and the intercorallite areas are flattish and costate. ASTROCOENIA INCRUSTANS (Duncan). 1873. Stephanocoenia incrustans Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 29, p. 553, pi. 20, fig. 6. 1899. Stephanocoenia incrustans Vaughan, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 229. Original description.—"The corallum is low in height, and incrusts rocky surfaces. The corallites are united by their rather thick walls, and are parallel. The calices are quadrangular or pentangular, and their margins are marked by the septa of the adjacent corallites. 348 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The septa are subequal at the wall, and 16 in number; but only eight reach the small and deep styloid columella; the others project very slightly, and are moniliform on their free edge. The pali are attached to the eight larger septa. "Height of corallum, one-tenth inch [==2.5 mm.]. Breadth of calice, one-twentieth inch [ = 1.25 mm.]." The following notes are based on the type-specimen: It is a small thin fragment, 17.5 mm. long, 8 mm. wide, and 4 mm. thick. The calices are moderately deep polygonal, many are elongate, the smaller ones measure 0.9 mm. in diameter, an elongated one is 1.2 mm. wide and 2 mm. long. The walls are thin, about 0.2 mm. wide; however, the upper edges of the septa are flattened and somewhat expanded. No mural styles. Septa, 16 in number, equal in thickness at the wall, thicker than the spaces between; 8 extend to the columella, the laminae thinner between the portions surrounding the columella and the outer ends. The other 8 septa are short. The margins are finely dentate. Dis- tinct pali absent. Apparently dissepiments are present. ColumeUa styliform, rather prominent, compressed. This coral can not be referred to Stcplianocoenia because there are no pali and the septal margins are dentate, instead of being entire. However, it exhibits all the characteristics of Astrocoenia. In the size of the calices, number of the septa, and character of the septal margins it resembles A. duerdeni (Vaughan), but differs from that species by the apparent absence of mural spines Notwithstanding this, it is not impossible that the type-specimen could be a portion of a corallum of A. duerdeni, the styles being absent from the area whence it was derived. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Island of St. Bartholomew, P. T. Cleve, collector; subsequently collected by T. W. Vaughan; in the upper Eocene St. Bartholomew limestone. Type.—University of Upsala. ASTROCOENIA DECATURENSIS, new species. Plate 78, figs. 3, 3a, 4, 4a. _ 1863. Astrocoenia ornata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 425, pi. 14, fig. 7. (Not Milne Edwards and Haime.) 1864. Astrocoenia ornata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 23. Corallum massive, rather large, upper surface with numerous gib- bosities. One specimen has a base 14 by 17 cm., respectively, as the smaller and greater diameter, and is about 8 cm. in height, another has 19 cm. as the greatest diameter of the base. Cofallites polygonal, separated by walls that are never very thick, rarely as much as 1 mm., upper edge usually if not always marked GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 349 by a small raised, granulated line. The distal ends of the septa are produced as short costae to this line and often a granulation occurs between each pair of costae. The diameter of the corallites ranges from 1.5 to 2.5 mm. ; about 2 mm. is the average. Calices shallow. Septa distant, normally 16 in number, of which 8 extend to the columella, occasionally 20, with 10 reaching the columella. Their outer ends are slightly prominent on the wall and are equal in size. The inner margins lie almost in a straight line or are very slightly excavated but are regularly finely dentate, with four to seven teeth to each septum. These teeth are moderately acute and are directly obliquely upward and inward. Granulations on the faces minute, pointed. Endothecal dissepiments present, thin, not abundant. Columella a strong style, upper end pointed but not very promi- nent. There is some thickening of the inner ends of the larger septa where they fuse to the columella. Localities and geologic occurrence.'-—Georgia, station 3383, Hale's Landing on Flint River, 7 miles below Bainbridge; and station 3381, Blue Springs, 4 miles below Bainbridge, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Island of Antigua, West Indies, in the Antigua formation, collected by Robert T. Hill. Cuba, station 7523, south side of Mogote Peak, altitude 250 feet a. t., one-half mile east of east boundary of the United States Naval Reservation, near Guantanamo, collected by O. E. Meinzer. Type.—Cat. No. 324789, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—C&t. No. 324788, U.S.N.M. Astrocoenia ornata Duncan from Antigua (No. 12948, coll. Geol. Soc. London) is a massive species of Astrocoenia. It is silicified; the corallites are crowded, polygonal, intervening walls thin, diameter of corallites, 1.5 to 1.75 mm. Septa, 8 principal, 8 rudimentary, thin and distant. Columella, a slender style. ASTROCOENIA MEINZERI, new species. Plate 79, figs. 3, 3a. Corallum composed of thick branches, with broadly elliptical cross- section. Type, a broken, bifurcating branch. Length from broken base to fork, 50 mm.; diameter of basal end, 23.5 by about 24 mm. Diameter of broken end of branch at fork, 23 by 24 mm. Length of broken lateral branch from fork, 21 mm.; diameter of distal broken end, 17.5 by 20.5 mm. Calices rather large, diameter measured between thecal summits from 2.5 to 3 mm.; depth, 1.25 to 1.5 mm. Intercorallite walls from 0.5 to 1.5 mm. across where well preserved, about 0.75 mm. usual. In places the top of the wall is acute, but this condition is probably due 350 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. to weathering. Where the walls are wide there is usually a distinct intercorallite groove. Thick costae or mural teeth are probably present on perfect specimens, but they are not distinct on the type, as its surface is worn. Septa 16 in number; 8 principals extend to the columella, and 8 are short but thick. The principal septa slope in a concave curve to the bottom of the calice, and are narrow nearly to the level of the bottom of the calice; the smaller septa are narrow. All septa are thick in the wall, and the principals are fused by their thickened inner ends around the columella. About seven small dentations were counted on one long septum. Septal faces with small granulations. Columella a low style, with rounded upper end; it with the inner septal ends fused around it forms a rather large columellar mass. Thickish dissepiments are present. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Cuba, station 7522, Mogote Peak, 0.5 mile east of east boundary of United States Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, south side of peak, altitude about 375 feet a. t., col- lected by O. E. Meinzer. Type.—No. 324791, U.S.N.M. The species most nearly related to Astrocoenia meinzeri is A. d'achiardii Duncan from the upper Eocene St. Bartholomew lime- stone. The branches of A. d'achiardii are more irregular in form, for the same size branch the calices are larger, up to 3.5 mm. in diameter, the intercorallite walls are not so wide, the outer part of the septal margins are steeper, and the septal dentations are coarser. Notwithstanding these apparent differences, it should be admitted that larger collections may lead to combining the two supposed species. ASTROCOENIA PORTORICENSIS, new species. Plate 76, figs. 4, 4a; plate 78, figs. 1, la. 1901. Astrocoenia ornata Vaughan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 57, p. 497' Not: 1838. Pontes ornata Michelotti, Specim. Zooph. diluv., p. 172, pi. 6, fig. 3. 1857. Astrocoenia ornata Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 257 The following is a description of the type (pi. 76, figs. 4, 4a): Corallum forming flattened, even palmate branches. The type- specimen, which is broken, has a greatest width of 53 mm., length 105 mm., and a thickness oi 15.5 mm. at the lower and of 7.5 mm. at the upper end. Calices, diameter from 1.0 to 1.5 mm., excavated but rather shallow, outline polygonal, united by compact, rather narrow walls, which range from 0.2 to 0.5 mm. across. The distal ends of the septa form low costae. Septa, 16 in number, 8 reach the calumella and 8 are short or even rudimentary; a few dentations, usually about 3 or 4 on the margin GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 351 of each principal septum. Interseptal loculi about as wide as the thickness of the septa. Columella an erect style, which does not reach the level of the upper edge of the wall; its upper termination rounded; cross-section ellip- tical. Endothecal dissepiments present. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Island Antigua in the Antigua formation. Collected by R. T. Hill and by T. W. Vaughan. Porto Rico, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares, in the Pepino forma- tion, collected by R. T. Hill. Canal Zone, station 6024&, in the Emperador limestone, at the crossing of the Panama Railway over Rio Agua Salud, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Type.—No. 324785 U.S.N.M., from 4 miles west of Lares, Porto, Pepino formation, collected by R. T. Hill. Paratype.—C&t. No. 324786, U.S.N.M. The foregoing description is based on the type-specimen and does not take into consideration the variation of the species. I obtained a good suite of specimens at two exposures of the Antigua formation on the island of Antigua. The branches range in form from greatly compressed to subcylindrical (see pi. 77, figs. 1, la, illustrations of a specimen from Willoughby Bay, Antigua). A segment from near the base of a subcylindrical branch was collected on Rio Agua Salud, Canal Zone. Genus STYLOCOENIA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1849. Stylocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 469. Type-species.—Astrea emarciata Lamarck. STYLOCOENIA PUMPELLYI (Vaughan). 1900. Astrocoenia pumpellyi Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 149, pi. 17, figs. 7, la. This species seems to belong to the genus Stylocoenia, as it has inter- corallite pillars; but as some septa show dentations on their margins, the original generic identification may be correct. It occurs in the base of the Chattahoochee formation, near Bainbridge, Georgia, and not in Vicksburgian deposits, as I stated in the original description. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Georgia: Station 2326, Russell Spring, Flint River, 4 miles below Bainbridge, collected by R. Pum- pelly (type, Cat. No. 158315, U.S.N.M.); station 3381, same locality as the preceding, collected by T. W. Vaughan; stations 3383, col- lected by T. W. Vaughan, and 7078, collected by T. W. Vaughan, C. W. Cooke, and W. C. Mansfield, Hales Landing, Flint River, 7 miles below Bainbridge, in the base of the Chattahooche formation. 352 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Antigua: Station 6881, Willoughby Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan in the Antigua formation. Family OCULINIDAE Milne Edwards and Haime. Genus OCULINA Lamarck. 1 1816. Oculina Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2. p. 283. 1849. Oculina Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 68. 1850. Oculina Milne Edwards and Haime, Mon. Brit. foss. Cor., Intr., p. XIX. Type-species.— Madrepora virginea Ellis and Solander. OCULINA DIFFUSA Lamarck. 1816. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 285. 1901. Oculina diffusa ? variety Vaughan, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for 1900, vol. 2. p. 294, pi. 1, figs. 5, 5a. 1915. Oculina diffusa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ.. vol. 5, p. 596. 1915. Oculina diffusa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Yearbook No. 14. p. 227. Doctor MacDonald obtained seven pieces of branches of this species at the locality mentioned below. They are slender and resemble fragments from specimens of Oculina diffusa,, which grow either in water 10 to 16 fathoms deep or where the water is very quiet. The specimens from Panama nearly duplicate those I de- scribed from Porto Rico. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 5849, swamp, Mount Hope, Pleistocene, collected by D. F. MacDonald. OCULINA VARICOSA LeSueur. 1820. Oculina varicosa Le Sueur, Paris Mus. Mem., vol. 6, p. 291, pi. 17, fig. 19. 1902. Oculina varicosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans., vol. 11, pi. 32, figs. 2, 3, 4 (refs. to literature). A single nearly typical fragment of a branch was obtained. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 5849, swamp, Mount Hope, Pleistocene, collected by D. F. MacDonald. ARCHOHELIA, new genus. Archohelia differs from Oculina solely by having a persistent axial corallite, whereas in Oculina there is no axial corallite. Pali or pali- form teeth are present on all but the last cycle of septa. Columella trabecular, with some papillae on its upper surface. Type-species.—Archohelia limonesis Vaughan. The relations of this genus to the species described in my mono- graph on the Eocene and lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States 2 under the names Astrohelia neglecta, A. ournsi, Oculina vicks- burgensis, O. mississippiensis, 0. singleyi, 0. alabamensis, O. harrisi, i Toula (K. K. Geolog. Reichsanstalt Jahrb., vol. 61, p. 489, pi. 30, fig. 1, 1911) applies the name Ocu- lina gatunensis to a piece of a branch of coral, but his description and figure are inadequate for the iden- tification of the species. 2 U. S. Geol. Survey Monograph 39, pp. 114-124, 1900. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 353 O.aldricM, andO. % smithi should be indicated. The species mentioned have axial corallites and generically resemble Archohelia except in the details of the inner ends of the septa. The type-species of Astrhelia (the correct spelling of the name, instead of Astrohelia) is Madrepora palmata Goldfuss, which has no definite axial corallites, and I have seen no pali or paliform lobes on its septa. The species to which I applied the names Astrohelia neglecta and A. burnsi, as they possess axial corallite should be taken out of the genus Astrhelia. As it is not practicable just now to revise critically the Eocene and lower Oligocene species listed above, it will here only be mentioned that they probably should be transferred to -Archohelia. ARCHOHELIA LIMONENSIS, new species. Plate 80, figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 3. Corallum composed of relativery slender branches. The following are measurements of the cotypes : Dimensions in millimeters of cotypes of Archohelia livionensis . Branch. Length. Diameter. Calices. Lower end. Upper end. Diameter. 1 Exsert. 1 25 31 33 4.5 4.5 4 4 4 3.5 2.5-3 : 1-3.5 2 2-2.6 ! 0.5-3.5 3 2.3-3 1-7 The cavity of the axial corallite is about 2.25 in diameter. The foregoing tables give the dimensions and amount of the projection of the radial calices—the diameters stated are as measured from the outside of the walls. The distance between adjacent calicular mar- gins is about 2.5 mm. on branch No. 2; in extreme cases it ranges up to as much as 7 mm., as between some calices on branch No. 3. The arrangement is in more or less definite spirals. Subequal or slightly alternating costae, with closely granulate surfaces, cor- respond to all septa just below the calicular edges; lower down on the corallite limbs they flatten and become subequal; they may continue on the coenenchymal surface or disappear. The calicular cavities are excavated; moderately deep, about 1.5 mm. Septa normally in three complete cycles ; primaries as a rule slightly larger than the secondaries, both cycles reach the columella, and have subequal, slightly exsert upper margins; tertiaries smaller than the secondaries and have lower upper margins. Inner edges of the tertiaries usually free, but in some systems they fuse to the sides of included secondary septa. Single or double paliform teeth on the inner ends of the primaries and secondaries. Septal faces closely granulate. 354 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Columella papillate. Coenenchyma dense; with or without costal prolongations from the calicular peripheries ; fine granulations scattered over its surface. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Costa Rica, Limon, as follows Station 2692, collected by R. T. Hill; Moin Hill, Niveau d and No. 461, collected by H. Pittier; station 5S84&, Moin Hill, collected by D. F. MacDonald. The geologic horizon seems to be Pliocene. Florida, station 3300 in the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl of Shell Creek, collected by Frank Burns. Cotypes.—No. 324809, U.S.N.M., from Niveau d, Moin Hill, Port Limon (3 specimens). Family EUSMILIIDAE Verrill. Genus ASTEROSMILIA Duncan.' 1867. Asterosmilia Duncan, Roy. Soc. Philos. Trans., vol. 157, p. 653. 1873. Asterosmilia Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 29, p. 553. 1884. Asterosmilia Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ. Zool., vol. 28, p. 61., Type-species.—Trochocyaihus aonormalis Duncan. When Duncan described this genus he referred to it his Trocho- cyaihus aonormalis, changing the name to anomala, and refigured the species. He also described two additional species as Astero- smilia exarata and A. cornuta, a synonym of A. aonormalis, and failed to designate a ty^e-species for the genus. Trochocyaihus aonormalis was described with much care, while the descriptions of the two other species are short and unsatisfactory. A. cornuta is a synonym of A. aonormalis. It therefore seems best to take the species I have selected, as indicated above, as the type-species of the genus. Duncan described three species of Asterosmilia from the Tertiary formations of Santo Domingo, namely, Trochocyaihus aonormalis, 1 for which the genus Asterosmilia was subsequently erected, A. cor- nuta, and A. exarata, 1 and one species A. pourtalesi from the upper Eocene St. Bartholomew limestone. I consider A. cornuta a syno- nym of A. aonormalis, and transfer Duncan's Trochocyaihus profundus from the genus in which it was originally placed to Asterosmilia, leaving four described fossil species in the genus. Pourtales described from the West Indies one recent species that belongs to Asterosmilia, his A. prolifera, originally named Ceratocyathus prolifer, and of which Lindstrom's Paracyathus arcuatus is a synonym. I here describe an additional new species, namely, A. hilli, from Bowden, Jamaica, and Limon, Costa Rica, and have described two additional species from Santo Domingo, in a paper not yet published, making eight, the total number of American species at present known to belong to the genus. i Collected by A. Olsson on Provision Island, Costa Rica, in the Gatun formation. Footnote added to page proof. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 355 ASTEROSMILIA HILLI, new species. Plate 80, figs. 4, 5, 6, 6a. 1899. Asterosmilia species Vaughan, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 149. I find it difficult to explain why a species so common as this one could have so long remained undescribed. There are from Bowden, Jamaica, 41 specimens in the Henderson and Simpson collection, 20 in the Hill collection, and 9 in the T. H. Aldrich collection, making a total of 70 specimens that, I have studied from this one locality. A series of ten of the best specimens of the Henderson and Simpson collection have been selected as the cotypes. Corallum cornute with a pointed base and attached, at least in its early stages, rather slender, curved in the plane of the greater trans- verse axis of the calice. The following table gives the measurements and number of septa in the type specimens. Dimensions of and number of septa in Asterosmilia hilli. Specimen No. Greater diameter of calice. Lesser diameter of calice. Height of corallum. Number of septa. 1 2 3 4 5 6 mm. 4 4 4 4.5 6.5 7 6 9 9.5 i 10 mm. 3 3.75 3.5 4 5.5 6 5 7 8.75 19 mm. 6.5 7 9 10.5 12 15 15.5 18.5 19 25 About 24, and probably some rudimentary. 24, and a few rudimentary. 24, and a few rudimentary. 24+17 of the fourth cycle. 24+20 of the fourth cycle. 24+20 of the fourth cycle. 8 24+20 of the fourth cycle. 9 10 48, four complete cycles. i About. The calice is oblique, its upper edge being considerably higher than its lower. In the measurements given above the height of the coral- lum is measured from the tip of the pedicel to the highest point of the calicular margin. The wall is only moderately thick, externally there is a variable amount of pellicular coating. Costae corresponding to all septa, distinct, but usually not prominent. There is a fair amount of varia- tion in the costal characters. In some specimens the costae of all cycles are equal or subequal, low, flattish or only slightly crested; in others, those corresponding to the septa of the first and second cycles of septa are decidedly more prominent than the intervening costae. Those corresponding to the third cycle of septa may be slightly more prominent than those corresponding to the fourth. Sometimes costae of both kinds are combined in one specimen. Rather often in an intercostal space there is a raised thread or line which does not correspond to a septum. Minute, crowded granula- tions are scattered over the surfaces of the costae and in the inter- costal spaces. 356 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Septa, thin, distant, those of the first and second cycles have slightly exsert margins. In adult specimens, 19 to 25 mm. tall, there are four complete cycles, in younger specimens the fourth cycle is in- complete. The members of the first and second cycles are of equal size, extend to the columella, and are decidedly thicker than the other septa. The members of the fourth cycle are thinner and shorter than those of the third. The septal margins are subentire, arched above and fall at a very steep angle to the bottom of the calicular fossa. Septal faces finely striate, with more or less elongate granulations along the courses of the striae. Line of divergence of the striae very close to the inner side of the wall. Wide, tall, thin, pali, rounded above, stand before the septa of the third cycle, from whose inner margin they are separated by a deep notch. The width of a palus is about 1 mm., height, 1.5 mm. Dissepimental endotheca, present, but not abundant. The dis- sepiments thin. The columella in fully grown specimens, prominent, compressed or even distinctly lamellar in appearance. In young and broken speci- mens it appears to be composed of interfused processes from the inner ends of the septa, it is decidedly vesicular. Calice, rather deep, 3 to 4 mm. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Jamaica, Bowden, collected by J. B. Henderson and C. T. Simpson and R. T. Hill. Costa Rica, "Colline en demolition," Limon, Costa Rica, No. 618 of H. Pittier's collection. Cotypes.—'Nos. 324815, 324816, U.S.N.M. (10 specimens). The specimens from Limon, Costa Rica, are essentially duplicates of those from Bowden. One specimen with a greater calicular diam- eter of 9.5 mm. has a few quinary septa. Genus STEPHANOCOENIA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1848. Stephanocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 469. 1848. Stephanocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., ser. 3, vol. 10, p. 300. 1850. Stephanocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Mon. Brit. foss. Cor., Intr., p. XXX. 1857. Stephanocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 264. 1884. Antillastraea Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ., Zool., vol. 28, p. 108. Type-species.—Astrea intersepta Lamarck = Madrepora intersepta Esper. STEPHANOCOENIA INTERSEPTA (Esper). 1795. Madrepora intersepta Esper, Pflanzenth., Fortsetz., p. 99, pi. 79, figs. 1-3. 1816. Astrea intersepta Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 266. 1848. Stephanocoenia intersepta Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 469. GEOLOGY AjSD PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 357 1848. Stephanocoenia intersepta Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann". Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 10, p. 300, pi. 7, figs. 1, la, 16. 1848. Stephanocoenia michelinii Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 10, p. 301. 1864. Plesiastraea spongiformis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 39, pi. 4, figs. 6a, 66. 1866. Stephanocoenia debilis Dtjchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 76, pi. 9, figs. 7, 8. 1884. Antillastraea spongiformis Duncan, Linn. Soc. London, Journ., Zool., vol. 18, p. 108. 1895. Stephanocoenia intersepta Gregory, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 276. 1900. Stephanocoenia intersepta Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. 39, pp. 152,153. 1900. Plesiastraea goodei Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 10, p. 553, pi. 67, fig. 1. 1901. Stephanocoenia intersepta Vaughan, Geol. Reiehs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 20. 1902. Plesiastraea goodei Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 106, fig. 1, p. 172, pi. 31 (not pi. 30 as given in the text), figs. 1, la. 1915. Stephanocoenia intersepta Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Yearbook No. 13, p. 222. 1916. Stephanocoenia intersepta Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash Yearbook No. 14, p. 221. Although the original description of Lamarck is brief, it is good. According to him, "Cette espece forme de large plaques un peu convexe, et offre a sa surface un reseaii assez fin, constitue par les bords reunis des cellules. On voit un petit axe au centre de chaque etoile." He placed Madrepora intersepta Esper doubtfully in its synonymy. Esper says regarding his specimens of the species: "Es kommt diese Koralle von den ostindischen Meeren; ich habe sie gleichfalls durch die Gute des Herrn Prediger Chemnitz, mitgetheilt erhalten." It appears that Chemnitz had specimens from both the Atlantic and the Indo-Pacific and that he gave numbers of them to Esper. Apparently in some instances the locality labels were con- fused, and that this is one of them, for Esper's figures (pi. 79, figs. 1-3) are fairly good for the West Indian and Floridian species to which the specific name intersepta is now applied, and seem to me to represent no other living species of coral with which I am familiar. The corallum is massive, either subhemispherical or pulvinate in form. The corallites are not protuberant, joined directly by their walls or by costae, in the latter case exothecal dissepiments may be present. The diameter of the calices ranges between 2 and 3 mm. Septa in three cycles. Primaries and secondaries bear well-developed pali, by which they are joined to the columella. Tertiaries thin and relatively short. Septal margins subentire or very finely dentate. Columella, a compressed style of nearly the same height as the pali. Endothecal dissepiments subhorizontal, thin, average about 0.5 mm. apart. 358 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. As this is the type-species of the genus StepJianocoenia, the following notes on its finer structure will be repeated, with slight emendation, from my paper on the Eocene and lower Oligocene corals of the United States (1900): The septa are composed of ascending trabecu- le; near the wall is a line of divergence. External to this line the trabeculae pass upward and have a slight inclination outward. The trabeculae on the inner side of the line of divergence pass upward and incline inward. The trabeculae are fine, measuring from 0.027 to 0.04 mm. across. A study of the lines of growth across the trabeculae indicate an entire or very obscurely dentate septal margin. The growth segments of the septa are well defined; the distance across one measured along the line of divergence is about 0.32 mm. on an average. The distal ends of the septa do not thicken sufficiently to form a pseudotheca. In places dark centers or a dark band can be seen in the theca between the septal ends; that is, the wall belongs in the euthecal class. In some instances the wall is clearly formed by peripherally placed dissepimenta. The corallites are rather often joined by their costae. In such instances the wall of one corallite is usually formed by dissepiments. There is usually distinguishable a central erect piece, around which the principal septa fuse by their inner margins. In some instances the columella appears to be formed merely by the fusion of the septal margins. In one calice the axis of the columella is vacant, the septal margins having fused around it. The pali in cross section show as thickenings on the inner septal ends. The inner ends of the tertiary septa are free. The above description should be compared with Felix's description of StepJianocoenia formosa (Goldfuss). 1 I should also like to call attention to a statement by Miss Ogilvie, that "it is doubtful if they (Astrocoenia and StepJianocoenia) are represented in recent seas." 2 She evidently did not know that the type-species of StepJianocoenia is the recent S. intersepta (Esper). So if there is any doubt, it is that the genus is found fossil earlier than late Tertiary. It is astonishing to find the following statement in a recent paper by Felix: 3 "Von dieser Art, welche heutzutage in Australischen Meeren lebt, liegen mir zwei examplare vor. Fossil findet sich in dem Pliocanen Mergel von Kangoen auf Java." Such a statement when the species he is discussing is one of the most widespread and best known of those in Pleistocene deposits adjacent to and in the Kecent waters of the western Atlantic Ocean, the Caribbean Sea, and the Gulf of Mexico! Synonymy.—Gregory in 1895 gave full references to the literature on this species up to that date, except that he did not place StepJiano- coenia debilis Duchassaing and Michelotti in its synonym. 1 Deutsch. Geolog. Gesell. Zeitschr., vol. 50, pp. 252-251, pi. 2, fig. 1. 2 Roy. Soc. London Trans., vol. 187, p. 307, 1896. s Konigl. Sachs Gesell. Wiss., Leipzig, Math, Phys. Kl., vol. 64, p. 444, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 359 While in Turin in 1897 I examined the specimens identified by Duchassaing and Michelotti as Stephanocoenia intersepta and S. miche- lini. They belong to the same species. It is said of 8. debilis: "Bien que les dimensions des calices de cette espece soient les memes que dans la Stephanocoenia michelini, elle s'en distingue pourtant par la muraille, par les cloisons plus minces, et par les palis qui atteignent la hauteur de la columeile." The only character of apparent value is the height of the pali, which are as tall as the columella. The pali and columella are usually of nearly the same height in the species; in areas on some specimens the columella is somewhat taller; in other areas the pali are taller. I examined Duncan's type of Plesiastraea [later described as Antil- lastraea] spongiformis and a specimen identified by him as Stephano- coenia intersepta. The corallites of the former are united by their costae, and where the costae meet there is often a second wall outside the true corallite wall. The second specimen had been cut, the larger piece bearing the label Stephanocoenia intersepta; the smaller piece, which fits into the larger, was labeled Plesiastraea spongiformis. Duncan, it seems, could not distinguish between the two. I agree with Gregory in placing Plesiastraea spongiformis hi the synonym of Stephanocoenia intersepta. Plesiastraea goodei Verrill, fragment of the type No. 36497, U.S.N.M., is precisely the same as Stephanocoenia intersepta—there are no differential characters. Distribution of Stephanocoenia intersepta.—Just how old, geolog- ically, this species is, is not definitely known. Jamaica.—There is a specimen in the United States National Museum bearing the station number 2580, which is for the collection made by Messrs. J. B. Henderson and C. T. Simpson in the Bowden marl of Jamaica. Santo Domingo.—Miss C. J. Maury obtained five specimens of this much-named species, as follows : Rio Gurabo: Zone D, associated with Siylophora affinis Duncan, Madracis decaciis (Lyman) , Pocillopora crassoramosa Duncan, Orbicella limbata (Duncan), Orbicella cavernosa var. cylindrica (Duncan), Syzy- gophyllia dentaia (Duncan); zone E, associated with Placocyathus new species, Placocyathus variabilis Duncan, Siylophora new species, Madracis decaciis (Lyman), Syzygophyllia dentaia (Duncan), Pavona new species. Limestone, Los Quemados, associated with Placocy- athus variabilis Duncan. As zones I and H of Miss Maury's sec- tion represent the Bowden fauna, zones E and D are stratigraphi- cally above the Bowden. Cuba.—I collected a specimen near the Morro, at the mouth of Santiago Harbor, altitude about 240 feet above level. This specimen may be of Pleistocene age. The general basement country rock is 37149—19—Bull. 103 12 360 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Miocene limestone and marl, which contain some corals of reef facies ; and on this basement there are in places well-developed Pleistocene coral reefs. Therefore, the specimens of Stephanocoenia intersepta might be of Miocene age. Other specimens from stations 3436 and 3449, south side of the trocha in Santiago, seem definitely to belong in the La Cruz marl and to be of pre-Pleistocene age. Doctor Pittier obtained a specimen of the species at the "Colline en demolition," Limon, Costa Kica, apparently in association with Asterosmilia MUi, Dichocoenia tuberosa, and Balanophyllia piitieri. The horizon would therefore be near that of the Bowden marl. Pleistocene.—General in the elevated reefs of the Caribbean and Gulf region: Barbados (low-level reefs); Curacao and Arube; Key Vaca, Florida. Recent.—-The West Indies in general, northward to the Bermudas ; Florida; British Honduras. Although I have often picked up specimens of this species where they had been washed up by the waves, both in Florida and in the Bahamas, I have not certainly seen it alive on the reefs. As the color of the living polyps is brown, while alive it so closely resembles Siderastrea radians that only very close examination will distinguish between them, probably on the reefs it was mistaken for the latter. That it is a common associate of the usual West Indian reef corals is shown by its usual presence among them in the fossil reefs. This species ranges into slightly deeper water than most of the West Indian reef corals. I dredged it at a depth of 4-9 fathoms off Nas- sau, Bahamas, and at a depth of 16 fathoms off Tortugas, Florida. Genus DICHOCOENIA Milne Edwards. 1848. Dichocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Compt. Rend., vol. 27, p. 469. 1857. Dichocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 199 (type-species, figured, pi. DI, figs. 10a, 106). 1917. Dichocoenia Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 98-T, p. 370. Type species.—Dichocoenia porcata Milne Edwards and Haime. DICHOCOENIA TUBEROSA Duncan. Plate 79, figs. 4, 4a, 46. 1863. Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 432, pi. 15, figs. 5a, 56. This name has been placed in the synonymy of the living Dicho- coenia stokesi Milne Edwards and Haime by both Gregory 1 and my- self. 2 One-half of Duncan's type is in the United States National Museum, No. 155275, presented by the officers of the Geological Society of London. Although D. tuberosa is very similar to D. stokesi, D. tuberosa has a pendunculate base and granulate costal markings below the calicular surfaces in all the specimens I have 1 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 268, 1895. 2 U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T, p. 371, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 361 examined. As I am able to recognize the species I am treating it as valid. Duncan records the form from the "Nivaje shale and tufaceous limestone of Santo Domingo." Locality and geologic occurrence.—Costa Rica, "Colline, en demoli- tion," Limon, No. 618 of H. Pittier collection, associated with Asterosmilia Jiilli, Stephanocoenia intersepta, and Balanopnyllia pittieri. A single, small, immature specimen. The illustrations present its characters well enough to make a detailed description unnecessary. Santo Domingo, Rio Gurabo, zone F, of Miss C. J. Maury's sec- tion, associated with Placocyathus variabilis Duncan and Antillia dubia (Duncan). Genus EUSMILIA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1848. Eusmilia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 467. Type-species.— Madrepora fastigiata Pallas. EUSMILIA FASTIGIATA (PaJIas). 1766. Madrepora fastigiata Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 301. 1895. Eusmilia fastigiata Gregory, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 260 (with synonymy). 1895. Eusmilia knorri Gregory, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 261 (with synonymy). 1901. Eusmilia knorri Vaughan, Geol. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 13. 1902. Eusmilia aspera Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 114, fig- 3. 1915. Eusmilia fastigiata Vaughan , Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1916. Eusmilia fastigiata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 227. Study of large suites of Eusmilia convince me that Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas) and E. aspera (Dana) = E. Jcnorri M. Edwards and Haime are not specially separable, as there is great variation and complete overlapping in the columellar characters by which they were distinguished. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, Pleistocene at sta- tions 5849, Mount Hope; Costa Rica, 6251, Monkey Point, collected by D. F. MacDonald. General in the living and Pleistocene coral reefs of Florida, the West Indies, and the Caribbean coast of Central America. Family ASTRANGXID^E Verrill. Genus CLADOCORA Ehrenberg. 1834. Cladocora Ehrenberg, Corallenth. Roth. Meer., p. 85 (of separate). 1848. Cladocora Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 493.; . Type-species.— Caryophyllia cespitosa Lamarck. 362 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. CLADOCOKA ARBUSCULA (Le Sueur). 1820. Carybphyllia arbuscula Le Sueur, Paris Mus. Mem., vol. 6, p. 275, pi. 15, figs. 2a-2rf. 1901. Cladocora arbuscula Vaughan, U. S. Fish. Commission Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 298, pi. 2, figs. 3, 3a (with synonymy). This species is common in the Pleistocene marls near Colon. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 5850 and 6039, Pleistocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Living: in Florida and the West Indies on reef flats and in water from 8 or 9 to about 20 fathoms deep. Family ORBICELLIDAE Vaughan. Genus OBBICELLA Dana. 1846. Orbicella Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 205. 1849. Phyllocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 469. 1901. Orbicella Vaughan, Geol. Reichs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 21. 1902. Orbicella Verrili,, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 93. 1918. Orbicella Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 85. Type-species.— Midrepora annularis Ellis and Solander. Of this perplexing genus of corals, the following species and varie- ties are treated as valid in the present papers : Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). limbata (Duncan). imperatoris, new species. altissima (Duncan). antillarum (Duncan). cavernosa (Linnaeus). var. endothecata (Duncan), var. cylindrica (Duncan). aperta (Verrili). bainbridgensis, new species. cosiata (Duncan). canalis, new species. tampaensis, new species. var. silecensis, new variety brevis (Duncan). insignis (Duncan). intermedia (Duncan). gabbi, new species. As synonymy is discussed on subsequent pages, it is here only necessary to say that under the name Astraea megalaxona 1 Duncan described from Antigua a silicified coral which is not determinable; that his Astraea crassolam-ellata 3 and its varieties are here referred to GeoT. Soe. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 420, pi. 13, figs. 12a, 126, 1863. ; Idem., p. 412, p!. 13, figs. 1-7. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 363 the fungid genus Diploastrea Matthai ; his Astraea cettulosa 1 is made the type-species of a new genus, Antiguastrea, and his Astraea anti- guensis 2 and Astraea tenuis 3 are referred to the fungid genus Cyathomorplia Reuss. Although inadequacy of information regarding four species, 0. altissima, 0. antillarum,, 0. insignis, and 0. intermedia, described by Duncan, renders the preparation of an adequate synoptic table impracticable, an attempt will be made to summarize the most striking characters. With one exception, the species fall into two larger groups: the members of the first group normally have only three cycles of septa; those of the second group have four cycles,. the fourth cycle is incomplete in some specimens, while in other spec- imens a variable number of quinary septa are present. One species, OrhieeUa gabbi Vaughan, has five cycles of septa. SYNOPSIS OF AMERICAN SPECIES OF OEBICELLA. Species with 3 cycles of septa. Calices usually 2 to 3 mm. in diameter; eostae subequal; primary and secondary septa equal, extend to the columella 1. 0. annularis (Ellis and Solander). Calices 3 to 4 mm. in diameter; eostae usually alternately large and small; secondary septa thinner than the primaries, but usually reach the columella 2. 0. limbaia (Duncan). Calices 3.5 to 5 mm. in diameter; eostae prominent, thin; secondary septa usually about half as long as the primaries, tertiaries small and thin. 3. 0. imperatoris, new species. Calices 7.5 mm. in diameter; eostae tolerably developed, subequal; primary and sec- ondary septa subequal, extend to the columella... 4. 0. antillarum (Duncan). Species of Orbicella with the 4th cycle of septa nearly or quite complete. Calices 5 mm. in diameter; eostae unequal, thicker than the septa, last "ordei^' of eostae well developed, contrasting with rudimentary septa; septa irregular in arrangement, 36 in number, 6 septa in each of 6 systems. . 5.0. altissima (Duncan). Calices from 5 to 11 mm. in diameter; eostae correspond to all septa, usually subequal; septa normally in 4 complete cycles, subequal over top of wall, first 3 cycles reach columella, no pali 6.0. cavernosa (Linnaeus). Costae strongly alternating in size, fourth cycle small and thin without ob- vious corresponding septa 6a. var. endoihecata (Duncan). Corallites smaller than in 6a (5 to 6 mm. in diameter), about 38 septa, last cycle of costae rudimentary or obsolete 66. var. cylindrica (Duncan). Similar to 0. cavernosa except that the first three cycles of septa are thinner and taller, strongly contrast in height with the quaternaries . . 7.0. aperta (Verrill) . Calices 6 to 7 mm. in diameter; costae low, equal; septa low and subequal on mural summit; primaries and secondaries with rather wide erect, paliform lobes, young- est septa composed of incompletely fused spines. 8. 0. bainbridgensis, new species. Calices 7.5 to 8.5 mm. in diameter; costae highly developed, alternate in size except at calicular margin; septa normally in 4 cycles, thin except in wall of some speci- mens, paliform lobes and thickenings distinct but rather small, tertiaries usually shorter than secondaries 9. 0. costata (Duncan). 1 Geol. Soe. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 417, pi. 13, fig. 10. 2 Idem p. 419, pi. 13, fig. S. 3 Idem, p. 421, pi. 13, fig. 11. 364 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices 5 to 9 mm. in diameter; costae subequal or alternately large and small below calicular edge. Septa in 4 or nearly 4 complete cycles; primaries as a rule notably - larger than the secondaries, with a prominent tooth on inner end; secondaries smaller, but with paliform tooth on inner end of each; tertiaries still smaller; quaternaries very small 10. 0. canalis, new species. Calices 6 to 10 mm. in diameter, exsert 4 to 4.5 mm.; costae very prominent, no or only rudimentary costae correspond to last cycle of septa; septa in 3 or 4 sizes, margins of primaries exsert as much as 1.5 mm ... 11. 0. tampdensiss, new species. Calices not so elevated as in 11; small but distinct costae correspond to last cycle of septa 11a. var. silecensis, new variety. Calices 5 mm. in diameter, protuberant but rather low; costae strongly alternating in size; primary septa the largest; fourth cycle incomplete 12. 0. brevis (Duncan). Calices 10 mm. in diameter; costae long, slender, subequal, occasionally a rudimentary costa with no corresponding septum; septa delicate, long, slender, distant, fourth cycle incomplete 13. 0. insignis (Duncan) . Calices 5 mm. in diameter; in places small costae between larger ones; a few qua- ternary septa 14. 0. intermedia (Duncan) The numbers preceding the names in the synopsis correspond to numbers before the names heading the following descriptions. As OrbiceUa gabbi is the only species with 5 complete cycle of septa, it, needs no special caption nor is 0. irradians included in the key. 1. ORBICELLA ANNULARIS (Ellis and Solander). Plate 80, figs. 7, 7a, 76; plate 81, figs. 1, la, 2; plate 82, figs. 1, la, 2; plate 83, figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a; plate 84, figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a. 1786. Madrepora annularis Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 169, pi. 53, figs. 1, 2. 1786. Madrepora faveolata Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. ,166, pi. 53, figs. 5, 6. 1790. Madrepora acropora Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. 13, p. 3767. 1790. Madrepora faveolata Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. 13, p. 3769. 1794. Madrepora acropora Esper, Pflanzenth., Fortsetz., vol. 1, p. 21, pi. 38. 1816. Astrea .annularis Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. 2, p. 259. 1821. Astrea annularis Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. Genres des Polyp., p. 58, pi. 53,- figs. 1, 2. 1821. Astrea faveolata Lamouroux, Exp. M6th. Genres des Polyp., p. 58, pi. 53, figs. 5, 6. 1834. Explanaria annularis Ehrenberg, Corallenth. Roth. Meer., p. 84 (of separate). L846. Astraea (OrbiceUa) annularis Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Zoophytes, p. 214, pi. 10, fig. 6. 1857. Heliastraea annularis Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 473. 1861. Heliastraea annularis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 76 (of reprint). 1861. Heliastraea acropora Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 76 (of reprint). 1861. Heliastraea lamarcki Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Antilles p. 76 (of reprint). 1863. Cyphastraea costata (part) Duncan, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 19, pp. 441 and 443. 1863. Astraea barbadensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 19, pp. 421 and 444, pi. 15, figs. 6a, 66. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 365 1864. Orbicella annularis Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, p. 48. 1865. Orbicella annularis Verrill, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc, vol. 10, p. 323. 1866. Heliastraea annularis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Coral! . Antilles, p. 84 (of reprint). 1866. Heliastraea lamarcki Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 84 (of reprint). 1866. Heliastraea acropora Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. M6m. Corall. Antilles, p. 84 (of reprint). 1866. Heliastraea barbadensis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 85 (of reprint). 1866. Cyphastraea costata Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. M6m. Corall. Antilles, p. 85 (of reprint). 1868. Heliastraea barbadensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1868. Cyphastraea costata Duncan, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1895. Orbicella acropora Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 272. 1895. Cyphastraea costata Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 274. 1895. Echinoporafranski Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 274, pi. 11, figs. 2a, 2b. 1901. Orbicella acropora Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Sarnml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 22. 1901. Orbicella acropora Vaughan, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 301, pis. 6, 8. 1902. Orbicella annularis Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 94, pi. 15, fig. 1. 1902. Orbicella annularis var. stellulata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 96, pi. 15, fig. 2. 1902. Orbicella hispidula Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 100, pi. 15, figs. 3, 3a, 36. 1902. Orbicella annularis Vaughan, Biol. Soc. Washington Proc, vol. 15, p. 56. 1903. Orbicella annularis Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem., vol. 8, p. 564, pis. 8-10, figs. 64-73. 1915. Orbicella annularis Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1916. Orbicella annularis Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 227. Subsequent study has led me to believe that changes should be made in the synonymy as given in the first of my papers cited in the synonymy. Phyllocoenia limbata Duncan, P. limbata var. tegula Duncan, and Plesiastraea ramea Duncan represent one species and it is separable from Orbicella annularis. As Phyllocoenia limbata is the older name, the species should be designated Orbicella limbata (Dun- can). The most conspicuous difference between it and O. annularis consists in its primary septa being markedly more developed than the secondaries. Orbicella annularis is the principal coral of the outer reefs in Florida , the West Indies, and on the Caribbean side of Central America. It is general in the elevated Pleistocene of the same region. Prof. J. Graham Kerr, of the University of Glasgow, has kindly sent me photographs of the type of this species, which is preserved 366 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. in the Hunterian Museum at that institution, and I have based the following description on them: The corallum is head-shaped, with a greater diameter of 107 mm. and a lesser of 86. The calices are circular, 2 mm. in diameter, margins slightly ele- vated, joined by equal costae, distance apart usually about 1 mm., occasionally 2. Septa 24 in number, alternately larger and smaller; the larger are rather thick and reach the columella ; the intermediate ones are short and their inner ends are free. Columella spongy, well developed, its diameter about one-third that of the calice. A comparison of the photographs with specimens shows that the traditional Orbicdla annularis of the Caribbean and Gulf region is correctly identified. There are in the collection of the United States National Museum a number of specimens that are almost duplicates of the type-speci- men, except that they are not worn, as is the type. These specimens form the basis of the succeeding description (see pi. 81, figs. 1, la). The corallum forms rounded masses rising above a rather large, firmly attached base, which is, however, less in diameter than the maximum diameter of the corallum. Frequently there is a pro- jecting or incrusting edge whose lower surface is covered by epitheca. The upper surface may be uniformly rounded, undulate, or lobed. The size, of course, is variable; the masses may be several feet in diameter. The calices are circular, or slightly deformed. Their diameter, measured between thecal summits is from 2 to 2.5 mm. In depres- sions on the surface they may be smaller, about 1.5 mm., but these are abnormal. Their edges are from 0.5 to almost 2 mm. apart, about 1 mm. is probably an average. The calicular edges are slightly elevated. The intercorallite areas are costate. Costae cor- respond to all septa; subequal or alternating in size, those of adjoin- ing calices meeting; edges dentate; thicker than the width of the intercostal spaces and moderately elevated. Septa in three complete cycles, primaries and secondaries equal, rather stout, extending to the columella and fusing to it; tertiaries shorter, about half the length of the primaries, somewhat thinner, inner edges free. Margins of the primaries and secondaries decid- edly exsert; their inner edges fall perpendicularly to the bottom of the calicular fossa, and bear just above the columella one or two prominent teeth, with a few smaller teeth above; the septal arch is either very gentle, obtuse, or it may be truncate, its dentations fine; the outer margins steep, but more inclined than the inner, dentations relatively coarse. Septal faces finely granulate; in longitudinal cctions, the inner edges are lacerate, the last cycle with perforations. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 367 Endothecal dissepiments delicate, thin, nearly horizontal, slightly inclined downward from the corallite walls. In this series of speci- mens the corallite walls are thick and close together, those of ad- jacent corallies sometimes being solidly fused together; usually, however, there is some exotheca, consisting of stout, subhorizontal dissepiments. Columella well developed, formed by interlacing processes from the inner edges of the septa; diameter from one-third to one-half that of the calice; its upper surfcce about 1 mm. below the thecal margin. These specimens, it should be repeated, are typical, and except in size and to a certain extent in the configuration of the surface show almost no variation. They come from the following localities: Dry Tortugas, Florida, Dr. Edward Palmer, collector, 8 specimens; east end of Hog Island, Bahamas, B. A. Bean, collector, 1 specimen; Florida and the Bahamas, many specimens, collected by T. W. Vaughan and others. There are other specimens, bearing the in- definite label "West Indies" or having no locality stated. These localities indicate that the species in its typical foim is of general occurrence in the coral reef areas around the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico. The recent specimens in the United States National Museum show at least four kinds of variation from the typical form. Variation No. 1 (pi. 84, fig. 2).—This variation is, I believe, only a growth form. It, in its structural features, is the same as the typical form, except that the septa near the growing edge are less exsert and the exotheca appears to be absolutely solid. The corallum is an obtuse, compressed column, with an undulated surface. Greater diameter of the base, 62 mm.; lesser 52 mm.; height 72 mm. Locality.—-Dry Tortugas, Florida. Variation No. 2 (pi. 81, fig. 2).—-The general growth form is similar to that of typical specimens, except that the surface is thrown into gibbosities of irregular shape and size; these are often about a centi- meter in height and several centimeters in diameter. The calices are larger than in the typical specimens, often measuring 3, occa- sionally 4 millimeters in diameter, between thecal summits. The thecal edges are slightly elevated; the margins of the primaries and secondaries decidedly exsert, not infrequently standing 2 mm. above the intercorallite furrow. The three characters here mentioned are the distinguishing ones of this variation, namely, gibbosities on the surface; larger calices; and more exsert septa. Localities.—Dry Tortugas, Florida, Dr. Edward Palmer, collector, 1 specimen; east end of Hog Island, Bahamas, B. A. Bean, collector. 1 specimen; and two other specimens, without locality labels. 368 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Variation No. 3 (pi. 82, fig. 2) is represented by a single specimen. The corallum is discoid, lower surface flat, upper surface convex, some irregularities. Greater diameter, 22.7 cm., lesser, 19.2 cm; thickness in the center about 5 cm., on the edge, 3 cm. Calices with elevated margins and crowded together, the different corallite walls almost contiguous; margins of primary and secondary septa decidedly exsert. Diameter of calices about 2.75 mm. The distinguishing characters of this variation are its discoid form, its crowded calicos, its decidedly exsert septal margins. Locality.—Fort Taylor, Key West, Florida. Variation No. 4 (pi. 82, figs. 1, la) is represented by the speci- mens that I have described from Mayaguez, Porto Rico, in my "Stony corals of the Porto Rican waters." 1 The following descrip- tion is based on them: The corallum forms ascending masses; the largest specimen is about 20 cm. tall; diameter above flared -out base about 13.5 cm. The base of each specimen is considerably produced as a wide, free edge invested below by epitheca. Calices with very slightly or only moderately elevated margins, diameter measured between thecal summits, from 3.25 to 4 mm. ; rather shallow; distance apart, from a thin dividing edge to 2.5 mm.; about 1.5 mm. is probably the average. Thin costae moder- ately prominent, subequal, or alternating in size, correspond to all septa; those from one calice extend across the intercorallite spaces and meet those from the adjacent calices. Septa thin, 24 to 28 in number, one-half of them extend from the wall to the columella, and have decidedly exsert margins ; the other half are not so tall and are short, their inner ends free. Endotheca and exotheca as in the typical specimens, except that they are more delicate. These differ from typical specimens by their much lighter texture, which, of course, is determined by their thinner skeletal structures, the wide, flaring, free edges of the base, and their larger calices. The calices overlap in size those of variation No. 2, otherwise I should consider the specimens as representing a distinct species. Variation No. 5 (pi. 83, figs. 1, 3, 3a).—Orbicella hispidula Verrill. 2 The following is the original description : Coral an incrusting mass over 125 mm. across, and from 5 to 20 mm. thick. The texture is rather solid and heavy, there being much solid exotheca between the calicles, which are rather far apart, the interspaces being mostly equal to, and often exceeding, their diameter. The calicles are round, regularly stellate, a little prominent, with swollen, sloping, costate rims much as in those of 0. annularis, which they resemble in size, though distinctly larger. The septa are in three very regular cycles; the twelve principal i Bull. U. S. Pish Commission for 1900, vol. 2, p. 301, pis. 6, 7, 1901. 2 Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, pp. 100, pi. 15, figs. 3, 3a, 3&. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 369 ones are wide, nearly equal, all reaching the rather large columella; their edges are perpendicular and finely, sharply serrate, with slender, rough teeth, which extend also over their prominent, obtuse, or subtruncate summits, giving them a rough appearance under a lens; their surfaces are also rough or hispid with numerous conical grains. The septa of the third cycle are narrow, straight, and usually reach about halfway to the columella. TLe costae are thick, not very high, meeting or inosculating between the calicles, and covered with a single row of small slender, rough spinules. The columella is well developed formed of contorted trabecular processes, and often having a small pit in the center and a few erect spinules, similar to the slender, rough, paliform teeth that often (but not regularly) stand at the base of some of the 12 larger septa. In sections the walls are very thick and nearly solid. The endothecal dissepi- ments are small, thin, irregularly convex or flat above. The calicles are not filled up below, or only slightly encroached upon, by a deposit between some of the septa. Diameter of the calicles 3 to 3.5 mm.; distance between them mostly 2 to 4 mm., often more. Florida Reefs (Maj. E. B. Hunt), Yale Museum, No. 98. Near Nassau, N. P. (coll. R. P. Whitfield), Amer. Mus., New York. This has the general appearance of 0. annularis, but with calicles larger than usual and decidedly farther apart. The walls and exotheca are much thicker and more solid, and the endothecal cells are fewer and less regular. The sharply spinulose and hispid septa and costae are also characteristic. The exothecal deposits are nearly as solid as in Oculina. A Nassau specimen, in the American Museum, is an irregular, rounded mass, about 5 inches in diameter, and 3 to 4 thick, with a a lobulated surface. The coral is heavy and solid; the surface of the coenenchyma is spinulose; the costae well developed. The calicles are more variable in size than in the type, in some places being one-half smaller and closely crowded. Coll. R. P. Whitfield. The form of 0. Mspidula Verrill, in which the upper surface is lobulate, is common on the reef off Cocoanut Point, Andros Island, Bahamas, where a suite of 12 specimens was obtained by the Anton Bohrn expedition in 1914. The calices of most of these specimens are precisely as in the type of Professor Verrill's 0. Mspidula (frag- ment of type No. 40476, U.S.N.M.) and Gregory's Echinopora franski (fragment of type No. 156455, U.S.N.M.), but in both growth form and calicular characters there is intergradation with the more usual characters of 0. annularis. Plate 76, figures 3, 3a illustrates the appearance of one of the specimens with lobulate surface. A specimen from Port Castries, Santa Lucia (pi. 83, fig. 2), shows a variation worthy of note. In all of the variations so far described, the primary and secondary septa are constantly subequal, uniformly reaching the columella. In the Santa Lucia specimen a secondary septum in some systems is shorter and thinner than a primary; and in some calices there are as many as 30 septa. This specimen is of importance for comparison with PJiyllocoenia sculpta var. tegula Duncan and EcMnopora franksi Gregory. These remarks cover the variation of the recent specimens that I have actually been able to study. Pourtales, Verrill, and Duerden, however, have added other observations. 370 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Pourtales says of the species: The same remarks about variation, given under the head of 0. cavernosa, can be applied to this species; there are very fine examples in the museum of the great variation of form of the calicles in the same specimen. It is very common in Florida on the reef and in the channels, and forms large hemispherical masses nearly up to low-water mark. The central and highest part often dies out from being left uncovered 'at very low tide and the mass then assumes an annular form through the decay of the dead part. 1 Verrill writes: It shows considerable variation in the size of the calicles; in the extent to which they are crowded together; in the prominence of their borders above the intervening exotheca; in the prominence of the septa above the walls; and in the extent to which the small septa of the third cycle are developed. But yet these variations, so far as I have seen, never go so far as to render difficult the recognition of the species unless the specimens are badly worn.******* When well grown it forms hemispherical or spheroidal masses, up to 5 feet or more in diameter. But it also grows in irregular incrusting plates, and sometimes in nodose or lobulate masses, or even in branched forms. 2 Duerden, in describing specimens from Jamaica, says: The species occurs on coral areas in small or large, fixed, nearly spheroidal masses; also as an incrustation occupying areas several feet across. Small isolated colonies are sometimes conical. In places it is an important constituent of the reefs. 3 This is one of the species to which I devoted a great deal attention in my study of the living reefs in Florida and the Bahamas, and have inserted references to two of my papers (1915, 1916) in which it is considered. It is preeminently the great reef-building species of the Pleistocene and Recent reefs in Florida and the West Indies. Where there is sand on the bottom, it forms tall, thick, round-topped columns. VARIATION OF FOSSIL SPECIMENS. There are specimens, particularly those of known Pleistocene age, similar to the typical form of the species, except that there may be variations in the size of the calices; those of a specimen from Fort Nassau, Curacao, range from 3 to 4.5 mm. in diameter, measured between thecal summits; those of another specimen from West- punt, Curacao, are from 2.5 to 3 mm. in diameter. The former possesses the largest calices of any specimen of the species I have seen. The variations not included in the preceding remarks may be divided into two classes, dependent upon growth—namely, a, ex- planate or incrusting; b, columnar. A. Growth from explanate or incrusting. 1 Mus. Comp. Zool. Ill, Cat. No. i, p. 72, 1871. 2 Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, pp. 95, 96, 1902. 3 West Indian Madreporarian Polyps, Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem., vol. 8, p. 5.64, 1903. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 371 Gregory 1 was mistaken in referring the specimens described by him as EcMnopora franksi (see pi. 84, fig. 4) to the genus EcMnopora. The following is the original description : • Diagnosis.—The coral has a broad base; from this pass outwai'd short, thick, rapidly tapering expansions. Corallites long, often an inch in length. Their distance one from the other varies from half their diameter to the whole. Septa strongly dentate; inner teeth paliform, in three cycles. Those of the first cycle always unite to the columella; those of the second cycle often do so, but may join the primary septa; those of the third cycle are much smaller and independent, but a few may unite with the septa of the other orders. Columella of very loose tissue; half the diameter of the corallite. Endotheca scanty. Ooenenchyma thinner than in other species of the genus. Echinulations of the surface coarse. Epitheca thick and well developed. Dimensions.—Diameter of an average corallite, 3 mm.; height of corallite varies from 10 to to 25 mm.; thickness of wall varies from 1| to 3 mm. Distribution. Recent: West Indies. Fossil: Barbados: Lowlevel Reefs, near Bridgetown. Ooiypes.—British Museum (Natural History); a piece of one of the cotypes in the United States National Museum., No. 156,455. A comparison of this description with the notes on the variation of Orhicella annularis will show that it presents no important differ- ence from variations of the species already recorded. Its growth form is explanate, the exotheca is solid, and the secondary septa often, but not always, reach the columella. B. Growth from columnar (pi. 84, figs. 3, 3a.) These are the specimens referred to in my paper "Some fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curacao, Arube, and Bonaire," 2 obtained by Mr. v. Koolwijk at Westpunt, Curacao. Three of the specimens are in the United 'States National Museum, and they form the basis of the following description : The corallum forms ascending, compressed, obtuse columns. Dimensions in millimeters of variant of Orhicella annularisfrom Curasao. Specimen No. Greater diameter of base. Lesser diameter of base. Height. Remarks. 1 mm. 37.5 30+ 27.5 mm. 25 23- 21 mm. 60 71 91 2 Constricted above base; gradually enlarging above the constriction. Figured, pi. 84, figs. 3, 3a. Calices 2.5 to 3.5 mm. in diameter; from less than 1 mm. to 2 mm. apart. The upper margin is usually not elevated, while the lower maximum length ofone is, thus tilting the calicular orifices. Th the lower limb of the calice is about 3 mm. Subequal, relatively thick, dentate costae correspond to all septa. 1 Geol. Soe. London Quart. Jour., vol. 51, p. 274, pi. 11, figs. 2a, 25, 1895. 2 Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, Heft I, p. 26. 372 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The usual number of septa is three complete cycles; primaries and secondaries subequal, reach the columella; tertiaries short, inner edges free. The septa present only one noteworthy difference from what is usual in 0. annularis; that is, the margins of the primaries and secondaries are less exsert. Columella not very large, loose, trabecular. The three salient characteristics of this variant are (1), its growth form; (2), the tilted calices; (3), the lower (less exsert) margins of the primary and secondary septa. Geologic horizon.—Pleistocene. NOTES ON SYNONYMY. A number of other names need to be considered in greater or less detail. Gregory 1 applied the name Orbicella acropora (Linnaeus) to this species. He accepted the determination of the species by Milne Edwards and Haime, 2 who separated it from 0. annularis by its having no septa corresponding to the last cycle of costae. Gregory showed that occasionally in typical specimens of 0. annularis the last cycle of septa may be absent while the costae are present, thus breaking down the character used by Milne Edwards and Haime to distinguish the sj>ecies. I accepted Gregory's conclusion, and followed him in my paper on Some fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curacao, Arube, and Bonaire, and subsequent papers. Professor Verrill, in his Variations and Nomenclature of Bermudian, West Indian, and Brazilian reef corals,3 declares that Madrepora acropora Linnaeus a is utterly indeterminable," and takes the next later specific name, annularis Ellis and Solander, for the species. Subsequent study convinced me that Professor Verrill is right, and I published my change of opinion in a paper on Some recent Changes in the Nomenclature of West Indian corals. 4 Therefore, I now believe that Madrepora acropora Linnaeus should be considered as undeterminable and that the name should be dropped from coral nomenclature. The type-specimen of Madrepora faveolata Ellis and Solander is preserved in the Hunterian Museum of the University of Glasgow, where I have seen it, and Prof. Graham Kerr has kindly sent me a photograph. It is a worn specimen, considerably infiltrated with calcium carbonate, and is probably the same as Orbicella annularis. Astraea {Orbicella) stellulata Dana has been carefully redescribed by Professor Verrill from Dana's types, which are preserved in the Yale University Museum. The following is his description: They 5 are beach-worn specimens of a true Orbicella, more or less infiltrated with calcium carbonate, to which the unusual solidity of the walls and exothca, in some i Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 272, 1895. 2 Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 477 1857. s Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 94, 1902. * Bid. Soc. Washington Proa, vol. 15, p. 56, 1902. 6 Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 96, pi. 15 ,flg. 2, 1902. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 373 parts, as seen in sections figured by Dana, seem to be partly due. In other parts the structure is nearly as in 0. annularis, to which it probably belongs, though there are differences in the sections not due to infiltration. Its septal arrangement is the same as in ordinary specimens of the latter, those of the third cycle being distinct, but narrow and thin. The borders of the calicles seem to have been but little raised, and the septa rather thinner than usual, and not much exsert, but the poor condition of the specimens renders these characters rather uncertain. The calicles are rather smaller (2 to 2.5 mm. in diameter) than is usual in 0. annu- laris. The thin septa are in three regular cycles; those of the third cycle are very thin and reach only one-fourth or one-third to the columella, which is well developed. The septa are a little thickened at the wall; their faces are only slightly granulated. There are a few, irregular, small teeth on their inner edges where best preserved; upper ends are all worn off; some have a paliform tooth at the base. The costae are well developed, inosculating, with irregular exothecal dissepiments between them, as in 0. annularis. -But in some vertical sections the walls appear as narrow, solid structures (where unaltered); in the sections the columella region is loosely filled with stout ascending trabeculae; the endotheca consists of small, very thin, nearly horizontal dissepiments, inclining downward a little, and often in two series. No. 4266. Their origin is uncertain, but it appears to be West Indian. They are in the same beach-worn state as several other types of West Indian corals studied by Professor Dana. Apparently most West Indian corals, in good condition, were scarce in American museums at the time when he wrote his great work. It appears to be a small or somewhat dwarfed variety of 0. annularis. I have seen fresh specimens of a similar variety from the Florida reefs. This may well be identical with M. stellulata Ellis and Solander, but the latter can not be determined with any certainty from the figure, which represents a badly worn specimen. Its calicles, as figured, are mostly even smaller than in Dana's type, and somewhat unequal in size; the walls appear to be as solid as in the latter; the calicles project slightly as in annularis; 12 to 15 septa are figured, all perfect; colu- mella is as in annularis. There is much more reason for calling this a variety of 0. annularis than there is for identifying it with Solenastraea ~hyad.es, as Gregory has done. There is no evidence that it is a Solenastraea. Fortunately Dana's Orbicella stellulata is a synonym of 0. annu- laris and is not even of varietal importance. Professor Verrill says, "This may well be identical with M. stellulata Ellis and Solander," an opinion from which I emphatically dissent. The figures of Ellis and Solander are of a Solenastrea (Nat. Hist. Zooph., pi. 53, figs. 3, 4); the costae do not continue from one calice to those of adjacent calices, and the exotheca, as is shown by the side of figure 3, is typical of Solenastrea. Furthermore, in the description of the species it is stated, " interstitiis planiusculis scabriusculis," the intercorallite areas are not "radiate" as in annularis. The Heliastraea stellulata of Milne Edwards and Haime (see pi. 80, figs. 7, 7a, 7b) is not the Madrepora stellulata of Ellis and Solander; it is probably the same as Orbicella annularis. There is much doubt about the Cyphastraea oblita Duchassaing and Michelotti. The following is the original description: Espece arrondie, avec des etoiles arrondies et a bord un peu eleve\ c6tes rares, presque confluentes; les intervalles de l'une a 1'autre etoile sont garnies de granu- lations; la columelle est grande et papilleuse. 374 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. La Cyphastrea oblita a les bords mains eleves, et les cloisons plus debordantes que celles de la Cyph. microphthahna qui sont aussi garnies d'une petite dent subpali- forme qui manque dans la Cyph. oblita. St. Thomas. I found in* the Museum of Natural History at Turin a specimen labeled " Cyphastrea oblita." It is a specimen of Orbicella annularis. Another specimen bearing the same label, seen in the Museum d'His- toire Naturelle at Paris, is a Solenastrea. 1 The latter is a rounded head with a greater diameter of about 130 mm. The calices range in diameter from 2 to 3 mm.; distance apart from somewhat less to slightly more than 1 mm., occasionally 2 mm. Margins of the calices marked hy a slightly raised rim. Costae insignificant, occasionally extending from one calice to the next. Septa in three complete cycles, primaries and secondaries reaching the columella; tertiaries shorter, with inner edges free, i. e., not fused to the sides of a lower cycle. Pali variable in development; in some calices they are large, flattened above, before all septa except the last cycle; in others, several teeth indicate the position of a palus. Columella, lax and papillary. This specimen is the same as the Heliastraea abdita Duchassaing and Michelotti. The original description of Cyphastrea oblita is not adequate for identification. One of the specimens from the Duchassaing and Michelotti collection is Orbicella annularis, the other the same is their own Heliastraea abdita. Because the Paris specimen is probably the type I am placing the species in the synonymy of Solenastrea bour- noni M. Edwards and Haime (see p. 400). Heliastraea roiulosa Duchassing and Michelotti is a growth form of 0. annularis, judging by the description. I did not find the type in Turin. The specimens determined by Duchassing and Michelotti as Heliastraea acropora (Linnaeus) and H. lamarcki Milne Edwards and Haime are, according to specimens bearing those names in the Museum of Natural History at Turin, referable to Orbicella annularis. The type of Duncan's Cyphastraea costaia from Barbuda is pre- served in the Geological Society of London, and I studied it there. The specimen shows no noteworthy variation from the usual Orbicella annularis, except that its calices are from 3 to 4 mm. in diameter, usually 3.5 mm. Another specimen, from Santo Domingo, labeled Cyphastraea costata is a Solenastrea. The specimens determined by Gregory as C. costata were studied in the British Museun of Natural History; they are 0. annularis. Astraea barbadensis Duncan is a specimen of 0. annularis from the Pleistocene reefs of Barbados. 1 Illustrations of this specimen have been published by me in U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 98-T, pi. 99, flgs. 3, 3a, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 375 Gregory refers Heliastraea altissima Duncan to the synonymy of this species, but I doubt the correctness of his conclusion and am treating it as valid. Geologic distribution.—Pleistocene and Recent, throughout the elevated reef areas of the West Indies, eastern Central America, and Florida. Duncan x has listed Astraea barbadensis, one of the synonyms of O. annularis, from the "marl formation" of Antigua, remarking that it is "greatly altered by fossilization ; the calicular surface is subplane, and the calices are seen as prominent columnar casts." Should Duncan's identification be correct, the geologic range of 0. annularis extends from Oligocene time to the present. Mr. R. T. Hill obtained in Antigua a silicified specimen that looks like 0. annularis, hut I am not sure that it is that species. Costa Rica, station 4269, Port Limon, collected by Doctor Wailes in beds referred to the Pliocene. There are three dissociated coral- lites which have the general characters of Orbicella annularis, but are not absolutely typical, for the primary septa are appreciably but not strikingly thicker than the secondaries. They are, therefore, somewhat intermediate between typical examples of the species and Orbicella limbata (Duncan). 2. ORBICELLA LIMBATA (Duncan). Plate 85, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 26, 3, 4, 4a. 1863. Phyllocoenia sculpta var. tegula Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 432. 1863. Phyllocoenia limbata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 433. 1864. Plesiastraea ramea Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 39, pi. 5, figs, la, 16. 1866. Phyllocoenia limbata Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 76 (of reprint). 1866. Plesiastraea ramea Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. M6m. Corall. Antilles, p. 87 (of reprint). 1868. Phyllocoenia limbata Duncan, Geol.. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 23. 1868. Plesiastraea ramea Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 25. 1870. Phyllocoenia limbata Duchassaing, Rev. Zoopn. et Spong. Antilles, p. 28. 1870. Plesiastraea ramea Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. et. Spong. Antilles, p. 30. Original description of Phyllocoenia limbata: 1 Corallum in the shape of Stylina limbata Edwards and Haime. Stem large and cylindrical. Corallites numerous, irregularly placed. Calices separated by much coenenchyma, circular and but slightly elevated. Costae covering much surface. Slightly dentate where they approach, and turning aside from those of other calices; they are not continuous, not very prominent, and slightly granular. Septa not projecting far inwards, laminae granular; their upper margin is neither incised nor dentate; in six systems of generally three cycles, though occasionally of four. Pri- i Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, 1863, p. 433. 37149-^19—Bull. 103 13 376 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. mary septa largest. Columella rudimentary. Endotheca abundant. Diameter of calice, with costae, one-fifth inch [5 mm.]. The deficient columella is the only point in which this species differs from Madre- pora limbata Goldfuss, which has been determined by Milne Edwards to be a Stylina. From the yellow shale of San Domingo. Coll. Geol. Soc. Original description of Plesiastraea ramea: J Corallum in gibbous masses or more or less cylindrical processes with irregular swellings. Calices distant, very slightly exsert, circular, and unequal in size. Septa thick at the wall, thin internally, unequal in size, according to the orders; finely dentate above, but sparely granular laterally. In six systems of three cycles, with occasionally an additional order in one-half of a system. Pali very small. Columella lax, papillated, and small. Fossa moderately deep. Costae well developed, subequal, and marked by three or four dentate projections; they are evi- dently covered with a fine epitheca, which is not granular; where the epitheca is worn the costae are seen to be smaller, the tertiary being much smaller than the others; all project, however. Exotheca moderately developed and often becoming indurated. Endothecal dissepiments fragile, but horizontal and frequent. Height, some inches; diameter of branches 1 inch, more or less; diameter of corallites four-thirtieths inch [3.3 mm.]; distance between corallites about one-tenth inch [2.5 mm.]. From the silt of the Sandstone plain, San Domingo. Coll. Geol. Soc. I examined Duncan's types of Phyllocoenia limbata and Plesiastraea ramea in the Geological Society of London and made a note that the latter, except that its septa are broken down and the calices have a hollowed-out appearance, is the same as the former. In my Some fossil Corals from the elevated Reefs of Curacao,. Arube, and Bonaire, and my Stony Corals of the Porto Eican waters, I placed in the synonymy of Orbicella acropora { = 0. annularis), the three names of Duncan, cited above, considering the specimens to which they were applied as growth forms of that species. More detailed studies, subsequently made, have led me to believe that I was mistaken in that course. This coral is very similar to 0. annularis. However, there appear to be two constant differences — namely, the primary septa within the calices are uniformly thicker and usually longer than the secondaries (this lesser development of the secondaries is not occasional as in 0. annularis but constant) and small, but distinctly developed, pali occur before the primary and secondary septa. I have for study one specimen from Duncan's original material, labeled Plesiastraea ramea Duncan, No. 155273, U.S.N.M., kindly sent to the United States National Museum by the authorities of the Geological Society of London (see pi. 85, figs. 1, la); 10 specimens belonging to the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 4 specimens collected by Miss C. J. Maury in Santo Domingo, and material obtained by myself near Santiago, Cuba. The first specimen is not in very good condition for study, and does not fit Duncan's descrip- tion well. The Museum of Comparative Zoology specimens, however, 1 Geol. Soc. London. Quart. Jour., vol. 19, 1863, p. 421. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 877 fit exactly, omitting the remarks about the costae being covered by epitheca. The figures presented on plate 85, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, and 3, are based on these specimens. Phyllocoenia sculpia var. tegula Duncan. 1 As I do not find Dun- can's description of this coral satisfactory, and as the authorities of the Geological Society of London have kindly sent one of the original specimens to the United States National Museum (No. 155274), (see pi. 85, figs. 4, 4a), I submit the following description: Corallum, a rather thick folium; the specimen here described is unfortunately broken on all its edges, its original dimensions are there- fore unknown. Its present length is 62 mm. ; width 40 mm. ; greatest thickness, 15.5 mm.; thickness near outer edge 5.5 mm. Base in- vested with a coarsely wrinkled epitheca. The calicular margins are on the same level as the flat exothecal surfaces, or are very slightly raised. In form the calices are circular or somewhat deformed. Diameter from about 2 mm., to 2.5 by 3.25 mm.; distance apart, from 1 to 3 mm. Intercorallite areas with costae, beaded on the edges, equal or alternating in size, correspond- ing to all septa, those of one calice meeting those of the adjoining calices. Septa usually in three complete cycles, primaries and secondaries hrger, and usually thicker, than the tertiaries, primaries average la/ger than the secondaries. All the primaries and most of the second- aries reach the columella. Columella trabecular. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Nivaje shale, Santo Domingo, t. Duncan. Miss Maury obtained specimens in Santo Domingo as follows : Rio Cana, zone H, associated with Placocyathus, new species, Stylophora granulata Duncan, Antillia bilobata Duncan, Orbicella bain- bridgensis Vaughan?, Solenastrea bournoni M. Edwards and Haime, Syzygophyllia gregorii (Vaughan), and Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). Rio Gurabo, zone D, associated with Stylophora affinis Duncan, Madracis decactis (Lyman), Pocillopora crassoramosa Dun- can, Siephanocoenia iniersepia (Esper), Orbicella cavernosa var. cylindrica (Duncan), Syzygophyllia dentata (Duncan) ; zone not stated, associated with Pocillopora crassoramosa, Thysanus grandis (Duncan), and Syzygophyllia dentata (Duncan). I collected in 1901 a fine specimen of this species east of La Cruz,, at the crossing of the highway from Santiago to the Morro over the railroad, near Santiago, Cuba. Other corals collected there, including Stylophora species (probably S. ajfinis Duncan), Solenastrea bour- noni M. Edwards and Haime, a species of Thysanus (afi\ T. excen- iricus Duncan), Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), and Goniopora 1 Geol. Soe. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 432, 1853. 378 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. jacobiana Vaughan, indicate similarity in horizon with zone D of the Rio Gurabo section . 3. ORBICELLA IMPERATORIS, new species. Plate 86, figs. 2, 3, 4, 5. Corallum forming rounded masses 16 cm. or more in diameter. Calices in the type-specimen are not much elevated but have a dis- tinct, somewhat raised wall; in other specimens the corallites may project as much as 2.5 to 3 mm. Calicular diameter, 3.5 to 5 mm.; distance between calices, from 2 to 3.5 mm. Corallites joined by prominent, rather thin, distant costae, which correspond either to all cycles of septa or to the primaries and secondaries . Septa, typically in three complete cycles; the 6 primaries promi- nent, thicker than the members of the higher cycles, and extend to the columella; the secondaries usually do not reach the columella, only about half as long as the primaries; tertiaries shorter and thin- ner than the secondaries. The septa are usually distant in the wall. The third cycle of septa is incomplete in some calices ; while in large calices a few secondaries may reach oi almost reach the columella. Columella formed by the fusion of the inner edges of the primary septa. Endotheca well developed as dissepiments. Exotheca well devel- oped between the strong costae, about 3 dissepiments within 1.5 mm. Localities and geologic occurrence.—-Canal Zone, Panama, in the Emperador limestone, at stations 6015 and 6016, quarries in Empire, and 6017, one mile from Empire toward Las Cascadas, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald; station 6256, in the Emperador limestone, 1% miles south of Miraflores, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Cuba, station 3450, 4 miles north of the City of Pinar del Rio, and station 3451, one-half mile west of Cienaga railroad station, near Habana, collected by T. W. Vaughan; station 3566, Bejucal, collected by Arthur C. Spencer; station 7544, Rio Yateras, near Guantanamo, collected by O. E. Meinzer. N. H. Darton, collected at station 7664, on the north slope of La Piedra, northeast of Jamaica, which is northeast of Guantanamo, a specimen of OrbiceUa apparently referable to this species. The calices are rather large, 7 mm. in diameter, and nearly all of the secondary septa reach the columella. It seems very near 0. antillarum. The specimens from Cienaga, Cuba (pi. 86, fig. 5), is illustrated as well as the cotypes from Panama. Anguilla, stations 6893 and 6967, Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Cotypes.—No. 324884, 324902, 324903, U. S. N. M. Paratope.—No. 324878, U. S. N. M. This species is distinguished by the small size of its calices, its prominent costae, its 6 long septa, with intermediate septa shorter according to cycle. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 379 4. ORBICELLA ANTILLARUM (Duncan). 1863. Astraea antillarum Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 443. 1866. Astraea antillarum Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Corall. Antilles, p. 86 (of reprint). 1867. Heliastraea antillarum Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1870. Heliastraea antillarum Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 30. This coral was doubtfully referred by me x to the synonymy of Orbicella cavernosa; but, as there is doubt, it is here accorded specific treatment. Original description.—"A specimen in the form of a rolled flint, found with silicified wood, has the corallum large, tall, probably resmbling in shape that of the San Domingan A. exothecata. Coral- lites close, unequal in size, but quite distinct; the transverse section shows them to be circular in outline. Septa in six systems of three cycles. The primary and secondary septa are nearly equal, and reach to the columella; the tertiary are small and straight; all are slender, wide apart, and very distinct. Costae tolerably developed, subequal. Walls moderately developed, by no means strong. Columella small, and occupying a small space. Endotheca greatly developed, vesicu- lar, and forming cells between the septa. JExotheca well developed; large cells broad, others squarer, with shelving dissepiments. Diam- eter of the corallites three-tenths inch [7.5 mm.]. The interspaces are filled with opalescent or porcellanous silica; sclerenchyma often destroyed. Coll. Geol. Soc." Locality.—Montserrat. Duncan 2 lists a coral as Astraea antillarum variety, and makes the following note: "With more distant calices than the type, pro- duced costae, and* a less perfect development of the third septal cycle. The exact locality is not known, but the coral, from its mineralogical characters, appears to have been obtained from An- tigua. Brit. Mus." Regarding the apparent absence of a fourth cycle of septa, it will be noted that as they are often very small and may be broken away, something especially likely to occur in worn specimens such as fossils usually are, they may have been present, but were subse- quently destroyed. The size of the calices, 7.5 mm. in diameter, suggests the presence of quaternary septa. Additional material from Montserrat is needed to solve the question. 5. ORBICELLA ALTISS1MA (Duncan). 1867. Heliastraea altissima Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, pp. 12, 24, pi. 2, fig. 3. Original description.—" The corallum is very massive and tall, and its upper surface is subplane and wider than the base. The calices 1 Geologisch. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 28, 1901. 2 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 36, pi. 4, fig. 2. 380 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. are barely above the common surface, they are circular, but occa- sionally deformed, and they are slightly unequal in size. The calicular fossa is shallow, and the calicular margins are broader than the septa. The columella is small, distinct, lax, and parietal. The costae are well marked, unequal, and rarely touch, and they are thicker than the septa. The costae of the highest order are well developed, and contrast with their rudimentary septa. The septa are delicate, they are thinner midway than elsewhere, and those which reach the columella have a paliform tooth ; they are not exsert, and are only slightly dentate. The septa are very irregular in their arrangement. There are six systems, and in most of them there are three cycles with or without a part of a fourth in one-half of the system, so that there are constantly six septa in a system instead of eight. The endotheca is well developed; and the dissepiments are close, stout, and nearly horizontally parallel. The exotheca is abundant, forming small cells with arched outlines. Height of corallum 6-8 inches. Diameter of calices two-tenths inch [ = 5 mm.]." Locality.—St. Croix, Trinidad. Gregory l places Duncan's Heliastraea altissima in the synonymy of Orbicella acronora (Linnaeus)-, without giving his reason. He may be right, but the calices are large for 0. acropora (here called 0. annularis), and judging from the presence of quaternary septa it is almost certainly distinct. According to Duncan's figure every other septum reaches the columella, a septal arrangement which is one of the characteristics of 0. annularis. I did not see the type in London, and think that until it is restudied or additional material has been collected at the type locality, it will not be possible to reach a positive decision as to the validity of the species. 6. ORBICELLA CAVERNOSA (Linnaeus). Plate 87, figs. 1, la, 16, le; plate 88, figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a, 36. 1766. Madrepora cavernosa Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, vol. 1, p. 1276. 1901. Orbicella cavernosa Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 27 (Synonymy with exceptions noted below). 1902. Orbicella cavernosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 12, p. 102. 1915. Orbicella cavernosa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1916. Orbicella cavernosa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book No. 14, p. 227. In my first paper referred to in the synonymy I placed Astraea en- doihecata, Astraea cylindrica, and Astraea brevis of Duncan in the synonymy of this species. A. endoihecata and A. cylindrica now seem to me to deserve varietal recognition and A. brevis should be treated as a valid species until additional information concerning it is available. Duncan's Astraea antiguensis, which I doubtfully 1 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 272, 1895. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 381 placed in the synonymy of 0. cavernosa, has the general appearance of Orbicella, but it is a fungid coral and is referred to the genus CyathomorpJia. Astraea antillarum, given by me as doubtfully a synonym of 0. cavernosa, should for the present at least be treated as a valid species. As so many of the species related to 0. cavernosa must be con- sidered in this paper, it is desirable to describe all those members of the group found in the American Tertiary formations and now living in the western Atlantic Ocean. The systematic rank of the forms described on the following pages is open to debate, and I wish here to express my recognition of other methods of treatment. As the forms, whether they be designated "species," "subspecies," "variations," or merely "variants," exist, and as they have geographic and geologic significance, they should be discriminated and char- acterized. In comparison with these desiderata nomenclatorial considerations are of secondary importance. Orbicella cavernosa is so variable that great difficulty has been experienced in constructing an intelligible description. A very interesting specimen, obtained by Prof. J. E. Duerden in Jamaica and presented by him to the United States National Museum, will first be described in detail, as it shows within itself a wide range of variation and indicates the lines of variation of other specimens more constant in their character (see pi. 87, figs. 1, la, lb, Ic). The corallum is oblong; upper surface convex but not uniformly arched or domed; base epithecate. Length, 25 cm.; breadth, 20 cm.; thickness, 11.3 cm. The specimen has two different kinds of calices. Those of one kind are rather distant, protuberant, and have subequal, not very tall, thick, dentate costae (pi. 87, fig. 1). The transverse outline is circular or broadly elliptical, diameter between thecal summits 8 mm. ; one of the elliptical calices has a greater diameter of 11 mm., lesser about 9 mm. The costae are about 1 mm. tall. The distance apart, measured between the outer costal edges, is from almost contiguous to 6 mm. The free limb of the corallite is subcylindrical and projects between 6 and 7 mm. The calices, as is shown by plate 87, figures 1, la, are not uniformly distributed, and vary in size, form, and prominence. In a fully developed calice there are 48 septa, every other one extending to and fusing to the columella. All the septa, particularly the principals, are rather thick. The margins are dentate, within the calicular cavity, they fall abruptly to the bottoms of the calices, which are 3 to 4 mm. deep, and there the principals extend to the columella. There are septal teeth around the periphery of the columella but they are not in the form of well-developed pali or paliform lobes. 382 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The columella is large, trabecular, with a papillate upper surface; diameter, as much as 4 mm. The columellar elements are rather often twisted and present a whorled appearance. Endothecal dissepiments rather delicate; exotheca, coarse and very vesicular. The calices of the other kind (pi. 87, fig. la) in their typical devel- opment are smaller than those above described, their edges are only slightly elevated, and the septa and costae are decidedly thin and exsert. Diameter of the calices from 5 to 8 mm. ; septal margins 2 mm. tall. The differences between these two kinds of calices are so great that it seems scarcely possible that they could belong to the same species; however, they occur on the same corallum where perfect intergradation can be traced. Pourtales, as far back as 1871, 1 published the following important notes on this species: There is considerable variation among the specimens from Florida in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, enough apparently to warrant placing them among the three species mentioned in the synonymy; but by carefully examining the different parts of each specimen, passages from one to the other can be found. Thus young polypi- doms, expanding rapidly laterally and with rather distant polyps, appear at first to differ considerably from strongly convex ones with crowded calices; the costae are larger, flatter, and less sharply denticulate, and the border of the calicles less elevated. The size of the calicles, relied on to divide the genus into groups by Milne Edwards and Haime, is a very uncertain character; one specimen has in one part the calicles varying from 3.5 to 4 mm., in another from 7 to 8 mm. The same specimen has in some parts the contiguous walls united solidly, with very few or no exothecal cells, in others separated by an abundant cellular exotheca. In worn specimens the last cycle disappears first, for that reason probably Orbicella (Madrepora) radiata Ellis has been characterized by the Milne Edwards and Haime as having but three cycles. Verrill gives the following description : 2 Much of the confusion in regard to the name of this species is due to the fact that it was generally described and figured from badly beach-worn specimens by the earlier writers. Such specimens have the septa and calicles worn away and the hard ex- otheca thus becomes prominent around the excavate calicles, so as to greatly change the appearance of the coral. Another cause is the rather wide variations in the size of the calicles. The normal or average specimens have the calicles about 6 to 8 mm. in diameter, but occasionally a specimen occurs in which part or all of them may be 9-10 mm., or rarely, even 11 mm. in diameter. Sometimes, on crowded parts of large specimens, the diameter may be only 4 to 5 mm. The degree of elevation of the calicles is also more or less variable on a single specimen. The calicles may be pretty close together, where crowded, but in other cases they are separated by spaces of 4 to 6 mm. or more. The costae are usually well developed as denticulated, rounded, radial ribs, usually 48 in number. The septa are generally about 48, arranged in four regular cycles, but several of those of the last cycle are often rudimentary or lacking, reducing the number to 40-44. i Mus. Comp. Zool. 111. Cat., No. 4, p. 76. 2 Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 11, pp. 102, 103, 1902. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 383 They differ in breadth and thickness according to the cycles; those of the last cycle are very thin and often bend toward and join those of the third cycle. The principal septa are exsert, denticulated, and thickened at the wall. The columella is usually well developed and broad. The paliform teeth are distinct, but not very prominent. It sometimes forms hemispherical masses 4 to 5 feet or more in diameter. This species appears to be rare at the Bermudas, and probably occurs only on the outermost reefs. The only specimen seen by me from there was from near the North Kocks. (Centennial collection.) It is a hemisphere about 11 inches in diameter, of the typical form. It is common on the Florida reefs and throughout the West Indies, Bahia, Brazil; (YaleMus.);=var. hirta, nov., with elevated corallites; roughly serrate' thin costae and septa; calicles deep, 5-6 mm. broad; septa narrow, perpendicular within, usually 40-44. The description of the Jamaican specimen, when taken in connec- tion with the notes by Pourtales and Verrill, gives a good idea of the extent of the variation of the species except in one particular, that of the septal arrangement. The normal, fully developed calioes have four complete cycles of septa; however, sometimes the fourth cycle may not be complete while at others there may be a few quinaries. In the recent specimens the tertiaries usually, but not invariably, extend to the columella. The characters common to all of the specimens may be briefty summarized as follows : Corallum massive, base epithecate, upper surface flat, irregularly convex, or domed. Calices more or less elevated, diameter from 5 to 11 mm., externally eostate, costae normally subequal. Septa nor- mally in four complete cycles, the members of the first three cycles extend to the columella, but the fourth may not be complete, and sometimes there may be a few quinaries. Columellar trabecular, well developed, large, with a papillary upper surface. Remarks on the synonomy of 0. cavernosa.—The names 0. roAiata (Ellis and Solander), O. argus (Lamarck), 0. conferta (Milne Edwards and Haime), and 0. cavernosa var. Jiirta Verrill, are definitely placed in the synonymy of 0. cavernosa, and it is thought probable that 0. braziliana Verrill, should be referred to it. These names will be discussed seriatim. Gregory applies 0. radiata to this species, as he considers the Lin- naean definition of Madrepora cavernosa insufficient, an opinion with which I do not agree. All the Linnaean descriptions are unsatisfactory, but in this instance Linnaeus refers to the figures of Seba, he places the Madrepora astroites of Pallas in its synonymy, and he states "Habitat in O. Americano." Taking all things together, the original diagnosis with the references seem to me sufficient for purposes of identifica- tion—in fact, the brief Latin description is not bad. 0. radiata was supposed to differ from 0. cavernosa by possessing only three cycles of septa. Pourtales states, in the quotation already made from him, that "In worn specimens the last cycle disappears first; for that reason probably Orbicella (Madrepora) radiata Ellis and Solander has 384 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. been characterized by Milne Edwards and Hainie as having but three cycles." Lamarck's Astrea argus is a new name for the Madrepora cavernosa Esper. The reason for his giving it is not evident. The specimen identified by Ehrenberg as Explanaria argus, which is the type of Milne Edwards and Haime Astrea conferta, is in the Berlin Museum fur Naturkunde, and the following notes are based upon it: The specimen is much worn and is apparently somewhat fossilized. The calices are not regularly rounded, but frequently are of irregular polygonal outline. The greater diameter of an average calice is 8.5 mm.; lesser 7 mm. Thickness of wall between the calices is 2.5 mm. In one calice there were 21 large and 21 smaller septa; there may be four complete cycles in some calices. The columella is very large and vesicular and occupies the greater part of the oorallite cavity. Dissepiments abundant, about 13 to 5 mm.; they slope downward and inward. From reading the Pourtales description quoted above, it will be evident that this is only a variety of 0. cavernosa with crowded calices. The Explanaria radiata of Ehrenberg is the ordinary Heliastraea cavernosa as figured by Milne Edwards and Haime, except that the fourth cycle of septa may not always be complete. Orbicella cavernosa var. compacta Vaughan (pi, 88, figs. 3, 3a, 3b) has solid exotheca, low mammillate coraUites, and equal costae. Recent on the Brazilian coast; lat. 12° 48' S., long. 38° W.; 27 fathoms. Localities and geologic occurrence.—On the living and Pleistocene reefs of Florida, the West Indies, and the Caribbean side of Central America. There are beach worn or Pleistocene specimens from the Isthmus of Darien in the United States National Museum, collected by Dr. Van Patton. 6a. ORBICELLA CAVERNOSA var. ENDOTHECATA (Duncan). Plate 89, figs. 1, la. 1863. Astraea endothecata Duncan, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 434, pi. 15, figs. 7a, 7b. 1868. Heliastraea endothecata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. The corallite walls are thick; costae strongly alternating in size; the last cycle are small and thin, and there appear to be no septa corresponding to them; occasionally there is a rudimentary septum of the fourth cycle. The last cycle of septa may have been broken off; or the wall, because of subsequent thickening, may have included their inner ends; all other septa, with rare exceptions, extend to the large, well developed columella. Diameter of corallites from 8 to GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 385 10 mm. Type in the Geological Society of London; duplicate in the United States National Museum (No. 155276). The preceding re- marks are based on the latter. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Type said to come from the Nivaje shale of Santo Domingo. Costa Rica, station 4269, Port Limon; collected by Doctor Wailes in a bed of reputed Pliocene age. The size of the ealices, and the costae, wall, and columella of the Port Limon specimen are as in var. endothecata; but usually every other septum meets the columella; a cycle of small septa between the larger is clearly present. As it is probable that the last cycle of septa has been destroyed in the type of var. endothecata, the presence of small septa between the larger would not indicate specific difference. The strongly developed costae with small ones between them are the same in both the type and the Port Limon specimens. The stratigraphic range of this variety, therefore, is from the Nivaje shale (lower Miocene) to probably Pliocene. 6b. OEB1CELLA CAVERNOSA var. CYLINDRICA (Duncan). Plate 89, fig. 2. 1863. Astraea cylindrica Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 434, pi. 15, fig. 8. 1868. Heliastraea cylindrica Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. This variety closely resembles var. endothecata. It has smaller corallites, 5 to 6 mm. in diameter; fewer septa, 12 to 16 principal septa, with from 1 to 3 smaller intermediate septa. Between each pair of larger septa on the mural summits around the ealices is an intermediate rudimentary septum; the total number of septa is about 38. The costae corresponding to the principal septa are strikingly prominent, while those corresponding to the rudimentary septa are very small or even obsolete. The calice is rather deep, about 2.5 mm. This coral may be only a growth facies of 0. endothecata. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Duncan type, in the Geological Society of London, comes from "the tufaceous limestone" of Santo Domingo; duplicate specimen No. 155277, U.S.N.M. Miss C. J. Maury has recently collected the variety in Santo Domingo as fol- lows: Rio Gurabo, zone D, associated with Stylophora affinis Duncan, Madracis decaciis (Lyman), Pocillopora crassoramosa Duncan, Siephanocoenia intersepta (Esper), Orbicella limbata (Duncan), Orbi- cella, cavernosa (Linnaeus) var., Syzygophyllia dentata (Duncan), The single specimen collected is essentially typical, in fact it is a better specimen than Duncan's type. Cercado de Mao, without 386 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. more specific information. The latter specimen has corallites with somewhat larger diameter, as much as 7.5, than those of typical specimens, diameter 4.5 to 5 mm., in that respect more closely resembling var. endothecata, but there are no or only a few small costae between the large ones, and the septal characters are more similar to those of var. cylindrica. Costa Rica "Colline en demolition", Port Limon,.No. 669, col- lection of H. Pittier. The specimens from Port Limon consist of two isolated corallites, which so closely resemble those of the type of var. cylindrica as not to need comment. Except in size, they are very similar to var. endothecata. 7. ORBICELLA APERTA (Verrill). Plate 89, fig. 3. 1868. Heliastraea aperta Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 1, p. 356. 1902. Orbicella aperta Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 2, p. 103, pi. 33, figs. 1, la. This species is especially characterized by having the principal septa, that is, those of the first, second, and third cycles, all of which ordinarily reach the columella, taller and thinner than is usual in 0. cavernosa. At one time I was inclined to consider it only a variety of Orbicella cavernosa, but comparisons of large suites of 0. cavernosa from Florida and the West Indies with a good suite of 0. aperta from Brazil shows persistently recognizable differences. Localities.—Abrolhos reefs, Bay of Bahia, and Island of Itaparica, Brazil. 8. ORBICELLA BAINBRIDGENSIS, new species. Plate 90, figs. 1, la, 16, lc. In growth form, general aspect of the corallum, and size of calices similar to Orbicella cavernosa. Calices 6 to 7 mm. in diameter; walls slope from calicular margins to bottom of intercorallite areas; protuberant about 2 mm.; distance apart from 1.5 to 3.5 mm. Costae subequal, relatively thick, rather low, beaded on the edges, correspond to all septa, meet in the intercorallite depression. Septa in nearly four complete cycles, 10 to 12 septa, i. e., the primaries and most or all of the sceondaries are thicker than the other septa, these and in some calices a variable number of tertiaries extend to the columella. Usually the tertiary septa do not reach the columella, and the quaternaries are still shorter. The septa are distinctly of three sizes, even where the tertiaries reach the columella they are thinner than the members of the lower cycles. Septal margins dentate; distinct, rather wide, erect paliform lobes usual on the inner ends of the primaries and secondaries and in- places on the tertiaries; on some septa instead of paliform lobes there are GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 387 several teeth with rounded upper ends. The youngest septa are largely composed of ascending spines which are not completely fused . Columella relatively large, composed of septal trabecular, upper surface coarsely papillate. Endothecal dissepiments highly developed, forming curved vesicles. Exotheca composed of successive, superposed but separated plat- forms extending between corallites (see pi. 90, fig. lc). Localities and geologic occurrence.—Georgia, stations 3881, Blue Spring, 4 miles below Bainbridge, and station 3883, Hales Landing, 7 miles below Bainbridge, Flint River, Decatur County, collected by T. W. Vaughan; in the basal part of the Chattahoochee formation, just above the contact with the Ocala limestone. In the base of one specimen from station 3383 there is a cast of the surface of Cerithium vaughani Dall, and there are several specimens of orbitoidal foram- inifera, one of which is clearly a species of Lepidocyclina. Stations 6085, Withlacoochee River, a few hundred yards below the Val- dosta Southern Railway bridge, and 6084, about 3 miles below the same bridge, Lowndes County, Georgia, collected by L. W. Stephen- son. Type.—No. 324881, U.S.N.M. Santo Domingan specimens, representing a very closely related if not identical species, were obtained by Miss C. J. Maury, on Rio Cana, in what she refers to as zone H, in association with a fauna representing the Bowden horizon, namely, Placocyathus new species, Stylophora granulata Duncan, Antillia bilobata Duncan, OrbiceUa lim- bata (Duncan), Solenastrea bournoni M. Edwards and Haime, Syzy- gopliyllia gregorii (Vaughan), and Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) . 9. ORBICELLA COSTATA (Duncan). Plate 91, figs. 1, la, 2, 3, 3a; plate 92, figs. 1, 2, 3; plate 93, figs. 1, la. 1863. Astraea coslata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 422, pi. 13, fig. 9. 1867. Heliastraea costata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. Original description.—"The specimens of this species which I have examined present polished longitudinal and transverse sections of corallites, but I have seen no calices. Corallites long, parallel, some- times deformed, generally circular in transverse outline, not crowded, but close, varying in size. Intercorallite spaces very distinct. Walls thin, not thicker than the delicate septa. Costae large alternately, both sizes equally produce'd; wedge-shaped at the wall, pointed, and often bent at the free end. Septa all delicate and linear near the columella and in the middle; at the wall their base is narrower than that of the costae. They are arranged in six systems, the cycles being very irregular. In three systems there are three cycles, and in the rest an incomplete fourth; rarely there are two systems with 388 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. four complete cycles; the fourth and fifth orders often curve toward the third order. Lamellae rather cribriform, joining the columella by oblique processes. Columella lax, small, and formed by dissepi- ments from the septa and a central spongy mass. Endotheca very abundant, vesicular, and horizontal, with four or five dissepiments in one-tenth inch [2.5 mm.]. Exotheca abundant, nearly equal to the endotheca. Reproduction by extra-calicular budding. Diam- eter of the corallites from three-tenths to seven-twentieths inch [7.5 to 8.25 mm.]. "This species is closely allied to the astraeans with great endo- thecal development, and especially to Astraea vesiculosa Edwards and Haime, from Dax, as well as to .A. antillarum nob., and A. endothecata nob." Locality.—"The Marl of Antigua." Illustrations based on one of Duncan's original specimens, but not the type, are given on plate 91, figures 1, la-. This species is represented in the Antigua formation of Antigua, the Pepino formation of Porto Rico, the Culebra formation of the Canal Zone, and in the marls and limestone of Anguilla. The prin- cipal variation consists in the size of the calices. The minimum size of the calices in the Antiguan specimens (pi. 91, figs. 2, 3, 3a) is about 7 mm., which is about the average for the Porto Rican speci- mens (pi. 92, fig. 1), and the calices of the specimens from the Canal Zone (pi. 92, fig. 2) average slightly smaller than those from Porto Rico, but the two sets of specimens differ very little. In Anguilla (pi. 92, fig. 3; pi. 93, figs. 1, la) the large and small calicled forms are found in association. The amount of the protuberance of the corallites varies greatly, but protuberant and low corallites are found on the same corallum. Usually where the corallites are low the alternation in size of the costae is not so pronounced as where the corallites are exsert; but some protuberant corallites of the specimen represented by plate 92, figure 3, have equal costae on at least one side. There are pali before all except the last cycle of septa; they are moderately wide, erect, rounded above, form two crowns. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, in the Antigua forma- tion, at station 6881, Willoughby Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Porto Rico, in the Pepino formation, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares, collected by R. T. Hill. Canal Zone, in the Culebra formation, at station 6020c Las Cascadas, collected by Vaughan and MacDonald. Anguilla, stations 6893, 6894, 6966, in the lower and the middle beds on the south and west sides of Crocus Bay; 6969a, bottom bed at Road Bay. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 389 This species in its general aspect resembles CyaihomorpJia belli Vaughan (see p. 459), but has thinner septa and costae and deeper calices. The lower surface is more or less invested with epitheca, and no synapticulae could be found. 10. ORBICELLA CANALIS, new species. Plate 94, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 3, 3a; plate 97, figs. 4, 4a. This species can best be characterized in terms of comparison with 0. costata. The growth forms and the general facies of both are similar, except that the maximum size of the calices in 0. canalis is nearly the minimum size in 0. costata; range in calicular diameter of 0. canalis from 5 to 9 mm., average about 6 or 6.5 mm. The costae in 0. canalis are alternately large and small or sub- equal around the calicular edge below which they may be subequal, alternately large and'small, or the last cycle may disappear. Septa in 4 or nearly 4 cycles; primaries notably larger than the secondaries except in occasional unusually large calices, and each bears a strong tooth on its inner end; secondaries thinner than the primaries, also with a tooth on the inner end, these and the primaries reach the columella; tertiaries shorter, but with a paliform thickening or a tooth on the inner end; quaternaries decidedly small. The septa usually are lanceolately thickened in the wall, in this character resembling typical 0. costata. The columella is formed by the fusion of the inner ends of the septa and is less developed than in 0. costata. Endothecal dissepiments well developed, thin, from 0.5 to 1.5 mm. apart. Exotheca consists of thick-walled blister-like, small vesicles, about 0.5 mm. high, and more or less wavy platforms which extend between the corallites. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone stations 6015 and 6016, quarries in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald, also collected in Empire by Ralph Arnold. Anguilla, stations 6894, lower bed; 6966, middle bed, between 50 and 75 feet above the base of the section; and 6967, upper bed, west side of Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Tyjie.—No. 324862, U.S.N.M. (pi. 94, figs. 1, la). Paratypes.—No. 324861, U.S.N.M. (pi. 94, figs. 2, 2a; pi. 97, figs. 4, 4a). The specimen represented by plate 94, fig. 3, 3 R. Univ. Padova Inst, geolog. mem., vol. 3, p. 226, 1915. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 411 of a corallite about 3 mm. tall is about 4 mm., at its base about 5 mm., showing that although the diameter at the base of the free corallite limbs is greater than it is at the calice, the increase in diame- ter toward the base is rather slight. The costae on the free limbs are low, subequal, closely crowded, between 40 and 48 in number, relatively thick, as thick as or thicker than the intercostal furrows, and closely beaded along the edges. The walls are thick. Septa, 3 complete cycles and a variable number of quaternaries. The 6 primaries are larger than the other septa, extend to the colu- mella, and bear paliform thickenings which are decidedly prominent in those calices where they have been preserved; the secondaries are somewhat shorter than the primaries; the tertiaries still shorter; and the quaternaries, which may be completely developed in some sys- tems, are still smaller; in some systems in many calices the quater- naries are not distinguishable within the calices, but are represented by small costae. Columella, a narrow, compressed style. Endotheca and exotheca, details of their character not clear in the type. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, in the Emperador limestone, quarry, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Type.—G&t. No. 324955, U.S.N.M. Genus SEPTASTREA d'Orbigny. 1849. Septastrea D'Orbigny, Notes sur Polyp., p. 9. 1849. Septastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol* 12, p. 163. 1857. Septastraea Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 449. 18— . Septastraea (part) de Fromentel, Intr. Etude Polyp, foss., p. 174. 1884. Septastraea (part) Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ., Zoology, vol. 18, p. 103. 1887. Glyphastraea Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 43, pp. 24-32, pis. 1-3. . 1888. Septastraea Hinde, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 44, pp. 200-227, pi. 9. 1900. Septastraea Gane, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc. vol. 22, p. 194. 1904. Septastrea Vaughan, Maryland Geological Survey Miocene, p. 444. Type-species.—Septastrea subramosa d'Orbigny, 1849=$. forbesi Milne Edwards and Haime, 1849 = Astrea marylandica Conrad, 1841 = Septastrea marylandica (Conrad) Vaughan, 1904. SEPTASTREA MATSONI, new species. Plate 86, figs. 6, 6a. Corallum incrusting surfaces of shells. The type incrusts part of the surface of a Turritella shell. It is probable that the fully grown coral1um may be massive or ramose. 412 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices irregular in form, subpolygon al or more or less elliptical in outline; slightly excavated. Diameter from 3 to 4.5 mm.; depth about 1 mm. Intervening walls narrow, acute. Septa in two complete cycles. The primaries are rather thick and reach the calicular center; in fully developed caHces all or nearly all of the secondaries also extend to the center, tertiary septa absent or very rudimentary. Margins not exsert; within the calices straight or slightly concave upward. There are no recognizable dentations, but on the septal edges and faces there are many rather large granu- lations. Interseptal ^culi wide and open. Columella false, formed by the fusion of the thickened inner ends of the principal septa. There are no trabecular septal processes. Asexual reproduction by intercorallite budding. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Republic of Colombia, station 7873, Gatun formation, about 0.5 km. west of Usiacuri, collected by G. C. Matson. Type.—No. 324956, U.S.N.M. Septastrea matsoni closely resembles young coralla of S. mary- landica (Conrad) Vaughan, from the St. Marys and Yorktown forma- tions in Virginia. 1 It is interesting to find in Colombia a species of Septastrea that is doubtfully distinguishable from a species in the Miocene of Virginia. The fossiliferous marl that almost surrounds Usiacuri appears to be the same formation as the Gatun formation, or to be a part of the Gatun formation. Although the evidence sup- plied by this coral is not great, it is at least indicative of the late Miocene age of a part if not all of the Gatun formation. Family FAVIIDAE Gregory. Genus FAVIA Oken. 1815. Favia Oken, Lehrb. Naturgesch., Th. 3, Abth. 1, p. 67. 1857. Favia Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall, vol. 2, p. 426. 1902. Favia Veerill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 88. 1917. Favia Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 100. Type-species.—Madreporafragum Esper . FAVIA FRAGUM (Esper). 1795. Madrepora fragum Esper, Pflanzenth., Fortsetz., p. 79., pi. 64, figs. 1, 2. 1901. Faviafragum Vaughan, Geol. Reichs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 34 (with synonomy). 1901. Faviafragum Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 303, pi. 3. 1902. Favia fragum Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 90, pi. 13, figs. 1, 2. 1915. Favia fragum Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1916. Favia fragum Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, pp. 224, 227. 1 See Vaughan, T. W., Anthozoa, Maryland Geol. Survey, Miocene, pp. 444-447, pi. 126, figs, la, 16, 2; pi. 127, figs. 1-3; pi. 128, figs. 1, 2; pi. 129, 1904. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY- OF THE CANAL ZONE. 413 This species is common in Pleistocene deposits near Colon, Canal Zone. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone stations 5850 and 6037; Pleistocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Throughout the West Indies, in Florida, and on the Atfantic side of Central America, where there are elevated Pleistocene reefs. Now living throughout the same area, in the Bermudas, the Azores (Quelch), and St. Vincent (collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland, specimens do- nated to the United States National Museum by Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner). FAVIA MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 102, fig. 2; plate 103, fig. 1. Corallum massive, with a rounded upper* surface (for general aspect of the upper surface (see pi. 102, fig. 2). Calices large, oblong, elliptical or subquadrangu'arin outline; sepa- rated by intercorallite areas from 2 to 5 mm. across. Cavities slightly excavated. WaPs thin on the upper edge, in places entirely composed of dissepiments; deeper down fairly thick. Measurements, in millimeters, of calices of Favia macdonaldi. Calice Greater diameter Lesser diameter The number of septa in calice No. 4 of the table is about 38, of which 12 or 13 extend to the columella. A few rudimentary septa may have been broken so as not to be distinguishable now. In calice No. 5, 36 septa were counted, of which about 12 extend to the columella. On a polished cross section, in which every septum is clearly visible, there are 31 septa in a corallite having calicular diameters of 12.5 and 8.5 mm.; of the septa about 12 reach the columella—-that is, usu- ally every alternate or every third septum extends to the columella. In the calice the septa are thin and distant, but deeper down they are rather thick. The inner ends of the long septa are slightly thickened, suggesting that paliform lobes were present. Costae correspond to all septa, greatly developed, long; those from one corallite extending to meet those from the adjacent corallite; members of the different cycles subequal in thickness; thicker in the wall, gradually thinning distally. Columella composed of the fused inner ends of the septa; fairly well developed; some papillae on upper surface. Thin endothecal and exothecal dissepiments well developed. No clear instance of asexual reproduction was observed, but that it is by fission seems an inference warranted by the configuration of the corallites. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11.5 9.75 10.5 15.5 14.5 13 13.5 11.5 8.5 9.5 8 11.5 12 12 414 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Station 6587, in limestone and iron bearing sandstone, Tonosi, Panama, collected by D. F. Mac- donald. This deposit is of Oligocene age (for fuller discussion, see pages 207, 555, 582). Station 6881, Antigua formation, Willoughby Bay, Antigua, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—Cut. No. 324993, E.S.N.M. The only American fossil species at all nearly related to Favia macdonaldi is one from the Oligocene or Miocene of Santo Domingo, not yet described in print. It has smaller corallites and relatively more numerous septa than F. macdonaldi. These two species are Indo- Pacific in their affinities, there being no nearly related species in the Atlantic Ocean, with the possible exception of F. leptophylla Verrill, of which I have no specimen for comparison. It gives me pleasure to attach the name of Doctor Macdonald to this really handsome species of coral, which was discovered by him. Genus FAVITES Link. 1807. Favites Link, Beschreib. Nat. Samml. Rostock, pt. 3, p. 162. 1901. Favites Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 21. 1902. Favites Verrill, Conn. Acad. 'Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 92. 1917. Favites Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 109. Type-species.— Madrepora abdita Ellis and Solander. FAVITES MEXICANA. new species. Plate 103, figs. 2, 2a. Corallum massive,- with more or less rounded or flattish upper surface. Type a small broken specimen, 54 by 61 mm. in horizontal diameter and 27 mm. thick. Corallites polygonal, separated by narrow intercorallite walls which are barely 0.5 mm. thick. Diameter of corallites as follows: Diameter, in millimeters, of corallites of Favites mexicana: Corallite 1 9 7.5 2 11 7.5 3 8.5 8 4 8.5 7.5 5 9 7.5 6 7.5 6.5 7 11.5 9 8 9 8,5 Calices damaged so that their depth can not be definitely ascer- tained, but apparently they were shallow. There are 46 septa in a corallite 7.5 by 6.5 mm. in diameter; of these, 14 reach the columella and 23 are small or rudimentary. Usually three sizes of septa are recognizable; the tertiaries fuse to the side of the secondaries, as a rule. Even the large septa are relatively thin, not so thick as the width of the interseptal loculi. The inner ends of the principal septa are somewhat thickened and paliform lobes may have been present. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 415 Columella trabecular, false, fairly well developed. Thin endotheeal dissepiments abundant. Asexual reproduction by marginal fission. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Mexico, hill 4 miles east of San Rafael Ranch, State of Tamaulipas, collected by W. F. Cummins and J. M. Sands in the Oligocene San Rafael formation of Dumble, 1 in association with Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan) Vaughan. Type—-Cat. No. 324995, U.S.N.M. This specimen closely resembles Astroria antiguensis Duncan. 2 I have a photograph (see pi. 131, fig. 4) of Duncan's type (No. 12936, Coll. Geol. Soc. London), and because of the resemblance, I furnished Mr. Dumble the name Goniastrea (?) antiguensis (Duncan), as given in his papers cited. Subsequent study of the photograph and further comparisons with specimens from Antigua lead me to believe that Astroria antiguensis is in reality a fungid coral, and is probably based on a silicified specimen of CyathomorpJia antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan in which the corallites are deformed by crowding. That adjacent corallites are separated by costate intercorallites areas is clear on most of this photograph; and apparently there are both intercostal and mural synapticulae. For additional notes on Astroria antiguensis see page 466 of this paper. FAVITES POLYGONALIS (Duncan). 1863. Astroria polygonalis Duncan, Geol. -Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 424, pi. 14, fig. 6, 1863. Besides F. mexicana, the only other definitely known species of Favites in the American older Tertiary formations is F. polygonalis (Duncan) Vaughan, which is very abundant in Antigua. The calices of F. polygonalis are much larger than in F. mexicana, the smallest size usually being 15 mm., rarely as little as 14 mm. in diameter; range in diameter from the size just stated up to 23 mm. wide by 35 mm. long, an extraordinarily large calice. The lesser diameter of a calice is usually between 15 and 20 mm. The calices are exca- vated, depth 8 to 10 mm., separated by acute walls. Septa in 4 or 5 sizes, thin, rather distant, about 8 within 1 cm. In many specimens there is a more or less flattened zone around the colum- ullar fossa, which is bounded by the rather steep inner ends of the septa. In F. mexicana, 9 septa were counted within a linear dis- tance of 5 mm., being twice as many within the same distance as there are in F. polygonalis. Cooke and Mansfield collected in the base of the Chattahoochee formation, station 7078, 8 miles below Bainbridge, Georgia, a species of Favites that seems to be the same as the Antiguan specimens of F. polygonalis with small calices. i See p. 206 for additional notes. « Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 425, 1863. 416 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus GONIASTREA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1848. Goniastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 495. Type-species.—Astrea retiformis Lamarck. GONIASTREA CANALIS, new species. Plate 91, fig. 4. Corallum massive, rounded or flattened on the upper surface, forms masses 15 cm. or more in diameter. Calices joined directly by their walls, shallow, polygonal deformed; lesser diameter of adult calices about 3.5 mm., greater diameter from 3.5 mm. up to 5.5 mm. Septa about 42, in a calice 3.5 mm. wide by 4 mm. long; of these 11 extend to the columella, and there are about 21 small (rather rudimentary) septa. The inner ends of the smallest septa are usually free; but the septa of the intermediate size fuse to the sides of the members of lower cycles, and in places a small septum fuses to the side of a member of a lower cycle. As is normally the case in corals reproducing by fission, the septal arrangement is not definite. About 10 septa, alternately larger and smaller, were counted in a space of 2.25 mm. along the wall. At the wall the interseptal spaces are about as wide as the thickness of the larger septa. Septal faces with some granulations. Septal margins too badly damaged to permit a study of their characters! Columella false, fairly well developed, formed by the fusion of the inner end of the long septa. Asexual reproduction by fission, either equal or unequal, equal fission seems more common. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, quarry, Empire, in the Emperador limestone collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Type.—No. 324996 U.S.N.M. Of the species of Goniastrea previously described from the American Tertiaries, G. variabilis Duncan 1 from the upper Eocene St. Bar- tholomew limestone, French West Indies, has larger calices, about 5 mm. wide, and as it has about 40 septa to a calice, the septa in it are less crowded than in G. canalis. I collected in the Oligocene of Antigua, in the Antigua formation, a species of Goniastrea, that is evidently the same as Steplianocoenia reussi Duncan. 2 This difFers-from G. canalis only by the absence of rudimentary septa between the larger septa. The two forms, although closely related, seem to represent distinct species. • Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 29, p. 557, pi. 21, fig. 11, 1873. 2 Idem, vol. 24, p. 19, pi. 2, fig. 1, 1867. I have excellent photographs of Duncan's type, which is No. 5011, Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 417 Genus MAEANDRA Oken. 1815. Maeandra Oken (part), Lehrb. Naturg., Th. 3, Abth. 1, p. 70. 1902. Maeandra Vekrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 66. 1917. Maeandra Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 119. Type-species.— Madrepora labyrinihiformis Linnaeus. MAEANDRA ANTIGUENSIS, new species. Plate 103, figs. 3, 4, 4a. The general habit of the corallum is similar to that of Maeandra clivosa (Ellis and Solander), that is, the upper surface is more or less lobulate, not rather uniformly rounded or domed as M. strigosa (Dana). A view of the upper surface of each cotype is shown on plate 103, figures 3, 4. Valleys sinuous, relatively long, as much as or more than 26 mm. in length; width from 3.5 to 5.5 mm., about 4.25 mm. usual; depth about 2 mm. Collines with narrow, acute or subacute summits, the septa sloping away at an angle of about 45°. Adjacent valleys are usually separated by simple walls; in places separate mural edges are distinguishable, but in such instances the distance between the walls is less than 0.5 mm. Septa decidedly crowded, 8 or 9 long septa and as many interme- diate short septa within 5 mm., that is, from 32 to 36 septa, alternately short and long, within 1 cm. The long septa extends to edge of the columellar fossa; the intermediate septa are about half as long. Septal margins finely dentate, about 10 small teeth on the long septa; slope downward and inward at an angle of about 45°, as previously stated. Inner ends of long septa more or less thickened, some appear to bear paliform lobes, fused by lateral expansions and processes at the edge of the columellar fossa. Columella composed of axial septal processes, which are usually more or less flattened and curled. Calicinal centers indistinct. Thin, crowded, endothecal dissepiments abundant. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, station 6881, Antigua formation, Willoughby Bay, cotypes, 2 specimens, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Panama, station 6587, Tonosi, a broken specimen, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Cotypes.—No. 325003, U.S.N.M. Maeandra antiguensis is very close to M. clivosa. The principal differences seem to be the steeper margins and the thicker inter- corallite walls, and the slightly wider and deeper valleys of M. clivosa. The cotypes of M. antiguensis were compared with 33 small specimens of M. clivosa and the differential characters indicated appear valid. The specimen obtained by Doctor MacDonald is only a fragment, but as the cross-section of the corallites and walls and the septal 418 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. characters agree with M. antiguensis, there is no reasonable doubt as to its belonging to that species. MAEANDRA PORTORICENSIS, new species. Plate 107, figs. 1, la. Corallum massive, composed of long valleys, from 5.5 to 9 mm. wide, and about 3.5 mm. deep, separated by acute collines. Walls in the collines, rather thick but simple. Septa, rather thick, crowded, about 10 in 5 mm., or 20 to the centimeter. As a rule alternately shorter and longer, but in some places they are equal. At the wall usually equal in thickness. The inner ends of some septa are enlarged, and there are indications that such septa bear upright paliform teeth. Margins dentate. Calicinal centers indistinct. Columella absent. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Four miles west of Lares, Porto Rico, Pepino formation, collected by R. T. Hill. Type.—No. 325004, U.S.N.M. Remarks.— Maeandra portoricensis is very close to an undescribed species from the St. Bartholomew Eocene, to which Duncan erro- neously applied the name Manicina areolata (Linnaeus). The differ- ence seems to lie in the former having straighter valleys (a character of very little value), and thicker septa and walls. MAEANDRA DUMBLEI, new species. Plate 104, figs. 1, la. Corallum massive, upper surface gradually curved, without gib- bosities. The type, a segment of a head, is 63 mm. long, 57 mm. wide, and 45 mm. thick. Valleys straight or curved; length from 5 mm., the diameter of a solitary calice, up to 30 mm. or even more; width from 3 to 5 mm. ; depth 1.5 mm. or less, the valleys are very shallow, almost super- ficial Collines flat or furrowed along the top; width from 1.5 to 2.5 mm. Each of two adjacent series usually with its own separate wall, the walls separated on top by a slight depression which is crossed by costae. The colline characters are those characteristic of Diploria, which is typical Maeandra. Septa rather distant, 9 within 5 mm. or 18 to 1 cm.; subequal or alternately longer and shorter, the shorter usually almost reach- ing the columella; no rudimentary septa except in young calices; outer septal ends thick. Septal margins broken in the type, but the trabeculae indicate fairly large dentations, about 5 on a long septum outside the distinct, thickened, palar lobe. Columella composed of septal processes, only slightly developed. Calicinal centers distinct or obscure. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 419 Locality and geologic occurrence.—Mexico, hill one mile east of San Jose de las Rusias ranch, State of Tamaulipas, collected by W. F, Cummins and J. M. Sands, in the Oligocene formation to which Mr. E. T. Dumble * applied the name "San Fernando beds," later changed to San Rafael beds. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan) Vaughan was also collected at this locality. Type.—No. 325005, U.S.N.M., presented by Mr. E. T. Durable. This species groups with the livingWest Indian Maeandra labyrintlii- formis (Linnaeus), the genotype, which has far more crowded septa, and with M. bowersi Vaughan, from Carrizo Creek, California, which has wider intercorallite areas, deeper valleys, and fewer long septa to the centimeter. MAEANDRA AREOLATA (Linnaeus). 1758. Madrepora areolata Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 795. 1901. Manicina areolata Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 305, pi. 4, figs. 2, 3. 1902. Maeandra areolata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 81, pi. 11, figs. 1, 2; pi. 12, figs, 1, 2, 3. 1915. Maeandra areolata Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1916. Maeandra areolata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, pp. 225, 227. Common in the Pleistocene marl of Mount Hope near Colon, Canal Zone. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, stations 5850 and 6039, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. This species is a common fossil in the Pleistocene coralliferous deposits and in areas of living reefs in the Caribbean region and Florida. M. areolata is not a true reef coral. It thrives best on the flats behind the reefs or in water 10 to 12 fathoms deep off the reefs proper. As it has no firm basal attachment, it can not resist the impact of the waves of rough seas. MAEANDRA CLIVOSA (Ellis and Solander). 1786. Madrepora clivosa Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 163. 1901. Platygyra clivosa Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 57. (With synonymy.) 1902. Maeandra clivosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 78. 1902. Maeandra agassizi Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 80, pi. 14, figs. 1, la. 1915. Maeandra clivosa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, pp. 596, 597. 1916. Maeandra clivosa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 227. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Costa Rica, station 6251, Monkey Point, in a slightly elevated Pleistocene reef, collected by D. F. Mac- 1 Dumble, E. T., Some events in the Eogene history of the present coastal area of the Gulf of Mexico in Texas and Mexico, Joum. Geol., vol. 23, pp. 481, 498, 1915 (see pp. 495-496); Tertiary deposits of north- eastern Mexico, Calif. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 5, pp. 163-193, pis. 16-19, Dec, 1915 (see pp. 189-190). 420 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Donald*. This species is general in the elevated Pleistocene reefs and in the areas of living reefs in the Caribbean region and in Florida. It is one of the most abundant species on the living Bahamian reefs, but appears not to occur in the Bermudas. MAEANDRA STRIGOSA (Dana). 1846. Meandrina strigosa Dana,- U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 257, pi. 14, figs. 4a, 46. L901. Platygyra viridis Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden, ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 51. (With synonymy.) 1901. Platygyra viridis Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 306, pis. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. 1902. Maeandra cerebrum Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 74, pi. 10, fig. 4; pi. 12, fig. 4; pi. 14, figs. 4, 5. 1902. Maeandra viridis Vaughan, Biol. Soc. Washington Proc, vol. 15, p. 55. 1907. Maeandra cerebrum Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 12, p. 169. 1915. Maeandra strigosa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1917. Maeandra strigosa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 227. I can not at all agree with Professor Verrill's application of Ellis and Solander's name "cerebrum" to this species. There are three large, massive species of Maeandra in the West Indies and Florida, namely, M. labyrintMforrnis (Linnaeus), M. clivosa (Ellis and Solan- ,der), and M. strigosa (Dana). I applied to M. strigosa a varietal name proposed by Le Sueur, but Professor Verrill expressed doubt as to Le Sueur's having meant the species under consideration. There is good evidence that Ellis and Solander did not intend Madre- pora cerebrum for this species, for they applied the name Madrepora labyrinthica to it and figured it. As they applied names to two of the identifiable species, it is probable that they intended Madrepora cerebrum for the third species, that is, for Madrepora labyrintMforrnis, of which Diploma cerebriformis (Lamarck) M. Edwards and Haime is a synonym. Under these circumstances, the proper course to pursue evidently is to take the first name concerning which there is no doubt. Choice then fall on Meandrina strigosa Dana, the type of which is in the United States National Museum. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Costa Rica, station 6251, Monkey Point, in the slightly elevated Pleistocene reef, collected by D. F. Mac- Donald. This species is general in the Pleistocene and living coral reefs of the Caribbean region, Florida, and the Bahamas, and is found living in the Bermudas. It is one of the two most important massive reef-building species in Florida and the West Indies; the other of the most important species is Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 421 Genus LEPTORIA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1848. Leptoria Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 493. 1917. Leptoria Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 117. Type-species.— Meandrina phrygia Lamarck = Madrepora -phrygia Ellis and Solander. LEPTORIA SPENCERI, new species. Plate 109, figs. 2, 2a, 3. 1863. Maeandrina species Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 424. Corallum more or less explanate, with a flatish, undulate upper surface. Valleys long and sinuous, shallow, from 3.25 to 5 mm. wide, separated by narrow, but strong colline walls. There are 8 or 9 long septa within 5 mm., 18 to 19 within 1 cm. These are rather stout and extend from the wall to the columellar fossa; somewhat thickened in the wall and on their inner ends, where there appear to be paliform knots or lobes. Usually between each pair of larger septa is a very thin septum, which is either short or long. The columella is stout and lamelliform. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Cuba, station 3473, Rio Canapu, crossing of Manassas trail, Oriente Province, Cuba, collected by Dr. Arthur C. Spencer, for whom the species is named. Cyathomorpha tenuis (Duncan) was obtained at the same place. The geologic horizon, therefore, seems to be that of the Antigua formation of Antigua; but Dr. J. A. Cushman reports Orihophragmina from the same station, and suggests that the formation exposed there is of upper Eocene age. The specimen from Antigua referred to by Duncan as " Maeandrina sp." seems to belong to L. spenceri, according to two photographs I have of Duncan's original specimen, No. 12946, coll. Geol. Soc. London. Duncan's specimen has a distinctly lamellate columella. Type.—No. 324968a, U.S.N.M. (pi. 109, figs. 2, 2a). Paratype.—No. 3249686, U.S.N.M. (pi. 109, fig. 3). There is no other known species from the West Indies to which L. spenceri is nearly related. It has closer affinities with the Indo- Pacific species L. phrygia and L. gracilis. L. spenceri has about the same number of septa to the centimeter as Maeandra antiguensis, but it differs from M. antiguensis in having shallower valleys, stouter interserial walls, and its columella is distinctly lamelliform. Genus MANICINA Ehrenberg. 1834. Manicina Ehrenberg, Corallenth. Roth. Meer., p. 101 (of reprint). 1848. Colpophyllia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 492. 1902. Manicina Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 84. Type-species.— Madrepora gyrosa Ellis and Solander. 422 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. MANICINA GYROSA (Ellis and Solander). 1786. Madrepora gyrosa Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 163, pi. 51, figs. 1, 2. 1901. Colpophyllia gyrosa Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs-Mus. Leiden, ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 41 (With synonymy, except Mussa fragilis Dana). 1902. Manicina gyrosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 85. 1915. Manicina gyrosa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1916. Manicina gyrosa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book, No. 14 p. 227. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 5850, Pleis- tocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Costa Rica, station 5884&, probably Pleistocene, Moin Hill, col- lected by D. F. MacDonald. This species is general in the elevated Pleistocene and on the living coral reefs of the Caribbean area and in Florida. Usually specimens are not abundant, but can nearly always be found in both the Pleis- tocene and living reefs. There is in the Antigua formation of Antigua a very handsome species of Manicina, which is of interest in showing the presence of the genus in American Tertiary deposits of middle Oligocene age. MANICINA WILLOUGHBIENSIS, new species. Plate 104, figs. 2, 2 a; plate 105. Corallum attached by a more or less centrally placed basal peduncle, from which the lower surface slopes upward and outward, upper sur- face curved or flattish. Common wall thrown into rounded cor- rugations, which are narrow at the lower end, but widen with out- ward growth until they may be 15 mm. across, height as much as 7 mm. Besides the corrugations, the lower surface is costate; large, low rounded costae about 1 mm. apart, with an intermediate smaller costa between each pair of larger. There is no vestige of epitheca. (There are only occasional shreds of epitheca on the lower surface of M. gyrosa.) Valleys long and sinuous; from 7 to 16 mm. wide, between 10 and 11 mm. usual; depth 8 to 10 mm. Colline submits narrow, usually from 1 to 1.5 mm. wide, but the walls of adjacent series are nearly always distinct, being separated by a narrow furrow, against the sides of which the outer ends of the septa terminate. Septa from 19 to 22 to 1 cm., one-half of which are small and rudimentary; the larger septa are thin and are arranged in 2, 3, or 4 sizes. Near the top of the wall all septa are narrow and steep through a distance of about 3 mm., below which the larger septa widen by a slope of about 45°; their inner edges fall steeply, in places perpendicularly, to the bottom of the axial furrow. There are no definitely developed paliform lobes, but in places the septal margins rise upward just outside the steep fall into the axial fossa. Denta- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 423 tions on the septal margins small and serrate, not prominant. Septal faces with small granulations. Columella very poorly developed or absent; calicinal centers as a rule fairly distinct, range from 9 to 21 mm. apart. Thin endothecal dissepiments well developed. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, station 6881, Wil- loughby Bay, (cotypes), and at other localities in the Antigua forma- tion, Antigua, collected by T. W. Vaughan, Type—No. 325006a, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—Cat. No. 3250066, U.S.N.M. This species is closely related to the living Manicina gyrosa of the Caribbean and Floridian regions. It has narrower collines, because the septa are narrow in their upper part; it has much more numerous septa; and the septa of M. gyrosa have far more exsert-margins. The only European species, known to me, with which comparison will be made is Diploria intermedia Michellotti from the Oii- gocene of Sassello, Liguria (specimen so labelled, received from the Museum of Natural History at Turin, No. 156300, U.S.N.M.). This specimen, although it has the aspect of Diploria (precise synonym of typical Maeandra) ,is in my opinion really a species of Manicina, for the lower surface is corrugate and there is no epitheca, while there is a complete, concentrically striate epitheca on the base Maeandra (" Diploria") labyrintlviformis. The costae on the base of Diploria intermedia are similar to those of Manicina. Besides the characters already mentioned, the calicinal centers in D. intermedia are more distinct than in the type-species of Diploria. I will therefore desig- nate Michelotti's species Manicina intermedia (Michellotti). This species has narrower (3.5 to 7 mm. wide), shallower (2.5 to 3 mm. deep), valleys, and thicker septa than M. willoughbiensis, and there are distinct, thickish paliform lobes on many long septa. Although the two species are distinct, the genus to which they belong was coincident in the Oligocene of southern Europe and of the West Indies. D'Achiardi has described two species of this genus as Oolpopliyllia taramellii and C. jlexuosa from the Eocene of Friuli. Genus THYSANUS Duncan. 1863. Thysanus Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, pp. 430, 439, pi. 15, figs. 3a,*36, pi. 16, figs. 6a, 66. 1863. Teleiophyllia Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 34. 1864. Thysanus Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 21, p. 10. 1884. Thysanus Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ. (Zoology), vol. 18. p. 15. 18S4. Teleiophyllia Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ. (Zoology), vol. 18, p. 85. Type-species.—Thysanus excentricus Duncan (Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 439, pi. 16, figs. 6a, 65). Duncan included two species in this genus at the time he described it, designating neither one as the type. Thysanus corbicula occurs first in the paper, but as specimens of it are not accessible for study, 37149—19 Bull. 103 16 424 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. I have selected as the genotype the second species, TJiysanus ex- centricus, of which I have seen nearly 700 specimens. THYSANUS aff. T. EXCENTRICUS Duncan. 1863. Thysanus excentricus Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 439, pi. 16, figs. 3a, 3c. Apparently the tall variant of T. excentricus is represented by casts in material from Cuba. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Cuba, station 3439, in the La Cruz marl, first railroad cutting east of La Cruz, near Santiago, collected by T. W. Vaughan. THYSANUS HAYESI, new species. Plate 77, figs. 3, 3a, 36. The type is much damaged, but the three views on plate 77, figures 3, 3a, 3Z>, give an idea of its form. The corallum, which was about 21 mm. long, 12 mm. tall, and 13 mm. in maximum diameter, is relatively wide, and is unilateral. The costae are decidedly prominent, 1 mm. or more tall at the mural edge, and are distant, about 2 mm. between the summits of adjacent costae. Their edges are coarsely and irregularly dentate, the denta- tions compressed transversely to the septal planes, and secondarily spinulose. Toward the base of the corallum the costae become less prominent and are obsolete on the base. There are no distinct secondary costae. Nearly all of the septa extend to the columella, they are distant and rather thin; intermediate small septa are rare. Margins dentate. Faces with sharp ridges and coarse granulations. Columella trabecular and obscurely lamellate. Endothecal dissepiments abundant, thin. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Cuba, station 3461, Gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas, lower Miocene, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type—No. 324994, U.S.N.M. This species, which I am naming for Dr. C. W. Hayes, is most nearly related to Thysanus corbicula Duncan, but differs in its more distant, more prominent, and coarser costae. Family MUSSIDAE Verrill. Genus SYZYGOPHYLLIA Reuss. 1860. Syzygophyllia Reuss, K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Mat., Natur. CI., Sitzungber, vol. 39, p. 216, pi. 1, figs. 10-12; pi. 2, fig. 10. Type-species.—Syzygophyllia brevis Reuss. SYZYGOPHYLLIA HAYESI, new species. Plate 106, figs. 1, la, 16. Corallum compressed-turbinate in form. Greater diameter 75 mm. ; cesser diameter 59 mm.; height 40 mm. + . The tip of the base and GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 425 the upper part of the calice of the type are broken. Wall strong, moderately thick; with coarsely dentate costae just below the calicular edge, lower down covered by thick, finely wrinkled epitheca. The number of septa could not be counted with certainty, there are about 200, or approximately 6 cycles. The primaries, secondaries, and tertiaries extend to the columella and are very thick, 1 mm. usual and 2 mm. occasional. The quaternaries are shorter and thin- ner; and the members of the fifth and sixth cycles shorter and thinner than the quaternaries according to cycle. The very thick principal septa with shorter and thinner intermediate septa constitute one of the most striking characteristics of the species. The septal margins are broken but their character can be inferred from the plan of the broken cross section. There are alternate swollen and thinner areas, showing that the septa are composed of compound trabeculae, and had coarsely dentate margins. The bases of some of the teeth were prob- ably as much as 3 mm. in width, but a more usual width was probably between 2 and 2.5 mm. The columella is relatively small, it appears to be entirely composed of the fused inner ends of the septa. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Nicaragua, Brito formation (upper Eocene), on or near the Pacific coast; collected by C. W. Hayes, for whom the species is named. Type.—No. 325009, U.S.N.M. Two other species of SyzygopJiyllia are known from middle America, Syzygophyllia gregorii (Vaughan) and S. dentata (Duncan). S. gre- gorii was first described from the Bowden marl of Bowden, Jamaica, but also occurs in beds of equivalent age in Santo Domingo. S. dentata, which was described from the Nivaje shale of Santo Domingo, occurs stratigraphically above S. gregorii, but in deposits paleonto- logically closely related to the Bowden marl. Of the two species S. Jiayesi is more like S. gregorii, but its principal septa are thicker and its columella is less developed. Probably the most nearly related species is one collected in the Eocene St. Bartholomew limestone by Prof. P. T. Cleve, but the specimen that I have seen of this is not good enough for positive identification. MADREPORARIA FUNGIDA. Family AGARICIIDAE Verrill. Genus TROCHOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime. 1849. Trochoseris Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 72. 1905. Trochoseris Vaughan, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc, vol. 28, p. 384. Type-species.—Antliophyllum disiortum. Michelin. The columella in the type-species is very small, false, and more or less papillary. 426 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TROCHOSERIS MEINZERI, new species. Plate 106, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. Corallum trochoid, attached by a basal peduncle. Greater diam- eter of calice, 59.5 mm.; lesser diameter, 41 mm.; height, 38.5 mm.; wall solid, finely and closely costate; costae low, equal or alter- nating in size, about 13 in 5 mm. or 26 in 10 mm. Calice, flaring," shallow, slightly excavated. Septa very numerous and crowded, about 16 in 5 mm., 32 in 10 mm; at the calicular edge, thicker than the. width of the inter- septal spaces. Of the septa about every eighth seems to extend to the axial fossa, and 35 were counted around the fossa, but the num- ber of septa probably exceeds 280. The margins are obscurely, very finely, dentate, subentire. Synapticulae small, numerous, crowded. Columella very small, 2 mm. in diameter, in a small fossa; a few papillae are recognizable. Locality and geologic, occurrence.—Cuba, station 7522, Mogote Peak, 0.5 mile east of east boundary of United States Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, south side of peak, altitude about 375 feet a. t., collected by O. E. Meinzer (type). Panama, station 6587, Tonosi, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Type.—No. 325228, U.S.N.M. The only other species of Trochoseris described from the American Tertiary formations is T. catadupensis Vaughan * from the Eocene at Catadupa, Jamaica. This is a much smaller species than T. meinzeri and does not appear closely related. The specimen obtained by Doctor MacDonald at Tonosi, Panama, is broken and poor, but the identification of it with the Cuban specimen seems certain. Genus AGARICIA Lamarck. 1801. Agaricia Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., p. 373. 1905. Agaricia Vaughan, Science, n. s., vol. 21, p. 984. 1917. Agaricia Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 140. ' Type-species.— Madrepora undata Ellis and Solander. AGARICIA AGARICITES (Linnaeus). 1758. Madrepora agaricites Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 795. 1901. Agaricia agaricites Vaughan, Geol. fteichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2 vol. 2, p. 64. 1902. Agaricia agarcites Vekrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 146, pi. 26, figs. 2, 3; pi. 27, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 5, 6, 6a, 7, 7a. 1915. Agaricia agaricites Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1916. Agaricia agaricites Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6039, Pleis- tocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald, abundant. i Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 242, pi. 30, figs. 5, 6, 1899. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 427 This species in its typical form is generally present on the living West Indian and Floridian reefs, and is usual in the Pleistocene reefs of the same region. AGARICIA AGARICITES var. PURPUREA Le Sueur. 1820. Agaricia purpurea Le Sueur, Mus. Hist. nat. Paris Mem., vol. 6, p. 276, pi. 15, figs. 3a, 36, 3c. 1902. Agaricia purpurea Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 149, pi. 27, figs. 4, 4a, 46. 1902. Agaricia agaricites var. gibbosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 148, pi. 27, figs. 1, la. 1912. Agaricia crassa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook, No. 10, p. 153. 1912. Agaricia fragilis var. Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, pp. 153-154. 1915. Agaricia purpurea Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1915. Agaricia purpurea Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook, No. 14, p. 228. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station Nos. 5849 and 6039 Pleistocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald, abundant. This variety is widespread on the living reefs in the West Indies and Florida. Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea is one of the corals on which I made many experiments at Tortugas, Florida. The following is an account of one experiment: 1 The result of one experiment with Agaricia gave unexpectedly important informa- tion on the influence of environment on variation. On the piers of the Fort Jefferson dock a thin, unifacial, subcircular, or reniform Agaricia, attached by the center of the lower surfaces, is rather abundant. This seems to be a variety of Agaricia fragilis (Dana). On the reefs off Loggerhead Key an Agaricia of massive form, several inches in diameter and of somewhat less height, is abundant. This appears to be the same as Agaricia crassa Verrill. One specimen of the thin Agaricia fragilis form attached to a tile in June, 1910, had by June, 1911, assumed the Agaricia crassa growth-form. This specimen was attached by its entire lower surface and seems to have had its growth-form influenced by the wide basal attachment. It is evident that there is here one species of Agaricia that under different conditions assumes different growth- forms. In very quiet water it is thin, orbicular, or reniform, with a slight basal attachment at its center, while on the reefs it is more strongly attached and has a more massive growth-form. But, in the quiet waters, the massive growth-form may be produced by giving the normally thin form a wide base of attachment, or there ia a reaction to contact. On the reefs, when the water is strongly agitated, there is prob- ably a clinging of the peripheral polyps to the basal support; this causes the basal attachment to cover a larger area than in the more quiet waters ; then upward growth from this wide base would produce the massive form. AGARICIA AGARICITES var. CRASSA Verrill. 1902. Agaricia crassa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 145, pi. 30, fig. 6; pi. 34, fig. 2. 1915. Agaricia crassa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5. p. 596. 1916. Agaricia crassa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook, No. 14, p. 228. Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, pp. 153-154, 1912. 428 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Limon, Costa Rica, Moiii Hill, "Niveau a," collected by H. Pittier, probably Pleistocene. As has been stated this is in reality only a vegetative growth form of Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea. It is especially abundant on the reefs off the west side of Andros Island, Bahamas. AGARICIA AGARICITES var. PUSILLA Verrill. 1902. Agaricia agaricites var. pusilla Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 148, pi. 27, figs. 3. 3a. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6039, Pleisto- cene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald, moderately abundant. This variety was originally based on specimens from Colon, Panama. AGARICIA ANGUILLENSIS, new species. Plate 108, figs. 2, 3, 4. Corallum rather low, consisting of crispate, divided, and lobed fronds. Height or extension from the center, 44+mm. Thickness, 3 to 4 mm; thinner on the edges. Calices unifacial, subconcentrically arranged, mother calice excen- tric. In the type-specimen, the distance from the mother calice to the edge of the frond is 35 mm., with five rows of calices, the outer- most calice 6 mm. from the margin, making 7 mm. the average dis- tance between the rows, the distance varies from 5 or 6 to 9 mm. The lower side of the rows is very slightly swollen; the ridges are almost suppressed. Transverse diameter of calices 3 to 7 mm. On the upper side the septo-costae are directly continuous without elevation to the next series. Under side of frond finely striate. The septa vary in number from 15 to 38, alternately larger and smaller, arranged in three cycles; 6 to 12 septa are decidedly larger and thicker than the others. The septo-costae are solid and coarse, alternately larger and smaller. Synapticulae abundant. Calicular fossa shallow. Columella stout, composed of two or three large papillae that fuse to form an axial tubercle or an axial lamella. Localities.-—Island of Anguilla, West Indies; collected by P. T. Cleve. Type.—University of Upsala; duplicates in the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 324971). One of the striking characters of this species is the slight tumidity of the lower side of the calices; otherwise it closely resembles Aga- ricia dominicensis, the species next to be described. AGARICIA DOMINICENSIS, new species. Plate 109, figs. 1, la. The type is a fragment of a frond, 27.5 mm. long, 23 mm. wide, and from 1 to 2.5 mm. thick on the lower edge, exclusive of the calicular GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 429 protuberances. The width of the frond as given is the true width, for the specimen is not broken on its lateral edges. Common wall solid, naked. Calices are confined to one surface. The outer surface is longitudinally finely costate; 16 costae, alternating in size, were counted within 5 mm. in two areas. The costae are low, triangular in profile, their bases meeting or with an exceedingly fine costal thread between them. These costal threads are not included in the count of costae within 5 mm. as given above. A row of small granulations along each costal edge. Calices swallow-nest-like, tend to be arranged in concentric rows and series; lower side protuberant about 3 mm. Distance between calicular series 4 to 7 mm. In the same series adjacent calices con- fluent but with separate centers; isolated calices may form part of the same row. Transverse diameter of isolated calices from 2.5 to 4 mm. Septa in largest isolated calices 24 in number, 10 of which extend to the columella; as a rule alternately longer and shorter, and alter- nately more and less exsert. Septal margins over the edges of the protuberant side of the calices steeply arched but not pointed. Septo-costae with very thin edges, as a rule alternately taller and lower; 16 within a linear distance of 5 mm. The septo-costae from the upper side of a lower calice or calicular series extend as septo- costae to the next higher calice or calicular series and continue as the septa of the higher calice or series. Synapticulae are highly developed. Columella a wide, thin, prominent, axial plate. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Santo Domingo, station No. 7778, Rio Curabo, zone G, collected by Miss C. J. Maury (type), associated with Placocyatlms variabilis Duncan. Cuba, station 3461, gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No. 324973, U.S.N.M., presented by Miss C. J. Maury. Agaricia dominicensis differs from A. anguillensis by the greater tumidity and prominence of the lower lips of the calices or calicular series ; in fact, the lower edge of the calices in A. dominicensis is carried upward so that usually it is as high as or higher than the upper side of the calicular aperture. It also differs from A. anguillensis in its thin, prominent, platelike columella. The living Agaricia nobilis Verrill, 1 found in Florida, Turks Island (West Indies), and Porto Rico, is near A. dominicensis. A. nobilis has still a more prominent calicular lip, and more prominent and strongly alternating septa and septo-costae. 1 Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 150, pi. 28, figs. 1, 2, 1902. See also Agaricia elephantotus Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 1, p. 310, pi. 17, fig. 1. 430 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The three species, naming them in geologically ascending series, A. anguillensis, A. dominicensis, and A. nobilis, seem to form an evolu- tionary series, the lower side of the calices becoming progressively more produced and more prominent, while the alternation in the size of the septa and the septo-costae increases. Genus PAVONA Lamarck. 1801. Pavona Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans. Vert., p. 372. 1917. Pavona Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 132. Type-species.—Pavona cristata Lamarck— Madvcpora cristata Ellis and Solander = Madrepora cactus Forskal. PAVONA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 110, figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 2a, 3, 3a, This species is so variable that formal descriptions of the two extremes will be presented. The first specimen to be described (pi. 110, figs. 1, la, lb) is from station 6016, Empire, Canal Zone. Corallum massive or forming thick plates, maximum thickness of type 37 mm. Calices in more or less definite series; diameter, about 4 mm. ; distance between series as much as 3.5 mm. Intercalicular areas arched or flat. Septa strongly alternating in size; about 10 prominent, tall septa reach the columella; between each pair of these is a lower, smaller septum, occasionally three small between two larger septa; edges of the larger septa steep around the columella fossa. Septo-costae continuous from calice to calice, strongly alternating or in places subequal in size; synapticulae visible between them. Columella formed by the fusion of the inner ends of the large septa in some calices it appears to be a central tubercle. Dissepiments well developed ; 7 within 4 mm. The next specimen (pi. 110, figs. 2, 2a) is from station 6015, also in Empire, Canal Zone. 1 Corallum forming nodular masses or encrusting dead coral or other such objects. The size and form are shown by plate 110, figures 2, 2a. Another specimen has an attached base and flat upper surface. Calices irregularly distributed or in short, indistinct series; diameter of the apertures usually range between 2 and 3 mm., as the outline in plan is subelliptical or oval the two diameters at right angles are rarely equal in the same calice; depth about 1.5 mm. ; distance apart ranges from a mere dividing wall up to 2.5 mm., about 1 mm. usual. Intercalicular areas flat between fully developed calices. Septa, number in fully grown calices 24 to 26; of these about half or more than half extend to the columella; around the calicular edge, i Compare the illustrations of this specimen with the figures of D'Achiardi's Reussastraea granulosa, Corall. eocen. Fruli, p. 67, pi. 13, figs. 2a, 2b, 2c, 1875. Reussastraea is a synonym of Pavona. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 431 they are thick and subequal, within the calice there is indefinite alter- nation in size, and there may be irregular grouping, but usually the small septa do not fuse to the sides of the larger. The septal margins within the calices fall steeply to the bottom of the relatively large fossa. Septo-costae continuous from one calice to the next; they are low, subequal, and synapticulae are visible between them. Columella formed by the fusion of the inner ends of the long septa; it is styliform in many calices, and in some it is distinctly compressed. A specimen from station 6016, represented by plate 110, figures 3, 3a, is intermediate in its septal and septo-costal characters between the two other specimens above described. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, stations 6015 and 6016, in the Emperador limestone, quarry, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Cotypes —Nos. 325232, 325334, 325335, U.S.N.M. This species has its nearest relative in the living P. clivosa, from Pearl Island, Bay of Panama. Genus LEPTOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime. 1849. Leptoseris Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 72. Type-species.—Leptoseris fragilis Milne Edwards and Haime. LEPTOSERIS PORTORICENSIS, new species. Plate 107, figs. 2, 2a, 26. Corallum forming a rather thick unifacial frond. The type-speci- men is a fragment and does not give a definite idea of the size to which the corallum grew. It is 45 mm. long, of the same width, and 5.5 mm. thick. The back is without calices; it is naked and finely costate, about 23 costae to 1 cm. The costae are subequal in size, alternately larger and smaller, or every fourth may be slightly larger than those intervening. The costal edges are narrower than the bases and are finely beaded. Intercostal furrows of about the same width as the costae. Calices not very definitely arranged, occurring in clusters or in irregular transverse series. Considerable areas are without calices. Each calice is surrounded by from 6 to 9 prominent septo-costae, as tall as 2 mm., and 1 mm. thick. Between these on the upper (distal) side often there are smaller ones. New calices may originate by budding from the costate area. Diameter of fully developed calices, about 4 mm. The septo-costae in the noncaliculate areas are coarse, prominent, and equal. Number to the centimeter, 10: height as much as 1 mm. ; thickness of base, as much as 0.7 mm. Edges rather acute and beaded. Intercostal furrows usually nar- rower than the costae. Synapticulae present. 432 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Columella absent, or slightly developed and false. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Porto Rico, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares, in the Pepino formation, collected by R. T. Hill. Type—No. 325231, U.S.N.M. It is possible that this species may ultimately be referred to the genus Mycedium, to which it is very close. Genus PIRONASTRAEA D'Achiardi. 1875. Pironastraea D'Achiardi, Corall. eocen. del Friuli, p. 76, pi. 15, figs. 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d. Type-species.—Pironastraea discoides D'Achiardi,from the Eocene at Brazzano, Russitz, Cormons, and Rosazzo, Italy. The species described below as Pironastraea anguillensis is essen- tially typical of the genus except that the basal epitheca is incom- plete, occurring only as shreds in both the type-specimens from Anguilla and in a specimen from Porto Rico, collected by Mr. Bela Hubbard, of the New York Academy of Sciences Porto Rico expedi- tion. The columella of P. discoides, according to D'Achiardi, is a single papilla. The following generic diagnosis is based on the two West Indian species, P. anguillensis and P. antiguensis, descriptions of which are subsequently given : Corallum more or less massive or forming thick undulating plates which expand from a subcentra1 basal attachment. Lower surface mostly naked, a few epithecal shreds are present, finely costate; com- mon wall synapticular in origin, but in places it is almost or quite solid. Upper surface caliculate. Calices usually form subconcentric series, some are circumscribed. In the series calicinal centers either distinct, or indistinct as in Pachyseris. Separated by rounded collines, of equal slopes on both the peripheral and proximal sides; no interserial walls. Septa lamellate, with few or no perforations; apparently some per- forations near the columella, where the trabecular fusion is incom- plete. Septal margins with obtuse, crowded dentations, which are compressed transversely to the septal planes, and are more con- spicuous around the axial fossa, where the calicinal centers are dis- tinct, or along the bottom of the valley where the calicinal centers are indistinct. Columella false, in places a few papillae may be recognized. Septo-costae equal in size, directly confluent across the collines. Synapticuiae greatly developed, small, crowded. Geologic occurrences.—Oligocene of Anguilla, Antigua, Cuba, and Porto Rico. There seems to be only one genus of corals with which comparisons need to be made. Milne Edwards and Haime 1 proposed Oroseris 2 for 1 Polyp, foss. Terr. paleozoi'ques, p. 130, 1851. 2 A synonym of Comoseris D'Orbigny, according to Gregory, Juras. Cor. Cutch., pp. 154-156, 1900. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 433 a genus, designating as the type-species 0. plana M. Edwards and Haime, which is a new name for Agaricia sommeringii Michelin * (not Goldfuss), from the middle Oolite of Mecrin and Hannonville (Meuse) . A part of the description of 0. plana is as follows : ' ' Quelques colhnes minces et peu saillantes entre lesquelles on voit souvent plusieurs series de centres calicinaux. Ceux-ci sont bien distincts et peu profonds." The multiple series of calices between collines and the very dis- tinct calicinal centers appear to be valid generic differences. Further- more in the distinct calices of Pironastraea the columella is false but clearly papillary, whereas in Oroseris the columella is rudimentary. There may be additional differences in septal structure not ascertain- able from the short description of the type-species of Oroseris. Pironastraea differs from Pachyseris by its more distinct calicinal centers; but apparently it is the ancestor of the ] atter genus. PIRONASTRAEA ANGUILLENSIS, new species. Plate 111, figs. 1, la, lb; plate 112, figs. 1, la. Corallum forming plates as much as nearly 5 cm. thick, and more than 12 cm. across. Width of valleys measured between collines summits from 2.5 to 5.5 mm., about 4 mm. usual; height of collines above the bottom of the axial furrow or of the columella pit about 3 mm. Distance between distinct calicinal centers ranges from 3 to 4 mm. Septa numerous, from 38 to 45 in fully developed calices, most of them extend to the axis, some grouping in 3's at the calicular ends. On a septum 2 mm. long about 10 crowded, knot like dentations. Septo-costae equal, crowded, 18 were counted within 5 mm. The columella fossa, where the calicinal centers are distinct, is a small pit, less than 0.5 mm. in diameter. Synapticulae abundant, crowded, 7 or more to an interseptal loculus. Locality and occurrence.—Anguilla, stations 6893, 6894, 6966, Crocus Bay, T. W. Vaughan collector. A specimen from station 6966 was obtained in place between 30 and 50 feet above the base of the bluff on the west side of Crocus Bay. Porto Kico, Lares Road, zone C, collected by Mr. Bela Hubbard of the New York Academy of Sciences Porto Rico Expedition. Type.—No. 325174, U.S.N.M., pi. Ill, figs. 1, la, 16. Paratype.—No. 325175 U.S.N.M., pi. 112, figs. 1, la. i Iconograph zoophytol., p. 105, pi. 23, fig. 2, 1843. 434 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. PIRONASTRAEA ANTIGUENSIS, new species. Plate 112, figs. 2, 2a; plate 113, figs. 1, la. Corallum massive. Type a small specimen, 48 mm. long, 32 mm. wide, and about 30 mm. thick. Subsequently two larger specimens, apparently referable to this species, will be described. Width of calicinal series, measured between colline summits 5.5 mm. to 7.5 mm. Valleys shallow, about 1.5 mm. deep. Collines with broader bases than in P. anguillensis, some colline-profiles are more triangular than in the latter species. Distance between cali- cinal centers in the same series about 4.5 mm. Septa numerous, about 48 in a calice 6 mm. in diameter, between 12 and 14 extend to the axis, other septa shorter, irregularly fused in pairs or in groups of three. Around the calicular edges all septa are ^ubequal; their thickness about the same as or slightly less than the width of the interseptal loculi. The septal margins with bluntish, crowded dentations, 20 were counted in a length of 3.4 mm. Septo-costae subequal, crowded, each of three counts in different places gave 22 to 5 mm. of linear distance. Synapticulae numerous, crowded, 9 were counted in a distance of 2.5 mm. along the course of a septum. Columella false, papillary, not sunken in a definite pit. Locality and occurrence.—Antigua. Type (pi. 112, figs. 2, 2a) from the Antigua formation, station 6854, Rifle Butts, T. W. Vaughan collector; and station 6880, west side of Otto's estate, T. W. Vaughan collector. The last-mentioned specimen is silicified and broken, but as it presents the general aspect of the type of P. antiguensis, and has from 18 to 22 septo-costae to 5 mm., the specific identity of the two specimens appears certain. Cuba, station 7514, about 5 miles nearly due east of monument H 4 on the east boundary of the United States Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, altitude about 400 feet a. t., collected by O. E. Mein- zer. The latter specimen is represented by plate 113, figures 1, la. Type.—No. 325177, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—No. 325179, U.S.N.M. P. antiguensis differs from P. anguillensis in its more massive growth form, wider valleys, lower collines, more numerous septo- costae, and the absence of a columella pit. The calicinal centers in the specimen from station 7514, near Guantanamo, Cuba, are usually joined by an axial septum extending from one to the next center, producing the appearance of an axial lamella. The lamella, how- ever, is not a columella, for the calicinal centers are usually recogniz- able, and when they are distinct there are a few' papillae in the columellar area. It appears that the well-developed axial lamella is one of the specific characters, but the suite of specimens, three in all, is too small to be sure of this. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 435 Genus SIDERASTREA de Blainville. 1801. Astrea (part) Lamaeck, Anim. sans Vert., p. 371 (not Astraca Bolten, Mns. Boltenianum, p. 79, 1798). 1815. Astraea Oken, Lerrb. der Naturg., Th. 3, Abth. 1, p. 75. 1830. Siderastrea De Blainville, Diet. Sci. nat., vol. 60, p. 335. 1846. Siderina Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Zoophytes, p. 218. 1848. Siderastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 495. 1857. Astraea Milne Edwards and B"aime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 505. 1861. Astrea De Fromentel, Introtf. a l'Etude des Polyp, foss., p. 235. 1886. Siderastraea Qcjelch, Challenger Exp. Reef Corals, p. 133. 1890. Siderastraea Verrill, In Dana's Corals and Coral Islands, ed. 3, p. 424. 1895. Astraea Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 278. 1900. Siderastrea Vaughn, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 154. 1907. Siderastrea Vaughan, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 59, p. 136. Type-species.— Madrepora radians Pallas. "In the last publication cited in the synonymy given above I said in discussing the genus Pavona: Two of these species [of Pavona], P. clavus Dana and Siderastrea maldivensis Gardiner, have been referred to the genus Siderastrea, type species Madrepora radians Pallas; and they superficially resemble that genus. Upon closer scrutiny an additional resemblance is found in the distinct, continuous corallite walls, but there are important differences. The septal margins of the species [of 'Pavona] discussed in the foregoing remarks are entire or microscopically dentate, and the septal lamellae are absolutely solid. In the 5 or 6 species, specimens of which I have studied, there is persistently a lamellate columella or a compressed styliform colu- mella. The septal margins of Siderastrea are pronouncedly dentate, the dentations rounded, one dentation corresponding to each septal trabecula. The younger septa are distinctly perforate, the perforations not being confined to the inner edges" It would seem that this clear statement of certain characters of Siderastrea should have stopped the erroneous reference to it of such species of Pavona as P. clavus Dana and P. maldivensis (Gardiner) Vaughan, 1 yet Felix in his Die fossilen Anthozoen aus der Umgegend von Trinil (Java) 2 persists in the erroneous reference to it of species belonging to another genus or other genera. He places in Siderastraea (misspelling the generic name) S. blanckenhorni,- new species, which from his figures 3 and his description, 4 is certainly not Siderastrea, S. columnaris, new species, S. maldivensis Gardiner, and S. microm- mata, new species, no one of which belongs to Siderastrea. This is not the only misuse or misunderstanding of the generic names of corals by Felix in the paper cited. In others of his publi- 1 For a discussion of the known living species of Pavona, see Vaughan, Some shoal-water corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling Islands, and Fanning Island, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub* 213, pp. 132-139, 1918. Notes on P. maldivensis (Gardiner) Vaughan are given on page 138, and it is illus- trated by plate 56, figs. 3, 2a, 3b. 2 Palaeontographiea, vol. 60, pp. 311-365, pis. 24-27, 1913. 3 Idem, plate 27, figs. 6, 6o. « Idem, p. 333. 436 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. cations, he does not follow the accepted canons of systematic zoology, an instance being in his application x of Parastraea, 2 originally named by Milne Edwards and Haime, to a species, Parastraea grandijlora, erroneously referred to Parastraea by Reuss. There are in the United States National Museum specimens of this species received from Professor Felix; they belong to a genus of fungid corals related to Diploastrea Matthai, but I am not decided as to their generic identification. However, they most emphatically do not belong to Parasirea. Other instances of similar errors in Felix's work might be mentioned. In order to present properly the systematic affinities of the species of Siderastrea that need to be considered in this paper, it is desirable to discuss all Oligocene and later species known from the West Indies, Central America, and the southeastern United States. S. stellata Verrill from Brazil is also included. Siderastrea is represented in the living Caribbean and Floridian fauna by S. radians (Pallas) and S. siderea (Ellis and Solander). The fossil species hitherto described from the West Indies are as follows : S. conferta (Duncan) 3 (as Isastraea) from Antigua. S. crenulata var. antillarum Duncan 4 from Santo Domingo. S. grandis Duncan 5 (syn. of S. siderea) from Jamaica. S. pariana (Duncan) 6 (as Astraea) from St. Croix, Trinidad. S. confusa (Duncan) 7 (as Isastraea) from St. Croix, Trinidad. S. hexagonalis Vaughan 8 from the Eocene Clayton limestone, Prairie Creek, Alabama. S. clarki Nomland 9 from the Oligocene Agasoma gravidum zone, Contra Costa County, California. 8. mendenlialli Vaughan, 10 Pliocene, Carrizo Creek, California. S. califomica Vaughan, 11 Pliocene, Carrizo Creek, California. Neither the Californian species nor the Eocene S. hexagonalis will be specially considered here. Duncan's 8. crenulata var. antillarum is probably a synonym of S. siderea; his S. grandis is certainly a synonym of S. siderea. Addi- » Palaeontographica, vol. 49 { p. 181, 1903. 2 Parastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes. Rend., vol. 27, p. 495, 1848; examples Astrea rotulosa and A. ananas Lamarck. Placed in the synonymy of Favia by Milne and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 426. 8 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 422, pi. 14, fig. 2, 1863. * Idem, p. 435. « Idem, p. 441, pi. 16, figs. 5a, 5&. 6 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 14, 1867 ' Idem, p. 14, pi. 2, fig. 6. e U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 155, pi. 18, figs. 1-4, 1900. 9 Univ. Calif. Pub., Bull. Dept. Geology, vol. 9, p. 65, pi. 5, figs. 3, 4, 1916. '° U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T, p. 374, pi. 101, figs. 3, 3a, 4, and var. minor, Idem, p. 375, pi. 102, fig. 1, 1917. 11 Idem, p. 375, pi. 102, figs. 2, 2a, 3, 4. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 437 tional specimens of S. pariana and S. confusa from. St. Croix, Trinidad, are needed before those species can be adequately characterized, but the original descriptions of them are included. Therefore, the fol- lowing old names are adopted in the discussion here given : S. radians (Pallas), living. S. siderea (Ellis and Solander), living; fossil in the Miocene Bowden marl of Jamaica and hi deposits of similar age in Santo Domingo and Cuba. 8. stellata Verrill, living. S. conferta (Duncan), fossil. S. pariana (Duncan), fossil. S. confusa (Duncan), fossil. I am describing as new five species and one variety as follows : S. pourtalesi, upper Oligocene or lower Miocene of Santo Domingo. S. pliocenica, Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl, Florida. S. hillboroensis, lower Miocene Alum Bluff formation, Florida; Oligocene Chattahoochee formation. S. silecensis, Oligocene Tampa formation, Florida, and Chatta- hoochee formation, Florida and Georgia; lower Miocene, Alum Bluff formation, Florida. S. dalli, Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl, Florida. These species may be divided into five groups on the basis of the number of septa. The first group has only three cycles of septa and contains one species; the second group has the fourth cycle of septa incomplete; the third normally has four complete cycles and occa- sionally a few quinaries ; the fourth has uniformly a few quinaries in fully developed calices; the fifth has from 12 to 43 quinary septa in fully developed calices. The following synopsis of some striking characters may aid in recognizing the different species : SYNOPSIS OF CHARACTERS OF SPECIES OF SIDERASTREA. Only 3 cycles of septa 1. S. pariana (Duncan). Fourth cycle of septa incomplete. Columellar fossa a pronounced pit. Calices rarely 4 mm. in diameter. Columella composed of from 1 to 3 fused papillae. 2. S. radians (Pallas). Calices deformed, lesser diameter 2 to 3 mm., length as much as 6.5 mm., or more. Columella finely papillary 3. 8. stellata Verrill. Columellar fossa only moderately deep. Calices 2.5 to 5 mm. in diameter. Columella false 4. S. confusa (Duncan). Columellar fossa shallow, calices shallow and open. Wall delicate, interseptal loculi relatively open. 5. 5. pourtalesi, new species. Wall stout, interseptal loculi narrow, largely closed by granulations and syapticulae (fourth cycle complete in some large calices). 6. S. pliocenica, new species. 438 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Fourth cycle of septa normally complete, a few quinarie3 in large calicea. Columellar fossa not very deep; lesser diameter of calices from 4 to 6 mm.; tertiary septa fuse to secondary distinctly back from the columella; about 4 septal teeth to 1 mm. (fourth cycle of septa incomplete in some calices). 7. S. hillsboroensis, new species. Columellar fossa deep, rather narrow at the bottom; calices 3 to 5 mm. in diam- eter; tertiary septa normally fuse to secondaries distinctly back from the columella; 6 to 8 septal teeth to 1 mm 8. 1 S. siderea (Ellis and Solander). Four complete cycles and normally some quinaries septa. Columellar fossa rather deep and wide bottomed; calices 5 to 7, even 8 mm. in diameter; tertiary septa fuse to secondaries near or at the columella; septa and septal teeth less numerous than in No. 11; septal teeth not transversely com- pressed and frosted as in No. 10 9. S. silicensis, new species. Columellar fossa shallow, calices widely open; calices 5 to 6.5, even 8, mm. in max- imum diameter; tertiary septa fuse to secondaries near the columella; septal teeth numerous, crowded, transversely compressed, finely frosted. 10. S. dalli, new species. Four complete cycles of septa and many quinaries. Columellar fossa shallow or rather deep and narrow; calices from 4.25 to 6, up to 8.5 mm. in maximum diameter; septa numerous, up to 91 in large calices, thin crowded; septal teeth small, crowded 11. S. conferta (Duncan). The foregoing is intended to aid in the preliminary placing of a species with reference to the other members of the genus, and is not a complete summary of characters. The details of the mural charac- ters, the relative thickness and crowding or remoteness of the septa, the septal trabeculae, the dentation of the septal margins, the distribution and size of the synapticulae, and the details of the columella, all need to be considered. For these additional details the descriptions and the rather elaborate illustrations must be con- sulted. 1. SIDERASTREA PARIANA (Duncan). 1867. Astraea pariana Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, pp. 14, 24. Original description.—"The corallum is massive and rather tall and its upper surface is flat. The corallites are slender, tall, crowded, and equal. The calices are small,- and the fossa is rather deep. The columella presents one rounded process. The septa are in six sys- tems and there are three cycles; they are alternately large and small, and the smallest usually unite to the large septa; they are faintly dentate. The laminae present on their sides sets of granules in horizontal but wavy lines. The endotheca is rare. The diameter of the calices is one-twelfth inch [2 mm.]." Locality.—St. Croix, Trinidad. 1 S. siderea var. dominicensis, new variety, is like S. siderea except that it has larger calices and corre- spondingly a number of quinary septa. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 439 2. SIDERASTREA RADIANS (Pallas). Plate 114, fig. 1. 1766. Madrepora radians Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 322. 1767. Madrepora astroites Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 1276 (not Pallas, 1766) . 1786. Madrepora galaxea Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 168, pi. 48, fig. 7. 1801. Astrea galaxea Lamarck, Syst. Anim. s. Vert., p. 371. 1815. Astraea radians sen astroites Oken, Lehrb. Natufgesch., Th. 3, Abth 1, p. 65. 1830. Astrea (Siderastrea) galaxea De Blainville, Diet. Sci. "nat., vol. 60, p. 335. 1834. Astraea astroites Ehrenberg, Cor. Roth. Meer., p. 95 (of separate). (Not Explanaria galaxea Ehrenberg= Cyphastraea savignyi Milne Edwards and Haime.) 1846. Siderina galaxea Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 218, pi. 10, figs. 12. 12b, 12c (not figs. 12«, 12d). 1880. Siderastraea galaxea Pourtales, Mus. Comp. Zool. Mem., vol: 7, pt. 1, pi. 11, figs. 14-31; pi. 15, figs. 1-12, 1895. Astraea radians Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 277. 1901. Siderastrea radians Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 61. 1901. Siderastrea radians Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 309, pi. 15, pi. 16, fig. 2. 1902. Siderastraea radians Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 153. pi. 30, fig. 1. 1904. Siderastrea radians Duerden, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. No. 20, pp. 1-130, 11 plates. 1915. Siderastrea radians Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 597. 1916. Siderastrea radians Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 2, pp. 95 et passim. 1916. Siderastrea radians Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. This is one of the best known species of Antillean corals. Its most important characters may be summarized as follows: Calices more or less deformed or subhexagonal; diameter from 2 to 4 mm.; septa in 3 complete cycles; fourth cycle normally incomplete. Outer part of septal margins flattened above, inner part falls steeply, almost perpendicularly, to the bottom of the columellar fossa; septal dentations relatively coarse, 12 to 14 on long septa. Columella usually composed of two or three solidly fused papillae. All of these characters are shown on plate 35, figure 1. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, stations 5850 and 6039, Pleistocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Common on the living and Pleistocene reefs and reef flats of eastern Central America, the West Indies, and Florida; on the living reefs and reef flats of the Bermudas. 37149—19—Bull. 103 17 440 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 3. SIDERASTREA STELLATA Verrill. Plate 115, figs. 2, 2a, 26. 1868. Siderastraea stellata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 1, p. 352. 1901. Siderastrea stellata Vatjghan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 62. 1902. Siderastraea stellata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. ll r p. 155, pi. 30, figs. 4, 5. This species resembles 8. radians in usually having the fourth cycle of septa incomplete, in the flattened outer margins and very steep inner margins of the septa, and a deep columellar fossa. It differs, as a comparison of thefigures shows, by having deeper calices, which may be meandriform, by its more coarsely dentate septa, and by its much less developed, finely papillate columella. It is a very distinct species and is not a synonym of S. siderea, as Gregory sup- posed. 1 The specimen figured (pi. 115, figs. 2, 2a, 2b) is No. 36859, U.S.N.M. Locality and geologic occurrence.—"It is widely distributed on the coast of Brazil; Bahia, Abrolhos reefs, etc.; " living.2 4. SIDERASTREA CONFUSA (Duncan). 1867. Isastraea confusa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, pp. 14, 24, pi. 2, fig. 6. Original description.—" The corallum is short, and covers much space. The corallites are very irregular in size, and the calices also. The fossa is moderately deep, and presents a false columella. The septa are thick, and unite laterally in sets of three, four, or six. The free margin is faintly dentate. The largest calices have four cycles of septa in six systems; but usually only three cycles are found in smaller calices. The diameter of the calices is from one-tenth to four-tenths inch 2.5 to 10 mm." Locality.—St. Croix, Trinidad. 5. SIDERASTREA POURTALESI, new species. Plate 115, figs. 1, la. 1875. Siderastraea galaxea Pourtales, Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 2, vol. 2, p. 545. The specimen identified by Pourtales as Siderastrea galaxea (Ellis and Solander) = Siderastrea radians (Pallas) , the older name, is not that species, but as it is closely related the following is a comparative diagnosis. In growth, form, size of calices, and septal arrangement, Siderastrea pourtalesi is similar to S. radians, but the wall is very thin, even interrupted, zigzagging between the thick outer ends of the wedge- shaped septa. The interseptal spaces are relatively wide and are 1 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 279, 1895. 2 Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 155, 1902. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 441 conspicuously open. Synapticulae are present, but they are rather scarce, and are delicate. The delicate wall and synapticulae and the relative openness of the interseptal loculi constitute striking differ- ences from the appearance presented by S. radians. Locality.—Santo Domingo, collected by W. M. Gabb. Type.—Museum of Comparative Zoology. 6. SIDSRASTREA PLIOCENICA, new species. Plate 118, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 3. Twelve specimens, all of them excellent, serve as the basis of the following specific diagnosis. One is designated as the type in the collection. The corallum usually forms a rather small rounded head, but a few are elongate, and one is flattish, sublamellate. The heads attain a diameter of between 45 and 50 mm. About a third of the speci- mens show signs of having been attached or have not calices uni- formly distributed over the whole outer surface of the corallum. The coralhtes are rather large, and are rather uniformly hex- agonal or pentagonal; usual diameter is 4.5 to 5 mm.; intercorallite wall distinct and zigzag in plan. The calices are shallow or super- ficial. Septa thick, usually in almost four complete cycles, the fourth cycle is as a rule absent in one or two systems. Septal margins dentate, each dentation rounded, corresponding to the upper termi- nation of a septal trabecula, the number of dentations on a septum of the first cycle varies from 8 or 9 to 13. The length of such a septum is almost 2.5 mm. Septal grouping is as usual in the genus, the members of the first cycle are continued directly to the colu- mellar space and do not form parts of septal groups; the members of the second cycle, also, are continued directly to the columellar space, but each member of this cycle is the middle of a septal group, the members of the third cycle bend toward it, and the members of the fourth bend toward the included member of the third. Along the course of each trabecula is a regular row of granulations, which are compressed in a plane transverse to the longitudinal course of the trabecula. Septal perforations are frequent near the inner margins of the septa, usually occurring in the intertrabecular spaces, but in places a large perforation interrupts a trabecular course. The perforations become rarer as the wall is approached. Com- pletely imperforate septa are very rare or do not exist at all. Both synapticulate and dissepimental endotheca is present. In places as many as four or five vertical rows of synapticulae can be distinguished. Very thin dissepiments are abundant. The wall is formed by synapticulae that are so elongated in a vertical row that 442 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. they fuse and produce a continuous wall with only an occasional perforation. The columella is papillary, about two papillae being larger than the others. In worn specimens it is very prominent, appearing com- pressed styliform. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Florida, Caloosahatchee River, collected by W. H. Dall; Shell Creek, Florida, collected by Doctor Griffith; Pliocene. Type.—No. 325184, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—No. 325185, U.S.N.M. The most striking differences between S. pliocenica and S. radians, to which it probably has the greatest affinity, are its larger and much shallower calices. S. californica Vaughan from the Pliocene of Carizo Creek, California, is a nearly related species. 7. SIDERASTREA HILLSBOROENSIS, new species. Plate 117, fig. 2. Description of the type.—Corallum massive, composed of long, prismatic corallites. No entire corallum is available for description, but the height may certainly exceed 10 cm. Diameter of a large corallite, 5.5 mm.; of a smaller one, 4 mm. The two measurements indicate the range in diameter. Septa normally in 4 cycles, the fourth cycle complete or almost complete, arranged as follows: The six primaries extend directly to the columella and are free from fusion with other septa; the seconda- ries also extend to the columella, near which the tertiaries fuse to sides of the included secondaries; the quaternaries fuse to the sides of the included tertiary system about halfway between the wall and the columella. The fourth cycle is incomplete in a few quarter sys- tems of some calices. The primaries and secondaries are of about equal thickness; the tertiaries slightly thinner, and quaternaries still thinner. The number of dentations on the septal margins was •estimated from the number of septal trabeculae, as the septal margins are not preserved; it is 9 or 10. Synapticulae well developed; in each interseptal loculus; three or four are usually conspicuous between the wall and halfway from it to the columella. Although the upper septal margins are not pre- served, it seems probable that there is a flattened area between adjacent calicular fossae in perfect specimens. Columella false, but strongly developed by the axial fusion of the inner ends of the primary and secondary septa. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Station No. 4890, Tampa brick- yard, 5 miles northeast of Tampa, Florida, in the Alum Bluff forma- tion, G. C. Matson collector, the type; in the Alum Bluff formation at station No. 3836, near Alachua, Florida, T. W. Vaughan collector; GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 443 and at White Springs, Florida, T. W. Vaughan and L. W. Stephen- son, collectors. Station 7076, in the Chattahoochee formation, 12 miles below Bainbridge, Georgia, on the east bank of Flint River, collected by C. W. Cooke and W. C. Mansfield. Type.—No. 325183, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—No. 325155, U.S.N.M., the specimen described below. The diagnosis of S. Mllsboroensis was written and the figures made to illustrate it before an interesting specimen from 12 miles below Bainbridge came to my notice. This specimen, which is a subcy- cilindrical segment of a more or less columnar corallum, has a maxi- mum horizontal diameter of 160 mm., and a vertical thickness of 75 mm. The entire corallum was rather large. The septal margins over considerable areas are somewhat elevated around the calicular fossae and the rims are separated by depressed interspaces that in places are as much as 2 mm. across. Adjacent corallites, however, are separated by simple common-walls. The number of septa in fully developed calices ranges from a few less than to about four complete cycles, grouped as in the types of the species. The septal dentations are strikingly large. The following table gives the dimen- sions of several corallites, the number of septa, the number of septal teeth within 1 mm., and the character of the columella: Dimensions of corallites, etc., in Siderastrea Mllsboroensis. Corallite No. Diameter corallites. Number of septa. Septal teeth. Columella. 1 50 2 3 4 48 50 48 Weak. Do. 6... Do. 7 4 in 1 mm 8 do 9 5 in 1.5 mm 10 11 do S .Mllsboroensis has some corallites of nearly the same size as those of S. silecensis, but they average smaller; it has thicker and relatively fewer septajWhich fuse into groups farther from the columella; and the septal teeth are distinctly coarser. 8. SIDERASTREA SIDEREA (Ellis and Solander). Plate 114, figs. 2, 3; plate 122, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 2b, 3, 3a. 1786. Madrepora siderea Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 168, pi. 49, fig. 2. 1816. Astrea siderea Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anirn. s. Vert., vol. 2, p. 267. 1830. Astrea (Siderastrea) siderea De Blainville, Diet. Sci. nat., vol. 60, p. 335. 1834. Astraea tricophylla Ehrenberg, Cor.1 Roth. Meer., p. 95 (of separate) (fide Milne Edwards and Haime). 444 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1846. Pavonia siderea Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 331. 1850. Siderastrea siderea Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 12, p. 141. 1857. Astraea siderea Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 509, pi. D7, fig. 2. 1863. Siderastraea grandis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 441, pi. 16, figs. 5a, 56. 1871. Siderastraea siderea Pourtales, Mus. Conip. Zool. 111. Cat. No. 4, p. 81. 1895. Astraea siderea Gregory, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 278. 1901. Siderastrea siderea Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs-Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 62. 1901. Siderastrea siderea Vaughan, U. S. Fish. Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 309, pi. 14, figs. 1, 2; pi. 16, fig. 1. 1902. Siderastraea siderea Verrill, Conn.- Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 151, pi. 30, figs. 2, 3. 1903'. Siderastraea siderea Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem., vol. 8, p. 588, pis. 22-24, figs. 150-160. 1915. Siderastrea siderea Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p.. 597. 1916. Siderastrea siderea Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. This species forms much larger masses than S. radians, the other abundant living species of Siderastrea in the West Indies and Florida, and is a common exposed-reef coral. The calices average larger than in S. radians, usually 4 to 5 mm. in diameter, occasionally smaller, 3 to 3.5 mm. in diameter. The intercorallite walls are more acute and the septal margins are more sloping; but, as is shown on plate 114, figure 3, on some areas the corallite wall may occur in a slight depression (pi. 114, fig. 2). The septa are normally in four complete cycles, arranged as in figure 3, on plate 114. The tertiary septa fuse to the secondaries, and the quaternaries to the tertiaries nearer the wall than in S. silecensis, the next species to be described. The septal margins are more finely dentate than in S. radians, and usually the columella is distinctly, finely papillate. The foregoing notes are on shallow-water specimens, and apply to specimens ranging in locality from Barbados to the Bahamas in the West Indies, from Central America, and from Florida. About one- lialf mile south of Loggerhead buoy, Tortugas, in water between 8 and 9 fathoms, I dredged three specimens of 8. siderea that show very interesting variation. The size and shape of the calices, the character of, the wall, the number of septa, and the axial fossae are as usual in the species; but the septa are thicker, the septal pectinations are more conspicuous, and the columellar papillae are solidly fused or there is a single, stout, compressed axial tubercle. A group of calices is shown on plate 122, figure 1. These specimens agree in all essen- tial particulars with a specimen from the Bowden marl of Jamaica, a description of which follows: Description of specimenfrom Boivden, Jamaica (pi. 122, figs. 3, 3a). — Corallum with a rounded upper surface and a fiattish base; epithe- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 445 cate around the edge. Transverse diameters, 36 by 38 mm.: height 26 mm. Calices irregularly polygonal, excavated on top of the corallum, but shallow near its edges. Length of largest calices, 5.5 mm. ; width of largest calices, 3.5 to 4 mm.: 4 to 4.5 mm. about the usual diame- ter; depth between 2 and 2.25 mm. The area between adjacent calicular depressions is relatively acute, the wall usually traceable xilong the summit as a slightly raised zigzag or straight line. Septa thicker than the width of the interseptal loculi; four com- plete cycles and in the larger calices some quinaries; primaries and secondaries extend to the columella, subequal, or the primaries slightly larger; tertiaries fuse to the included secondary about two- thirds the distance from the wall to the center of the calice or very near the columella; quaternaries fuse to the included tertiary about one-third or one-half the distance from the wall to the calicular center; quinaries where present fuse to the included quaternary. Septal margins slope gently from the wall to about half the distance toward the calicular center and then incline steeply to the outer edge of the columella. The dentations are small, crowded, and bluntish or rather acute, more pointed near the columella, compressed in planes transverse to the septal planes; 15 were counted on a septum 2.5 mm. long; in other words, 6 within 1 mm. Synapticulae crowded near the wall, 3 within 1 mm. measured down the septal slope from the wall edge. Columella small, false, papillary; a central, styliform papilla notice- able in many calices. Description of a specimen, collected by Miss C. J. Maury in Santo Domingo, Rio Cana, zone H (pi. 122, figs. 2, 2a, 2b).—Corallum a small mass, with a flattish base and a rounded upper surface. Diameter, 26 by 28 mm.; height, 15 mm. Calices shallow, polygonal, usually one diameter longer than the other, separated by narrow, straight, or zigzag walls. Diameter of largest calice, 6 mm. ; about 4 mm. a usual measure of the diameter. In the largest calice (6 mm. in diameter) there are 52 septa, which, according to the usual practice of assigning septa to cycles, would represent 4 complete cycles and 4 quinary septa. Fifteen septa, 6 primaries, 6 secondaries, and 3 tertiaries, extend to the columella, and 2 other tertiaries fuse to the included secondary almost at the periphery of the columella. Where quinary septa are present it is difficult to distinguish between primaries and secondaries, and between the elongate tertiaries and the secondaries. In a calice 4 mm. in diameter the septal arrangement is more definite; there are 46 septa, the quaternaries not being developed in one quarter system. The tertiaries fuse to the secondaries either rather near 446 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. the columella and the quaternaries to the tertiaries about halfway between the wall and the columella, or somewhat nearer the columella. At the wall the thickness of the septa and the width of the interseptal loculi are nearly the same, but farther within the calice the septa are thinner and the loculi are wider. Next the wall the septal margins are usually flattened from above, producing a Hat area ranging from about 0.5 to about 1 mm. wide, its inner edge marked by a ring of synapticulae, and the wall forms a more or less median slightly raised ridge. From this area the margins slope slightly to the bottom of the calicular fossa. The peripheral flat zone is not present in all calices ; in many there is a gradual slope or a gently convex curve from the wall to the bottom of the calice. On the septal margins are fine, crowded, bluntish dentations, which in many instances are compressed transversely to the septal plane. About 16 were counted on a septum 2 mm. long; 12 were counted on another septum 1.5 mm. long. The number, therefore, is between 8. and 9 for a distance of 1 mm. The septal faces are closely beset with blunt granulations. Synapticulae well developed near the wall. Columella rather small, with a delicately papillate upper surface in the best-preserved calices. This Santo Domingan specimen has greatly puzzled me, perhaps partly because it is immature. The calices are shallow, not having a distinct axial fossa, as in typical S. siderea, and the septal dentations are more numerous than is usual in S. siderea. As the calices of the Bowden specimen are excavated on the top of the corallum and superficial near the lower edge, the shallowness of the calices of the Santo Domingan specimen does not seem a sufficient basis for referring- it to a different species. Although the septal dentations are finer than the average in S. siderea, they are not finer than the dentations on the outer prolongations on some of the septa of the specimens represented by plate 35, figures 2, 3, in which there are 8 or 9 fine teeth within 1 mm. outside the calicular fossa. For these reasons it seems to me that the Santo Domingan fossil should be referred to S. siderea; and I believe that the coral designated as Siderastraea crenulata var. antillarum 1 by Duncan should also be referred to S. siderea. Duncan says that his variety antillarum is near S. siderea. I ex- amined Duncan's type in the collection of the Geological Society of London. It is a flattened mass, rounded above. Calices irregu- larly polygonal or hexagonal, separated by sharp walls; diameter 4 to 5 mm. Septa in four complete cycles, margins beaded. Col- umella papillary, in some calices terminated by several stout knobs. Fossil specimens obtained by me at station 3446, in the La Cruz marl, first deep cutting east of La Cruz, near Santiago, Cuba, differ i Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 435, 1863. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 447 in no noteworthy character from typical S. siderea. One specimen from this locality is 187 mm. across. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Miocene: Jamaica, Bowden marl, received from Hon. T. H. Aldrich. Santo Domingo, Rio Cana, Zone H, collected by Miss C. J. Maury. Cuba, La Cruz marl, station 3446, near Santiago, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Pleistocene: Canal Zone, at station 5849, Mount Hope; and Costa Rica, station 6251, Monkey Point, collected by D. F. MacDonald; Moin Hill, Costa Pica, collected by H. Pittier. This species is general in the Pleistocene and living reefs of the West Indies, eastern Central America, and Florida. The stratigraphic range of S. siderea is from the horizon of the Bowden marl to the present. 8a. SIDERASTREA SIDEREA var. DOMINICENSIS, new variety. Plate 114, figs. 4, 4«. This variety differs from typical S. siderea by having much larger calices, which are as much as 6 mm. in diameter in a nearly hexagonal calice, and 4.5 by 8 mm. in diameter in a much deformed calice; and corresponding to the greater size of the calices, there are many quinary septa. Otherwise there seems to be no important difference, for the septal slopes, the septal dentations, the columellar pit, and the papillary columella are about normal. S. siderea var. dominicensis resembles S. conferta (Duncan) in possessing more than 4 cycles of septa, but according to the size of the calices the septa of S. conferta are more numerous, more crowded, and have more finely dentate septal edges; and the calices of S. conferta are shallower and more open. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Haiti, living, collected by Lang- ston, no more definite information. Type.—No. 36909, U.S.N.M. 9. SIDERASTREA SILECENSIS, new species. Plate 116, figs. 1, la, 2, 3; plate 117, figs. 1, la, 16; plate 118, figs. 1, la. 1915. Siderastrea silecensis.Yattghan , nomen. nudum, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 90, p. 18. The following is a description of the type of the species (pi. 116, figs. 1, la): * Corallum massive, with domed upper surface. Greater diameter of specimen 170 mm.; lesser diameter 140 mm.; thickness, originally more than 85 mm. Calices polygonal, separating wall usually slightly raised. The peripheral part of the septal margins is flattened, producing between adjacent calicular fossae a flat area which ranges from 0.5 to 1.5 mm. in width. Diameter of an adult calice, measured between the thecal 448 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. summits, 5 mm. ; some oblong calices are as much as 7 mm. long and 5 mm. wide. Depth of calices, 1.5 mm. Septa, number in a calice 5 mm. in diameter, 50—i. e., 4 complete cycles and 2 quinaries; in a calice 6 mm. long and 4.5 mm. wide, the number is 48, precisely 4 cycles. The usual number of septa is 4 complete cycles, with a few quinaries in large calices. Around the calicular margins the septa are subequal in size, the outer ends of the quaternaries being only slightly smaller than those of the members of the lower cycles. The interseptal spaces average slightly wider than the thickness of the septa. Within the calices the primaries and secondaries are only faintly larger than the tertiaries. There is the usual septal fusion of tertiaries to secondaries and quaternaries to tertiaries, but the tertiaries may almost or actually reach the colu- mella area while the quaternaries extend more than half way from the wall to the columella. The upper flattened part of the septal margins is beaded ; within a distance of 1 mm., 5 rounded dentations were counted; between the place where the septa drop downward in the calicular fossa and the columella the number of dentations on the long septa is between 8 and 10; the total number on the large septa is, therefore, between 13 and 15. Synapticulae well developed, rather coarse, as would be expected from the relatively coarse septal trabeculae. Columella weakly developed; upper surface papillary, but in many instances crossed by directive septa which meet in the corallite axis. Locality and occurrence oftype specimen.-—Station 3694, pine woods, Waukulla, Florida, T. W. Vaughan collector; Chattahoochee forma- tion. Type.—No. 325187, U.S.N.M. The following is a description of a young, encrusting corallum without a locality label, but almost certainly from the "silex" bed at Tampa, Florida, (See pi. 116, fig. 3.) The calicular cavities are slightly excavated, between 0.75 and 1 mm. deep; separated by intervening flattish areas which are from 1.5 to a little more than 2 mm. across and are faintly furrowed where adjacent corallites meet. The corallite wall may usually be recog- nized as a raised thread-like ridge in the intercorallite furrow. Coral- lite diameter from 5 to 6.5 mm. Septa in 4 complete cycles with 6 or a few more quinaries in the larger calices. The septal dentations are serrate or rounded, about 13 on the long septa. Columella with a papillary upper surface, but some calices show considerable stereoplasmic deposit around the papillae with tendency toward the formation of a compact columella. A specimen from the " silex " bed at Ballast Point, Tampa, collected by C. W. Cooke, has some calices that duplicate those of the specimen GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 449 just described, but in other calices the septa arid columella are thick- ened, the columella in some calices being a more or less papillate compressed axial plug. The variation from the normal is similar to the variation exhibited by the specimens of 8. siderea from a depth of about 9 fathoms south of Tortugas, described on page 444. Another specimen from Ballast Point has calices up to as large as 5 by 6.5 mm. in diameter. A large calice has 64 speta. Except in having rather large calices and correspondingly more septa, this specimen does not seem to differ in any important particular from the type of the species. Plate 117, figures 1, la, lb, illustrates a variant from Coronet Phosphate Mine, station No. 6043, G. C. Matson collector. The calices in it are from 7 to a little more than 8 mm. in diameter. A calice, 6.5 by 8 mm. in diameter, of this specimen has 66 septa. A specimen from station 6084, Withlacoochee River, 3 miles below Valdosta, Lowndes County, Georgia, has in a calice 6 by 7 mm. in diameter 64 septa and in a calice 5.5 by 7 mm. in diameter 72 septa. This specimen very closely approaches S. conferta (Duncan), but appears to have on the average fewer septa than S. conferta. Perhaps these specimens that have over 60 septa should be separated from S. silecensis and either referred to a new species or to 8. conferta. At one time I referred them to S. conferta, but their average fewer septa according to the size of calices as compared with S. conferta, led me to consider them and the specimen next to be described as belonging to a different species. Description of a specimen from station 3381 , Flint River, 4 Wiles below Bainbridge, Georgia (pi. 118, figs. 1, la).—Corallum subdiscoid in form. Its greater transverse, diameter 45 mm.; lesser transverse diameter, about 38 mm.; thickness, 14 mm. Upper and lower sur- face, subplane, somewhat undulated. Calices irregularly hexagonal or pentagonal in shape, fairly large, range in diameter from 4 to 6.5 mm.; rather shallow or superficial. Septa numerous, in one calice 6.5 mm. long by 4.5 mm. wide 58 were counted. There are, applying the ordinary method of distri- buting septa into cycles according to the number, four complete cycles and a fair number of members of a fifth. The various cycles are not distinctly marked. The septal margins in places slope from an acute ridge to the bottom of a moderately deep calice; in other places the calices are shallow, superficial, the septal margins flat- tened from above, no ridge being present. The dentations on the septal margins are rounded; there are about 10 within 2 mm. Some septa are perforated between the trabeculae, but it seems probable that these perforations are of secondary origin, resulting from the solution of the septa in the thinnest places during fossilization. Synapticulae are very abundant, especially well developed in several, at least "two or three, vertical series near the outer boundary 450 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. of the corallites. The boundary between adjoining calices is formed by a vertical row of synapticulae, considerably larger than the others. Columella papillary, fairly well developed. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Chattahooche formation, basal part, station 3381, Little Horse Shoe Bend, Flint River, 4 miles below Bainbridge, Georgia, collected by T. W Vaughan; Chattahoochee formation, probably near the base, station 6084, Withlacoochee River, 3 miles below Valdosta, Lowndes County, Georgia, collected by L. W. Stephenson; Chattahoochee formation, upper part (stratigraphically the same as the Tampa formation), station 3694, Waukulla, Florida, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Tampa formation, the "silex" bed, Ballast Point, Tampa, stations 2115, collected by F. Burns; station 7754, an excellent specimen col- lected by C. W. Cooke. Alum Bluff formation, station 6043 Coronet Phosphate Mine, near Plant City, Florida, collected by G. C. Matson. Specimens of this species have been obtained at other localities in Georgia and Florida in the Chattahoochee and Alum Bluff formations. It is abundant around Alachua, Florida. Siderastrea silecensis so closely resemble S. conferta (Duncan) that for some time I referred the specimens of it to that species, but in calices of the same size the septa in S. conferta are more numerous, more crowded, and thinner, and have more finely dentate margins. In a calice, 4.5 by 8.5 mm. in diameter, of a specimen of S. conferta from Antigua there are about 80 septa, a larger number than was counted in any calice of S. silecensis. 10. SIDERASTREA DALLI, new species. Plate 119, figs. 1, la, 2. Corallum forming a mass rounded above. The type has a length of about 122 mm. and is 75 by 82 mm. in diameter in its median part. The corallites are large, hexagonal or pentagonal in shape. The usual diameter is from 5 to 6.5 mm.; a large corallite is 5.75 by 8 mm. in diameter. Wall between the corallites usually distinct, thin. Calices, shallow. Septa, rather thin, or fairly thick, very crowded. There are four complete cycles and a fair number of the members of a fifth cycle. The large calice, 5.75 by 8 mm. in diameter, has 68 septa. The septal grouping need not be described, as it is that common for the genus. Septal dentations fine, compressed transversely to the septal planes, finely frosted, from seventeen to twenty or more teeth on the members of the first cycle. No compound or double dentations were seen. The septal faces, closery granulate; perforations similar to those in S. 'pliocenica. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 451 Synapticulae in three or four vertical rows—in the outer portion of the interseptal loculi, there may be even more. Very thin, nearly horizontal dissepiments present. The wall is similar to that of S. pliocenica, but thinner. Columella, papillary. The papillae are fine, more delicate than in S . pliocenica. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Florida, station No. 3300, Shell Creek, collected by F. Burns (type); station 2094, Caloosa- hatchee River, Florida, collected by W. H. Dail; Pliocene. Type.—No. 325196, U.S.N.M. (pi. 119, figs. 1, la). Paratype.—No. 325195, U.S.N.M. This species is separated -from S. pliocenica by its generally more delicate structure, more numerous septal dentations, and more numerous septa. It differs from S. siderea (Ellis and Solander) by its larger and shallower calices and its more numerous septa. The closely crowded, transversely compressed, and finely frosted septal dentations of S. dalli give it an appearance very different from any other American species of Siderastrea. The number of septa is in corallites of the same diameter about the same as in specimens of S. silecensis. 11. SIDERASTREA CONFERTA (Duncan). Plate 117, fig. 3; plate 120, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 3, 4; plate 121, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a. 1863. Isastraea conferta Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 422, pi. 14, fig! 2. 1867. Isastraea conferta Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 25. The original description of Isastraea conferta is as follows: " Coral- lites very close, tall, slender, straight, and prismatic; a transverse section shows the wall to be very thin. The breadth of the corallites varies from three-tenths to one-tenth inch [ = 7.5 to 2.5 mm.]. Septa very numerous; linear; the primary extend to the centre of the corallite, the secondary less so, and the others join the larger septa at a very acute angle; all are very slender and excessively crowded. There are eighty-two septa in the larger corallites, sixty in the smaller. The septa of one corallite do not join those of the next, but end sharply at the wall. Endotheca plainly exists, linear, appearing, in transverse section, to divide the interseptal loculi into several cells. The reproduction is by submarginal budding. The sclerenchyma has been replaced by dark homogeneous silica, and the interspaces by porcellanous and opaline silica. "From the Chert-formation of Antigua. Coll. Geol. Soc. "This is a very remarkable form. Unfortunately no calices exist; but the transverse view of the corallites is excellent. If the specimen 452 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. had been found in Oolitic rocks, it would have passed for a small variety of Isastraea tenuistriata." I examined the type of this species in the Geological Society of London collection (No. 12,929), and it is represented by plate 120, figure 1. It belongs to the genus Siderastrea. There are more than four cycles of septa. The septal trabeculae are narrow, and produce fine dentations on the septal margins. The estimated number of teeth on the margins of the longer septa is about 20; the synap- ticulae are fine and are crowded in two or three rings near the wall, which is narrow and continuous. The columella is weakly developed and evidently had a finely papillary upper surface. I collected in Antigua, station 6888, one-half mile north of McKin- non's mill, in the Antigua formation, one satisfactory specimen of this species. It is of massive, subcolumnar growth form, is about 105 mm. tall, and is 82 by 92 mm. in diameter near the top. The basal part is appreciably narrower than near the summit. The calices are shallow; corallite walls thin. Acalice 4.5 by 8.25 in diam- eter has about 80 septa. Septa composed of small trabeculae and correspondingly have finely dentate margins. Synapticulae delicate and crowded. This species is very abundant in the Oligocene deposits of the West- Indies and the Canal Zone. Description of or notes on specimens from the different localities follow. The next specimen to be de- scribed is essentially typical, and as it is in a better state of preserva- tion than the one from Antigua, it is more satisfactory for purposes of illustration. Description of a specimen from near Lares, Porto Rico (pi. 120, fig. 2, 2a).—Corallum massive, rounded above, basal portion some- what expanded. Greater diameter of base, 106 mm.; lesser diameter of base, about 65 mm.; height, 65 mm. Calices polygonal, rather large, diameter (measured from summit to summit of wall) from 4.7 to 7.4 mm., 5 to 6 mm. the usual diameter. Near the edges the calices are shallow, higher up on the corallum they are excavated and moderately deep. The outer ends of the septa are arched on the upper part of the corallum, may be somewhat flattened near the wall; lower down they may be depressed across a wide area, with a very shallow calicular cavity; in a few instances a depression corresponds in position to the upper edge of the wall. Wall usually distinct, narrow, zigzag. Septa very crowded, thin and numerous, 70 in a calice 4.6 by 7.4 mm. in diameter, 76 in one 5.75 03^ 7.6 mm., 74 in one 5.5 by 6.3 mm. in diameter. They are so crowded that it is difficult to make out the cycles. The primaries appear to be free, the other septa form groups around the secondaries. Septal margins finely beaded; about 26 dentations on a large septum, an actual count for an entire GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 45 & septal length could not be made, but 6 teeth within 0.7 mm. were counted on the outer part of a septum. This would be more than 8- teeth to 1 mm. Synapticulae abundant. Columella not greatly developed; upper surface finely papillary- I collected at Crocus Bay, Anguilla, a suite of 22 specimens very^ closely similar to the Porto Rican specimen. Several of these are illustrated by plate 117, figure 3; plate 120, figures 3, 4; and plate 121, figures 2, 2a. The calice represented by plate 117, figure 3, is- 4.25 by 6.6 mm. in diameter, and has 68 septa; the larger calice illus- trated by plate 120, figure 3, is 7 by 9.5 mm. in diameter, and has 91. septa; the calice illustrated by plate 120, figure 4, is 5.5 by 7.3 mm., in diameter, and has 64 septa; and one of those figured on plate 121, figure 2a, is 4.5 by 6.3 mm. in diameter, and has 75 septa. Specimens of what seem undoubtedly to belong to the same species were collected in the Culebra formation, station 6020c, near Las Cascadas, by Doctor MacDonald and me. Some specimens are as much as 14 inches (about 36 cm.) tall, and over 12 inches (about 31 cm.) thick. A part of the surface and an enlarged view of the calices are represented by plate 121, figures 1, la. A calice 4 by 5.7 mm. in diameter has about 72 septa. A specimen collected by Gabb in Santo Domingo and identified by Pourtales as Siderastraea siderea x belongs to this species. The speci- men has numerous thin, crowded septa; there are about 82 septa in a calice 4.5 mm. wide and 6.5 mm. long. It is the property of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Island of Antigua, Antigua for- mation, Duncan's type; station 6888, one-half mile north of McKin- non's Mills, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Porto Rico, Pepino formation, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares,, collected by R. T. Hill. Canal Zone, Culebra formation, station 6020c, at Las Cascadas, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Island of Anguilla, Anguilla formation, stations 6893, 6894, 6966, lower and middle beds, south and west sides of Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. As has been remarked, S. silecensis Vaughan from Georgia and Florida is very close to 8. conferta. In calices of the same size there are more septa and the septa are more finely dentate in S. conferta than in S. silecensis. Family OULASTREIDAE, new family. Fungid corals with the superficial aspect of the genera belonging to the family Orbicellidae. Corallites with distinct margins, usually separated by intercorallite areas that are crossed by confluent or 1 Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 2, vol. 2, p. 545, 1875. 454 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. alternating septo-costae. Septa lamellate but irregularly more or less perforate. Both synapticulae and dissepiments present. Columella trabecular. Asexual reproduction by intercalicular gemmation. The coral genera represented by Oulastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, Diploastrea Matthai, and Oyathomorpha. Reuss appear to me to deserve recognition as a group of family value. The latter two of these genera have been confused with Orbicella, as will be made evident in subsequent remarks. It is unfortunate that the validity of neither CyatJiomorpha nor of Diploastrea can be established at present. The reasons for the uncertainty will appear in discussions to follow. Oulastrea, crispata (Lamarck) Milne Edwards and Haime, the type species of Oulastrea x is represented in the United States National Museum by 30 specimens from Puerto Prineesa, Palawan, collected by J. B. Steere, and from near Mariveles, Luzon, collected by Albert M. Reese, Philippine Islands. The description and figures given by Milne Edwards and Haime are really excellent, but they did not rec- ognize that the genus belongs to the Madreporaria Fungida. The septa are mostly solid, but there are some perforations, especially in the smaller septa. The walls of the corallites are synapticulate and perforate around the periphery of the coralium, but those of the interior corallites are continuous, with few or no obvious perforations. There are synapticulae between the peripheral septo-costae; within the corallite cavities synapticulae mostly occur near the inner edges of the septa, but some occur between the wall and the inner septal edges. Thin dissepiments are abundant. The septal teeth usually make two fairly definite, in some very definite, palar crowns that stand a little higher than the columellar papillae. These specimens are stained black and do not bleach when boiled with caustic potash. As Oulastrea, is the only genus referred to the family of the validity of whose name I can be reasonably certain, notes on the generic char- acters are given in some detail. Genus CYATHOMORPHA Reuss. 1868. CyatJiomorpha Reuss, K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Mat.-Naturwiss. 01., Denkschr., vol. 28, p. 142, pi. 2, figs. 6«, 66, 6c. 1884. Cyathomorpha Duncan, Linn. Soc. Lond. Journ. (Zool). vol. 18, p. 105. 1889. Cyathomorpha Reis, Bayer, geognost. Landesuntersnch. Geognost. Jahresh., Jahrg. 2, p. 147, pi. 3, figs. 17-19. Type-species.—Cyathomorpha conglobata (Reuss) Reuss = Astrea rochettina Michelin = Cyathomorpharochettina (Michelin) Reis,^eReis. 2 1 Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 495, 1848; Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 10, pi. 9, figs. 4, 4a, 1848; Idem vol. 12, p. 116, 1849. 2 Bayer, geognost. Landesuntersueh. Geognost. Jahresh., Jahrg. 2, p. 147. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 455 As the validity of this genus name is in doubt the following remarks will be made on genera that appear to be either closely related or synonymous. Brachyphyllia Reuss: typespedes, B. dormitzeri Reuss. In the first of the publications cited in the footnote l below Reuss described and referred the following species to Brachyphyllia: B. depressa, B. dormitzeri, and B. glomerata. In the second paper 2 cited Reuss proposed the name Agathiphyllia, referred Brachyphyllia depressa to it, and said ' ' der Typus der Gattung Brachyphyllia bleibt mithin fortan Br. dormitzeri Rss. * * * Sie wird durch die viel kleineren Zellensterne, die dunneren, am obem Rande gleichmassig fein gezahnelten Radiallamellen mid die wenig entwickelte, sehr feinkornige Axe charakterisirt. " Agathiphyllia Reuss: type-species, A. explanata Reuss. Reuss originally referred three species to Agathiphyllia: 2 A. depressa (Reuss) Reuss (first placed in Brachyphyllia), A. conglobata Reuss, and A. explanata Reuss. In 1868, 3 A. conglobata and one specimen previously referred to A. explanata are combined under A. conglobata, and made the type-species of a new genus, Cyathomorpha, which is separated from Agathiphyllia by possessing a conspicuous palar crown. This procedure left two species, A. depressa (Reuss) and A. explanata Reuss, in Agathiphyllia. Reuss does not actually designate a type-species for Agathiphyllia, but, as he says, "Die Gattung Agathiphyllia diirfte sich daher auf die I.e. 4 , Tab. 2, Fig. 8, 9 abgebildete A. explanata beschranken," I take A. explanata as the genotype, excluding the misidentified specimen cf A. conglobata. In an endeavor to ascertain the generic characters of Brachyphyllia, of course, B. dormitzeri must be studied. As there is no specimen of that species in the United States National Museum, Reuss's original description and the later one by Felix 5 were consulted, but neither are the details of the structure and mode of formation of the wall or of the septa, nor is the character of the endotheca given. At present it is not known whether Brachyphyllia is an imperforate coral belong- ing to the family OrbieeUidae, or whether it is a fungid coral, related to or the same as Cyathomorpha. Duncan G refers Agathiphyllia to the synonymy of Cyathomorpha without giving any reason for adopting the later instead of the earlier name. The type-species of Agathiphyllia, A. explanata Reuss, is from Oberburg, Styria. According to the figures, Agathiphyllia has not the wide paliform lobes of Cyathomorpha; but critical study of i K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Mat.-Naturwiss. CI., Denkschr., vol. 7, p. 103, 1854. 2 Idem. vol. 23, p. 14, 1864. s Idem. vol. 28, p. 143, 1888. * Idem. vol". 23, p. 15, 1864. 5 Palaeontographica, vol. 49, p. 260, 1903. s Linn. Soc. London Journ. (Zool.), vol. 18, p. 105, 1884. 37149—19—Bull. 103 18 456 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. authentic specimens of the type-species is needed to ascertain whether the genus is or is not a fungid coral. At present neither Brachyphyllia nor Agathiphyllia can be identified. Gyathomorpha is a fungid genus that has the general appearance of Orbicella, with which it has been confused. The next description is of the genotype. CYATHOMORPHA ROCHETTINA (Michelin) Reis. Plate 123, figs, i, \a , 16, \c, Id, le. 1840-1847. Astrea rochettina Michelin, Icongraph. Zoophytol., p. 58, pi. 12, fig. 2. 1889. Cyathomorpha rochettina Reis, Bayer, geognost. Landesuntersuch. Geog- nost. Jahresh., Jahrg. 2, p. 147, pi. 3, figs. 17, 19. (With synonymy.) There is in the United States National Museum one young specimen (No. 156900), from Crosara, Italy, received from the K. K. Museum fur Naturkunde, Berlin. Plate 123, figures 1, la, lb, presents a view each of the upper surface, of the side, and of the lower surface of this specimen, natural size. On the base and in places on the sides of the corallum the edges of superposed layers are clearly seen, the lower edge of the outer layer often flaring somewhat. There are prominent, steep-sided, distant costae, crossed by transverse carinae; distance between costal crests usually ranges from about 0.75 to 1.5 mm. In places the courses of these costae are interrupted by what morphologically corresponds to septal perforations. Between the larger are small costae, which for the most part are represented by rows of spines. Exothecal dis.- sepiments are present. The walls in general appear solid, but near the upper edges synapticulae and intercostal pits or perforations are distinguishable. The spines, trabeculae, of the small costae in places are joined to the large costae by synapticulae. The larger septa are imperforate, at least for the most part, but the last two or three cycles are clearly perforate, composed of imperfectly fused trabeculae. Faces of large septa with carinae; synapticulae well developed, especially near the columella. Columella large, trabecular; upper surface papillary. The foregoing notes are not intended as a description of the species ; their object is to emphasize the fact that Cyathomorpha is a fungid coral and to indicate its important generic characters. Reis 1 recog- nized the presence of synapticulae in this species but did not refer it to Madreporaria Fungida. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Castel Gomberto, Crosara, and Sassello, Italy; Reit-im-Winkel, Bavaria; lower to middle Oligocene. 2 1 Bayer geognost. Landesuntersuch. Geognost. Jahresh., Jahrg. 2, p. 147, 1889. '- Idem., pp. 93, 94. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 45 T CYATHOMORPHA HILLI, new species. Plate 124, figs. 1, la; plate 125, figs. 1, la, lb, 3c, Id, 2, 2a. Corallum with a small base, above which it increased in diameter; upper surface rounded; calices confined to the upper curvature; base and sides below the level of the calices naked, not even shreds of epitheca were observed. Below the caUces, the sides of the cora1 - lum grow outward by the superposition of costate layers, each outer layer resting on the costae oi the next inner layer, except at the lower edge where it may flare outward. The layers range in thick- ness from 0.5 and 1.5 mm.; usually they are imperforate, but in places perforations and synapticulae can be clearly recognized. The costae are narrow, steep-sided, fairly prominent, acute or rounded on the edges; distance between costal summits from 0.75 to 1.5 mm. The type is 112 mm. in horizontal diameter and 80 mm. tall. Corallites protuberant from 1.5 up to more than 10 mm., average 5 or 6 mm. ; distance between thecal summits of neighboring coral- lites from 3 to 10 mm., or even more. Corallite walls with a rather sharp upper edge; mostly imperforate. Some perforations and synapticulae, especially near the upper edges. Septo-costae low, subequal, wide, flatfish or rounded in profile. Calices subcircular, broadly elliptical, or compressed elliptical in outline. A large subcircular calice on the type is 18 mm. in diam- eter; a small, but apparently fully developed calice, on the same specimen, is 10 by 13 mm. in diameter; the shorter diameter of young calices is only 8 mm. The calices of the type are larger than those of the other specimens of the species. In paratype No. 1 (pi. 125, fig. 1), the largest calice is 11.5 by 13.5 mm. in diameter; the smallest is 8 by 13 mm. in diameter. In paratype No. 2 (pi. 125, fig. 2), the largest calice is 13.5 by 16.5 mm.; the smallest, 10 mm. in diameter. Unless the calices are young or stunted the average of the two diameters is rarely below 10 mm. Depth of calices slight, about 4 mm. a maximum; columellar fossa not deep. The number of septa in the calice represented by plate 125, fig. lc, paratype No. 1, is 70. This calice is 11.5 by 13.5 mm. in diameter, and is of the size about normal for the species. It has four com- plete cycles of septa and 22 quinaries. About 8 of the septa are thicker than the others, and bear thick paliform lobes which are fully half the width of the septa. These 8 septa and about 15 thinner septa extend to the columella; the thinner septa also bear wide paliform lobes. In general in a half or quarter system the septa of the penultimate cycle fuse to the sides of the included mem- ber of the next lower cycle, while the members of the last cycle are small. All except the smallest septa bear paliform lobes. Septal margins low over the wall, subentire; within the calice the thicker 458 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. septa have subentire margins, the thinner septa have decidedly dentate edges. Larger septa solid; the thinner ones, especially those next to the last cycle, considerably perforate; septal faces granulate. Synapticulae well developed, especially near the wall and near the columella; very obvious near the inner fusion of the septal groups. Some thin dissepiments present. Columella rather coarsely trabecular, well developed, approxi- mately one-third the diameter of a calice; upper surface sunken in a shallow central fossa. Asexual reproduction by intercalicular budding. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, in the Antigua forma- tion, at stations 6881, Willoughby Bay (type and paratypes) ; 6854, Rifle Butts; 6856, south side of Friar's hill; 6888, one-half mile north of McKinnon's mill, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type—-No. 325204, U.S.N.M. Paratypes.—No. 325205, U.S.N.M. (2 specimens). That Cyatliomorpha hilli is very nearly related to Cyqthomorpha rochettina (Michelin) Reis, is shown by a comparison of the descrip- tions and figures here presented. C. browni, the next species to be described, differs from C. Jiilli by its prominent, acute costae, and by its septa higher than the second cycle being more strongly differ- entiated according to cycles. It gives me pleasure to attach the name of Mr. Robert T. Hill to this handsome species. CYATHOMORPHA BROWNI, new species. Plate 126, figs. I, la, 16. This species is similar to Cyaihomorpha Mlli in the general aspect of the corallum. It differs principally in having prominent, acute costae corresponding to all except the last cycle of septa, to which the corresponding costae are either very small or obsolete. The calices range from about 8 to 13 mm. in diameter; average size smaller than in C. Jiilli. In a calice 12.5 mm. in diameter there are 4 cycles of septa and in some systems the fifth is complete but it is represented by small, thin, rudimentary septa. Primaries and secondaries subequal; tertiaries and quaternaries shorter and thinner according to cycles. AU septa except the last cycle bear thickened paliform lobes. The septa are thinner and the interseptal spaces relatively wider than in C. Mlli. Synapticulae present near the wall and near the inner ends of the septa. Apparently some thin dissepiments present. Locality and geologic occurrence.-—Antigua, in the Antigua for- mation, stations 6888, one-half mile north of McKinnon's mill (type, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 459 and three other specimens); 6868, Pope's Saddle, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No. 325211, U.S.N.M. This coral may ultimately be shown to intergrade with Cyatho- morplia Mlli. but according to the specimens available for study they are distinct. Gyathomorpha browni is named for Prof. Amos P. Brown who paid considerable attention to the paleontology of the Central American and West Indian Tertiary formations. CYATHOMORPHA BELLI, new species. Plate 128, figs. 1, la, lb. Corallum more or less explanate, rounded above and flattish below; base without epitheca, similar in this character to G. roclieitina. Calices large, 11.5 mm. a usual measure of the diameter, range in diameter from 7.5 mm. (a small calice) to 12.5 mm.; distance apart from 3.5 to 10.5 mm.; calicular rims elevated up to as much as 5 mm., usually lower on the distal than on the proximal side. Ca- licular cavities relatively shallow in comparison with the diameter,, depth about 2.5 mm. Corallite walls with few or no perforations except at the upper edge; appear to be originally synapticulate and subsequently compacted. Costae at the calicular edge subequal or slightly alternating in size, corresponding to all septa; but just below the calicular edge the costae corresponding to the last cycle of septa tend to decrease in size and usually disappear at the base of the free corallite limb, while the costae corresponding to the lower cycles of septa tend to increase in height and extend as rather prominent plates on to or even across the intercorallite areas. Costal edges with low beading. The septa in a calice 10 mm. in diameter are only 46 in number; in another calice 9.25 by 13 mm. in diameter there are 48 septa. Therefore, in comparison with the size of the calices, there are rel- atively few septa, barely four cycles. In general the following is the septal arrangement: primaries and secondaries extend to the columella, and have a circle of single or double paliform lobes; tertiaries extend to or almost to the columella, but are thinner than the primaries and secondaries, and many bear a paliform lobe near the columella; the quaternaries are shorter and thinner, some of these bear pali. Over the mural summit the margins of all septa are subequally slightly exsert, about 0.6 mm. is a maximum, average between 0.25 and 0.5 mm. Large septa solid; higher cycles with perforations. Septal arch a gradual curve. Margins with some dentations. Columella large, about 3 mm. in diameter or nearly one-third the diameter of the calice, trabecular, more or less whorled. 460 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Synapticulae present, especially near the columella. Endothecal dissepiments highly developed and vesicular. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, station 6854, Rifle butts, Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No. 325218, U.S.N.M. This species Is dedicated to His Excellency Sir H. Hesketh Bell, Governor of the Leeward Islands at the time I collected in Antigua and other Leeward Islands. It was to his helpfulness that the success of my work was largely due. On page 389 of this paper attention is directed to the resemblance between Orbicella costata (Duncan) and CyathomorpTia belli. CYATHOMORPHA SPLENDENS, new species. Plate 128, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. Corallum unifacial, calices on the upper surface; base naked, with wide, low costae. Maximum thickness of type 24.5 mm.; thickness to base of corallite 15 mm. Calices shallow, but excavated; diameter, 17.5 by 20 mm.; margin elevated 4 mm. on one side, 9 mm. on the other side. Strong subequal costae correspond to all septa except those that are rudimentary. Septa 54 in number, the quinaries rudimentary; primaries and secondaries larger than the septa of higher cycles. Columella large, 8 mm. in diameter, surface coarsely papillate. Dissepiments greatly developed; synapticulae present. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, station 6854, in the Antigua formation, Rifle Butts, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No. 325219, U.S.N.M. The description of this species is brief, because a more elaborate one would be largely a repetition of what has been said under the four preceding descriptions. The most nearly related species is €. belli, from which it differs by the wider and lower costae of its lower surface, its much larger calices, and, in comparison with the size of the calices, its fewer septa. CYATHOMORPHA ANGUILLENSIS, new species. Plate 127, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. This species is usually characterized b}^ its large, distant, and prom- inent calices. Dimension of calices of Cyathomorpha anguillensis . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Greater diameter mm. 18.5 14.5 mm. 15 11.5 mm. 12 12 mm. 14.5 12.5 mm. 15 14 mm. 14 12.5 mm. llM GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 461 The young calices, of course, are smaller. Distance apart 7 to 20 mm. Isolated calices may be decidedly prominent, 5 mm. or more in height. Depth, moderate. The corallites externally are strongly costate; large, tall, thin costae alternate with much smaller ones. The intercostal spaces wider than the costae. Wall mostly dissepimental, but there are some synapticulae with intervening perforations similar to those in C. rochettina. Septa in the larger calices between 70 and 80, the various systems and cycles are not distinctly differentiated, about 24 reach the columella. Within the wall the septa are thin, in the thecal ring they are thicker; the costae are thicker than the inner portions of the septa. Pali before the members of the first three cycles of septa. Both synapticulae and dissepiments present. Columella large, composed of twisted, interlacing, fused inner ends of septa. Its diameter about one-third the diameter of the calice. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Island of Anguilla, West Indies, collected b}^ P. T. Cleve; station 6969cr, bottom bed, Road Bay, Anguilla, collected by T. W. Vaughan. A specimen from station 7509, west of Ocujal Spring, conglomerate boulder on hill of limestone conglomerate, near Guantanamo, Cuba, collected by O. E. Meinzer, seems to be referable to this species; it is a large calicled species of Cyathomorpha, and I have found no -differences between it and C. anguillensis. Type.—University of Upsala (pi. 127, fig. 1); 4 specimens in the United States National Museum. Three specimens belonging to the University of Upsala collection are typical, although they show some variation. Four other speci- mens show gradual decrease in both the size and prominence of the calice. These four specimens are figures on plate 127, figures 2, 3, 4, 5. With them before one it does not seem possible to separate sharply the large and prominent caliced specimens from those with smaller (7 mm. diameter) and only slightly prominent calices. The specimens with smaller, less prominent calices closely resemble the specimens described below under the name C. roxboroughi. CYATHOMORPHA ROXBOROUGHI, new species. Plate 129, figs. 1, la, 16. Corallum massive, usually rather broadly and obtusely conical in shape. Type — greater diameter of base, 111 mm.; lesser diameter of base, 73 mm. ; height, 103 mm. The rather large difference in the basal diameters is probably in part due to compression. A paratype has a greater basal diameter of 121 mm.; lesser basal diameter, 108 mm.; height, 96 mm. Base without calices; apparently some 462 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. shreds of epitheca. Costae of base, low, rather crowded, subequal, with clearly visible synapticulae between them. Calices very shallow, quite or almost superficial, with margins rang- ing from flush with the intercorallite areas up to 3.5 mm. or more in height. In some corallites the free limb on the lower side is from 6.5 to 9 mm. long, while the margin of the upper side is only slightly elevated. The calicular outline is subcircular or broadly elliptical; the diameter ranges from 6 to 10 mm., 8 to 9 mm. usual for fully developed calices. Distance between calicular rims ranges from 4 to 13 mm. Intercalicular area flattish except near the peripheries of the calices where they slope upward rather steeply if the calices are elevated. Septo-costae correspond to all septa and are subequal at the calicular margins ; lower down they are either subequal, low, broad, and with flat- tish or rounded summits, or they alternate in prominence; where there is such alternation the edges are usually acute. Transversely com- pressed granulations on some septo-costae, but usually the margins are almost smooth. The septo-costae are confluent between adjacent corallites or meet at a sharp angle; outer limits of corallites usually marked by a circumscribing ridge that joins adjacent septo-costae. Synapticulae distinct between the septo-costae, in both transverse and longitudinal sections. Walls with synapticulae near the upper edge. Septa thick, lanceolate, in the wall, rapidly thinning within the calicular cavity. In a calice 8 mm. in diameter there are 38 septa, every other one of which extends to the columella. There are strongly developed, thick, prominent pali on the inner ends of all unbroken long septa, obscurely arranged in two crowns. Unless decidedly small the septa of the last cycle fuse to the sides of the septa of the next lower cycle; in some S3^stems tertiaries fuse to secondaries and quar- ternaries to tertiaries. Septal margins subentire or obscurely dentate. Usually the lamellae are solid, but broken transverse sections of the corallites of a specimen not the type show some perforations. Syn- apticulae well developed. Columella large, coarsely trabecular, in the center of the shallow flat-bottomed calice. Asexual reproduction by intercalicular gemmation. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Anguilla, at the following stations: 6962, 1 mile northeast of Boat Harbor (type); 6893, Crocus Bay, on roadside from Valley Post Office down the bluff (7 specimens); 6894, west side of Crocus Bay, probably from the lower part of the exposure (paratype); 6963, west side of Sand}^ Hill (2 specimens) 7 collected by T. W. Vaughan. Professor Cleve obtained at least one and I obtained 11 identifiable specimens of this species in Anguilla. : Type.—No. 325250, U.S.N.M. .,,, Paratype,—No. 325248, U.S.N.M, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 463 This is the species to which I referred as Diploastrea froni the lowest horizon of the exposure at Crocus Bay, Anguilla, in discussing the genus Diploastrea in my paper entitled: Some shoal-water corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling Islands, and Fanning Island. 1 My remarks particularly applied to the paratype from sta- tion 6894. Cyaihomorpha roxboroughi closely resembles those specimens of 0. anguillensis with smaller calices. G. roxboroughi is named for His Honor T. L. Roxborough, who was administrator of St. Christopher while I was there and to whom I am indebted for many acts of courtesy and kindness. CYATHOMORPHA ANTIGUENSIS (Duncan) Vaughan. Plate 129, fig. 2: plate 130, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 3; plate 131, figs. 1, la, lb, 2, 3,4,; plate 132, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 26: plate 133, fig. 1. 1863. Astraea antiguensis Duncan, Geol. Soc London Quart. Journ., vol. 19,. p. 419, pi. 13, fig. 8. 1863. fAstroria affinis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol: 19, p. 425.. 1863. Astroria antiguensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol, 19, p. 425. 1866. fAstroria affinis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Corall. Antilles, p. S3 (of reprint). 1866. Astroria antiguensis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sop. Corall. Antilles,. p. 83 (of reprint). 1866. Heliastraea antiguensis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Corall. Antilles, p. 86 (of reprint). 1867. fAstroria affinis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24- 1867. Astroria antiguensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p 24. 1867. Heliastraea antiguensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1870. fAstroria affinis Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 30.. 1870. Heliastraea antiguensis Duchassaing. Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 30. 18'70. Astroria antigueiisis Duchassaing, ReA\ Zooph. Antilles, p. 30. This species was referred by me doubtfully to the synonymy of Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus) in my Fossil Corals from the Elevated Reefs of Curacao, Arube and Bonaire, 2 not having recognized at that time that the species is one of the Madreporaria Fungida. Original description.—"Corallum large, turbinate, convex and gibbous above, with a very small base. Corallites long, close, rather crowded, but distinct and radiating from the narrow base. Walls well developed, moderately thick. Costae moderately developed, projecting more than the width of their base; they are plain where seen superficially, very nearly equal, and are not spined or toothed. In some coiallites the fourth cycle of costae is wanting, but not in those that are fully developed. Calices circular, slightly raised, 1 Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 142, 1918. 2 Geologisch. Reichs. Museum Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 28, 1901. 464 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. appearing as truncated cones, sometimes compressed (at the side of the corallum they are distorted), unequal in size; margins thin. Fossa not deep, but variable. Columella well developed, projecting at the bottom of the fossa; its component tissue is laminar and folded, and it is rounded above. Septa straight, very slightly exsert, delicate throughout, not larger at any point decidedly; but the largest are more delicate midway between the walls and the columella; they are arranged in six systems of four cycles. The primary and secondary septa are equal; the tertiary a little smaller; those of the fourth order are very small, and barely developed in some calices, but they exist in all. The primary and secondary septa have a tooth near the columella. Endotheca tolerably developed. Exotheca well developed, forming large and small cells, both square, though often divided by dissepiments. Reproduction by extracalicular gemma- tion. There is no epitheca, "Dimensions.—Height of corallum several inches; diameter of calices from a little less than 3 lines to 4 [6.25 to 8.3 mm.]; thickness of septa one-sixtieth inch [0.4 mm.]. The dimensions of the ellip- tical calices are—length, 3£ lines [7.3 mm.]; breadth, 2^ lines [5.2 mm.] ; depth of fossa, two-thirds of a line [1.4 mm.]. Exothecal cells from one-fourth to one-half line [0.5 to 1 mm.]. The lateral calices are very irregular, and the younger corallites have three cycles of septa. " Fossillization.—Calices, as a rule, not filled up. Sclerenchyma light-brown in color, opaque, and siliceous, the central portions of the corallum evidently consisting of dark homogeneous flint, the sclerenchyma having been destroj^ed in the process of silicification. "From the Marl-formation of Antigua, Coll. Geol. Soc." Plate 130, figures 2, 2a, presents illustrations of Duncan's type (No. 12942, collection of the Geological Society of London). Duncan was of the opinion that this species belonged to the genus Heliastraea Milne Edwards and Haime, which is a synonym of Orbicella Dana, It was my belief that the species was referable to Orbicella until I obtained a number of remarkably good specimens in Antigua. A selected series of these will be described in the following remarks : The corallum forms rounded or discoid masses, the two largest I collected having the following dimensions : No. 1, horizontal diameter, 225 by 305 mm. ; height, 155 mm. No. 2, horizontal diameter, 322 by 400 mm.; height, 131 mm. Specimen No. 1 has a more arched upper surface than No. 2 which is more discoid in shape. On the lower surface of the corallum there is very little epitheca— only shreds in places. Costae are well-developed, subequal, inter- rupted here and there; intercostal furrows perforate, many synap- ticulae present, joining the outer ends of adjacent septa (see pi. 130, figs. 1, la). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 465 The series of figures (pi. 131, figs. 1, 2, 3), shows the range in size, shape, depth, and distance apart of the calices. Except A^ery young calices, which may be only 3 mm. in diameter, the range in diameter of these on the specimen represented by plate 129, figure 2, is from 5.5 to 10 mm.; on the specimen represented by plate 130, figure 3, one calice is 12.5 mm. in diameter. In shape the calices are subcircular, elliptical, deformed elliptical, or, where crowded, polygonal. The depth ranges from superficial to as much as 4.5 mm. or a little more, but on most specimens the calices are rather shallow. The distance apart ranges from 0.75 mm. to nearly 10 mm. Plate 131, figure 3, shows polygonal crowded calices and distant circular calices on the same specimen. Costae subequal or slightly alter- nating, correspond to all septa. Their margins, where perfectly preserved, are beaded, in places interrupted. Unless the calices are very crowded, synapticulae are obvious between the costae. The corallite walls are synapticulate and very perforate (see pi. 131, fig. la). The septa are usually thin, in about 4 cycles, as many as 58 in large calices. Primaries and secondaries subequal, extend to the columella; tertiaries rather long but usually do not reach the colum- ella; quaternaries, and quinaries where present, are shorter. In many calices some tertiaries fuse to the sides of the secondaries, and the quaternaries may fuse to the sides of the tertiaries; but there is much variation, in some systems there are no septal groups by fusion. The septal arches may be rather wide, the septal edges gradually curving over the calicular rim: or the. arches may be narrow, the septal edges falling steeply to near the level of calicular bottom — both of these conditions occur on the same specimen. Primary and secondary septa appear imperforate, should there be perforations they are rare; higher cycles perforate. Septal faces with carinae and granulations. Margins of larger septa finely beaded; margins of members of higher cycles more conspicuously dentate. Prominent, rather wide, thickish, paliform lobes before the primary and second- ary septa; an outer palar crown before the tertiary septa. Columella fairly well developed , trabecular ; upper surface papillary in the best preserved calices. Synapticulae abundant within the corallite cavities. Endothecal dissepiments also present. Asexual reproduction by intercalicular budding. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, in the Antigua forma- tion, at stations 6854, Friar's Hill ; 6856, Rifle Butts ; 6881 , Willoughby Bay; 6888, one-half mile north of McKinnon's Mill, collected by T. W. Vaughan, a total of about 35 specimens. Porto Rico, in the Pepino formation, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares, Porto Rico, collected by Robert T. Hill. 466 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Cuba, station 7514, 5 miles east of monument H4 of U. S. Naval Reservation, Guatanamo, altitude 400 feet a. t., collected by O. E. Meinzer. Mexico, in the San Rafael formation, 4 miles east of Salitre Ranch, State of Tamaulipas, collected b}^ W. F. Cummins and J. M. Sands. The foregoing description, except the measurements of the large specimens, is based entirely on the five specimens represented by plate 129, figure 2; plate 130, figures 1, la, 3; plate 131, figures 1, la, lb, 2, 3. Two of these specimens, plate 129, figure 2 and plate 130, figures 1, la, 3, are from station 6881, Willoughby Bay; and three, plate 131, figures 1, la, lb, 2, 3, are from station 6854, Rifle Butts Antigua. The specimen from Salitre Ranch, Tamaulipas, Mexico, is so completely typical that no further notes on it are necessary. Two of the specimens from Porto Rico, plate 132, figures 1, 2, la, 2b, have thicker primary and secondary septa, and the costae corre- sponding to the last cycle of septa seem usually to be small or even obsolete in places. The rear side of the specimen, general view, plate 132, figure 2, has calices and costae so nearly typical that it can scarcely be regarded as more than a variant of C. antiguensis. The specimen from station 7514, near Guatanamo, represents the same variant as the Porto Rico specimens. Duncan's Astroria offinis, I believe, is based on a specimen of Cyatho7norpha antiguensis that has crowded, polygonal corallites. Plate 133, figure 1, represents the type (No. 12938, Coll. Geol. Soc, London), and the following is the original description: "Corallites crowded. Walls very thin indeed. Transverse section of corallites polygonal, rarely forming short series. Columella slightly but decidedly developed. Septa alternately large and very small, linear, a little larger externally, with at least four cycles in six systems. Breadth of the calices four lines [8.4 mm.]; five septa to one line [2.1 mm.]. Endotheca abundant. "From the Chert-formation of Antigua. Coll. Geol. Soc." In my notes on the type, I say that A. affinis is undoubtedly the same as Duncan's Astroria antiguensis type (No. 12936, Coll. Geol. Soc. London), illustrated by plate 131, figure 4 of this paper; but I am not certain that it is different from C. tenuis, the species to be considered next. The original description is as follows : "Corallites not crowded, but close, tall. Walls rather thin. The transverse section, of the corallites is in many cases circular, in others obscurely polygonal; some present short series, but rarely. Columella very indistinct. Septa alternately large and small, in six systems of four cycles, the fourth being occasionally deficient in two systems. Breadth of the corallites, from 2 to 3^ lines [4.2 to 7.3 mm.]. Length of the series, 6 lines [12.7 mm.]; five septa to a line [2.1 mm.]. Endotheca abundant. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 467 ' ' Fossilization like that of the other Astrorians, and rendering the details indistinct. It is closely allied to the other species of Astroria from Antigua. ''From the Chert-formation of Antigua. Coll. Geol. Soc." CYATHOMORPHA TENUIS (Duncan) Vaughan. Plate 132, figs. 3, 3«; Plate 133, figs. 2, 3, 3a, 36. 1863. Astraea tenuis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 421. pi. 13, fig. 11, 1867. Heliastraea tenuis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1901. Orbicella tenuis Vaughan (port). Geolog. Reichs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2. p. 33. This species, as well as Astraea antiguensis Duncan, was errone- ously confused with Orbicella Dana. I obtained excellent material in Antigua, which shows that both the common corallum wall and the corallite walls are synapticulate. Three views of one of these species are given on plate 133, figures 3, 3a, 36. Plate 133, figure 3, is a general view of the upper surface of the corallum; figure 3b shows the synapticulate character of the common wall; and figure 3« illus- trates the costae and the synapticulae between them. The following description is based upon four specimens collected by Mr. Robert T. Hill at a locality 4 inches west of Lares, Porto. They satisfy in all particulars Duncan's description of C. tenuis and differ in no important particulars from the Antiguan specimens. The corallum is pulvinate, with the calices confined to the upper surface and sides. Dimensions of specimens of Cyathomorpha tenuis (Duncan \. Specimen No. Greaterdiameter. Lesser diameter. Height. 1 li mm. 69 87 100 126 mm . 52 70 100 97 mm . 55 | Specimen apparently somewhat crashed. 2 58 3 i 45 Specimen subquadrangalar in shape. 4 64 | 1 Specimens figured. The calices of specimen No. 1 (pi. 132, figs. 3, 3a) are described, although those along the top have been somewhat deformed through lateral compression of the corallum. The calices on the upper part of the surface have slightly elevated margins; 0.75 mm. is the maxi- mum height. Some calices are rather deep, about 2 mm.; the diameter of the most nearly circular ones ranges from 3.5 to very slightly more than 4 mm.; the distance between adjacent calices is from a mere dividing ridge to 2 mm.; the calicular edges, however, are usually distinct. Around each calice and joining adjacent ones are equal, acute costae, between which are synapticulae. On the 468 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. sides, near the lower edges, the ealices flatten, become larger and more' distant, and are either circular or faintly hexagonal in outline. Diameter from 4.5 to 5 mm.; distance apart, from 0.5 to 2 mm.; the range in the distance apart is the same as on the top, but the ealices are more uniformly separated. The costae are distinct, low, and equal, with numerous intervening synapticulae. The number of septa to a calice is the same for both the top and sides, ranging from 26 to a few over 30. They are relatively thin; that is, not so thick as the width of the interseptal loculi, except that they are thickened at the wall and the principals are thickened on their, inner ends, bearing distinct palifornl lobes. The primaries and secondaries are subequal, extend to the columella, and are palifer- ous; tertiaries shorter and thinner within the calice; quaternaries, where present, still smaller. The wall is composed of peripheral synapticulae. Columella only slightly developed. The preceding description is based on a single specimen—No. 1 of the table. The principal variation shown by the other specimens is in the distance apart and size of the ealices and the number of septa. In specimen No. 3 (see pi. 133, fig. 2) the ealices are usually about 0.75 mm. apart; their diameter ranges from 3.5 to 5.7 mm., and, as would be expected, the calicular outlines are polygonal; there are in the larger ealices as many as 40 septa, the fourth cycle, however, in these ealices seems never to be complete, but it is complete in some large ealices of the Antiguan specimens. Palar thickenings can be seen on the larger septa; columella poorly developed. Localities and geologic occurrence.-—Island of Antigua at numerous localities in the Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Porto Rico, station 3191, in the Pepino formation, 4 miles west of Lares, collected by Robert T. Hill. Cuba, station 3467, Canapu River, Manasas trail, collected by Arthur C. Spencer. Station 7511, between Ocujal and Palma, alti- tude about 500 feet a. t., near Guantanamo, Cuba, collected by O. E. Meinzer. Station 7514, 5 miles east of monument H4 of U. S. Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, Cuba, altitude 400 feet a. t., collected by O. E. Meinzer. Prof. K. Martin, director of the Geologisch Reichs Museum, Leiden, submitted to me for determination some material from Serro Colorado, Arube, that I thought referable to this species. 1 At the time I studied these specimens I was of the opinion the species belonged to the genus Orhicella. The specimens referred to 0. tenuis in the paper cited are referred in the present paper to Antiguastrea celluldsa (Duncan) Vaughan (see p. 407). 1 Geolog. Reiehs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 33. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 469 CyatJtomorplia tenuis in some of its characters is very similar to Oulastrea. In fact I have vacillated between referring it to Oyatho- morpha or to Oulastrea, particularly as there is in the New York Academy Porto Rican collection a species that resembles 0. tenuis, but is more appropriately referable to Oulastrea than to Oyatho- morpha, and a specimen, poorty preserved but apparently the same species, was obtained by Mr. Meinzer at Mogote Peak, east of the U. S. Naval Reservation, near Guantanamo, Cuba, in beds of the same age as those in which the Porto Rican specimen was collected. As the Cuban material is not good enough for an accurate descrip- tion, the discussion of this interesting species must be deferred. Genus DIPLOASTREA Matthai. 1914. Diploastrea Matthai, JLinn. Soc. London Trans., ser. 2, ZooL, vol. 17, p. 72. 1917. Diploastrea Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 142. Type-species.—Astrea heliopora Lamarck. In my paper cited in the synonymy I wrote " Diploastrea is one of the most important genera of Oligocene corals in the southeastern United States and in the West Indies. Astraea crassolamellata Duncan, from Antigua belongs to it. It is also found in the lowest horizon at Crocus Bay, Anguilla; in Cuba at numerous localities; along Flint River near Bainbridge, Georgia; and in eastern Mexico." I also remarked that Diploastrea might ultimately become a synonym of Oyathomorpha. I am referring the Crocus Bay specimen to Cyathomorplia roxboroughi Vaughan, new species (see page 461 of this paper), and am referring the Mexican specimen to Oyathomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan (p. 466 of this paper). Diploastrea, Oyathomorpha, and Oulastrea are closely related genera. All are fungid corals that resemble in habit the genus Orbicella, and all have been confused with it. Diploastrea has more coarsely dentate and more perforate septa than Oyathomorpha, and it lacks the prominent, wide pali of Oyathomorpha; but the inner septal teeth of Diploastrea in many instances simulate pali. For the present at least it is desirable to treat each as a valid genus. According to Reuss (see p. 455 of this paper), Agathiphyllia differs from Oyathomorpha in not having pali; therefore, Diploastrea may be a synonym of Agathiphyllia. Before discussing the species here referred to Diploastrea, mention will be made of two species- — Brachyphyllia eckeli 1 and Brachy- phyllia irregularis 2 described by Duncan from St. Croix, Trinidad. These, according to the figures-, are fungid corals, and probably are referable to Diploastrea. The costae of the type-species of Diploastrea are either confluent or notched in the intercorallite areas. Brachy- phyllia, until the type-species, B. dormitzeri, has been studied and « Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 1.3, pi. 2, fig. t, 1867. a Idem, p. 13, pi. 2, fig. 5. 470 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. described in more detail is an unidentifiable genus (see yp. 455, 456 of this paper). DIPLOASTREA HELIOPORA (Lamarck) Matthai. Plate 134, figs. 1, la, 16, lc. 1816. Astrea heliopora Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 265. 1914. Diploastrea heliopora Matthai, Linn. Soc. London Trans., ser. 2, Zool., vol. 17, p. 72, pi. 20, figs. 7, 8; pi. 34, fig. 9. 1917. Diploastrea heliopora Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 143, pi. 59, figs. 5, 5a. Figures 1, la, lb, lc, plate 134, are intended to illustrate the generic characters of the genotype. Plate 134, figure 1, is a natural size view of the calices; figure lb is a view of the calices enlarged four times. These figures illustrate the imperfect, synapticulate wall as seen from above, the dentate septal margins, and the trabecular columella, It should be noted here that the septal margins are not so prominent nor are they so coarsely dentate in all specimens. Plate 134, figure la, illustrates the costae of the edge of the lower part of the corallum, four times enlarged, and shows that the common wall originally is syn- apticulate and perforate. Plate 134, figure lc, is a longitudinal section of the corallites, four times natural size, to illustrate the interrupted corallited walls, the perforate character of the septa, and the synap- ticulae and dissepiments on the septal faces. Geographic distribution.—Diploastrea heliopora is found on the living coral reefs of the Indo-Pacific from the east coast of Africa, French Somaliland, eastward at least as far as the Fiji Islands. The specimen here figured is from Djibouti, French Somaliland, collected by Dr. Charles Gravier. DIPLOASTREA CRASSOLAMELLATA (Duncan) Vaugha,n. Plate 135, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 56; plate 136, figs. 1, la, 16: plate 137. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 4a, 5. 1863. Astraea erassolamellata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, pp. 412-117, pi. 13, figs. 1-7. 1866. Heliastraea erassolamellata Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Corall. Antilles, p. 86 (of reprint). 1857. Heliastraea erassolamellata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1870. Heliastraea erassolamellata Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 30. 1902. Orbieella erassolamellata and Brachyphyllia sp. Vaughan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ.. vol. 57, p. 497. The following are Duncan's original descriptions of the general characters of this species and of the typical form, and his synopsis of the seven varieties into which he subdivided it: General description.—"A group of forms from the Marl presents the following structural characteristics: Corallum very massive and large, with an irregular upper surface, which is convex in some parts, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 471 almost flat in others, and more or less largely gibbous in all; inter- calicular groove very decided. Corallites usually very large, and never very small. Wall very delicate and indistinct; costae small; columella large. Septa variable in cyclical arrangement, the larger excessively developed at the wall and linear within. Endotheca abmidant, but not in excess, vesicular. Exotheca not well devel- oped, but decided and plentiful. Calices invariably found as casts. Impressions prove them to have been shallow. Coenenchyma well developed. ' ' These characters, common to many forms, are more or less varied in intensity in different specimens. The septal number varies in individuals of the same corallum, in one series of forms to a remarka- ble extent, although the corallites thus differing are nearly equal in diameter, and are nearly, if not quite, as advanced in development. In other forms it is fixed to four cycles in six systems; whilst in some there are three cycles in some systems, and only two in others, the corallum being large. "The form which I consider typical of the species has four perfect cycles in six systems; but in some corallites the rudimentary sixth and seventh orders of a fifth cycle exist. The specific character- istics—the thick and great development of the septal laminae afe their wall end, and the more or less linear, but entire, conditions of their internal parts—are seen in all these forms, in the primary, secondary, and tertiary septa, according to the relative septal arrange- ments. In some corallites with a low septal number, the primary septa alone are thus characterized; and as the higher cycles are seen, so the secondary and tertiary septa become enlarged and resem- ble the primary. The septa of the higher orders are either linear throughout or slightly enlarged at the wall; and as they approach the tertiary or quaternary, as the case may be, they are seen to become more equal to them in size. In examining these forms allowance must be made for their fossil condition; and attention must be given, in examining transverse sections of corallites, that they are quite at right angles to the corallite, for any obliquity will, of course, diminish the peculiar spear-shape or mace-shape of the septa, and render them more like a paddle, or a leaf with the stalk attached. "The tendency of the higher orders of septa to become linear throughout, or to be less decidedly large at one end and thin else- where—that is, more or less uniformly thick, but in a less degree than is usual at the wall—is seen throughout the species; and in a gigantic variety, where the fully developed corallites have 12 or 14 septa in every system, the whole of the septa are less decidedly thick at the wall, and are either more or less so throughout, or present the usual form of the septa in a modified degree. 37149—19—Bull. 103 19 472 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. " This .species is found throughout the great Marl formation, and presents every variety of siliceous fossilization, from that charac- terized by silicification of the sclerenchyma and infiltration of the interspaces by granular carbonate of lime, to that where all is siliceous and capable of polish. Destructive silicification almost invariably exists in a greater or less degree; and as the sections preserved were made, as a rule, for ornament or amusement, I have seldom seen accurately transverse and longitudinal views of the corallites. "All the specimens, with the specific peculiarities mentioned, may be ranged in several groups; that which contains the detailed char- acters in their greatest intensity, generally, may be considered the typical form. "a. Astraea crassolamellata, typical form. "Corallum large, irregularly convex above. Corallites tall, large, crowded here and there, but not so much so higher up or at the sur- face. Calices circular, but more or less elliptical when on an irregularity of the surface; very large, and separated from each other by well- marked, furrow-shaped, polygonal tracts; tracts marked by costal elevations and by granules. 1 Calices crateriform, not much elevated above the surface. Wall thin, and rendered insignificant by the great development of the septa at the margin. Fossa not deep. Costae numerous, and, considering the diameter of the septa at the wall, very small; they project but little, and are, as a rule, alter- nately large and small, not dentate, and often incline one to the other at their free edge. The larger costae present regular enlargements where the cross-tissue (dissepiments) of the exotheca joins them, when there are more than four cylces of septa, the smaller costae are irregular as regards their appearance and development. Colu- mella large, of lax laminae, parietal; it does not project much at the bottom of the fossa, and occupies a large space in the corallite. Septa numerous, generally characterized by great enlargement at the wall, and linear appearance in the rest of their course, the higher orders being nearly linear at the wall also. The number of cycles varies with the stage of development of the corallite. Analysis of the species. Intercalicnlar furrow. Septa. Cycles. Diameter of corallites. a. Astraea (type). 6. var. crassolamellata Well marked. . . -var. -var. -var. - var. -var. magnetica. pulchella.. nobilis minor nugenti... magwifica. do Less well marked do do Less marked . . Well marked. Verv thick at wall . do do Very large at wall . . . Very thick at wall . . do Less thick, more linear. 4, in some 5. Variable . do... 2 and 3. . do.. 4to6.... 19 to 20 mm. 12.7 mm. 8 to 12.7 mm. Variable. Small, variable. Do. 8 to 25 mm. and more. i As none of the specimens exhibit, perfect calices many of these characters have, of necessity, been taken from casts. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 473 "In young corallites there are six systems of three cycles. As growth proceeds the other orders of the fourth and sometimes of the fifth cycle are gradually added. Some systems are defective in certain orders, while others possess them. The largest corallites have four perfect cycles, and a fifth in two or three systems; the ninth order being usually wanting. It is difficult, in the larger corallites, to distinguish the systems on account of the resemblance of the primary, secondary, and tertiary septa to each other. "The primary septa are very thick externally, but delicate and linear elsewhere; the linear part joins the rest suddenly, like the staff of a big-headed spear; at the junction the thick corners of the enlargement give off a lateral spine, like a piece of endotheca; near the costal end of the septa there are delicate lateral spines. The space between the sets of lateral spines is more or less square. The secondary septa are very like the primary. "When there are more orders in the system than five—that is, when there are six, seven, eight, and nine—the tertiary septa equal the primary and secondary, the blunt end terminating in the linear portion a little nearer the wall. When there are four cycles, the tertiary septa are smaller than the primary and secondary; and when there are only three cycles, as in young corallites, the tertiary septa are linear throughout. The quaternary septa are linear and very slightly developed; when there are more septa than those of the fourth cycle, the quaternary resemble small tertiary septa. The remaining septa are very small and linear, and reach a very little way from the wall; they are apt to curve towards the septa nearest them. In examining the shape of the septa in this and in all the allied forms, particular attention must be paid that the section is quite transverse, as any obliquity will more or less alter the shape of the larger end. "As regards the endotheca, the dissepiments are frequent and delicate, and not very much developed. The exotheca is tolerably well developed, but not in proportion to the size of the corallites. Its dissepiments form square cells. The free surface between the costae and calices has a few granules. Increase by extracalicular gemmation. "Marl formation of Antigua. Coll. Geol. Soc. " Measurements.—Diameter of the calices in six specimens f inch [19 mm.], in seven others f inch [20 mm.], and in some from § to | inch [12.5 to 6.25 mm.]. The elliptical calices (situated on the sides of the corallum) are about 1-^ inch [27.5 mm.] in longest diameter. The greatest thickness of the septa at the wall is -^ inch [2.5 mm.]. Columella ^ inch [5 mm.] in diameter." It is obvious that Duncan had no really good specimens on which to base his original description of this species. I was fortunate in obtaining more than 60 specimens in Antigua, and have selected 14 474 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. of these as the basis of the following notes. Of Duncan's varieties, it seems to me that magnetica, pulchella, and nobilis should be com- bined with the typical form of the species; that his varieties minor and nugenti should be combined under one name, nugenti, preferred by me as it is desirable to preserve the record of the part Doctor Nugent played in making known the fossil corals of Antigua ; and that variety magnijicea should be retained without any important change. DIPLOASTREA CEASSOLAMELLATA (Duncan) Vaughan, typical. Plate 135, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 56; plate 136, figs. 1, la, 16; plate 137, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 4a, 5. Plate 135, figure 1, illustrates, natural size, a polished surface of a typical specimen in Duncan's original sense; and plate 135, figure 2, illustrates natural size, a polished surface of Duncan's variety nobilis. Duncan did not recognize that the septa in such specimens are perforate and that synapticulae are abundant. These two figures will serve to validate the identifications here made, as reference to Duncan's original figures will show. As I collected a series of specimens ranging from a solitary corallite to a fully developed corallum, the development of the corallum will be described. . Specimen No. 1.—The only solitary corallite I collected (pi. 135, fig. 3) is inversely sub-conical in shape, the apex broken. It is 28.5 mm. tall, and is 16 by 18 mm. in maximum diameter. The older calice was damaged and a smaller calice has formed above the older. On the outer surface is an incomplete, finely striate pellicular epitheca; subequal or alternately larger and smaller, more or less interrupted, beaded costae are seen in the areas not covered by the epitheca. The costal ends are joined by synapticulae, between which are perforations. The wall originally is synapticulate. Septal margins coarsely beaded. Primary and secondary septa solid for the most part; tertiaries more perforate; quaternaries de- cidedly perforate. Columella well developed; surface coarsely papillary; fossa shallow. As the structural characters of this speci- men are essentially identical for all other typical specimen of the species, descriptions of the epitheca, costae, and intercostal synapti- culae need not be repeated. Specimen No. 2.—In this specimen the primary corallite has given rise to one lateral bud (pi. 135, figs. 4, 4a), between which and the parent corallite is a slightly depressed intercorallite area. Diameter of parent corallite, 24 mm. Septo-costae more or less confluent and continuous, interrupted with perforations, joined to one another by synapticulae; margins coarsely, rather irregularly beaded. Specimen No. 3.—There are seven corallites, separated by wide intercorallite grooves, in this specimea. Five corallites are shown GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 475 on plate 135, figure 5. The lesser diameter of the three larger coral- lites is 19 mm. ; the greater diameter ranges from 21 to about 23 mm. The calices of this specimen are shallow. In the calice represented by plate 135, figure 5b, it will be seen that the primary and secondary septa are subequal and are thicker than the members of the higher cycles. There are about 86 septa in this calice—that is, there are 4 complete cycles and 38 quinaries. The primaries and secondaries are solid for the most part; the tertiaries are somewhat thinner and near the columella they are represented by only partially fused septal tabeculae. The quaternaries are thinner and more perforate than the tertiaries, to which they fuse by their inner ends rather near the columella. The quinary septa are still thinner and very perforate; they tend to fuse to the sides of the included quaternary. On the inner part of the largest septa are indefinite lobes or teeth, some of which simulate partially developed paliform lobes. Synap- ticulae are greatly developed, between both the costae and the septa; and there are endothecal dissepiments. Specimen No. 4-—This specimen is composed of seven corrallites, plate 137, figure 1. It differs from specimen No. 3 principally by having deeper calices and on some of the large septa there are fairly well-developed paliform lobes. Specimen No. 5.—Plate 136, figures 1, 15, are two views, natural size, of a specimen that is essentially typical variety nobilis of Duncan. It differs from the typical form of the species by having somewhat smaller corrallites and consequently less numerous septa. Specimens bridging the slight gap between specimens Nos. 4 and 5 might be described, but to do so seems unnecessary. The foregoing descriptions apply to the typical form of the species; some variants will now be considered. Specimen No. 6.—Plate 137, figure 3, represents a calice and inter calicular areas in a specimen that differs from specimen No. 3 chiefly by the nonexsert calicular margins. Specimen No. 7.—The calices represented by plate 137, figures 4, 4a, are of a specimen that practically intergrades with specimen No. 6. The calices illustrated are smaller and the septo-costae coarser than in specimen No. 6. Plate 137, figure 5, illustrates a closely similar specimen from the base of the Chattahoochee formation, on Flint River, about 4 miles below Bainbridge, Georgia. The calices of the Bainbridge specimens are excavated, thereby differing from specimen No. 7. Specimen No. 8.—This specimen, plate 137, figure 2, has corallites that are more prominent and more isolated than in the other specimens described, and the costae on the free corallite limbs are mostly subequal. 476 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Island of Antigua, in the Antigua formation, at stations 6854, Rifle Butts; 6856, Friar's hill; 6881, Willoughby Bay; 6888, one-half mile north of McKinnon's Mill, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Previously collected by Robert T. Hill and by J. W. Spencer, in addition to the material originally studied by Duncan. Island of Porto Rico, Lares road, associated with corals, represent- ing the Pepino formation of Hill, collected by Bela Hubbard of the New York Academy Scientific Survey of Porto Rico. Cuba, station 3481, Rio Canapu, Manassas trail, collected by Arthur C. Spencer. Station 7506 west side of Ocujal Spring, near Guantanamo, Cuba, altitude between 200 and 250 feet, at contact with underlying conglomerate, collected by O. E. Meinzer. Frag- ments from station 7522, Mogote Peak, one-half mile east of east boundary of United States Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, eleva- tion about 375 feet, a. t., collected by O. E. Meinzer, probably should be referred to variety magnifica (Duncan). Georgia station 3381, 4 miles below Bainbridge, Flint River, in the base of the Chattahoochee formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Panama, station 6587, Tonosi River, collected by D. F. Mac- Donald. A poorly preserved specimen from this locality seems referable to this species. This is stratigraphically one of the most important coral species of the American Oligocene, for it seems to occupy almost the identical horizon everywhere it has as yet been found. Its stratigraphic position, as at present known, is middle Oligocene; but the possibility of some specimens being upper Eocene needs to be borne in mind (see page 206). DIPLOASTREA CRASSOLAMEJLJ.ATA var. MAGNIFICA (Duncan) Vaughan. Plate 138, figs. 1, 2, 2a. 1863. Astraea crassolamellata var. magnifica Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 417, pi. 13, fig. 3. The following is Duncan's original description: '.' In the smaller corallites of this variety the spear-shaped septa are seen; but in the larger, where there are from twelve to fourteen septa in a system, the primary, secondary, and tertiary orders are nearly equal in size. They have lost the extreme relative thickness between their extremi- ties, and, although still very thin at the columella, they are not greatly developed at the wall. In some corallites the septa, in transverse view, are not straight, but form curving radii; and in all, the relation which the septa bear to the interseptal spaces and to the wall is very much exaggerated. ' ' Corallites circular in transverse section; they vary much in diame- ter, and are now and then crowded , but generally have much coenen- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 477 chyma between them. The diameters of five corallites are as follows : | inch [21 mm.], § inch [17 mm.], 1 inch [25 mm.], 1-jV inches [27.5 mm.] ^ inch [12.5 mm.]. Walls very indistinct. Costae small, and appear- ing to be appended to all the septa. Exotheca is present and connects the costae. Septa numerous, especially in large corallites, where the cycles, which are small and rudimentary in the lesser, become well developed. In the smallest corallites there are six systems of four cycles, the fourth and eighth orders being very small. In medium- sized corallites there are six systems, four cycles in five systems, and in the sixth there are the rudimentary sixth, seventh, and eighth orders. The first, second, and third orders are nearly equal in size. In the largest there are six systems, and from twelve to fourteen septa in every system. Lateral teeth exist on all the primary septa at the place of greatest width. The higher orders in every system are very linear. Endotheca abundant, but not in excess. Columella large, well developed, and spongy. Coenenchyma formed of cells- produced by the costae and the exothecal dissepiments." Except that Duncan failed to recognize that this is a fungid coral his description is good. I am introducing on plate 138 figures of two specimens of this variety, one specimen from Antigua (fig. 1); the other from Flint River, near Bainbridge, Georgia, (figs. 2, 2a). Localities and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, in the Antigua forma- tion, station 6881, Willoughby Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Porto Rico, Lares road, associated with corals representing the Pepino formation of Hill, collected by Bela Hubbard of the New York Academy Scientific Survey of Porto Rico'. Cuba, station 7522, collected by O. E. Meinzer. It was stated on page 476, that the fragments obtained by Mr. Meinzer on Mogote Peak near Guantanamo seem referable to this variety. Georgia, station 3381, 4 miles below Bainbridge, Flint River, in the base of the Chattahoochee formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. This variety has the same stratigraphic significance as the typical form of the species. DIPLOASTREA CRASSOLAMELLATA var. NUGENTI (Duncan) Vaughan. Plate 138, fig. 3, 3a. 1863. Astraea crassolamcllata var. minor Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart, Journ., vol. 19, pp. 414, 416, pi. 13, fig. 6. 1863. Astraea crassolamellata var. nugenti Duncan, Geol. Soc, London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, pp. 414, 416, pi. 13, fig. 5. Duncan's original description of variety nugenti is as follows: "The specimen upon which this variety is founded has no calices 478 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. but the transverse views of the corallites are very distinct. Coral- lites one-third inch [8.3 mm.] in diameter, not crowded. Septa in six systems, two cycles in four systems and three in the other two. The tertiary orders are small, and often join the secondary near the columella. The primary septa are square and large at the wall, and not very linear, but staff-shaped within; their width at the margin is one-fifteenth [1.7 mm.] inch. The secondary septa are very much smaller and thinner than the primary, but nearly as large when the tertiary orders are present. Costae wide apart. Exothecal cells scalariform, wider than high; from one-thirtieth to one-sixtieth [0.8 to 0.4 mm.] inch high, and one-fifteenth inch [1.7 mm.] long. Endotheca abundant. "This form has squarer headed septa, longer exothecal cells, costae wider apart, and a lower septal number than many of the forms of the species ; and differs from the forms with three more or less incom- plete septal cycles in the greater thickness of the inner part of the septal laminae, the broad exothecal cells, and in the disposition of the tertiary septa to join the secondary." The original description of var. minor is as follows: "Corallites tall, slender, crowded, distinct; walls circular, not thick. Calices circular, somewhat variable in size; the largest is three-tenths inch [7.5 mm.] in diameter. The larger septa are spear-shaped, the smaller linear ; they are in six systems of two cycles ; rarely three cycles in two systems in some corallites. Primary septa much larger than the secondary, but nearly equaling them when there is a third cycle. Columella large. "The alternate large and small, spear-shaped and linear septa are very well seen in this form. The same details as in this form are found in several specimens with larger corallites." It seems to me that varieties nugenti and minor should not be sepa- jated, and I am using nugenti as the varietal name. This variety is principally characterized by its small (diameter about 7 mm.) and relatively distant calices. The specimen represented by plate 138, figures 3, 3a, apparently has more compact structures than specimens more typical of the species. The compact appearance I believe is in large part due to secondary mineral changes, and to the surface having been worn, for some septal perforations are recognizable and synap- ticulae are distinct. An unfigured specimen referred to var. nugenti has perforate corallite walls and perforate septa, but the septa of a worn lateral corallite are mostly solid. As it is usual for the skeletal structures of stunted corals to be denser than those of specimens living under more favorable conditions, it is probable that nugenti is only a vegetational variant of typical D. crassolamellata. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, in the Antigua for- mation at station 6881, Willoughby Bay (figured specimen), and 6854, Rifle Butts, collected by T. W. Vaughan. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 479 MADREPORARIA PERFORATA. Family EUPSAMMIIDAE Milne Edwards and Haime. Genus BALANOPHYLLIA Searles Wood. 1844. Balanophyllia Searles Wood, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 13, p. 11. Type-species.—Balanophyllia calycuius Searles Wood. BALANOPHYLLIA PITTIERI, new species. Plate 139, figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 2a. Corallum compressed-comute in form. The smaller of the two cotypes is 32 mm. long; greater diameter of calice, 4 mm.; lesser diameter of calice, 8.5 mm. (See pi. 139, figs. 1, la, lb.) The larger cotype has both the lower and upper ends broken. It is 41 mm. long; greater diameter of lower end, 9.5 mm.; lesser diameter, about 7 mm.; greater diameter of upper end, 20.5 mm.; lesser diameter, 13 mm. (See pi. 139, figs. 2, 2a.) Wall perforate between the costae, less perforate along the costae; ^becomes secondarily thickened; the interseptal loculi near the base are almost solidly filled. There is some pellicular epitheca, which may reach to within 3 mm. of the calicular edge. Costae relatively wide, with narrow interspaces, subequal, every fourth may be somewhat the more prominent where there are four cycles of septa; in general the costae corresponding to the primary and secondary septa are the more conspicuous. In profile they are flat or faintly carinate; about three ill-defined rows of granulations along them, or there are irregu- larly scattered granulations; where the costae are slightly carinate the median row is the more prominent. Septa with typical balanophylliid arrangement; in the smaller co- type four complete cycles and a few quinaries; in the larger cotype, four complete cycles and many quinaries, a total of about 78 septa. Paliform lobes appear well developed before the secondaries. Columella well developed, elongate, vesicular, protuberant in the bottom of the calice. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Costa Rica, "Colline en demoli- tion," Limon, No. 618, H. Pittier collection. Station 6249, Hospital Point, Bocas del Toro, collected by D. F. MacDonald. The horizon is about that of the Bowden marl. Cotypes.—Nos. 325014, U.S.N.M. Family ACROPORIDAE Verrill. Genus ACROPORA Oken. 1815'. Acropora Oken (part), Lehrb. Naturg., Th. 3, Abth. 1, p. 66. 1902. Acropora Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol: 11, pp. 164, 208 (with synonymy). 1918. Acropora Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 159. Type-species.— Millepora muricata Linnaeus, s. s. = Madrepora cervi- cornis Lamarck. 480 BULLETIN 103, "UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ACROPORA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 141, figs. 1, la, lb, 2. Corallum composed of rather thick branches, apices bluntish, or at least not acuminate. The specimen (the holotype) represented by plate 141, figure 1, is 58 mm. long; the diameter of its lower end is 13 mm. ; upper end broken, compressed, 20 mm. wide, lesser diameter of fracture 8 mm.; diameter of end of a new lateral branch not yet fully formed about 4.5 mm. The diameter of the lower end of the specimen (paratype) represented by plate 141, figure 2, is 15 mm. As the axial corallites are broken their characters are not known. Radial corallites of two kinds, protuberant and immersed or subim- mersed. Protuberant corallites ascending, appressed, tubular, slightly compressed. Length as much as 4 mm., about 2.5 mm. probably an average; all intermediate lengths down to the immersed corallites. Greater diameter ranges from 2 up to 3.5 mm.; lesser diameter from 2 to 2.5 mm. Distance apart in vertical rows or spiral from 1 to 2.5 mm.; in horizontal plane, from 1.5 to 3 mm. Lower wall better developed than the upper, texture rather loose, of moderate thickness, outside strongly costulate with synapticulae clearly visible between the costules; upper edge not rounded or incurved in the cotypes. Upper wall short but traceable. Apertures with margins which slope downward and outward from the upper wall or they are short labiate, no nariform or dimidiate apertures were observed. Two well-devel- oped cj^cles of septa, primaries larger than the secondaries, upper directive more prominent than the lower; in some calices apparently there may be a few tertiaries. Immersed and subimmersed corallites smaller and with less developed septa than the protuberant corallites Coenenchyma porous, granulate, reticulate, costulate, and some- what flaky. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 20245, cross- ing of Panama Railroad over Rio Agua Salud, between Bohio Ridge and New Frijoles, in the Emperador limestone, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, in the Antigua formation, col- lected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No. 325042a, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—No. 3250426, U.S.N.M. This species belongs to the subgenus to which Brook applied the name Eumadrepora, that is, Acropora s. s., but it is not closely related to Acropora muricata (Linnaeus) and its relatives, A. prolifera (Lamarck) and A. palmata (Lamarck), of the Floridian and West Indian region. ACROPORA SALUDENSIS, new species. Plate 141, figs. 3, 3a, 4, 4a. Corallum composed of relatively slender branches. The dimensions of the two cotypes which are branch segments are as follows : GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. Dimensions of branches of Acropora saludensis. 481 Branch No. Length. Diameter oflower end. Diameter of upper end. 1 mm. 28 34 mm. 10 by 11 10.5 by 12 mm. 9 by 11 2 8by 11.5 The diameters are given for the stem proper, exclusive of the corallite protuberances. The relatively greater width of the upper end of No. 2 is due to its apparently being at the base of a bifurca- tion. The form of the corallum was probably arborescent. The characters of the axial corallites not distinguishable in the cotypes. The radial corallites, although not all of equal size, are nearly all protuberant, a few subimmersed but no immersed coral- lites were seen; however, immersed corallites might be present on the basal part of the corallum. The form is ascending appressed tubular; length measured along lower side, 2.5 to 3.5 mm.; lesser diameter 1.5 to 2.5 mm.; greater diameter 1.75 to 2.5 mm.; lateral compression relatively slight but apparent. Lower and side walls well developed, thick, rather dense, outer surface usually strongly costulate; upper edge of lower wall more or less rounded, somewhat uncinate in some corallites. Upper wall only slightly protuberant or obsolete. Apertures nariform or dimidiate. Primary septa well developed; secondaries recognizable in many calices, appear to be usually present. Coenenchyma relatively dense, surface closely beset with coarse, somewhat elongate, more or less vermiculate granules, no well- defined costules. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, Emperador lime- stone, at station 60246, crossing of Panama Railroad over Rio Agua Salud between Bohio Ridge and New Frijoles (cotypes); and at station 6016, quarry, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, in the Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Cotypes.—No. 325043, U.S.N.M. (2 specimens.) This species belong in the same group of Acropora as A. squarrosa (Ehrenberg), A. rosaria (Dana), and A. murrayen-sis Vaughan, 1 and is referrable to the subgenus Rhahdocyathus of Brook. ACROPORA MURICATA (Linnaeus). 1758. Milhpora murieata Linnaeus (part), Syst., Nat., ed. 10, p. 792. 1767. Madrepora murieata Linnaeus (part), Syst., Nat., ed. 12, p. 1279. 1 Vaughan, T. W., Some shoal-water corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling, and Fanning Islands, Carnegie Institution, Washington Pub. 213, pp. 183-184, 1918. 482 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1893. Madrepora muricata forma cervicornis Brook, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Cat. Madrep. corals, gen. Madrepora, p. 27. 1900. Madrepora cervicornis Gregory, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, p. 30. 1901. Isopora muricata s. s. Vaughan, XJ. S. Fish. Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, _ p. 313, pi. 21, pi. 22, fig. 2. 1902. Acropora muricata var. cervicornis Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 167. 1903. Madrepora muricata Duerden (part), Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem., vol. 8, p. 543. pis. 1 to 3, figs. 1 to 27. 1915. Acropora cervicornis Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 597. 1916. Acropora cervicornis Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. . The nomenclature of the living West Indian and Floridian species of Acropora is, in some respects, amusing. Brook in 1893, after studying the considerable collections in the British Museum of Natural History, reached the conclusion that the three previously recog- nized species from Florida and the West Indies, A. cervicornis A. prolifera, and A. palmata, really represented only forms of one species, to which he applied the specific name muricata of Linnaeus. Gregory in 1895 * adopted the opinion of Brook, but in 1899 he visited the West Indian coral reefs and decided that all three supposed species were valid (see reference for 1900 in the foregoing synonymy). I studied a large suite of specimens and concurred with Brooks (reference for 1901 in synonymy), and Verrill in his paper for 1902 followed the same course. From 1908 to 1915 (inclusive) I had extensive field experience with the living coral reefs of Florida, the Bahamas, and some of the Lesser Antilles, and am convinced that Gregory's opinion, based on field acquaintance with these corals, is correct. Very rarely indeed does one find a specimen that can not be instantly referred to its proper species. In some of my papers on the ecology and growth rate of Floridian and Bahaman corals, 2 I have referred to this species as Acropora cervicornis, because cervicornis is a rather generally known name for it. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Pleistocene at stations 5850, Mount Hope, and 6554, mud flat, 1 foot above ordinary high-tide level, Colon, Canal Zone; station 6251, Monkey Point, Costa Rica, collected by D. F. MacDonald; and Moin Hill, Limon, Costa Rica, "Niveau A.," collection of H. Pittier. This species is general in the West Indian and eastern Central American Pleistocene reefs, where they were not exposed to the beat of the heavy surf. Recent; eastern Central America, the West Indies, and Florida. > Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 281, 1895. 2 Mostly in Yearbooks Nos. 9 to 14 of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 483 ACROPORA PALMATA (Lamarck). 1816. Madrepora palmata Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert:, vol. 2, p. 279. 1893. Madrepora muricata forma palmata Brook, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Cat. Madrep. corals, gen. Madrepora, p. 25. 1900. Madrepora palmata Gregory, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6 t p. 29. 1901. Jsopora muricata forma palmata Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 313, pis. 26 and 27. 1902. Acropora muricata var. palmata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 166. 1915. Acropora palmata Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, pp. 597, 598. 1916. Acropora palmata Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 2, pp. 95, 100. 1916. Acropora palmata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, pp. 227, 228, 229, 230. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Costa Rica, Pleistocene at station 6251, Monkey Point, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Also in the slightly elevated reefs around Colon Bay. Acropora palmata is of general occurrence in the elevated Pleisto- cene coral reefs of eastern Central America and the West Indies; and is present on the living reefs of the same region and in Florida. In places, as hi the Bahamas, it is one of the most important reef- forming corals, its strong skeleton enabling it to withstand the pound- ing of breakers. Genus ASTREOPORA de Blainville. 1896. Astraeopora Bernard, Brit. Mus. Cat. Madreporaria, vol. 2, pp. 77-99. 1918. Astreopora Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 145. Type-species.—Astrea myriophthalma Lamarck. ASTREOPORA GQETHALSI, new species. Plate 140, figs. 3, 4, 4a. Corallum composed of rather large, subterete, subelliptical, or much compressed branches. The following are measurements of four broken branches: Measurements of branches of Astreopora goethalsi. Branch No. Length. Diameters oflower end. Diameters of upper end. 1 mm. 85 134 154 186 mm. 27 by 56 42 by 52 32bv44 16 (thick) ... mm. 26 by 71 1 2 28 by 55 3 28 by 65 4 25 by 94 1 Width at bifurcation 22 mm. below upper end. Calices subcircular or more or less distorted. Diameter ranges from 1 mm. in young, to 2 mm. in large calices, usual diameter from 1.5 to 2 mm. Distance apart from 1 to 1.5 mm. Calicular rims 484 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. slightly elevated, not quite 0.5 mm., due to the projection of the corallite walls beyond the coenenchymal surface. Distinct costae correspond to most, if not all, of the septa; irregular in size, but those corresponding to the primaries are usually the larger. Septa in two complete cycles, with a variable number of terti- aries. Primaries usually well differentiated from the other septa, thicker, longer, and somewhat taller; in many calices a larger primary marks the plane of symmetry; secondaries and tertiaries small. Columella poorly developed, in some calices a false columella formed by the fusion of the inner end of the primary septa is recognizable. Coenenchyma with a flattish surface between corallites, vermi- culately costate, with perforations between the costae in areas not covered by glassy-looking basal deposit, which in the cross-sections of some branches is solid, in the cross-sections of others there are platforms one above another. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, stations 6015 and 6016, in the Emperador limestone, quarries, in the town of Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. The same or a very closely related species occurs at stations 3381 and 3383, respectively, 4 and 7 miles below Bainbridge, Georgia, in the base of the Chattahoochee formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Cotypes.—No. 325036, U.S.N.M. (2 specimens). Paratypes.—No. 325043, U.S.N.M. (4 specimens). ASTREOPORA ANTIGUENSIS, new species. Plate 139, figs. 3, 3a; plate 140, fig. 1. Corallum forming large thick branches that may be more or less palmate. Plate 139, figure 3, represents a branch one-half natural size. The calices are moderately deep, more or less irregular in outline, often subelliptical, the diameter ranges from 2 to 4 mm. Their margins elevated about 1 mm., and are distant from one another from 1.5 to 2.5 mm. Somewhat swollen around the base. Free limbs of corallites more or less distinctly costate. The septal arrangement appears often to be irregular, sometimes two complete cycles and an incomplete third, in many calices the third cycle is complete, and occasionally a few members of the fourth cycle may be present. The absence of the smallest septa undoubtedly is often due to their destruction in fossilization. Columella very poorly developed, in fact there may be none at all. Coenenchymal surface usually formed by a compact basal deposit, but in places perforations may be recognized between costae. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 485 Locality and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, Morris Looby's Hill, in the Antigua formation, collected by R. T. Hill. Georgia, station No. 3381, Russell Spring, Flint River, Decatur County, Georgia, collected by T. W. Vaughan, in the base of the Chattahoochee formation. Canal Zone, station No. 6026, 2 miles south of Monte Lirio, col- lected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald in the Culebra formation. Type.—Museum of Comparative Zoology. Paratype.—Ho. 325609, U.S.N.M.; also other specimens. Comparison of the specimens from near Bainbridge, Georgia, with the smaller specimens from Antigua, fails to reveal any difference whatever between the specimens; and no noteworthy difference is seen between the other specimens and -the best one from near Monte Lirio. ASTREOPORA PORTORICENSIS, new species. Plate 140, figs. 2, 2a. Corallum ramose, branches subcircular or elliptical in cross- section. Length of type, 56 mm.; greater diameter of lower end, 16 mm., lesser, 13 mm.; width of upper end (which is bifurcating) about 30 mm. Calices moderately deep, usually deformed, one diameter longer than the other. A small calice has a greater diameter of 1.7 mm., lesser, 1.3 mm.; a rather large calice has diameters measuring 2.3 and 1.6 mm., respectively. The distance apart of the calices varies from 1.3 to slightly more than 2 mm. Calicular margins scarcely elevated; there is really no distinctly elevated rim. Septa, in the larger calices, in three cycles, the last very small; their outer ends thick, the inner portions thin. Upper margins very slightly exsert. Columella, poorly developed. Coenenchymal surface usually coated by basal deposit, but in places costae with intervening perforations are obvious. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Porto Rico, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares, Pepino formation, collected by R. T. Hill. Type.—No. 325306, U.S.N.M. This species is very near Astreopora antiguensis; in fact, I am by no means sure that they are really distinct. The type of A. portoricensis has smaller and less prominent calices; but some of the specimens of A. antiguensis from Bainbridge, Georgia, have small calices. The critical difference, therefore, consists in the low, nonprotuberant calices of A. portoricensis, a difference which, according to the available material, is valid. 486 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. J Genus ACTINACIS d'Orbigny. 1849. Actinacis d'Orbigny, Notes sur des Polyp, foss., p. 11. 1860. Actinacis Milne Edwards, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 3, p. 170. Type-species.—Actinacis martiniana d'Orbigny. I have not been able to study the type-species of this genus, but judging from Reuss's figures of A. martiniana 1 it is probable that the corals here referred to are correctly determined. Besides the species described here, there is another species of Actinacis in the West Indies Tertiary formations, namely, the coral from the Eocene St. Bartholomew limestone, to which Duncan applied the name Astreopora panicea? It will be considered in another paper. The species to which Duncan applied the names Heliastraea exsculpta 3 (not Astraea exsculpta Reuss 4) and Heliastraea cijathi- formis, 5 and which I made under the latter name, the type species of Multicolumnastraea, 6 deserves mention here. The intercorallite costae in Duncan's Heliastraea cyathiformis are more or less vermiculate and are joined one to another by synapticulae, between which there are openings. This species is very close to- Actinacis, but the coarse columellar tubercles or pillars may warrant generic separation. The species, according to the stratigraphic data supplied by Mr. R. T. Hill, occurs in his Blue Mountain Series, of Cretaceous age, and his Catadupa beds, of Eocene age.7 It seems to me that the Catadupa beds are probably of Cretaceous age, for they contain no species of corals in common with the Richmond and Cambridge formations, while two of the five species recorded from them are common to the Blue Mountain Cretaceous. ACTINACIS ALABAMIENSIS (Vaughan). Plate 149, figs. 3, 3a. 1900. Turbinaria (?) alabamiensis Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 194,. pi. 23, figs. 1, 2, 3; pi. 24. The type-specimen (Cat. No. 158482) and the paratypes (Cat. Nos. 158480 and 158481, U.S.N.M.) clearly belong to the genus- Actinacis, ' to which I suggested they might belong in the original account of the species. The following is the original description: "Corallum massive, the masses may be more than 20 cm. across and 7 cm. thick, upper surface apparently convex or concave. Gen- i Beitriige zur Charakteristik der Kreideschichten in den ostalpen, K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math.- Naturw.-Cl., vol. 7, pi. 24, figs. 12-15, 1851. 2 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 29, p. 561, 1873. 3 Idem, vol. 21, pp. 7, 8, 11, 1865. < K. K. Akad. Wissensch. Wien. Math.-Naturw. CI., Denkshr. vol. 7, p. 114. s Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 21, pp. 7, 8, pi. 1, tigs, la, 16, 1865. e Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, pp. 235-237, pi. 37, figs. 5, 6, 7; pi. 38, fig. 1, 1899. ' Vaughan, T. W., Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 34, p. 231, 1899. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 487 eral appearance of the corallum is as if composed of superimposed laminae. Calices shallow (?), crowded; diameter; 1.5 mm.; distance apart, quite constantly 1 mm. Coenenchyma, of superimposed irregularly perforate laminae. Wall, perforate. Septa, perforate, in three complete cycles; 12 septa reach the columnella; the members of the third cycles usually fuse by pairs to the sides of ail included septum (the first and second cycles can not be distinguished from each other, and therefore it can not be known whether the septa of the third fuse to the sides of the first or second). Sides granulate. Pali are probably present, but no detail could be made out. Columella very well developed, spongy. "Locality.^-Sa\t Mountain, 6 miles south of Jackson, Alabama. "Geologic horizon.—'Coral limestone/ above Vicksburg beds." "I have not been able to decide positively whether this is an Acti- nacis or a Turbinaria. It probably belongs to the latter genus." The following is a description of a species of Actinacis, referred to A. alabamiensis , from Flint River, near Bainbridge, Georgia: Corallum forming large explanate masses, a foot or more across and 70 to 75 mm. thick. The perpendicular section shows a thinly lamellate structure. Calices small, 1.3 to 1.5 mm. in diameter, usually separated by less than their own diameter of coenenchyma. The coenenchyma is composed of flexuous, perforate, granulated costae, which are fused into a reticulum by abundant synapticulae. The calices are dis- tinctly differentiated from the coenenchyma, but a definite wall is only poorly developed; where it is present, it appears to be due to a zone of peripherally disposed synapticulae. The costae often lead directly across the coenenchyma from one calice to the next, thus joining the septa of adjacent calices. Septa slightly less in thickness than the interseptal loculi. The usual number is about 20, the third cycle as a rule is incomplete, arranged with reference to a plane of symmetry. The presence of a directive plane and the grouping of the septa into pairs or groups of threes is characteristic. Pali occur at the junctions of the inner ends of the septa—it seems that the full number is 12. The inter- septal loculi are conspicuously open; if any synapticulae are present, they are rare. Columella well developed, composed of septal processes. A species of Actinacis, apparently the same as A. alabamiensis, was collected by me in Antigua. It is represented by a small piece 61 mm. long, 33 mm. wide, and 25 mm. in maximum thickness. The upper surface is nodose; calices from 1.25 to 1.5 mm. in diameter; coenenchyma composed of a fine trabecular mesh work. This speci- men seems to me to belong to the same species as the specimens from near Bainbridge, Georgia, that I am identifying as A. alabamiensis. 37149—19—Bull. 103 20 488 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Alabama, Salt Mountain, 6 miles south of Jackson, in the V. coral limestone" above the top of the Vicksburg group, collected by T. W. Vaughan (the type). Georgia, station 3381 and 3383, on Flint River, respectively 4 and 7 miles below Bainbridge, in the base of the Chattahoochee formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Antigua, West Indies, station 6854, Antigua formation at Rifle Butts, collected by T. W. Vaughan. This species is of a high order of importance in the correlation of American Oligocene deposits. The septal arrangement in A. alabamiensis is similar to that of Porites in the presence of a plane of symmetry and the tendency of the septa to fuse by their inner ends in pairs. The septa them- selves, however, are very different, being lamellate, almost imper- forate, and sharply differentiated from the surrounding coenenchyma. Professor Felix in his Anthozoen der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen 1 has redescribed and figured A. Tiaueri Reuss and A. martiniana d'Orbigny. He does not speak of the bilateral symmetry of the calices but both of his figures indicate such a condition, as in each there are two opposite elongate septa that connect with each other through the columella. I take it, then, that the calices of A. martiniana are bilaterally symmetrical with the septa grouped not very definitely in two's, three's, four's, or five's on each side of the median plane. It seems probable that Actinacis may be intermediate in charactei between the families Acroporidae and Poriticlae. These notes and suggestions are made in the hope that some one with the requisite material may make a more careful study of the Cretaceous species of the genus to determine the relations of those two families. Family PORITIDAE Dana. Genus GGNIOPOXtA Quoy and Gaimard. 1833. Goniopora Quoy and Gaimard, Voyage de V Astrolabe, Zool., vol. 4, p. 218. Type-species.—Goniopora pendunculata Quoy and Gaimard. GONIOPORA HILLI, new species. Plate 142, figs. 1, la. Corallum composed of flatfish plates, which may be more than 20 cm. wide and 4 cm. thick and appear to have grown in a subhori- zontal position. The calices are polygonal, from 3 to 4 mm. in diameter, from 1 to 1.5 mm. deep, separated by walls from 0.75 to 1.25 mm. thick. The walls are crossed by rather low costae, and in places there is some i Palaeontographica, vol. 49, pp. 176-178, figs. 2, 3, 1903. ' GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 489 intercalicular reticulum, but it usually does not well up and form peaks, ridges, and crests between the calices. Septa of the normal gonioporid number and arrangement, outer parts thick and subequal, all relatively narrow in their upper parts, and either fall steeply or slope to the level of the large columella tangle, which is joined by the primaries and secondaries and the ter- tiaries fuse to the secondaries near it. Usually 3 or 4 teeth on the margins. Paliform lobes not greatly developed. Columella tangle large, about 1.5 mm. in diameter, more than one- third the diameter of the calice ; its upper surface forms the flattish or gently concave bottom of the calices. Localities and geologic Tiorizon.—Canal Zone, stations 6015 and 6016, quarries in the Emperador limestone, Empire, T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald, collectors. Type.—Figured specimen No. 325058, U.S.N.M. Paratypes—No. 325057, U.S.N.M. GONIOPORA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 142, figs. 2, 2a, 26. Corallum forms thick plates, which may be more than 17 cm. wide and as much as 5 cm. thick in the center, thin on the edges. Growth form similar to that of Goniopora liilli. Calices large, but irregular in size and distribution, because of the large development of intercorallite reticulum, which in some areas wells upward and forms nipple-shaped peaks in the angles between the entirely circumscribed calices or forms ridges with calices on each side. The diameter of the calices ranges from 2.5 to 3.5 mm.; the intervening walls or ridges range up to 2.5 mm. thick, their length ranges up to 13 mm., where as many as three calices occur in a single valley, their height ranges up to 2 mm. Costae can be traced across the intercorallite walls and the ridges between calicinal series. Septa rather thick, about 24, arrangement indefinite, but according to the gonioporid plan; they slope to the bottom of the calice or their outer part is narrow and falls steeply to the level or the columella tangle, to which the primaries and secondaries extend. Three or four dentations on the margin of each large septum. Paliform knots present, but lobes are not conspicuous. Columella tangle well developed, but not so large as in G. liilli. Localities and geologic Tiorizon.—Canal Zone, stations 6015 and 6016, quarries in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Anguilla, station 6894, Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—Figured specimen, No. 325053, U.S.N.M. Paratypes.—No. 325054, U.S.N.M. 490 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. GONIOPORA DECATURENSIS, new species. Plate 143, figs. 1, la. Corallum lamelliform, the lateral expansion far exceeding its thickness. The specimen selected as the type is a portion of a coral- lum, 90 mm. across and about 23 mm. thick. Another specimen is 49 mm. long, 35 mm. wide, and 7.5 mm. thick. The upper surface is plane or undulate. When the corallum is foliaceous, it may be irregularly flexed. Calices polygonal, shallow, superficial or only slightly excavated. Usual diameter 2.5 to 3 mm. The wall, when somewhat worn, usually has a membraniform appearance, being almost continuous, inter- rupted in places, but forming a quite distinct boundary between ad- jacent calices. In other instances there may be no well-defined boundary to the calices. Two rows of synapticulae frequently rein- force the wall in the peripheral portion of the interseptal loculi Septa of variable thickness on the same specimen, usually mod- erately stout; on the thinner lamellae they are thick. The thickness of the septa seems to be correlated with the thickness of the colony. When the corallum is thick the septa are thin and vice versa. The normal number is 24, although there are in some places a few less, in others a few more. The usual arrangement is six primaries extending directly to the axis, with a triplet group of a secondary and two ter- tiaries between each pair. A directive plane could be observed in some calices, but the septa are too much damaged to permit discov- ering all the details of the arrangement. The margins are dentate, five to seven dentations on each longer septum. The faces with the usual granulations. Synapticulae rather abundant, but not greatly crowded, variable in thickness. Columella tangle well developed. The texture of the corallum is of variable firmness, depending upon the thickness of the septal trabeculae, the synapticulae, etc., how- ever, it seems never to be especially dense. Localities and geologic occurrence.-—-Georgia, station 3381, Blue Springs, 4 miles below Bainbridge; and station 3383, Hale's Landing, 7 miles below Bainbridge, Flint River, Decatur County, in the base of the Chattahoochee formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Cuba, station 7523, Mogote Peak, 250 feet a. t., J mile east of U. S. Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, Cuba, collected by O. E. Meinzer. Type.—No. 325031, U.S.N.M. Besides the lot of specimens referred to the species in the fore- going description, three other types or kinds of Goniopora occur on Flint River at Blue Springs and Hale's Landing. It is impossible with the material at hand to decide whether they are distinct species or only varieties or forms of G. decaturensis. However, as it seems GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 491 very probable that two of these are only varieties of G. decaturensis, they are named and described as such. GONIOPORA DECATURENSIS var. SILICENSIS, new variety. Plate 143, figs. 2, 2a. This is a specimen 113 mm. long, 54 mm. wide, and 20 mm. thick. The upper surface is slightly undulated, there is one deep depression, but it may have been caused by a burrowing animal or the surface may have been corroded. Calices 2.5 to 4 mm. in diameter, larger than in typical G. decaturen- sis. Septa decidedly thin; texture light and fragile. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Georgia, station 3381, Flint River, Blue Springs, 4 miles below Bainbridge, in the base of the Chatta- hoochee formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type—No. 325026, U.S.N.M. GONIOPORA DECATURENSIS var. BAINBRIDGENSIS, new variety. Plate 143, figs. 3, 3a. Two small, inflated, rounded specimens are referred to this variety. No. 1, length 26.5 mm., width 25 mm., thickness 13.5 mm.; No. 2 (type), length 33 mm., width 24 mm., thickness 19 mm. Calices superficial, about 3 mm. in diameter. Septa moderately thick. These specimens are separated from typical G. decaturensis solely on the growth form. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Georgia, station 3381, Flint River, Blue Springs, 4 miles below Bainbridge, in the base of the Chatta- hoochee formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No. 325029, U.S.N.M. GONIOPORA REGULARIS (Duncan). 1863. Alveopora daedalaea var. regularis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 42G, pi. 14, figs. 4a, 4c. 1867. Alveopora daedalaea Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 25. 1901. Alveopora regularis Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 71. Duncan's material of this coral is very poor, consisting of casts and mineral replacements of the original skeleton; and, as I pointed out in my paper cited in the synonomy, he incorrectly gave the dimensions of the corallites. The diameter is not il \ line" [ = about 1 mm.] as stated by Duncan, but is usually 2 mm., with a range from 1.5 to 2.5 mm. I have three photographs of Duncan's type (No. 12949, Coll. Geol. Soc. London), and after having made a large collection in Antigua identify with certainty the species represented by Duncan's poor specimen. It is a species of Goniopora and is one of the common- est corals in Antigue, where I obtained about 30 good specimens. 492 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The corallum is usually more or less turbinate in shape, rising from a narrow base, expanding upward, with a lobulate, but somewhat flattish upper surface. The dimensions of the largest specimen are as follows : Least diameter of fracture on basal surface, 5 cm. ; height 18.5 cm.; diameter of upper surface 22 by 25.5 cm. Some specimens are more or less columniform; others are glomerate. The calices are from 2 to 2.5 mm. in diameter and are separated by distinct, straight walls, or there is some costate intercorallite reticulum. The septal formula is normal for Goniopora, but the septa are more distinctly lamellate than is usual. There is a wide, detached, septal granule, that is usually compressed in the septal plane and is plate- like. Pali well developed; plate-like in many calices. This species will be described in detail and figured in a forthcoming report. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, at nearly every expo- sure of the coral reef in the Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Porto Rico, zone C, near Lares, collected by Bela Hubbard, of the New York Academy Porto Rico investigations. Arube, Serro Colorado. GONIOPORA REGULARIS var. MICROSCOPICA (Duncan). 1863. Alveopora microscopica Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 426, pi. 14, fig. 5. 1867. Alveopora microscopica Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 25. Duncan based Alveopora microscopica on a silicified specimen (No. 12951, Coll. Geol. Soc. London), of which I have a photograph. This is a small calicled species of Goniopora, with rather strikingly lamellate septa. I obtained in Antigua three specimens that I identify with Duncan's species, which probably is only a variant of Goniopora regularis. G. microscopica has a more regularly rounded corrallum and smaller calices, 1.25 to 1.5 mm. in diameter; other- wise I detect no important differences. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Antigua, stations 6856, Friar's Hill, and 6881, Willoughby Bay, Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. GONIOPORA JAGOBIANA, new species. Plate 144, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 3, 3a. A description of the type (pi. 144, figs. 1, la), is as follows: Coral- lum obtuse, columniform. Horizontal diameter 160 by 165 mm.; height 133 mm. +, top damaged, when perfect probably about 210 mm. tall. Successive shells of skeletal substance are recognizable. Calices shallow, polygonal in outline, usual diameter slightly more than 3.5 mm. Intercorallite walls rather narrow, with some reticu- lum, septa traceable through it, in places about 1 mm. wide. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 493 Septa thin, formula complete, arrangement typical. Margins with an average of 5 or 6 delicate teeth between the columella and the wall, 8 teeth were counted on each of a few septa. There is no con- spicuous palar crown. Columella tangle weakly developed; apparently a central tubercle was present in a number of the calices. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Cuba, station 3446, La Cruz marl, first deep cutting east of La Cruz near Santiago, collected by T. W. Vaughan (type). Florida, station 6775, White Springs, Alum Bluff formation, col- lected by T. W. Vaughan and C. W. Cooke. Type.—No. 325077, U.S.N.M. There are two undescribed species of Goniopora that are nearly related to G. jacobiana. One of them is from the Chipola marl mem- ber of Alum Bluff formation, Chipola River, Florida. Its calices are of the same size and its septa are fragile as in G. jacobiana, but the intercorallite reticulum is a more curly mesh-work in which the radial skeletal elements are obscure or are less conspicuous than in G. jacobiana. This difference in the reticulum seems to constitute a valid specific distinction. The other closely related species is from the Bowden marl, Bowden, Jamaica. As the calices of the Bowden specimen average about 2.3 mm. in diameter, they are distinctly smaller than in G. jacobiana. The radial elements are obvious in the intercorallite reticulum, but it is somewhat flaky. The Bowden specimen may belong to G. jacobiana, but with the small amount of material for comparison, it must, for the present be considered distinct. In addition to the two species mentioned, there is a somewhat similar species found abundantly in the calcareous marl of Anguilla, where I collected about 50 specimens of it. This species forms columniform or gibbous masses, composed of successive caps. It is not so massive as G. jacobiana, the columns are more slender, and its calices are more excavated. The only observed difference between the type of G. jacobiana and the specimen from White Springs, Florida, identified with that species, is that the calices of the White Springs specimen may be somewhat deeper. To refer specimens so similar in habit and struc- tural detail to different species appears unjustifiable. GONIOPORA IMPERATORIS, new species. Plate 142, figs. 3, 3a. Growth form as a compressed, lobate column, 54 mm. tall, 22 mm. thick, 37 mm. wide (excluding a lateral lobe which is about 13 mm. long). 494 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices sunken between a rather regular mural network, diameter of calicular openings 1.5 to 2.5 mm., diameter measured between mural summits 2.5 to 3.5 mm., depth about 0.75 mm., separating walls from 0.75 to 1.25 mm. wide. The walls are rather flat-topped and are composed of costal prolongations of the septa joined together by synapticulae. In places there is considerable intercorallite reticu- lum, but it does not form protuberances between the calices; where the surface is well preserved, subequal costae extend across the walls. Septa of normal gonioporid arrangement, in the typical formula; above the bottom of the calices they are narrow, extending down the insides of the walls as short ribs, which bear about three inwardly projecting dentations; at the bottom of the calice they widen and the primaries and secondaries extend to the columellar tangle. Well developed paliform lobes occur just inside the junction of the ter- tiaries with the secondaries and form a crown around the periphery of the columellar tangle. Width of interseptal loculi less than the thickness of the septa. Columellar tangle well developed, large, forms a flattish bottom to the calices, width about one-half the calicular diameter. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, quarry, in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Anguilla, stations 6893, 6894, 6966, 6967, all coralliferous beds at Crocus Bay; station 6969a, bottom bed, Road Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type—No, 325049, U.S.N.M. This species really should have been based on the Anguillan mate- rial, of which I collected 34 identifiable specimens. In fully devel- oped colonies the branches are subcircular or elliptical in cross section, and range from 30 to 55 mm. in diameter. The distance between mural summits ranges up to 4.5 mm. but is usually less. GONIOPORA CANALIS, new species. Plate 146, figs. 1, 2, 3. Corallum composed of compressed branches. The following are measurements : Dimensions of branches of Goniopora canalis. Branch No. Length. Greater di- ameter of lower end. Lesser di- ameter of lower end. Maximum width. 1 mm. 41 41 mm. 20 20 22 mm. 6.5 12 8 7.5 mm. 30 2 28 3. 35 4 20+ 1 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 495 The lower end of each specimen and the tops of Nos. 3 and 4 are broken. Some coralla are evidently formed of rather thin, branching plates. Calices polygonal, usual diameter 3 mm., young calices about 2 mm. in diameter, an occasional large one as much as 4 mm.; depth from 1 to 1.25 mm.; separated by walls from 0.75 to 1.25 mm. thick. The walls are crossed by costae and usually form a fairly regular network around the calicular cavities, but in places there is con- siderable intercalicular reticulum. In places there are low, rather indefinite ridges which may extend the length of as many as four calices. The tops of the walls are rounded or subacute. The septa are normal gonioporid in number and arrangement; they are thick at the wall, becomes thinner toward the center; their upper part narrow, gradually sloping to the columella tangle, which is joined by the primaries and secondaries; margins with about 6 fine dentations. Columella tangle not very conspicuous. Locality and geologic horizon.—Canal Zone, station 6016, quarry in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F.'MacDonald. Anguilla, station 6966, middle bed, Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Cotypes.—N os. 325052, U.S.N.M. (3 specimens). I am not certain the G. canalis is really different from G. impera- toris. GONIOPORA PORTORICENSIS. new species. Plate 146, figs. 4, 5. Corallum ramous, branches rounded in cross section or very com- pressed, a branch of the latter form is 34 mm. wide with a maximum thickness of about 9 mm. Calices polygonal, shallow, usual diameter 2 mm. The outer ends of the septa are flattened and fused together, separating the calicular depressions by a wall about 0.5 mm. thick. Septa delicate, very perforate, in three complete cycles. Margins finely and delicately denticulate; about five small thin teeth on a long septum. Pali appear to be poorly developed, not specially differentiated from the ordinary septal dentations. Columella weakly developed. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Porto Rico, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares, Pepino formation, collected by R. T. Hill. Antigua, stations 6854, Rifle Butts; 6881, Willoughby Bay, in the Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No. 325061, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—'No. 325060, U.S.N.M. 496 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. This species resembles compressed specimens of Goniopora clevei Vaughan, from which it is distinguishable by its thin septa, with delicately dentate margins. GONIOPORA CLEVEI, new species. Plate 145, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 3, 4, 5, 5a, 6, 6a. Corallum branching. The type (pi. 145, figs. 2, 2a) is an irregu- larly shaped portion of a branch, selected because it permits the septal arrangement to be definitely determined. It is 44 mm. long; greater diameter of lower end, 12 mm.; of bulged portion, 15.5 mm. Probably some of the irregularity of form may be caused by erosion. Another broken specimen, a paratype, is represented by plate 145, figure 1. Calices shallow, circular, or subcircular, 2 to 2.4 mm. in diameter. They may be close together or separated by reticulate and costate coenenchyma, as much as 1 mm. across; usually in the type, which is worn, they appear distinctly separated from the bounding coenen- chyma and sharply defined by a peripheral zone of synapticulae. There are 12 large lamellate septa with typical poritid arrangement, solitary directive, four lateral pairs, and a directive triplet; the.inner ends of the laterals in the triplet are directed toward, but not actually fused, to the inner end of the principal directive. The outer ends of these larger are often bifurcated, or costae (these are to be considered rudimentary septa) exist between them, in some instances bringing the number up to 24. Pali well developed, six in number. Columella tangle rather dense, with an axial tubercle. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Island of Anguilla, West Indies, P. T. Cleve, collector (type); stations 6893, 6894, 6966, Crocus Bay, and 6970, 130 to 140 feet above sea level, east end of Road Bay, Anguilla, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Canal Zone, station 6016, in the Emperador limestone, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—University of Upsala. Paratype.—University of Upsala. Paratopes.—Nos. 325111 (3 specimens), 325115 (1 specimen), U.S.N.M. It was decidedly difficult to decide whether this species should be referred to Porites or Goniopora. Bernard says: "These fossils with 12 central rays might almost be considered as transition forms toward Porites having to all appearance only 12 septa; but whenever it can be distinctly seen that a certain number of these septa fork before they reach the wall, I assume that the forking is the vestige of the fusion of the septa characteristic of Goniopora, and that therefore there are more than 12." l 1 Brit. Mus., Cat. Madrep. Corals, vol. 4, Gen. Goniopora, p. 21. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 497 While in Anguilla in 1914 I collected about 40 identifiable speci- mens of this species, and am illustrating a series on plate 145, figures 3, 4, 5, 5a. The branches are thickish and blunt-ended, having some resemblance in growth form to the thicker-branched forms of Porites porites, such as are common on the reefs on the east side of Andros Island, Bahamas. The calices of these specimens are not perfectly preserved, but in many a third cycle of septa is clearly recognizable. I therefore am convinced that the species is referable to Goniopora. Doctor MacDonald and I collected in the quarries at Empire, Canal Zone, a number of specimens that seem completely to agree with the Anguillan specimens. One of these is represented by plate 145, figures 6, 6a. Flattened specimens of G. clevei resemble specimen of G. portori- censis, but the latter has thinner and more delicately dentate septa, and in it the tertiary septa are more developed. GONIOPORA CASCADENSIS. new species. Plate 146, figs. 6, 6a, 66, 7, 8, 9. Corallum composed of relatively slender, subterete branches. A branch segment 40 mm. long is 9 by 10 mm. in diameter at the lower end and 8 by 9 mm. in diameter at the upper end, showing 1 mm. decrease in diameter for 40 mm. in length; but branches may be thicker, up to as much as 15 mm. in diameter. Calices slightly excavated, polygonal, from 1.75 to 2.5 mm. in diameter, separated by more or less discontinuous walls, in some places a straight or zigzag wall ridge is traceable, but in other places there seems to be none. Where there is a wall ridge, rather coarse mural denticles corresponding to the outer ends of the septa are present. In places mural reticulum is present and coarse radial skele- tal structures are clearly traceable through it. There are 12 large septa which extend to the columellar tangle, and about 12 small septa which fuse in pairs to the sides of an included septum (assumed to a secondary) about halfway between the wall and the columellar tangle. The septal granules seem to be arranged according to the following scheme: A ring of outer granules which are adherent to or only slightly detached from the wall, a ring of intermediate granules which correspond in position to the place of fusion of the small (tertiary) septa to the sides of the secondaries, and an inner ring of granules which form paliform knots around the periphery of the columella tangle. The intermediate and inner rings seem constantly recognizable, but the outer ring 'is not always defi- nitely developed. The interseptal loculi are about as wide as the thickness of the septa. Columella tangle well developed; width more than one-third the diameter of the calice. In some calice a central styliform process is distinguishable. 498 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6020c, in the Culebra formation at Las Cascadas, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Anguilla, station 6967, Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, Antigua formation, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No, 325072, U.S.N.M. (pi. 146, figs. 6, 6a, 6&). Paratypes.—No. 335074, U.S.N.M. (3 specimens). This species is one of those that is intermediate between Pontes and Goniopora. As there are short tertiary septa within the wall, according to Bernard's treatment of such forms, it is referred to Goniopora. The types are from Las Cascadas, Canal Zone. The calices of the specimens from Anguilla are not so well preserved as those of the cotypes, but the identifications seem reasonably certain, as there is agreement in all general characters and in the observed detail. Genus PORITES Link. 1807. Pontes Link, Beschreibuugen der Naturaliens Sammlungen, Rostock, p. 162. 1918. Pontes Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 138. Type-species.— Madrepora pontes Pallas. PORITES PORITES (Pallas). 1766. Madrepora pontes Pallas (part), Elench. Zooph., p. 324. 1901. Pontes -pontes forma clavaria Vaughan, IT. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 316, pi. 29; pi. 31, fig. 2. 1902. Pontes pontes Vaughan, Biol. Soc. Washington Proc, vol. 15, pp. 56-58 (with references to literature and history of the name) . 1909. Pontes pontes var., Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 7, p. 135. 1912. Pontes clavaria Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, pp. 148, 152, 156, pi. 4, fig. 4c; pi. 6, figs. 3, 4. 1915. Pontes clavaria Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 597. 1916. Porites clavaria Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 2, pp. 95, 98. 1916. Porites clavaria Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. This is one of the species of corals to which most attention was given during my studies of the Floridian and Bahamian reef corals, and it is referred to in most of my reports in Yearbooks No. 7-14, inclusive, of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, usually as Porites clavaria, because that is the more generally known name. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Recent throughout the coral- reef areas of the West Indies, the eastern side of Central America, Florida, and the Bermudas. Pleistocene, in the elevated West Indian reefs. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 499 Miocene, Santiago, Cuba, in the La Cruz marl, at station 3441, east of La Cruz, near crossing of the road from Santiago to the Morro over the railroad, collected by T. W. Vaughan. As these specimens agree in all details that I can discover, with the thicker-branched forms of P. pontes, I am referring them to that species. This adds another to the considerable list of living species recognized in the La Cruz marl. PORITES FURCATA Lamarck. 1816. Pontes furcata Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 271. 1887. Parties furcata Rathbun, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc, vol. 10, p. 361, pi. 15, figs. 1-3; pi. 17, fig. 1. 1901. Pontes pontes forma furcata Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 316, pi. 30; pi. 31, fig. 1. 1902. Pontes polymorpha Verrill (part), Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 158. 1913. Pontes furcata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, p. 156, pi. 5, figs. 5c, 6c, 7, 8; pi. 6, figs, la, 16, 2a, 26. 1915. Pontes furcata Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 597. 1916. Pontes furcata Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 2, p. 95. 1916. Pontes furcata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. Localities and geologic occurrence.-—Canal Zone, Pleistocene at sta- tions 5850 and 6039, Mount Hope, and 6554, dug out of mud flat, about 1 foot above ordinary high-tide level, Colon, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Costa Rica, Moin Hill, Niveau a, H. Pittier collection. Pontes furcata is a common Pleistocene species. It is usual in the material behind elevated, sea-front reefs of the West Indies and east- ern Central America, and it is one of the most abundant corals on the flats inside the living coral reefs in the same region and Florida. It has not been found in Bermudas. 1 PORITES BARACOAENSIS, new species. Plate 147, figs. 1, la. Corallum composed of slender branches. The type, a fragment of a branch, is 26 mm. long; lower end, subcircular in cross section, 6.25 mm. in diameter; 8.5 below upper end, the diameter is 6 by 8 mm., showing some flattening just below a bifurcation. Calices polygonal, excavated but rather shallow; diameter from 1.25 to 2.25 mm., about 1.75 mm. usual. Wall straight, acute or with rather coarse knots corresponding to the outer ends of the septa; a distinct mural shelf is present in all or nearly all calices. Septa arranged into a solitary directive, four lateral pairs, and a ventral triplet. There is a circle of septal granules detached from the wall and fused by their bases, forming a mural shelf on the inner margin of which the granules stand up as compressed knots or as 1 See Verrill, Cone Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 15S, 1902. 500 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. plates. Usually there are six pali; that is, normally there are pali before the lateral pairs, the solitary directive, and the triplet. In a few calices there is a palus before each member of the triplet, making eight pali in all; and in a few calices there is no recognizable palus before the solitary directive, the total number of pali being only five. The pali are solidly fused in the bottom of the calice one to another and to the columella tangle. No columellar tubercle was seen in any calice. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Miocene, Cuba, station 3476, marl, Baracoa, collected by T. W. Vaughan (type). Miocene, Jamaica, Bowden marl, Bowden, received from Hon. T. H. Aldrich. Type.—No. 325069, U.S.N.M. There is no other previously described species of Porites, fossil or living, in tropical or subtropical America closely resenbling P. baracoaensis. Superficially it looks like the living P.furcata Lamark or P. divaricata Le Sueur; but the definite mural shelf, above which the wall stands at its distal edge and the special granules on its inner edge, is distinctive. PORITES BARACOAENSIS var. MATANZASENSIS, new variety. Plate 147, figs. 2, 2a, 3, 4. Corallum composed of attenuate branches of small diameter. A fragment 15 mm. long is 3 mm. in diameter at one end and 3.25 mm, in diameter at the other. The maximum diameter of a branch seems to be about 3.75 mm., except where there is some flattening just below a bifurcation. The length of branches exceeds 20 mm., and probably is as much as 40 to 50 mm., or even more. Calices polygonal, very shallow or even surficial; diameter from 2 to 2.75 mm. Wall slightly elevated, continuous and acute or with knots corresponding to the outer ends of the septa. Usually there is a distinct mural shelf. The septal characters are the same as those of P. baracoaensis, ex- cept that the pali are less conspicuous and the septa in the upper half of the calice are usually elongated and have between three and five teeth on their margins between the wall and the columella tangle. But in some calices the upper septa are not produced, and in these the septal characters are the same as in typical P. baracoaensis. Be- cause of the presence of calices presenting the same characters as those of typical P. baraocodensis , a varietal designation seems all that is justifiable. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Miocene, Cuba, station 3461, marl, gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.—No. 325067a, U.S.N.M. (pi. 147, figs. 2, 2a.). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 501 Paratypes.—W os. 325067&, U.S.N.M. Apparently the specimens from Yumuri gorge lived in deeper or quieter water than those from Baracoa, for the differences are of the kind incident to such differences in ecologic conditions. The speci- mens of Stylophora granulata from the Yumuri gorge are decidedly more attenuate than those from Baracoa; and the specimens referred to Madracis mirabilis are very slender and fragile. PORITES DOUVILLEI, new species. Plate 149, figs. 2, 2a; plate 151, figs. 1, la. Corallum composed of compressed, more or less coalescent branches. Plate 151, figure 1, represents a part of a corallum 66 mm. long, 15 mm. in maximum thickness, and 40 mm. wide; the specimen, represented by figure 2 of plate 149, is 35.5 mm. long and 11 mm. in maximum thickness. Calices shallow, polygonal, 1.25 to 2 mm. in diameter, 1.5 mm. probably about an average; separated by usually continuous, straight, membraniform walls, along the top of which are a few mural denticles corresponding to the outer ends of the septa; where the septa are distally forked there may be a denticle for each fork. Septa forming four lateral pairs, two on each side of the plane of symmetry, a solitary directive, and a ventral triplet with the inner ends of its members free from each other. A ring of thickish septal granules is detached from the wall, standing about half way between it and the palar ring; the outer ends of a number of septa fork between the septal granule and the wall. Pali well-developed, formula complete or suppressed on one or more members of the triplets, suggestions of trident formation in some calices. Synapti- culae in two rings, the outer corresponds in position with the septal granules and is usually incomplete, the inner is the palar synapticular ring and normally is complete. Columella tangle consists of a central tubercle joined by radii to the pali. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, quarry in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Cotypes —Cat. No. 325106 (2 specimens), U.S.N.M, PORITES TOULAI, new species. Plate 150, figs. 1, la, 2, 3, 4. Corallum composed of elongate, rather slender, subterete, or only slightly compressed branches. The following measurements of broken branches indicate the shape and size. 502 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Measurements of branches of Porites touiai. Specimen No. Length. Diameter oflower end. Diameter of upper end. 1 mm. 40.5 46 74 mm. 7 by 8 13. 5 by 14 11 by 17 mm. 6. 75 by 7. 5 12 by 14 8 by 10. 5 2 3 Specimen No. 3 lias been somewhat compressed by pressure. Calices shallow, diameter about 1.75 mm., a few large calices have a greater diameter of as much as 2.5 mm. There is a pronounced tendency for the calices to occur in rather short, longitudinal series. One series is 5.5 mm. long and contains 4 calices, one of which is immature; another series, which is slightly curved, is 7.5 mm. long and contains 5 calices. The calices within a series are separated by indistinct walls ; in fact, between some no definite wall is recogniz- able, the distal ends of septa from one calicinal center being continu- ous with the distal ends of the septa belonging to the next center! Such series are formed by fission. The walls between adjacent series are definite; a wall-ridge is usually but not invariably recognizable, it is interrupted and straight or somewhat zigzag. There is in places a considerable development of intercalicular or interserial reticulum, in which the radial (costal) skeletal elements are conspicuous. The septal arrangement is irregular as would be expected in a coral in which asexual reproduction is largely by fission. Groups of calices from two specimens are shown on plate 150, figures la, 4. The scheme where complete seems to be a solitary directive, two lateral pairs on each side of the plane of symmetry, and a ventral triplet in which the inner ends of the lateral members converge toward the included directive and join it by synapticulae, but such a schematic arrangement is rarely recognizable. There are usually from 10 to 14 septa fusing in pairs or in threes, with a solitary septum, the directive plane being indicated in many calices by an elongate septum, to the inner end of which the columellar tubercle may be attached. Usually coarse septal granules slightly detached from the wall form a ring, and the pali form a ring surrounding the columellar tangle. There is indefiniteness and irregularity in the pali as there is in the septa; the normal number seems to be five or six. There are an outer ring of synapticulae, more or less fused to or detached from the wall, and an inner palar ring. There is a well developed, rather prominent columellar tubercle, which is joined by radii to the inner ends of the septa. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, quarry in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Type.—Cat. No. 325105a, U.S.N.M. pi. 150, figs. 1, la. Paratypes.—Cat. No. 3251055, U.S.N.M. (3 specimens). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 503 PORITES ASTREOIDES Lamarck. 1816. Pontes astreoides Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 269. 1887. Pontes astreoides Rathbun, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc, vol. 10, p. 354. 1901. Pontes astreoides Vaughan, IT. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 317, pi. 32; pi. 33; pi. 34, figs. 1, 2. 1902. Pontes astreoides Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 160, pi. 31, fig. 4. 1902. Porites verrilli Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 161, pi. 31, fig. 5. 1903. Porites astraeoides Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem., vol. 8, p. 550, pis. 3-5, figs. 28-42. 1912. Porites astreoides Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, pp. 148-156, pi. 4, figs. 3a, 3c?, 3e; pi. 5, figs. 56, pi. 6, figs, lc, 2e. 1915. Porites astreoides Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 597. 1916. Porites astreoides Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci.' Proc, vol. 2, p. 98. 1916. Porites^ astreoides Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 12, pp. 226, 227, 228, 231. This is one of the coral species to which I devoted much attention during my field studies in Florida and the Bahamas. The results of my observations and experiments have mostly been published in Yearbook Nos. 7 to 14, inclusive, of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Localities and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, Pleistocene, station 6039, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. This species is general in both the living and the Pleistocene coral reefs of the Caribbean region and Florida. It is also found living both in the Bermudas and on the Brazilian reefs. 1 I collected in the Miocene La Cruz marl in and near Santiago, Cuba, a number of specimens of a massive species of Porites that I can not distinguish from P. astreoides. The station numbers are 3436 and 3438, south side of the city along the trocha; 3446, first deep cutting east of La Cruz, along the railroad. PORITES PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 148, figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a. The type is the upper part of a plate, which is 90 mm. tall, 75 mm. wide, and 28 mm. in maximum thickness near the lower end. One side is nearly flat, while on the other there are two low gibbosities. (See pi. 148, fig. 3.) Calices excavated but not very deep, circumscribed, 1.5 to 2 mm. in diameter, or confluent in short series of about three calices. Wall coarse, rather ragged in appearance, forms a considerably interrupted, usually straight, occasionally zigzag, elevated ridge with coarse knots along its top. As asexual reproduction is largely by fission, there are no definite walls between many calicinal centers. i Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 161, 1902. 37149—19—Bull. 103 21 504 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. There is irregularity in the number and arrangement of the septa resulting from the formation of new calices by fission. They are usually rather thick and in many calices are bent in an irregular way. In fully developed calices there are 12 septa with the usual solitary directive, four lateral pairs, and a directive triplet. The laterals of the triplet are more or less free from the directive of the group, but usually appear to converge toward its inner end. Septal granules irregular in development, rarely forming a definite, clear-cut ring, more or less attached to the wall. Pali from six to eight in number, irregular in development. No definite outer synapticular ring, but a few synapticulae correspond in position to the septal granules ; palar synapticular ring better developed. There is a columellar tubercle rising in the middle of an irregular columellar tangle. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, stations 6015 and 6016, quarries in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. Macdonald. Type.—So. 325063, U.S.N.M. Paratypes.—Nos. 325064, U.S.N.M. (2 specimens). The type and three other specimens are plates with undulations or low gibbosities on the sides. This growth-form grades into nodose columns (see pi. 148, fig. 1, for growth habit, and fig. 2 for an enlarged view of the calices of another specimen of similar growth-form). As the good suite of specimens shows that these are only intergrading growth-forms of the same species and as they occur together at sta- tion 6016, separate nomenclatorial designation appears unnecessary. PORITES ANGU1LLENSIS, new species. Plate 149, figs. 1, la, 16 (type); plate 150, fig. 5. The following is a description of the type: Corallum composed of thin, more or less undulate, separate laminae, resting one on another. The underside epithecate to the edge, the epitheca minutely, regularly, and concentrically striate. The type-specimen consists of two such laminae, both broken. The greatest thickness of the two is about 15 mm., the greatest width 58 mm. One lamina is 5 mm. thick in its thickest portion, the edge is thinner. The calices "are shallow, subcircular, 1.7 to 2.3 mm. in diameter, separated by flat coenenchymal walls, 0.8 to 1 mm. across. The coenenchyma is perforate, but rather compact and costate. Septa rather thick, normal number 12, with solitary directive, four lateral pairs, and the laterals on the sides of the principal direc- tive loosely fused to it or continued to the columella tangle. Pah, usually six in number, before the lateral pairs, on the ends of the solitary and principal directives. As a rule, there is a prominent dentation at the inner edge of the wall. Synapticulae well developed, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 505 three rows in the wall, and a ring of thick ones, coinciding with the palar ring, around the axis of each corallite. Trabeculae of columellar tangle coarse; axial tubercle present. In longitudinal section there are in 3.5 mm. about 11 synapticulae ; in the same distance about 10 vertical rods. The spaces of approximately the same thickness as the solid parts, except that the median portion of a synapticula is thinner than its ends. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Island of Anguilla, West Indies, collected by P. T. Cleve; Crocus Bay, Anguilla, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Canal Zone, station 6016, in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Type.—University of Upsala. Duplicate specimen from the Cleve collection and other specimens in the United States National Museum. This is an abundant species at Crocus Bay, Anguilla, where I col- lected it in both the lower and the upper part of the exposure on the south side of the bay. The epitheca is not always distinct on the lower surface, but I can not be sure whether it has been worn off or was not developed. One of the two specimens from Empire, Canal Zone, is represented by plate 150, figure 5. The calicular characters are obscure but they seem to be the same as those of P. anguillensis. The general facies of the specimens is identical with that of P. anguillensis. Subgenus Synaraea Verrill. 1864. Synaraea Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 1, p. 42. Type-species.—None was designated by Verrill; therefore I select as the type-species Pontes erosa Dana, the first species in Verrill's fist of those referred by him to Synaraea. PORITES (SYNARAEA) HOWEI, new species. Plate 151, figs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 4. Corallum composed of rather small, slightly or greatly compressed, even subpalmate, branches, on some of which longitudinal carinae are well developed. Plate 151, figures 2, 3, 3a, are natural size illustra- tions of two specimens. The thickness of the lower end of the speci- men represented by figure 2 is 6 mm., of the upper end of the same specimen about 5.5 mm.; the width and length of the specimen are indicated by the figure. The calices are small, about 1 mm. in diameter, and occur more or less in series from 5 to 18 mm. long between reticular coenenchyma! ridges, that range in thickness from a merely dividing partition up to 2 mm. wide, and in height up to a maximum of about 1 mm. Septa small, 12 in number, with the usual poritid arrangement. The laterals of the triplet converge toward the inner end of the direc- 506 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tive and fuse to it at the periphery of the columellar tangle. A circle of fairly prominent septal granules distinguishable just within and more or less attached to the wall. Pah small, but distinct and relatively prominent, usually six in number, on the inner ends of the two directives and before the lateral pairs. The synapticular rings are very clearly distinguishable, apparently there are two, the outer of irregular development. Columellar tangle well developed, with a small, erect central tubercle. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, quarry in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Cotypes.—lXo. 325113, U.S.N.M. (3 specimens). PORITES (SYNARAEA) MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 152, figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a, 4, 5, 5a. Corallum begins growth as an explanate plate with humps and gibbosities on its upper surface, by continued growth the protuber- ances rise into crests and compressed columiform lobes. The series of illustrations on plate 152, figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, indicate the growth- forms. Calices of moderate size, average about 1.5 mm. in diameter, occur separately or in series, usually in series which range in length from the diameter of two or three calices up to 18 mm. long with 11 calices. Within the series, although the calicinal centers are clearly demarked, the walls between adjacent calices are only slightly developed, but the series are separated by distinct fairly continuous walls, which are costate on top, or by coarsely reticular coenenchyma. In many places the reticulum rises upward between calices, especially at their corners, and forms papillae, similar to those in the papillate species of Montipora. Such papillae may be single, with a basal diameter of about 1 mm. and a height also of about 1 mm., or they may fuse and form ridges as much as 7 mm. long and 1.5 mm. thick at the base. The reticulum composing the papillae is of coarse texture. As new calices are largely formed by fission, the septal arrangement is not definitely schematic. Where it appears possible to recognize a ventral directive, the laterals of the triplet are joined to it by synapticulae at the periphery of the columellar tangle. There is a ring of septal granules slightly detached from the wall, and corres- ponding to it in position is an incomplete ring of synapticulae; pari are present, but usually indefinite in development, in one calice there appear to be eight; palar synapticulae indefinite. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 507 Columellar tangle composed of indefinite, confused processes from the inner ends of the septa among which an axial plate is recog- nizable in a few calices. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, station 6016, quar- ry in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Anguilla, station 6833, Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Gotypes,—No. 325046a, U.S.N.M. (4 specimens.) The identification of the specimen represented by plate 152, figures 5, 5a (No. 325046&, U.S.N.M.), is not positive. Class HYDROZOA. Order HYDROCORALLINAE Moseley. 1 Family MILLEPORIDAE L. Aggassiz. Genus MILLEPORA Linnaeus. MILLEPORA ALCICORNIS Linnaeus. 1758. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 791. 1898. Millepora alcicornis Hickson, Zool. Soc. London Proc. for 1898, p. 256. 1901. Millepora alcicornis Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol 2, p. 318, pis. 35-38. Locality and geologic occurrence.—Canal Zone, Pleistocene, stations 5850 and 6039, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. One of the two specimens is partly incrusted by Polytrema mineaceum (Linnaeus). Millepora alcicornis is found living on the West Indian and Floridian coral reefs nearly everywhere there are such reefs and in the Bermudas. According to Hickson, there is only one living species, which is Indo-Pacific as well as Atlantic in its distri- bution. EXPLANATIONS OF PLATES. Plate 68. West Indian Shore Lines. p e A. Five Islands Harbor, Antigua 273 B. Spencer Bay, Antigua 273 C. Publiken Bay, St. Bartholomew 275 D. St. Jean Bay, St. Bartholomew 275 Plate 69. West Indian Shore Lines. A. Pointe Blanche, St. Martin 276 B. East side of Crocus Bay, north side of Anguilla 276 C. Calls Pond, Anguilla 277 D. Shore, south side of Anguilla, looking toward St. Martin 276 1 These organisms are not corals, but, as they are usually associated with corals and contribute calcium carbonate to reefs, accounts of them are frequently included in discussion of Madreporia. 508 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 70. West Indian Shore Lines. Page. A. Looking into the mouth of Charlotte Amalia Harbor, St. Thomas 279 B. Cliffs on southern shore of St. Thomas 279 C. Alluvial plain at head of an embayment, St. Thomas 279 D. Mountains on north, limestone plain on south, St. Croix 258 Plate 71. West Indian Shore Lines. A. Santiago Harbor, Cuba, looking into the harbor; slightly elevated coral reef rock in left foreground 264 B. Santiago Harbor, Cuba, looking seaward through its mouth 281 C. Yumuri gorge, Matanzas, Cuba 284 D. Yumuri Valley above the gorge 284 Plate 72. Views of Isle of Pines, Cuba. A. The general plain 286 B. Daguilla, a monadnock of hard rock 286 C. Lower part of course of Santa Fe River 286 Plate 73. Model of Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea 299 Plate 74. Stylophora imperatoris, new species. Figs. 1, la. Two views of the type, from station 6016, Empire, Canal Zone. 1. Corallum, natural size 334 la. Calices, X 8. The slightly protuberant upper calicular margins are at the right in the figure 334 2. A second specimen from station 6016, X 3 334 3. A third specimen from station 6016, natural size 334 4. 4a. Two views of a specimen from station 6894, lowest bed, Crocus Bay, Anguilla. 4. Part of surface, natural size 335 4a. Calices, X 3. Compare figures 2 and 4a 335 5. Specimen, natural size, from station 5853, Canal Zone 335 Plate 75. Figs. 1, la. Stylophora panamensis, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Corallum, natural size 335 la. Calices, X 8 335 2, 3, 4. Stylophora goethalsi, new species. 2. Type, corallum, natural size 338 3. Tip of a branch, natural size 338 4. Calices of another specimen, X 8 338 5, 5a, 6, 6a, 7a. Stylophora macdonaldi, new species. 5. Tip of a branch, natural size ; 5a, the same, X 3 339 6. A part of a branch, natural size; 6a, the same, X 3 339 7. Part of another branch, natural size; 7a, calices of the same, X 8 339 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 509 Plate 76. Figs. 1, la. Stylophora portobellensis, new species, two views of the type. Page. 1. Corallum, natural size 338 la. Calices, X 3 338 2, 2a. Stylophora canalis, new species, two views of the type. 2. Corallum, natural size 341 2a. Calices, X 8 341 3, 3a, 36. Pocillopora arnoldi, new species, three views of the type. 3. 3a. Branch, natural size 343 36. Calices, X 8 343 4, 4a. Astrocoenia portoricensis , new species, two views of the type. 4. Corallum, natural size 350 4a. Calices, X 5....'. 350 Plate 77. Figs. 1, la. Pocillopora baracoaensis, new species. 1. Branch, natural size 344 la. Calices, X 5 344 2, 2a. Pocillopora guantanamensis, new species. 2. Corallum, natural size 344 2a. Calices, X 5 344 3, 3a, 36. Thysanus hayesi, new species. 3. Calicular surface, X 2 424 3a. Base, X 2 _. . . 424 36. Side, X 2 424 Plate 78. Figs. 1, la. Astrocoenia portoricensis, new species, two views of form with subterete branches. 1. Branch, natural size 351 la. Calices, X 5 351 2, 2a. Astrocoenia d'achiardii Duncan. 2. Branch, natural size 346 2a. Calices, X 5 346 3, 3a, 4, 4a. Astrocoenia decaturensis, new species. 3. View, natural size, of the corallum; 3a, calices, X 5, of the type from near Bainbridge, Ga 348 4. View, natural size, of the corallum; 4a, calices, X 5, of a specimen from Antigua 348 Plate 79. Figs. 1, la, 2. Astrocoenia guantanamensis, new species. 1. Corallum, natural size; la, calices, X 5, of type, from Guantanamo, Cuba 347 2. Specimen from Tonosi, Panama; calices, X 5 347 3, 3a. Astrocoenia meinzeri, new species. 3. Corallum, natural size 349 3a. Calices, X 5 349 4, 4a, 46. Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncau. 4. Corallum, natural size 360 4a. Costae, X 4 360 46. Calices, X 3 360 510 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 80. Figs. 1, la, lb, 2, 3. Archohelia limonensis, new genus and species. Page. 1. Corallum, natural size; la, calice, X 4; 16, axial corallite, X 4, of the type 353 2, 3. Views, natural size, of two paratypes 353 4, 5, 6, 6a. Asterosmilia hilli, new species. 4. Corallum, X 2 355 5. Corallum, X 2Jr 355 6. Corallum, X 2£, 6a, calice, X 3, of the same specimen 355 7, 7a, 76. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander), three views of the specimen identified by Milne Edwards and Haime as Heli- astraea stellulata (Ellis and Solander). 7. Corallum, five-sixths natural size 373 7a. Calices, X H 373 76. Longitudinal section of corallites, X 3£ 373 Plate 81. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). Figs. 1, la. Two views of a typical specimen from Tortugas, Florida. 1. Corallum, natural size 366 la. Calices, X 3 366 2. Variant with nodular surface, X i, from Tortugas, Florida 367 Plate 82. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). Figs. 1, la. Variant from Mayaguez, Porto Rico. 1. Corallum, X £ 368 la. Calices, X 3 368 2. Variant, discoidal in form, Xi, from Fort Taylor, Key West, Florida. . 368 Plate 83. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). Fig. 1. Calices of Verrill's type of Orbicella hispidula, X3 368 2. Calices, X3, of a specimen from Port Castries, Saint Lucia 369 3, 3a. Two views of a specimen of Orbicella hispidula Verrill, from the reef east of Cocoanut Point, Andros Island, Bahamas. 3. Corallum, Xi 368 3a. Part of the surface, natural size 368 Plate 84. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). Fig. 1. Calices of the type of Echinoporafranksi Gregory, X3 371 2. Corallum of columnar growth-form from Tortugas, Florida, natural size. 367 3, 3a. Two views of a variant with columnar growth-form from Westpunt, Curacao. 3. Corallum, natural size 371 3a. Calices, X3 371 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 511 Plate 85. Orbicella limbata (Duncan). Pageu Figs. 1, la. Two views of an original specimen of Duncan's Plcsiastraea ramea. 1. Corallum, natural size 376 la. Calices, X3 376 2, 2a, 2b. Three views of the same specimen in the Museum of Compar- ative Zoology. 2. Longitudinal section, natural size 377 2a. Longitudinal section, X5 377 2b. Calices, X3 377 3, Calices, X3, of another specimen 377 4, 4a. Two views of one of the original specimens referred to by Duncan as Phyllocoenia sculpla var. tegula. 4. Surface of corallum, natural size 377 4a. Calices, X3 377 Plate 86. Figs. 1, la. Stylangia panamensis, new species. 1. Corallum, natural size 410 la. Costse, X4 410 2, 3, 4, 5. Orbicella imperatoris, new species. 2. Calices of a cotype, X3£ 378 3. Calices of a second cotype, X3J 378 4. Longitudinal section of the corallites of a cotype, natural size 378 5. Calices of a specimen from Cienaga, Cuba, X3J 378 6, 6a. Septastrea matsoni, new species. 6. Corallum, natural size 411 6a. Calices, X4. 411 Plate 87. Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus). Four views of the same specimen. Figs. 1. Calices of one end, natural size. Corallites protuberant; costae low, thick, equal or subequal 381 la. Calices of the other end, natural size. Corallites low; last cycle of costae very small or obsolete, costae of lower cycles tall and thin. 382 16. Longitudinal section of corallite, X2 381 lc. Exothecal cells, X2 381 Plate 88. Orbicella cavernosa (Linnaeus). Fig. 1. Marginal calices, natural size, of a specimen from 9 miles northwest of Key West, Florida 380 2. Calices natural size of a specimen from Tortugas, Florida 380 3, 3a, 3b. Three views of the specimen labeled Orbicella compacta Rathbun, from Brazil (lat. 12° 48' S. ; long. 38° W.). This is probably a valid variety of 0. cavernosa. 3. Upper surface of corallum, natural size 384 3a. A group of calices, X2 384 3b. Longitudinal section of corallites, X2 384 512 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 89. Figs. 1, la. Orbicella cavernosa var. endothecata (Duncan); two views of one of Duncan's original specimens. Page. 1. Outer surface ; la, longitudinal section of corallites, each natural size , 384 2. Orbicella cavernosa vox. cylindrica (Duncan) ; calices, natural size, of one of Duncan's original specimens 385 3. Orbicella aperta (Verrill). Calices natural size 386 Plate 90. Orbicella bainbridgensis, new species. Four views of the type. Figs. 1. Upper surface of the corallum, natural size 386 la. Calices, X4 386 16. Longitudinal section of a corallite, X4 386 lc. Exotheca, X4 386 Plate 91. Figs. 1, la. Orbicella costata (Duncan). Cross-section of corallites of one of Duncan's original specimen. Figure 1, natural size; figure la, X3 388 2. Orbicella costata (Duncan). View natural size of a specimen from Antigua .* . 388 3. 3a. Orbicella costata (Duncan). Two views, each natural size of another specimen from Antigua 388 4. Goniastrea canalis, new species. Calices of the type, X3| 416 Plate 92. Orbicella costata (Duncan^. Fig. 1. Specimen from 4 miles west of Lares, Porto Rico, natural size 388 2. Specimen from Culebra formation, Las Cascadas, Canal Zone; calices, X4 388 3/Specimen from Anguilla, natural size 388 Plate 93. Orbicella costata (Duncan). Two views of the same specimen from Anguilla. Fig. 1. Calices, X4 388 la. Corallum, natural size 388 Plate 94. Orbicella canalis, new species. Figs. 1, la. Two views of the type. 1 . Corallum, natural size 389 la. Calices, X4 389 2, 2a. Two views of a paratype from the Canal Zone. 2. Corallum, natural size 389 2a. Calices, X4 389 3, 3a. Two views of a varietal form from Anguilla. 3. Corallum, natural size 389 3a. Calices, X4 389 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 513 Plate 95. Orbicella tampaensis, new species. Pago. Fig. 1. Corallum, natural size, of the type 390 2, 2a. Two views of the same paratype. 2. Corallum, natural size 390 2a. Calices and cost*, X2 390 3, 3a. Two views of another paratype, Wagner Free Institute of Science. 3. Corallum, natural size 390 3a. Calices and costee, X2 390 Plate 96. Orbicella tampaensis var. silecensis, new variety. General view of the type, natural size, Wagner Free Institute of Science. 390 Plate 97. Fig. 1. Orbicella brevis (Duncan). View, natural size, of the type, Geological Society of London 391 2, Orbicella intermedia (Duncan). View, natural size, of the type, Geo- logical Society of London 393 3, 3a. Orbicella irradians (Milne Edwards and Haiine). Two views of the same specimen. 3. Corallum, natural size 395 3a. Calices and costae, X2 395 4, 4a. Orbicella canalis, new species. Two views of the same specimen. 4. Calice and costae, X4 389 4a. Corallum, natural size 389 Plate 98. Figs. 1, 2, 2a. Orbicella insignis (Duncan). 1. Cross-section of corallitesof one of Duncan's original specimen, X2, Geological Society of London 393 2. Cross-section of corallites; 2a, longitudinal section, showing endo- theca and exotheca of a specimen from Serro Colorado, Arube. Both figures X2 393 3, 3a. Anliguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). 3. Corallum, natural size; 3a, calices, X2, of a typical specimen, from Antigua 403 4, 4a. Antiguastrea cellulosa var. curvata (Duncan). 4. Corallum, natural size; 4a, calices, X2, of the same specimen from A ntigua 408 Plate 99. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). Figs. 1, la. Two views of a specimen with protuberant, separate corallite limbs, from Willoughby Bay, Antigua. 1. Corallum, natural size 403 la. Calices, X4 403 2, 2a. Two views of a specimen from Cathedral, St. John, Antigua. Cal- ices on one end excavated; on the other end shallow, tumid around the margins. 2. Corallum, natural size 404 2a. Calice, X6 404 3, 3a. Two views of a second specimen from Cathedral, St. John, Antigua. Calices shallow, distant, tumid around the margins. 3. Corallum, natural size 405 3a. Calices, X6 ' 405 514 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 100. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). Page. Fig. 1. Photograph of thin cross-section of corallites, X6; shows the large, lamellar columella. Specimen from Cathedral, St. John, Antigua.. 405 2, Photograph of thin cross-section of corallites, X6; columella not so wide as in figure 1 . Specimen from Cathedral, St. John, Antigua 405 3, 3a. Two views of a specimen from station 6S56, Friar's Hill, Antigua. 3 . Corallum, natural size 405 3a. Calices, X6 405 4, 4a. Two views of a specimen of the kind designated Isastrsea turbinata by Duncan. 4. Corallum, natural size .' 406 4a. Calices, X4 406 Plate 101. Figs. 1, la. Antiguastrea cellulosa var. silecensis, new variety. Two views of the type, from Flint River near Bainbridge, Georgia. 1. Upper surface of the corallum, natural size 408 la. Calices, X3 408 2, 2a. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). Two views of the same specimen, from the Byram calcareous marl, Vicksburg, Miss. 2. Part of upper surface of the corallum, natural size 407 2a. Calices, X4 407 Plate 102. Figs. 1, la. Antiguastrea elegans (Reuss) Vaughan. Two views of a specimen from Fontana della Bova di San Lorenzo, Italy, out of beds of Rupelian (middle Oligocene) age. 1 . Upper surface, natural size 409 la. Calices, X4 409 2. Favia macdonaldi, new species. Corallum, upper surface, natural size. Enlarged view of cross-section of corallites shown on plate 103, fig. 1 413 Plate 103. Fig. 1. Favia macdonaldi, new species. Cross-section of corallites, X2. Gen- eral view of corallum, plate 102, fig. 2 413 2, 2a. Favites mexicana, new species. Two views of the same specimen. 2. Corallum, natural size 414 2a. Calices, X4 414 3. 4, 4a. Maeandra antiguensis, new species. 3. Upper surface of a cotype, natural size 417 4. Upper surface of the second cotype, natural size; 4a, part of surface of the same, X4 417 Plate 104. Figs. 1, la. Maeandra dumblei, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size 418 la. Part of surface, X4 418 2, 2a. Manicina willoughbiensis , new species. 2. Lower surface, natural size, of the type. Upper surface, illustrated by plate 105 422 2a. Part of lower surface of a paratype, X2 422 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 515 Plate 105. Page. Manicina willoughbiensis, new species. Upper surface, natural size. Lower surface illustrated by plate 104, figure 2 422 Plate 106. Figs. 1, la, 16. Syzygophyllia hayesi, new species. Three views of the type. 1. Calicular surface, natural size 424 la. Side view, natural size 424 16. Epitheca, X5. Specimen photographed in horizontal position; the top toward the right 424 2, 2a, 26. Trochoseris meinzeri, new species. Three views of the type. 2. Corallum, side view, natural size 426 2a. Calice, natural size 426 26. Septa, X5 426 Plate 107. Figs. 1, la. Maeandra portoricensis, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size 418 la. Part of upper surface, X2 418 2, 2a, 26. Leptoseris portoricensis, new species. Three views of the type. 2. Calicular surface, natural size 431 2a. Outer surface, natural size 431 26. Costae of outer surface, X4 431 Plate 108. Figs. 1, la, 16. Orbicella gabbi, new species. Three views of the holotype, Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. 1. Cross section of corallites, natural size 394 la. Cross section of a corallite, X2 394 16. Endotheca and exotheca, X4 394 2, 3, 4. Agaricia anguillensis, new species. A view, natural size, of each of three cotypes, University of Upsala 428 Plate 109. Figs. 1, la. Agaricia dominicensis , new species. Two views of the type. 1. Calicular surface, X2 428 la. Lower surface, X2 428 2, 2a, 3. Leptoria spenceri, new species. 2. 2a. Two views of the upper surface of the holotype; figure 2, natural size; figure 2a, X2 421 3. Upper surface, natural size, a worn paratype. 421 Plate 110. Pavona panamensis, new species. Figs. 1, la, 16. Three views of a cotype in which the septa strongly alternate in prominence around the calices, but the septo-costae in places are subequal. 1. Calicular surface, natural size 430 la. Calices, X4 430 16. Calices, X4 430 516 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Page. Figs. 2, 2a. Two views of a cotype in which the septa are subequal in promi- nence around the calices. 2. General view of the corallum, natural size 430 2a. Calices and septocostae, X4 430 3, 3a. Two views of a specimen intermediate in its septal and septo-costal characters between the preceding specimens. 3. View, natural size 431 3a. Calices and septo-costae, X4 431 Plate 111. Pironastraea anguillensis, new species. Figs. 1, la, 16. Three views of the holotype. 1. Part of upper surface, natural size 433 la. Part of lower surface, natural size 433 16. Valleys and collines, X5 : 433 Plate 112. Figs. 1, la. Pironastraea anguillensis, new species. Two views of paratype. 1. Part of upper surface, natural size 433 la. Valleys and collines, X5 433 2, 2a. Pironastraea antiguensis, new species. Two views of the holotype, from Antigua. 2. Upper surface, natural size 434 2a. Part of upper surface, X5 434 Plate 113. Pironastraea antiguensis, new species. Figs. 1, la. Two views of a specimen from near Guantanamo, Cuba. 1. Part of upper surface, natural size 434 la. Part of upper surface, X5 434 Plate 114. Figs. 1. Siderastrea radians (Pallas). Calices, X 6, of a specimen from off Cocoa- nut Point, Andros Island, Bahamas 439 2, 3. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). 2. Calices, X6, of a specimen from Guanica Centrale, Porto Rico 444 3. Calices, X6, of another specimen, the usual form of the species, also from Guanica Centrale, Porto Rico 444 4, 4a. Siderastrea siderea var. dominicensis, new variety. Two views of the type. 4. Corallum, natural size 447 4a. Calices, X6 447 Plate 115. Figs. 1, la. Siderastrea pourtalesi, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Corallum, natural size 440 la. Calices, X 6 440 2, 2a, 26. Siderastrea stellata Verrill. Three views of the same specimen. 2. Corallum, one-half natural size 440 2a. Part of surface above the lower edge, X 2 440 26. Summit calices, X 6 440 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 517 Plate 116. Siderastrea silecensis, new species. Page. Figs. 1, la. Two views of the type. 1. Corallum, one-half natural size 447 la. Calices, X 6 447 2. Photograph of thin section of corallites of specimen from the same locality as the type, X 6 447 3. Calices, X 6, of a specimen supposed to come from the "silex" bed at Tampa, Florida 448 Plate 117. Figs. 1, la, 16. Siderastrea silecensis, new species. Three views of a specimen from Coronet Phosphate Mine, Florida. 1. Weathered cross section of corallites, X 6 449 la. Longitudinal section of a corallite, X 6 449 16. Thin section of corallites, X 6 449 2. Siderastrea hillsboroensis, new species. Weathered cross section of corallites of holotype, X 6 442 3. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan). Calices, X 6, of a specimen from sta- tion 6893, the middle or the upper horizon at Crocus Bay, Anguilla. . 453 Plate 118. Figs. 1, la. Siderastrea silecensis, new species. Two views, each X 6, of the calices of a specimen from near Bainbridge, Georgia 449 2, 2a, 26, 3. Siderastrea pliocenica, new species. 2. 2a, 26. Three views of the type. 2, corallum, natural size; 2a, cali- ces, X 4; 26, calices, X 6 441 3. Worn calices of another specimen, X 6 441 Plate 119. Siderastrea dalli, new species. 1, la. Two views of the type. 1. Corallum, natural size 450 la. A group of calices, X 4 450 2. Calices of another specimen, X 6 450 Plate 120. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan). Fig. 1. Cross section, X 3, of corallites of Duncan's type, Geological Society of London 451 2, 2a. Two views of a specimen from the Pepino formation, 4 miles west of Lares, Porto Rico. 2. Corallum, natural size 452 2a. Calices, X 6 452 3, 4. Specimens from Anguilla. 3. Calices, X 6 453 4 . Calices of another specimen, X 6 453 Plate 121. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan). Figs. 1, la. Two views of a specimen from the Culebra formation, Canal Zone. 1. Upper surface, natural size 453 la. Calices, X 6 453 2, 2a. Two views of a specimen from Anguilla. 2. Upper surface, natural size 453 2a. Calices, X 6 453 518 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 122. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis Solander). Page. Fig. 1. Oalices, X 6, of a specimen from Tortugas, Florida, water 8 to 9 fathoms deep 444 2, 2a, 26. Three views of a specimen, apparently referable to this species from zone H, Rio Gurabo, Santo Domingo. 2. Corallum, natural size 445 2a, 21. Calices, X 6 445 3, 3a. Two views of a specimen from the Bowden marl, Jamaica. 3. Corallum, natural size 444 3a. Calices, X 6 444 Plate 123. Cyathomorpha rochettina (Michelin) Reis. Six views of the same specimen, from Crosara, Italy. Fig. 1. Side view, natural size 456 la. Calicular view, natural size 456 16. Basal view, natural size 456 lc. Coarse costae, X 2 456 la*. Costae at calicular edge, X 4. Shows perforations near the calicular margin 456 lc. Calice, X 4. Shows some synapticulae and that the higher cycles of septa are perforate 456 Plate 124. Cyathomorpha hilli, new species. Two views of the type. Fig. 1. Upper surface, natural size 457 la. Lower surface, natural size 457 Plate 125. Cyathomorpha hilli, new species. Figs. 1, la, 16, lc, Id. Five views of a paratype. 1 . Upper surface, natural size 457 la. Side view, natural size 457 16. Costae, X 2 457 lc. Calice, X 2 457 Id. Another calice, X 2 , 457 2, 2a. Two views of a second paratype 2. Side view, natural size 457 2a. Upper surface, natural size 457 Plate 126. Cyathomorpha browni, new species. Three views of the type. Fig. 1. Upper surface, natural size 458 la. Lower surface, natural size 458 16 . Calices and costae, X 2 458 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 519 Plate 127. Cyathomorpha anguillensis, new species. All figures natural size. Page. Fig. 1. Upper surface of type 461 2. Upper surface of a paratype with corallites somewhat smaller than those of the type 461 3. A specimen with very prominent corallites 461 4. 5. Specimens with small corallites. The specimen represented by figure 4 suggests intergradation with Cyathomorpha roxboroughi, new species 461 (All of these specimens are in the collection of the University of Upsala, Sweden.) Plate 128. Figs. 1, la, lb. Cyathomorpha belli, new species. Three views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size 459 la. Costae, X 4 459 16. Calice, X 4 459 2, 2a, 26. Cyathomorpha splendens, new species. Three views of the type. 2. Upper surface, natural size 460 2a. Lower surface, natural size 460 * 26. Costae, X 2 460 Plate 129. Figs. 1, la, lb. Cyathomorpha roxboroughi, new species. Three views of the type. 1. Corallum, side view, natural size 461 la, lb. Groups of calices, each X 2 461 2. Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan. Part of the upper sur- face of a specimen, natural size. Two other views of this specimen on plate 130, figures la, 16 465 Plate 130. Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan. Figs, 1, la. Two views of the same specimen. Upper surface illustrated by plate 129, figure 2. 1. View of outer surface of corallum to show synapticulae between the costal ends of the septa, X 4 464 la. View of wall as seen looking across a corallite, one side of which is broken away, to show synapticulae between the peripheral ends of the septa, X 4 464 2, 2a. Two views of Duncan's type of Astraea antiguensis, Geological Society of London. 2. Upper surface, natural size 464 2a. Calices, X 2 464 3. View, natural size, of a specimen with large, distant, subcircular calices 465 Plate 131. Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan. Figs. 1, la, 16. Three views of the same specimen. 1. Upper surface, natural size. Calices more crowded than on plate 130, figure 3 465 la. Costae of outer surface, X 2 465 16. A calice, X 4, to show the prominent pali 465 37149—19—Bull. 103 22 520 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. I'age. Figs. 2. A specimen, natural size, with both crowded and rather remote calices, on the same corallum 465 3. A specimen, natural size, most of the calices crowded, intercorallite areas very narrow, except at lower left-hand corner, where there is a distant, circular calice 465 4. Duncan type of Astroria antiguensis, natural size, Geological Society of London. Compare with figure 2 of this plate 466 Plate 132. Figs. 1, 2, 2a, 26. Cyalhornorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan, from Porto Rico. 1 . Calices, natural size 466 2. 2a, 2b. Three views of the same specimen. 2, corallum, natural size 2a, 26, calices, X 4 466 3,3a. Cydthomorpha tenuis (Duncan) Vaughan. Two views of a specimen from Porto Rico. 3. Corallum, natural size 467 3a. Calices, X 4 467 Plate 133. Fig. 1. Duncan's type of Astroria affinis, natural size, Geological Society of London. Probably a synonym of Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Dun- can) 466 Cyathomorpha tenuis (Duncan) Vaughan. 2. Calices, X 2, of a specimen, with crowded calices, from Porto Rico. . . 467 3, 3a, 36. Three views of a specimen from Willoughby Bay, Antigua. 3. Upper surface of corallum, natural size 467 3a. Part of upper surface, X 4, to show synapticulae between the costae 467 3b. Costae with intervening synapticulae on lower surface, X 4 467 Plate 134. Diploastrea heliopora (Lamarck) Matthai. Four views of the same specimen. Fig. 1. Upper surface, natural size ' 470 la. Costae and intervening synapticulae of lower surface, X 4 470 16. Calices, X 4, to show synapticulae between the distal ends of the septa 470 1c. Longitudinal section of a corallite, X 4, to show septal perforations, synapticulae, and dissepiments 470 Plate 135. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan) Vaughan. Fig. 1. Cross-section of the corallites of a typical specimen, natural size. Most of the septal lamellae appear dark in the figure 474 2. Cross section of the corallites of a specimen representing Duncan's variety nobilis 474 3. A young, simple corallite, side view, natural size 474 4. 4a. Two views of the same specimen. 4. Side view, natural 6ize 474 4a. Calicular view, natural size 474 5. 5a, 56. Three views of the same specimen. 5. Calicular view, natural size 475 5a. Side view, natural size 475 56. A calice, X 2 475 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 521 Plate 136. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan) Vaughan. Three views of the same specimen. Page. Fig. 1. Side view of corallum, natural size 475 la. Costae of side, X 2 4fbl- lb. Calices, natural size 47^ Plate 137. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan) Vaughan. Fig. 1. Specimen with excavated calices, natural size 475 2. Specimen with protuberant divergent corallites, natural size 475 3. Specimen with low corallites, X 2. Note the reticulate intercorallite area 475 4. 4a. Calices of the same specimen, X 2. 4. With some intercorallite reticulation 475 4a. Mostly without any intercorallite reticulation 475 5. Calices, natural size, of a specimen from the base of the Chattahoochee formation near Bainbridge, Georgia. All other specimens illus- trated on this plate are from Antigua 475 Plate 138. Figs. 1, 2, 2a. Diploastrea crassolamellata var. magnifica (Duncan) Vaughan. 1. Corallites, natural size, of a specimen from Antigua 477 2. Corallites, natural size; 2a, a smaller area, X 2, of a specimen from the base of the Chattahoochee formation near Bainbridge, Georgia. 477 3, 3a. Diploastrea crassolamellata var. nugenti (Duncan) Vaughan. Two views of the same specimen. 3. Corallum, natural size 478 3a. Calices, X 2 478 Plate 139. Figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 2a. Balanophyllia pittieri, new species. 1. Corallum, naturalsize; la, costae, X4;16,calice, X 3, of theholotype. 479 2. Corallum, natural size; 2a, calice, X 3, of a paratype 479 3, 3a. Astreopora antiguensis , new species. Two views of the type. Enlarged calices of paratype on plate 140, figure 1. 3. Corallum, one-half natural size 484 3a. Part of cross-section of lower end, X 3 484 Plate 140. Fig. 1. Astreopora antiguensis, new species. Calices of paratype, X 6. For other views see plate 139, figures 3, 3a 484 2, 2a. Astreopora portoricensis , new species. Two views of the type. 2. Corallum, natural size 485 2a. Calices, X 6 485 3, 4, 4a. Astreopora goethalsi, new species. 3. Corallum of a cotype, one-half natural size 483 4. Corallum, one-half natural size; 4a, calices, X 6, of the second cotype. 483 522 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 141. Pigs. 1, la, 16, 2. Acropora panamensis, new species. Page. 1. la, 16. Three views of the type. 1, branch, natural size; la, part of branch, X 3; 16, calice, X 8 480 2. View of a paratype, natural size 480 3, 3a, 4, 4a. Acropora saludensis, new species. 3. Branch, cotype, natural size; 3a, part of the same branch, X 3..'. .. 481 4. Branch, cotype, natural size; 4a, part of the same branch, X 3 481 Plate 142. Figs. 1, la. Goniopora hilli, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Surface of corallum, natural size 489 la. Calices, X 6 489 2, 2a, 26. Goniopora panamensis, new species. Three views of the type. 2. One surface, natural size 489 2a. The other surface, natural size 489 26. A part of the surface represented by figure 2a, X 3 489 3, 3a. Goniopora imperatoris , new species. Two views of the type. 3. Corallum, natural size 493 3a. Calices, X 6 493 Plate 143. Figs. 1, la. Goniopora decaturensis, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size 490 la. Calices, X 3 • 490 2, 2a. Goniopora decaturensis var. silecensis, new variety. Two views of the type. 2. Corallum, natural size 491 2a. Calices, X 3 491 3, 3a. Goniopora decaturensis var. bainbridgensis, new variety. Two views of the type. 3. Corallum, natural size 491 3a. Calices, X 3 ' 491 Plate 144. Goniopora jacobiana, new species. Fig. 1, la. Two views of type. 1. Corallum, one-half natural size 492 la. Calices, X 6. The thick, white radii represent interseptal filling; the septa have been dissolved and are represented by the black spaces 492 2, 2a, 3, 3a. Four views of two fragments of the same specimen horn White Springs, Florida. 2. Upper surface, natural size; 2a, calices, X 6, of the same fragment.. 493 3. Upper surface, natural size; 3a, calices, X 4, of the same fragment. . 493 Plate 145. Goniopora clevei, new species. Fig. 1. Paratype, natural size, University of Upsala 496 2. 2a. Two views the type, also University of Upsala. 2. Branch, natural size 496 2a. Calices, X 5 496 3. Paratype, natural size. An elongate branch, tip rounded 497 4. Paratype, natural size. A thicker branch; tips of branchlets obtusely rounded 497 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 523 Figs. 5, 5a. Two views of a specimen somewhat flattened by pressure. Page. 5. Natural size 497 5a. Calices, X 6 497 (Originals of figures l-5a from Anguilla.) 6, 6a. Two views of a specimen somewhat flattened by pressure, from Em- pire, Canal Zone. 6. Natural size 497 6a. Calices, X 6 497 Plate 146. Figs. 1, 2, 3. Goniopora canalis, new species. 1. Cotype, corallum, natural size 494 2. Second cotype, corallum, natural size 494 3. Third cotype, calices, X 6 494 4, 5. Goniopora portoricensis, new species. 4. Type, corallum, natural size 495 5. Calices, X 6, of a paratype 495 6, 6a, 66, 7, 8, 9. Goniopora cascadensis, new species. 6. Type, natural size; 6a and 66, calices, X 6 497 7. Paratype, natural size 497 8. Paratype, natural size 497 9. Calices of a third paratype, X 6 497 Plate 147. Figs. 1, la. Porites baracoaensis, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Branch, natural size 499 la. Part of branch, X 5 -• - - - 499 2, 2a, 3, 4. Porites baracoaensis var. niatazasensis, new variety. 2. Type, corallum, natural size; 2a, the same, X 5 500 3. Paratype, X 5 500 4. Paratype, X 5, shows intergradation with the typical form of the species 500 Plate 148. Porites panamensis, new species. Fig. 1. Paratype corallum, natural size 504 2. Calices, X 8, of a paratype 504 3, 3a. Two views of the type. 3. Corallum, natural size 503 3a. Calices, X8 503 Plate 149. Figs. 1, la, 16. Porites anguillensis, new species. Three views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size 504 la. Lower surface, natural size . 504 16. Calices, X 5 504 2, 2a. Porites douvillei, new species. Two views of a cotype. 2. Branch, natural size 501 2a. Calices, X 8 501 3, 3a. Actinacis aZa6a?niensis(Vaughan). Two views of a small specimen from Flint River, near Bainbridge, Georgia. 3. Corallum, natural size 486 3a. Calices, X 5 486 524 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 150. Figs. 1, la, 2, 3, 4. Porites toulai, new species. Page. 1. la. Type, natural size; la, calices, X 8, of the type 501 2. Paratype, natural size 501 3. Second paratype, natural size 501 4. Calices of a third paratype, X 8 501 ' 5. Porites anguillensis, new species. Specimen from Empire, Canal Zone, natural size 505 Plate 151. Figs. 1, la. Porites douvillei, new species,. Two views of a cotype. 1. Corallum, natural size 501 la. Calices, X 8 501 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 4. Porites (Synaraea) houei, new species. Views of the three cotypes. 2. Branch, natural size; 2a, part of the same branch, X 3 505 3. 3a. Two views, natural size, of the same branch 505 4. Calices, X 8, of a third branch 505 Plate 152. Porites (Synaraea) macdonaldi, new species. Fig. 1. A cotype, natural size 506 2. A second cotype, natural size 506 3, 3a. Two views of a third cotype. 3. Natural size 506 3a. Part of surface, X 3 506 4. A fourth cotype, natural size 506 5, 5a. Two views of a specimen referred to this species. 5. Corallum, natural size 507 5a. A calice, X 8 507 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 68 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 69 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 70 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 71 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 72 A. The General Plain. B. Daguilla, a Monadnock of Hard Rock. C. Lower Part of Course of Santa Fe River. VIEWS OF ISLE OF PINES, CUBA. FOI? EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 608 u S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 73 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 74 2 X3 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 608. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 5a X 3 6a X 3 7a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 508. X8 U, S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 76 KKjradf 4 4a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. X 5 For explanation of plate see page 509. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 77 2 2a X 5 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 506 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 78 ^^^^^^^^^ >/# hm |g|§ mm Es3?^";..- ''''''«¥ wffiv-- ' •*!SB WBrti "i ' ' Hbs&s^?- ' •' -''"^SB P JP?--. ,Rs1 '* jtftfjft- *f/ tlft-' A 4a X 5 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 609. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 79 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 509. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 80 ^M T^T^^mMH I >wm^L hi ", $JmHMH| 7 x% 7a X3>i 7 b Fossil Corals from Cenrtal America and West Indies For explanation of plate see page 610. X 3'A U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 81 "" mm®* JHrn-r.--* X3 2 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 510. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 82 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 10. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 83 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 10. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 84 3 2 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 1 0. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 85 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 1 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 511 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 87 m Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see paqe 511. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. M V : 'P X2 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 511. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PI . 89 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 512. U. S. NATIONAL. MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 90 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see pagf 519. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 91 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 612 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 92 FOSSIL CORALS FROM CENTRAL AMERICA AND WEST INDIES. For explanation of plate see page 12. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL 93 FOSSIL CORALS FROM CENTRAL AMERICA AND WEST INDIES. For explanation of plate see page 512. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 94 2a X4 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 12. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 95 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 13. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 96 '4;,- *<*^ , : - U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 97 4 X 4 4a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 513. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 98 3a x 2 4 X2 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 13. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 93 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 13. 3a xe Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 14. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 101 2a X4 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 514. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 102 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 514. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 103 X2 X4 ^^T.M ''JrAfkit^MloiK(% Jf ,f' 2|jSw'/*^ Njh W h ty*jr5^f %pi§£i$?8 1 <#'<' \ ! Wfm T ' - -^ TKIfe MS'' M^Tv^H m t < ilfl ffilllHny^ -JKig ^&'/'^-«B Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate seeIpage 5 14. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 104 2 la Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see paoe 5 14. X4 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 105 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 15. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 106 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies, For explanation of plate see page 515. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 107 Im bgt ^H^Bo^b^ WW$Smu& Wk • H« * "sBmSjs~ r%w$ESm& w^B^> ^^Bi i WLx-, IKpplyipl BmK _i^jK^tt Hlkt '^n^8P^ Ww%z mL\\m ifSir* $28*:' !-^SSklv ffi<» 81' .1-^Mtf »*>sil 2a 2b Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5I5. X4 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 15. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 103 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 516. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 110 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Ind: For explanation of plate see pages 515 and 516. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. Ill Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see paqe 516. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 112 X 5 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 16. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 113 la X5 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 516. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. I 14 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see paqe 5 18. U. 3. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 115 2 X# 2b X 6 :ossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 1 £ U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 116 3 *6 la Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 17. X6 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ?&v $&*/ & !.vi^'i /M^ >*?, la Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 617. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 118 2 2a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 617. X4 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 119 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see paoe 6 17. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 120 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 17. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. |2I U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 122 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 518. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 5 18. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 124 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 18. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 125 2 2a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 518. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 126 lb X 2 t^tek H^1^i«THSS'-*^H»^'^8R'w&fl l§ ; ;^^&& :, t^ 'fi^By* v-.' f> • -"'lyf1 1 w *8T " jr^^JT?: •vs.. a ^21 la Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 618. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page S I E U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 128 2a 1 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6I£ U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 129 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 519. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 130 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 519. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 131 2 la X2 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see pages 619 and 520. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 132 3 3a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 520. X4 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 133 3a X 4 3b Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see paoe 520. X4 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 134 lb X4 lc Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 520. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 135 ?:?$i ' Ly. /* '' y,i 1^ ' V- jp i ^ jwWI 5b X 2 5 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 520 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 136 la X2 lb Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 521. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 137 FossiL Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 52 1 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 138 &J/J, Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 52 1 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 3a X 3 3 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 521. X'A Uw S.i NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 140 3 x V2 4 x a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 52 1. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 141 lb X8 la X3 4a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. X3 For explanation of plate see page 522. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 142 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of platl- see page 622 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM J&ULlETIN 103 PL. 143 Fossil Corals from Central America and West^ Indies. For explanation of plate see page 522. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 144 1 X'A la Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 522. X6 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 145 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see pages 622 and 523. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 5X6 4 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies For explanation of plate see page 523. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 147 Za X 5 la x 5 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 523. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 148 3 2 X8 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see paoe 523. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 149 iMIi Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 623. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 150 5 2 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 524. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 151 2a X 3 4 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 524. X8 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 152 " -.-..:' : ,'^T * T»5 : .' ^ ifsliSHBI f 3a X 3 5 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 624. INDEX [The names treated as valid are printed in roman type, while the synonyms are in italics. i bdita, Favites 191 Heliastraea 374 Madrepora 414 abnormalis, A sterosmilia 213, 215, 217, 354 Trochocyathus 213, 354 Acropora 201, 202, 211, 212, 479, 480, 481, 482 cervicomis 482 corymbosa 192 Heliastraea 364, 365 Madrepora 364, 372 muricata 225, 234, 256, 480, 481 muricata var. cervicomis 482 var. palmata, 483 murrayensis 481 ocellata 192 . Orbicella 365, 372, 376, 380 palifera 192 palmata 225, 234, 253, 254, 480, 482, 483 panamensis 201, 209, 234, 480, 522 pharaonis 192 forma arabica 192 prolifera 480,482 pulphra 192 rosaria 481 saludensis 201, 209, 234, 480, 522 seherzeriana 192 spicifera 192 squarrosa 481 variabilis 192 Acroporidae 488, 479 Actinacis 194, 202, 203, 206, 212, 486, 488 alabamiensis 201, 205, 206, 234, 488, 523 haueri 488 martiniana 486, 488 rollei 194 acuta, Pocillopora 342 adunca, Orbiculina 294 affinis, Astroria 463, 466, 520 Lithohyllia 214 Mussa 214. 215 Reussia 336 Stylophora 213, 215, 217, 219, 228, 334, 336, 337, 338, 359, 377, 385 var. minor, Stylophora 334 Agaricia 253, 426, 427 agaricites 214, 232, 426, 515 var. crassa 225, 232, 427 var. gibbosa 427 var. purpurea. . 225,232,427,428 var. pusilla 225, 232, 428 anguillensis 210, 428, 429, 430 crassa 427 Page. Agaricia dominicensis 217, 232, 428, 429, 430, 515 fragilis var 427 nobilis 429, 430 purpurea , 427 sommcringii 433 undata 214 Aganciidae 425 agaricites, Agaricia 214, 232, 426 Madrepora 427 var. crassa, Agaricia 225,232,427 var. gibbosa, Agaricia 427 var. purpurea, Agaricia 232 var. pusilla, Agaricia . . . 225, 232, 427, 428 agassizi, Maeandra* 419 Agathiphyllia 455, 456, 469 conglobata 455 depressa , 455 explanata 455 agglutinans, Textularia 294 alabamensis, Oculina 352 alabamiensis, Actinacis 201, 205, 206, 234, 486, 488, 523 TuriAnaria ? 486 alcicornis, Millepora 225, 236, 507 A Idrichia 195 aldnchi, Archohelia 199 Oculina 353 Aldrichiella elegans 195 altissima, Heliastraea 375, 379, 380 Orbicella 230, 362, 363 Alveopora 201, 202, 203, 206, 211, 395 daedalaea 491 var. regularis 201,491 fenestrata 214 microscopica 492 regularis 491 alveolaris, Antiguastrea 230, 409, 410 A strea 402, 409, 410 Phyllangia 409 alveolus, Placocyathus 212 americana, Astrangia (Phyllangia) 225 Orthophragmina 196 Phyllangia 409 Amphistegina 294 lessonii 294 ananas, A strea 436 anguillensis, Agaricia 21 0, 232, 428, 429, 430, 515 Cyathomorpha ... 210, 234, 460, 461, 519 Pironastraea 204, 210,232,432,433,434,516 Pontes . . . 209, 210, 236, 504, 505, 523, 254 II INDEX. angularis, Clavulina 294 angulata, Antilloseris 194 Seriatopora 191 angulosa, Mussa -214 annularis, Astrea 364 (Orbicella) 364 Explanaria 364 Heliastraea 364, 365 Orbicella 214, 215, 223, 228, 253, 254, 255, 256, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 368, 369, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 380, 396, 398, 400, 420, 510 • var. stellulata, Orbicella 365 Madrepora ,. 364 Madrepora 362 annulata, Cyathophyllia 202 anomala, Asterosmilia 213,354 A nthopora 333 A nthophyllum distortum 425 Anthozoa 333 Antiguastrea 202, 203, 212, 363, 401, 402, 410 alveolaris 230, 409, 410 cellulosa 199,200, 204, 205, 206, 207, 210, 230, 395, 402, 404, 406, 408, 409, 410, 415, 419, 468, 513,514 var. curvata 200, 230,404,408,513 silecensis..... 205, 206, 230, 408, 514 elegans 230, 409, 514 cellulosa var. silecensis 200 antiguensis Astraea 363, 380, 415, 463, 466, 467, 519 Astreopora. 201, 205, 208, 234, 484, 485, 521 A stroria 520 Cyathomorpha 200, 204, 207, 234, 415, 463, 466, 469, 519, 520 Ooniastrea (?) 415 Heliastraea 200, 463 Maeandra 200, 207, 230, 41 7, 421, 514 Pironastraea 200, 204, 432, 434, 516 antillarum, Astraea 379, 381, 388, 393 Heliastraea 200, 379 Orbicella. ...... 200, 230, 362, 363, 379, 393 Siderastrea crenulata var.. 214,436,446 A ntillastraea 356 spongiformis 213, 357, 359 Antillia. . . . 200, 203, 206, 210, 211, 213, 219, 222, 223, 224 bilobata 214, 215, 217, 224, 377, 387 (?)clevei 194 (?) compressa 194 dentata 214 dubia 214, 215, 217, 361 lonsdaleia 21 4 ponderosa 214 walli 212 Antilloseris angulata 194 cantabrigiensis 194 cyclolites 194 eocaenica 194 grandis 194 jamaicaensis 194 major 194 aperta, Heliastraea 386 Orbicella 230, 362, 363, 386, 512" Aplophyllia? 202 appendiculatum, Flabellum 194 arabica, Acropora pharaonis forma 192 arbuscula, Caryophyllia 362 Cladocora 225,228,362 Archohelia 352, 353 aldricrii 199 burnsi 195 harrisi 199- limonensis 222, 223, 288, 352, 353, 510 mississippiensis 199 neglecta 199 vicksburgensis 199 arcuatus, Para'cyathus : 354 areolata, Maeandra 419 Manicina 194, 215, 225, 230, 418, 419 argus, Astrea 384 Explanaria 384 Orbicella 383 arnoldi, Pocillopora 208, 228, 343, 344, 509 aspera, Eusmilia 361 asperula, Madracis 345 Asteopora antiguensis 201 Asterosmilia 219, 354, 355 abnormalis 213, 215, 217, 354 anomala 213, 354 cornuta 213, 354 exarata 200, 207, 213, 215, 218, 354 exarata 213 hilli . . 212, 221, 288, 354, 355, 360, 361, 510 pourtalesi 194, 354 profunda 212 prolifera 354 Astraea antiguensis 208, 234, 363, 380, 463, 466, 467, 519, 520 antillarum 379, 381, 388, 393 astroites 439 barbadensis *364, 374, 375- brevis 380, 391 cellulosa 363, 401, 402 var. curvata 408; costata 387 crassolamellata 362, 469, 470, 472 var. magnelica. 472,474,476- magnifica 472 minor -. 472, 474, 477, 478 nobilis 472,474 nugenti 472 nugenti 474,477 pulchella 472,474 cylindrica 380, 385- endothecata 380, 384, 388 exsculpta 486- megalaxona 362' (Orbicella) annularis 364 excelsa 395 hyades 395 stellulata 372: pariana 438 radiata 393, 395, 439 var. intermedia 395 sidcrea 444 tenuis 363,407,408,467 tricophylla 443 vesiculosa 388 astraeoidcs, Porites 503 INDEX. Ill . Page. Astraeomorpha? . . . .' 202 Astraeopora 4S3 panicea 194, 486 Astrangia 196, 202, 206 conradi 220 expansa 195 harrisi 195 lineata 220 ludoviciana 195 ( Phyllangia) americana 225 Astrangiidae 361 Astrea 435, 436 alveolaris 402, 409, 410 ananas 436 annularis 364 argus 384 conferta 3S4 cmarciata 351 faveolata 364 galaxea 439 hcliopora 469 intersepta 356 myriophthalma 483 marylandica 411 numisma 345 pleiades 400 retiformis 416 rochettina 454, 456 rotulosa.. 436 siderca 443, 444 (Siderastrea) galaxea 439 siderca 443 astreoides, Porites 211, 219, 223, 225, 236, 253, 503 Astreopora 202, 203, 206, 212, 483 antiguensis 205, 208, 484, 485, 521 goethalsi 209, 234, 483, 521 myriophthalma 192 por toricensis ... 204, 208, 234, 485, 509, 521 Astrhelia 219,220,222,353 palmata 220 Astrocoenia '. 202, 203, 206, 212, 214, 345, 346, 348, 349, 358 decaturensis 200, 204,205,288,346,348,509 d'aehiardii. 193, 194, 228, 346, 347, 350, 509 duerdeni 194, 348 guantanamensis 200, 204,207,288,347,509 incrustans 193, 194, 288, 347 meinzeri 204, 228, 349, 350, 509 multigranosa 195 ornata 200, 346, 348, 349, 350 ornata 350 portorieensis 200, 228, 350 pumpellyi 351 ramosa 195 Astrocoeniidae 345 Astrohelia 195 burnsi 352, 353 neglecta 352,353 astroites, Astraea 439 Madrepora 383, 439 Astroria affinis 463, 466 antiguensis 415 polygonalis 415 auberiana, Quinquloculina ' 294 A xhelia 345 mirabilis 345 bainbridgensis, Goniopora decaturensis var. 491,522 ?, Orbicella. 205, 230, 362, 363, 386,512 Orbicella 217, 377 Balanophyllia 479 calycuius 479 caulifera 199 var. multigranosa. . . 199 elongata 199 irrorata 195 pittieri 221, 234, 360, 361, 479, 521 baracoaensis, Pocillopora 218, 228, 344, 509 Porites 212, 218, 236, 499, 500, 523 var. matazasensis, Porites 218, 236, 500, 523 barbadensis, A straea 364, 374, 375 Heliastraea 201, 365 barretti, Placocyathus 212, 213, 217 Barysmilia intermedia 213 belli, Cyathomorpha 200, 234, 459, 460, 519 bilobata, Antillia 214, 215, 217, 224, 377, 387 Biloculina 294 blanclcenhorni, Siderastraea 435 Bolivina 294 bottae, Leptastrea 191 bournoni, Solenastrea 190, 214, 215, 217-219, 222, 223, 225, 230, 374, 377, 387, 398-401 bowersi, Maeandra 223, 419 Brachyphyllia '. 455, 456, 469 Brachyphyllia 470 depressa 455 dormitzeri 455, 469 eckeli 469 glomerata 455 irregularis 469 braziliana, Orbicella 383 brevis, Astraea 380, 391 Heliastraea 214, 391 Orbicella .... 214,215, 230, 362, 364, 391 , 392, 513 Syzygophyllia 424 browni, Cyathomorpha 200, 234, 458, 459, 518 bulbosa, Pocillopora 191 burnsi, Archohelia 195 Astrohelia.. 352, 353 cactus, Madrepora 430 Calamophyllia 202 caliculata, Plocopliyllia 195 californica, Siderastrea 223, 436, 442 calycuius, Balanophyllia 479 canalis, Goniastrea 208, 230, 416, 512 Goniopora 209, 210, 234, 494, 495, 523 Orbicella 20S, 210, 230, 364, 389, 390, 394, 512, 513 Stylophora 208,228,341,509 canariensis, Pulvinulina. „ 294 cantabrigiensis, Antilloseris 194 Dendracis 194 caribaea , Leptastrea 398, 400 carpinetti, Plesiastrea 398, 400 carrizensis. Eusmilia 223 Porites 223 Caryophyllia arbmcula 362 cespitosa 361 dalli 195 cascadensis, Goniopora 208, 210, 236, 497, 523 IV INDEX. Tage. eatadupensis, Trochoseris 194, 426 caulifera, Balanophyllia 199 var. multigranosa, Balanophyllia. . 199 cavernosa, Heliastraea 384 Madrepora 380, 383, 384 Orbicella 214, 215, 218, 230, 255, 362, 363, 379-381, 383-380, 392, 393, 463, 511 var. compacta, Orbicella 384 var. cylindrica, Orbicella 217,223, 230, 337, 359, 362, 363, 377, 385, 386, 512 var. endothecata, Orbicella 223 230, 362, 363, 384-3S6, 394, 512 var. Mrta, Orbicella •. 383 var. silecensis, Orbicella 390 var. tampaensis , Orbicella 390 cellulosa, Antiguastrea 199, 200, 204-207, 210, 230, 395, 402, 404, 406, 408, 409, 410, 415, 419, 468, 513, 514 Astraea 363, 401^402 Heliastraea 200, 402 Orbicella 403, 407 var. curvata, Antiguastrea 200, 230, 404, 408, 513 Astraea 408 var. silecensis, Antiguastrea 200, 205,206,230,408,514 Ceratocyathus prolifer 354 Ceratotrochus duodecirn-costatus 213 cerebriformis, Diploria 420 cerebrum, Madrepora 420 Maeandra, 420 Cerithium vaughani 387 cervicornis, Acropora 482 Acropora 482 muricata var 482 Madrepora 479, 482 muricata forma 482 cespitosa, Caryophyllia 361 Circophyllia 194 clevei 194 compressa 194 Stylophora 194,333 circularis, Triloculina 294 Cladocora 210,361 arbuscula. 225, 228, 362 johnsoni 222 recrescens 200 clarki, Siderastrea 436 clavaria. Pontes 498 Porites poritet forma 498 Clavulina angularis 294 clavus, Pavona 435 clevei, Antillia (?) 194 Circophyllia 194 Goniopora 201 , 209, 210, 235, 236, 496, 497, 522 Palacotrochus 194 Turbinoseris 1 94 clivosa, Madrepora 419 Maeandra 222, 225, 232, 417, 419, 420 Platygyra 419 cocosensis, Montipora 192 Coeloria denselephantis 200 labyrinthiformis 200 Coelosmilia 202 collegniana, Porites 214 Colpophyllia 421 flexuosa 423 gyrosa 422 taramellii « 423 columnaris, Leptoria conferticosta var 194 Siderastraea 435 Solenastraea 195 Solenstrea fairbanksi var .... 223 Columnastrea eyeri 194 Comoseris? 202, 432 compacta, Orbicella 511 Orbicella cavernosa var 384 compressa, Antillia (?) 194 conferta, Astrea 384 Isastraea 200, 451 Orbicella 383 Siderastrea 200, 204, 207, 208, 210, 211 , 21S, 234, 436-438, 447, 449-451, 453, 517 Stylophora 195, 334 conferticosta, Diploria 194 Leptoria 1 94 var. columnaris, Leptoria 194 confusa, Isastraea 440 Siderastrea 232, 436, 437, 440 conglobata, A gathiphyllia 455 Cyathomorpha 454 conradi, Astrangia 220 contorta , Stylophora 194, 333 corbicula, Thysanus 214, 215, 423, 424 cornuta, Asterosmilia 213, 354 corymbosa, Acropora 192 costata, Astraea 387 Cyphastraea 214, 364, 365, 374 Heliastraea 200, 387 Orbicella 200, 204, 208, 210, 211, 230, 382, 363, 387, 389-394, 460, 512 costatus, Placocyathus 213, 215, 217 Placotrochus 212 crassa, Agaricia 427 agaricites var 225, 232, 427 Herpetolitha 192 Septastrea 220, 222 crassisepta, Dichocoenia merriami var 223 crassolamellata, Astraea 362, 469, 470, 472 Diploastrea 201, 204-207, 234, 469, 474, 478, 520, 521 Heliastreaea 201,470 Orbicella 470 var. magnetica, Astraea 472 var. magniflca, Astraea 472 Astraea.... 474,476 Diploastrea . 201, 205,234,476,521 var. minor, Astraea 472, 474, 477, 478 var. nobilis, Astraea 472,474 var. nugenti, Astraea. 472,474,477 Diploastrea— 201, 234,477,478,521 var. pulchella, Astraea 472,474 crassoramosa, Pocillopora 213, 215, 217, 337, 342, 343, 359, 377, 385 INDEX. Page. crenulata var. antillarum, Siderastrea 214, 436 Siderastraea 446 crispata, Oulastrea 454 cristata, Madrepora 430 Pavona 4 cuneiforms, var. wailesi, Flabellum 195 curvata, Antiguastrea cellulosa var 200, 230,404,408,513 Astraea cellulosa var 408 Astraea cellulosa 408 cyathiformis, Heliastraea 486 Multicolumnastraea 194 Cyatboraorpha 202, 203, 212, 363, 381, 454, 455, 460, 461, 46!) anguillensis 204, 210, 234, 460, 461, 463,519 antiguensis 200, 204, 207, 234, 415, 463, 466, 469, 519, 520 belli 200, 234, 459, 460, 519 browni 200, 234, 458, 459, 518 conglobata 454 hilli 200, 234, 457, 458, 459, 518 rochettina 234, 454,456,458,459,461,518 roxboroughi 210, 234,461,463,469,519 splendens . . 200, 342, 460, 519 tenuis . . 204, 234, 421, 466, 467, 468, 520 Cyathophyllia annulata 202 Cyathoseris 202 cyclolites, Antilloseris 194 cylindrica, Astraea 380, 385 Heliastraea 214, 385 Orbicella cavernosa var 217, 223, 230, 337, 359, 362, 385, 386, 512 Orbicella cavernosa var 377 Cyphastraea costata 214, 364, 365, 374 Cyphastrea bournoni 401 hyades 401 microphthalma 191, 374 oblita 373, 374, 398, 400 savignyi 439 d'achiardii, Astroeoenia , 193, 194,288,346,347,350,509 daedalaea, A Iveopora 491 var. regularis, A Iveopora 201 , 491 dalli, Caryophyllia 195 Siderastrea . . 222, 223, 232, 438, 437, 450, 451 , 517 damicornis, Pqcillopora 191 danai, Pavona 192 debilis, Stephanocoenia 357-359 decactis, Madracis 217, 337, 359, 377, 385 decaturensis, Astroeoenia 200,. 204,205,288,346,318,509 Goniopora . . . 204-206, 234, 490, 491, 522 var. bainbridgensis, Goniopora. 491, 522 var. silicensis, Goniopora 491, 522 Dendracis 202 cantabrigiensis 194 dendroidea Stephanocoenia 214 Dendrophyllia 199,201 diaphana 192 willeyi 192 denselcphantis, Coeloria 200 dens-elephantis, Maeandra 200 dsntata, Antillia 214 Syzygophyllia 214, 215, 217, 224, 337, 359, 377, 385, 425 deprossa, Agathiphyllia 455 Brachyphyllia 455 diaphana, Dendrophyllis 192 Dichocoenia 202, 222, 223, 360 merriami 223 var. crassisepta 223 porcata . 360 stokesi 223, 229, 360 tuberosa. . 213, 215, 217, 221, 228, 360, 509 dichotoma, Millepora 192 diffusa, Oculina 225, 223, 352 Dimorphastrea? 202 Diploastrea 212, 363, 436, 454, 463, 469 crassolamellata 201, 204-207, 234 , 469,474,478,520,521 var. magniflca. .. 201, 205, 234, 476, 521 var. nugenti 201, 234,477,478,521 heliopora 234, 469, 520 Diploria 418, 423 cerebriformis 420 conferticosta 194 intermedia 423 Diplothecastraea monitor 200 discoides, Pironastraea 432 Discorbis vilardeboana 294 distans, Plesiastraea 214, 398, 401 Stylophora 195, 333 distortum, A nthophyllum 425 divaricata, Porites 222,500 doininicei' sis, Agaricia 217, 232, 428-430, 515 Siderastrea siderea var... 232, 438,447,516 dormitzeri, Brachyphyllia 455, 469 douvillei, Porites 209,236,501,523,524 dubia, Antillia 214, 215, 217, 361 dubium, Flabellum 214 duerdeni, Astroeoenia 194, 348 Stylocoenia 194, 345 durable!, Maeandra 206, 230, 418, 514 duodecim-costatus, Ceratotrochus '. 213 Ecliinolampas semiorbis 210 Echinopora 371 franksi 365,369,371,510 lamellosa 191 eckeli, Brachyphyllia 469 ele 'ans, Aldrichiella 195 Antiguastrea 230, 409, 514 Isastraea 402, 409 Pocillopora 191 Stephanocoenia 195 Stylangia 410 Thysanus 212 elliptica, Leptaxis 203 ellisii, Solenastrea 398, 400 elongata, Balanophyllia 199 emarciata , Astrea 351 Endopachys 211,395 maclurii 196 var. triangulare 196 minutum 1 96 shaieri 196 VI INDEX. Page. endothecata,Astraea 380,384,388 Heliastraea 214,384 OrMcella 362 cavernosa var 223, 230,363,384,386,394,512 eocaenica, Antilloseris 194 Epismilia? 202 erosa, Porites 505 Eumadrepora. 480 Euphyllia 200,202,203 Eupsammiidae 479 Eusmilia 361 aspera 361 carrizensis 223 fastigiata 223, 225, 228, 361 knorri 361 Eusmiliiclae 354 exarata, Asterosmilia 200,207,213,215,218,354 exaratum, Flabellum 213 excelsa , A [straca] Orbicella 395 OrMcella 395-397 excentricus, Thysanus 212, 219, 232, 377, 423, 424 exesa, Hydnophora 191 expansa, Astrangia 195 Explanaria annularis 364 __ argus 3S4 galaxea 439 radiata 384 explanata, A.gathiphyllia 455 exsculpta, Astraea 486 Heliastraea 486 eyeri Columnastrea 194 eydouxi Pocillopora 191 fairbanksi, Solenastrea 223 Stephanocoenia 190 var. columnaris, Solenastrea 223 var. minor, Solenastrea 223 var. normalis, Solenastrea 223 fastigiata, Eusmilia 223, 225, 228, 361 Madrepora 361 faveolata, Astrea 364 Madrepora 364,372 Favia 194,412,436 fragum 225, 230, 253, 412 leptophylla 414 macdonaldi 206, 207, 230, 413, 414,514 speciosa 191 stelligera 191 Faviidae 412 Favites 212,222,414,415 abdita 191 melicerum 191 mexicana 206, 230, 414, 415, 514 polygonalis 200, 205, 230, 415 vaughani 220 Favoidea junghuhni 201 favosa, Lepidoeyclina 203 fenestrata, Alvcopora 214 filograna, Maeandrina 214 Flabellum 213 appendiculatum 194 cuneiforme var. wailesi 195 duMum 214 exaratum 213 magnoeostatum 199 rhomboideum 199 flexuosa, Colpophyllia 423 Page. flintensis , Orthophragmina 196, 197 floridana, Orthophragmina 196 Priyllangia 222 foliosa, Montipora 192 forbesi, Septastrea 411 formosa, Stephanoeoenia 358 fragilis, Leptoseris 431 var., Agaricia 427 fragum, Favia 225,230,253,412 Madrepora 412 franksi, Echinopora 365, 369, 371, 510 Fungia fungites 192 seutaria 192 fungites, Fungia 192 fureata, Porites 222, 225, 236, 499, 500 Porites porites forma 499 gabbi, Orbicella 230, 362, 363, 394, 515 Galaxea 211,395 A strea 439 (Siderastrea) 439 Explanaria 439 Madrepora - 439 Siderastraea 439, 440 Siderastrea 440 Siderina 439 gatunensis, Oculina - - 190 georgiana, Orthophragmina 196 gibbosa, Agaricia agaricites var 427 gigas, Lepidoeyclina 203 globosa, Plesiastraea 214, 399, 401 glomerata, Brachyphyllia 455 Glyphastrae 411 goethalsi, Astreopora 209, 234, 483, 521 Stylophora 208, 228, 338, 339, 508 goodei, Plesiastraea 357, 359 Gombertangia 202 Goniastrea 202, 416 (?) antiguensis 415 canalis 208,230,416,512 reussi 200 variabilis 194, 416 Goniopora. . . . 191, 194, 201-203, 206, 207, 210-212, 219, 222-224, 266, 395, 488, 490-493, 496, 498 canalis 209, 210, 234, 494, 495, 523 cascadensis 201, 208, 210, 236, 497, 523 clevei 201, 209, 210, 236, 496, 497, 522 decaturensis. . . . 204-206, 234, 490, 491, 522 var. bainbridgensis 491, 522 var. silicensis 491,522 hilli 209, 234, 488, 489, 522 imperatoris 209, 210, 234, 493, 495, 522 iacobiana 219, 234, 377, 493, 522 panamensis 209, 210, 234, 488, 522 pendunculata 488 portoricensis ... 201, 204, 234, 495, 497, 523 regularis 201, 234, 491, 492 var. microscopica. . 201, 234, 492 ? tenuis 201 gracilis, Leptoria 421 grandiflora, Parastraea 436 grandis, Antilloseris 194 Siderastrea 214, 436, 444 Teleiophyllia 214 Thysanus 214,215,217,377 granulata, Stylophora ' 195, 212, 217, 218, 228, 334, 337, 340, 341, 343, 344, 387, 501 INDEX. VII Page. granulosa, Reussastraea 430 gregorii, Syzygophyllia 212, 214,215,217,377,387,425 Grumia 202 guantanamensis, Astrocoenia 200, 204, 207, 288, 347, 509 Pocillopora 204, 228, 344, 509 gyrosa, Colpophyttia 422 Madrepora 421, 422 Manicina 225, 232, 255, 422, 423 haimiana, Psammocora 192 Haloseris 200,212 harrisi, Archohelia 199 Astrangia 195 Oculina 352 haueri, Actinacis 488 hayesi, Syzygophyllia 193, 232, 424, 425, 515 Thysanus 218, 232, 424, 509 Heliastraea 464 abdita 374 acropora 364, 365 altissima 375,379,380 annularis... 364, 365 antiguensis 200, 463 antillarum 200, 379 aperta 386 barbadensis 201, 365 brevis 214,391 cavernosa 384 cellulosa 200, 402 costata 200, 387 crassolamellata 201, 470 ' cyathiformis 486 cylindrica 214,385 endothecata 214, 3S4 esculpta 488 insignis 200, 392 irradians 394, 395 lamarclii 364, 365, 374 radiata 200 rotulosa : 374 stellulata 373, 510 tenuis 200,467 heliopora, Astrea 469 Diploastrea 234, 469, 520 henekeni, Paraeyathus 213,214 Herpetolitha crassa 192 Heterastraea _. 402 Heterastraea 402 micheloitina 402 tenuilamellosa 402 Heterosteginoides 210 hexagonalis, Siderastrea 436 hilli, Asterosmilia.. 212,221,288,354,355,360,361,510 Cyathomorpha 200, 234, 457-459, 518 Goniopora : 209, 234, 488, 489, 522 Trochosmilia '. 194, 195 MUsboroensis, Siderastrea 211 219,232,437,442,443,517 hirata, Orbicella cavernosa var 3S3 Mspidula, Orbicella 365, 368, 369, 510 Holangia 202 howei, Porites (Synaraea) 209, 236, 505, 524 hyades, A [straea] Orbicella 395 Cyphastrea 401 Orbicella 396, 397 Solenastrea 211, 219, 222, 223, 230, 395, 396 Page. Hydnophora 202 exesa 191 microconos 191 Hydnophyllia 202 Hydrocorallinae 507 Hydrozoa 507 immersa, Leptastrea 191 imperatoris, Goniopora .... 209, 210, 234, 493, 495, 522 Orbicella. .208, 210, 230, 362, 363, 378, 390, 511 Stylophora . . 208, 210, 228, 334-336, 338, 508 inerustans, Astrocoenia 193, 194, 288, 347 Stephanocoenia 194, 347 informis, Montipora 192 insignifica, Turbinolia 199 insignis, Heliastraea 200, 392 Orbicella. . 200, 207, 230, 362-364, 392-394, 513 Physoseris 194 Trochosmilia 194 intermedia, Barysmilia 213 Diploria 423 Manicina 423 Orbicella 200 230,362-364, 390, 393, 394, 513 intersepta, A strea 356 Madrepora 356, 357 Stephanocoenia. .212, 213, 215, 217, 219, 221 224, 228, 255, 256, 337, 356-361, 377, 385 irradians, Heliastraea 394, 395 Orbicella 230, 391, 394, 395, 513 Phyllocoenia 394, 395 irregularis, Brachyphyllia 469 irrorata, Balanophyllia 195 Isastraea 436 conferta 200, 451 confusa 440 elegans 409 tenuistriata 452 turbinata 190 turbinata 402, 403, 406, 514 elegans 402 Isopora muricata 482 forma palmata 483 j acksonensis Platycoenia 195 jacobiana, Goniopora 219,234,378,493,522 j amaicaensis, Antilloseris 194 j ohnsoni, Cladocora 222 junghuhni, Favoidea 201 knorri, Eusmilia , 361 labato-rotundata, Stylocoenia 200 labyrintMca, Madrepora 420 labyrinthiformis, Ceoloria • 200 Madrepora 417, 420 Maeandra 223, 253,255,256,419,420,423 I ajnarcki, Heliastraea 364, 365, 374 Lamellastraea smythi 200 lamellosa, Echinopora 191 larvata, Planorbulina 294 latero-spinosus, Trochocyathus 213 leonensis, Mesocyon? 220 Parahippus ' 220 Lepidocyclina 197, 203, 210, 211 , 260, 387 favosa 203 glgas 203 undosa 203 undulata 203 VIII INDEX. Page. Leptastrea bottae 191 caribaea 398,400 immersa 191 purpurea 191 Leptaxis 202, 203 elliptiea 203 Leptomeryx? 220 Leptomussa 200, 202, 203, 212, 218 leptophylla, Favia 414 Leptophyllia? 202 Leptoria 212, 421 conferticosta 194 var. columnaris 194 gracilis 421 phrygia 191 , 421 profunda 194 spenceri 200, 204, 232, 421, 515 Leptoseris 200, 212, 431 fragilis 431 portoricensis 204, 232, 431 , 515 lessonii, Amphistegina 294 levis, Montipora 192 lichen, Porites 192 limbata, I a' repora 376 Orbicella 214, 215, 217, 219, 228, 337, 359, 362, 363 , 365, 375, 385, 387, 511 Phyllocoenia 214, 365, 375, 376 Stylina 375 var. tegula, Phyllocenia 365 limonensis, Archohelia 222, 223, 288, 352, 353. 510 lineata, Astrangia 220 linneana, Triloculina 294 Lithohyllia a/finis 214 Lithothamnion 265 lonsdalei, Placotroehus 213, 214 lonsdaleia, Antillia 214 ludoviciana, Astrangia 195 Parasmilia 195 lunuutiformis, Trochocyathus 195 var.rnontgonieriensis,Trocho- cyathus 195 macdonaldi, Favia 200, 207, 230, 413, 414, 514 Porites(Synaraea) . .209, 210, 236, 508, 524 Stylophora 208, 228, 339, 340, 508 maclurii, Endopachys 196 var. triangulare, Endopachys 196 macrogyra, UJophyllia 194 Madracis 345 asperula * 345 deeaetis 217, 337, 359, 377, 385 niirabilis 218, 223, 228, 345, 501 Madrepora 200 abdita 41 4 acropora 364, 372 agaricites 426 annularis 362 annularis 364 areolata 419 astroit.es 383,439 cactus 430 cavernosa. ..: 380, 383, 384 cerebrum 420 cervicornis ; . . . 479, 482 clivosa 419 cristata 430 fastigiata 361 Madrepora, faveolaia 364, 372 Jragum 412 galaxea 439 gyrosa 421, 422 intersepta 356, 357 labyrinthica 420 labyrinthiformis 417, 420 limbata 376 muricata 481, 482 muricata forma cervicornis 482 muricata forma palmata 483 palmata 353, 483 phrygia 421 pistillata 333 porites 498 radians 435, 439 . radiata, Orbicella 382,383 siderea 443 stellulata 373 undata 426 Madreporaria Fungida 425 Imperforata 333 Perforata 479 Maeandra 194, 210, 211, 417, 418, 420 agassizi 419 antiguensis 200, 207, 230, 417, 421, 514 areolata 214, 215, 225, 230, 419 bowersi 223,419 cerebrum 420 clivosa 222, 225, 232, 417, 419, 420 dens-elephantis 200 dumblei 206,230,418,514 labyrinthiformis .' 223, 253,255,256,419,420,423 pliocenica 222 portoricensis 204, 230, 418, 515 strigosa.. 214, 222, 225, 232, 253, 255, 256, 420 viridis 420 Maeandrina 200, 421 filograna 214 maeandrites : 222 sinuosisima 214 strigosa 420 maeandrites, Meandrma 222, 255 magnetica, Astraea crassolamellata var 472,474 magnifica Astraea crassolamellata var 472 crassolamellata var 476 Diploastrea crassolamellata var 201, 205,234,476,521 magnocostatum, Flabellurn 199 major, Antilloseris 194 maldivensis, Pavona 192,435 Siderastraca 435 Manicina 421,422 areolata ] 94, 214, 418, 419 gyrosa 225, 232, 255, 265, 422, 423 intermedia 423 willoughbiensis. . 200, 232, 422, 423, 514, 515 mariannensis. Orthophragmina 196, 197 var. papillata, Orthophrag- mina 196 martiniana, Actinacis 486,488 marylandica, Astrea 411 Septastrea 211, 220, 226, 411, 412 matanzasensis, Porites baracoaensis var 218, 236, 500, 523 INDEX. IS matsoni, Septastrea 211,230,411.412,511 Meandrina maeandrites 255 phrygia 421 megalaxona, Astraea 362 meinzeri, Astrocoenia 204, 22S, 349, 350, 509 Trochoseris 204, 207, 232, 426, 515 melicerum, Favites 191 mendenhalli, Siderastrea 223, 436 var. minor, Siderastrea 223, 436 merriami, Dichocoenia 223 var. crassisepta, Dichocoenia 223 Merychippus 220 Mesocyon ? leonensis 220 Mesomorpha 202,206,212 Metethmos? 194 mexicana , Favites 206, 230, 414, 415, 514 micans, Solenastrea 398, 400 michelinii, Stephanocoenia 357, 359 michelottina, Heterastraea 402 microconos, Hydnophora 191 micrommata, Siderastraea 435 microphthalma, Cyphastrea 191, 374 microscopica, A Iveopora 492 Goniopora regularis var. . 201, 234, 492 Millepora 192,507 alcicornis 225,236,507 dichotoma 192 muricata 479, 481 platyphylla 192 Milleporidae 507 mineaceum : Polytrema 507 minor, A straea crassolamellata var . . 472, 474, 477, 478 Siderastrea mendenhalli var 223, 436 Solenstrea fairbanksi var 223 Stylophora'. 213,215,339 Stylophora aff nis var 334 minuta, Stylophora 334 minutissima, Stylophora 205, 206, 334 minutum, Endopachys 196 mirabilis, Axhelia 345 Madracis 218, 223, 228, 315, 501 Stylophora 334, 345 mississippiensis, Archohelia 199 Oculina 352 monitor, Diplothecastraea 200 monteomeriensis. Trochocyathus lunnliti- formis var 195 Montipora 192. 506 eocosensis 192 foliosa 192 informis 192 levis 192 ramosa 192 spumosa 192 tortuosa 192 Montlivaultia ? 202 Multicolumnastraea 486 cyathiformis 194 multigranosa. Astrocoenia 195 Balanophyllia caulifera var 199 muricata, Acropora 225, 234, 255, 256, 480, 481 forma cervicornis, adrepora 482 forma palmata , Isopora 483 Madrepora 483 Isopora 482 Madrepora 481, 482 Page. muricata, Millepora 479, 481 var. cervicornis A cropora 482 var. palmata , Acropora 483 murrayensis, Acropora 481 Mussa affinis 214, 215 angulosa 214 Mussidae 424 Mycedium 432 Mycetophyllia 202 Mycetoseris. . , 202 myriophthalma, Astrea 483 Astreopora 192 navicula, Telleiophyllia 214 Thysanus 214,215 neglecta, Archohelia 199 Astrohelia 352, 353 nigrescens, Porites 192 nobilis, Agaricia 429, 430 Astraea crassolamellata var 472, 474 normalis Solenstrea fairbanksi var 223 nugenti, Astraea crassolamellata var 472, 474 Astraea crassolamellata var 477 Diploastrea crassolamellata var 201 , 234,477,47s, 521 numisma, Astrea 345 Nummulites 197,268,294-296 oblita , Cyphastrea 373, 374, 39S, 400 oblonga, Quinqueloculina 294 ocellata, Acropora 192 Oculinidae 352 Oculina 352, 369 alabamensis 352 aldrichi 353 diffusa 225, 228, 352 gatunensis 190 harrisi 352 mississippiensis 352 singleyi 352 ? smithi 353 varicosa 225, 228, 352 vicksburgensis 352 Orbicella 191,202,203,362,378, 381, 395, 401, 407, 456, 464, 467, 46S, 469 acropora 385, 372, 376, 380 altissima 230, 362, 363, 379 antillarum. . . 200, 230, 362, 363, 378, 379, 393 annularis 214, 215, 223, 228, 253, 254, ' 255, 256, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 368, 369,371,372,373,374,375, 376, 3S0, 396, 398, 400, 420, 510 Astraea 354 var. stcllulata 365 aperta 230, 362, 363, 386, 512 argus 383 bainbridgensis 205, 217, 230, 362, 363, 377, 386, 512 braziliana 383 brevis . . . 214, 215, 230, 362, 364, 391, 392, 513 canalis 208, 210, 230, 362, 364, 389, 390, 394, 512, 513 cavernosa 214, 215, 218, 230, 255, 362, 363, 379, 380, 381, 383, 384, 385, 386, 392, 393, 511 var. compacta 384, X INDEX. Page. Orbicella cavernosa, var. cylindrica 217, 223,230,337,359,362, 363,377,385,386,512 var. endothecata 223, 230,362,363,384, 385, 386, 394, 512 var. hirta 383 var. silecensis 390 var. tampaensis 390 cellulosa 403,407 compacta 511 conferta 383 costata 200, 204, 208, 210, 211, 230, 362, 363, 387, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 460, 512 cmssolamellata 470 excelsa, A (straea) 395 excelsa 395,396,397 gabbi 230, 362, 363, 394, 515 ., 365,368,369,510 396,397 s, A (straea) 395 imperatoris 208, 210,230,362 363,378,390,511 insignis 200,207, 230, 362, 363 364,392,393,394,513 intermedia 200, 230,362,363 364,390,393,394,513 irradians 230, 391, 394, 395, 513 limbata 214, 215, 217, 219, 228, 337, 359, 362, 363, 365, 375, 385, 387, 511 radiata 383 Madrepora radiata 382, 383 stellulata 373 stellulata, Astraea 372 tampaensis 210, 230, 362, 364, 390, 391, 392, 395, 513 tempaensis var. silecensis 210, 230,362,364,390,391,513 tenuis 407,467, 468 theresiana 190 versipora 191 Orbicellidae 362, 453, 455 Orbiculina adunca 294 ornata, Astrocoenia 200, 346, 348, 349, 350 Astrocoenia 350 Porites 350 Oroseris 432, 433 plana 433 Orthaulax pugnax 205,210,211 Orthophragmina 196, 197, 205, 421 americana 196 flintensis 196, 197 floridana 190 georgiana 196 mariannensis 196, 197 var. papillata. - 196 vaughani 196 Oulastrea 454, 468 crispata 454 Oulastreidae 453 Oxydactylus 220 Pachyseris 432, 433 Page. palifera, Acropora 192 palmata, Acropora 225, 234,253,254,480,482,483 Astrhelia 220 Isopora muricata forma 483 Madrepora 353, 483 muricata forma 483 panamensis, Acropora 201, 209, 234, 480, 522 Goniopora 209, 210, 234, 488, 522 Pavona 209, 232, 430, 515 Porites 209, 236, 503, 523 Stylangia 208, 230, 390, 410, 511 Stylophora 208, 228, 335, 508 panicea, Astreopora 194, 486 papillata, mariannensis Orthophragmina var. 196 Paracyathus arcuatus 354 henekeni 213, 214 vaughani 220 Parahippus leonensis 220 Parasmilia 202, 203 ludoviciana 195 Parastraea 436 grandiflora 436 Parastrea 436 pariana, A straea 438 Siderastrea 232, 436-438 Pavona 200, 217, 222, 359, 430, 435 clavus -'. 435 cristata 430 danai ' 192 maldivensis 192, 435 panamensis 209, 232, 430, 515 varians >. 192 Pavonia siderea 444 Pecten ' 206 suwaneensis 206 sayanus 220 pendunculata, Goniopora 488 Peneroplis pertusus 294 Pentalophora 345 pertusus, Peneroplis 294 pharaonis, Acropora 192 forma arabica, Acropora 192 pharetra, Turbinolia 195 phrygia, Leptoria 191, 421 Madrepora 421 Meandrina 421 Phyllangia 409 alveolaris 409 americana 409 Astrangia 225 floridana .' 222 Pliyllocoenia 362, 395 irradians 394, 395 limbata 214, 365, 375, 376 var. tegula 365 vox. tegula 365 sculpta 214 var. tegula 369, 375, 377, 511 Phyllosmilia ? 202 Physoseris insignis 194 Pironastraea 432, 433 anguillensis . . 204, 210, 232, 432-434, 516 antiguensis 200, 204, 432, 434, 516 discoides 432 INDEX. XI Page. pistillata, Madrepora 333 pittieri, Balanbphyllia 221,234,360,361,479,521 Placocyathus 213, 215, 216, 217, 219, 220, 222, 223, 377, 387 alveolus 212 barretti 212,213,217 costatus 212, 213, 217 variabilis 213, 214,215,217,359,361,429 Placotrochus 223 clevei 194 lonsdalei 213, 214 plana, Oroseris 433 Planorbulina larvata 294 Platycoenia jacksonensis 195 Platygyra clivosa 419 viridis 420 platyphylla, Millepora 192 pleiades, Astrea 400 Plesiaslraea 359 carpinetti 398, 400 distans 214, 398, 401 globosa 214, 399, 401 goodei 359 ramea 214, 365, 375, 376, 511 pliocenica, Maeandra 222 Siderastrea 222, 223, 232, 437, 441, 442, 450, 451, 517 Plocophyllia 203 calieulata 195 Pocilloporidae 333 Pocillopora 219, 222-224, 333, 342, 343, 345 acuta 342 arnoldi 208, 228, 343, 344, 509 baracoaensis 218, 228, 344, 509 bulbosa 191 crassoramosa 213, 215, 217, 337, 342,343,359,377,385 damicornis 191 elegans 191 eydouxi 191 guantanamensis 204, 228, 344, 509 tenuis 200, 342, 343 verrucosa 191 woodjcnesi 191 polygonalis, Astroria 415 Favites 200, 205, 230, 415 polymorpha, Porites 499 PolystomelJa 294, 295 striatopunctata 294 Polytrema mineaceum 507 ponderosa, Antillia 214 Stylophora 200, 206, 228, 334, 342 porcata, Dichoeoenia 360 Porites 202, 210, 211, 217, 488, 496, 498, 500 anguillensis. . . . 209, 210, 236, 504, 505, 523, 524 astreoides 211, 219, 223, 225, 236, 253, 503 astraeoides 503 baracoaensis 212, 218, 236, 499, 500, 523 var. matazasensis 218, 236, 500, 523 carrizensis 223 clavaria 498 collegniana 214 divaricate 222, 500 douvillei 209, 236, 501, 523, 524 37149—19—Bull. 103 23 Porites erosa 505 forma clavaria, Porites 498 furcata, Porites 499 furcata 222, 225, 236, 499, 50O lichen 192 Madrepora 49 8 nigrescens 192 ornata 350 panamensis .' 209, 236, 503, 523 polymorpha 499 porites 219, 222, 236, 497, 498, 499 forma clavaria 498 furcata 499 ramosa 194 solida 192 somaliensis 192 ( Synaraea) 212 howei 209,236,505,524 macdonaldi 209, 210,236,506,524 toulai 209, 236, 501, 502, 524 verrilli 503 willcoxi 211 Poritidae 488 portobellensis, Stylophora 211, 228, 338, 509' portoricensis, Astreopora 204, 234, 485, 521 Astrocoenia 200, 204,208,228,350,509 Goniopora ... 201 , 204, 234, 495, 497, 523 Leptoseris 204, 232, 431, 515- Maeandra 204,230,418,515 pourtalesi, Asterosmilia 194, 354 Siderastrea 232, 437, 440, 516 profunda, Asterosmilia 212 Leptoria 194 profundus, Trochocyathus 354: prolifera, Acropora '. 480, 482' Asterosmilia 354! prolifer, Ceratocyathus 354 Protethmos ?. 194 Psammoccra haimiana 192 pugnas, Orthanlax 205, 210, 211. pulchella, Astraea crassolamellata var 472,47* pulcher, Steriphonotrochus 199 pulchra, Acropora 192 Pulvinulina canariensis 294t pumpellyi, Astrocoenia 351 Stylocoenia 200, 205, 228, 351 purpurea, A garicia 427 Agaricia agaricites var. 225,232,427,428 Leptastrea 191 pusilla, Agaricia agaricites var 225, 232, 428 Quinqueloculina auberiana 294 oblonga 294 reticulata 294: radians, A straea 439? Madrepora 435, 438- Siderastraea 439- Siderastrea 225, 232, 360,, 436, 437, 439, 440, 442, 444, 516. radiata, A straea 393, Astrea 395, Explanaria 384; Heliastraea 200' Orbicella 383 (Madrepora) 382, 383 var. intermedia, Astraea 393 XII INDEX. ramea, Plesiaslraea 365, 375, 376, 511 ramosa, Astrocoenia 195 Montipora 192 Pontes 194 raristella, Stylophora 213, 215, 334 recrescens, Cladocora 200 regularis, A Iveopora 491 A Iveopora daedalea var 201 , 491 Goniopora 201, 234, 491, 492 var. mieroscopica, Goniopora. 201,234,492 reticulata, Quinqueloculina 294 retiformis, A strea 416 Heussastraea 430 granulosa 430 reussi, Goniastrea 200 StepMnocoenia 200, 416 Eeussia 345 affinis 336 Rhabdocyathus 481 Rhabdophyllia 202 Rhizangia 206 rhomboideum, Flabellum 199 rochettina, Astrea 454, 456 Cyathomorpha 234, 454,456,458,459,461,518 rollei, Actinacis 194 rosaria, Acropora 481 rotulosa, Astrea * 436 Heliastraea 374 roxboroughi, Cyathomorpha 210, 234,461,463,469,519 saludensis, Acropora 201, 209, 23 1, 488, 522 savignyi, Cyphastraea 439 sayanus, Pecten 220 scherzeriana, Acropora 192 sculpta, Phyllocoenia , 214 var. tegula, Phyllocoenia... 369,375,377,511 scutaria, Fungia 192 semiorbis, Echinolampas 210 Septastrea 222, 226, 333, 411, 412 crassa 220, 222 forbesi 411 marylandica 211, 220, 411, 412 matsonl 211, 230, 411, 412, 511 subramosa 411 Seriatopora angulata 191 Seriatoporidae 333 shaleri, Endopachys 196 Siderastrea 267, 435, 436, 444, 451 califomica 223, 436, 442 clarki 436 confusa 232, 436, 437, 440 conferta 200, 204, 207, 208, 210, 211, 218, 234, 436, 437, 43S, 447, 449, 450,451,453,517 crenulata var. antillarum 214 var. antillarum 436 dalli . . . 222, 223, 232, 437, 438, 450, 451, 517 galaxea A strea 439 hexagonalis 436 hillsboroensis 211, 219, 232,437,438,442,443,517 maldivensis 435 mendcnhalli 223, 436 var. minor 223, 436 pariana 232, 436, 437, 438 Siderastrea pliocenica 222, 223, 232, 437, 441, 442, 450, 451, 517 pourtalesi 232, 437, 440, 516 radians 225, 232, 360, 436, 437, 439, 440, 442, 444, 516 siderea 212, 214, 215,217, 219,225, 232, 253, 255, 256, 377, 387, 436, 437, 438,440, 443, 444, 446, 447, 449, 451, 453, 516, 518 (Siderastrea) siderea, Astrea 443 var. dominicensis 232, 447,438,516 silecensis. . . . 205, 210, 211, 219, 232, 437, 43S, 443, 444, 447, 449, 450, 451, 453, 517 stellata 232, 436, 437, 440, 516 Siderastraea 435 blanckenhorni 435 columnaris 435 crenulata var. antillarum 446 galaxea 440 grandis 214, 436, 444 micrommata 435 siderea 440, 444 siderea, Siderastrea 225, 440 Astraea 443. 444 Madrepora 443 Pavonia 444 Siderastrea 212, 214, 215, 217, 219, 225, 232, 253, 255, 256, 377, 387, 436, 437, 43S, 443, 444, 446, 447, 449, 451, 453, 516, 518 var. dominicensis, Siderastrea .. . . 232, 430,447,516 Astrea [Siderastrea) 443 Siderina 435 galaxea 439 Sideropora 333 silecensis, Antiguastrea cellulosa var 200, 205, 206, 230, 408, 514 Goniopora decaturensis var 491, 522 Orbicella cavernosa var 390 tampaensis var 210, 230,362,364,390,391,513 Siderastrea 205, 210, 211, 219, 232, 437, 438, 443, 444, 447, 449, 450, 451, 453, 517 singleyi, Oculina 352 sinuosisima, Maeandrina 214 smithi, Oculina ? 353 smythi, Lamellastraea 200 Solenastrea 202, 211, 214, 373, 374, 395 bournoni 190, 214, 215, 217, 218, 219, 222, 223, 225, 230, 374, 377, 387, 398, 400 ellisii 398, 400 fairbanksi 223 var. columnaris 223 var. minor 223 var. normalis 223 hyades 211 , 219, 222, 223, 230, 395, 396 micans 398, 400 tampaensis 211 Solenastraea columnaris 195 turonensis 201 verhelsti 214 solida, Porites 192 somaliensis, Porites 192 sommeringii, Agaricia 433 speciosa, Favia 191 spenceri, Leptoria 200, 204, 232, 421, 515 INDEX. XIII Page. Sphenotrochus 212 spicifera Acropora 192 splendens, Cyathomorpha 200, 234, 460, 519 spongiformis, Aniillastraea 213,357,359 spongiform^, Plesiastraea 357 spumosa, Montipora 192 squarrosa, Acropora 481 Siderastraea 440 Stellate, Siderastrea 232, 436, 437, 440, 516 stelligera, Favia 191 stellulata, Astraea (Orbicella) - 372 Heliastraea 373, 510 Madrepora 373 Orbicella 373 annularis var 365 Stephanocoenia 348, 356, 35S debilis - : - - 357, 358, 359 dendroidea 214 elegans 195 fairbanksi 190 formosa 358 incrustans 194, 347 intersepta 212, 213, 215, 217, 219, 221, 224, 228, 255, 256, 337, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 377, 38 5 michelini 357, 359 reussi 200, 416 tenuis 201 Stephanosmilia 202, 203 Stephanosmilia 203 Steriphonotrochus pulcher 199 stokesi, Dichocoenia 223, 229, 360 striatopunctata, Polystomella 294 strigosa, Maeandra 214, 222, 232, 253, 255, 256, 420 Maeandrina 420 Stylangia 410 elegans 410 paaamensis 20S, 230, 390, 401, 511 Stylina 202, 376 limbata 375 Stylocoenia 202, 203, 210, 212, 351 duerdeni 194, 345 labato-rotundata 200 pumpellyi 200, 205, 228, 351 Stylophoridae 333 Stylophora. 202, 203 206, 210, 211, 213, 215, 217, 219, 222, 223, 224, 333, 338, 340, 359, 377, 395 aflinis 213, 215, 217, 219, 228, 334, 336, 337, 338, 359, 377, 385 var. minor 334 canalis 208, 228, 341, 509 compressa 194, 333 conferta 195, 334 contorta 194, 333 distans 195, 333 goethalsi 208, 228, 338, 339, 509 granulata 195, 212, 217, 218, 228, 334, 337, 340, 341, 343, 344, 377, 387, 501 iniperatoris 208, 210, 228, 334, 335, 336, 338, 508 maodonaldi. 208, 228, 339, 340, 50S minuta 334 minutissima 205, 206, 334 minor 213, 215, 339 Page. Stylophora mirabilis 334, 345 panamensis , 208, 228, 335, 508 ponderosa 200, 206, 228, 334, 342 portobellensis 221, 228, 338, 509 raristella 213, 215, 334 tuberosa 195, 334 subcurvata Trochosmilia 194 subramosa, Septastrea 411 suwaneensis, Peeten 206 Synaraea 505 (Synaraea) howei, Porites 209,212,236,505,524 macdonaldi, Porites 209, 210, 236, 506, 524 Syzygophyllia .... 211, 213, 219, 222, 223, 224, 424, 425 brevis 424 dentata 214, 215, 217, 224, 337, 359, 377, 385, 425 gregorii. 212, 214, 215, 217, 377, 387, 425 hayesi 193, 232, 424, 425, 515 tampaensis, Orbicella 210, 230, 362, 364, 390-392, 395, 513 Orbicella cavernosa 390 Solenastrea 211 var. silecensis, Orbicella 210, 230,362,364,390,391,513 taramcllii, Colpophyllia 423 tegula, Phyllocoenia limbata var 365 sculpta var 375, 377 sculpta var 369,511 Teleiophyllia 423 grandis 214 navicula 214 enuila mellow , Hetera straea 402 tenuis, Astraea 363, 407, 408, 467 Cyathomorpha 204, 234, 421, 466-468, 520 Goniopora? 201 Heliastraea 200, 467 Orbicella 407, 467, 468 Pocillopora 200,342,343 Stephanocoenia 201 tenuistriata, Isastraea 452 Textularia agglutinans 294 Thamnasteria? 202 theresiana, Orbicella 190 Thysanus 212, 213, 219, 222, 223, 224, 423 corbicula 214, 215, 423, 424 elegans 212 excentricus 212, 219, 232, 377, 423, 424 grandis 214, 215, 217, 377 hayesi 218, 232, 424, 509 navicula 214, 215 toulai, Porites 209, 236, 501, 502, 524 triangulare, Endopachys maclurii var 196 tricophylla , Astraea 443 Triloculina circularis 294 linneana 294 Trochocyathus abnormalis 213, 354 latero-spinosus 213 lunulitiforrnis 195 var. montgom- eriensis 1 95 profundus 354 Trochoseris 202, 212, 425, 426 catadupensis. 194, 426 meinzeri 204, 207, 232, 429, 515 XIV INDEX. Page. Trocbosmilia 202 hilli 194,195 insignis 194 subcurvata 194 Truncatulina 294 tuberosa, Dichocoenia. 213,215,217,221,228,360,509 Stylophora 195,334 Turbinaria (?) alabamiensis 486 turbinata, Isastraea 190 Isastraea 402, 403, 406, 514 Turbinolia insigniflca 199 pharetra 195 Turbinoseris clevei 194 turonensis, Solenastraea 201 Turritella 411 UlopJiyllia macrogyra '. 194 undata, Agaricia 214 Madrepora 426 undosa, Lepidocyclina 203 undulata, Lepidocyclina 203 variabilis, Acropora 192 Goniastrea 194, 416 Placoeyathus . . . 213-215, 217, 359, 361, 429 Page. varians, Pavona 192 varicosa, Oculina 225, 228, 352 vaughani, Cerithium 387 Favites 220 Orthophragmina 196 Paracyathus 220 vesiculosa, Astraea 388 versipora, Orbicella 191 verrucosa, Pocillopora 191 verrilli, Pontes 503 verhelsti, Solenastraea 214 viclrsburgensis, Archohelia 199 Oculina 352' vilardeboana, Discorbis 294 viridis, Maeandra 420 Platygyra 420 wailesi, Flabellum cuneiforme var 195 walli, Antillia 212 Antiliia 224 willcoxi, Porites 211 willeyi, Denclrophyliia 192 willoughbiensis, Manicina . 200, 232, 422, 423, 514, 515 woodjonesi, Pocillopora 191 & SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE STRAT- IGRAPHIC RELATIONS OF THE FOSSILIFEROUS BEDS By DONALD FRANCIS MacDONALD Formerly Geologist of the Canal Commission Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 525-545, with Plates 153-154 WASHJNGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE , 1919 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE STRAT- IGRAPHIC RELATIONS OF THE FOSSILIFEROUS BEDS By DONALD FRANCIS MacDONALD Formerly Geologist of the Canal Commission Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 525-545, with Plates 153-154 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1919 CONTENTS. Page. Introduction 525 Sedimentary formations 526 Eocene (?) 526 Bas Obispo formation 526 Las Cascadas agglomerate 526 Oligocene 526 Bohio conglomerate 526 Culebra formation . . 527 Cucuracha formation - 527 Emperador limestone 531 Caimito formation 531 Miocene 531 Gatun formation * 531 Panama formation 532 Pliocene 532 Toro limestone 532 Chagres sandstone 532 Pleistocene 532 Descriptions of local sections across the Isthmus of Panama 532 Section in canal cut 600 feet south of Miraflores Locks 533 Section at Canal Commission station 2089 south of Miraflores Locks 533 Section, north end of Miraflores Locks 534 Section, Pedro Miguel Locks to Paraiso Bridge 534 Section at Bald Hill near Miraflores Locks 534 Section along east side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1843 to 1850 535 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1775 to 1756 535 Section on west side of Canal Commission station 1720, near Empire, to 1740 near Culebra 536 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascades, Canal Commission stations 1617 to 1597 537 Sections in cuttings of Panama Railroad near Caimito Junction 539 Railroad cut near stream about midway between Rio Frijol and Rio Frijolito 539 Section in railway cuts near New Frijoles 540 Section showing chief railway cuttings and outcrops along the Panama Railroad between Bohio and Monte Lirio 540 Exposure a quarter of a mile northwest of old Bohio railroad station 541 Exposure opposite old Bohio railroad station, north side of the railroad track 541 Section at Pena Blanca, about one mile below Bohio, on the west side of Chagres River 541 Section at Vamos a Vamos, 2\ miles below Bohio, west side of Chagres River 542 ni IV CONTENTS. Descriptions of local sections across the Isthmus of Panama—Continued. Page. Section on Panama Railroad from Monte Lirio to outcrop of Gatun forma- tion on south side of Big Swamp 542 Section showing Gatun formation, one-quarter to one-half mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio 542 Large railway cutting a quarter of a mile from Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio 543 In the next two exposures going toward Camp Cotton 543 Section in cut one-half mile west of Camp Cotton toward Gatun 543 Generalized sections of the bluffs exposed along the Panama Railroad, re- located line, about 3,500 feet south of Gatun railroad station 543 Section from top of hill at western end of Gatun dam to bottom of the spill- way 543 Section at west end of the spillway 543 Exposures in the vicinity of Mindi Hill 544 Monkey Hill, Mount Hope station 544 Section of bluff at end of Toro Point 544 Section one-third mile south of southern end of Toro Point Breakwater, in quarry 545 THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE STRATI- GRAPHIC RELATIONS OF THE FOSSILIFEROUS BEDS. By Donald Francis MacDonald, Formerly Geologist of the Canal Commission. INTRODUCTION. The following summary statement regarding the stratigraphic geology of the Canal Zone is intended to make clear the stratigraphic relations of the deposits from which the fossils described in the accompanying memoirs were obtained. The descriptions of the successive formations are taken from my paper entitled "Some engineering problems of the Panama Canal in their relation to geology and topography," 1 except that Dr. T. W. Vaughan has changed the age classification of the formations as published in the bulletin cited by referring the Bohio conglomerate to the Oligocene and by placing the Gatun and Panama formations in the Miocene. The small scale map (pi. 153), scale about 5 miles to 1 inch, is a republication of the map contained in the same paper, of which it is plate 4. It should be noted here that the Culebra formation out- crops at locality station 6024, below the Emperador limestone, on Rio Agua Salud; locality station 6025, Bohio Ridge; locality station 6026, about 2 miles southwest of Monte Lirio; and locality station 6027, in the old site of Bohio before the relocation of the Panama Railroad. The position of each of these stations is shown on plate 154. The electrotypes for figures 26 and 27 were loaned by the United States Bureau of Mines. The detailed descriptions of the local stations, which follow the accounts of the geologic formations, except that of Bald Hill, near Miraflores Locks, were made more or less jointly by Doctor Vaughan and myself. The study of these exposures by both of us supplies to Doctor Vaughan the basis for the accurate placing of the fossils obtained in their stratigraphic relations. He prepared the key map of localities here reproduced as plate 154. i U. S. Bureau of Mines Bull. 86, pp. 83, 29 pis., 9 figs., 1915. Particularly pp. 17-26. 525 526 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The localities for the fossils are indicated as the station numbers in the United States National Museum record book for Cenozoic invertebrate fossils. In order to obviate confusion, as the Canal Commission also had station numbers, the United States National Museum numbers are printed in heavy-faced types in the descrip- tions of the exposures, while the Canal Commission numbers are printed in italics. SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. Eocene (?). BAS OBISPO FORMATION. The Bas Obispo formation is the oldest Isthmian formation, so far as is known, and although referred doubtfully to the Eocene it may be of pre-Tertiary age. It was formed of rock fragments and ash blown from old volcanic vents. The debris settled over the sur- rounding region and was subsequently cemented into fairly hard rock by the slow-acting piocesses of rock cementation. Locally it shows some rough bedding and some rounded water-worn fragments. In composition it belongs to the andesitic tuff group of rocks, although locally it might be classed as andesitic breccia. It outcrops extensively at Bas Obispo and near old Panama, and small outcrops rise above the alluvium near Miraflores and Diablo Ridge. LAS CASCADAS AGGLOMERATE. The Las Cascadas agglomerate also had its origin in fragmental rock material blown from volcanic vents and later washed down into different beds and masses. It rests unconformably on the Bas Obispo formation, is much less consolidated and cemented than the latter, and is of much more recent origin. It is a greenish to gray, basic agglom- erate, which contains large and small subangular fragments in a fine-grained groundmass of volcanic clay and tuff. The whole is arranged in massive to roughly bedded deposits, often unconformable with each other. Interbedded with these deposits are andesitic flow-breccias, some fine-grained grayish and some coarse-grained dark andesitic flows, and a few easily crumbled lava-mud flows which show columnar jointing where exposed in the canal. The whole is cut by large and small basalt dikes. The formation outcrops extensively along the canal between Empire and Las Cascadas. Oligocene. bohio conglomerate. The Bohio conglomerate consists of beds containing water-worn cobblestones and pebbles. These beds are separated from each other by layers of sandstone and clay rock. The lower part of the forma- tion contains more cobbles and pebbles than the upper part and seems GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 527 to be largely a product of running water. It is generally fairly well bedded, though locally massive, and contains hard boulders, up to a few feet in diameter, of andesitic, dioritic, and other igneous rocks. The upper part of this formation is of the same general composi- tion as the lower part, but contains some beds of dark-gray clay marl which contain fossil Foraminifera. The cobbles, boulders, and gravel are from cherts, andesites, and diorites, and were derived from the older intrusive masses of igneous rock now found at intervals along the central part of the Isthmus. The formation must be at least 1,000 feet thick, and it outcrops extensively in the vicinity of Bohio and near Caimito Junction. Though not outcropping in the Gaillard Cut, it was encountered in many of the cuts near Bohio on the new line of the Panama Railroad. CULEBRA FORMATION. The Culebra formation contains an upper and a lower member. The lower member consists of dark, well-laminated beds of soft shales, marls, and carbonaceous clays, with some pebbly, sandy, and tufaceous layers. There are a few thin beds of lignitic shale, but the whole upper part of the formation contains considerable organic matter. It outcrops in Gaillard Cut near Culebra and near Pedro Miguel. The upper member consists of calcareous beds and lenses ranging in character from sandy limestone to calcareous sandstone, 3 to 10 feet thick, separated by partings of dark carbonaceous clays and fine-bedded tuffs. Locally this formation gives off a little natural gas and in some small areas it shows slightly bituminous shales. CUCURACHA FORMATION. The Cucuracha formation is here described in considerable detail, because in it not only the Cucuracha slide but also the big Culebra slides developed. It is so named because of being the site of the Cucuracha slide and because it is typically exposed near Cucuracha village. The formation consists of a dark green, massive and locally bedded, slightly indurated, volcanic clay rock of andesitic composition. It is a land-deposited formation, overlying the marine Culebra formation, from which it is separated by 10 to 20 feet of slightly indurated gravel. It is the upper part of what Hill * and Howe 2 called the Culebra formation. » Hill, R. T., Geological history of the Isthmus of Panama and portions of Costa Rica, Museum Com- parative Zoology Harvard College Bull., vol. 28, 1898. s Howe, Ernest, Canal Commission Ann. Rept. 1907, Appendix E, pp. 108-138; Isthmian geology of the Panama Canal, Econ. Geol., vol. 2, 1907, pp. 639-658; Geology of the Isthmus of Panama, Amer. Joum. Sei., ser. 4, vol. 26, 1908, pp. 212-237. 528 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. SUCCESSION OF BED ROCKS. Pleistocene. Pliocene. Toro limestone. c. River alluvium, b. Muds and silts, a. Gravel. J-Shell marl and limestone. Miocene. formation }Li£nt colored tuff beds, argillite, etc. Gatun fC- CJay beds, formation \h - Pine sandstone,l . 1 ArgUlite _ ^Oligocene. |c. Sandstone. 7 - formation p- Limy conglomerate,l i uon. a _ Sandstone . Caimito 6- limestone 1 }Marme limestone, many corals. 5. formation 8 ' }Land formed clay rocks, lava flow, etc. 4- formation }Marine carbonaceous shale, clay, tuffs, limy sandstone. o o °o° ol:>| 3. conglomerate [Coarse and nne conglomerate and sandstone beds. ' O <=> g ° Eocene? , Las Cascadas \Volcar,ic debris, mud-lava, some flows and dikes of ^S_£^r^ g-^j • agglomerate. / andesite. * ^Sm°a&}Vol--c ^ccia. SUCCESSION OF IGNEOUS ROCKS. Miocene? ;< Mostly). ' 6. Basalt. lo D o°oS 5. Meta-breccia. 4. Rhyolite. 3. Andesite. (?) -i/\1 11 I /'li'1 '1 '! 2. Diorite. 1. Grandiorite. Pig. 26—Rock succession in the Canal Zone. (From U. S. Bureau of Mines Bull. 86.) GEOLOLGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 529 $', f?t'o C/73gi~&S ACaAMBOA BAS OBISPO I Yas cascadas EMPIRE 'ACULEBRA Km) D - H'>, \Go/d/i/7/ v CUCARACHA. PARA!SO MF?Jtf. _______ J ( PEDRO MIGUEL r^ ' MIRAFLO !?E5 1V^X-^XVO /?/7e©>? ///// (Say ofPanama) PAC/P/C OCEAN \t\(ATLANT/C OCPAA/ y|(Caribbean -3ea) T^i-c, Pt. umonbay: \tlpSo) icjj'cr: ") GATuN T/gsrHi//s BOHfO ,° o/r. '»0 GCAIMJTO 7 I " -^/b -a. Layer of dark, fossiliferous clay, exposed. 28 Section from top of hill at west end of Gatun darn to bottom of the spillway. Pliocene (Toro limestone): Feet thick. 6034-3. Top of hill, limestone. A rather soft coquina lime- stone composed of comminuted or broken tests of a number of kinds of organisms 70 Unconformity. Miocene (Gatun formation): 2. Sandstone, surface oxidized brown 120 1. Dark-colored marl 35 Section at west end of the spillway. 2. Yellowish or brownish, sandy clay; soil red 20 5659/1. Dark-colored Gatun marl, with Amusium, dementia, 59001 etc 16 544 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Exposures in the vicinity of Mindi Rill. Miocene (Gatun formation): Feet thiok. Gray-green, fine-grained, Bandy shell marl is exposed from about 50 feet above sea level to 41 feet below; exposed thick- ness about 90 feet. The material occurs in beds 2 to 6 feet thick and is similar to that at the spillway. A number of fossils were collected from the exposures near the bottom of the canal 6035 Near the railroad is an extensive Pleistocene shell bed from 6 to about 10 feet above sea level. Along the canal the Gatun formation is overlain by lignitic or peaty swamp deposits with occasional oysters. Monkey Hill, Mount Hope station. Miocene (Gatun formation): 6036. About one-sixth of a mile south of the station on the west side of the railroad is an exposure of dark-colored, fine-grained, sandy clay marl 20 North of Mount Hope Station, along the east side of the railroad on the north side of the cemetery, is the following exposure: Miocene (Gatun formation): 2. Clay, light-gray, stiff, slightly sandy, with white particles of softer material, like the clay that overlies the marl near Camp Cotton on the relocated Panama Railroad. 1. Dark-colored, fine, sandy, clay marl, the same as that ex- posed at the locality immediately preceding. Pleistocene reef-flat corals and other fossils occur 4 or 5 feet above sea level in a swamp north and east of Mount Hope and very near to the Colon road, 5850, 6038. Section of bluff at end of Tow Point. Pliocene (Toro limestone): Bedded coquina containing great numbers of barnacle plates, comminuted shells, and a large Scala (Epitonium toroVnse Dall), forms a bluff 45 to 50 feet high. It is dark to light- gray in color, cross-bedded, and contains some lenses of coarse, basic beach sand. The beds dip about 5° northward. At the base of the bluff there is a fringe of coral-reef rock which has been slightly elevated. This material has been built around large masses of the Toro Point rock that have fallen from the bluff, so that they are now inclosed in a matrix of coral-reef rock which has been elevated perhaps 6 to 10 feet above the level at which it was originally formed. This marginal coral flat is from 200 feet to a quarter of a mile wide. Extensive fiat swamps filled with mud and broken coral fragments fringe some of the higher land at Toro Point. These are up to half a mile or more wide and are about a foot, more or less, above high-tide level. The coquina rock forming the bluff at Toro Point seems to be about the same as the coquina rock forming the top of the hill at the west end of Gatun Dam, except that the latter is light gray to creamy-white in color and is a purer limestone. This formation clearly overlies the Gatun formation and is GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 545 Pliocene—Continued. continuous westward into Costa Rica, except near the mouths of large river valleys where it has been removed or covered with alluvium. This coquina formation is clearly older than the marine Pleistocene (5850), occupying a level slightly above that of the sea, in the vicinity of Mindi, Mount Hope, and around the margins of Limon Bay. From the general stratigraphic relations of this rock I am inclined to consider it not younger than Pliocene. Section one-third of a mile south of the southern end of Toro Point Breakwater, in quarry. Feet thick. 6037. Gray coquina rock mixed with local layers and lenses of sand 35^to 40 Barnacle plates, echinoid spines, fragments of oyster shells, and a large Scala (Epitonium toroense Ball) are abundant. Specimens of the last named form were the only perfect fossils found. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PLATE 153 ' Donald F. MacDonald. Base map by Isthmian Canal Commiss GENERALIZED GEOLOGIC MAP OF THE CANAL ZONE TERTIARY Pleistocene pu c Tpt T* Caimito sairdstoue, tuffs, etc. Tels Pan urns lulls Gatun formation Emperador limestone iHoc sne 01 rb CuJcura and Bohio conglo- Basalt and ('ueuracha merate and andesite shales, tiiffs, sandstone i and clay rocks , Ign plex — grano- ;r»te, Baa old lulls diorite, met a breccia, I / Oascadas aggl Obispo breccia, (includes small many of the other forma tions) of BULLETIN 103 PLATE 154 ING LOCA MAP OF THE PANAMA CANAL SHOWING LOCATION OF STATIONS AT WHICH FOSSILS WEKK COLLECTED SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE BIOLOGIC CHARACTER AND GEO- LOGIC CORRELATION OF THE SEDI- MENTARY FORMATIONS OF PANAMA IN THEIR RELATION TO THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES By THOMAS WAYLAND VAUGHAN Custodian of Madreporaria, United States National Museum, and Geologist in charge of Coastal Plain Investigations, United States Geological Survey Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 547-612 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1919 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE BIOLOGIC CHARACTER AND GEO- LOGIC CORRELATION OF THE SEDI- MENTARY FORMATIONS OF PANAMA IN THEIR RELATION TO THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES By THOMAS WAYLAND VAUGHAN Custodian of Madreporaria, United States National Museum, and Geologist in charge of Coastal Plain Investigations, United States Geological Survey Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 547-612 issued MAY 19 1919 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE iyi9 CONTENTS. Introduction 547 Biologic character of the sedimentary formations in Panama 547 Eocene 547 Oligocene 549 Bohio conglomerate 549 Limestone on Haut Chagres 549 Limestone at David 549 Large Foraminifera from David 549 Culebra formation 550 Fossils from the Culebra formation 551 Deposits of the age of the Culebra formation near Tonosi 554 Large Foraminifera from near Tonosi 555 Fossil corals from station 6587, Tonosi 555 Cucuracha formation 555 Emperador limestone 556 Fossils from the Emperador limestone 557 Caimito formation 558 Miocene. 558 Gatun formation 558 Fossils, except Mollusca, from the Gatun formation 559 Mollusca from the Gatun formation according to Brown and Pilsbry. 560 Pliocene 562 Toro limestone 562 Pleistocene 563 Fossils from the Pleistocene of the Canal Zone 563 Correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama 565 Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States 565 A provisional correlation table of the Tertiary formations of the South Atlantic and eastern Gulf Coastal Plain of the United States 569 Correlation of the Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States with European subdivisions of the Tertiary 569 Eocene 569 Oligocene 570 Miocene 572 Alum Bluff formation 572 Marks Head marl and the Calvert formation 574 Choptank and St. Marys formations 575 Yorktown formation and Duplin marl 575 Choctawhatchee marl 576 Pliocene 576 Age of the sedimentary formations of Panama, and the distribution of their age-equivalents in Central America and the West Indies 577 Eocene 577 Oligocene 578 Lower Oligocene 578 Middle Oligocene 582 Upper Oligocene 585 in IV CONTENTS. Correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama—Continued. Age of the sedimentary formations of Panama, and the distribution of their age-equivalents in Central America and the West Indies—Continued. Page. Miocene 586 Pliocene 593 Tentative correlation table of the Tertiary Marine sedimentary forma- tions of Panama 595 Pre-Tertiary formations in Central America and the West Indies 595 Outline of geologic history of the perimeters of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea 596 Geographic relations of the three Americas 597 General relations 598 Tectonic Provinces 599 Bahamas 599 Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain 600 Mexican Plateau 600 Oaxaca-Guerrero 600 Yucatan 601 Guatemala Chiapas 601 Cuba 601 Haiti, northern part 601 Honduras and the Jamaican Ridge 602 Haiti, southern part, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. 602 Saint Croix 603 Costa Rican-Panama 603 Andes 603 Maritime Andes ... 604 Caribbean Islands 604 Barbadian Ridge 604 Caribbean Arc 604 Aves Ridge 604 Paleogeogrephic summary 604 Late Paleozoic 605 Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous 606 Eocene and Oligocene 607 Miocene 607 Pliocene and later 609 Tabular summary of some of the important events in the geologic his- tory of the West Indies and Central America 611 THE BIOLOGIC CHARACTER AND GEOLOGIC CORRELA- TION OF THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS OF PANAMA IN THEIR RELATION TO THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES. By Thomas Wayland Vaughan, Custodian of Madreporaria, United States National Museum, and Geologist in charge of Coastal Plain Investigations, United States Geological Survey. INTRODUCTION. The following paper presents: (1) biologic summaries for each of the formations for which paleontologic data are available, with brief discussions of the geologic age; (2) geologic correlation of the formations and the distribution of their age-equivalents in Central America, the West Indies, and the southeastern United States; (3) an outline of the paleogeography of middle America. A tabular statement of the age relations of the formations is given by Doctor MacDonald in the preceding paper of this volume, page 528. The biologic summaries are based on the paleontologic memoirs in this volume, by Messrs. Howe, Berry, Cushman, Jackson, Canu and Bassler, and Pilsbry, Miss Rathbun, and myself. Dr. C. W. Cooke has furnished me notes on a few of the fossil Mollusca, and I have incorporated in my lists the molluscan species recorded by Messrs. A. P. Brown and H. A. Pilsbry. I deeply regret that not even a preliminary list of the mollusks that Doctor MacDonald and I col- lected is available. Although I believe such a list would not modify the opinions here expressed, it is needed as a supplement to the other biologic records, particularly in order to supply a basis for the corre- lation of deposits in which mollusks are the only abundant organisms. I trust this serious omission may be remedied before a great while. Needless to say all of the paleontologists who have studied the fossils submitted to them have cooperated in trying to solve the problems of local and regional geologic correlation, and I wish to record my grateful appreciation of their efforts. I wish also to thank my friend, Dr. T. W. Stanton, of the United States Geological Survey, for much advice and kindly criticism. BIOLOGIC CHARACTER OF THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS IN PANAMA. Eocene. The only geologic formation of Eocene age definitely recognized in Panama is exposed near Tonosi, Los Santos Province. At station 547 548 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. No. 6586c, near the mouth of Tonosi River, Doctor MacDonald col- lected a species of Venericardia, on which Dr. C. W. Cooke makes the following note: "A species of Venericardia from this locality is scarcely distinguishable from a specimen labeled Venericardia plani- costa var. Jiorni from Caliborne, Alabama, but it does not closely resemble specimens that I have seen from the Eocene of California, Washington, and Oregon." According to Doctor MacDonali's de- scription of the section, this species of Venericardia occurs 690 feet below the bed in which Lepidocyclina panamensis Cushman and L. duplicata Cushman were collected. I believe that the latter bed is the correlative of the lower part of the Culebra formation, as will later be shown. Just below the Oligocene limestone in which occur the two species of Foraminifera mentioned are 650 feet of grayish, well-beddea, rather fine-grained sandstone; this is underlain by dark-gray, argillaceous, fossiliferous sandstone and shale, the latter underlain by dark-gray, argillaceous sandstone, in which the speci- mens of Venericardia were collected. Doctor MacDonald collected the plant Diospyros macdonaldi Berry at station 65866, in grayish, argillaceous sandstone with some darker shale beds, which immediately underlies the material in which the species of Venericardia occurs. Dr. R. T. Jackson identifies as Schizaster armiger W. B. Clark, an echinoid collected by Mr. R. T. Hill at Bonilla, Costa Rica. The type of this species was obtained in a deposit of Jackson Eocene age at Cocoa post office, Choctaw County, Alabama. It should be noted that Mr. Hill says: "They [the rocks exposed] at Bonilla Cliff [Costa Rica] are upper Oligocene, like the Monkey Hill beds." 1 The deter- mination of the Eocene age of this exposure is not positive. On page 197 of this volume, in my paper on the fossil corals, I gave reasons for referring the typical part of the Brito formation of Nicaragua, that part exposed near Brito, to the upper Eocene, and correlated that part of the formation with the St. Bartholomew lime- stone of the Island of St. Bartholomew and the Jacksonian upper Eocene of the southeastern United States. The data and opinions referred to need not be repeated. The presence in northern Colombia of limestone containing small stellate Orthophragmina, indicating a probable upper Eocene, was also noted on page 197. No fossil organisms were found in the Las Cascadas agglomerate or the Bas Obispo formation. As they both underlie the Bohio con- glomerate, which is of Oligocene, probably lower Oligocene age, they are almost certainly of pre-Oligocene age. Although at present information is not available for precisely determining their age, it appears highly probable that they belong to the Eocene. However, i Hill, R. T., The geological history of the Isthmus of Panama and portions of Costa Rica: Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 28, p. 232, 1898. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 549 Upper Cretaceous is not improbable as the age of the Bas Obispo formation. Oligocene. bohio conglomerate. This is the oldest formation in which fossil organisms were found within the Canal Zone. The fossil plant, Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix, collected in a railroad cut on Bohio Ridge, is said by Doctor MacDonald to come from the Bohio conglomerate. Should the spee- mens really come from the Bohio conglomerate, it is probable that that formation is of Oligocene age. Taenioxylon multiradiatum, according to Professor Berry, is also found in the Culebra and Cucu- racha formations, both of which are of Oligocene age, should the Aquitanian be considered uppermost Oligocene instead of basal Miocene. LIMESTONE ON HAUT CHAGRES. H. Douville has published the following interesting note: "Un autre 6chantillon du Haut Chagres est representees par un calcaire plus compacte prenant bien le poli ; il renforme egalement de petites Nummulites et de grandes Lepidocyclines voisines de L. chaperi, mais en outre, de petites Orbitoides qui sont des Orthophragmina 6toilees (Asterodiscus). C'est la meme association que celle que nous avons signalee a la base du stampien [= Lattorfian], dans Tile de la Trinite. . . Nous avons ainsi dans le Haut Chagres un niveau stampien inferieur. " l This corresponds to a horizon within the Vicksburg group. It is probable that the rocks underlying part of the area around Alahajuela mapped by Doctor MacDonald as Emperador limestone are really of this age. LIMESTONE AT DAVID. A similar forminiferal fauna occurs in the river bed, just above the ice plant in David, station 6512; at station 6526, which, accord- ing to Doctor MacDonald's section, is on the bed immediately next below the one exposed at station 6512; and at station 6523, 2 miles north of David. The following are the species reported by Doctor Cushman : LARGER FORAM1NIFERA FROM DAVID. Name. Station 6512. Station 6526. Station 6523. Nummulites davidensis Cushman Lepidocyclina macdonaldi Cushman . . duplicata Cushman. . . panamensis Cushman. sp Orthophragmina minima Cushman... (Asterodiscus) sp i Soc. g6olog. France, Comptes rend, seance No. 16, 1915, p. 130, 1916. 550 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Taenioxylon multiradiratum Felix was obtained at station 6523. The limostone exposed at these three stations, which are all near one another, clearly belongs to one formation, and it seems to me to be of lower Oligocene (Lattorfian) age. However, Doctor Cush- man because of the presence of Orthophragmina minima inclines to the opinion that it is of upper Eocene age. Lepidocycllna duplicata was collected in association with L. pana- mensis at station 6586e, near Tonosi, in a bed I am considering of middle Oligocene (Rupelian) age (see p. 555). CULEBRA FORMATION. The principal localities at which collections were made from the Culebra formation were along the Canal from Miraflores locks to Las Cascadas. The local sections are described in Doctor Mac- Donald's article, pages 533 to 541 of this volume, and the position of each is indicated on plate 154. The United States National Museum station record numbers are 6009 to 6020c, as given at the column heads in the following table. Stations Nos. 6024a, 6025, 6026, are on the Panama Railroad, relocated line, and are platted on the map (pi. 154). Station No. 6837, on shales in the lower part of the Culebra formation, one-quarter of a mile south of Empire bridge, is not platted on the map. . / The names of the specifically determined Mollusca from station No. 6019a-d, bed not identified, are taken from Brown and Pilsbry. 1 The specimens were obtained 65 and 85 feet below the "Pecten bed," which is the basal bed of the Emperador limestone. There are five of these species, only one of which, Turritella altilira Conrad, has been also reported from the Gatun formation. The generic names of the other Mollusca are mostly taken from my field notes. Doctor Mac- Donald and I obtained in the Culebra formation within Gaillard Cut, stations 6019a^/"and 6020&-C, specimens representing about 70 genera of mollusks, but the species have not been identified. Orthaulax pugnax (Heilprin), collected by Doctor MacDonald at station 5901 , 2 miles south of Monte Lirio, formerly known as Mitchell- ville, was identified by Dr. C. W. Cooke. This is the same locality as station No. 6026, on the Panama Railroad, relocated line. Litho- thamnium vaughani, Nummulites panamensis ?, Lepidocycllna canellei, and three species of corals were also collected at this locality. 1 Brown, A. P., and Pilsbry, H. A., Fauna of the Gatun formation, Isthmus of Pan ama—II, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. for 1912, pp. 502, 503, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 551 * s & a o o lard Cut, north of Canal Com. station 1760. Do. Do. CD 12 Eh West wall oi canal below Miraflores locks. East wall. Gail- lard Cut, north of Canal Com. station 1760. Do. Do. CO 00 to CO 00 X XX o CO CD O CD X X (MO CD X X X c3 O CD O 1 o O CO X X o i o CD X X O 03 CN CD CD XX O CO o ' o CD X XXXXXXXXXX X XXX Oo CD X CD a c3 5 CE & C w < £ 1 •« c vA K I e rC C 2 > PC 1 a > u S i> U a. fq e s e e g I" ;= s s -c 3 5- ,C s »| u fC e I . e c c e 1 t a. PC s 1 :g % > •~ 'PC e | | CS f- P | s c PC > pq s e 1 *| CD PP | CJ » is 1 a ^o > t- - r = c 1 "5 c -?• i p ei < E W « S a 5 « c3 -1PS 5 p S Pm a ,g s- > s 5 a "a a ) a P CS f= 5 p E -- c s i= £ o e S > p| O 1 ? e i .- r 'is s 5 c cc e c > e ."? e s c 6 u b c J e | 5 C3 e s 8 ~- a t- e c a 1 cf S I •- | p p E u 8 e ~x S a .s S a •-• p 03 cS| > £. :-,C as a ?= s CS» o 5a 1 ~ e e P e s > •a O t c -rS a .g c 5 -> c c 2 ) ; U CD CC bi a 552 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. cl c a ™ w g o o.J x x X XXX XX a ca a .2? ^ 2 « C3 s IP |1 s>a§ s* a -.<-=. o see o S-g a o a a B a eew^gSsg .22 e UQ p go a 'S'S a B sii I § I pabx,C 'sr B.J Si .s a & 03 " a s a ~ ?*>a o3 80^3 s 2 I isS > a oa .8 £: So ©03 -"lO g, e'o GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 553 n • a l • e J^ sP en -J'— a> i-l o o -t *» c c o XX XXX x : : : : :xxxxxxxxx : :x : : :xx : : :x : :x :x : :x xxx xx &i2 go 03 s;!§ S e eg e sis ~~ M -s © (?6i §S§5 HieJ 0,^1? Ok^6-iOO pp ^lj§-esg^ is 5 B 0.8 §'£».§§ So a ..a g • o : 3 ..a «5§"«S-S3 Ha bio v e o l&J^a H « m o »>•§ o S w ^5"g ° v. s aa S 5 ! 554 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The identification of deposits within the Canal Zone as belonging to the Culebra formation needs brief discussion. The type sections are in Gaillard Cut, particularly at station 6020a to 6019/ (see p. 538 of Doctor MacDonald's paper), and beds Nos. 1-5, inclusive, of the section on the west side of the cut between Empire and Culebra. The collections from 6020c to 6019/ are typical of the upper part of the formation; those from 6012a typify its lower part, while those from 6012c and 6012a1 represent its upper part (p. 536 of Doctor Mac- Donald's paper). He refers the beds that were exposed at stations 6009 and 6010 to the lower part of the Culebra, and those at stations 6011 to the upper part. In Gaillard Cut Lepidocyclina chaperi occurs at station 6019/ and L. canellei at station 6019a; in other words both of these species occur in the upper part of the Culebra formation,, the latter below the former. Heterosteginoides panamemsis occurs at station 6011 in the upper part of the Culebra formation and apparently it was also obtained at stations 6015 and 6016 in the overlying Em- perador limestone. As at station 6024a, on Rio Agua Salud, immedi- ately benaath a coralliferous bed representing the Emperador lime- stone, Heterostigenoides panamensis and Nummulites panamensis were collected, both the stratigraphic relations and the fossils support the reference of the lower bed to the upper part of the Culebra forma- tion. At Bohio switch, station 6025, Lepidocyclina cliaperi and Nummulites panamensis were found in association. This bed also may be referred to the upper part of the Culebra formation. At station 6026, about 2 miles south of Monte Lirio, Lepidocyclina canellei and a species of Nummulites, apparently N. panamensis, were found associated with fossil corals closely related to the fauna of the Em- perador limestone on one hand, and to that of the Antigua formation of Antigua on the other; and Orihaulax pugnax was collected there. The correlation of this exposure with the Culebra formation, probably about its middle part, seems as certain as it is possible to be in such matters. The principal locality for Lepidocyclina canellei was near the old town of Bohio, station 6027, now under water. It was here that Hill obtained his specimens of " Orbitoides forhesi," which are i. canellei, and it is probable that the type of the species came from the same place. The deposit here so rich in this species of Foraminifera is referred to the Culebra formation, as are also the beds in which it was obtained at Bailamonas and south of the switch at Mamei. DEPOSITS OF THE AGE OF THE CULEBRA FORMATION NEAR TONOSI. The only organisms of those collected by Doctor MacDonald in this area that have been studied are the Foraminifera and the corals* The following is a table of the larger Foraminifera: GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 555 LARGER FORAMINIFERA FROM NEAR TONOSI. Name. Station65S6e. Station 6587. Other stations. Lemiocyclina panamensis Cushman X X X 6010?, 6012a?, 6012c?, 6512. 6523. Stations 6010, 6012a, and 6012c are along the Canal (see pi. 154), on the Culebra formation; station 6512 is the river bed in David and station 6523 is 2 miles north of David, on a limestone probably of lower Oligocene age. It therefore seems that L. duplicata is of both lower and middle Oligocene age, while L. panamensis occurs in lower, middle, and upper Oligocene deposits. The following is a list of the corals collected by Doctor MacDonald near Tonosi: FOSSIL CORALS FROM STATION 6587, TONOSI. Name. Distribution. Cuba. Antigua; Cuba; etc. The species after which Cuba is given in the column for distribution were collected by Mr. O. E. Meinzer near Guantanamo. These corals, which clearly belong to the coral fauna found in the Antigua formation of Antigua, supply additional evidence for correlating the foramini- feral limestones exposed at stations 6586e and 6587 with the lower part of the Culebra formation. By referring to my account of the successive coral faunas of the West Indies and Central America, pages 193 to 226 of this volume, it will be seen that, although I refer the coral fauna of the upper part of the Culebra formation to the upper Oligo- cene ( = Aquitaman of European terminology), I consider that fauna as intermediate between the fauna of the Emperador limestone and Anguilla formation and that of the Antigua formation, because it contains a number of species in common with the latter formation. The coral fauna represented at Tonosi is, in my opinion, of middle Oligocene age, and belongs stratigraphically just below that found in the upper part of the Culebra formaticn. CUCURACHA FORMATION The only fossils as yet identified from the Cucuracha formation are two species of plants, Palmox%lon palmacites (Sprengel) Stenzel and Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix, from station No. 6845, which is on the green clays of Gaillard Cut, near the lava flow. The first of these species was obtained only in the Cucuracha formation; but the second occurs in the Bohio conglomerate and the Culebra for- mation. 556 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. EMPERADOR LIMESTONE. The type locality of this formation is in Empire village, and sta- tions 6015 and 6016 are on it. As the two localities are very near together, with little or no lithologic or faunal difference, the fossils from the two localities are listed as from one in the following table. The position of the locality is shown on the map (pi. 154). Station 6017 is on the highway between Empire and Las Cascadas, about one mile from Las Cascadas. Nos. 6021 and 6673 are for the same locality, which is just north of Caimito switch, Panama Railroad, relocated line; station No. 6024& is on the same railroad, at the lower end of the culvert over Rio Agua Salud. Station No. 6255 is on the wagon road about one-half mile south of Miraflores; and station No. 6256 is Bald Hill, 1J miles south of Miraflores (see p. 534 for Doctor MacDonald's description of the exposure). The fossil plant, Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix, was obtained at station 6523, which is about 2 miles north of David, where Lepidocyclina macdonaldi Cushman and L. duplicata Cushman were also collected. It is my belief that this specimen did not come from the Emperador limestone; for it is my opinion that the horizon is stratigraphically below the Culebra formation. The specific names of the Mollusca and that of the echinoid^ Schizaster scherzeH Gabb, from station No. 6019<7 are taken from the paper by Brown and Pilsbry already cited. 1 Doctor MacDonald and I obtained from the same bed species representing 32 genera of Mollusca, but they have not been identified. Regarding the larger Foraminifera from stations 6015 and 6016, Dr. J. A. Cushman says: "The material from No. 6015 contains an orbitoid species, but the sections cut did not clearly reveal the internal structure. It has a papillate surface, and resembles Lepi- docyclina macdonaldi and L. panamensis, but does not seem to be identical with either. Some of its characters, especially in its nearly diamond shaped chambers, it resembles L. vaughani, but the speci- mens of the latter are larger and they are not papillate. Although this appears to be a new species, I do not care to give a name to it without knowing its internal structure in greater detail, and suggest that it be listed as Lepidocyclina species. "The material from No. 6016 apparently contains no orbitoids, but it contains Amphistegina, which superficially might be mistaken for an orbitoid." Heterosteginoides sp., apparently H. panamensis, occurs at stations Nos. 6015 and 6016. Lepidocyclina vaughani Cushman was obtained at two localities, stations Nos. 6021 and 6255. i Acad. Nat. Sci. PMa. Proc. for 1912, p. 503. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 557 The echinoid, Clypeaster gatuni Jackson, is worth a special note. The holotype is from the Gatun formation, station 5662, but two specimens were also collected at station 6237, in limestone referred by Doctor MacDonald to the Emperador limestone, in a swamp north of Ancon Hill and about 4 miles south of Diablo Ridge. This species extended from the Atlantic to the Pacific side of the Isthmus. Doctor MacDonald and I obtained at station No. 6019<7 two poor crushed specimens of a gastropod that belongs to the genus Orthaulax. A few remarks should be made on the reference of the limestone exposed at station 6021 near the old Caimito switch, to Emperador limestone. Only two identifiable species, LitJiothammium isthmi and Lepidocyclina vaughani, were obtained at this place, but both were found elsewhere in the Emperador limestone. Liihothammium isthmi was also collected on Rio Agua Salud, station 6024&, in association with a coral fauna very nearly the same as that at the type locality of the formation; and Lepidocyclina vaughani was obtained in the Emperador limestone near Miraflores. FOSSILS FROM THE EMPERADOR LIMESTONE. 6015, 6016 6017 5866&, 6019(7, 6671 6021, 6673 60245 6255 6256 PLANTAE. X X FORAMINIFERA. X X X X X X Hetcrosteginoides sp., apparently H.panamens is Cushman X X X X X X X X MADREPORARIA. X X X X X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X X X X X X imnpr fnriv Van^hfln P Vonwhan • St. Maurice formation JTaliahatta bulirstone Southward and westward of a line, the location of which is indi- cated on Deussen's map, 1 there is a change in the strike of the forma- tions. The line passes between Cotulla and Tilden and strikes from about N. 52° W. to S. 52° E.; northeast of it, the strike of the for- mations is S. 39° W., with a southeastward dip of 48 feet to 1 mile; southwest of it, the strike is N. 19° E., with a dip S. 19° E. of 3G feet to 1 mile. In 1912 Mr. G. C. Matson devoted some months to a field study of the area along Rio Grande seaward of the Eocene- Cretaceous contact, and I accompanied him during a wagon trip from Laredo to Samfordycc. As Mr. Matson has not been able to prepare a report for publication, it is fortunate that I made notes on the exposures we examined, and later the marine fossils collected were studied and identified by Dr. C. W. Cooke and myself. Through out much of its course between Laredo and Roma, Rio Grande is a subsequent stream—that is, its course is along the strike of the for- mations—and for miles the road is on very nearly the same geologic formation. However, only a short distance eastward from the river higher geologic formations are encountered. The most important difference of the successive formations, as compared with those far- ther east, consists in the slight development of the lignitiferous Yegua formation, which, apparently, is represented by shoal-water marine sands. The correlative of the Fayette sandstone was not i U. S. Geol. Survey Water-Supply Paper 375, p!. 8, 191(5. Catahoula sandstone. Jackson formation. Yegua formation. St. Maurice for- mation. Wilcox formation. Midway formation. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 569 definitely recognized, but Professor Berry has identified a Jacksonian flora, collected by Mr. Matson, "4 J miles north of Miraflores Ranch, 45 miles southeast of Laredo," and sa}Ts in a letter: ''I consider the Miraflores Ranch outcrops as Fayette sandstone and of lower Jackson age. I am sure that it is not upper Claiborne; in fact, I believe that a part of the Ycgua in the Texas area is also lower Jackson in age." The Frio clay is represented by clays that contain abundant speci- mens of Ostrea georgiana. The importance of these notes in this connection consists in showing that marine deposits of Jackson age extend to Rio Grande, but the strike veers southward in conformity with the trends of the shore of the Gulf of Mexico and of the moun- tains in eastern Mexico. Correlation of the Tertiary Formations of the Southeastern United States with European Subdivisions of the Tertiary. EOCENE. As the remarks to be made here are intended to be only a summary, no extensive account of literature will be given. However, it should be mentioned that Dr. W. H. Dall's correlation table, published nearly 20 years ago, 1 is valuable in that it gave a summary of opinion up to 1898 ard served as a starting point for subsequent attempts of a similar kind. A comparison of the correlation table of the for- mations in the southeastern United States here presented with Doctor Dall's shows that durirg the past 20 years many modifica- tions or charges in opinion have been rendered necessary because of the acquirement of new information. The most recent discussion of the European equivalence of the lower Tertiary deposits of the Coastal Plain is that of Berry, who in his lower Eocene floras 2 presents the following table of the names applied to the European "stages": ......_ . ,.„._. (Marine facies=Cuisian. fYpresian (Dumont, 1849) {. ... Lower Eocene I Lagoon facies=Laonman. ISparnaoian (Dollfup, ]SS0)=Upper Landenian (Mayer Eymar, 1857). Thanetian (Renevier, 1873)= IIeersian (Dumont, 1849), Lower Lan- denian (Mayer Eymar, 1857). Montian (Dewalque, lSfi9)=Paleocene of Von Koenen and others. . (Not of Schimper, 1874.) Berry says: "Together these stages correspond to the Eonummu- litic of Haug (1911), to the Sucssonian of D'Orbigny, and to the Paleoccnc of Schimper (1874), but not to the Paleocene of Von Koenen, Dollo, and others, which is limited to the Montian stage." 1 Dall. W. H.. A table of the North American Tertiary horizons. correlated with one another and with those of western Europe, with annotations, U. S. Geol. Survey Eighteenth Ann. Kept., pt. 2, pp. 323-348, 1898. 2 U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 91, pp. 140-152. Basal Eocene.- .„ „„ „«. „»»tAPv urmMATIONS OF THE SOOTH ATLANTIC AND EASTERN GULF COASTAL PLAIN A PROVISIONAL CORRELATION TABLE OF THE V**™**/?™™™^^. posits North Caroliua (south of Hatt«>ra ; South Caroliua (Santce drainage). South Carolina and Geornia (Savannah drainage). Georgia (Chattahoochee drainage). Florida. Alabama. Mississippi. Louisiana. E Waecamuw marl. Waccamaw marl, Not recog- Duplin marl. Uncou formity Caloosahatch.ee marl, Nashua marl, Alachua clay, and Bone Valley gravel (largely contem- poraneous). Citro- nelle forma- tion. Citronelle formation. Citronelle formation. Citronelle formation. Duplin marl. Duplin oiarl. /ormity— aarl. Jacksonville formation. .. Cboctawhat- cbee marl. Pascayoula clay. Pascagoula clay. Pascagoula clay. ^^ p Ed is to l Marks Head marl. 1 jrmity —— - River marl ember. Alum -Bluff formation. Alum Bluff formation , | < Shoal n Alum Bluff forma- tion. Hatties- burgclay. Hattiesburg clay. Oak Grove sand member. Hattiesburg clay. Chipola marl member. 1 Chattahoochee formation. Chattahoochee formation. Unconformity Vicksburg for- mation. Tampa forma- tion. Chattabooehee Chatta- hoochee forma- tion. Cata- houla sand- stone. Catahoula sandstone.formation. I 13 • 1 B •i Marianna limestone (western Florida). > Marianna lime- stone (with Glendon lime- stone in e m- ber). a > Byram calc. marl. \ I o Marianna lime- stone (with Glendon lime- stone and Mint Spring calc. marl m e tu- bers). Vicksburg \ limestone. \ Red Bluff clay. Red Bluff clay. \ p Castle Hayne lime- stone, Trent marl. Cooper marl. Barnwell forma- tion. Barnwell for- mation(with Twiggs clay member). Ocala lime- Ocala limestone. Ocala lime- stone. Jackson forma- Jackson formation (with Yazoo clay member and Moodyscalc.marl member). Jackson formation. i MoBean forma- MeBean forma- tion. McBean forma- tion. (Buripd.) 1 Gosport sand. I | O Yegua formation. ti Yegua formation. Lisbon forma- tion. Lisbon forma- tion. 1 1 St. Maurice for- , Tallahatta bulir- stone. - Tallahatta buhr- stone. mation. 3 < 'o/i^urco shales of Sloan. Williamsburg for- mation. (Probably overlapped.) Wilcox forma- tion. (Buried.) Hatclie tigbec formation. Bashi formation Tuscahoma for- mation. Nanafalia forma- tion. Granada forma- tion. Holly Springs sand. Ackerman for- mation. Wilcox formation. (Probably overlapped.) Midway for- mation . Naheola forma- tion. S u c a r nochee clay. ft 1 Tippah sand- stone of Lowe, Porters Creek clay. matior . Clayton lime- stone. Clayton lime- stone absent or replaced by sand. 37149—19. (To face page 569.) 570 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. With regard to the age of the Midway flora, he says: 1 "The European floras most similar to that of the Midway (?) are those, likewise poorly represented in marine deposits, of the Montian and Thanetian stages in the so-called Paris Basin in northern France,, Belgium, and southeastern England." He concludes his discussion of the correlation of the Wilcox floras with the following statement: 2 "In view of the foregoing discussion, I have no hesitation in making the most positive statement that the Wilcox flora is largely of Ypresian age. This is rendered conclusive by the exact agreement between the flora of the overlying Claiborne group and that of the Lutetian of Europe, as brought out in my un- published studies of the Claiborne flora." The foregoing paragraph contains Berry's opinion in 1916 as to the equivalence of the Claiborne group of the southern United States with the Lutetian of western Europe. This is an old correlation, for it is the same as that made by De Lapparent.3 More recent studies, not yet published, have led Berry to correlate the Claiborne flora of the southeastern United States with the Auversian of Europe, and he grants me permission to present his conclusion in this connection. As a part of my discussion of the coral faunas of the Jackson forma- tion and its correlatives, page 198 of this volume, I have expressed my opinion that the Jacksonian of Mississippi and Albama is the equiva- lent of the Bartonian-Ludian of western Europe, thereby concurring in a previously expressed opinion of Haug, which is essentially the same as that of De Lapparent. 4 In fact, this opinion seems generally accepted by all geologists who have studied the subject. OLIGOCENE. That the Vicksburgian Oligocene is the equivalent of the European Tongrian 5-Sannoisian-Lattorfian has long been recognized and needs- only mention in this place. As a part of the discussion of the coral faunas, pages 199-207 of this volume, I have correlated the basal part of the Chattahoochee formation with the Rupelian-Stampian of western Europe. Thia conclusion, which seems to me firmly established, is new for the- marine Tertiary formations of continental North America. That the Tampa formation of Florida is the equivalent of the Euro- pean Aquitanian, which seems to include the Chattian, is generally acknowledged. This is the opinion of W. H. Dall and M. Cossmann, 1 U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 91, p. 11. * Idem. p. 152. a De Lapparent, A., Traits de geologic, p. 1454, 1900. 4 Traite' de g6oIogie, ed. 4, p. 1473. * Maury, Carlotta J., A comparison of the Oligocene of western Europe and the southern United States,. Bull. Amer. Paleontology, vol. 3, No. 15, pp. 313-404, pis. 20-29, 1902. Here it should be noted that Tongrian has been used in two senses, one as the equivalent of the lower (Lattorflan) and the other as the equivalent of the middle (Rupelian) Oligocene. Miss Maury used it in the former sense. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 571 and apparently Mr. K. B. Newton agrees with them. 1 The papers •cited below contain the opinions referred to, and additiomal references to literature are given in the footnotes to Doctor Dall's paper. On page 211 of this volume, under my discussion of the successive Amer- ican coral faunas of Tertiary age, the same opinion is expressed. Paleontologists are divided in opinion as to whether the Aquitanian should be referred to the Oligocene or to the Miocene. From my experience with American faunas I incline to consider it as belonging to the older series. The Kupelian (basal Chatta- hoochee and Antiguan) fauna has much in common with the Sannoisian-Lattorfian (Vicksburgian) faunas, on the one hand, and with the Aquitanian (Tampa) fauna on the other. The failure to discover Lepidocyclina at Tampa seems to me of no great value as evidence, for, so far as I am aware, no careful search for Foraminifera has been made in the "silex" bed. Should the specimens not have been destroyed by changes in the sediments subsequent to deposition, it is my expectation that either Lepidocyclina or Hcterosteginoides, or both, will be found at Tampa, for in the Canal Zone both of those genera of Foraminifera are found in association with a fauna that I am correlating with the Tampa, and Heterosteginoides occurs in Anguilla. Mr. Newton, in his note cited, states that "Nummulites died out at the end of Oligocene time, being replaced by Lepidocycline Foraminifera in the succeeding Aquitanian and later stages of the Miocene period." This is an unfortunate remark, for the type-species of Lepidocyclina is L. mantelli (Morton) from the Vicksburgian Oligo- cene of the Gulf States. It is now known that in Georgia the genus ranges stratigraphically as low in the Eocene as a middle Jacksonian horizon, overlapping the upward range of OrtJiopliragmina, 2 and it is probable that it ranges as low as the base of the Jackson formation in Mississippi and Louisiana. Nummulites panamensis in the Canal Zone •occurs at a horizon very nearly the same as that of the "silex" bed at Tampa. There are important differences between the Tampa and the later fauna of the Chipola marl, which is considered by the students of Florida stratigraphy, except Doctor Dall, as the basal member of the Alum Bluff formation. However, it should be recog- nized that the presence of the Chipola marl considerably west of the type locality on Chipola River indicates a persistence that may warrant according it formational rank. I am definitely placing the Chipola marl and the higher members of the Alum Bluff formation in the Miocene. 1 Dall, W. H., Note on the Oligocene of Tampa, Fla., the Panama Canal Zone, and the Antillean region, Malacolog. Soc. Proa, vol. 12, pp. 38, 39, 1916. Newton, R. B., Remarks on Dr. Dall's paper, idem, p. 40. * Generic determinations by Dr. Joseph A. Cushman. 572 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. MIOCENE. ALUM BLUFF FORMATION. In the foregoing paragraph and on pages 219-220, as a part of the discussion of the fossil coral-faunas, I have referred the Chipola marl member of the Alum Bluff formation to the basal part of the* Mio- cene—that is, I correlate it with the base of the Burdigalian of European nomenclature. Unfortunately, information on the basal contact of the Chipola is not adequate. According to the description by Matson and Clapp 1 it conformably overlies the Chattahoochee formation. In 1900 I examined the exposure at the type locality, the McClelland farm on the west side of Chipola River, just south of Ten- mile Creek, Calhoun County, Florida, and corroborated the previous observations of Dall and Stanley-Brown that the marl immediately overlies limestone at the top of the Chattahoochee formation, but did not study the nature of the contact in sufficient detail. Although the evidence is not definite, it is probable that the contact is one of erosion unconformity. As regards the Mollusca of the Chipola marl, Miss Julia Gardner, who has almost completed a monographic account of them, furnishes me the following statement : ' ' The earlier investigation of the Chipola fauna indicated that ' about 50 per cent of the species in the Chipola beds are peculiar to them; of the others the larger proportion are common to the Tampa Orthaulax bed while in the subsequent Oak Grove sands about 24 per cent of the Chipola species survive.' 2 "Further investigations have, as is usually the case, materially increased the percentage of peculiar forms and materially diminished the percentage of species common to other horizons. The work upon the Chipola fauna is not yet complete but there is every reason to suppose that at least 75 per cent of the species are restricted to the single horizon. Twenty-three of the Tampa gastropods have been considered identical with those from the Chipola. In 18 out of the 23 the resemblances between the Tampa and Chipola forms are too slight to justify their inclusion under the same specific name. Two other species must be discarded for the present, because it has been impossible to find the Tampa individuals referred to them. Only 3 of the 23 remain; Stromhus cJiipolanus is represented in the Tampa beds by material too imperfect to determine with complete assurance; XenopJiora conchyliopliora is a species which has per- sisted with no perceptible change of character from the Upper Cretaceous to the Recent; Tegula exoleta apparently initiated in the Tampa persisted throughout the Miocene. The relation between the i Matson, G. C, and Clapp, F. G., A preliminary report on the geology of Florida, with special refer- ence to the stratigraphy, Florida Geol. Survey 2d Ann. Rept., pp. 102, 103, 1910. 8 Dall, W. H., A monograph of the molluscan fauna of the Orthaulax pugnax zone of the Oligocene of Tampa, Fla., U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 90, p. 8, 1915. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 573 Tampa and Chipola pelecypods promises to be similar to that be- tween the gastropods. No identical species of any significance has been found, and except a single conspicuous element the entire aspect of the fauna looks forward to the later Tertiary and Recent rather than backward. The presence of Orthaulax, that bizarre group so closely associated with the Oligocene of the southeast coast and the Antilles, is the one strong band between the Chipola and the later Oligocene faunas. This archaic type survived the break at the close of the Tampa and continued in considerable abundance throughout the Chipola, but no trace of it has been found in the later formations. ' 'The affinity between the Oak Grove and Chipola is much closer than the percentage of identical species indicates. Only about 15 per cent of the Chipola forms are common to the Oak Grove, although about 35 per cent of the Oak Grove forms are common to the Chipola. The Chipola fauna is remarkably varied and includes two decidedly dis- tinct facies and a third more obscurely differentiated assemblage. The Oak Grove fauna, on the other hand, is much more uniform; it includes fewer species and has a much larger relative number of individuals. The facies of the Chipola fauna at the type exposure on Chipola River is much more closely allied to the Oak Grove than is the facies developed in the lower bed at Alum Bluff, which con- tains a rather prominent brackish water element. The third assem- blage, a marine fauna known only from Boynton Landing on Choc- tawhatchee River, has a rather large number of peculiar species. Except Orthaulax, the prominent genera of the Chipola fauna on the Chipola River and those of the Oak Grove fauna are the same, and a goodly percentage, probably the majority, of the prolific species of the Oak Grove have closely related analogues in the Chipola fauna as represented on Chipola River. The change following the Chipola was apparently sufficient to exterminate the archaic types, together with a large number of the newer forms. The hardier types, however, survived and were apparently able to flourish with increased abun- dance in the less densely populated waters of the Oak Grove." The Mollusca of this horizon are only remotely related to those of the Tampa formation, which is the stratigraphic equivalent of the upper part of the Chattahoochee formation, while they are closely related to those of the next higher zone, the Oak Grove sand. Be- cause of the faunal kinship and the stratigraphic intergradation of the marl with the typical material of the Alum Bluff formation at Alum Bluff, it is classified with the Oak Grove sand as a member of the Alum Bluff formation. Berry has described the small flora obtained in the Alum Bluff formation * in a paper by him already cited. The fossil plants at » U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98 (E), pp. 41-59, pis. 7-10, 1918. 574 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Aluni Bluff occur between 12 and 17 feet above the top of the Chipola marl. He says regarding this flora: "It is thus apparent that the Alum Bluff flora can be considered either Aquitanian or Burdigalian, with a slight preponderance of the evidence in favor of the Aquita- nian, * * * If the Alum Bluff formation is of xiquitanian or Burdigalian age—and one or the other alternative seems certain — the more or less academic question is raised whether it shall be classed as Oligocene or Miocene." The floral evidence at least does not contradict considering the Alum Bluff as Burdigalian. The matrix of the Chipola marl is particularly suited for the preservation of Foraminifera, and they are very abundant ; but there are no orbitoid Foraminifera, neither Lepidocyclina nor Hetero- steginoides. The Bryozoa of the Alum Bluff formation, according to Messrs. Canu and Bassler, are of distinctly Burdigalian affinities. The fauna is particularly characterized by the introduction of certain species that persist until the present time. Two of these species are Cupularia umbellata Defrance and 0. canariensis Busk, both of which occur in the Chipola marl at its type locality, and both were collected by Doctor MacDonald on Banana Kiver, Costa Kica, in deposits correlated with the Gatun formation, and both occur in the Bowden marl of Jamaica. The evidence of the fossil corals and of the fossil vertebrates has been discussed on pages 219, 220 of this volume. MARKS HEAD MARL AND CALVERT FORMATION. The Marks Head marl at Porters Landing, Savannah River, Effingham County, Georgia, has been correlated by me with the Calvert formation of Maryland and Virginia. 1 The most recent discussion of the age equivalence of the Calvert with European horizons is that of Berry in a paper already mentioned.2 He says, regarding the probable age of the formation: "Seven of the Calvert plants, or 26.9 per cent, are common to the Tortonian of Europe, and ten others, or 38 per cent, are represented in the Tortonian by very similar forms. In view of the fact that these floras spread into both regions from a common and equally accessible source, the evidence that the Calvert flora indicates a Tortonian age is as conclusive as intercontinental correlations ever can be." According to this correlation of Berry, there is no Helvetian in the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain of the United States. 1 Vaughan, T. W., The Miocene horizons at Porters Landing, Georgia, Science, new ser., vol. 31, pp. 833, 834, 1910; and in Veatch, O., and Stephenson, L. W., Preliminary report on the geology of the Coastal Plain of Georgia, Georgia Geol. Survey Bull. 26, pp. 362-369, 1911. « U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98 (F), pp. 61-73, pis. 11, 12, 1916. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 575 CHOPTANK" AND ST. MARYS FORMATIONS. Miss Julia Gardner contributes the following statement on these for- mations: "Because of faunal similarity with the Calvert formation, both the Choptank and the St. Marys formations arc also correlated with the Tortonian of Europe, though, of course, they represent hori- zons slightly higher than that of the Calvert. The Choptank fauna is little more than a sandy bottom facies of the Calvert and is tho biologic expression of the physical conditions attending its close. About 60 per cent of the Choptank species arc present in the under- lying formation, while approximately 30 per cent persist into tho overlying St. Marys. "Tho St. Marys fauna, though similar to those of the lower forma- tions of the Chesapeake group in the general make-up, is differentiated from them by an influx of new forms and by tho absence of those species peculiar to the cooler waters of the Calvert and the sands of the Choptank. Tho more modern element includes not far from 35 per cent of the entire St. Marys fauna." YORKTOWN FORMATION AND DUPLIN MARL. Miss Gardner has kindly prepared the following statement: "The change in the paleontologic character at tho close of tho St. Marys is much more significant than that preceding it. Although tho percentage of new forms in tho Yorktown is not remarkably large, the general facies shows a distinct advance over tho St. Marys. The more primitive types, such as Ostrea compr'essirostra, had become extinct or they show an abrupt decrease in prominence, while a number of more advanced types such as Area lienosa, which con- stitute conspicuous elements in the later faunas, are initiated at this horizon. "The views advanced by Dall 1 on the approximate synchroneity of the Yorktown and Duplin faunas have been verified by subsequent investigations. Doctor Dall, in his discussion of Tertiary conditions along the East Coast, suggested tho elimination of the cool inshore current of the earlier Miocene and the reestablishment of a Tertiary Gulf Stream as the probablo cause of the subtropical aspect of tho Duplin fauna. This late Miocene warm current apparently hugged the North Carolina shore even more closely than docs tho present Gulf Stream, but swung off into the open sea in the vicinity of Hatteras so that its influence upon the Yorktown fauna was almost negligible The sea floor, on which the Dulphin marl, as at present known, was deposited, was apparently more sandy than that on which tho St. Marys and Yorktown formations were laid down, as the conspicuous abundance in Virginia and northern North Carolina of such a form as Mulinia congesta indicates dominantly muddy bottom in somo i Dall, W. H., Contribntions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila. Trans, vol. 3, pt. 6, p. 1598, 1903. 37149—19—Bull. 103—3 576 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. portions at least of the area covered by deposits belonging to the Chesapeake group, while the profusion of Oliva literata and Olivella mutica give evidence of extensive sand flats in the area covered by the Duplin marl. Already in the late Tertiary, present day conditions had been approximated along the East Coast. The faunas of Virginia and North Carolina flourished in rather shallow inshore waters into which mud and sand were being freely carried, the waters of the Yorktown basin being slightly but not much warmer than those off the Virginia coast today; while the Duplin fauna was apparently in more direct communication with the Flor- idian life than are the present faunas off Hatteras and Cape Fear and indicate slightly warmer climatic conditions than do those of the Yorktown." The Yorktown formation and the Duplin marl are the correlatives of the European stage next younger than the Tortonian, which would be the Sarmatian or Pontian or both. CHOCTAWHATCHEE MAKL. The study that I made of the Mollusca from the Duplin marl as exposed at Porters Landing, Savannah River, Georgia, 1 and of Mol- lusca from exposures of the same formation in South Carolina, led me to the conclusion that the Choctawhatchee marl of Florida, exposed between Ocklocknee River, on the east, and Choctawhatchee Bay, on the west, is of very nearly the same, if not of the identical, age as the Duplin marl. Therefore, the Choctawhatchee marl and its correlative, the Jacksonville formation of east Florida, are about the same in age as the Sarmatian and Pontian of Europe. The brackish water Pascagoula clay of the coastal area in Missis- sippi and Louisiana is probably of about the same age—that is, late Miocene. PLIOCENE. In the South Atlantic and Coastal Plain of the United States four formations, the Waccamaw marl of the Carolinas, the Nashua and Caloosahatchee marls of Florida, and the Citronelle formation of the Gulf States are definitely considered of Pliocene age. References to literature are not necessary, as they are given in the papers men- tioned in the footnotes on pages 565, 566. At present correlation of these formations with the three recognized European stages, Pla- sancian, Astian, and Sicilian is not warranted. According to Berry, the flora of ' ' the Citronelle formation belongs in the later half of the Pliocene epoch and is directly ancestral to the Pleistocene and Recent floras of the same region." i Georgia Geol. Survey Bull. 26, pp. 367-369, 1911. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 577 Age of the Sedimentary Formations of Panama, and the Distribution op their Age-Equivalents in Central America and the West Indies. EOCENE. The oldest deposit from which Eocene fossils were obtained is a dark-gray argillaceous sandstone near Tonosi. Here specimens of Venericardia planicosta closely resembling a variety found at Clai- borne, Alabama, were collected. The evidence of one species is meager, but as much as there is points to the deposit being of Claibornian-Lutetian (or Auversian) age. Deposits of Claibornian age extend as a belt from South Carolina across Georgia into Alabama, thence through Mississippi, eastern Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas, and into Mexico. 1 Although deposits of upper Eocene (Jacksonian) age have not been positively identified in Panama, they probably are there. Doctor Cushman inclines to the opinion that the limestone contain- ing Orthopliragmina minima at David is of upper Eocene age. Upper Eocene deposits occur in Nicaragua, St. Bartholomew, Jamaica, Cuba, in the southeastern and southern United States from North Carolina to Mexico, and probably in northern Colombia. The cor- relation and distribution of deposits of this age are discussed on pages 193-198 in the account of the fossil coral-faunas. They are the American representatives of the European Bartonian-Ludian- Priabonian stage. It is highly probable that upper Eocene marine sediments are present on the island of Antigua. Hussakoff has described 2 a fossil fish, Zebrasoma deani, from a quarry belonging to Mr. Oliver Nugent. I did not visit this quarry but saw it from a distance. It is at a place known as Golden Grove, which is 1.4 nautical miles nearly due south from the Cathedral in St. John, about 400 feet east of the southern end of a north and south line, and is in a sandstone or bedded tuff that is stratigraphically below the middle Oligocene Antigua formation. I believe Hussakoff is correct in assigning a probably Eocene age to the fossil. Although it is probable that deposits of upper Eocene age occur in a number of other West Indian islands, Haiti, Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, St. Croix, Guadaloupe, Martinique, and Barbados, the available evidence is indecisive. Gregory 3 expressed the opin- ion in 1895 that the Scotland "beds" of Barbados are of lower Oligocene age. According to Douville, in his latest paper 4 on the orbitoids of Trinidad, there are in that island deposits of Lutetian, Auversian, and 1 See p. 565 of this volume. * Hussakoff, L., Zebrasoma deani, a fossil surgeon fish from the West Indies, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 23, pp. 125, 126, pi. 7, 1907. s Gregory, J. W., Contributions to the paleontology and physical geology of the West Indies, Geol. £oc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 298, 1895. * Comptes Rend., vol. 104, pp. 841-847, 1917. 578 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Priabonian ago. Miss Maury * correlates the basal bed of the ex- posure at Soldado Rock, Trinidad, with the Midway group of the Gulf Coastal Plain of the United States, but I am not convinced that the fauna is quite so old. In fact, the paleontologic evidence seems to me just about as strongly in favor of the horizon corresponding to one in the WilcOx group. Douville is of the opinion that most of Miss Maury's horizons are younger than the age she has assigned them. There are discrepancies between Miss Maury's and Douville's correlations that probably can be reconciled only by a critical study of Foraminifera positively known to be associated with the respec- tive beds in which the Mollusca were collected. I have had con- siderable experience in checking M. Douville's results, and, except that he does not understand all of the stratigraphic nomenclature and is greatly confused as to some of the stratigraphic relations in the southeastern United States, I have usually found his deductions as to the age of formations valid. It seems to me that the table in his last paper on the Trinidad orbitoids is correct, except that it seems to me more appropriate to refer the Aquitanian to the Oligocene than to the Miocene. OLIGOCENE. LOWER OLIGOCENE. The quotation, page 549, from Douville indicates tho proscnco on tho Haut Chagres of limestone of lower Oligocene (Lattorfian) ago, as it contains specimens of Orihophragmina (Asierodiscus) species in association with Lepidocyclina species resembling L. cliaperi. Doctor MacDonald collected in tho river bed at David, station 6512, Lepidocyclina macdonaldi, L. duplicaia, L.panamensis, Orilwpliragmina minima, and Nummulites davidensis; at station 6526, in limestone which according to his section immediately underlies tho lime- stone at station 6512, where ho obtained Lepidocyclina spocies unde- termined and Nummuliles davidensis; and ho found at station 6523, 2 miles north of David, Lepidocyclina macdonaldi and L. duplicaia. These three localities represent very nearly, if not precisely, tho same horizon, and havo faunal characters very similar to those of tho horizon in Trinidad that Douville correlates with the "Stampien inferiour," which, according to him, is Lattorfian. It therefore seems that tho limestone in and north of David is of lower Oligocene (Lat- torfian) ago, and is the correlative of tho Vicksburg group of tho eastern Gulf States of the United States. Doctor Cushman's opin- ions as to the probable Eocene ago of this limestone was given on page 550. It is probable that the Bohio conglomerate is of this ago, for it contains the Oligocene plant, Taenioxylon muliiradiaium Felix, which i Maury, C'arlotta J., A contribution to the paleontology of Trinidad, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Journ., ser. 2, vol. 15, pp. 25-112, pis. 5-13, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 579 also occurs in the Oligoccno of Antigua, and according to Doctor MacDonald the Bohio underlies the Culebra formation, the lower part of which seems to be of middle Oligoccno age. However, tho Bohio may be of middle Oligoccno instead of lower Oligoccno age. Romanes reports from Manzanilla, on the Pacific coast of Costa Rica, 1 a cherty rock in which there are remains of Foraminifora, including Gobigerina and "a complex form allied to Tinoporus," which according to Dr. R. L. Sherlock is "most probably a species of Orbiioides." As the so-called species of Tinoporus from Trinidad, according to Douville, are referable to Or'Jiopliragmina (Asierodiscus) , it appears almost certain that tho "form allied to Tinoporus" mentioned by Romanes is a species of Asierodiscus. Dr. J. A„ Cushman has examined Romanes's figure, 2 based on a photomicro- graph of a thin section of tho rock from Manzanilla, and writes me that it shows " OrtJiophragmina and abundant Globigerina, and that the rock may be similar to that at David and on Haut Chagres." The evidence is not entirely decisive, but the probability is very strong that the rock from Manzanilla, Costa Rica, is of lower Oligoccno (Lattorfian) ago as is that at David and on Haut Chagros. It is unfortunate that the box containing Mr. Romanes's most important specimens was lost in transit, but, notwithstanding this loss, he has made a valuable addition to the literature on tho geology of Costa Rica. Hill, in his description of a geologic section from San Jose, Costa Rica, to the coast at Port Limon, says: "At Guallava, tho next station east of Las Animas, the Tertairy rocks are of Vicksburg age, according to Dr. Dall." 3 On page 275 of Hill's paper, Doctor Dall lists from this locality "the genuine Orbiioides manielli, Phos, Denial- Hum, Plicaiula, Anomia, etc., all Vicksburg species." Between Costa Rica and Mexico there is no definite evidence as to the presenco or absence of lower Oligocene deposits, but as Sapper mentions Nummuliies from Zacualpa, Yucatan, either Eocene or Oligocene occurs at this place; 4 and, judging from the indefinite statements of Sapper, deposits of cither Eocene or Oligocene ago underlie extensive areas in Chiapas and northern Guatemala.5 Felix and Lenk ° report Nummuliies and "Orbiioides" in northern Chiapas, from collections made by Karsten, and refer them to tho Eocono, but sufficient data are not given to decide whether tho 1 Romanes, J., Geology of a part of Costa Rica, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 68, pp. 130, 131, pi. 9, fig. 4, 1912. s Idem., pi. 9, fig. 4. 8 Hill, R. T., Tho geologic history of the Isthmus of Panama and portions of Costa Rica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 28, No. 5, p. 232, 1898. 4 Sapper, Carlos, La gcographia fisica y la gcologica de la Peninsula de Yucatan, Mexico Inst. geol. Bol. 3, p. 7, 1896. 6 Petermann's Mittheil., Ergiinzungs vol. 27, Erganznngshcft. 127, p. 67, 1899. 6 Felix, J., and Lenk, H., Leber das Vorkommen von Nummulitenschichten in Mexico, Neues Jahrb. fUr Min. Jahrg. 1895, vol. 2, pp. 208-209, 1895. 580 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. deposits are of Eocene or Oligocene age. Aurelius Todd collected at Tumbala, Chiapas, station 6403 U.S.N.M. register, Lepidocyclina in quantity and a Nummulites possibly allied to a species described by Cushman from St. Bartholomuw. Oushman says, " I should say that the material represents a lower Oligocene horizon." Leiridocyclina and other Foraminifera that ; ppears to be num- mulitic were obtained by P. C. Steward and C. W. Washburne 500 meters southeast of Pecero, 8 leagues southwest of Ozuluama, Vera Cruz, Mexico, station 5462 U.S.N.M. register. Doctor Cushman says that at best some of this material is from strata of Oligocene age, but he does not express an opinion as to what part of the Oligo- cene it represents. Lower Oligocene deposits probably occur in eastern Mexico, north of the Tamaulipas Range, for Dumble reports a Pecien recalling Pecten poulsoni Morton, specimens identified by Doctor Dall. 1 South of that range, the same author records "Orhiioides papyracea, Crisiel- laria, and Nummulites, from the Buena Vista to the Tancochin at Cerro del Oro." 2 The paleontologic evidence is indecisive, for tho " Orhiioides papyracea" is certainly misidentified ; but the specimens probably represent a large species of Lepidocyclina, of the kind abundant in the lower Oligocene and upper Eocene of the south- eastern United States and in the middle Oligocene of Antigua and Georgia. The deposits from which the Foraminifera were obtained may bo of upper Eocene or of upper or middle Oligocene age, but the probability is that they are lower Oligocene in age. No marine Oligocene deposits are known in tho State of Texas. Berry reports Palmoxylon iexense Stenzel, from 5 miles north of Jasper, Texas, from "beds of Vicksburg age," 3 and states that "Unstudied material indicates the probable presence of this species at several localities in the Catahoula sandstone of Texas and in the Vicksburg limestone of Alabama." There is marine lower Oligocene in Louisiana at Roseficld, near Washita River; and east of Mississippi River it outcrops in a belt running from Vicksburg eastward to Georgia and Florida. Marine deposits in Cuba have been questionably referred to tho lower Oligocene, but a definite opinion must be withheld until Doctor Cushman has completed his study of the Cuban orbitoid Foraminifera. The geologic formation in Jamaica to which Hill applied tho name Montpelier white limestone 4 contains many Foraminifera, i Dumble, E. T., Tertiary deposits of northeastern Mexico, California Acad. Sci. Proa, scr. 4, vol. 5, p. 188, 1915. 2 Dumble, E. T., Some events in the Eocene history of the present coastal area of the Gulf of Mexico in Texas and Mexico, Journ. Geol., vol. 23, No. 6, p. 496, 1915. » Berry, E. W., The flora of the Catahoula sandstone, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98 (M), pp. 235, 233, pi. 56, 1916. « Hill, R. T., The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, pp. 137-144, 1899. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 581 one of which was identified by Bagg as Orliioides mantelli, and is definitely correlated by Hill with the Vicksburg deposits of Missis- sippi. The identification of Orliioides (Leindocyclina) manielli is subject to doubt, and the doubt attaching thereto affects the validity of Hill's correlation. However, the fact that the Montpelicr limestone overlies the upper Eocene Cambridge formation and that a stratigraphic break occurs between it and the Bowden marl is strong stratigraphic evidence in' favor of the correctness of Hill's opinion. The stratigraphic evidence leads to the supposition that the orbitoidal Foraminifera belong to the genus Lejridocyclina, and their having been identified as Orliioides mantelli indicates that they have the form of that species. From the available evidence I consider Hill's conclusion justified, but until the Foraminifera have been critically studied the correlation is only tentative. Hill 1 presents a correlation of Tippenhauer's columnar section for the island of Haiti with the Jamaican formations. Tippenhauer gives very meager information on the paleontology of Haiti, but he does say that the yellow limestone, the formation overlying Eocene conglomerate, contains " Orliioides." 2 Gabb mentions the abun- dance of " Orliioides " in Santo Domingo,3 but his statements are indefinite. It v/ill later be made clear (p. 591 of this volume) that orbitoid Foraminifera are absent in Santo Domingo in deposits of the same age as and younger than the Bowden marl. The orbitoidal limestones of Santo Domingo are therefore older than the Miocene of Rio Gurabo, etc., and are probably of lower or middle Oligocene age, although they may be of upper Oligocene age. Additional strati- graphic and paleontologic work is needed before reliable conclusions on these matters are possible. There is at present no information that suggests the presence of lower Oligocene marine deposits in the West Indies east and south of Haiti. At the base of the Pepino formation in Porto Rico and of the Antigua formation in Antigua there are erosion unconformities, indicating periods of uplift during the lower Oligocene. I have not been able to procure information on Guadaloupe or Martinique that would serve as a basis for an opinion on the age of the lower formations in these islands. On the island of Trinidad lower Oligocene (Sannoisian and lower Stampian of Douville) 4 is well developed. There is no information on northern South America. 1 The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, p. 172. * Tippenhauer, L. G., Die Insel Haiti, vol. 1, pp. 86, 87, 1892. ' Gabb, W. M.,On the topography and geology of Santo Domingo, Amer. Philos. Soc. Trans., now ser., vol. 15, p. 96, 1873. 1 DouvillS, H., Les Orbito'ides de l'ile de la Trinite, Comptes Eend., vol. 161, pp. 87-92,1915; Les Orbi- toides de l'ile de la Trinite, Idem, vol. 164, pp. 811-817, 1917. 582 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. MIDDLE OLIGOCENE. As stated on page 203 in the discussion of the coral faunas, the Antiguan Oligoccne must, in my opinion, be taken as the type forma- tion and type locality of tho middle (Rupelian) Oligoccne of America. I have definitely correlated with this horizon tho reef-coral fauna from Touosi, Panama, station 6587, which I consider to bo the strati- graphic equivalent of the lower part of the Culebra formation. Lepidocycl'ma panamensis and L. duplicata arc associated For- aminifera. The presenco of marine deposits of this age in Antigua, Porto Rico, Santo Domingo, Cuba, Florida, Alabama, and eastern Mexico has been mentioned on pages 199-207. Messrs. Roy E. Dickerson and W. S. W. Kcw have recently pub- lished a paper * in which they say: "most of tho localities listed below appear to belong to the San Fernando formation of Bumble." This name is invalid, because it is preoccupied by tho name of certain formations in Trinidad, and has been renamed San Rafael formation by E. T. Dumblc. On page 205 of this volume I correlate it with the middle Oligoccne Antigua formation, the basal part of tho Chatta- hoochee formation, and tho European Rupelian, on tho basis of tho corals, which possess no such heterogeneous stratigraphic affinities as the fossils recorded by Messrs. Bickerson and Kcw. I will not hero undertake to analyze tho fauna they report, but will say that it con- tains names of spocios of upper Eocene (Jackson-Ludian), lower Oligoccne (Vicksburgian-Lattorfiam), upper Oligoceno (upper Chatta- hoochee-Tampa-Aquitanian), and lowor Miocene (lower part of tho Alum Bluff and tho higher horizon roprosonted by the Bowdon marl- Burdigalian) age. In fact thoir list includes nearly every horizon from upper Eocone almost to middle Miocene. I will not attempt to explain this surprising paloontologic asscmblago as the collections may represent a number of horizons, the species may be misidenti- ficd, or some of tho species may havo extraordinary stratigraphic ranges; and it will be mentioned that, as in at least one instanco Cotteau mado an error in stating the locality at which the type of a species was collected, there is some confusion for which Messrs' Dickerson and Kew are not responsible. An attempt will be made to remove in the forthcoming memoirs on West Indian paleontology as much of this kind of confusion as is possible. West of Alabama in Mississippi and Louisiana thoro are plant- bearing bods of middle Oligoccne ago, for a considerable part of tho Catahoula sandstone is certainly of that age, but that formation seems to include beds of lower, middle, and probably upper Oligoccne age. No middle Oligoccne deposits are known in Texas. There is no > The fauna of a medial Tertiary formation and the associated horizons of northeastern Mexico, Cali- fornia Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 7, pp. 125-156, pis. 17-2Ga, 1917 (date printed with title July 30, 1917; received by me Oct. 16, 1917). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 583 information on Central American between Mexico and Panama, nor is there any on northern South America. H. Douville ] has referred tho "couches de San Fernando" of Trinidad to what he designates "Chattien et Tongrion" or "Stampien supericur." Tho spocios of Foraminifora occurring at this horizon, according to Douville, are Nummuliies cf. N. vascus, Lepidocyclina (Isolepidina)- pustulosa, L. (isolepidina) "du type ogival," L. (Eu- lepidina) formosa, L. (Eulepidina) cf. L. dilatata. The species in Panama that would represent about tho same horizon, according to my interpretation , aro Lepidocyclina panamensis and L. muliiplicaia, stations 65S6e and G5S7 (see page 555). L. panamensis, it should bo stated, may range upward into the Emperador limestone, but this is not certain. Tho cvidance for Barbados is not altogether decisive. Franks and Harrison 3 present the following classification of the Barbadian for- mations: (Low-level reefs. High-level reefs. Globigerina-m&xls. Break. Miocene Oceanic series. Break. .Eocene or Oligocene Scotland beds. Tho Glolrigerina-marls aro referred to in the section on page 544 of tho paper cited, as tho Bissex Hill "beds." The only comment I will here make on this section is that it seems to me phj^sically impossible to have a fringing reef conformably built on Globigerina ooze deposited in water 1,000 fathoms deep. After bringing to bear on tho problem of tho age of tho Scotland beds the information accumulated by P. J. L. Guppy, Harrison and Jukes-Browne, and others, as well as that obtained through his own studios, Gregory says: 4 "It is therefore advisable at present to cor- relate tho whole of the beds in Barbados below the Oceanic Series with the San Fernando or Naparima marls of Trinidad. Guppy has recently referred these (and the lower part, at least, of the Scotland beds, goes with them) to the Eocene. They are, however, now gen- erally assigned to tho Oligocene, as, for example, by Heilprin." A preceding paragraph of this paper contains Douville's correlation of the "couches do San Fernando" of Trinidad, with the "Stampien i Les Orbitoides do l'lle de la Trinity Comptcs. Rend., vol. 116, pp. 87-92, 1915. s This subgencric name is invalid, Tor it is proposed for Lepidocyclina manlilli, which is the type-species of Lepidocyclina. The name should be written Lepidocyclina {Lepidocyclina) pustulosa or [Lepidocyclina] Lepidocyclina pustulosa. » Franks, G. F., and Harrison, J. B., The Globigerina-nmrls [and basal reof-rocks] of Barbados, with an appendix on the Foraminifera by F. Chapman, Gcol. Soc. London Quart. Journ. vol. 54, pp. 540-555, 1S98. * Gregory, J. w., Contributions to tho paleontology and physical geology of the West Indies, GeoL Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, pp. 255-310, pi. 11, 1S95. 584 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. superiour," which is Rupolian. Should the correlation of tho Scot- land "beds" with the Sin Fernando be valid, the Scotland "beds" aro of tho sani3 age as the Antigua formation of Antigua, and cor- roborates tho opinion expressed by Gregory. Allusion will here bo mido to two species of fossil corrals, that wore submitted to me by Dr. J. W. Spencer and wero said to have boon collected in Barbados, near the Cathedral at Bridgetown ; and I gave him the generic names used in his paper referred to bolow. 1 Tho specimons are no longer accessible to mo, but I have photographs of the species I listed as Astrocoenia species, which is the species to which I have applied the name Asirocoenia porioricensis, page 350 (pi. 76, figs. 4,4a, pi. 78, figs. 1, la) of this volume; and I have notes on the other species, referred to by me as Siylophora, species. The latter species, as well as Astrocoenia porioricensis, is exceedingly abundant in Antigua, where I collected between 60 and 70 specimens. It has six septa and a styliform columella, characters that led me to refer it to Siylophora, but as there are well-developed styles in tho corners between many corrallitcs, I am now placing it in SiyJocoenia. As those two species not only occur in Antigua, but as the matrix, yellowish clay, in which the specimens were embedded is similar to that usual in Antigua, I have wondered if the specimens did not really come from that Island, and not from Barbados. Messrs. Harrison and Jukes-Browne, it seems, became much excited over the reported occurrence in Barbados of the two species of corals mentioned above.2 I will not enter the controversy between these authors and Doctor Spencer further than to say that if tho two species whose tentative identification I gave Doctor Spencer actually came from Barbados, their evidence is decisive as to beds of the age of the Antigua formation being in Barbados, and that the evidence of the corals is in accord with Gregory's correlation of the Scotland "beds"; but if the specimens wero obtained at the locality at which Doctor Spencer says he found them, the Scotland "bods" must be very near the surface in Bridgetown, and tho veneer of the elevated coral-reef limestone decidedly thin. The area 2.75 miles northeast of Bridgetown is indicated on Messrs. Harrison and Jukes-Browne's geological map of Barbados as "limestone probably underlain here by Scotland beds." Careful search should be made for corals in the material underlying the elevated reef in Bridgetown, and if the older coral-fauna is there, additional specimens will almost certainly bo found, for tho two species reported from there aro usually represented not by occasional but by numerous specimens, if present at all. i Spencer, J. W., On the geological and physical development of Barbados; with notes on Trinidad, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 58, pp. 354-365, 1902. s Harrison, J. B., and Jukes-Browne, A. J., The geology of Barbados, Geol. Mag., vol. 9, pp. 550-554, Dec. 4, 1902. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 585 According to Hill l this epoch is represented in Jamaica by an erosion unconformity that intervenes between the Montpelicr white limestone and the Bowden marl. The orbitoids and nummulites of Jamaica are greatly in need of critical study. It is entirely probable that part of Hill's Montpelicr limestone is of middlo Oligo- cene (Rupelian) age. UPPER OLIGOCENE. It is my opinion, as expressed on a previous page (555), that the upper part of the Culebra formation and the Emporador lime- stone are the correlatives of the European Aquitanian, and on page 571 I have given my reasons for preferring to refer the Aquitanian to tho upper Oligocene rather than to the basal Miocene. The ref- erence of the upper part of tho Culebra formation, in which Lepido- cyclina canellei R. Douville and Lemoine and L. cliaperi R. Douville and Lemoine occur, to the upper Oligocene is old, for it was first pub- lished by H. Douville in 1898. 2 Later 3 he refers the beds in which L. canellei is found to the upper Aquitanian, which he considers lower Miocene. M. Douville apparently is confused as regards the strati- graphic relations of L. chaperi, for the section, station QOlde-f, page 538, shows that it occurs stratigraphically above L. canellei, station 6019a, page 538, in Gaillard Cut. As has been said, I correlate that part of the Culebra formation in which Lepidocyclina canellei, L. chaperi, L. vaugliani, Heiero- steginoides panamensis, Nummuliies panamensis, Orhiiolites ameri- cana, and the corals listed on page 208, with the upper half of tho Chattahoochee formation of Georgia and Florida and a part of the Tampa formation of Florida, and I consider it the American corre- lative of the European Aquitanian-Chattian. The Emperador limestone is paleontologically very closely related to the underlying top of the Culebra formation. In fact, except in tho Canal Zone, where they are separable because of lithologic differences, it seems to me doubtful if the horizons represented by them can be positively identified. As a part of my discussion of the fossil corals it was necessary for me to discuss the geographic distribution of coralliferous deposits of this age in America. Besides those in Panama, marine deposits of the same age also occur in Anguilla, probably in Porto Rico, in Cuba, Florida, and Georgia, and H. Douville's researches on the Foraminifcra of Trinidad show their presence on that island. It is probable that they are also present in Martinique, Santo Domingo, and eastern Mexico, but precise data are lacking. 1 Hill, R. T., The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 143, 1899. * Douvil]<5, H., Sur l'age des couches traversers par le Canal de Panama, Soc. G6ol. France Bull., vol, 26, pp. 5S7-«00, 189S. » Douville, II., Les couches a orbito'ides de 1'isthme de Panama, Idem., seance du 20 decembre 191s * pp. 129-131, 1916. 586 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Recently Dr. Sidney Powers has presented to the United States National Museum some specimens ho collected at the entrance to Rio Dulco, Guatemala. The rock is a massive light-colored,, fine- textured limestone, with a conchoidal fracturo, and contains many poorly preserved fossils. Among the fossils aro Orbiiolites species; several corals, one of which resembles Siderastrea, another is probably a specimen of Goniopora, and a third seems to bo a branching poritid coral that looks precisely like a coral obtained by Doctor MacDonald in limestone, referred by him to tho Emporador limestone, in the swamp north of Ancon Hill and about one-quarter of a mile south of Diablo Ridge, Canal Zone; and there aro specimens of Osirea, Peclen, and Lima. This material is too poor to warrant a positivo opinion, but it is worth noting, and it probably represents a hori- zon very near that of the Emporador limestone. According to Hill's account of the stratigraphic succession in Jamaica, the correlatives of those uppermost Oligoceno deposits aro represented there by a stratigraphic break, the unconformity be- tween the Montpclier white limestone and the Bowdcn marl. MIOCENE. The definite correlation of the Canal Zone Miocene with European horizons was first attempted by H. Douville in his paper, already cited, on the age of the deposits along the Panama Canal. He says regarding the deposits overlying those discussed in the fore- going remarks: "Leur age est incontcstablcmcnt Miocene." 1 He considers the lower part of theso deposits as Burdigalian, the upper part as Helvetian in age. That part of tho Gatun foimation exposed at Monkey Hill is referred to the Helvetian. The literature on the age of the Gatun formation is considerable, but a lengthy review of it appears unnecessary. The papers by Toula and by Pilsbry and Brown have already been cited on page 560 of this volume. Actually there is in most cases more apparent than real discrepancy between the correlations of the different investigators, due to tho fact that tho Alum Bluff formation, includ- ing the Chipola marl member at its base, has been referred to the upper Oligocene. The Alum Bluff formation is certainly of Miocene age, according to European usage, and is tho American equivalent of the Burdigalian. All available evidence indicates that the lower part of the Gatun formation in the Canal Zone is the equivalent of the Alum Bluff formation of Florida and Georgia. Although tho Gatun formation contains numerous species of Foraminifcra, echi- noids, and Crustacea, the fauna is predominantly molluscan, and tho discrimination of zones within it must await tho completion of the study of the careful zonal collections Doctor MacDonald and I 1 Soc. Giiol. France Hull., vol. 26, p. 599, 1898. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZOXE. 587 mado. At present I have not strong evidence, but it is nevertheless my belief that, while the lower part of the formation is of Burdigalian, the upper part is of Helvetian age, as Douville in essence said so long ago as 189S. This would still signify that the Gatun forma- tion is geologically older than the Miocene of the Chesapeake group in Maryland and Virginia and the Marks Head, Duplin, and Choctaw- hatcheo marls of the Carolinas, Georgia, and Florida. Deposits of old Miocene (Burdigalian=Alum Bluff) age arc widely distributed around the perimeters of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. The Gatun formation extends from Panama into Costa Kica on one side and into Colombia on the other. The lists of corals, Bryozoa, and Crustacea already given show the extension into Costa Rica. Pilsbry and Brown * say regarding a collection from near Cartagena, Colombia, that it is from beds "about equiva- lent in ago to the Gatun in the Canal Zone. " They record the fol- lowing species: Fossil mollusksfrom near Cartagena, Colombia. Conns protens TJwasg. Polinices mammillaris (Lamarck). molis Brown and Pilsbry. Polamidcs avus Pilsbry and Brown. imitator Brown and Pilsbry. Turrilellacariagenensis Pilsbry and Brown. aemalalor Brown and Pilsbry. lloydsmithi Pilsbry and. Brown. gaza Pilsbry and Johnson. subgrundifera Dall. Turris carlagenensis Pilsbry and Brown. tornata Guppy. Drilla gatunensis Toula. Pctaloconchus domingensis Sowerby. Cancellaria dariena Toula. Dcntalium solidissium Pilsbry and Brown. Mitra longa Gabb. carlagenense Pilsbry andBrown. Marginclla mediocris Pilsbry and Brown. Pilar (Uysteroconcha) casta Pilsbry and Oliva sayana immorlua Pilsbry and Brown. Brown. Strombina cartagenensis Pilsbry and Yoldia pisciformis Pilsbry and Brown. Brown. Area consobrina Sowerby. lloydsmithi Pilsbry and Brown. Glycymeris tumefactus Pilsbry and Brown. Solenosteira dalli Brown and Pilsbry. trilobicosla Pilsbry and Brown. Murex gatunensis Brown and Pilsbry. lloydsmithi Pilsbry and Brown. pomum Gmelin. Ostrea sculpturata osculum Pilsbry and Typhis linguiferus Dall. Brown. Cassis monilifera Guppy. In 1916, Mr. Gcorgo C. Matson was engaged in geologic work in northern Colombia, near Usiacuri, and sent to the United States National Museum collections of fossils for use in comparing with those from the Canal Zono and Costa Rica. Dr. C. W. Cooke, before being detailed to other work, had prepared preliminary lists of the species of mollusks received up to the time he had to under- take other duties. 1 Pilsbry, II. A., and Brown, A. P., Oliffocene fossils from the neighborhood of Cartagena, Colombia | with notes on some Haitian species, Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. for 1917, pp. 32-41, pis. 5, 6, 1917. 588 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Preliminary list offossilsfrom Colombia. (All determinations subject to revision.) By Charles Wythe Cooke. 7852. Las Sierras, between el Carmen and Zambrano; from surface on top of knoll. F. L. Wilde, collector, December 8, 19 1C. Conus, probably C. Pilsbry. 2 species. imitator Brown and Terebra gatunensis Toula. subsula'fera Toula. Drillia gatunensis (Toula)? Turns barretti (Guppy)? Cancellaria dariena trachyostraca Brown and Pilsbry? 2 species. Oliva gatunensis Toula? Marginella species. Lalirus aft'. L. protractus (Conrad). Strombina gatunensis (Toula). Distorsio gatunensis Toula. Correlation: Gatun formation. 7873. About one-half kilometer east of Matson, collector. Turritella gatunensis Conrad. altilira Conrad. mimetes Brown and Pilsbry. species. Architeclonica gatunensis (Toula). Natica, several species. Cheilea princetoniana Brown and Pilsbry? Crucibulum species. Area. species. Pecten species. Corbula (Cuneocorbula) hcxacyma Brown and Pilsbry. Chama species. Veneridae, several species. Usiacuri, Colombia. G. C. Septastrea matsoni Vaughan. Terebra cf . T. gausapata Brown and Pilsbry gatunensis Toula. Conus dalli Toula. 2 species. Turritidae, several species. Cancellaria, 3 species. Olivella, several species. Mitra longa Gabb? Fusinus species. Latirus species. Alectrion species. Columbellidae, several species. Murex species. Typhis species. Turritella mimetes Brown and Pilsbry. altilira Conrad. gatunensis Conrad. Petaloconchus domingensis Sowerby? Natica species (very close to a species from Shell Bluff, Shoal River, Florida). Natica, 2 species. Neretina species. Niso species. Pyramidella species. Architectonica gatunensis Toula. Capulus species. Calyptrea species. Glycymeris new Bpecies. Area aff. A. grandis Brown and Pilsbry. Area new species. Oslrea species. Peelen species. Amusium large species. Venericardia species. Chione species. Corbula, 2 species. Mactra species. Correlation: Gatun formation. 7855. Two kilometers west of Usiacuri, Colombia. Area aff. A. grandis Broderip and Sowerby. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 580 Correlation : Probably Gatun formation. 7850. Three kilometers north of Usiacuri, Colombia. Oliva species. Ostrea species. Cancellaria species. Pecten species. Petaloconchus dominigensis Sowerby? Anomia species. Turritella gatunensis Conrad. Basta species. species. Cardium species. Glycymcris species (also at 7873). Chione specfes. Area aff. A. grandis Broderip and Sowerby Barnacle. Correlation: Probably Gatun formation. 7874. River bed at Usiacuri, Colombia. G. C. Matson, collector. Ostrea species, like that at station 7859. 7857. Weathered surface of calcareous hard sandstone at San Anto- nio, 18 miles east of Tenerife, Colombia. Rogers and Wil- son, collectors. Terebra 2 species. Turritella altilira Conrad. Tunis, like T. albida (Perry). Cerilhium, 2 species. Cancellaria cf. C. guppyi Gabb. Chama species, etc. 7858. Creek bed at San Antonio. Same bed as 7857. Cerithium species. Scapharca species. 7859. Creek at San Antonio. Scapharca cf. S. chiriquiensis (Gabb). Ostrea species, etc. Other material was forwarded by Mr. Matson, but it has not been examined. Marine deposits of similar age are found in Venezuela at Cumana and in Trinidad. R. J. L. Guppy has published two interesting papers * in which he compares the species found at Springvale, Trini- dad, with species from Cumana (Venezuela), Jamaica, and Haiti. Douville, in his account of the orbitoids of Trinidad, places the "couches de Cumana a Turritella tornata" in the Burdigalian. The "Oceanic Series" of Barbados (see p. 583 of this paper) is referred to the Miocene by all the recent students of that island. They are deposits supposed to have been laid down in water at least 1,000 fathoms deep, as they contain beds of radiolarian earth and specimens of a deep-sea echinoid, Cyslecliinus crassus Guppy. H. Douville reports Lcpidocyclina giraudi R. Douville from the "Burdigalien do la Martinique." 2 Subsequently (p. 591) Mollusca from Martinique, thought by M. Cossmann to represent a higher horizon, will be considered. 1 Guppy, R. J. L., On a collection of fossils from Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad, Trinidad Agric. Soc. Paper No. 440, pp. 15, 1911; Fossils from Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad, Idem., Paper No. 454 , pp. 10. 3 pis., 1911. » Comptes Rend., vol. 161, p. 89, 1915. 590 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Dall said, in 1903, regarding the age of the Bowden marl of Jamaica: 1 "It is perhaps with the Oak Grove sands, or between tho Chipola and the Miocene, that the position of the Bowden fauna would be marked most plausibly against the Tertiary column of Florida formations." This correlation has essentially been made by students of other groups of organisms, but instead of considering the Bowden of Oligoccno age, they refer it to the Miocene. W. P. Woodring, in a recently published summary of his conclusions based upon a study of the Bowden pelecypods, 2 says: "Though many of the post-Chipolan elements are found among the characteristically tropical groups, yet the introduction of superspecific groups, some of which are not exclusively tropical, can hardly be disregarded. Tho Bowden pelecypods are distinctly younger than those of tho Alum Bluff faunas, as these faunas are now known. It may be suggested that the Bowden fauna is Burdigalian, that is, lower Miocene in the sense of most American stratigraphers." Dr. J. A. Cushman, from his study of the Foraminifera, and Messrs. Canu and Bassler from their investigations of the Bryozoa consider the Bowden fauna Miocene. My opinion, based upon the fossil corals (see pp. 212, 213 of this volume), is the same as that of the authors mentioned. Until the results of Miss Gardner's work on the Mollusca of the Alum Bluff formation are tabulated and com- parisons made with the Bowden fauna, only approximate correlation is practicable. It is my opinion that the Bowden is equivalent to a horizon high in the Alum Bluff, perhaps about that of the Shoal River marl. In other words, the Bowden corresponds to upper rather than to lower Burdigalian. There are in Santo Domingo at least three Miocene horizons, according to the results recently obtained there by Miss C. J. Maury.3 She transmitted the Foraminifera, corals, echinoids, and Biyozoa to me for study in connection with the investigation of the strati- graphic paleontology of Central America and the southern United States, and Miss M. J. Rathbun has delivered to me a manuscript in which she has included descriptions of the fossil Crustacea col- lected by Miss Maury. Besides Miss Maury's report on the Mollusca, I am able to use Doctor Cushman's report on the Foraminifera, my own on the corals, Doctor Jackson's on the echinoids, Messrs. Canu and Bassler's on tho Bryozoa, and Miss Rathbun's on the Crustacea. Miss Maury's zone II on Rio Cana is the same horizon as the Bowden; and she considers her zones G and I to be the samo » Dall, W. H., Tertiary fauna of Florida, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Trans., vol. 3, pt. 0, p. 1582, 1903. * Woodring, W. P., The pelecypods of the Bowden fauna, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circular, March, 1917, pp. 242-254, 1917. » Maury, Carlotta J., Santo Domingo type sections and fossils, Bull. Amer. Paleontology, vol. 5, pp. 165-459, pis. 28-C5, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 591 horizon as her zone H. The age of the Santo Domingan corals is dis- cussed on page 218 of this volume. The Foraminifera, among which are no orbitoids, and the Bryozoa, both groups abundantly repre- sented, give essentially the same result as the corals. Messrs. Canu and Bassler consider the Bryozoa from zones H-I as of unquestion- ably Burdigalian age. This same horizon, that of the Bowdcn, has been recognized at num- erous places in Cuba, as has been stated in discussing the fossil coral faunas of Cuba (p. 218). It has been identified at Baracoa and Matan- zas, and perhaps at Havana and Santiago. The lower (Alum Bluff) Miocene of the southeastern United States has been discussed at some length on pages 572-574. Marine deposits of this age occur in Florida, Georgia, and southern Alabama; in Mississippi they are represented by the nonmarine, plant-bearing Hatticsburg clay. A fauna of very nearly the same, if not identical, age occurs on the Isthmus of Tehauntepec. It has been particularly considered by Bose and Toula. 1 Bose says, regarding the specimens collected by him: "Eine ganze Eciho von Arten stent solchen nahc, die nur aus dem OligocJin der Antillcn bckannt worden sind." Although precise correlation of this material is not now practicable, it seems that a lower Miocene horizon is represented. Dr. C. W. Hayes collected on the Pacific coast of Nicaragua, 75 miles northwest of Brito Harbor, station 6409, worn specimens of a species of bryozoan that Dr. R. S. Bassler says is apparently Cupularia canariensis Busk, which ranges from a horizon in the Alum Bluff formation to Recent. The matrix is a calcareous, sandy, consoli- dated marl, and was included by Hayes in his Brito formation. The age of these specimens is not older than, and it probably is, old Miocene. The Brito formation, therefore, includes deposits ranging stratigraphically from upper Eocene to lower Miocene, but the beds at the type locality are of upper Eocene age (see previous pp. 193-197). It was stated on page 5S6 that H. Douville considered that part of the Gatun formation exposed around Mount Hope as Helvetian Miocene, and that I provisionally accept his determination. It is probable that some of the Miocene deposits of northern Colombia are also of this age. Information on Venezuela and between there and Martinique is lacking. For Martinique we have the following statement from Cossmann: 2 D'apres un premier apercu qui ne porte que sur une partie des Siphonostomes, il prait a peu pres certain qu'un grand nombre de Gastropodes se trouvent a la fois dans i Bose, E., Zur jungtiaren Fauna von Tehuantepec. I. Stratigraphie, Beschreibung und Vergleicli mit americhanisehen Tertiarfaunen, K. k. geolog. lteichsanst. (Wien) Jahrb., vol. 60, pp. 215-255, pis. 12, 13, 1910. Toula, F., Zur jungtertiaren Fauna von Tehuantepec. II. Vergleichung hauptsachlich mit curopfiiscben und lebenden Arten, Idem, vol. 60, pp. 255-276, 1910. * Cossmann, M., Etude comparative de fossiles mioceniques recuellis h la Martinique et h. l'isthme do Panama, Journ. conchyliologie, vol. 61, pp. 1-64, pis. 1-5, 1913. 37149—19—Bull. 103 4 592 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. les deux gisements, et que leur age est au-dessus des couches de Bowden a la Jamaique* qui ont fait l'objet d'une etude de la part de Guppy. Ces dernieres renferment uno tres belle faune dont j'ai pas mal de specimens dans ma collection: sans aller jusqu'a partaker completement l'opinion de M. Dall qui les rapporte a l'Oligocene. je crois qu'elles representent l'equivalent de notre Aquitanien, c'est-a-dire le Mioc6ne inferieur, tandis, que les fossiles de la Martinique et de Gatun (Panama) seraient un peu plus regents, probablement du Mioc6ne moyen. Enfin, d'apres les matc'riaux que j'ai pu etudier a l'Ecole des Mines, les fossiles de Saint-Domingue (Haiti). etudie3 par Gabb at par Sowerby, representeraient un niveau deja plus 61eve\ celui du Miocene Buperieur. M. Cossmann considers this material from Martinique as younger than the Bowden fauna. Precise information on the paleontology of the Tertiary formations of Guadeloupe is exceedingly meager, in fact it is almost nothing. Dr. J. W. Spencer submitted to me a specimen of Stylojrfwra 1 col- lected by him in a limestone near Les Abimes. Accurate identi- fication of a species of Stylophora may be a proper basis for precise correlation, but the genus ranges from upper Eocene to middle Miocene (about Helvetian) in the West Indian Tertiarics. In 1849 Milne Edwards and Haime described a coral from the "Terrain tcrtiare" of Guadeloupe, under the name Thecosmilia ponderosa, and subsequently transferred it to the genus Montlivaltia. 2 I have photo- graphs of the type of this species, kindly sent me by my friend Dr Charles Gravier of the Museum d'Histoire Naturello, Paris. It be- longs to the genus Antillia and is closely related to A. bilobata Duncan. Montlivaltia guesdesi, described by Duchassaing and Michelotti 3 from Guadeloupe and said to be associated with Antillia ponderosa, is also a species of Antillia. A. guesdesi is so similar to A. bilobata that Duchassaing and Michelotti placed the latter in its synonomy. As I have seen no specimens of A. guesdesi, I must base any opinions con- cerning it upon its authors' figures and descriptions. It seems to me different from A. bilobata, but as the distinction between the two consists in the relative number of teeth within 1 centimeter on the septal margins, and as the details of the figures of A. guesdesi may be inaccurate, it would be improper to insist that they are different. However that may be, there are in Guadeloupe two supposed, very nearly related species of Antillia, and they arc actually or almost indistinguishable from species that occur in Santo Domingo at a horizon near or above that of the Bowden marl. The evidence for Guadeloupe, therefore, indicates the presence there of deposits of uppermost Burdigalian or Helvetian age. There may be Tertiary deposits both older and younger than the bed in which the specimens of Antillia were collected. Doctor Spencer's structure section across the island strongly suggests that such deposits are there. 1 Spencer, J. W., On the geological and physical development of Guadaloupe, Geol. Soc. London Journ., vol. 57, pp. 506-519, 1901. * Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 312, 1857. » Mem. corall. Ant., p. 69 (of reprint), pis. 5, fig. 13, I860. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 593 It has already been stated that the fossils obtained by Miss Maury in Santo Domingo at horizons higher than her zones G, H, and I are younger than the Bowden fauna. A line of demarcation between the Burdigalian and higher Miocene is not at present practicable, but it is almost, if not quite, certain that her upper zones are not older than Helvetian. This would still seem to indicate a horizon below the lowest formation of the Chesapeake group of Maryland and Vir- ginia and the Marks Head marl of eastern Georgia, but the available data do not warrant a positive opinion. However, it appears that the higher Miocene deposits of the Santo Domingan section are represented in Florida and Georgia by the erosion interval between the deposition of the uppermost beds of the Alum Bluff formation and that of the overlying Marks Head marl. The presence in Cuba of deposits, the La Cruz marl, of the same age as the Santo Domingan deposits above Miss Maury's zones H-I, was noted on page 219 of this volume. It seems that there are in the southeastern United States no Miocene marine deposits of the same age as the upper part of the Gatun formation, the Santo Domingan deposits above Miss Maury's zones H-I, and the La Cruz marl of Cuba, unless some of the latter deposits are younger than is at present supposed. Except for the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, there is no information on marine Miocene formations of this age in eastern Mexico, or in the area between Yucatan and Costa Rica. The extension of the Gatun formation into Costa Rica has already been discussed. PLIOCENE. The Toro limestone is the only formation within the Canal Zone that is supposed to be of Pliocene age. The determination of the age of this formation is necessarily by means of its stratigraphic relations, as only one identifiable species of fossil, Epitonium toroense Dall, was collected in it, but the stratigraphic relations, described by Doctor MacDonald on pages 544, 545 of this volume, are such that the formation can scarcely be of any age other than Pliocene. The Pliocene deposits in the vicinity of Limon, Costa Rica, were first observed by W. M. Gabb, 1 who described a number of species from there, and they were later visited by R. T. Hill, 2 who made additional collections, on which Doctor Dall supplies notes published in the paper cited.3 Doctor Dall has recently described an interesting species of Pecten, P. pittieri,* collected b}T Mr. H. Pittier at Moin Hill, near Port Limon. This species will be referred to in i Gabb, W. M., Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Pliocene clay beds between Limon and Moen, Costa Rica, together with notes on previously known species from there and elsewhere in the Carib- bean area, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Journ., ser. 2, vol. 8, pp. 349-3S0, figs, on pis. 45-47, 1881. a Mus. Comp. Zofil. Bull., vol. 28, p. 234, 1898. 8 The geologic history of the Isthmus of Panama and portions of Costa Rica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull. , vol. 28, p. 274, 1898. « Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, p. 10, 1912. 594 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. a subsequent paragraph. Pliocene corals from this locality are considered on page 223. Mr. George C. Matson collected at Barranquilla, Colombia, some fossils that belong to a fauna younger than that obtained around Usiacuri, and may bo of Pliocene age. Glycymeris, Ostrea, Pecten, and Lucina are the genera represented. The Bissex Hill "beds" of Barbados (see p. 583 of this paper) are considered Pliocene in age by Franks and Harrison; but I infer, from his remarks on the Foraminifera, that Chapman inclined to tho opinion that they are of Miocene age. I strongly doubt any of tho elevated, terraced coral reefs of Barbados being so old as Pliocene, but present evidence is not decisive. Tho only known extensive Pliocene coral fauna in America is that of the Waccamaw and Caloosahatchee marls of the southeastern United States. This is discussed on page 222 of this volume. I have studied both the specimens on which Gregory based his account of the Barbadian elevatcd-reef corals and a collection (see p. 255 of this volume) later sent me by Professor Jukes-Browne. All of the species seem to mo inseparable from the species at present living in the Caribbean area, except one that was erroneously identified by Gregory as Lithophyllia walli (Duncan). Pliocene deposits have been recognized at very few places in the West Indies; in fact, about the only locality at which there is reason- able surety of there being beds of this age is near Guantanamo, Cuba, where Mr. O. E. Meinzer collected Pecten pittieri Dall, identified by C. W. Cooke. R. T. Hill considers the Jamaican formations, to which he applies the names Manchioneal and Kingston, as Pliocene, and it seems that he is correct, but the evidence adduced is not completely convincing. In other words, from the evidence available, Hill was justified in his age classification of tho deposits mentioned, but their paleontology needs more detailed investigation. The marine Pliocene of the southeastern United States has been considered on page 576 of this paper. Heilprin was the first to call attention to the extensive Pliocene "gray or white shell limestone" of Yucatan. 1 His examinations were made "at several points in and about Merida, in numerous cuttings along the line of tho Merida-Kalkini Railroad, on the line of the railroad connecting the capital city with Ticul, all along the traverse between Merida and Tunkas," and "at various points between Tekanto and Cilam." Sapper has published a rough out- 1 Heilprin, Angelo, Geological researches in Yucatan, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Proc. for 1891, pp. 138-158, 1891. NAMA. ted States. European time subdi- visions. Nashua marl, ee marl (near- us). Sicilian. Astian. Plaisancian. 1, Duplin marl, lee marl (near- us). Pontian. Sarmatian. i. i. Tortonian. s Head marl. Helvetian. River marl nber. J r o ve sand aber. i marl mem- Burdigalian. ipa formation. Aquitanian. Chattian. Rupelian. ,m calcareous rl. anna limestone. iBluff clay. Lattorfian (Sannoisian). la limestone. Ludian (Pria- bonian). Bartonian. >ort sand, on formation, lhatta buhr- >ne. Auversian.c Lutetian. ?hetigbee forma- in. li formation. jahoma forma- in. afalia formation. Ypresian.c Sparnacian.c eola formation, irnochee clay, ton limestone. Thanetian.c Montian.c d to the upper Ec cene and placed GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 595 line map of the Pliocene area in Yucatan, 1 and, he repeated Heilprin's lists of fossils. No information is available for British Honduras, the Republic of Honduras, or Nicaragua. The accompanying table presents the approximate stratigraphic equivalence of the Tertiary marine formations in Central America, the Antilles, the southeastern United States, and Europe. It will be noticed that the table indicates two great stratigraphic bieaks, namely, one in lower and middle Eocene time, the other in upper Miocene time. Pre-Tertiary Formations in Central America and the West Indies. The foregoing discussion of the marine geologic formations of Panama has included more or less consideration of all of those of Tertiary age, concerning which we have knowledge, in the southern United States, eastern Mexico, Central America, and the West Indies, and a few notes have been made on northern South America. Since the publication of Bailey Willis's Index to the stratigraphy of North America,2 there has been no important addition to our knowledge of the pre-Tertiary formations of the West Indies and Central America. As this volume and the geologic map of North America it was prepared to accompany are both easily accessible to geologists, and as a review of the formations of those ages would be mostly repetition of informa- tion contained in that work, I will make only a few general remarks. Rocks of supposed Archean age outcrop as follows: State of Oaxaca, Mexico, granites and gneisses; Chiapas and Guatemala, granites, talc, and chloritic schists; Nicaragua and Honduras, fundamental granite; Venezuela, granite from Puerto Cabello to Trinidad. Granitic debris was found in Eocene sediments in Costa Rica and along Rio Chagrcs in Panama by Hill. There is granite overlain by arkose below the Upper Cretaceous near the city of Santa Clara, Cuba, and marble and schists in the Isle of Pines. Paleozoic rocks of undertermined age occur in northern Sonora, Mexico, and in Chiapas; in Guatemala there are formations of both pre-Carboniferous and Carboniferous age; Mierisch reports Devonian in northern Nicaragua; and Paleozoic rocks apparently are present in Honduras. The rocks, largely serpentine, forming the proto-axis of Cuba, and some of the formations in the Trinidad Mountains, Cuba, may be of Paleozoic age, but there is no definite proof. Triassic deposits occur near Zacatecas, and perhaps at Miquehuana, State of Tamaulipas, Mexico; the Todas Santos formation in Chiapas and Guatemala is of Triassic age, and it appears, according to Mierisch, ' Sapper, Carlos, La geografia flsica y la geclogia de la Feninsula de Yucatan, Mexico Instit. geolog. Bol. No. 3, pp. 57, 6 pis., 1896. » U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 71, 1912. TENTATIVE CORRELATION TABLE OF THE TERTIARY MARINE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS OF PANAMA. American time sub- divisions. Southeastern United Slates. Toro limestone. Manrhioneal formation. Kingston for- Pliocene of Guantanamo, Cuba. Pliocene of Yucatan and Limon, Costa Rica. Waccamaw marl, Nashua marl, and Caloosahatchee marl (near- ly contemporaneous). Yorktown formation, Duplin marl, and Choctawhatchee marl (near- ly contemporaneous). St. Marys formation. Choptahk formation. Calvert for- vrop. —„ . , mation. Marks Hean mnrl. Gatun formation. Zones G, H, and I in San- to Domingo. i Shoal River member. Oak Grove member. Chipola marl her. Culehl'a forma- Culebraand limestone at Tonosi. Coral reef at Guan- tanamo, Cuba. Antigua formation (Antigua). Pepino formalion (Porto Rico). Lower hor- izon in Santo Domingo. Chattahoo- chee for- mation. Tampa formation. and lime- stone at Da- vid (contem- poraneous). Montpolier white lime- stone. Deposits with Pec- ten aff. P. poul- soni and large, dis- coid orbitoids. Byram calcareous marl. Monannn limi'sUme. Red Bluff clay. Jambridge formation. Richmond formation. St. Bartholomew limestone (St. Bartholomew). Widely distributed in Cuba; also in Haiti. mation of Nicaragua (typical Brito). Ocala limestone. Eocene of Tonosi. Claiborne group. Gosport sand. Lisbon formation. Tallahatta buhi Halcbeligiiec forma- tion. BashI formation. Tuscahoma forma- tion. Nanafalia formation uiAtua* Naheola formation, group. Clayton limestone. nr1n«JS Ii?rUo! ' '\> K ,' ,,mvi116 and referred to " Stampien iuferieur'-^ Vicksburgian-Lattorfian; Cushman thinks these deposits should be referred to the upper Eocene and placed "I' 1 "" ' ,hl ' "< ivirihnlniru'w )i,m^ione in the table. "May Mom: si i ;.u i;ji aphirnlly somewhat higher. « < oriviii! ion proposed by E. W. Berry. 37149—19. (To face page 595.) 598 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. also to occur in northern Nicaragua. Sapper records Triassic rocks from several areas in Honduras. Jurassic limestone froms the axis of the Organos Mountain, Province of Pinar del Rio, Cuba; and marine Jurassic is extensively developed in Mexico and west Texas. The Lower Cretaceous, so greatly developed in Mexico and Texas, is not known in the West Indies or in Central America proper, that is, below the Isthmus of Tehuantapec, except in Honduras. 1 With regard to the Upper Cretaceous, it will be said that the pecul- iar Upper Cretaceous fauna of Jamaica has been found in Cuba and St. Thomas. Hill has noted in Porto Rico "volcanic tuffs and con- glomerates with interbcdded Cretaceous rudistean limestone similar to that of Jamaica," thereby confirming a previous inference of Cleve that the horizon he recognized in St. Thomas also occurs in Porto Rico; and it is reported from the Island of Haiti. Quin figures a specimen of Barretiia from the "Blue-beach" formation of St. Croix (but without recognizing its affinities); and Sapper records Barrettia from northwest of Coban, Guatemala, and a somewhat similar fauna from Chiapas, Mexico. As Cleve years ago pointed out, this fauna is more closely related to that of Gosau, Austria, than to any in North America north of the Gulf of Mexico. Hill reports Rudistes and Inocerami from his San Miguel formation, Costa Rica, but Romanes 3 doubts the correctness of the identifications. OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF THE PERIMETERS OF THE GULF OF MEXICO AND THE CARIBBEAN SEA. The following pages will present only the broad outlines of the geologic history of the region of which Panama forms a part. The details for Panama are given by Doctor MacDonald in the manu- script of his report on the geology of the Canal Zone and adjacent areas, to be published by the Smithsonian Institution. Three manuscripts on the physiography and stratigraphy of Cuba are now in my possession. One of these is on an area adjacent to Guanta- namo, by Mr. O. E. Meinzer; the second is on an area northwest of Guantanamo by Mr. N. H. Darton; and the third is a general ac- count of the physiography and stratigraphy of the entire island and the Isle of Pines by myself. The paleontology of the different forma- tions is considered in as much detail as available information per- mits. A similar account of the geology of the Lesser Antilles, by Mr. Robert T. Hill and myself, is nearly ready for press, and pale- ontologic monographs of the fossil biota of St. Bartholomew, Anti- gua, and Anguilla are almost complete. The geologic history of these J Dr. T.W. Stanton has recentiy verified the age determination of these deposits. (Oral communi- cation.) « Romanes, James, Geology of a part of Costa Rica, Geol. Soo. London Quart. Journ., vol. 63, pp. 103-139, pis. 8, 9, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 597 areas is discussed in the reports mentioned, which I hope may, within a few months, be submitted for publication by the Carnegie Institution of Washington. The discussion of the age and geographic distribution of the differ- ent geologic formations on preceding pages partly prepares the way for an account of the paleogcography of the region under considera- tion;' but before proceeding the geographic relations of the Three Americas should receive attention. Geographic Relations op the Three Americas. This subject has attracted many investigators, some of whom con- sidered only segments of the perimeters of the two American seas, the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, while others considered the relations between Central America and the West Indies to the continent of North America, on the north, and to the continent of South America, on the south. Some of the important facts in the alignment of the West Indies were recognized so long ago as 1848, for Schomburgh * called attention to the fact that in the Lesser Antilles there are an outer and an inner group of islands, the outer largely composed of calcareous rocks, the inner composed of volcanic rocks. Knowledge of the geographic and geologic relations within this region has grown gradually, and there have been so many contributors to it that no attempt will be made to credit each of them for what he has done. However, special acknowledgments should be made to R. T. Hill for his investigations in a number of the West Indian and Central Ameri- can areas; to Carl Sapper for his exploration in Yucatan, Tabasco, Chiapas, Guatemala, parts of Honduras, and San Salvador; and to Karsten and Sievers for their work in northern South America. The footnotes 2 below gives the titles of some of the more important publications, and they contain references to earlier literature. i Schomburgh, Sir R., History or Barbados, p. 532, 1848. s Dollfus, A., and Mont-Serrat, E. de, Voyage geologique dans les republiqucs de Guatemala et de Salvador, pp. 535, 18 pis., 1808, Paris. See particularly pp. 250-258. Felix, J., and Lcnk, II., Ueber die tektonisehen Vcrhiiltnisse der Republik Mexiko, Deutsch. gcolog. Gesellsch. Zeitsch., vol. 44, pp. 303-323, pis. 19, 20, 1892. Ui 1, R. T., Fundamental geographic relations of the Three Americas, Nat. Gcog. Mag., vol. 7, pp. 175-181, 189G; The physical geography of Mexico [Abstract], Eighth Intemat. Geog. Cong. Rept., pp. 765-7G6, 1905. (See also papers by Hill listed on p. 604, this volume.) Karsten, Hermann, Geologic de 1'ancienne Colombie bolivarienne, Venezuela, Nouvellc-Grenaide et Ecuador, pp. 02, 1 map, 8 pis., 1886, Berlin. Sapper, Carl, Grundziige der physikalischen geographic von Guatemala, Petermanns Mitteil. Ergiin- sungsbd. 24, Ergiinzungsheft 113, pp. 59, 4 maps, 1894; La geografia fisica y la geologia de la peninsula de Yucatan, Mexico Inst, geolog. Bol. 3, pp. 57, G pis., 1890; Das nordliche Mittel-AmeriUa, pp. 430, 8 pis., 1897, Braunschweig; Mitteiamerikanische Reisen und Studien aus den Jahren 18S8 bis 1900, pp. 420, 4 statistical tables, 4 maps .and numerous unnumbered halftone figs, and pis., 1902, Braunschweig; tiber Gebirgsbau nnd Boden des siidlichen Mittelamerika, Petermann's Mitteil., Ergiinzungs Bd. 32, Ergiin- zungsheft 151, pp. 82, 4 pis., 1905. Sievers, W., Karten zur physikalischen geographic von Venezuela, Petermanns Mitteil., vol. 42, pp. 125-129, pi. 10, pp. 149-155, pi. 11; pp. 197-201, pi. 15, 1890. Suess, E., Les Antilles, La face de la terre (translated under the direction of E. de Margerie), vol. 1 pp. 724-737, 1897. 598 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. GENERAL RELATIONS. The boundaries of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea form a parallelogram (see pi. 73) ; those on the north and south extend along east and west lines, those on the east and west are northwest to southeast, while the basins are separated by cast and west structures. The bottoms of the continental slopes on both sides of the continents range between 2,500 and 3,000 fathoms in depth. On the east the 2,500-fathom curve is either at or near the base of the slope from off the Banks of Newfoundland southwestward to off Jacksonville, Florida, whence it bends toward the southeast, passing east of the Bahamas, north of Porto Rico, east of the Caribbean arc, east of Trinidad, and northeast of the Guianas. The 2,500-fathom contour lies farther offshore on the Pacific side than on the Atlantic side of North America, but is nearer shore from the Revilla Gigcdo Islands, west of Manzanillo, Mexico, to off Guatemala, whence southward the 2,000-fathom contour is near the base of the slope until off Peru, where there is a drop to over 3,000 fathoms in the great Callao deep. Land areas bound the Gulf of Mexico on the east, north, west, and south. The land on the west continues without interruption through Central America and northern South America, forming the western and southern boundaries of the Caribbean Sea. Between southern Florida and Trinidad there are relatively shallow-water connections with the Atlantic Ocean through passages between Florida and Cuba, and through passages between both the Greater and the Lesser Antil- les to Trinidad. Depths of about 1,000 fathoms or somewhat more are found between Cuba and Haiti in the Windward Passage, and between Anegada and Angtiilla in the Anegada Passage, but they are usually less than 500 fathoms. The Gulf of Mexico is separated from the Caribbean Sea by the Yucatan Peninsula and Cuba, but connects with it through the Yuca- tan Channel. The deepest part of this basin, which is a simple basin, is slightly over 2,000 fathoms. The Caribbean Sea is a compound basin, separated into two parts by the ridge that extends from Honduras to Jamaica. The northern division is almost subdivided by the Cayman ridge, which extends westward from the Sierra Maestra of Cuba. Depths of 2,500 fathoms are attained between the Caymans and Cape San Antonio, Cuba, while south of them depths exceeding 3,000 fathoms are recorded in the Bartlctt deep. The southern division is a simple basin with depths ranging between 2,250 and 2,900 fathoms. The data presented show that these two basins are land-locked, except that between Florida and Trinidad shallow passages between land areas connect with the Atlantic Ocean, that the two basins are separated by structures transverse to the continental trend in Yucatan GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 599 and Cuba, and that the Gulf of Mexico is a simple while the Carribbean Sea is a compound basin. The major tectonic features surrounding and occurring within the basins will now be briefly considered. TECTONIC PROVINCES. In order to give an adequate conception of the relations of the two basins the general features of both the North and South American continents must be considered as well as the details of the land areas and submarine banks and ridges immediately adjacent to and within the region. The provinces germane to the area will be more par- ticularly considered, while the boundaries of those more remote will be only indicated. Twelve major with several subordinate provinces may be discriminated as follows: 1. Bahamas. 2. Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain. 3. Mexican Plateau. 4. Oaxaca-Guerrero. 5. Yucatan. 6. Guatemala—Chiapas. 7. Cuba and northern Haiti. 8. Honduras, and its continuation to Jamaica, southern Haiti, Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and the outlying island of Saint Croix. 9. Costa Rica-Panama. 10. Andes. 11. Maritime Andes. 12. Caribbean Islands: 12a. Barbadian Ridge. 126. Main Caribbean Arc. 12c. Avcs Ridge. 1. Bahamas.—The Bahama Islands and their accompanying shoals occupy a triangular area which lies east of Florida and north of Cuba and Haiti. The islands either occur on one of two large banks, the Little Bahama and the Great Bahama banks, or they rise to the southeast of the latter bank as isolated eminences separated by water as much as 1,000 fathoms in depth. Two bodies of water over 1,0C0 fathoms deep, Exuma Sound and The Tongue of the Ocean, indent the Great Bahama Bank. Water 1,000 fathoms in depth is close to the eastern shore of the Bahamas as far north as Elbow Cay on Little Bahama Bank. Eastward from the 1,000-fathom curve the bottom rapidly descends to a depth between 2,000 and 3,000 fathoms. The Bahama Islands are subaerial protuberants above the nearly level, slightly submerged surfaces of extensive plateaus which on one or more sides rise precipitously from oceanic depths. 600 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2. Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain.—This plain extends beyond Rio Grande to the Sierra Madre, Mexico, and as far southward as Tatnpico. A narrow, more or less broken plain continues beyond Vera Cruz to the lowland plain of Yucatan, where it meets the trans- verse Oaxaca-Guerrero structural line. Throughout its extent, notwithstanding irregularities in surface configuration, the Coastal Plain in general slopes from its landward margin to the edge of the Continental Shelf. The inner margin ranges from 300 to 600 feet in altitude between Maryland and central Texas; while in west Texas it attains a height of slightly more than 1,000 feet above sea level. 3. Mexican Plateau.—At least four provinces of major rank are recognized in the western Cordilleran region of the United States, according to Ransome, 1 namely: (1) The Rocky Mountains, (2) the Colorado Plateau, (3) the Nevada-Sonoran region, (4) the Pacific ranges. Nos. 1 and 2 are parts of the Laramide mountain system; No. 3 is the intermontane belt; and No. 4, the Pacific mountain system. Fenneman dissents from this classification in that he refers the Colorado Plateau to the Intermontane plateaus, along with the Nevada-Sonoran region, 2 and considers the Mexican "highland" as a part of his Basin-and-Range province lying south of the Colorado Plateau. Toward the south in trans-Pecos Texas the Colorado Pla- teau and the Nevada-Sonoran region of Ransome are delimited by a rather vague boundary from the Mexican Plateau, which Ransome also considers a part of the Laramide mountain system. The Mexi- can Plateau comprises the high plateaus and central mountains of Mexico. Southward from Rio Grande, below the mouth of Pecos River, it forms the western boundary of the Coastal Plain. The boundary, according to Hayes (oral communication), is a fault scarp which lies a little east of Monterey and trends east of south through Ciudad Victoria to Misantla, where volcanic mountains reach tho shore and interrupt the continuity of the plain. The province is ter- minated on the south by a fault scarp beyond which are the east and west trending structural axis of Michoacan, Guerrero, and Oaxaca. 4. Oaxaca-Guerrero.—A structural axis extends through Michoacan, Guerrero, and Oaxaca, almost at right angles to the trend of the Mexican Plateau. The northern boundary of this province is tho escarpment at the southern margin of the Mexican Plateau; the western and southern boundary is the Pacific Ocean; while the eastern boundary is the Isthmus of Tehuantapec. It is thus set off from the Mexican Plateau, and the Yucatan lowland. i Ransome, F. L., The Tertiary orogeny of the North American Cordillera and its problems, Problem of American geology, pp. 2S9-295, New Haven, 1915. * Fennamin, N. M., Physiographic divisions of tho United States, Assoc. Amer. Geographers Bull, vol. G, p. 41, 1910. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 601 5. Yucatan.—This province consists of lowlands, under 600 meters in height, underlain by only slightly deformed Tertiary strata, except some problematic rocks west of Belize. The Yucatan Peninsula and Campeche Bank are comparable to the Floridian Plateau. They are developed along a structural axis almost at right angles to the con- tinental trend. Campeche Bank projects northward from the shore line of the peninsula 170 nautical miles to the 100-fathom curve and has a width of nearly 360 nautical miles along an east and west line. On the east the depth of water between it and Cuba exceeds 1,000 fathoms and the axial trends are not coincident, but the axis of Yucatan Bank and that of the Province of Pinar del Rio, Cuba, curve so that they are nearly parallel, with a trough, Yucatan Channel, between them. 6. Guatemala- Cliiapas.—This province lies between the Yucatan lowland on the north and Rio Motagua on the south. It is an up- land dominated by east and west tectonic lines, and has been called the Guatemala-Chiapas Plateau by Tower. 1 7. Cuba.—This province is coincident with Cuba and its submarine continuation, the Cayman Ridge. At least four subdivisions should be recognized: (1) The Isle of Pines, which is composed of mountains of schists and marbles with piedmont plains and marsh, separated from the main island by water less than 10 fathoms deep. (2) Organos Mountains of Pinar del Rio and the accompanying piedmont plains. The 1,000-fathom curve is less than 20 miles off the north shore. (3) Central Cuba, from the east end of Organos Mountains to Cauto River, is mostly a plain broken by some hills of serpentino and granite, and in Santa Clara Province, near Trinidad, mountains reported to be composed of Paleozoic sediments attain an altitude of about 2,000 feet. (4) Sierra Maestra and Cayman Ridge. Thi3 subprovinco lies between the Cauto Valley and the south shore and is continued westward as the submarine Cayman Ridge, along the axis of which only the Cayman Islands project above water level. The axial trend is nearly east and west between Cabo Cruz, Cuba, and Little Cayman, whence it curves to the southwest and pitches toward the head of the Gulf of Honduras, which is an area of depression. Between the Caymans and the Isle of Pines the depth of water exceeds 1,000 fathoms, while the Bartlett deep to the south, separating Cuba and Jamaica, exceeds 3,000 fathoms in depth. la. Haiti, northern fart.—The island of Haiti lies at the conver- gence of the trend of the axis of the central subprovince of Cuba and the Honduran-Jamaican axis. The dividing line in Haiti is from Port au Prince to Ocoa Bay. t The area south of this line belongs to a Jamaican axis, while that to the north belongs to the central i Tower, W. L., Investigation of evolution in chrysomelid beetles of the genus Leptinotarsa, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. No. 48, p. 50, 1906. G02 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Cuban trend. The structural axes of the mountains in the northern and northeastern part of Haiti are from northwest to southeast and are parallel to the axis of elongation of Cuba from the Sierra Maestra to Santa Clara. In Cuba this trend is cut diagonally by the axis of the Sierra Maestra, which is bounded on the south by a tremendous fault scarp. Previous to this faulting it seems that central Cuba and Haiti formed parts of the same land area. The island of Haiti might be treated as separate from Cuba and Jamaica, but lying at the intersection of two tectonic trends. 8. Honduras and the Jamaican Ridge.—'The Honduran Province in Central America is dominated by tectonic lines extending from south- west to northeast, of which the Telusa Mountains are representative. A line from the Gulf of Honduras along Motagua River to a point north of Jalapa, thence southwest to the Pacific coast, may be taken as the northern boundary and Rio San Juan and the southern side of Lake Nicaragua as the southern boundary. From the northeast coast of Honduras and Nicaragua a great sub- marine plateau continues with depths of less than 1,000 fathoms to Jamaica. Above it rise numerous banks and keys and along its course are Thunder Knoll, Rosalind, Seranilla, and Pedro banks between the continental shore and Jamaica. The principal old tectonic lines of Jamaica trend northwest to southeast. As these are parallel to the shore northwest of Cape Gracias a Dios and to the northeast edge of Mosquito Bank, there are evidently cross tectonic lines nearly at right angles to each other in this ridge. A submarine ridge extends from the east end of Jamaica some 45 miles and overlaps on the south side a ridge which protrudes west- ward from the west end of Haiti. The two ridges, however, do not connect but are separated by water over 1,000 fathoms deep. The ridge representing an eastward submarine continuation of Jamaica indicates a third tectonic line in that island. The last-mentioned line nearly parallels the Bartlett deep, which lies to the north. The submarine slopes to the southeast are toward the bottom of the Caribbean basin. Sa. Haiti (southern part), Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.—The political division of Haiti designated Sud is dominated by east and west trending mountains, which parallel in direction the east and west axis of Jamaica. As the maximum depth between Haiti and Porto Rico is about 318 fathoms, they rise from a common, not greatly submerged bank. (See statement on preceding page in regard to considering Haiti as a separate Province.) The main mountain mass of Porto Rico, the Sierra Central, the maximum altitude of which is 3,750 feet at El Yunque, trends east and west, paralleling in direction Sud, Haiti. There is coincidence . GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 603 in the direction of elongation of the Jamaican bank, Sud (Haiti), and Porto Rico. The relative truncation of the west end of Porto Rico, except tho protuberant which forms Cabo de San Francisco, is striking and suggests faulting. The declivities both to the north and south of the island are great, over 4,000 fathoms in depth being reached within 40 miles of the north coast, while 2,000 fathoms are attained within a shorter distance from the south coast. A submarine bank extending from the east end of Porto Rico to Ancgada Passage is known as Virgin Bank. The depth of water between the islands rising above this bank is less than 20 fathoms, which is a minimum for the amount of submergence they have recently (geologically speaking) undergone. These islands are detached out- liers of Porto Rico. 86. Saint Croix.—-Although St. Croix is separated from the Vir- gin Islands by a depth as great as 2,400 fathoms and is joined to the St. Christopher chain by a ridge less than 1,000 fathoms deep, it possesses great similarity to members of the Virgin group. The west end is truncate and the submarine slope precipitous; the submarine slope to the north is also steep. There is clear evidence of faulting on the west and north sides. A ridge, largely of igneous rock, stands against the north shore from the west end of the island for some dis- tance to the east. South of the ridge is a sloping, rolling, calcareous plain. The east end has a submarine continuation in a bank less than 50 fathoms deep. The tectonic axis is east and west, the rocks resemble those of the Virgins, and the zoogeography indicates former connection with them. For these reasons it seems probable that this island was formerly a part of the Porto Rican-Virgin Island land-mass and has been sundered irom it by diastrophic processes. However, Saint Croix might be accorded separate status as a province, or referred to the St. Christopher axis; but it appears to me preferable to classify it with the Virgin Islands. 9. CostaRica-Panama.—Between the Nicaragua-Costa Rican bound- ary and the mouth of Rio Atrato is an S-shaped land area which does not exhibit striking major tectonic lines, although some de- formation axes are obvious in Panama. The region is largely one of vulcanism, present or past, which although occurring within definable limits does not follow continuous straight axes but occurs in a curving belt. The topography appears disordered, with volcanic protuberants here and there without perceptible system. The vol- canic heaps range from a few hundred to nearly 10,000 feet in altitude. 10. Andes.—The south-north trending ranges of the Andes reach the shores of the Caribbean Sea between the Gulf of Darien and Venezuela, and send a spur, Cordillera de Merida, northeastward to 604 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Porto Cabello where the main Andean trend is crossed by that of the Maritime Andes. The shore of the Caribbean Sea lies across the northern end of the Andes in a way similar to the manner in which the landward border of the Coastal Plain crosses the southwestern end of the Appalachian Mountains. The islands Curacao, Arube, and Bonaire, lie off the Venezuelan coast in the angle between the ends of the main Andes and tho Cordillera de Merida. 11. Maritime Andes.—The Maritime Andes lie along the Vene- zuela coast from Caracas eastward. Trinidad and Tobago are outlying islands. On the south side of these mountains is the great Valley of the Orinoco. 12. Caribbean Islands.—These islands lie along triple arcuate ridges, the Barbadian Ridge, the main Caribbean Arc, and Aves Ridge, the second of which is double at its northern end. 12a. Barbadian Ridge.—As Barbados is connected undersea with Tobago Island by a ridge loss than 1,000 fathoms deep, and as the depth between it and St. Lucia is less than 1,000 fathoms,, there is a closed basin over 1,000 fathoms deep between the Bar- badian Ridge and the main Caribbean Arc. 12&. Caribbean Arc.—The Caribbean arc is a ridge that extends from north of the Gulf of Paria to Anegada Passage. The islands occurring along it from the Grenadines to Dominica are entirely or predominantly volcanic. Guadaloupe is a compound island; the western half is volcanic, the eastern half with the outlying Marie Galante is mostly composed of calcareous sediments. North of Martinique the arc splits; along the inner fork are the volcanic islands Montserrat, the St. Christopher Chain, and Saba; along the outer fork are Antigua and Barbuda, and the St. Martin group. The latter islands are largely or predominantly composed of sedimentary rocks resting on an igneous basement of pre-Tertiary or early Tertiary age. 12c. Aves Ridge.—This ridge takes its name from Aves Island, which stands on a ridge running from the north coast of Cumana to Saba Island at depths slightly less than 1,000 fathoms, while water of greater depth occurs both east and west of it. Paleographic Summary. There are many publications dealing with this subject, some of which, such as those of Gregory, 1 Hill, 2 and Guppy, 3 are specially i Gregory, J. W., Contributions to the paleontology and physical geology of the West Indies, GeoL Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, pp. 255-310, pi. 31, 1S95. 2 Hill, R. T., Notes on the geology of Cuba, based upon a reconnaissance made for Alexander Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 16, pp. 2-13-288, pis. 3-9, 1895; The geological history of the Isthmus of Panama and partions of Costa Ri:a, Idem., vol. 28, pp. 159-2S5, pis. 1-19, 1S98; The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, Idem., vol.31, pp. 1-226, 252-255, pis. 1-35, 1901; Pe!<5and the, evolution of the Windward Archi- pelago, Geol. Soc. Ameri a Bull., vol. 16, pp. 243-288, pis. 43—17, 1905. s Guppy, R. J. L., The gaologisal connexions of the Caribbean region, Canada Inst. Trans., vol. 8, pp. 373-391, one plate, 1909. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 605 devoted to the West Indies and Central America, or consider parts of the regions; others are devoted to the geologic history of smaller areas that are parts of the region and are too numerous for men- tion here, but many of them have been referred to in my papers on the fossil corals and the correlation of the geologic formations of Panama, forming parts of this volume; while still other works, for instance those by Schuchert * and Willis,2 treat Central America and the West Indies only as parts of much larger areas. Schuchert in his work cited undertakes to reconstruct for this region the distribution of land and sea; that is, connections and barrier between tho Atlantic and Pacific Basins during Paleozoic time, basing his inferences upon the affinities of the Paleozoic faunas. As I can add nothing to what ho says, I will not summarizo his conclusions—the reader may consult his memoir. LATE PALEOZOIC. The great Appalachian revolution occurred in late Paleozoic- Permian time, and resulted in the northern boundary of the Gulf of Mexico—tho southern Appalachian, the Ouachita, and Wichita Mountains. The east and west trend in southern Mexico already existed or was developed about this time; while farther to the southeast, as Sapper has shown, Rio Motagua in Guatemala divides two chains of this age, one to the north, the other to tho south, with spurs of a third chain farther toward the southeast. The nearly north and south trend of the Coxcomb Mountains in British Honduras, which are composed of sediments apparently of pre-Paleozoic age indicates that the Yucatan protuberant had been outlined in Paleo- zoic, perhaps early Paleozoic time. Granitic debris in Costa Rica and Panama suggests old deformation along east and west lines in those areas. The east and west mountains of Venezuela have an old foundation and certainly date back to the Paleozoic in origin. There is evidence of old deformation in Cuba, rendering it highly probable, if not certain, that the major tectonic trends of Cuba are as old as Paleozoic. Although no Paleozoic rocks have been identified in Jamaica, the inference appears warranted that Jamaica itself dates back to late Paleozoic, as it has been shown by Sapper that the west end of the tectonic features represented in Mosquito and Rosalind Banks and Jamaica already existed in late Paleozoic time. Tho Cuban and Jamaican trends meet in Haiti and continue through Porto Rico to the Virgin Islands, i Schuchert, Charles, Paleography of North America, Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 20, pp. 427-600, pis. 46-101, 1910. a Willis, Bailey, Palecgraphic maps, in Outlines of geologic history with special reference to North America, pp. 300, Chicago, 1910. 606 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. while St. Croix, which is closely related in its geologic features to the Virgins, was probably at one timo a member of that group and has been separated from them by faulting of compara- tively late geologic date. There is no direct evidence of the existonco at this time of any of the Caribbean Islands, but certain relations suggest that at least parts of the Caribbean Arc maybe old. St. Croix stands on the western end of a ridge botweon 600 and 700 fathoms deep, on the eastern end of which is St. Christopher. This ridge extends northward to the St. Martin Plateau, eastward to Antigua and Barbuda, and southward from the latter islands through Guadeloupe, St. Lucia, and the Grenadines to South America. These relations suggest that tho eastern perimeter of tho Caribbean Basin may have been outlined in late Paleozoic time. From the preceding statement it is evident that the principal tectonic lines of the perimeters of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea existed at the close of the Paleozoic. The northern, western, and southern boundaries had been outlined and the major transverse trends had also been formed, the more northern through Oaxaca and Chiapas, including the northward trending Coxcomb Mountains of British Honduras; the more southern through Honduras and Nicaragua. The first may have connected along the axis of the Coxcomb Mountains with Cuba and thence Haiti; the second prob- ably connected with Jamaica, Haiti, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, and there are vague suggestions that the Caribbean Arc also existed. As the positive and negative areas so early outlined dominated the tectonic development during later geologic time, the subsequent history consists in tracing the modification of these old features. TRIASSIC, JURASSIC, AND CRETACEOUS. It seems necessary to infer diastrophic movements previous to or during Jurassic and Cretaceous time, for there was no connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans across Central America dur- ing these periods, with the possible exception of certain connections during Jurassic and upper Triassic (Karnic) time, as shown in the table on page 612. During Triassic and Jurassic time the eastern part of the North American continent, except areas of Triassic in Mexico and several Central American States and areas of Jurassic in Mexico and trans-Pecos Texas, was emerged probably to the limits of the pres- ent Continental Shelf, while the western end of Cuba was submerged. The eastern end of Cuba apparently was a land area and may have been joined to the southeastern United States. During upper Creta- ceous time there was extensive submergence throughout the West Indies and Central America, but the Lower Cretaceous, as represented in Mexico and Texas, is not known in them, except in Honduras. As the Jurassic and Cretaceous faunas are Atlantic in their facies, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 607 the Atlantic Ocean must have had access to these oceanic basins during a part if not all of these periods. According to Hill, vulcanism existed prior to later Mesozoic in Guatemala, Oaxaca, Jamaica, and the Andes, and perhaps in Cuba and Haiti, as well as in the Cordilleras of North America. Probably there was vulcanism in Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, St. Croix, St. Martin, St. Bartholomew, and Antigua. In the two last mentioned islands there are volcanic rocks older than Eocene sediments. At the close of the Cretaceous there was general emergence of the Coastal Plain, an event probably due to diastrophism and a resultant of Laramide mountain making. EOCENE AND OLIGOCENE. The West Indian islands, because no old Eocene sediments are known in any of them except Trinidad, which is South American in its relations, are supposed to have stood above sea level at that time. In Cuba and Jamaica there are Upper Cretaceous and late Eocene sediments without the intervention of early Eocene deposits. During later Eocene (Ludian) and middle and upper Oligocene (Rupelian and Aquitanian) time there was extensive submergence in the West Indies and interoceanic connection through a number of straits across Central America. There may have been interocanic connection during lower Oligocene (Lattorfian) time, but this is not established. The maximum submergence was in middle Oligocene (Rupelian) time. Vulcanism was widespread in Central America and the Antilles during Eocene and probably also during earlier Oligocene time. The line of the great Mexican volcanoes had its inception at the close of the Cretaceous, near the beginning of the Tertiary, according to Felix and Lenk. In Jamaica, Cuba, St. Bartholomew, and Antigua the later Eocene age of some of the volcanic rocks is established. There was between the upper Eocene and the middle Oligocene deposition periods great deformation in the Antilles. The folding in the principal mountains of Jamaica, the Sierra Maestra of Cuba, and apparently those of Haiti, Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and St. Croix appears to have taken place at this time. Diastrophism seems also to have been active in Chiapas, Tabasco, Peten, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama. MIOCENE. During older Miocene (Burdigalian) time apparently there was in places connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, as is shown by deposits of this age containing fossils of Atlantic affinities on the Pacific coast of Costa Rica * and Nicaragua, and perhaps at 1 Romanes, J., Geology of a part of Costa Rica, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 68, pp. 124, 125, 1912. 37149—19—Bull /103 5 608 BULLETIN" 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. other places, but such connections seemingly were restricted, not of wide extent as in upper Eocene and Oligocene time. As no upper Miocene has yet been identified in the West Indies this is supposed to have been a period of high uplift which terminated the connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. The mid- dle and upper Oligocene and lower Miocene sediments of Mexico, Panama, Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Porto Rico, Anguilla, and Antigua, although deformed by tilting and faulting are not intensely folded, as are the older sediments. According to Hill, "in mid-Tertiary time granitoid intrusions were pushed upward into the sediments of the Great Antilles, the Caribbean, Costa Rican, and Panamic regions." The information I obtained in Antigua and St. Bartholomew accords with this opinion. That there was at some place interoceanic connection subsequent to lower Miocene (Burdigalian) time is suggested, if not actually proven, by the presence on Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, of a coral fauna of post-Miocene Atlantic affinities. 1 Roy S. Dickerson 2 in the paper cited below says regarding my conclusion that the coral fauna of Carrizo Creek is of probably Pliocene age: "His [Vaughan's] conclusions concerning the Pliocene age of these beds rests upon the infirm basis of comparison with a Pliocene coral fauna of Florida," and "All the coral genera except one occur in the Bowden or associated horizons." The last statement is correct in the restricted sense in which I use Bowden and its related zones, and the first is correct in that I compared the fauna from Carrizo Creek with that from the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl of Florida; but Doctor Dickerson evidently did not comprehend the entire basis for my opinion. The following eight genera, now extinct in the Atlantic Ocean but present in the Pacific, occur in the Bowden marl and related zones, that is in Miss Maury's Santo Domingan section and the La Cruz marl of Cuba, but are not known from Carrizo Creek or from the Caloosahatchee marl: Placocyathus . Antillia. Placotrochus . Syzygophyllia. Stylophora. Pavona.3 Pocillopora. Goniopora. Neither the coral fauna of Carrizo Creek nor that of the Caloosa- hatchee marl, as at present known, contains any of the coral genera distinctive of the Bowden and related zones. These distinctive 1 Vaughan, T. W., The reef-coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, etc., U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98, pp. 355-386, pis. 92-102, 1917. 2 Ancient Panama Canals, California Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 7, pp. 197-205, 1917 (date printed with title July 30, 1917, received by me on Oct. 16, 1917). * Added from Miss Maury's Santo Domingan collections. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 609 genera became extinct in the Atlantic during upper Miocene time, according to the present information, but, they persist in the Indo- Pacific region. It, therefore, seems that the fauna of Carrizo Creek migrated to the head of the Gulf of California after the extinction of these forms. PLIOCENE AND LATER. Subsequent to the Miocene there have been many oscillations of the West Indian area, and during perhaps Pliocene time there was profound deformation. Zeogeographic data in the opinion of several investigators seem to demand former connection, prob- ably during late Miocene or Pliocene time from Yucatan across Cuba to Haiti, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands; from Honduras to Jamaica; and from Anguilla to South America. It also appears that St. Croix was once joined to Anguilla and to the eastern end of the Virgin Islands. There are certain geologically late fault-lines which perhaps date from this time and the severance of the old ridges into the islands we now know may be largely due to movement along them. One of these fault lines forms the northern boundary of the Bartlett Deep, and passes between the east end of Cuba and the west end of Haiti. Another tectonic line which forms the south side of the Bartlett Deep seems to con- verge toward the former in the Windward Passage. A down-thrown block between these lines has separated Cuba and Haiti and pro- duced the Bartlett Deep. Probably there was also faulting or flexing between Cayman Ridge and the southern shore of Cuba, west of Manzanillo Bay, while either faulting of flexing may have sep- arated Cuba and Yucatan. There is evidence of a downthrown fault block between St. Thomas and St. Croix, the two sides converg- ing toward Anegada Passage. This will account for the deep of over 2,400 fathoms north of St. Croix, and the severance of St. Croix and the St. Martin Plateau group of islands from the Virgin group. There are three kinds of evidence that bears on the age of this faulting, namely: (1) In eastern Cuba, as the Miocene La Cruz marl is abruptly cut off at the shore line in the vicinity of the Morro at the mouth of Santiago Harbor, the faulting must be subsequent to old or middle Miocene; (2) as the sea along the fault shores has been able since the faulting to cut only narrow benches into the fault planes on the up-thrown side, the faultplanes are physiographically young; (3) the biologic evidence, in the opinion of most of those who have recently considered it, demands land connection in late Tertiary time between Cuba, Santo Domingo, Porto Rico, and thence 610 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. to South America. Miller has recently published an important paper on this subject, 1 and states: "With the characters of so many [eight] genera known it becomes possible to gain some idea of the Antillean hystricine fauna.2 The most noticeable feature of these genera considered as a group is their similarity to the Santa Cruzian and Entrerian rodents which Ameghino and Scott have described and figured. In no instance has the same genus been found in both the West Indies and Argentina or Patagonia; but the Antillean rodents thus far discovered never show such peculiarities that their remains would appear out of place among those of their extinct southern relatives, while as a whole they would at once be recognized as foreign to the present South American fauna." On the following page of the same paper he says: "So far as can be judged from eight very distinct genera the Antillean hystricine rodents do not present the characters that would be expected in animals derived from South America during any period geologically recent. Neither have they the appearance of an assemblage brought together at different times by migration or chance introduction. On the contrary they suggest direct descent from such a part of the general South American fauna, probably not less ancient than that of the Miocene, as might have been isolated by a splitting off of the archipelago from the mainland. Of later influence from the conti- nent there is no trace." The mammals furnish more evidence of this kind than I am pre- senting here, and Barbour and Stejneger, from their study of rep- tiles, have reached the same conclusions. These conclusions accord with the tectonic history of the region, namely, that in late Tertiary, probably Pliocene time, the West Indian Islands as we know them were produced by block-faulting which broke into pieces a far more extensive land area. Although I greatly respect the scholarship and appreciate the valuable researches of Dr. W. D. Matthew, I am unable to agree with his opinions as to the means of distribution of West Indian mammals and some of the other land vertebrates. According to Hill, the volcanoes of the Windward Islands date back at least to the Eocene. He says: "After the Miocene, vul- canism became quiescent in the Great Antilles and the Coastal Plain of Texas, but has continued to the present in the four great foci of present activity—southern Mexico, the northern Andes, Central America, and the Windward Islands. In the last two regions men- tioned, the greater masses of the present volcanic heights were piled 1 Miller, Gerrit S., Jr., Bones of mammals l'rom Indian sites in Cuba and Santo Domingo, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 66, No. 12, 10 pp., 1 pi., ISIS. 2 Idem., p. 3. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 611 up before the Pliocene, and the present craters are merely secondary and expiring phenomena." The last important shift in position of strand line along the At- lantic coast of the United States and around the shore of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea has been by submergence of land areas, but subsequent to this there has been local emergence, often accompanied by minor tilting or warping. Except vulcanism, the following table presents a succinct summary of the major events considered in the foregoing remarks. It is the primary intention of the present paper to characterize biologically and to correlate the marine formations of the Canal Zone and the geologically related areas in Central America and the West Indies, and to lay particular stress upon the successive periods of emergence and submergence of the land and the crustal deformation, folding and faulting, concomitant with changes of that kind. Comparison of the table opposite page 594, showing the correlation of the Tertiary formations of Panama, with the following tabular summary, will reveal that the story told by the two tables is essentially identical, the erosion intervals and the marine formations in the correlation table representing respectively the periods of emergence and the periods of submergence in the tabular summary. TABULAR SUMMARY OP SOME OP THE IMPORTANT EVENTS IN THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF THE WEST INDIES AND CENTRAL AMERICA. Time subdivisions. Events. Recent . Submergence of land areas probably resulting from deglaciation, except local differential crustal movements in places producing uplift. Pleistocene . Emergence of large areas, probably due to withdrawal of water to form the continental ice sheets; also oscillation of land areas by differential crustal movement. Pliocene. Local moderate submergence, period of cataclysmic faulting breaking up a large land area and forming the Antilles nearly as they are at present. Proba- bly a narrow interoceanic connection that admitted an Atlantic fauna into the present site of the Gulf of California. (upper Miocene.. \ middle and ( lower [upper Oligocene. J middle [lower [upper Bocene.. -J middle jlower Extensive emergence of the land joining North and South America through Central America; Greater Antilles joined to each other, and possibly to Cen- tral America by bridges from Jamaica to Honduras and from western Cuba to Yucatan, and to South America along the Caribbean arc. All these sup- posed connections not necessarily contemporaneous. Extensive submergence in the West Indies and around the continental mar- gins; narrow, areally limited interoceanic connections in lower Miocene time, none known in upper Miocene time; land emerging in Central America. Extensive submergence with interoceanic connections. Maximum areal submergence with extensive interoceanic connections. Extensive submergence in Central America and southeastern United States; local emergence in the West Indies. Extensive diastrophism and mountain making by folding. Extensive submergence with interoceanic connections. Apparently interoceanic connection across Central America. Emergence of the Greater Antilles and Central America, no known interoceanic connection. 612 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TABULAR SUMMARY OP SOME OF THE IMPORTANT EVENTS IN THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OP THE WEST INDIES AND CENTRAL AMERICA—Continued. Time subdivisions. Events. fUpper CretaceousaJ Lower 1 Extensive submergence; but without interoceanic connection. Submergence in Mexico and Central America, especially in late Comanche time. Probable emergence in the Greater Antilles; no interoceanic connec- tion. Jurassic Upper Middle Lower Submergence in western Cuba, eastern Mexico, and west Texas without inter- oceanic conueotion, except possibly in late Upper Jurassic time. Submergence in southern Mexico (Oaxaca and Guerrero) with possible inter- oceanic connection. Submergence in southeastern Mexico (Puebla, Vera Cruz, and Hidalgo, pos- sibly also in Guerrero) with possible interoceanic connection. Nonmarine plant-bearing beds in same region and also in Oaxaca. Possibly the latter may be of same age as the supposed Rhaetie plant-bearing beds of Honduras and Nicaragua. Triassic Upper (Rhaetie) Upper (Karnic) Middle Lower Plant-bearing beds in Honduras and Nicaragua, above mentioned, bespeak land conditions in latest Triassic or earliest Jurassic. Submergence in central Mexico (Zacatecas) with probable interoceanic con- nection. Probable land conditions throughout Mexico and Central America. Probable land conditions throughout Mexico and Central America. Late Pa west axes of the Greater Antilles. a Mesozoic history of Central America, Mexico, and the West Indies, by T. W. Stanton. o